LIVRES - BOKKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

Global HydrologyProcesses Resources and Environmental Management Global Hydrology illustrates in detail the growing importance of understanding hydrological processes and pathways as a means of effective and safe management of water resources. It describes current management practices and past environmental impact. It analyses the options for improving water supply and protecting the environment emphasizing the need for international collaboration in a changing societal and environmental context Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172647

Global IbsenPerforming Multiple Modernities Ibsen’s plays rank among those most frequently performed world-wide rivaled only by Brecht Chekhov Shakespeare and the Greek tragedies. By the time Ibsen died in 1906 his plays had already conquered the theaters of the Western world. Inviting rapturous praise as well as fierce controversy they were performed in Europe North America and Australia contributing greatly to the theater culture and social life of these continents. Soon after Ibsen’s death his plays entered the stages of East Asia - Japan China Korea - as well as Africa and Latin America. . But while there exist countless studies on Ibsen the dramatist and the significance of his plays within different cultures written mainly by literary scholars none of them examine the ways in which Ibsen's plays were performed or the impact of such performances on the theater social life and politics of these cultures. In Global Ibsen contributors look at the way performances of Ibsen's plays address problems typical to modern societies all over the world including: the inferior social status of women the decay of bourgeois family life and values religious fundamentalism industrial pollution and corporate cover-up and/or the loss of and search for identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818162

Global Identity in Multicultural and International Educational ContextsStudent identity formation in international schools  The increased movement of people globally has changed the face of national and international schooling. Higher levels of mobility have resulted from both the willing movement of students and their families with a desire to create a better life and the forced movement of refugee families travelling away from war famine and other extreme circumstances. This book explores the idea that the complex connections created by the forces of globalisation have led to a diminishing difference between what were once described as international schools and national schools. By examining a selection of responses from students attending international schools in Brazil the United Kingdom France Germany the Philippines and Switzerland the book discusses key issues surrounding identity and cosmopolitan senses of belonging. Chapters draw from current literature and recent qualitative research to highlight the concerns that students face within the international school community including social psychological and academic difficulties. The interviews provide a rich and unique body of knowledge demonstrating how perceptions of identity and belonging are changing especially with affiliation to a national or a global identity. The notion that international students have become global citizens through their affiliation to a global rather than a national identity exhibits a changing and potentially irreversible trend. Global Identity in Multicultural and International Educational Contexts will be of key interest to researchers academics and policy makers involved with international schooling and globalised education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356318

Global Ideologies and Urban Landscapes How do political ideologies and urban landscapes intersect in the context of globalization? This volume illuminates the production of ideologies as both discursive and spatial phenomena in distinct contributions that ground their analysis in cities of the Global North and South. From Sydney to Singapore Hong Kong to Hanoi Las Vegas to Macau conventional public spaces are in decline as sites of ideological dissent. Instead we are witnessing the colonisation of urban space by market globalism (today’s dominant global ideology) and securitised surveillance regimes. Against this backdrop how should we interpret the proliferation of metaphors that claim to communicate the essence of global transformation? In what ways do space and language work together to normalise the truth claims of powerful ideological players? What kinds of social forces mobilise to contest the cooptation of language and space and to pose alternative local and global futures? This volume poses these questions against the collapse of old geographical scales and cartographic techniques for identifying the contours of civil society. The city acts as an entry point to a new spatial analytics of contemporary ideological forces. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828918

Global Imbalances and Financial CapitalismStock-Flow-Consistent Modelling The past few decades have witnessed the emergence of economic imbalances at the world level and within the euro zone. The failure of mainstream economics to accurately predict financial crises or model the effects of finance-led growth highlights the need for alternative frameworks. A key text Global Imbalances and Financial Capitalism: Stock-Flow-Consistent Modelling demonstrates that Stock-Flow-Consistent models are well adapted to study this growth regime due to their ability to analyse the real and financial sides of the economy in an integrated way. This approach is combined with an analysis of exchange rate misalignments using the Fundamental Equilibrium Exchange Rate (FEER) methodology which serves to give a synthetic view of international imbalances. Together these models describe how global and regional imbalances are created as well as suggest appropriate tools through which they may be reduced. The book also considers alternative economic policies in the euro zone (international risk sharing fiscal federalism eurobonds European investments a multispeed euro zone) alongside alternative monetary policies. In particular it examines the possibilities of using SDR (Special Drawing Rights) as a reserve asset to be issued to fight a global recession to support the development of low-income countries or as an anchor to improve global monetary stability. This text will be of interest to students scholars and researchers of economic theory and international monetary economics. It will also appeal to professional organisations who supervise international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138345584

Global Impact of the Portuguese Language Within the cultural and literary context of contemporary Portugal and Western literature 1998 was unquestionably the year that Portuguese writing gained international recognition as JosU Saramago became the first Portuguese writer ever to receive the Nobel Prize in literature. Readers who had never thought about Portuguese letters began to consume his books and most importantly opted for expanding their reading lists to include other important writers not only from Portugal but from Portuguese-speaking well beyond the borders of Portugal. Global Impact of the Portuguese Language is a collection of Portuguese writing that is as rich in content and broad in scope as the diversity of its topics and writing modes of its contributors. The book is divided into three major parts. Part 1 "Different Cultural Perspectives of Portuguese Writing " contains thirteen chapters in which the first and opening one "Portugal: The New Frontier" ably sets the stage for the book by examining from a cultural perspective how Portugal a peripheral country in the new world system serves as a microcosm of the problems of cultural intercommunication in today's world. Subsequent chapters are grouped in three categories: "The Voices of the Writers " "Critical Approaches to Cames " and "Fictionalizing the Nation." Part 2 "Portuguese Language and Literature Outside Portugal " comprises one section devoted to the Portuguese language in Africa followed by studies about Portuguese discoveries as part of the historical process of remembering and forging one's identity and finally a comprehensive historical development of Portuguese writing both in Portuguese and English in the United States. Part 3 "Portuguese Literature and Criticism Available in English: Suggested Readings" details the recent literary happenings which point to a possible renaissance in Portuguese literary production. The concluding part of this volume offers a short comprehensive listing of anthologies general studies and the most popular translations of the best of Portuguese writing from Portugal and Africa. This lively volume constitutes a first pioneering effort to contribute to a deepening appreciation and understanding of Portuguese writing. Anyone interested in ethnic writing will find this book an invaluable education resource with which to begin an exploration of Portuguese writing in the United States. Asela Rodriguez de Laguna is associate professor of Spanish and director of the Hispanic Civilization & Language Studies Program. She is the author of Notes on Puerto Rican Literature: Images and Identities: An Introduction and editor of Images and Identities: The Puerto Rican in Two World Contexts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351325929

Global Impacts of the Western School ModelCorporatization Alienation Consumerism In this timely analysis of the current state of global educational policies Joel Spring focuses on the spread of the Western school model and its impact on creating an urban-consumer culture increasing economic inequalities contributing to environmental destruction and diminishing compassion and empathy essential for energizing social justice movements. In his signature straightforward concise style Spring describes and analyzes the school's role in displacing religious with secular values promoting nationalism preparing students to work in global corporations supporting cultural and linguistic homogeneity and discusses related goals and effects of anti-globalization movements such as the Alt-right Anti-fascist groups radical environmentalism and anarchism. An important addition to Spring’s body of work on global educational policies this provocative book challenges readers to re-examine what they know about education globalization and their interconnections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545632

Global Implications of Development Disasters and Climate ChangeResponses to Displacement from Asia Pacific Displacements in the Asia Pacific region are escalating. The region has for decades experienced more than half of the world’s natural disasters and in recent years a disproportionately high share of extreme weather-related disasters which displaced 19 million people in 2013 alone. This volume offers an innovative and thought-provoking Asia-Pacific perspective on an intensifying global problem: the forced displacement of people from their land homes and livelihoods due to development disasters and environmental change. This book draws together theoretical and multidisciplinary perspectives with diverse case studies from around the region – including China’s Three Gorges Reservoir Japan’s Fukushima disaster and the Pacific’s Banaba resettlement. Focusing on responses to displacement in the context of power asymmetries and questions of the public interest the book highlights shared experiences of displacement seeking new approaches and solutions that have potential global application. This book shows how displaced peoples respond to interlinked impacts that unravel their social fabric and productive bases whether through sporadic protest organised campaigns empowered mobility or; even community-based negotiation of resettlement solutions. . The volume will be of great interest to researchers and postgraduate students in development studies environmental and climate change studies anthropology sociology human geography international law and human rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057029

Global Indigenous PoliticsA Subtle Revolution This book examines how Indigenous peoples’ rights and Indigenous rights movements represent an important and often overlooked shift in international politics - a shift that powerful states are actively resisting in a multitude of ways. While Indigenous peoples are often dismissed as marginal non-state actors this book argues that far from insignificant global Indigenous politics is potentially forging major changes in the international system as the implementation of Indigenous peoples’ rights requires a complete re-thinking and re-ordering of sovereignty territoriality liberalism and human rights. After thirty years of intense effort the transnational Indigenous rights movement achieved passage of the UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples in September 2007. This book asks: Why did movement need to fight so hard to secure passage of a bare minimum standard on Indigenous rights? Why is it that certain states are so threatened by an emerging international Indigenous rights regime? How does the emerging Indigenous rights regime change the international status quo? The questions are addressed by exploring how Indigenous politics at the global level compels a new direction of thought in IR by challenging some of its fundamental tenets. It is argued that global Indigenous politics is a perspective of IR that with the recognition of Indigenous peoples’ collective rights to land and self-determination complicates the structure of international politics in new and important ways challenging both Westphalian notions of state sovereignty and the (neo-)liberal foundations of states and the international human rights consensus. Qualitative case studies of Canadian and New Zealand Indigenous rights based on original field research analyse both the potential and the limits of these challenges. This work will be of interest to graduates and scholars in international relations Indigenous studies international organizations IR theory and social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477858

Global Indonesia In the 19th century colonial rule brought the modern world closer to the Indonesian peoples introducing mechanized transport all-weather roads postal and telegraph communications and steamship networks that linked Indonesia’s islands to each other to Europe and the Middle East. This book looks at Indonesia’s global importance and traces the entwining of its peoples and economies with the wider world. The book discusses how products unique to Indonesia first slipped into regional trade networks and exposed scattered communities to the dynamic influence of far-off civilizations. It focuses on economic and cultural changes that resulted in the emergence of political units organized as oligarchies or monarchies and goes on to look in detail at Indonesia’s relationship with Holland’s East Indies Company. The book analyses the attempts by politicians to negotiate ways of being modern but uniquely Indonesian and considers the oscillations in Indonesia between movements for theocracy and democracy. It is a useful contribution for students and scholars of World History and Southeast Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415953061

Global Inequalities Beyond Occidentalism Based on theoretical developments in research on world-systems analysis transnational migration postcolonial and decolonial perspectives whilst considering continuities of inequality patterns in the context of colonial and postcolonial realities Global Inequalities Beyond Occidentalism proposes an original framework for the study of the long-term reproduction of inequalities under global capitalism. With attention to the critical assessment of both Marxist and Weberian perspectives this book examines the wider implications of transferring classical approaches to inequality to a twenty-first-century context calling for a reconceptualisation of inequality that is both theoretically informed and methodologically consistent and able to cater for the implications of shifts from national and Western structures to global structures. Engaging with approaches to the study of class gender racial and ethnic inequalities at the global level this innovative work adopts a relational perspective in the study of social inequalities that is able to reveal how historical interdependencies between world regions have translated as processes of inequality production and reproduction. As such it will be of interest to scholars of sociology political and social theory and anthropology concerned with questions of globalisation and inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138215573

Global Inequalities in World-Systems PerspectiveTheoretical Debates and Methodological Innovations During its 500-year history the modern world-system has seen several shifts in hegemony. Yet since the decline of the U.S. in the 1970s no single core power has attained a hegemonic position in an increasingly polarized world. As income inequalities have become more pronounced in core countries especially in the U.S. and the U.K. global inequalities emerged as a "new" topic of social scientific scholarship ignoring the constant move toward polarization that has been characteristic of the entire modern world-system. At the same time the rise of new states (most notably the BRICS) and the relative economic growth of particular regions (especially East Asia) have prompted speculations about the next hegemon that largely disregard both the longue durée of hegemonic shifts and the constraints that regional differentiations place on the concentration of capital and geopolitical power in one location. Authors in this book place the issue of rising inequalities at the center of their analyses. They explore the concept and reality of semiperipheries in the 21st century world-system the role of the state and of transnational migration in current patterns of global stratification types of catching-up development and new spatial configurations of inequality in Europe’s Eastern periphery as well as the prospects for the Global Left in the new systemic order. The book links novel theoretical debates on the rise of global inequalities to methodologically innovative approaches to the urgent task of addressing them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138106789

Global Inequality This book examines existing inequality in both the domestic and international arenas. Its multidisciplinary approach facilitates an understanding of the complex structure of global distribution patterns and allows a comparison of redistribution patterns in political social and economic contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367167585

Global Information Systems Information technology has had a major impact on individuals organizations and society over the past 50 years. There are few organizations that can afford to ignore IT and few individuals who would prefer to be without it. As managerial tasks become more complex so the nature of the required information systems (IS) changes - from structured routine support to ad hoc complex enquiries at the highest levels of management. Global Information Systems aims to present the many complex and inter-related issues associated with culture in the management of information systems. The editors have selected a wide range of contemporary articles from leading experts in North America and Europe that represent a wide variety of different national and cultural environments. They offer valid explanations for rather than simply pointing out cultural differences in articles that cover a variety of national cultures including: China Egypt Finland Hong Kong Hungary India Jamaica Peru South Korea Kuwait Mexico Singapore Sweden the United Arab Emirate the UK and the US. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435315

Global Information WarfareThe New Digital Battlefield Second Edition Since the turn of the century much has happened in politics governments spying technology global business mobile communications and global competition on national and corporate levels. These sweeping changes have nearly annihilated privacy anywhere in the world and have also affected how global information warfare is waged and what must be done to counter its attacks. In light of increased attacks since 2002 Global Information Warfare: The New Digital Battlefield Second Edition provides a critical update on the nature and approaches to global information warfare. It focuses on threats vulnerabilities attacks and defenses from the perspectives of various players such as governments corporations terrorists and private citizens. Upgrades to the Second Edition Include: Revised discussions of changes and impacts of global information warfare since 2002 Updated analyses of the capabilities of several nation-states as well as nonstate actors A comprehensive list of incidents that have occurred in the past year to show the scope of the problem of GIW Discussions of post-9/11 governmental changes and shifting priorities with clearer hindsight than was possible in the first edition The book underscores how hostile countries business competitors terrorists and others are waging information warfare against adversaries even from across the globe. It describes attacks on information systems through theft Internet espionage deception and sabotage and illustrates countermeasures used to defeat these threats. The second edition of Global Information Warfare contains a wealth of information and detailed analyses of capabilities of contemporary information technology and the capabilities of the individuals and groups who employ it in their respective digital wars. It is a crucial source for gaining the best understanding of the current state of information warfare and the most effective ways to counter it. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781498703253

Global Injustice and Crime Control Global Injustice and Crime Control places cross-border cross-national and international crime and crime control within its wider context. It examines theory from a range of disciplines and introduces students to the frequently neglected area of the world order and world politics in an effort to direct attention to the links between events power ideas institutions policies actions and counter-actions at the international and domestic level. In an increasingly interconnected and interdependent world the various dimensions of globalisation play a pivotal role in issues of crime and criminal justice in the 21st　century. This interdisciplinary textbook offers a critical treatment of the development and recent acceleration of national regional and international efforts at cross-border crime control and law enforcement. The book not only places cross-national and international efforts by police courts regional and international agencies within their historical context but also focuses on elucidating leading theoretical perspectives from within globalisation literature criminology and international relations to shed light upon both sides of this phenomenon. Areas covered include: cross-border crime and security state crime and corruption international responses to genocide terrorism and counter-terrorism organised crime. This book will be perfect reading for modules in transnational crime and justice and will be of interest to students in criminology policing public policy and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697460

Global Insights on Theatre Censorship Theatre has always been subject to a wide range of social political moral and doctrinal controls with authorities and social groups imposing constraints on scripts venues staging acting and reception. Focusing on a range of countries and political regimes this book examines the many forms that theatre censorship has taken in the 20th century and continues to take in the 21st arguing that it remains a live issue in the contemporary world. The book re-examines assumptions about prohibition and state control and offers a more complex reading of theatre censorship as a continuum ranging from the unconscious self-censorship built into social structures and discursive practices through bureaucratic regulation or unofficial influence up to detention and physical violence. An international team of contributors offers an illuminating set of case studies informed by both new archival research and the first-hand experience of playwrights and directors covering theatre censorship in areas such as Spain Portugal Brazil Poland East Germany Nepal Zimbabwe the USA Ireland and Britain. Focusing on right-wing dictatorships post-colonial regimes communist systems and Western democracies the essays analyze methods and discourses of censorship identify the multiple agents involved examine the responses of theatremakers and show how each example reveals important features of its political and cultural contexts. Expanding understanding of the nature and effects of censorship this volume affirms the power of theatre to challenge authorized discourses and makes a timely contribution to debates about freedom of expression through performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367737863

Global Institutions of ReligionAncient Movers Modern Shakers This work fills a significant gap in the current literature by providing a concise introduction to religious institutions and an insightful analysis of their role in world affairs. Focusing on formal institutions specifically dedicated to governing religious communities the work examines the intersections between religious and other global institutions set against the fundamental question: why and how do these intersections matter? The work explores the role of religion within key issues including Human rights Human security International development and humanitarian relief Climate change Moral responsibilities The new forms that religious institutions are taking their fit with human rights and democratic ideals their changing nature in plural societies are a highly relevant part of the global institutional picture and this book is essential reading for all students and scholars of global institutions international relations and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415780452

Global Insurrectional Politics The recent Arab uprisings across North Africa and the Middle East have attracted scholarly attention as popular movements with novel transnational and religious dimensions. What became known as the Arab Spring can be read as part of a broader politics of normative defiance of predominant political and economic orders. From religious conflicts and indigenous sovereign claims to mobilizations of refugees and migrants in camps and urban settings it may be possible to speak of contemporary insurrectional politics as social movements that emanate from normative positions which pose significant challenges to systemic orders. The purpose of this book is: to identify the material shifts giving rise to insurrectional politics; to reflect on key arenas of insurrection; to map/chart the impact of insurrectional movements on institutions and relations of political governance at national and global levels; and to explore analytics that will advance theorization of insurrectional politics. This volume generates new knowledge on systemic institutional transformations spanning the national and global by bringing together scholars whose work combines theoretical inquiry with empirical analysis of contemporary insurrectional politics. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029364

Global Internet Governance The editor of this new Routledge title argues that our economic and social lives are now utterly dependent upon the successful coordination of the Internet. Moreover as the Internet expands from its current form to an ‘Internet of things’ she suggests that its stability and security will soon be recognized as important as other global concerns like battling terrorism and fighting climate change. Who controls the Internet? The question has profound implications for our access to knowledge the pace of economic growth and the protection of human rights not least freedom of expression and the right to privacy. And the question’s importance has been underscored in recent times by landmark events including revelations about the actual and potential power of social-media companies and the breathtaking extent of surveillance by intelligence and security organizations such as the NSA in the United States and Britain’s GCHQ. It is perhaps only in the last several years that issues about and around the governance of the Internet have entered the public consciousness but serious academic and policy work dates back decades. And now there is a critical mass of scholarship that can usefully be collected under the rubric of ‘Internet Governance’. Like the Internet itself leading theorists and researchers in the field are distributed globally and work in disciplines across the social sciences and humanities. Indeed much of the relevant literature remains inaccessible or is highly specialized and compartmentalized so that it is difficult for many of those who are interested in the subject to obtain an informed balanced and comprehensive overview. This new four-volume collection published as part of Routledge’s acclaimed series Critical Concepts in Sociology meets the need for a reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast and dispersed literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138889910

Global IslamophobiaMuslims and Moral Panic in the West The decade since 9/11 has seen a decline in liberal tolerance in the West as Muslims have endured increasing levels of repression. This book presents a series of case studies from Western Europe Australia and North America demonstrating the transnational character of Islamophobia. The authors explore contemporary intercultural conflicts using the concept of moral panic revitalised for the era of globalisation. Exploring various sites of conflict Global Islamophobia considers the role played by 'moral entrepreneurs' in orchestrating popular xenophobia and in agitating for greater surveillance policing and cultural regulation of those deemed a threat to the nation's security or imagined community. This timely collection examines the interpenetration of the global and the local in the West's cultural politics towards Islam highlighting parallels in the responses of governments and in the worrying reversion to a politics of coercion and assimilation. As such it will be of interest to scholars of sociology and politics with interests in race and ethnicity; citizenship and assimilation; political communication securitisation and The War on Terror; and moral panics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273429

Global Issues in Contemporary Hispanic Women's WritingShaping Gender the Environment and Politics This collection explores the contributions of Hispanic women writers to ongoing Western debates on gender power ethics and the environment offering a wide range of essays that specifically portray the ways in which contemporary writers focus on issues of global impact in a deliberate and purposeful manner. The contributors analyze texts pertaining to all literary genres examining a myriad of ethical philosophical and political perspectives including feminism postcolonial theories cultural and gender studies information age studies and ecofeminism. The book visits continuities and discontinuities among Spanish and Latin American women with regards to the ways in which they approach writing as a political weapon: to express ecological concerns; to denounce social injustice; to re-articulate existing paradigms such as local versus global violence versus pacifism immigrant versus citizen; and to raise consciousness about racist sexist and other discriminatory practices. Such use of writing as an instrument of ethical and political exploration is underlined throughout the different articles in the volume as the authors emphasize pluralism social justice gender equality tolerance and political representation. This book offers readers a broad perspective on the multiple ways in which Hispanic women writers are explicitly exploring the social political and economic realities of our era and integrating global perspectives and gender concerns into their writing highlighting the unprecedented level of sociopolitical engagement practiced by 20th and 21st century Hispanic women writers.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850958

Global Issues in Contemporary Policing This book addresses six areas of policing: performance management professional and academic partnerships preventing and fighting crime and terrorism immigrant and multicultural populations policing the police and cyber-security. The book contains the most current and ground-breaking research across the world of policing with contributors from over 20 countries. It is also a suitable reference or textbook in a special topics course. It consists of edited versions of the best papers presented at the IPES annual meeting in Budapest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870324

Global Issues in Pharmaceutical Marketing Global Issues in Pharmaceutical Marketing presents a balanced research-based perspective combined with a practical outlook on the current issues faced by the ethical biotech and generic segments of the pharmaceutical industry. It integrates an analytical approach with a global view to examine such issues as market access digital marketing emerging markets branding and more. The book covers not only the North American and Western European markets but focuses on non-Western markets such as Latin America and Asia. Each chapter is written as an individual essay about a given issue and where relevant original cases are provided to illustrate how these issues are currently managed by the global industry. This book offers a thoughtful and thorough description of the industry’s current situation and integrates the latest scholarly and industry research from different disciplines in one place for convenient reference. It may be used in the following ways: To stimulate class discussions and inspire new streams of research for academics and graduate students; To introduce the industry to those interested in a career to orient new industry hires or to provide experienced practitioners with current research that will enhance their knowledge; To provide an understanding of the industry for those in the healthcare sector such as physicians pharmacists as well as medical and pharmacy students; and To present recent and relevant research for those in government public or private payers and public policy environments to facilitate their decision making. This book will prove to be a useful resource and an important source of information for academics and their students professionals and policymakers around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415895323

Global Japanization?The Transnational Transformation of the Labour Process Global Japaniziation? Brings together research from North America Japan Europe and Latin America to analyse the influence of Japanese manufacturing investment and Japanese working practices across the global economy. The editors present original case studies of work reorganization and workers’ experiences within both Japanese companies and those of their competitors in diverse sectors and national settings. These studies provide a wide-ranging critique of conventional accounts of Japanese models of management and production and their implications for employees. They offer new evidence and fresh perspectives on the role of "transplants" in disseminating manufacturing innovations and on the responses of non-Japanese firm in reorganizing production operations and industrial relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415847971

Global Justice This volume brings together a range of influential essays by distinguished philosophers and political theorists on the issue of global justice. Global justice concerns the search for ethical norms that should govern interactions between people states corporations and other agents acting in the global arena as well as the design of social institutions that link them together. This volume includes articles that engage with major theoretical questions such as the applicability of the ideals of social and economic equality to the global sphere the degree of justified partiality to compatriots and the nature and extent of the responsibilities of the affluent to address global poverty and other hardships abroad. It also features articles that bring the theoretical insights of global justice thinkers to bear on matters of practical concern to contemporary societies such as policies associated with immigration international trade and climate change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629795

Global Justice Kant and the Responsibility to ProtectA Provisional Duty This book provides an innovative contribution to the study of the Responsibility to Protect and Kantian political theory. The Responsibility to Protect (R2P) doctrine has been heralded as the new international security norm to ensure the protection of peoples against genocide ethnic cleansing war crimes and crimes against humanity. Yet for all of the discussion endorsements and reaffirmations of this new norm R2P continues to come under fire for its failures particularly and most recently in the case of Syria. This book argues that a duty to protect is best considered a Kantian provisional duty of justice. The international system ought to be considered a state of nature where legal institutions are either weak or absent and so duties of justice in such a condition cannot be considered peremptory. This book suggests that by understanding the duty’s provisional status we understand the necessity of creating the requisite executive legislative and judicial authorities. Furthermore the book provides three innovative contributions to the literature study and practice of R2P and Kantian political theory: it provides detailed theoretical analysis of R2P; it addresses the research gap that exists with Kant’s account of justice in states of nature; and it presents a more comprehensive understanding of the metaphysics of justice as well as R2P. This book will be of much interest to students of the Responsibility to Protect humanitarian intervention global ethics international law security studies and international relations (IR) in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138856332

Global Justice Activism and Policy Reform in EuropeUnderstanding When Change Happens Civil society activism around issues of global justice has proliferated in Europe during the past two decades. Has such contestation and advocacy made a difference? This book examines whether and how the organizations networks and campaigns involved have attained their policy objectives in the areas of debt relief international trade international taxation and corporate accountability. The analysis also considers the relationship between national and transnational activism. By comparing variations in the "activism-policy nexus" in France Italy and the United Kingdom it seeks to understand how such interaction and policy outcomes vary in different institutional and political contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920569

Global Justice and DesireQueering Economy Employing feminist queer and postcolonial perspectives Global Justice and Desire addresses economy as a key ingredient in the dynamic interplay between modes of subjectivity signification and governance. Bringing together a range of international contributors the book proposes that both analyzing justice through the lens of desire and considering desire through the lens of justice are vital for exploring economic processes. A variety of approaches for capturing the complex and dynamic interplay of justice and desire in socioeconomic processes are taken up. But acknowledging a complexity of forces and relations of power domination and violence – sometimes cohering and sometimes contradictory – it is the relationship between hierarchical gender arrangements relations of exploitation and their colonial histories that is stressed. Therefore queer feminist and postcolonial perspectives intersect as Global Justice and Desire explores their capacity to contribute to more just and more desirable economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241824

Global Justice and Social ConflictThe Foundations of Liberal Order and International Law Global Justice and Social Conflict offers a ground-breaking historical and theoretical reappraisal of the ideas that underpin and sustain the global liberal order international law and neoliberal rationality. Across the 20th and 21st centuries liberalism and increasingly neoliberalism have dominated the construction and shape of the global political order the global economy and international law. For some this development has been directed by a vision of ‘global justice’. Yet for many the world has been marked by a history and continued experience of injustice inequality indignity insecurity poverty and war – a reality in which attempts to realise an idea of justice cannot be detached from acts of violence and widespread social conflict. In this book Tarik Kochi argues that to think seriously about global justice we need to understand how both liberalism and neoliberalism have pushed aside rival ideas of social and economic justice in the name of private property individualistic rights state security and capitalist ‘free’ markets. Ranging from ancient concepts of natural law and republican constitutionalism to early modern ideas of natural rights and political economy and to contemporary discourses of human rights humanitarian war and global constitutionalism Kochi shows how the key foundational elements of a now globalised political economic and juridical tradition are constituted and continually beset by struggles over what counts as justice and over how to realise it. Engaging with a wide range of thinkers and reaching provocatively across a breadth of subject areas Kochi investigates the roots of many globalised struggles over justice human rights democracy and equality and offers an alternative constitutional understanding of the future of emancipatory politics and international law. Global Justice and Social Conflict will be essential reading for scholars and students with an interest in international law international relations international political economy intellectual history and critical and political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406813

Global Justice and the Politics of InformationThe struggle over knowledge The global social justice movement attempts to build a more equitable democratic and environmentally sustainable world. However this book argues that actors involved need to recognise knowledge - including scientific and technological systems - to a greater extent than they presently do. The rise of the Occupy movement the Arab Spring and the Wikileaks controversy has demonstrated that the internet can play an important role in helping people to organise against unjust systems. While governments may be able to control individual activists they can no longer control the flow of information. However the existence of new information and communications technologies does not in itself guarantee that peoples' movements will win out against authoritarian governments or the power of economic elites. Drawing on extensive interviews and fieldwork this book illustrates the importance of contributions from local movements around the world to the struggle for global justice. Including detailed case studies on opposition to genetically-modified crops in the south of India and the digital liberties movement this book is vital reading for anyone trying to understand the changing relationship between science technology and progressive movements around the world. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of International Politics Social movements Global Justice and Internet politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288003

Global Justice in East Asia As a fascinating study of global justice in Asia this book presents a series of contributions reflecting upon the conditions of a greater involvement of East Asian traditions of thought in the debate on global justice. Including chapters on diverse issues such as global social inequalities human rights practice and the functioning of international institutions this book examines the political cultures of East Asia in order to help political theorists better appraise the distinctiveness of non‐Western ideas of justice. Confirming the persistence of a strong social ethos the contributions also demonstrate the long-lasting influence of Buddhism Taoism and Confucianism in shaping East Asian public conceptions of justice. Bringing much needed non-Western voices to the global justice debate this book will appeal to students and scholars of politics law and philosophy as well as activists involved in the global justice movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280987

Global Justice MovementCross-national and Transnational Perspectives "Della Porta has assembled a distinguished group of scholars who have made great strides in illuminating the early phases of the movement. The book includes especially keen analyses of the movement against global capitalism particularly in its European manifestations." John D. McCarthy Pennsylvania State University "Della Porta has skillfully coordinated a comparative study in six European countries and the US. Renowned scholars give testimony of the movement in their countries. [This is] the first attempt to document a genuine transnational movement." Bert Klandermans Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam You G-8 we 6 billion!" So went the chant at the international parade leading into the summit in Genoa Italy. The global justice movement has led to a new wave of protest building up transnational networks inventing new strategies of action constructing new images of democracy and boldly asserting that "another world is possible". This book examines all this and more with case studies drawn from seven different countries covering transnational networks and making cross-national comparisons. Leading European and American scholars analyze more than 300 organizations and 5 000 activists looking at mobilizations that bridge old and new movements and bring politics back to the street. Contributors include: Massimiliano Andretta Angel Calle Helene Combes Donatella della Porta Nina Eggert Marco Giugni Jennifer Hadden Manuel Jimenez Raffaele Marchetti Lorenzo Mosca Mario Pianta Herbert Reiter Christopher Rootes Dieter Rucht Clare Saunders Isabelle Sommier Sidney Tarrow Simon Teune Mundo Yang. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634418

Global Justice: The Basics Global Justice: The Basics is a straightforward and engaging introduction to the theoretical study and practice of global justice. It examines the key political themes and philosophical debates at the heart of the subject providing a clear outline of the field and exploring: the history of its development the current state of play its ongoing interdisciplinary development. Using case studies from around the world which illustrate the importance of the debates at the heart of global justice as well as activist campaigns for global justice the book examines a wide range of theoretical debates from thinkers worldwide making it ideal for those seeking a balanced introduction to global justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816305

Global JusticeCritical Perspectives The global justice debate has been raging for forty years. Not merely the terms and conditions but more deeply the epistemic existential and ethical grounds of the international relations of persons states and institutions are being determined debated and negotiated. Yet the debate remains essentially a parochial one confined largely to Western intellectuals and institutional spaces. An Introduction to the field is therefore still urgently required because it remains necessary to include more ‘global’ voices into this debate of worldwide reach and significance. The book addresses this need in two closely related ways. In Part I it introduces the main contours of the debate by reproducing three of the most fundamental and influential essays that have been composed on the topic — essays by Peter Singer Thomas Pogge and Thomas Nagel. In Part II it makes a decisive critical intervention in the main stream of the debate through exposing the participation deficit afflicting the theorization of global justice. This part begins with a well-known essay by Amartya Sen who famously referred to the ‘parochialism’ of the global justice debate in making a break with the Rawlsian paradigm that has dominated the field until now. Finally a series of lively essays newly composed for this volume reflect on the possibilities for deparochializing global justice opened up by Sen’s work in this area. The book will be useful for students of international relations postcolonial studies political theory and social and political philosophy as well as for those engaged in studies of globalization or global studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138662568

Global Knowledge Production in the Social SciencesMade in Circulation An innovative contribution to debates on the internationalization and globalization of the social sciences this book pays particular attention to their theoretical and epistemological reconfiguration in the light of postcolonial critiques and critiques of Eurocentrism. Bringing together theoretical contributions and empirical case studies from around the world including India the Americas South Africa Australia and Europe it engages in debates concerning public sociology and explores South-South research collaborations specific to the social sciences. Contributions transcend established critiques of Eurocentrism to make space for the idea of global social sciences and truly transnational research. Thematically arranged and both international and interdisciplinary in scope this volume reflects the different theoretical and thematic backgrounds of the contributing authors who enter into dialogue and debate with one another in the development of a more inclusive more representative and more theoretically relevant stage for the social sciences. A rigorous critique of the contemporary state of the social sciences as well as an attempt to find another way of doing transnational sociology Global Knowledge Production in the Social Sciences will appeal to scholars of sociology political science and social theory with interests in the production of social scientific knowledge postcolonialism and transnationalism in research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600310

Global Labour and the Migrant PremiumThe Cost of Working Abroad This book provides the first systematic account of the premium costs that migrants pay to live and work abroad. Reducing the costs of international labour migration specifically worker-paid costs for low-skilled employment has become an important item on the global agenda over the last years and is particularly pertinent for the UN’s Global Compact on Safe Orderly and Regular Migration. Recruitment costs alone amount in most migration corridors to anywhere between one and ten months of foreign earnings and many migrants may well lose between one and two years of foreign earnings if all costs are considered. This book is intended as a primer for evidence-based policy for reducing the costs of international labour mobility. The contributors include academics from law economics and politics but also authors from international organizations non-governmental organizations as well as the voices of migrants. The hope of the editors is that this small collection sets the basis for evidence-based policies that seek to reduce the costs of international migration. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of migration globalization law sociology and international relations as well as practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138606999

Global Land Grabbing and Political Reactions 'from Below' When the 2007-2008 food and financial crises triggered a global wave of land grabbing scholars activists and policy practitioners assumed that this would be met with massive peasant resistance. As empirical evidence accumulated however it became clear that political reactions ‘from below’ to land grabbing were quite varied and complex. Violent resistance outright expulsions everyday ‘weapons of the weak’ and demands for better terms of incorporation into land deals were among the outcomes that emerged. Readers of this collection will encounter a multinational group of scholars who use the tools of social movements theory and critical agrarian studies to examine cases from Argentina Mexico Guatemala Nicaragua Colombia Ethiopia Madagascar Mozambique Uganda Mali Ukraine India and Laos as well as the Rio +20 Sustainable Development Conference. Initiatives ‘from below’ in response to land deals have involved local and transnational alliances and the use of legal and extra-legal methods and have brought victories and defeats. This book was first published as a special issue of The Journal of Peasant Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234928

Global Land GrabsHistory Theory and Method Since the 2008 world food crisis a surge of land grabbing swept Africa Asia and Latin America and even some regions of Europe and North America. Investors have uprooted rural communities for massive agricultural biofuels mining industrial and urbanisation projects. ‘Water grabbing’ and ‘green grabbing’ have further exacerbated social tensions. Early analyses of land grabbing focused on foreign actors the biofuels boom and Africa and pointed to catastrophic consequences for the rural poor. Subsequently scholars carried out local case studies in diverse world regions. The contributors to this volume advance the discussion to a new stage critically scrutinizing alarmist claims of the first wave of research probing the historical antecedents of today’s land grabbing examining large-scale land acquisitions in light of international human rights and investment law and considering anew longstanding questions in agrarian political economy about forms of dispossession and accumulation and grassroots resistance. Readers of this collection will learn about the impacts of land and water grabbing; the relevance of key theorists including Marx Polanyi and Harvey; the realities of China’s involvement in Africa; how contemporary land grabbing differs from earlier plantation agriculture; and how social movements—and rural people in general—are responding to this new threat. This book was published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138691308

Global Leadership and CoachingFlourishing under intense pressure at work Global Leadership & Coaching: Flourishing Under Intense Pressure at Work is a unique and personal look at coaching leading and working internationally bringing together inspiring original and dramatic stories of leadership from around the world. From war zones to refugee camps prisons to hospitals elite sport to supermarkets each case study draws on psychoanalytic below the surface thinking to analyse interpret and understand a leader’s decisions motivations and fears. Rachel Ellison’s inter-cultural approach takes us to Afghanistan Syria and Iraq Sudan Somalia and the Central African Republic to Honduras the Czech Republic the USA and the UK. Global Leadership & Coaching presents a series of individual case studies from Ellison’s own experiences working with senior commercial public and third sector leaders across 35 different countries cultures and organisational contexts. Compellingly written this book explores the a diverse range of themes to consider when managing risk danger and extreme emotional stress in some of the most hazardous and challenging work environments. Throughout the text leaders share their stories of learning how to lead and develop others. Accessible engaging and original research Global Leadership & Coaching: Flourishing Under Intense Pressure at Work is essential reading for today’s leaders and aspiring leaders looking to develop themselves personally and professionally. This book is also a resource for coaches and coach supervisors. Global Leadership & Coaching provides contemporary practical and applicable examples of excellence in leadership for individuals and organisations seeking to develop a high performance reflective and reflexive corporate learning culture which enables employees to successfully navigate challenge increase productivity and find joy in coming to work.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138564961

Global LeadershipA Transnational Perspective The clash of cultures coupled with rapid technological advances seems to be pushing us in paradoxical directions. On the one hand the world seems to be falling apart; while on the other the world seems to be converging. Do we have thoughtful leaders to guide us through these uncertain times? As globalization breaks down barriers global leaders are becoming more visible players on the world stage. From executives of multinational corporations (e.g. high-tech entrepreneurs in Silicon Valley) to social activists (e.g. Malala Yousafzai) individuals from many different cultural backgrounds and ages are reshaping the way we see global leadership. These global leaders have to contend with a variety of transnational contexts that call for different leadership styles. This book assesses four of these styles – transactional participatory transformational and directive – with representative case studies for each. It provides practical skills that global leaders must master in order to be more effective at the transnational level – cultivating a global mindset; developing intercultural communication; leveraging diversity and inclusion; and managing intercultural conflict. Global Leadership is valuable reading for educators in undergraduate and graduate leadership programs; practitioners involved in global for-profit and nonprofit organizations; and leadership educators interested in exploring the impact of technology on global leadership. It provides an excellent balance between the study and practice of global leadership. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138061972

Global LeadershipResearch Practice and Development This text focuses on leading across cultural economic social national and political boundaries simultaneously. Global Leadership presents the field’s latest studies and practices in a succinct and engaging style that helps scholars managers and students grasp the complexities of being a global leader. The authors begin by explaining the conceptual differences between general leadership and global leadership before examining the various dimensions of the global leadership field and how it will develop in the future. Users of previous editions will notice that the book has been restructured into five new parts to provide a better conceptual flow. Other new features include: A new chapter on talent management and its relationship to global leadership processes. Updates to the chapter on global leadership development including material on international service learning approaches and other "best practice" examples. Significant updates to the chapters on responsible global leadership and leading global teams accounting for recent advances in both disciplines. This edition will prove a useful guide for graduate students of global leadership international business and general leadership classes as well as scholars and managers seeking a thorough understanding of the field today. PowerPoint slides and a list of suggested cases are available to further assist instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138292444

Global Lean for Higher EducationA Themed Anthology of Case Studies Approaches and Tools Higher education (HE) is amongst the hardest sectors in which to apply lean. Universities resist change their organizational cultures being far from the manufacturing environment where lean was born. The way HE organizations are structured funded and function globally is idiosyncratic; one size is unlikely to fit all. However the sector is also dynamic and a mature understanding of lean as a philosophy led by principles suggests there are many ways HE could grow through lean. This collection of work reflects the state-of-the-art in the global practical application of lean for higher education. It aims to demonstrate the diverse applications of lean in universities inspiring others to deeply engage with lean thinking in their own unique context and to drive successful sustainable lean work. Contributors are both well-known experts in lean HE and up-and-coming practitioners. Authors live globally in countries such as Australia Canada Malaysia Poland the UK and the USA. They represent higher education environments from applied teaching institutions to research-focused universities from 50 years old to more than 800 years old. The collection focuses on lean applied across universities as a whole often addressing the administrative support or professional services side of how these institutions work. The application of lean is not limited purely to the administration of such organizations but is applied to the primary purpose of universities: teaching and research. This volume is not focused on lean theory. Instead it discusses how HE institutions have taken lean forward and the lessons learned that others can share and learn from. It is composed of six sections: Starting out People Projects Technology Sustaining Lean and Culture. The rich and wide perspectives in this book will enable the reader to understand the many ways that lean thinking is applied in higher education globally. More importantly this book will help the reader better understand and apply lean in the context of their own work. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367024284

Global LeanSeeing the New Waste Rooted in Communication Distance and Culture Just because a problem is invisible doesn’t mean it’s not affecting your operation. While communication distance and culture are often ignored as real threats to your results these unnoticed forces are negatively affecting companies that operate internationally. Globalization has amplified a series of obstacles we not have paid enough attention to in our organizations. Ultimately it’s humans that solve problems in coordination with other humans and this requires excellent communication. Currently people must coordinate actions and collaborate with teams sitting in geographically separated places. Misunderstandings and lack of clarity however cause high unbudgeted costs. Global Lean: Seeing the New Waste Rooted in Communication Distance and Culture highlights the waste created by these interactions and adopts Lean thinking to provide methods approaches and real case studies to eliminate these problems at the source. As organizations evolve into global networks Lean initiatives must now meet new needs. The book follows the story of a CEO and his company that while successful in their local environment are heavily impacted by new obstacles as they expand internationally. It illustrates how they adopt Lean methodologies to bring hidden problems to the surface. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498773348

Global Learning and EducationKey concepts and effective practice What is globalisation? How are its effects felt by different people across the world? How can we help young people flourish in a world characterised by globalisation? Conflict poverty breaches of human rights and environmental sustainability are everyday issues for global citizens today old and young. Global Learning and Education presents a detailed and challenging introduction to a central concern facing education systems and curricula around the world: How young people understand and experience globalisation and how meaningful global learning can be developed. Encouraging a critical and reflective approach in order to advance understanding of a range of theoretical and practical factors it considers the meaning and definitions of globalisation global citizenship and global education.　 Global Learning and Education explores key issues including interconnectedness and interdependency cultural diversity social justice and sustainable development.　 It considers how global learning should and can imbue all aspects of education within curriculum subjects through project based learning and through extra-curricular activities that help students participate and engage in global issues.　 It argues the importance of the mission and ethos of a school itself of shaping global learning for different educational contexts and of ensuring teaching and learning meets the needs of individual learners. Global Learning and Education is a comprehensive thought-provoking - sometimes contentious - introduction for educationalists concerned with what globalisation means for our young people.　 Illustrated throughout with case studies that seek to inspire creativity and hope and including questions and suggested reading for further investigation it is essential reading for all those involved in the teaching and learning of young people as well as those studying this vital topic on Education Studies and Masters level courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717267

Global Learning and Sustainable Development Global learning and sustainable development encompass some of the key ideas and challenges facing the world today: challenges such as climate change globalization and interdependence. Schools increasingly recognize the role of education in addressing these issues with young people but exploring global issues across the curriculum requires a considerable amount of time and planning across subjects. This book aims to reduce this workload by providing a clear overview of global learning its development in policy and what this means for teachers in practice. It outlines the different ways in which global learning can be delivered as a cross-curricular theme with examples of current activities and practice in schools. Features include: an examination of key influences and debates in this area guidance on how to plan implement and evaluate change in the curriculum to incorporate global learning the role of Personal Learning and Thinking Skills as a way of exploring global learning and sustainable development ideas from the "global context" of practice in Europe and beyond activity ideas supported by case studies of innovative practice links to other educational agendas relevant topics and resources. Providing clear guidance on the underpinning theory and policy and drawing upon current initiatives in schools this book will be of interest to all trainee and practising secondary teachers wanting to help young people engage critically with global issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415584104

Global Legal HistoryA Comparative Law Perspective This collection brings together a group of international legal historians to further scholarship in different areas of comparative and regional legal history. Authors are drawn from Europe Asia and the Americas to produce new insights into the relationship between law and society across time and space. The book is divided into three parts: legal history and legal culture across borders constitutional experiences in global perspective and the history of judicial experiences. The three themes and the chapters corresponding to each provide a balance between public law and private law topics and reflect a variety of methodologies both empirical and theoretical. The volume highlights the gains that may be made by comparing the development of law in different countries and different time periods. The book will be of interest to an international readership in Legal History Comparative Law Law and Society and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367534202

Global Liberalism and Elite Schooling in Argentina A response to Argentina’s shifting political climate Global Liberalism and Elite Schooling in Argentina reveals how elite schooling encourages the hoarding of educational advantage and reinforces social inequalities. Presenting Buenos Aires’s Caledonian School as part of the growing scholarly discussion on elite education in the Global South Howard Prosser situates the school’s history in concert with that of the state the region and the globe. The book applies new methodologies for the study of elite schools in globalizing circumstances by fusing ethnographic fieldwork with archival research and a wealth of secondary sources. This transdisciplinary approach focuses on the nature of liberalism as a global ideal positing that eliteness is sustained by an economy with its own culture of value and exchange that ironically the scholarship on elites may help perpetuate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080218

Global LinksA Guide to People and Institutions Worldwide Offers a quick and easy approach to finding up-to-date contact information for political government media judicial and legislative leaders for each country of the world. The directory provides more than 10 000 names and addresses of the most important people in the world as well as websites of countries (when available). A vital link in the global information chain for librarians business people journalists students teachers and any general reader interested in obtaining global contact information. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062181

Global Literacy in Local Learning ContextsConnecting Home and School Based on qualitative research focused on literacy and health from three schools in coastal Kenya this book examines country school and family contexts to develop a dual-generation maternal-child model for literacy learning and to connect local-specific phenomena with national and international policy arenas.　 In contrast to international development organizations’ educational policies and programs that tend to ignore literacy as a social practice within diverse contexts the author unpacks the relationship between education and health and the role of family and mothers in particular highlighting how mothers are key actors in children’s literacy development and health outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138478145

Global Literary TheoryAn Anthology Global Literary Theory: An Anthology comprises a selection of classic must-read essays alongside contemporary and global extracts providing an engaging and timely overview of literary theory. The volume is thoroughly introduced in the General Introduction and Part Introductions and each piece is contextualized within the wider sphere of global theory. Each part also includes annotated suggestions for further reading to help the reader navigate the extensive literature on each topic.The volume engages with the "internationalizing" of the curriculum as well as the globalization of literature and theory. Alongside these key themes the volume also extends its coverage to include: The core topics and theorists from formalism and structuralism to postmodernism and deconstruction Digital humanities and humanities computing and their relevance to globalization and literary theory The religious turn in literary theory and philosophy New textualities such as auto/biography travel writing and ecocriticism Oppositional texts which "write back" against the canon In addition the book’s Companion Website features an interactive world map incorporating biographies of every theorist in the book as well as biographies of additional influential theorists. Crucially this anthology shows that ethnic postcolonial studies and globalization are not simply niche areas of literary study but are of concern across the contemporary humanities and that new voices are always emerging and being discovered from around the globe. As such this volume offers a refocusing of essential literary theory extending the canon in line with ongoing debates concerning contemporary cultural and geographic borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783026

Global LockdownRace Gender and the Prison-Industrial Complex Global Lockdown is the first book to apply a transnational feminist framework to the study of criminalization and imprisonment. The distinguished contributors to this collection offer a variety of perspectives from former prisoners to advocates to scholars from around the world. The book is a must-read for anyone concerned by mass incarceration and the growth of the prison-industrial complex within and beyond U.S. borders as well as those interested in globalization and resistance. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810812

Global Logistics And Distribution PlanningStrategies for Management The fully revised new edition of this well known and respected book is characterized by the more international perspective it has taken on through contributions from internationally known authors and a final section on international logistics which examines in turn strategies for West and East Europe the Far East and North America.Logistics has a key strategic role to play in the long-term plans of major companies and is recognized as a vital part of every organization. To a large extent this crucial new role is due to an expanded view of logistics which now includes all the activities related to the supply chain from initial suppliers through to final customers.This book provides a wealth of useful ideas and practical information on all the current and future trends in logistics and distribution. Written by a host of contributors drawn from industry constancy and education this book provides new insights into the most significant aspects of logistics including:developments in logisticssupply chain strategieslean logisticsefficient customer responselogistics in different countriespartnering and strategic alliancesre-engineering the logistics functionFrom logistics professionals consultants professors and students to managers from different backgrounds who want an appreciation of current trends in the subject this book is essential reading.About the author: Donald Waters a past member if the Institute of Logistics and currently a member of the Canadian Association of Logistics Management has lectured weekly on logistics operational research and management science and has brought his academic career to fruition as Professor of Operations Management at the University Calgary Canada. He is also the author of Operations Management in the Kogan Page Fast Track MBA Series. Features Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203753149

Global Logistics Management Global Logistics Management focuses on the evolution of logistics in the last two decades and highlights recent developments from a worldwide perspective. The book details a wide range of application-oriented studies from metropolitan bus routing problems to relief logistics and introduces the state of the art on some classical applications. The book addresses typical logistic problems most specifically the vehicle routing problem (VRP) followed by a series of analyses and discussions on various logistics problems plaguing airline and marine systems. The text addresses problems encountered in continuous space and discusses the issue of consolidation scheduling and replenishment decisions together with routing. It proposes a methodology that supports decision making at a tactical and operational level associated with daily inventory management and also examines the three-echelon logistic network. This material provides numerous examples and additional topics that include: An analysis for the airline industry and a novel approach for airline logistics including fare pricing and seat inventory control The berth-crane allocation problem in container terminals A marine system logistics application Ice navigation problems and factors that affect ice navigation Pharmaceutical warehouse route design problems An application in healthcare logistics in which medical suppliers are evaluated through a fuzzy linguistic representation model A real data-driven simulation model that outputs a new shuttle system A model that integrates routing and batching problems Joint replenishment and transportation problems Global Logistics Management clearly illustrates logistic problems encountered in many different application areas and provides you with the latest advances in classical applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482226942

Global Lorentzian Geometry Bridging the gap between modern differential geometry and the mathematical physics of general relativity this text in its second edition includes new and expanded material on topics such as the instability of both geodesic completeness and geodesic incompleteness for general space-times geodesic connectibility the generic condition the sectional curvature function in a neighbourhood of degenerate two-plane and proof of the Lorentzian Splitting Theorem.;Five or more copies may be ordered by college or university stores at a special student price available on request. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203753125

Global Management Local ResistancesTheoretical Discussion and Empirical Case Studies This book originates from a research project involving extensive collection and analysis of primary and secondary materials (scholarly literature statistical data and interviews with key actors) on global management and local resistances in all major world regions during the last years. It seeks to assess the overall management situation in the world looking at the world as a social system where some countries act as winners of socioeconomic globalization others as losers and some as both. Offering analytical and comparative insights at the global level this book will be useful for scholars students NGOs and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700765

Global Manga'Japanese' Comics without Japan? Outside Japan the term ’manga’ usually refers to comics originally published in Japan. Yet nowadays many publications labelled ’manga’ are not translations of Japanese works but rather have been wholly conceived and created elsewhere. These comics although often derided and dismissed as ’fake manga’ represent an important but understudied global cultural phenomenon which controversially may even point to a future of ’Japanese’ comics without Japan. This book takes seriously the political economy and cultural production of this so-called ’global manga’ produced throughout the Americas Europe and Asia and explores the conditions under which it arises and flourishes; what counts as ’manga’ and who gets to decide; the implications of global manga for contemporary economies of cultural and creative labour; the ways in which it is shaped by or mixes with local cultural forms and contexts; and ultimately what it means for manga to be ’authentically’ Japanese in the first place. Presenting new empirical research on the production of global manga culture from scholars across the humanities and social sciences as well as first person pieces and historical overviews written by global manga artists and industry insiders Global Manga will appeal to scholars of cultural and media studies Japanese studies and popular and visual culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598891

Global Manufacturing Technology TransferAfrica-USA Strategies Adaptations and Management Global Manufacturing Technology Transfer: Africa-USA Strategies Adaptations and Management presents practical strategies for developing and sustaining manufacturing technology transfers. It is particularly useful for helping developing nations achieve and sustain a solid footing of economic development through manufacturing. The book examines Africa and USA trade relations to demonstrate how modern technology innovation strategies can be developed and harmonized to keep a nation moving forward economically. It then explores how to advance existing technical relationships through new and updated approaches.The book uses the case and template of trade relations of Africa and the United States to demonstrate how technology innovation strategies can be developed and harmonized to keep a nation moving forward economically. The author discusses project management tools highlights manufacturing as the foundation for economic development and explores lessons learned. He details a systems approach covering both qualitative and quantitative tools and techniques. Although focusing on Africa-USA technology transfer the concepts are applicable to other technology transfer relationships.Africa is poised to assume a leading role in global manufacturing. However the foundation for doing so successfully will depend on the development and sustainability of a reliable manufacturing infrastructure in Africa. A key requirement for this will be new and innovative mechanisms for technology transfer. This book gives you the strategies required to address each technology transfer path as well as new innovative approaches for developing and transferring new technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377540

Global Marketing This textbook introduces students to the important concepts of global marketing today and their managerial implications. Designed to be shorter than many other textbooks Global Marketing focuses on getting to the point faster. Increasingly marketing activities must be integrated at a global level. Yet the enduring influence of culture requires marketers to adapt local strategies in light of cultural differences. Global Marketing takes a similar strategic approach recognizing the need to address both the forces of globalization and those of localization. Other key features include: Coverage of often overlooked topics such as the competitive rise of China’s state-owned enterprises; the importance of diasporas as target markets; and the emerging threat to legitimate marketers from transnational criminal organizations A chapter dedicated to understanding global and local competitors setting the stage for ongoing discussion of both buyers and competitors in an increasingly competitive global marketplace Extensive real-life examples and cases from developed and emerging markets including insights into the often-overlooked markets of Africa Latin America and the Middle East Written in a student-friendly style previous editions have received praise from both students and instructors. This edition continues to build on this strong foundation making this the book of choice for students of global marketing classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765642950

Global Marketing Co-Operation and Networks Learn how to compete in international markets!The nature of business has changed and Global Marketing Co-Operation and Networks explains how and why former competitors are now joining forces. Exploring co-operation networks and internationalization this collection provides you with an indispensable framework for grasping the ongoing changes in global business. In addition it includes a new broad-based theory of international entrepreneurship that will help you master the intricacies of global marketing.Global Marketing Co-Operation and Networks features both empirical research and conceptual studies. It provides you with important research findings about the impact of internationalization on entrepreneurs smaller firms and multinational giants. This valuable book contains up-to-date information from top researchers in entrepreneurship from Canada the United States the United Kingdom Australia New Zealand and Singapore.Global Marketing Co-Operation and Networks gives insight into the often confusing world of international business explaining such difficult issues as: building networks to link smaller firms that have specialized knowledge and multinational firms that have marketing prowess establishing an international market presence with the help of supply and distribution networks that are already in place using group dynamics to establish successful networking choosing the best time to internationalize taking advantage of government-funded overseas trade missions to develop international marketsGlobal Marketing Co-Operation and Networks is an essential resource for executives and entrepreneurs hoping to break into international business as well as students and researchers interested in international economics globalization networking and marketing strategies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725252

Global MarketingStrategy Practice and Cases Global Marketing 3rd edition provides students with a truly international treatment of the key principles that every marketing manager should grasp. International markets present different challenges that require a marketer to think strategically and apply tools and techniques creatively in order to respond decisively within a fiercely competitive environment. Alon et al. provide students with everything they need to rise to the challenge: Coverage of small and medium enterprises as well as multinational corporations where much of the growth in international trade and global marketing has occurred; A shift toward greater consideration of services marketing as more companies move away from manufacturing; A shift from developed markets to emerging markets with more dynamic environments; A focus on emerging markets to equip students with the skills necessary to take advantage of the opportunities that these rapidly growing regions present; Chapters on social media innovation and technology teaching students how to incorporate these new tools into their marketing strategy; New material on sustainability ethics and corporate social responsibility—key values for any modern business; Short and long cases and examples throughout the text show students how these principles and techniques are applied in the real world. Covering key topics not found in competing books Global Marketing will equip today’s students with the knowledge and confidence they need to become leading marketing managers. A companion website features an instructor’s manual with test questions as well as additional exercises and examples for in-class use. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196097

Global Markets and Global Impact of SportsSportsWorld This book is a concept we use to explain the invasive and pervasive role of sport in global society and in each country around the world. From the origins of modern sports to today sports have become more and more commercial global and universally understood as important parts of economies cultures and political debates. The 2018 thawing of relations on the Korean Peninsula and between North Korea and the USA can be attributed in part to the inclusive practices of the Winter Olympics; yet the Russian doping scandal and the ramifications from that suggest that a new Cold War in sport has emerged which is played out in social media as well as in diplomatic circles. Beyond the elite levels however sport is key to social identification and cultural capital building and for social integration. Regardless of how we view sport it is clear that it is a powerful social technology with the ability to transform society and influence political and economic debates. The chapters in this book were originally published in special issues in Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585891

Global Markets For Processed FoodsTheoretical And Practical Issues This book focuses on theoretical methodological and empirical issues arising from inconsistencies between neoclassical trade theory and actual international commerce in processed food and beverages. It explores some international implications of vertical markets in the processed food sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159689

Global MasculinitiesInterrogations and Reconstructions What does it mean to be male in today’s world? This volume interrogates the myriad practices and myth-making that underlie dominant and subordinate constructions of masculinities around the world. Challenging the patriarchal bias that restricts alternative understanding of masculinities this volume documents and shares evidence insights and direction on how men and boys can creatively contribute to gender equality in the twenty-first century. The book: highlights the many lives of men and their interactions with socioeconomic and political processes including the family fatherhood migration development and violence; critiques hegemonic masculinities and grapples with effective practices that engage men in the empowerment of women; explores how cultures of masculinity can be transformed to promote social justice conflict-resolution and peace-building within and across nations The book will be indispensable to researchers interested in critical masculinity studies women’s studies sociology social anthropology law public policy political science and international relations. It will also be of great relevance to government officials NGO activists and other practitioners concerned with gender health and development issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367001919

Global Media Biopolitics and AffectPoliticizing Bodily Vulnerability Global Media Biopolitics and Affect shows how mediations of bodily vulnerability have become a strong political force in contemporary societies. In discussions and struggles concerning war involvement healthcare issues charity democracy movements contested national pasts and climate change performances of bodily vulnerability is increasingly used by citizens to raise awareness create sympathy encourage political action and to circulate information in global media networks. The book thus argues that bodily vulnerability can serve as a catalyst for affectively charging and disseminating particular political events or issues by means of media. To investigate how when and why that happens and to evaluate the long-term social impacts of mediating bodily vulnerability the book offers a theoretical framework for understanding the role of bodily vulnerability in contemporary digital media culture. Likewise it presents a range of close empirical case studies in the areas of illness blogging global protests after the killing of Neda Agda Soltan in Iran charity communication green media activism online war commemoration and digital witnessing related to conflicts in Sarajevo and Ukraine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548640

Global Media Culture and IdentityTheory Cases and Approaches This edited volume examines the ways that global media shapes relations between place culture and identity. Through the included essays Chopra and Gajjala offer a mix of theoretical reflections and empirical case studies that will help readers understand how the media can shape cultural identities and conversely how cultural formations can influence the political economy of global media. The interdisciplinary international scholars gathered here push the discussion of what it means to do global media studies beyond uncritical celebrations of the global media technologies (or globalization) as well as beyond perspectives that are a priori dismissive of the possibilities of global media. Some of the key questions and themes that the international contributors explore within the text include: Is the global audience of global television the same as the global audience of the internet? Can we conceptualize the global culture-media-identity dynamic beyond the discourse of postcolonialism? How does the globalization of media affect feelings of nationalism? How is the growth of a consumer "global middle class" spread and resisted through media? Global Media Identity and Culture takes a comparative media approach to addressing these and other issues across media forms including print television film and new media Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415877916

Global Media and Public Diplomacy in Sino-Western Relations Many researchers and China observers would agree that understanding how China pursues global communication is critical for assessing its growing soft power. While soft power as a concept has in many ways become almost inextricably linked with the PRC's (People's Republic of China) international diplomacy of the twenty-first century the specific role of global media within soft power diplomacy and the corresponding influence of Western mediated public diplomacy within China is a lacuna that has remained largely unexplored. Moreover the different Chinese and Western perspectives on the influence of global media and public diplomacy on Sino-Western relations and the changing role of global media on this crucial aspect of international politics have not yet been critically examined. This volume presents a broad social science audience with recent innovative scholarship and research findings on global media and public diplomacy concerning Sino-Western relations. It focuses on the implicit nexus between global media and public diplomacy and their actual utilisation in and impact on the shifting relationships between China and the West. Special attention is given to the changing nature of globalised media in both China and Western nations and how globalised media is influencing shaping and changing international politics. The contributions delve deeply into both theory and practice and focus especially upon the analysis of several key aspects of the issue from both Chinese and Western perspectives. This combination of approaches distinguishes the volume from most other published works on the topic and greatly enriches our knowledge base in this important contemporary field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472443984

Global Media and Strategic Narratives of Contested DemocracyChinese Russian and Arabic Media Narratives of the US Presidential Election In order to better understand how the world viewed the US 2016 presidential election the issues that mattered around the world and how nations made sense of how their media systems constructed presentations of the presidential election Robert S. Hinck Skye C. Cooley and Randolph Kluver examine global news narratives during the campaign and immediately afterwards. Analyzing 1 578 news stories from 62 sources within three regional media ecologies in China Russia and the Middle East Hinck Cooley and Kluver demonstrate how the US election was incorporated into narrative constructions of the global order. They establish that the narratives told about the US election through national and regional media provide insights into how foreign nations construct US democracy and reflect local understandings regarding the issues and impacts of US policy towards those nations. Avoiding jargon-laden prose Global Media and Strategic Narratives of Contested Democracy is as accessible as it is wide-ranging. Its empirical detail will expand readers’ understanding of soft power as narrative articulations of foreign nation’s policies values and beliefs within localized media systems. Communication/media studies students as well as political scientists whose studies includes media and global politics will welcome its publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257798

Global Media EcologiesNetworked Production in Film and Television In this study Baltruschat calls attention to dramatic changes in worldwide media production. Her work provides new insights into industry re-organization digital media and audience interactivity as pivotal relationships are redrawn along the entire value chain of production distribution and consumption. Based on an international study she details how cultural agents now negotiate a media landscape through collaborative ventures co-productions and format franchising. These varied collaborations define the new global media economy and affect a shift across the entire field of cultural production. Through detailing the intricacies of globally networked production ecologies Baltruschat elucidates the shifting power relations in media production especially in regards to creative labor and trade of intellectual properties. In the new global economy "content" has become the "new currency." As a result relational dynamics between cultural agents emerge as key forces in shaping worldwide cultural production now increasingly characterized by flexible production and consumption.　The blurring of lines in international media developments require new parameters which define creativity and intellectual property in relation to interactive audiences and collaboratively produced content. Baltruschat clearly maps and defines these new dynamics and provides solutions as to how creative labor constellations can advance and enrich the new media economy. This is especially pertinent as global film and TV production does not necessarily result in greater media diversity. On the contrary interdependencies in policy regimes prioritization of certain genres and branded entertainment epitomize how current networked ecologies reflect broader trends in cultural and economic globalization. 　　　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740494

Global Media Giants Global Media Giants takes an in-depth look at how media corporate power works globally regionally and nationally investigating the ways in which the largest and most powerful media corporations in the world wield power. Case studies examine not only some of the largest media corporations (News Corp. The Microsoft Corporation) in terms of revenues but also media corporations that hold considerable power within national regional or geolinguistic contexts (Televisa The Bertelsmann Group Sony Corporation). Each chapter approaches a different corporation through the lens of economy politics and culture giving students and scholars a thoughtful and data-driven guide with which to interrogate contemporary media industry power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927711

Global Media Perspectives on the Crisis in Panama Operation Just Cause the United States' incursion into Panama was the culmination of a gradually escalating confrontation between the United States and the Noriega dominated government of Panama that extended from June 1987 until early January 1990. Applying diverse methodological approaches this volume examines the various ways representative examples of the global media covered the developing crisis and the eventual US incursion into Panama. The volume: - sets the stage for this analysis by delineating the chronological development of the escalating confrontation as well as by examining the confrontation from the perspective of the US government - analyzes the crisis from the perspective of the US Soviet Canadian French Portuguese Arab and the People's Republic of China media - exposes the challenges for public affairs officers operating within the context of the global media response to international crises and provides an assessment of the implications of the crisis for inter-American and international relations. This analysis and evaluation of a variety of global media perspectives on the escalating US-Panamanian confrontation will serve to better illuminate and further enrich our understanding of a major international event - indeed one of the final events of the Cold War era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409429494

Global MediaThe Television Revolution in Asia This book is about the processes of globalization demonstrated through a comparative study of three television case histories in Asia. Also illustrated are different approaches to providing television services in the world: public service (NHK in Japan) state (CCTV in China) and commercial (STAR TV based in Hong Kong). Through its focus Global Media addresses a considerable lacuna in the media studies literature which tends to have a heavy Western bias. It provides an original addition to the literature on globalization which is often abstract and anecdotal in addition to making a major contribution to comparative research in Asia. Finally it offers a thoughtful causal layered analysis with a concluding argument in favor of public service television. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203036112

Global Mental HealthAnthropological Perspectives While there is increasing political interest in research and policy-making for global mental health there remain major gaps in the education of students in health fields for understanding the complexities of diverse mental health conditions. Drawing on the experience of many well-known experts in this area this book uses engaging narratives to illustrate that mental illnesses are not only problems experienced by individuals but must also be understood and treated at the social and cultural levels. The book -includes discussion of traditional versus biomedical beliefs about mental illness the role of culture in mental illness intersections between religion and mental health intersections of mind and body and access to health care; -is ideal for courses on global mental health in psychology public health and anthropology departments and other health-related programs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611329247

Global Metal Music and CultureCurrent Directions in Metal Studies This book defines the key ideas scholarly debates and research activities that have contributed to the formation of the international and interdisciplinary field of Metal Studies. Drawing on insights from a wide range of disciplines including popular music cultural studies sociology anthropology philosophy and ethics this volume offers new and innovative research on metal musicology global/local scenes studies fandom gender and metal identity metal media and commerce. Offering a wide-ranging focus on bands scenes periods and sounds contributors explore topics such as the riff-based song writing of classic heavy metal bands and their modern equivalents and the musical-aesthetics of Grindcore Doom metal Death metal and Progressive metal. They interrogate production technologies sound engineering album artwork and band promotion logos and merchandising t-shirt and jewellery design and fan communities that define the global metal music economy and subcultural scene. The volume explores how the new academic discipline of metal studies was formed also looking forward to the future of metal music and its relationship to metal scholarship and fandom. With an international range of contributors this volume will appeal to scholars of popular music cultural studies and sociology as well as those interested in metal communities around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138062597

Global MetropolitanGlobalizing Cities in a Capitalist World Exploring the connections between globalization and urbanization this notable book places particular emphasis on understanding the economic function of global cities the political process of globalizing cities and the cultural significance of cosmopolitan cities. The book explores the meaning of the globalizing project in cities: the maintaining securing and increasing of urban economic competitiveness in a global world the reimagining of the city the rewriting of the city for both internal and external audiences the construction of new spaces and the hosting of new events. Specific chapters look at the significance of signature architects the hosting of the Summer Olympics and the role of the super-rich. The main thesis of the book is that this discourse of globalizing is a major force in the restructuring of cities around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203508657

Global Migration and Development The debate on international migration and development currently focuses on South-North migration transnationalism remittances and knowledge transfer. The potential positive role of migration for countries and regions the emigrants originate from has recently been acknowledged by among others the World Bank United Nations Commissions and the International Organisation for Migration (IOM). This volume addresses the question: to what extent and under what conditions does international migration contribute to local and national development? By presenting novel insights and themes on the basis of new empirical evidence from various countries this volume is an indispensable addition to the international discussion on migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514736

Global Migration: The Basics Migration is a politically sensitive topic and an important aspect of contentious debates about social and cultural diversity economic stability terrorism globalization and nationalism. Global Migration: The Basics examines: history and geography of global migration the role of migrants in society impact of migrants on the economy and the political system policy challenges that need to be faced in confronting a rapidly changing world economy and society. This book challenges students of geography political science public policy sociology and economics to look beyond the rhetoric and consider the real and basic facts about migration. Through detailed examinations of the scholarly literature demographic patterns and public policy debates Global Migration: The Basics exposes readers to the underlying causes and consequences of migration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415533867

Global MigrationPatterns processes and politics Global Migration provides a clear concise and well-organized discussion of historical patterns and contemporary trends of migration while guiding the readers through an often difficult and politicised topic. Aimed primarily at undergraduate and Master’s students the text encourages the readers to reflect on economic processes politics immigrant lives and raises debates about inclusion exclusion and citizenship. The text critically highlights the global character of contemporary migration and the importance of historical context to current processes and emphasises the role of gender race and national ideologies in shaping migration experiences.　 Using over a decade of their own insight into teaching undergraduate migration courses in the US and the UK and the knowledge and understanding of the subject they have acquired as migration researchers the authors offer an accessible and student-friendly manner for readers to understand and explore the complex issue of migration. The book features numerous international case studies a chapter dedicated to the perspective of the immigrants themselves as well as key terms and further readings at the end of each chapter.　 Both theoretically and empirically informed Global Migration examines the subject in a holistic and expansive way. It will equip students with an understanding of the complex issues of migration and serve as a guide for instructors in structuring their courses and in identifying important bodies of scholarly research on migration issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415683876

Global Militarization This book was originated from a conference on militarization in the context of goals processes and indicators of development held in May 1981. It analyzes the militarization trend suggests ways in which it can be changed seeks to understand what is going on and searches for alternatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164706

Global MindsetsExploration and Perspectives Global Mindsets seeks to tackle a topic that is relatively new in research and practice and is considered by many to be critical for firms seeking to conduct global business. It argues that multiple mindsets exist (across and within organizations) that they operate in a global context and that they are dynamic and undergo change and action. Part of the mindset(s) may depend upon place situation and context where individuals and organizations operate. The book examines the notion of "mindset" is situational and dynamic especially in a global setting why it is important for future scholars and managers and how it could be conceptualized. The book includes conceptual chapters that push the current boundaries of research on the topic and empirical chapters that demonstrate how different organizations in different countries apply mindset perspectives in their management practices. It seeks to help academics consultants and researchers understand what has been said and studied about global mindsets in action and gain insights into possible directions and challenges that the field may face in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617155

Global Minority Rights This important volume brings together a range of material in different areas of law and the social sciences that address questions concerning the rights of minorities. The discipline is arguably one of the oldest branches of public international law and owes its heritage to those who struggled to create standards to protect the numerically inferior and non-dominant communities from the excesses of the majority. While reflecting this rich heritage the works contained in this volume show the extent to which policy constructs (especially in law) have begun to pay heed to the need to include minorities in different domestic settings across the globe. To provide readers with a structured approach to understanding global minority rights law the editor divides the issues into six main headings namely: Historical Development; Conceptual Development; Contemporary Challenges; Fundamental Norms of Minority Protection; Specific Rights of Minorities; Human Rights and Minority Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111004

Global MinstrelsVoices of World Music As the fastest growing sector of the U.S. music market world music has embedded itself in the fabric of American life. Artists such as Peter Gabriel Paul Simon and the Talking Heads have all utilized characteristics of the "world" sound in their music while international performers are enjoying unexpected fame in the U.S. At the same time in an era of unprecedented immigration and globalization people all over the world are using music as way to preserve their local and ethnic identity. Global Minstrels: Voices of World Music is an accessible introduction to international music and culture. Including conversations with dozens of artists from five continents it explores the breadth of the world music experience through the voices of the musicians themselves. In the process it gives a unique view of the interactions of a globalizing society and introduces readers to some of the most fascinating and thoughtful artists working on the current scene.  Artists profiled include Oumou Sangare Caetano Veloso Ravi Shankar Paco de Lucía Ladysmith Black Mambazo and many more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941973

Global MobilitiesRefugees Exiles and Immigrants in Museums and Archives Global Mobilities illustrates the significant engagement of museums and archives with populations that have experienced forced or willing migration: emigrants exiles refugees asylum seekers and others. The volume explores the role of public institutions in the politics of integration and cultural diversity analyzing their efforts to further the inclusion of racial and ethnic minority populations. Emphasizing the importance of cross-cultural knowledge and exchange global case studies examine the conflicts inherent in such efforts considering key issues such as whether to focus on origins or destinations as well as whether assimilation integration or an entirely new model would be the most effective approach. This collection provides an insight into diverse perspectives not only of museum practitioners and scholars but also the voices of artists visitors undocumented immigrants and other members of source communities. Global Mobilities is an often provocative and thought-inspiring resource which offers a comprehensive overview of the field for those interested in understanding its complexities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872939

Global Mobility and Higher Learning This book examines learning-mobility tensions and ties caused by convergences and divergences of social organizational and cognitive forces in global higher education. As some of these forces generate status anxiety and others enhanced self-worth this volume asks the questions: How can students navigate treacherous education markets to reduce the former and increase the latter? Which specific forces and confluences enhance the quality of self-discovery? Does the search for identity and meaning produce better results when conducted internationally? Which transformative drivers of global mobility enhance social mobility? What allows some students to gain the capacity for impactful higher learning at a time when others lose it? Why are strategically minded students increasingly concerned about equality and the quality of contribution to the common good of education rather than about their own status? What makes some places of learning stand out when students recount their journeys of self-discovery and roads to self-worth? This book includes a broad range of stories and firsthand perspectives that are often overlooked in the process of internationalization of higher education. The narratives offer important insights to consider given the ever-increasing disquiets of competitiveness-oriented global higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375904

Global Modernity Development and Contemporary CivilizationTowards a Renewal of Critical Theory This book investigates modern global civilization offering an alternative to post-colonial theories and the "multiple modernities" approach (as well as the civilizational theory linked to it). It argues that modernity has become a global civilization that is heterogeneous and intertwined with other civilizations and also aims at a renewal of critical theory that is not US-centric and Eurocentric focusing instead on China South Asia (India) and Latin America (Brazil). Dealing with the themes of centre-periphery relations complexity (including culture and religion) democracy and emancipatory possibilities  this book is based on general theoretical ideas such as collective subjectivity the interplay of memory and creativity and the concept of "modernizing moves " so as to deal with historical contingency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848718

Global ModernityModernity in the Age of Global Capitalism "A compelling essay on the contemporary human condition." William D. Coleman Director of the Institute on Globalization and the Human Condition McMaster University "An unusually perceptive and balanced appraisal of the globalization hype and its relation to the reality of global capitalism." Immanuel Wallerstein Yale University In his provocative new book Arif Dirlik argues that the present represents not the beginning of globalization but its end. We are instead in a new era in the unfolding of capitalism -- "global modernity". The fall of communism in the 1980s generated culturally informed counter-claims to modernity. Globalization has fragmented our understanding of what is "modern". Dirlik's "global modernity" is a concept that enables us to distinguish the present from its Eurocentric past while recognizing the crucial importance of that past in shaping the present. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634401

Global Monetary and Economic ConvergenceOn the Occasion of the Fiftieth Anniversary of the Marshall Plan Published in 1998. Global convergence has many aspects. The first part of this volume deals with European convergence the second with convergence especially between Eastern and Western Europe. The third part with practical and the fourth with theoretical issues related to Global Convergence. The last part juxtaposes Hayekian and Triffian economic thought. The first of these the Hayekian relies exclusively on the profit motive of the only arbiter of the economic decision-making. The Triffians thought insists that satisfactory balances can be brought about only through racial negotiation among market participants within countries and on a global scale. The Hayek-Triffin juxtaposition gains particular importance at a time when capital mobility labour and social mobility have reached hitherto new levels on a global scale and this challenges social coherence. This difference will put social coherence under unusual stress. The solution of the problems created will be the greatest challenge to economic social and political statemanship during the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315501

Global MonitoringThe Challenges of Access to Data This highly technical work is at the leading edge of spatial analysis. It covers the Global Monitoring for Environment and Security (GMES) initiative in the international context of access to environmental data. This book identifies the data policy issues such as intellectual property rights privacy licensing and archiving policies that affect environmental monitoring organisations statistical institutes mapping agencies institutes for natural resources and Earth observation. It recommends courses of action to improve information services in GMES and assesses the impact of data policy on access to and cost-efficient use of information services in GMES. This title will be essential reading for government institutions such as mapping organisations space agencies environmental departments military and defence departments; it will also be useful to students of environmental policies and industries involved in mapping cartography aerial surveys and the space industry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9781843147824

Global Movement Critical research and theorizing on the Anti- or Alter-Globalization Movement has exploded over the last two decades. This volume provides a platform for scholar-activists themselves to share insights from engaged research and to critically reflect on movement histories and internal dynamics. It also highlights ways in which activists are reaching beyond their geographical and issue boundaries to link with others in struggle to construct a broader global movement of the left--and beyond. Case studies span the social movement spectrum from more traditional concerns with class the primacy of the labor movement economic redistribution and justice through the so-called 'new' movements of identity and post-materialist issues of peace the environment gender and indigenous struggles to the newest currents in (post-)autonomy (post-)anarchism and de- or anti-coloniality. Together these studies show that what began in Chiapas with the Zapatista cry of basta ya! as an 'anti-globalization' movement morphed for a time into 'alter-globalization' and 'global peace and justice' and may now be emerging as a counter-hegemonic project of and for global democratization. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840262

Global Navigation Satellite SystemsInsights into GPS GLONASS Galileo Compass and Others Includes detailed information on GPS GLONASS Galileo Compass and other regional and augmented systems Sheds light on the latest developments and modern trends of GNSS Offers practical guidance for surveying mapping and navigation Includes questions at the end of every chapter Contains a detailed glossary of terms and extensive reference list Specifically designed as an introductory reference text this volume provides a thorough coverage of the basic principles and techniques of GNSS. It starts with the history and basic concepts and subsequently provides an extensive coverage on every GNSS constellation GNSS signals errors and accuracy issues positioning methods augmentations satellite geodesy and GNSS receivers. It also presents a wide spectrum of GNSS applications and practical issues involved in surveying mapping and navigation. Written in a clear style and including advanced topics a detailed glossary guidance on surveying mapping and navigation along with numerous references this volume is of use to students researchers and professionals. It will specifically benefit those in geoinformatics navigation civil construction naval aviation and transportation engineering working with GNSS for natural resources agricultural and environmental information geosciences and geography.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415665605

Global Neoliberalism and Education and its Consequences In this groundbreaking critique of neoliberalism in schooling and education an international cast of education policy analysts educational activists and scholars deftly analyze the ideologies underlying the global national and local neoliberalisation of schooling and education.  The thrilling scholarship that makes up Global Neoliberalism and Education and its Consequences exposes the machinations agenda and impacts of the privatising and 'merchandisation' of education by the World Bank the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS)  biased think tanks global and national corporations and capital and the full political spectrum of Neoliberal governments. Including such topics as the increasing polarization of  racialized and gendered social classes as a consequence of neoliberal policies the role and shape of markets and education in the era of globalised Capitalism the effects of the profit motive in higher education the impact of the Heritage Foundation in the USA and even a critical evaluation of education in Cuba--readers are sure to find startling insight and provocative arguments throughout Global Neoliberalism and Education and its Consequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507110

Global Networks Linked Cities First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538808

Global Networks Local ActionsRethinking adult education policy in the 21st century Global Networks Local Actions: Rethinking adult education policy in the 21st century examines public policy developments in adult education exploring the policy framing of adult education practice in a range of socio-cultural contexts and contributing to the development of policy research from global and comparative perspectives. Drawing from multidisciplinary fields such as adult education comparative and international education and sociology chapters analyse empirically grounded studies from the US Italy Argentina and Brazil. Each study helps to identify how political agents interact at international regional national and local scales and what the implications are for publically-funded interventions in adult education. While this book recognises the complexity of adult education policy it argues for the need to deconstruct the false belief that what is global in adult education may be intrinsically distinct from the characteristics of geographical or social territories in which adult education occurs. Instead it points to localised norms and ideas on Adult Basic and Secondary Education as ultimately contained in and constituting what is at times perceived as global or abstracted from definite geographical or social territories. This book calls for a global sociology of adult education in response to global challenges and makes an important contribution to our understanding of developments in public adult education policy. As such it will be of key interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of adult education comparative and international education education policy and politics sociology of education and global studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138610309

Global Nomads and Extreme Mobilities Presenting a ground-breaking study of the emerging phenomenon of location-independence this book examines the way in which the practices of 'global nomads' who live on the road without fixed abode place of employment or localised circle of friends question many of the unwritten norms and ideals that characterise settled life in societies. With the lifestyles of global nomads blurring the boundaries between travel migration and dwelling Global Nomads and Extreme Mobilities draws on in-depth interviews with a worldwide group of location-independent travellers together with virtual and instant ethnography and discourse analysis to show how lives oriented around extreme forms of mobility offer researchers in migration tourism and mobilities a unique opportunity for examining the complex subjectivities and power relations associated with multi-mobility. With close attention to the nationalistic political and travel-related attachments of global nomads and the ways in which their own representation and justification of their lifestyles and subjectivities constitute a power negotiation the book examines 'global nomads' social and intimate relationships and the forms of exclusion and discrimination that they encounter raising the question of whether they live inside or outside societies - and indeed whether there can be any life outside societies. A re-assessment of much contemporary research in the fields of mobility migration and tourism studies Global Nomads and Extreme Mobilities will appeal to scholars across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367246563

Global Nuclear DisarmamentStrategic Political and Regional Perspectives This book examines the issue of nuclear disarmament in different strategic political and regional contexts. This volume seeks to provide a rich theoretical and practical insight to one of the major topics in the field of international security: global abolishment of nuclear weapons. Renewed calls for a nuclear weapons-free world have sparked a wide academic debate on both the attainability of such goal and the steps that should be taken. Comparably less attention however has been paid to theoretically informed considerations of the consequences of nuclear abolition. Comprising essays from leading scholars and experts within the field this collection discusses the fundamental theoretical and conceptual foundations of nuclear disarmament and subsequently tries to assess its hypothetical impact in global and regional contexts. The varied methodological approach of the contributors aims to advance a multi-theoretical and multi-perspectival view of the issue. The book is organized in three main sections: ‘Strategic Perspectives’ dealing with the specific constraints and facilitators for the states to achieve their core objectives; ‘Political Perspectives’ with the focus on the power of norms belief-systems and ideas; and ‘Regional Perspectives’ with the analyses of seven regional and/or state-specific nuclear contexts. As a whole the volume provides a detailed complex overview of the risks and opportunities that are embedded in the vision of a nuclear weapon-free world. This book will be of great interest to students of nuclear proliferation arms control war and conflict studies international relations and security studies.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138096493

Global Nuclear Energy RisksThe Search for Preventive Medicine Almost two dozen nations currently generate nuclear energy and eighteen more are planning to construct reactors in the near future. This expansion increases the need for the international community to find ways to meet five basic security challenges: national and subnational diversion of nuclear materials for weapons subnational sabotage of nuclear facilities wartime destruction and major accidents. To date international efforts to address these problems have included the Non-Proliferation Treaty the Latin American nuclear-free zone the International Atomic Energy Agency and the nuclear suppliers conference. Despite these laudable achievements uneven approaches to obligations and inherent problems in the international agreements may weaken their effectiveness. New approaches must be sought in order to ensure safe peaceful development of nuclear energy. Dr. Ramberg explores various methods of enhancing existing practices through the use of "preventive medicine." After outlining the current nuclear regime and examining its weaknesses he evaluates the desirability and practicality of seven "international nuclear review" options focused on preventing a global nuclear disaster. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367012304

Global Nuclear Order This book examines the importance of global nuclear order emphasising the importance of perspective in our understanding of it and its significance in international politics. Addressing a gap in existing literature this book provides an introduction to nuclear weapon states and their relationship with the global nuclear order/disorder paradigm. It explores four main themes and aims to: 1. conceptualise the dichotomous paradigm of global nuclear order/disorder; 2. outline the different phases of global nuclear order/disorder from 1945 to present; 3. address the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and the wider international nuclear non-proliferation regime; 4. provide an overview of every nuclear weapon state’s national nuclear doctrines throughout the years. The book will be of much interest to students of nuclear proliferation global governance security studies Cold War studies foreign policy and IR more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138242852

Global Occupational Safety and Health Management Handbook This book was written with the belief that everyone globally has the right to a safe and healthy workplace. An 8-year old carrying bricks in the mid-day sun in Nepal a pharmaceutical business executive on assignment in Bangladesh or a mother polishing stone in her home in Tanzania; each has a fundamental right to a workplace free from risk of injury illness and death. Global Occupational Safety and Health Management Handbook is a broad presentation and discussion of the issues and obstacles facing the Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) profession today in providing safe workplaces globally. Readers can use this book to find resources to assist in the development of their programs and to become informed about the basic structures of international OSH development and governance. Readers can also rely on this book to become more aware of global OSH issues and problems that they may be personally or professionally willing and able to help address. Seasoned OSH professionals can expect to learn about new ways to look at complicated and controversial topics. Young professionals and students can read this book to better understand the important global OSH interrelationships and challenges of the future. Features Serves as a one-stop resource for information on important international safety and health topics and issues Provides detailed information about international OSH tripartite nongovernmental and professional organizations Describes the various global OSH educational and professional development needs and international approaches to expanding capacity and awareness of the profession Discusses controversial international OSH working conditions and explains their global impacts Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138626720

Global OligopolyA Key Idea for Business and Society The era of globalisation brought waves of consolidation in business ownership alongside Leviathon-like state actors. Digital disruption too can leave market power in a relatively small number of hands. In organisational and economic terms global oligopoly is now a fundamental idea for business and society which this book explores and analyses. This book focuses on global oligopolies starting with an analysis of global concentration and profits in all sectors before moving on to illuminate the geographical spread and global strategic orientation choices and performance outcomes of global oligopoly. Contemporary cooperation modes such as cross-border M&As and strategic alliances niche and Emerging Market champion strategies are also analysed in detail to move the reader towards understanding likely future directions for the field. Presenting empirical data on strategies and performance outcomes the book covers a range of industries to provide practical research-based guidance for more effective global business strategies and policy perspectives.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367312756

Global OrderValues And Power In International Relations Fourth Edition A survey of international relations this benchmark text explains concepts of global order from the Westphalian system to current issues in international relations. In this latest edition Lynn Miller covers new developments in ethnic violence economic development human rights intervention and environmental issues and discusses the potential developments and choices in the post?Cold War era posing alternative ?new world order? scenarios that emphasize improving the world's ability to engage in peacekeeping in light of the Gulf War and other recent conflicts. The text advocates critical world-order values and proposes means for minimizing violence maximizing economic well-being enhancing human rights and protecting the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098599

Global Organized Crime and International Security Published in 1999 this book focuses on organized crime as a worldwide phenomenon that has taken great advantage of enabling technology in banking communications and transportation to build what is probably the first true 'virtual' corporation in the world. It looks at organized crime as a threat to national and international security ironically stemming in part from the collapse of the Soviet empire that provided an already thriving ruthless and well-organized system of graft corruption and crime with a new lease of life and also unleashed it on to the world scene. Organized crime is also seen as a system of transnational alliances with the potential to destabilize democratic values and institutions; distort regional if not worldwide economies; and subvert the international order by allying itself with terrorist organizations rogue states and developing countries in search of rapid industrialization and market dominance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319592

Global Organized CrimeA 21st Century Approach In the maelstrom of globalization and cyberspace organized crime continues to defy definition. A diverse array of activities is perpetuated by criminal organizations criminal groups and associations and gangs and it is clear that one specific label is no longer adequate. This book offers a uniquely global approach to organized crime and the multitude of forces that shape it in the 21st century. As well as discussing definitions of and the historical roots of organized crime this book examines various forms of organized crime around the world in the US Mexico Latin America and the Caribbean Russia and Europe Asia and Africa. This revised and updated new edition includes coverage of: the rise of the ’Ndrangheta in Italy and their global expansion; the impact of drug legalization on organized crime and the problem of methamphetamine; organ trading money laundering and animal poaching; changes in gang traditions and gangland penitentiaries; the decentralization of Mexican cartels the growth of opium production in Myanmar and the drug war in Africa; and the advancement of ISIS and the emergence of the Silk Road and the Dark Net. This book is essential reading for students engaged in the study of global and transnational organized crime with features including chapter overviews key terms critical thinking questions and case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138639485

Global Outsourcing StrategiesAn International Reference on Effective Outsourcing Relationships One of the most significant techniques to which companies and organizations have turned to improve service delivery and reduce costs has been outsourcing. Over the last 10 years almost any process has been successfully outsourced. But during that period there have been failures too; projects that never realised their objectives or that had unforeseen impact on business. Global Outsourcing Strategies is a state-of-the-art guide to the best lessons to be learned for successfully implementing and outsourcing projects or for revisiting existing operations. The 22 chapters explore some of the new areas for outsourcing after traditional targets such as IT and finance. Information is provided on the different facets of the outsourcing process such as contract negotiation the risks involved in outsourcing the need for service level agreements the critical requirements needed to build and sustain outsourcing relationships and ethical supply chain issues. There are also sections exploring the impact of outsourcing on organizational structures; the long term effects; legal issues; management control and inter-firm relationships; as well as case studies from both the public and private sector on the practical side of outsourcing. The book will appeal to practitioners and researchers alike. This is a must-have guide for any organization approaching outsourcing as a global (or local) strategy and for those organizations now reviewing or developing their outsourcing partnerships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255180

Global Pathways to Abolishing Physical PunishmentRealizing Children’s Rights This book describes the unfolding of a global phenomenon: the legal prohibition of physical punishment of children. Until thirty years ago this near-universal practice was considered appropriate necessary and a parental right. But a paradigm shift in conceptions of childhood has led to a global movement to redefine it as violence and as a violation of children’s rights. Today  many countries have prohibited it in all settings including the home. This remarkable shift reflects profound cultural changes in thinking about children and their development parent-child relationships and the role of the state in family life. It has involved actors in many sectors including academia government non-governmental organizations and children themselves. Documenting the stories of countries that have either prohibited corporal punishment of children or who are moving in that direction this volume will serve as a sourcebook for scholars and advocates around the world who are interested in the many dimensions of physical punishment and its elimination.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415847988

Global Patient SafetyLaw Policy and Practice This book explores patient safety themes in developed developing and transitioning countries. A foundation premise is the concept of ‘reverse innovation’ as mutual learning from the chapters challenges traditional assumptions about the construction and location of knowledge. This edited collection can be seen to facilitate global learning. This book will hopefully form a bridge for those countries seeking to enhance their patient safety policies. Contributors to this book challenge many supposed generalisations about human societies including consideration of how medical care is mediated within those societies and how patient safety is assured or compromised. By introducing major theories from the developing world in the book readers are encouraged to reflect on their impact on the patient safety and the health quality debate. The development of practical patient safety policies for wider use is also encouraged. The volume presents a ground-breaking perspective by exploring fundamental issues relating to patient safety through different academic disciplines. It develops the possibility of a new patient safety and health quality synthesis and discourse relevant to all concerned with patient safety and health quality in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587185

Global Peace And SecurityTrends And Challenges This anthology is based on lectures that are part of the newly established Program on Global Peace and Security. It presents an overview of the possibilities for and limitations of providing political direction in a global system characterized by social economic and technological change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367161927

Global Percussion InnovationsThe Australian Perspective First emerging in North America and Europe in the late 1920s contemporary percussion practices have transitioned from the fringes of contemporary music to the forefront over the past 90 years. In the 1960s contemporary percussion practices reached Australian shores and a new generation of artists added their voices to this narrative. The role of Australian activity is not yet embedded in the wider narrative of international contemporary percussion nor is the significance of developments in contemporary percussion practices fully realised in the context of Australian music history. In this monograph political social and cultural influences on this art form will be examined for the first time in a historical survey of contemporary percussion music in Australia over a 50-year period from 1960 to 2010. The rise of the percussion ensemble in the twentieth century to a standard chamber music ensemble is now recognised as one of the major advances in western art music practice internationally. A focus will be placed on ensemble activity via definitive documentation and analysis of ensembles that are amongst the most pioneering and longest established of Australian contemporary music organisations including the Australian Percussion Ensemble Synergy Percussion Adelaide Percussions Nova Ensemble Tetrafide Percussion Taikoz Clocked Out and Speak Percussion amongst others. Closing with a discussion of influences and identity this historical narrative will expand our understanding of the impact of Australian contributions to the international contemporary music scene while simultaneously examining how developments in contemporary percussion have contributed to Australia’s cultural identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587406

Global Perspectives in Cross-Cultural and Cross-National Consumer Research Global Perspectives in Cross-Cultural and Cross-National Consumer Research deals with several important issues crucial for greater understanding of international and cross-cultural consumer behavior. This understanding in turn can provide international marketers with valuable insights such as conditions under which globalization may or may not work. The coverage in this book is interdisciplinary in nature and the chapters discuss several constructs (intermediary variables processes and also other environmental influences) related to social personal and psychological components or consequences of culture.The book begins with a conceptual model of the effect of culture on consumer behavior with the components and consequences of the cultural influences clearly identified in terms of social personal and psychological factors. The following chapters discuss general issues related to globalization and standardization present conceptual approaches to propositions relating to multicultural contexts and address consumer complaining behavior and responses to advertising. There are five chapters on empirical and methodological studies conducted in specific pairs of countries with data obtained from Canada Denmark Japan Germany Poland Romania and the United States. In presenting readers with new information Global Perspectives in Cross-Cultural and Cross-National Consumer Research spans these specific topics: the nature of cultural influence on consumer behavior globalization versus customization of international marketing strategy individualism versus collectivism right versus left symbolism product involvement consumer response to information technology interdependent versus independent culturesThe contributors are well-known scholars in the international/cross-cultural marketing field; their chapters present state-of-the-art developments in this area. The coverage of the material is interdisciplinary in nature and is likely to benefit a broad audience especially academic researchers in international or cross-cultural consumer research and librarians of research-oriented schools universities or organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975231

Global Perspectives in Family TherapyDevelopment Practice Trends Global Perspectives in Family Therapy: Development Practice Trends provides an overview of the development of the family and the issues and concerns they are faced with in different cultural contexts. Contributions from experts in the field expand on the different aspects on the historical beginnings current developments training issues theoretical variations future trends and research potential in family therapy throughout 14 countries. It explores the diverse cultural approach to family therapy and suggests various clinical interventions that are helpful to clinicians dealing with families from different countries including case studies vignettes and research outcomes of family therapy overseas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011946

Global Perspectives in Urban LawThe Legal Power of Cities The growing field of urban law demands a collaborative scholarly focus on comparative and global perspectives. This volume offers diverse insights into urban law with emerging theories and analyses of topics ranging from criminal reform and urban housing to social and economic inequality and financial crises and democratization and freedom for individual identity and space. Particularly now social economic and cultural issues must be closely examined in conjunction with the rule of law not only to address inadequate access to basic services but also to construct long-term plans for our cities and our world—a bright safe future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664039

Global Perspectives of Employee Assistance Programs Global Perspectives of Employee Assistance Programs is the first book of its kind to empirically address the Employee Assistance Program (EAP) concept and model in a diverse global context. This book features a variety of studies which deal with the design delivery cultural adaptability evaluation and measurement of international employee assistance programs in a truly global variety of settings. Contributors also evaluate the impact of EAP on expatriates the potential for an international well-being assessment tool and the training of international EAP professionals. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Workplace Behavioral Health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302426

Global Perspectives of Occupational Social Work Explore the history and practice of social work around the world! This fascinating book presents a broad international survey of the development and current practices of occupational social work. Covering seven countries around the world Global Perspectives of Occupational Social Work offers a unique cross-cultural perspective on issues of interest to social workers everywhere. From India to Ireland issues of training sexual harassment and workplace health and safety are remarkably similar and intriguingly varied. Global Perspectives of Occupational Social Work describes the evolution of social work in factories and later in offices. When industrialization brought women into factories owners hired nurses or governesses to guard chaperone and advise the young women in their employ. Since then occupational social work has sought to keep a balance between the interests of management and workers. In addition to discussing history and professional development Global Perspectives of Occupational Social Work reveals the way professionals like you handle the same situations you face every day including: the shift toward privatization corporate restructuring and downsizing developing alcohol and substance abuse interventions creating employee assistance programs racism and sexism in the workplace HIV/AIDS and other health problems workplace violenceCovering Australia India Germany Ireland South Africa Israel and the US Global Perspectives of Occupational Social Work is a major contribution to the professional literature. Not only will this book increase international awareness it may supply you with unique perspectives and fresh strategies for solving the problems your colleagues in Jerusalem and Pretoria also face. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048511

Global Perspectives on Corporate Governance and CSR Good governance is good PR it is important in every sphere of society whether it be the corporate environment the political or wider society. When resources are too limited to meet the minimum expectations of the people it is a good governance level that can help to promote the welfare of society. Enlightened companies recognise that there is a clear link between governance and corporate social responsibility and make efforts to link the two. Unfortunately this is too often no more than making a claim that good governance is a part of their CSR policy as well as a part of their relationship with shareholders. Corporate Governance and CSR are significant issues in all parts of the world huge amounts of time and energy are devoted to its global interpretation. Most analysis however is too simplistic to be helpful as it normally resolves itself into simple dualities: rules based v principles based or Anglo-Saxon v Continental. The editors of this book argue that this is not helpful - that the reality is far more complex. They show that Corporate Governance and CSR cannot be understood without taking geographical cultural and historical factors into account. It is necessary they say to understand the concerns of people in different parts of the world. Therefore by using a wealth of case studies theoretical models and drawing on the knowledge and perspective of experts from around the world the editors have produced this valuable book. Global Perspectives on Corporate Governance and CSR discusses issues such as regional and cultural similarities and differences the contexts of differing legal frameworks and governance codes differences between large companies and SMEs governance in new environments (companies and economies) versus stable environments and the changing environment affecting corporate social responsibility around the world. The editors then synthesise this in a way that will be helpful to business people as well as to academics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315584959

Global Perspectives on Crime Prevention and Community Resilience Inspired by the dialogue between practitioners and academics of nearly thirty countries this edited volume includes updated articles on global crime prevention initiatives and best practices in building community resilience presented at the International Police Executive Symposium’s (IPES) 25th annual meeting in Sofia Bulgaria in 2014. A new book in the highly-regarded IPES Co-Publications series Global Perspectives on Crime Prevention and Community Resilience offers strategies for crime and violence prevention and community initiatives for crime reduction while promoting current best practices for police effectiveness safety and professionalism.The book includes eighteen chapters from police leaders practitioners and academics around the world in efforts to demonstrate effective strategies for the prevention of crime and innovative techniques in assisting crime victims. In an increasingly global reality this text gives voice to valuable members of the international policing community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875503

Global Perspectives on Critical ArchitecturePraxis Reloaded Judging from the debates taking place in both education and practice it appears that architecture is deeply in crisis. New design and production techniques together with the globalization of capital and even skilled-labour have reduced architecture to a commodified object its aesthetic qualities tapping into the current pervasive desire for the spectacular. These developments have changed the architect’s role in the design and production processes of architecture. Moreover critical architectural theories including those of Breton Heidegger and Benjamin which explored the concepts of technology modernism labour and capital and how technology informed the cultural along with later theories from the 1960s which focused more on the architect’s theorization of his/her own design strategies seem increasingly irrelevant. In an age of digital reproduction and commodification these theoretical approaches need to be reassessed. Bringing together essays and interviews from leading scholars such as Kenneth Frampton Peggy Deamer Bernard Tschumi Donald Kunze and Marco Biraghi this volume investigates and critically addresses various dimensions of the present crisis of architecture. It poses questions such as: Is architecture a conservative cultural product servicing a given producer/consumer system? Should architecture’s affiliative ties with capitalism be subjected to a measure of criticism that can be expanded to the entirety of the cultural realm? Is architecture’s infusion into the cultural the reason for the visibility of architecture today? What room does the city leave for architecture beyond the present delirium of spectacle? Should the thematic of various New Left criticisms of capitalism be taken as the premise of architectural criticism? Or alternatively putting the notion of criticality aside is it enough to confine criticism to the production of insightful and pleasurable texts? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573376

Global Perspectives on Death in Children’s Literature This volume visits death in children’s literature from around the world making a substantial contribution to the dialogue between the expanding fields of Childhood Studies Children’s Literature and Death Studies. Considering both textual and pictorial representations of death contributors focus on the topic of death in children’s literature as a physical reality a philosophical concept a psychologically challenging adjustment and/or a social construct. Essays covering literature from the US Mexico El Salvador Guatemala Canada the UK Sweden Germany Poland Bulgaria Brazil Czechoslovakia the Soviet Union India and Iran display a diverse range of theoretical and cultural perspectives. Carefully organized sections interrogate how classic texts have been adapted for the twenty-first century how death has been politicized ritualized or metaphorized and visual strategies for representing death and how death has been represented within the context of play. Asking how different cultures present the concept of death to children this volume is the first to bring together a global range of perspective on death in children’s literature and will be a valuable contribution to an array of disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547711

Global Perspectives on DesistanceReviewing what we know and looking to the future In recent years attention has switched from how adolescents are attracted into crime to how adults reduce their offending and then stop – the process of desistance. There are now around a dozen major longitudinal and in-depth studies around the world which have followed or are following offenders over their life course charting their offending history and their social and economic circumstances. The book is the first to offer a global perspective on desistance and brings together international leading experts in the field from countries including the UK Ireland  the Netherlands Scandinavia Spain the USA and Australia to set out what we know about desistance and to advance our theoretical understanding. Drawing on leading studies this book sets the academic agenda for future work on desistance and examines the implications and potential positive effects of this research on desistance processes among current offenders. Global Perspectives on Desistance is divided into three sections: Agency structure and desistance from crime Life phases and desistance Criminal justice and state interventions. Comprehensive and forward-thinking this book is ideal for students studying criminology probation and social work social policy sociology and psychology. It is also essential reading for academic criminologists sociologists and policy makers and practitioners working in corrections and reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851009

Global Perspectives on Developing Professional Learning Communities This book discusses distinctive features of the professional learning community concept practices and processes across six different education systems in the Asia-Pacific region namely Mainland China Hong Kong Taiwan South Korea Singapore and the United States. It provides a platform for an exchange of different perspectives and offers alternative possibilities of theorizing professional learning communities across different socio-cultural contexts. Contributors provide valuable insights for policy makers education researchers and educators in the Asia-Pacific region and elsewhere to deal with critical questions about the improvement of teaching and learning and school improvement in a globalizing world. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Asia Pacific Journal of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367514013

Global Perspectives on Disability Activism and AdvocacyOur Way This book explores the diverse ways in which disability activism and advocacy are experienced and practised by people with disabilities and their allies. Contributors to the book explore the very different strategies and campaigns they have used to have their demands for respect dignity and rights heard and acted upon by their communities by national governments and the international community. The book with its contemporary global focus makes a significant contribution to the field of disability and social justice studies particularly at a time of major social political and cultural upheaval. Global Perspectives on Disability Activism and Advocacy offers a significant intervention within the field of disability at a time of major social upheaval where actors advocates and activists are seeking to hold onto existing claims for rights equality and disability justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815376491

Global Perspectives on Dissociative DisordersIndividual and Societal Oppression Dissociative disorders are one of the psychiatric consequences of childhood psychological trauma. While oppression is an aspect of traumatic conditions dissociation undermines resistance to oppression throughout a person’s lifespan. Neither oppression nor dissociation are restricted to particular cultures and both can affect the individual as well as societies. This collection engages with the universality of dissociative disorders and their close relationship to oppression. The chapters cover extreme examples such as ongoing incest in adulthood children and adults forced to kill others and abusive states in interrogation. Further subjects examined include the utilization of dissociation in postmodern societies to maintain oppression the oppressive conditions of asylum seekers and the consequences of oppression as they are dealt with in psychotherapy. The final chapter considers how a paedophile pandering network employed multi-layered oppression to prevent the public becoming aware of the widespread and organised abuse of children. This book will engender interactions between trauma investigators – those whose approach is close clinical observation those who use instruments to survey groups of individuals those whose research takes the form of investigative journalism and those who examine the truth embedded or hidden in documents created for multiple and at times disturbing political purposes. Portions of this book were originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Trauma & Dissociation. It also includes material from other sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718073

Global Perspectives on E-Commerce Taxation Law In its most advanced form e-commerce allows unidentified purchasers to pay obscure vendors in 'electronic cash' for products that are often goods services and licenses all rolled into one. This book considers the implications for the domestic and international tax systems of the growth of e-commerce. It covers a wide variety of activities from discussion of the principles governing direct and indirect taxation to explanation of the implementation and use of e-commerce on the part of businesses as well as the application of existing tax principles in this field. With its focus on the broader issues surrounding the expansion of e-commerce and its attention to the problems arising internationally in this field Global Perspectives in E-Commerce Taxation Law will appeal to scholars worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247079

Global Perspectives on Education Research Global Perspectives on Education Research echoes the breadth and scope of education research worldwide. It features the work of established and emerging scholars from a range of universities and research institutions in Africa Europe and North America. The book’s ten chapters are organized around four themes: Education Policy Teaching and Learning School Context and Student Outcomes and Assessment and Measurement. Each chapter offers cross-cultural transnational or comparative insights on some of the most pressing challenges and promising opportunities for improving education around the world. Across thematic areas these perspectives shape new ways of understanding context as an influence on and a framework for conceptual insights into education policy and practice at the international national and local levels. With chapters on topics including the cultural complexities of literacy the effect of socioeconomic inequality on student learning and the tension between education for global competitiveness and education for global citizenship as national policy strategies Global Perspectives on Education Research addresses issues and questions that will interest education researchers educators policy makers and societal leaders worldwide. This volume is a publication of the World Education Research Association (WERA). WERA is an association of major national regional and international specialty research associations dedicated to advancing education research as a scientific and scholarly field. WERA undertakes initiatives that are global in nature and thus transcend what any one association can accomplish in its own country region or area of specialization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356271

Global Perspectives on Football in AfricaVisualising the Game Football in many ways is a visual endeavour. From the visual experience within the stadium itself to worldwide media representations from advertisements to football art and artefacts: football is much about seeing and being seen about watching making visual and being visualised. The FIFA World Cup 2010 in South Africa has turned into a perfect example of the visual dimensions of football. Stadiums have been built and marketed as tourist attractions mass media and internet platforms are advertising South African cities and venues logos and emblems are displayed and celebrated exhibitions are organised in museums world-wide. This book explores the social cultural and political role of football in Africa by focusing on the issue of its visibility and invisibility. The contributions consider the history and present of football in different parts of Africa. They examine historical and recent pictures and images of football and football players as well as places and spaces of their production and perception. They analyse the visual dimensions expressed in sports infrastructure football media-scapes and in expressive and material arts. This book thus contributes to the growing interest in football in Africa by exploring a new field of research into sports. This book was previously published as a special issue of Soccer and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850477

Global Perspectives on Gender and SpaceEngaging Feminism and Development Feminism has re-shaped the way we think about equality power relations and social change. Recent feminist scholarship has provided new theoretical frameworks methodologies and empirical analyses of how gender and feminism are situated within the development process. Global Perspectives on Gender and Space: Engaging Feminism and Development draws upon this framework to explore the effects of globalization on development in diverse geographical contexts. It explores how women’s and men’s lives are gendered in specific spaces as well as across multiple landscapes. Traveling from South Asia to sub-Saharan Africa to North America and the Caribbean the contributions illustrate the link between gender and global development including economic livelihoods policy measures and environmental change. Divided into three sections Global Perspectives on Gender and Space showcases the following issues: One) the impact of neoliberal policies on transnational migration public services and microfinance programs; Two) feminist and participatory methodologies employed in the evaluation of land use women’s cooperatives and liberation struggles and Three) gendered approaches to climate change natural disasters and conservation the global South. A feminist lens is the common thread throughout these sections that weaves gender into the very fabric of everyday life providing a common link between varied spaces around the globe by mapping gendered patterns of power and social change. This timely volume provides geographic comparisons and case studies to give empirically informed insights on processes and practices relevant to feminism and development. It illustrates ways to empower individuals and communities through transnational struggles and grassroots organizations while emphasizing human rights and gender equity and will be of interest to those studying Geography Development Studies International Relations and Gender Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367669591

Global Perspectives on Higher Education and Lifelong Learners The global expansion of participation rates in higher education continue more or less unabated. However while the concept of lifelong learning has figured prominently in national and international educational policy discourse for more than three decades its implications for the field of higher education has remained relatively underdeveloped. This book focuses on a particular dimension of the lifelong learning: higher education for those who have not progressed directly from school to higher education. Some will embark on undergraduate programmes as mature students part-time and/or distance students; others wish to return to higher education after having completed (or not completed) a previous academic programme while increasing numbers participate in postgraduate and continuing studies for a complex mix of professional and personal reasons. Adopting a comparative and international longitudinal perspective which goes beyond a snapshot view by building on the cases of a core group of ten OECD countries this timely book investigates the ways in which important new developments impacting on higher education crystallise around the lifelong learning agenda: new technology and open source resources; the changing role of the state and market in higher education; the blurring of public and private boundaries; issues of equity and access in a time of global economic turmoil; the increased emphasis on research and international league tables; the changing nature of the education; and the complex interaction of international national and regional expectations which governments and other stakeholders have of universities and other public and private institutions of higher education. While focussing on the situation in Canada USA Japan Australia New Zealand and a wide variety of European countries the book also assesses the issues from the perspective of developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675086

Global Perspectives on Intercultural Communication What is intercultural communication? How does perspective shape a person’s definition of the key tenets of the term and the field? These are the core questions explored by this accessible global introduction to intercultural communication. Each chapter explores the topic from a different geographic religious theoretical and/or methodological perspective with an emphasis on non-Western approaches including Buddhist South American Muslim and Chinese perspectives. Featuring the voices of a range of international contributors this new textbook presents the full breadth of diverse approaches to intercultural communication and showcases the economic political and cultural/societal needs for and benefits of communicative competence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138860780

Global Perspectives on International Student Experiences in Higher EducationTensions and Issues Global Perspectives on International Student Experiences in Higher Education examines a wide range of international student experiences empirically from multiple perspectives that includes socio-cultural identities contextual influences on their learning experiences their wellbeing experiences and their post-study experiences.　This collection sheds light on the over five million students who cross geographical cultural and educational borders for higher education outside of their home countries. This book consists of nineteen chapters spread across four sections.　Throughout the book contributors question the existing assumptions and values of international student programs and services reexamine and explore new perspectives to present the emerging challenges and critical evaluations of student experiences and their identities. Offering a rich understanding of these students and their global college experiences in Africa Asia Australia Europe and Americas this book offers research-based strategies to effectively recruit engage support and retain international students as they participate in higher educational settings around the world. This book provides resource material to benefit educators policymakers and staff who work closely with international students in higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367585853

Global Perspectives on Language AssessmentResearch Theory and Practice The sixth volume in the Global Research on Teaching and Learning English series offers up-to-date research on the rapidly changing field of language assessment. The book features original research with chapters reporting on a variety of international education settings from a range of diverse perspectives. Covering a broad range of key topics—including scoring processes test development and student and teacher perspectives—contributors offer a comprehensive overview of the landscape of language assessment and discuss the consequences and impact for learners teachers learning programs and society. Focusing on the assessment of language proficiency this volume provides an original compendium of cutting-edge research that will benefit TESOL and TEFL students language assessment scholars and language teachers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138345379

Global Perspectives on Language Education Policies Presenting research on language policy and planning with a special focus on educational contexts in which English plays a role this book brings readers up-to-date on the latest developments in research theory and practice in a rapidly changing field. The diversity of authors research settings and related topics offers a sample of empirical studies across multiple language teaching and university contexts. The fifth volume in the Global Research on Teaching and Learning English series it features access to both new and previously unpublished research in chapters written by TIRF Doctoral Dissertation Grant awardees and invited chapters by respected scholars in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090828

Global Perspectives on Legal Capacity ReformOur Voices Our Stories This edited collection is the result of the Voices of Individuals: Collectively Exploring Self-determination (VOICES) based at the Centre for Disability Law and Policy National University of Ireland Galway. Focusing on the exercise of legal capacity under Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities the stories of people with disabilities are combined with responses from scholars activists and practitioners addressing four key areas: criminal responsibility contracts consent to sex and consent to medical treatment. Sustainable law and policy reforms are set out based on the storytellers’ experiences promoting a recognition of legal capacity and supported decision-making. The perspectives are from across a wide range of disciplines (including law sociology nursing and history) and 13 countries. The volume is a valuable resource for researchers academics and legislators judges or policy makers in the area of legal capacity and disability. It is envisaged that the book will be particularly useful for those engaged in legal capacity law reform processes worldwide and that this grounded work will be of great interest to legislators and policy makers who must frame new laws on supported decision making in compliance with the UNCRPD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367473709

Global Perspectives on Project-Based Language Learning Teaching and AssessmentKey Approaches Technology Tools and Frameworks This volume provides a comprehensive account of project-based language learning (PBLL) which showcases key theoretical approaches empirical research technological tools and research-based frameworks to help further PBLL implementation and research. Taking its cue from the conclusions drawn from project-based learning more broadly which point to the impact of project-based work on learning and development discourse socialization subject engagement and collaborative skills the book highlights how these discussions might be extended and enhanced within the context of language learning. The volume begins with discussions of philosophical and theoretical models of PBLL and is followed by case studies from contributors from a range of learning contexts and geographic regions which demonstrate these models in practice with a focus on the implementation of technology in such instances. The book also introduces resources for aligning projects with government standards in the classroom but also frameworks for researching and assessing PBLL. This comprehensive collection is essential reading for students and researchers in language learning and teaching language education curriculum design and applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351752

Global Perspectives on Quality in Higher Education This title was first published in 2001:  An edited collection of essays from experts in the field of quality assurance in higher education. Each contributor provides a summary of recent developments in the respective countries centred on specific themes. They include an outline of the nature of higher education in the various countries a description of recent developments in higher education quality assurance mechanisms together with discussions of the role of government funding the implications of emerging new trends such as distance learning and non-traditional modes of delivery and assessment. The book should be of use to those working in higher education - both academics and policy makers - because of its comparative focus and ability to compare strategies and structures from one country to another. Similarly those working directly in assuring quality issues should also find the volume valuable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793742

Global Perspectives on Spirituality and Education In recent decades and around the world much attention has been given to the role of spirituality in the education of children and young people. While educationalists share many common goals and values in nurturing the spiritual lives of children and young people national and regional cultures religions and politics have impacted on the approaches scholars and practitioners have adopted in their investigations and practices. The different contexts across nations and regions mean that educators face quite distinct conditions in which to frame their approaches to spiritual education and research and the nature and impact of these differences is not yet understood. This book brings together thinkers from around the globe and sets them the task of explaining how their research on children’s spirituality and education has been shaped by the historical cultural religious and political contexts of the geographic region in which they work. The book presents contributions in three sections – Europe and Israel Australasia and The Americas– and concludes with a chapter highlighting what is common and what is contextually unique about global approaches to spirituality and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286573

Global Perspectives on Sport and Physical Cultures Global Perspectives of Sport and Physical Culture is a compilation of diverse essays derived from the works of prominent international scholars that address significant international issues relative to sporting practices from a historical perspective. A variety of movement cultures are examined and analysed such as various aspects of the turner and gymnastic movements the transnational development of dance competitive sport non-competitive performance and mountaineering. Michael Krüger´s introductory chapter sets a framework for analysis with a historiographical and philosophical treatment of modern sport as an example of nationalism internationalism and cultural imperialism. The succeeding chapters discuss the confrontation of commercialization with national interests the importance of gender in the construction of various movement cultures as well as the conditions and circumstances that effect societal and cultural change. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023805

Global Perspectives on Sports and Christianity While the relationship between sport and religion is deeply rooted in history it continues to play a profound role in shaping modern-day societies. This edited collection provides an inter-disciplinary exploration of this relationship from a global perspective making a major contribution to the religious social scientific and theological study of sport. It discusses the dialectical interplay between sport and Christianity across diverse cultures extending beyond a Western perspective to include studies from Africa South America and Asia as well as Europe the UK and the US. Containing contributions from leading experts within the field it reflects on key topics including race gender spirituality morality interfaith sport clubs and the significance of sport in public rituals of celebration and mourning. Its chapters also examine violent sports such as boxing and mixed martial arts as well as reflecting on the cult of sporting celebrity and the theology of disability sport. Truly international in scope Global Perspectives on Sports and Christianity is fascinating reading for all those interested in the study of sport sociology and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367406257

Global Perspectives on TarzanFrom King of the Jungle to International Icon This collection seeks to understand the long-lasting and global appeal of Tarzan: Why is a story about a feral boy who is raised by apes in the African jungle so compelling and so adaptable to different cultural contexts and audiences? How is it that the same narrative serves as the basis for both children’s cartoons and lavish musical productions or as a vehicle for both nationalistic discourse and for light romantic fantasy? Considering a history of criticism that highlights the imperialistic sexist racist underpinnings of the original Tarzan narrative why would this character and story appeal to so many readers and viewers around the world? The essays in this volume written by scholars living and working in Australia Canada Israel The Netherlands Germany France and the United States explore these questions using various critical lenses. Chapters include discussions of Tarzan novels comics television shows toys films and performances produced or distributed in the U.S. Canada Israel Palestine Britain India The Netherlands Germany and France and consider such topics as imperialism national identities language acquisition adaptation gender constructions Tarzan’s influence on child readers and Tarzan’s continued and broad influence on cultures around the world. What emerges when these pieces are placed into dialogue with one another is an immensely complex picture of an enduring multi-faceted global pop culture icon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642720

Global Perspectives on Teaching ExcellenceA new era for higher education Teaching excellence in higher education needs to be promoted and celebrated. However a universal definition of excellent teaching remains elusive and robust evidence about how it affects student learning appears to be lacking. This timely book explores the notion of teaching excellence from the viewpoint of a variety of international authors; guiding the reader to understand the complex terrain in which teaching excellence is foregrounded and highlighting a number of key issues facing the future of global higher education. Global Perspectives on Teaching Excellence explores: what is meant by teaching excellence whether it can be measured and if so how? the impact of teaching excellence frameworks initiatives and awards. the new challenges for delivering global teaching excellence fit for the 21st century. With a mix of political theoretical and applied research foci each chapter also includes a short critical commentary from international experts in the field to further the debate and situate the topics in a wider context. Global Perspectives on Teaching Excellence is essential reading for academic and education policymakers researchers and undergraduate and postgraduate students in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793155

Global Perspectives on the Biology and Life History of the White Shark Inspired by the International White Shark Symposium in 2010 Global Perspectives on the Biology and Life History of the White Shark incorporates the most important contemporary research findings into a single peer-reviewed book. This beautifully illustrated reference represents a historic change in the context of White Shark (Carcharodon carcharias) research. Once considered one of the most poorly understood and difficult sharks to study this timely book recognizes a new sophisticated focus on the White Shark raising its status from obscurity to enlightenment. The Global Perspectives on the Biology and Life History of the White Shark celebrates the White Shark as the most studied shark in the sea. Within the chapters one can find new insights into a vast range of topics such as behavior physiology migration patterns habitat preferences daily activity patterns molecular genetics reproductive biology and new research methods. The book also delves into population monitoring and policy options for managers and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439848401

Global Perspectives on the Ecology of Human-Machine Systems There is a growing consensus in the human factors/ergonomics community that human factors research has had little impact on significant applied problems. Some have suggested that the problem lies in the fact that much HF/E research has been based on the wrong type of psychology an information processing view of psychology that is reductionistic and context-free. Ecological psychology offers a viable alternative presenting a richer view of human behavior that is holistic and contextualized. The papers presented in these two volumes show the conceptual impact that ecological psychology can have on HF/E as well as presenting a number of specific examples illustrating the ecological approach to human-machine systems. It is the first collection of papers that explicitly draws a connection between these two fields. While work in this area is only just beginning the evidence available suggests that taking an ecological approach to human factors/ergonomics helps bridge the existing gap between basic research and applied problems. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203753095

Global Perspectives on the Politics of Multiculturalism in the 21st CenturyA case study analysis Multiculturalism is now seen by many of its critics as the source of intercultural and social tensions fostering communal segregation and social conflicts. While the cultural diversity of contemporary societies has to be acknowledged as an empirical and demographic fact whether multiculturalism as a policy offers an optimal conduit for intercultural understanding and social harmony has become increasingly a matter of polarised public debate. 　 This book examines the contested philosophical foundations of multiculturalism and its often controversial applications in the context of migrant societies. It also explores the current theoretical debates about the extent to which multiculturalism and related conceptual constructs can account for the various ethical challenges and policy dilemmas surrounding the management of cultural diversity in our contemporary societies. The authors consider common conceptual and empirical features from a transnational perspective through analysis of the case studies of Australia Canada Columbia Germany New Zealand the United Kingdom and Uruguay. 　 This book will be of interest to students and scholars of political science comparative politics international studies multiculturalism migration and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683594

Global Perspectives on the Rule of Law Global Perspectives on the Rule of Law is a collection of original research on the rule of law from a panel of leading economists political scientists legal scholars sociologists and historians. The chapters critically analyze the meaning and foundations of the rule of law and its relationship to economic and democratic development challenging many of the underlying assumptions guiding the burgeoning field of rule of law development. The combination of jurisprudential quantitative historical/comparative and theoretical analyses seeks to chart a new course in scholarship on the rule of law: the volume as a whole takes seriously the role of law in pursuing global justice while confronting the complexity of instituting the rule of law and delivering its promised benefits. Written for scholars practitioners and policy-makers Global Perspectives on the Rule of Law offers a unique combination of jurisprudential and empirical research that will be provocative and relevant to those who are attempting to understand and advance the rule of law globally. The chapters progress from broad questions regarding current rule of development efforts and the concept of rule of law to more specific issues pertaining to economic and democratic development. Specific countries such as China India and seventeenth century England and the Netherlands serve as case studies in some chapters while broad global surveys feature in other chapters. Indeed this impressive scope of research ushers in the next generation of scholarship in this area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge-Cavendish 9780203870594

Global Perspectives on War Gender and HealthThe Sociology and Anthropology of Suffering Rendering the suffering of the marginalized visible has been an important aspect of feminist sociological studies of health illness and medicine with the subjective experience of those without access to institutional power being at the forefront of the research. This volume analyzes the links between the suffering caused by the intentional violence of war and the unintentional suffering engendered by modern medicinal processes. By establishing a fitting tribute to the academic and campaigning work of Meg Stacey Global Perspectives on War Gender and Health responds to her challenge of ’why medical sociology had not yet turned its gaze upon the health consequences of war’. A selection of international case studies are used to create a volume of significant interest to sociologists and those working in the fields of anthropology social policy social work peace war and security studies and international development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138256743

Global PhotographyA Critical History This innovative text recounts the history of photography through a series of thematically structured chapters. Designed and written for students studying photography and its history each chapter approaches its subject by introducing a range of international contemporary photographers and then contextualizing their work in historical terms.  The book offers students an accessible route to gain an understanding of the key genres theories and debates that are fundamental to the study of this rich and complex medium. Individual chapters cover major topics including: · Description and Abstraction · Truth and Fiction · The Body · Landscape · War · Politics of Representation · Form · Appropriation · Museums · The Archive · The Cinematic · Fashion Photography  Boxed focus studies throughout the text offer short interviews curatorial statements and reflections by photographers critics and leading scholars that link photography's history with its practice. Short chapter summaries research questions and further reading lists help to reinforce learning and promote discussion. Whether coming to the subject from an applied photography or art history background students will benefit from this book's engaging example-led approach to the subject gaining a sophisticated understanding of international photography in historical terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474240673

Global Planning Innovations for Urban Sustainability As the world becomes more urbanised solutions are required to solve current challenges for three arenas of sustainability: social sustainability environmental sustainability and urban economic sustainability. This edited volume interrogates innovative solutions for sustainability in cities around the world. The book draws on a group of 12 international case studies including Vancouver and Calgary in Canada San Francisco and Los Angeles in the US (North America) Yogyakarta in Indonesia Seoul in Korea (South-East Asia) Medellin in Colombia (South America) Helsinki in Finland Freiburg in Germany and Seville in Spain (Europe). Each case study provides key facts about the city presents the particular urban sustainability challenge and the planning innovation process and examines what trade-offs were made between social environmental and economic sustainability. Importantly the book analyses to what extent these planning innovations can be translated from one context to another. This book will be essential reading to students academics and practitioners of urban planning urban sustainability urban geography architecture urban design environmental sciences urban studies and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357575

Global Plant Genetic Resources for Insect-Resistant Crops An excellent reference book for plant breeders and entomologists Global Plant Genetic Resources for Insect-Resistant Crops combines germplasm preservation with use in insect-resistant crop development and basic research. The contributions of the authors represent the efforts cooperation and understanding of world leaders in the conservation and use of global plant genetic resources for sustainable agricultural production. Concepts addressed include dependency of modern agriculture on chemical pest control and applications of biotechnology in use of natural plant genes for insect-resistant crops. Marketing Class Code: 1E 1G 9C Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429117855

Global Players and the Indian Car IndustryTrade Technology and Structural Change This book is one of the first critical analyses of the automobile industry in India. It studies the sector in general and the passenger car industry in particular and provides valuable insights into the operation of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) companies in a technology-intensive industry under changing economic regimes. The volume underlines the influence of the changing nature of foreign investment the impact of economic reforms technology regimes and industrial policy on growth structural changes and development. It offers a detailed account of the trade performance of manufacturers in India’s passenger car industry. It also looks at successful cases to draw policy lessons towards encouraging quality FDI and developing India as a base for world production. A useful addition to industry studies in India this book with its wide coverage and contemporary analyses will interest scholars and researchers of economics Indian economy and industrial policy industrial economics automobile industry and manufacturing sector development economics and international economics. It will also appeal to policymakers practitioners and industrial associations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367733537

Global Political EconomyContemporary Theories Global Political Economy (GPE) is a broad and varied field of study and draws insight from a great number of fields and approaches. One of the serious problems confronting academics and students is the sheer mass of theories and debates in the field. This textbook provides up-to-date summaries of the debates and approaches that are currently at the forefront of both European and American GPE. This new revised and expanded second edition contains updated versions of most of the original chapters. In addition there is a new section entitled ‘Emerging issues in contemporary Global Political Economy (GPE)’ and six new chapters. The second edition is structured around three themes: Part I focuses on the six central concepts of GPE: state firm power labour finance and globalization. Each one of them has been increasingly subjected to a rigorous and critical evaluation in recent scholarship. Part II covers a select number of theories and debates currently at the forefront of GPE: game theory; behavioural economics; neo- sociological and evolutionary institutionalism; neo-Marxism; development and post-development; libidinal economies; and economic constructivism. Part III which is new to this edition is entitled ‘Emerging issues in contemporary Global Political Economy (GPE)’ and focuses on war state and International Political Economy (IPE); race gender and culture; environmental politics; and the rise of China. This is essential reading for all serious scholars and advanced students of IPE. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415694117

Global Political EconomyTheory and Practice Praised for its authoritative coverage Global Political Economy places the study of IPE in broad theoretical context and has been updated to cover the rise of populism Brexit the USMCA US–China trade wars tariffs refugees and global migration the Keynesian–monetarist debate Fordism automation the "gig" economy global value chains climate change cryptocurrencies and the residual effects of global economic crises and regional relationships and impacts. Written by leading IPE scholar Theodore Cohn now joined by his prolific colleague Andy Hira this book equally emphasizes theory and practice to provide a framework for analyzing current events and long-term developments in the global economy. This text is suitable for both introductory and advanced IPE courses. 　 New to the Eighth Edition Expands upon the growing US–China competition in many areas of the global political economy. Discusses the problems Brexit is posing for Britain and the European Union (EU). Explores the growth of populism. Focuses more on environmental degradation/climate change along with the increase in global migration. Incorporates a new theme of South–South global economic relations. Highlights the relationship among economics geopolitics and security issues. Emphasizes the importance of global value chains. Looks at the potential for future global financial crises. Updates and expands the number of tables figures and graphics throughout. Provides an updated Test Bank and new PowerPoint slides in an Instructor’s e-Resource.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367512507

Global Political EconomyTheory and Practice (International Student Edition) Praised for its authoritative coverage Global Political Economy places the study of international political economy (IPE) in its broadest theoretical contextnow updated to cover the continuing global economic crisis and regional relationships and impacts. This text not only helps students understand the fundamentals of how the global economy works but also encourages them to use theory to more fully grasp the connections between key issue areas like trade and development. Written by a leading IPE scholar this text equally emphasizes theory and practice to provide a framework for analyzing current events and long-term developments in the global economy. New to the Seventh Edition Focuses on the ongoing global economic crisis and the continuing European sovereign debt crisis along with other regional economic issues including their implications for relationships in the global economy. Offers fuller and updated discussions of critical perspectives like feminism and environmentalism and includes new material differentiating among the terms neomercantilism realism mercantilism and economic nationalism. Updated author-written Test Bank is provided to professors as an e-Resource on the book’s Webpage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138090996

Global Political Justice Scholarly debate on the subject of global justice has been overwhelmingly focused so far on the socio-economic aspects of justice. Much less attention has been given to those political aspects of global justice concerned with arrangements for public decision-making and the collective exercise and control of power. This gap is not adequately filled by literatures on global democracy either since these do not incorporate sufficient analysis of whether the democratic institutions that deliver political justice within states can achieve the same result when dealing with the very different forms of power and political agency that structure the domain of global politics. This collection brings together scholars from across the disciplines of political theory normative ethics and International Relations to undertake a fresh examination of some fundamental theoretical questions about the nature and significance of global political justice. Contributors tackle several dimensions of this complex theoretical topic exploring questions about: the relationship of global political justice to other normative standards like ‘legitimacy’ ‘democracy’ and ‘socio-economic’ justice; the nature of global ‘public power’ and the prospects for global political community; the justice and continued significance of traditional ordering principles of sovereignty and territoriality; and the relevance of standards of political justice (like political equality) to the regulation of international violence and principles of just war. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376892

Global political marketing There is increasing awareness of growing similarities in political marketing practices around the world. Global political marketing is a comprehensive analysis of why how and with what affect parties use political marketing in a range of political systems - presidential parliamentary two and multi-party and established and emerging democracies. Written by a team of 25 international expert authors the volume explores the impact of systemic features such as the party and electoral system analysing how parties use marketing through 14 detailed country studies. The book explores the notion that political marketing is used by parties to both sell and design political products is by no means confined to the opposition and that many opinions besides those of the voters are considered in product design including ideological anchors expert opinion and party members’ input. The authors also explore how other factors impact on political marketing effectiveness such as the ability of governments to communicate delivery stay in touch the role of the media and party unity and culture. Finally the work discusses the democratic implications of market-oriented parties highlighting the need for debate about the relationship between citizens and governments and the prospects for democracy in the 21st century. Including a practitioner perspective as well as rigorous academic analysis this collection provides the first global comprehensive overview of how political parties market themselves it will be of great interest to all scholars of political marketing parties and elections and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500463

Global PoliticsA New Introduction The third edition of Global Politics: A New Introduction continues to provide a completely original way of teaching and learning about world politics. The book engages directly with the issues in global politics that students are most interested in helping them to understand the key questions and theories and also to develop a critical and inquiring perspective. Completely revised and updated throughout the third edition offers up-to-date examples engaging with the latest developments in global politics including the Syrian war and the refugee crisis fossil fuel divestment racism and Black Lives Matter citizen journalism populism and drone warfare. Global Politics: examines the most significant issues in global politics – from war peacebuilding terrorism security violence nationalism and authority to poverty development postcolonialism human rights gender inequality ethnicity and what we can do to change the world; offers chapters written to a common structure which is ideal for teaching and learning and features a key question an illustrative example general responses and broader issues; integrates theory and practice throughout the text by presenting theoretical ideas and concepts in conjunction with a global range of historical and contemporary case studies. Drawing on theoretical perspectives from a broad range of disciplines including international relations political theory postcolonial studies sociology geography peace studies and development this innovative textbook is essential reading for all students of global politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060296

Global PoliticsEssays in Honour of David Vital The essays in this volume discuss and assess the philosophies and writings of Professor David Vital. They aim to develop his work within modern diplomacy issues relating to modern Jewish history and within the State of Israel and its conduct of foreign relations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038896

Global Population PolicyFrom Population Control to Reproductive Rights The general assumption throughout history has been that a growing population is beneficial for societies. By the mid-1960s however the United States and other developed countries became convinced that population control was an absolute necessity especially in the developing world. This absorbing study explains why population control is no longer the focus of global population policy and why reproductive rights and health have become the major focus. The book highlights the role that the US and other developed countries play in affecting global population policy looking in particular at the stance of the George W. Bush administration since taking office. It also studies the influence of the UN as an international forum and explores how civil society questioned the ethics of population control. Global Population Policy will appeal to a wide audience including readers in the fields of women's studies development politics and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276451

Global PopWorld Music World Markets Global Pop examines the rise of "world musics" and "world beat" and some of the musicians associated with these recent genres such as Peter Gabriel Ladysmith Black Mambazo and Johnny Clegg. Drawing on a wide range of sources - academic popular cyber interviews and the music itself - Global Pop charts an accessible path through many of the issues and contradictions surrounding the contemporary movement of people and musics worldwide. Global Pop examines the range of discourses employed in and around world music demonstrating how the central concept of authenticity is wielded by musicians fans and other listeners and looks at some of these musics in detail examining ways they are caught up in forms of domination and resistance. The book also explores how some cross-cultural collaborations may fashion new musics and identities through innovative combinations of sounds and styles. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203949207

Global Port Cities in North AmericaUrbanization Processes and Global Production Networks As the material anchors of globalization North America’s global port cities channel flows of commodities capital and tourists. This book explores how economic globalization processes have shaped these cities' political institutions social structures and urban identities since the mid-1970s. Although the impacts of financialization on global cities have been widely discussed it is curious that how the global integration of commodity chains actually happens spatially — creating a quantitatively new global organization of production distribution and consumption processes — remains understudied. The book uses New York City Los Angeles Vancouver and Montreal as case studies of how once-redundant spaces have been reorganized and crucially reinterpreted so as to accommodate new flows of goods and people — and how in these processes social environmental and security costs of global production networks have been shifted to the public. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547131

Global PortugueseLinguistic Ideologies in Late Modernity This book aims at deconstructing and problematizing linguistic ideologies related to Portuguese in late modernity and questioning the theoretical presuppositions which have led us to call Portuguese ‘a language.’ Such an endeavor is crucial when we know that Portuguese is a language which is increasingly internationalized used as the official language in four continents (in ten countries) and which has come to play a relevant role in the so-called linguistic market on the basis of the geopolitical transformations in a multipolar world. The book covers a wide range of social political and historical contexts in which ‘Portuguese’ is used (in Brazil Canada East-Timor England Portugal Mozambique and Uruguay) and considers diverse linguistic practices. Through this critique contributors chart new directions for research on language ideologies and language practices (including research related to Portuguese and to other ‘languages’) and consider ways of developing new conceptual compasses that are better attuned to the sociolinguistic realities of the late modern era in which people texts and languages are increasingly in movement through national borders and those of digital networks of communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499096

Global PovertyGlobal governance and poor people in the Post-2015 Era Around 1.4 billion people presently live in extreme poverty and yet despite this vast scale the issue of global poverty had a relatively low international profile until the end of the 20th century. In this important new work Hulme charts the rise of global poverty as a priority global issue and its subsequent marginalisation as old themes edged it aside (trade policy and peace-making in regions of geo-political importance) and new issues were added (terrorism global climate change and access to natural resources). Key updates for the new edition: evaluation of the post-2015 Development Agenda and the Rio+20 exploration of how Colombia and Brazil are pushing a sustainability agenda as a Southern perspective to challenge the aid focus of OECD post-MDGs interests examination and discussion of the gradual shift of power and influence to the BRICs and emerging regional powers (Indonesia Turkey South Africa) but the lack of change in global institutions exploration of Russia’s lack of participation in the development agenda 　 The first book to tackle the issue of global poverty through the lens of global institutions; this fully updated volume provides an important resource for all students and scholars of international relations development studies and international political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138826823

Global Power of TalkNegotiating America's Interests The Global Power of Talk explores the power of negotiation and diplomacy in US foreign policy at a critical juncture in US history. Beginning with the failure of US diplomacy in relation to Saddam Hussein's regime in the 1980s it shows how a series of diplomatic blunders has laid the foundations for the uninhibited use of 'gun power' over 'talk power' in the last two decades. It critically examines missed opportunities in America's handling of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict in both the Clinton and George W. Bush administrations. In a provocative conclusion the authors argue that the United States can and should negotiate with the so-called 'unengageables' like Iran North Korea and Al-Qaeda in order to find ways to defuse underlying tensions in the global system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519437

Global Power Transition and the Future of the European Union Today the European Union faces challenges that threaten not only internal cohesion but also its position in the global system. This book is about the future of the EU in the light of global power transition taking place in the twenty-first century and demonstrates how its future rests on a delicate balance between policy challenge member states’ interests and convergence or divergence of societal values across its peoples. The book examines factors behind the decline of the EU relative to the rise of China and other powers in the global hierarchy and what policy options are available for EU leaders to implement in order to compete as a global actor. It analyses determinants of regional integration and key policy challenges the EU faces in its quest for an "ever deeper union " and identifies significant factors (i.e. power relations economic relations emergent social values across the EU) that can explain the likelihood of further integration or conflict between EU member states. This text will be essential reading for scholars students and practitioners interested in European Union politics international relations security studies and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278526

Global Powers of HorrorSecurity Politics and the Body in Pieces Global Powers of Horror examines contemporary regimes of horror into horror’s intricacies and into their deployment on and through human bodies and body parts. To track horror’s work what horror decomposes and perhaps recomposes Debrix goes beyond the idea of the integrality and integrity of the human body and it brings the focus on parts pieces or fragments of bodies and lives. Looking at horror’s production of bodily fragments both against and beyond humanity the book is also about horror’s own attempt at re-forming or re-creating matter from the perspective of post-human non-human and inhuman fragmentation. Through several contemporary instances of dismantling of human bodies and pulverization of body parts this book makes several interrelated theoretical contributions. It works with contemporary post-(geo)political figures of horror—faces of concentration camp dwellers body parts of victims of terror attacks the outcome of suicide bombings graphic reports of beheadings re-compositions of melted and mingled remnants of non-human and human matter after 9/11—to challenge regimes of terror and security that seek to forcefully and ideologically reaffirm a biopolitics and thanatopolitics of human life in order to anchor today’s often devastating deployments of the metaphysics of substance. Critically enabling one to see how security and terror form a (geo)political continuum of violent mobilization utilization and often destruction of human and non-human bodies and lives this book will be of interest to graduates and scholars of bio politics international relations and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415741422

Global Practices and Training in Applied Sport Exercise and Performance PsychologyA Case Study Approach Global Practices and Training in Applied Sport Exercise and Performance Psychology offers case analysis as a vehicle to address issues and experiences in the application of sport exercise and performance psychology (SEPP) and the supervision/training of individuals to become professionals in the field. A follow-up to Becoming a Sport Exercise and Performance Psychology Professional (2014) this book features a discussion of real-world case examples which highlight various aspects of professional practice as well as supervision and training. Professionals from around the world including the United States and Canada Europe Asia Africa and Australia share diverse experiences providing a uniquely in-depth global perspective. The case studies contained in the book were selected to provide insight into specific elements of applied practice and supervision/training through a global lens as well as demonstrate the value of incorporating case analysis and reflection into one’s training and continued professional development. Case analysis is an essential part of learning and instruction. Beyond educating the reader about theories and research on related topics in the field case analysis allows for more complex levels of learning including analysis synthesis and evaluation of diverse scenarios. In Part I of this book the cases focus on applied SEPP practice; Part II is comprised of cases that focus on training and supervision. This book is essential reading for graduate students and neophyte professionals in the field for whom it is critical to learn how to effectively apply knowledge to real-world sport exercise and performance psychology scenarios. In addition the book is a useful resource for seasoned and expert practitioners and supervisors who can use case analysis as a means of continuing their professional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805972

Global Primary Mental Health CarePractical Guidance for Family Doctors This book provides up-to-date practical information for family doctors on how to assess and manage important mental health problems presenting in primary care settings. Patients frequently present with mental health problems in primary care settings around the world yet family doctors consistently identify gaps in their knowledge skills and confidence in how best to care for them. Contributors to the book are experts in primary mental health care and have consulted with family doctors around the world to identify their main learning needs. Each of the nine core chapters will begin with a set of key points on ‘how to do it’ and will end with educational material in the form of clinical scenarios and multiple choice questions. This book describes core competencies for primary mental health care clarifies how to conduct a first consultation about depression reviews non-drug interventions for common mental health problems discusses the management of unexplained physical symptoms and advises on the physical health care of patients with severe mental illness. It explores the mental health needs of migrants and young people and explains how to manage problems of frailty multimorbidity and dementia. This book will be of interest to family doctors and students specialising in family medicine worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134242

Global Production and Domestic DecayPlant Closings in the U.S. First Published in 1942. Phillips has written an important study covering three areas: three areas: theoretical empirical and public policy. This book explores some of the explanations for and consequences of globalized production by transnational corporations. A review of the theoretical underpinnings of the reasons for corporate overseas expansion precedes a discussion of transnational corporation overseas production facilities. The literature reviewed supports the position that the exodus of manufacturing capital has been assisted by state policy which has encouraged capital flight and that corporate efforts to downsize manufacturing operations in the United States have added to corporate profitability and championed profits over the strengthening the domestic economy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315052977

Global Production NetworksOperations Design and Management Second Edition The phenomenon of globalization has increased in recent decades due to the opening of borders in Eastern Europe and the sudden emergence of other countries in the global trade economy. Yet the process of becoming global to get access to growing markets or to achieve quality service and/or cost advantages from the reconfigured Value Chains is one of the most complex processes that companies undertake. Global Production Networks: Operations Design and Management addresses the challenges that companies face and proposes a range of innovative methodological approaches when designing and implementing global manufacturing and logistics networks.The book provides principles tools and techniques to help managers and practitioners tackle the design and management of global manufacturing and logistics networks. It presents guidelines based on the key activities and decisions of operations management for companies that have begun the internationalization process over the past few years focusing on small and medium enterprises and includes case studies that show best practices and recent trends. The author has worked closely with researchers and practitioners throughout the world to offer a methodological answer for the analysis and design of global networks with productive multilocation as well as the design of plants warehouses and supplier networks in new international contexts. The text also outlines the GlobOpe (Global Operations) framework and roadmap that outlines a logical path to identifying sources of competitiveness when designing and managing Global Production Networks.The process of internationalization in global markets has often been tackled from the business point of view but rarely from the perspective of the production and logistics systems that support it. This book takes an in-depth look at the strategy of production and logistics operations providing a roadmap for managers who need to analyze assess define and deploy the operations strategy in their companies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077270

Global Project ManagementCommunication Collaboration and Management Across Borders Global Project Management describes how to adapt your organisation and your projects to thrive in business environments which require distributed skills around-the-clock operations and virtual team environments. The book goes beyond simple recommendations on collaborative tools to suggest the development of best practices on cross-cultural team management and global communication recommend organisational changes and project structures and propose alternatives for the implementation of the new practices and methods. Filled with real-life examples and techniques the book illustrates how to apply the recommendations as part of the successful management of any global project. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315584997

Global Protestant MissionsPolitics Reform and Communication 1730s-1930s The book investigates facets of global Protestantism through Anglican Quaker Episcopalian Moravian Lutheran Pietist and Pentecostal missions to enslaved and indigenous peoples and political reform endeavours in a global purview that spans the 1730s to the 1930s. The book uses key examples to trace both the local and the global impacts of this multi-denominational Christian movement. The essays in this volume explore three of the critical ways in which Protestant communities were established and became part of a worldwide network: the founding of far-flung missions in which Western missionaries worked alongside enslaved and indigenous converts; the interface between Protestant outreach and political reform endeavours such as abolitionism; and the establishment of a global epistolary through print communication networks. Demonstrating how Protestantism came to be both global and ecumenical this book will be a key resource for scholars of religious history religion and politics and missiology as well as those interested in issues of postcolonialism and imperialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367139032

Global Public Health VigilanceCreating a World on Alert Global Public Health Vigilance is the first sociological book to investigate recent changes in how global public health authorities imagine and respond to international threats to human health. This book explores a remarkable period of conceptual innovation during which infectious disease historically the focus of international disease control was displaced by "international public health emergencies " a concept that brought new responsibilities to public health authorities helping to shape a new project of global public health security. Drawing on research conducted at the World Health Organization this book analyzes the formation of a new social apparatus global public health vigilance for detecting responding to and containing international public health emergencies. Between 1995 and 2005 a new form of global health surveillance was invented international communicable disease control was securitized and international health law was fundamentally revised. This timely volume raises critical questions about the institutional effects of the concept of emerging infectious diseases the role of the news media in global health surveillance the impact of changes in international health law on public health reasoning and practice and the reconstitution of the World Health Organization as a power beyond national sovereignty and global governance. It initiates a new research agenda for social science research on public health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810609

Global R&D in China The volume focuses on the issue of globalization of research and development (R&D) in China. China has become the number one choice of R&D for multination corporations (MNCs) according to a recent survey. Many of the largest MNCs in the world such as Microsoft GE GM HP Motorola and Lucent among hundred of others have established R&D facilities. The phenomenon has become a hot issue among policy debates in many countries regarding job outsourcing national and regional competitiveness and China. This book examines the issue of foreign R&D particularly those from MNCs in China: the drivers missions locations management challenges policies and implications for China’s innovation system. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Asian Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878560

Global RacialityEmpire PostColoniality DeColoniality Global Raciality expands our understanding of race space and place by exploring forms of racism and anti-racist resistance worldwide. Contributors address neoliberalism; settler colonialism; race class and gender intersectionality; immigrant rights; Islamophobia; and homonationalism; and investigate the dynamic forces propelling anti-racist solidarity and resistance cultures. Midway through the Trump years and with a rise in nativism fervor across the globe this expanded approach captures the creativity and variety found in the fight against racism we see the world over. Chapters focus on both the immersive global trajectories of race and racism and the international variation in contemporary configurations of racialized experience. Race class and gender identities may not only be distinctive they can extend across borders continents and oceans with remarkable demonstrations of solidarity happening all over the world. Palestinians Black Panthers Dalit Native Americans and Indian feminists among others meet and interact in this context. Intersections between race and such forms of power as colonialism and empire capitalism gender sexuality religion and class are examined and compared across different national and global contexts. It is in this robust and comparative analytical approach that Global Raciality reframes conventional studies on postcolonial regimes and racial identities and expression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391642

Global Rankings and the Geopolitics of Higher EducationUnderstanding the influence and impact of rankings on higher education policy and society Global rankings and the Geopolitics of Higher Education is an examination of the impact and influence that university rankings have had on higher education policy and public opinion in recent years. Bringing together some of the most informed authorities on this very complex issue this edited collection of specially commissioned chapters examines the changes affecting higher education and the implications for society and the economy. Split into four interrelated sections this book covers: The development of rankings in higher education how they have impacted upon both the production of knowledge and its geography and their influence in shaping policymaking. Overviews of the significance of rankings for higher education systems in Europe Asia Africa Russia South America India and North America. An analysis of rankings in relation to key concerns that pervade contemporary higher education. Examination of the role rankings are likely to play in the future directions for higher education. This is a significant scholarly work that analyses in depth an important development in higher education systems and which is likely to have an important influence upon how we understand the higher education policy-making process – past present and future. It provides new analysis and conceptual understanding for researchers and firm evidence for policy makers to use when addressing the value of rankings in measuring the quality of their institutions. Besides bringing together a powerful cast of academics this book incorporates contributions from heads of important international higher education organisations – from both those involved in making and also in administering key decisions. This timely reflective and accessible book forms crucial reading for those studying the subject of rankings as well as the broader implications and unintended consequences of rankings on national higher education policies. Extending beyond academic researchers and students this book will also be of significant interest to policymakers higher education leaders and key stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138828124

Global Reconstructions of Vocational Education and Training Vocational education and training (VET) can be difficult to define since it is set in a turbulent and volatile environment marked by national and regional specificities. It can be delivered at different levels and by a variety of providers including community colleges colleges of further education polytechnics and universities as well as importantly private providers. This collection reflects the shifting and often messy conceptualisations of VET. On one level VET can be associated with the education and training of craft/skilled workers or of those who are being prepared for a particular occupational destiny and specific position in the labour market. In this instance notions of skill knowledge and dispositions are significant. On another level it can raise questions over power and class formation in addition to the way in which these are mediated or intersect with race and gender. Moreover there are important political questions addressing the significance of VET in furthering social cohesion and economic regeneration in times of austerity when neoliberalism is hegemonic. The chapters in this book are not all of a piece but each in its turn raises important questions about VET its relationship to the economy as well as its global setting. This book was originally published as a special issue of Globalisation Societies and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717502

Global ReformationsTransforming Early Modern Religions Societies and Cultures Global Reformations offers a sustained comparative and interdisciplinary exploration of religious transformations in the early modern world. The volume explores global developments and tracks the many ways in which Reformation movements shaped relations of Christians with other Christians and also with Jews Muslims Buddhists and aboriginal groups in the Americas. Contributions explore the negotiations tensions and contacts that developed across social gender and religious lines in different parts of the globe focusing on how different convictions about religious reform and approaches to it shaped social action and cross-confessional encounters. The essays explore the convergence of religious reform global expansion and governmental consolidation in the early modern world and examine the Reformation as a global phenomenon; the authors ask how a global frame complicates our understanding of what the Reformation itself was and offer a unique and up-to-date examination of the Reformation that broadens readers’ understanding in creative and useful ways. Demonstrating new research and innovative approaches in the study of cross-cultural contact during the early modern period this volume is ideal for advanced undergraduates and graduates of early modern history religious history women's & gender studies and global history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025137

Global Regulation of Foreign Direct Investment This title was first published in 2002: After the failure of the Multilateral Agreement on Investment (MAI) the world does not have a global investment agreement that would regulate FDI. A global investment agreement dealing with FDI would clearly fill a large gap in the network of regulatory measures governing the world economy. Other attempts had been made prior to the MAI to address this problem but all have failed so far. The main reason for such failures has always been the lack of compromise in the positions held by the major stakeholders. This book analyses the pros and cons of these opposing positions and uses them as a basis for forging a hybrid model called "Regulated Openness". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138738676

Global Religious Movements Across BordersSacred Service From global missionizing among proselytic faiths to mass migration through religious diasporas religion has traveled from one side of the world and back again. It continues to play a prominent role in shaping world politics and has been a vital force in the continued emergence spread and creation of a transnational civil society. Exploring how religious roots are shaping organizations that seek to aid people across political and geographic boundaries - 'service movements' - this book focuses on how religious movements establish structures to assist people with basic human needs such as food clothing shelter education and health. Examining a multitude of faith traditions with origins in different parts of the world seven contributing chapters with an introduction and conclusions by the senior author offer a unique discussion of the intersections between religious transnationalism and social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409456889

Global RepertoiresPopular Music Within and Beyond the Transnational Music Industry With just four record companies controlling nearly 80 per cent of the world market in popular music issues of globalization are evidently significant to our understanding of how and why popular music is made and distributed. As transnational industries seek to open up increasingly larger markets the question of how local and regional music cultures can be sustained is a pressing one. To what extent does the global music market offer opportunities for the worldwide dissemination of local music within and beyond the major industry? The essays in this volume examine the structure and strategies of the transnational music industry with its deployment of mass communication technologies including sound carriers satellite broadcasting and the Internet. The book also explores local and individual experience of global music and this music's dissemination through migration and communities of interest as well as the ideological and political use of different kinds of music. In contrast to recent arguments which posit an American imperialist dominance of popular music the contributors to this volume find that the global repertoire of the major labels no longer represents the culture of a certain country but is fed by different sources. The essays here discuss how we can characterize this vast de-centered industry and offer perspectives on the so-called 'international repertoire' that calls for a melodic structure ballad forms unaccented vocalisation and an image that has global recognition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275201

Global Resource ScarcityCatalyst for Conflict or Cooperation? A common perception of global resource scarcity holds that it is inevitably a catalyst for conflict among nations; yet paradoxically incidents of such scarcity underlie some of the most important examples of international cooperation. This volume examines the wider potential for the experience of scarcity to promote cooperation in international relations and diplomacy beyond the traditional bounds of the interests of competitive nation states. The interdisciplinary background of the book’s contributors shifts the focus of the analysis beyond narrow theoretical treatments of international relations and resource diplomacy to broader examinations of the practicalities of cooperation in the context of competition and scarcity. Combining the insights of a range of social scientists with those of experts in the natural and bio-sciences—many of whom work as ‘resource practitioners’ outside the context of universities—the book works through the tensions between ‘thinking/theory’ and ‘doing/practice’ which so often plague the process of social change. These encounters with scarcity draw attention away from the myopic focus on market forces and allocation and encourage us to recognise more fully the social nature of the tensions and opportunities that are associated with our shared dependence on resources that are not readily accessible to all. The book brings together experts on theorising scarcity and those on the scarcity of specific resources. It begins with a theoretical reframing of both the contested concept of scarcity and the underlying dynamics of resource diplomacy. The authors then outline the current tensions around resource scarcity or degradation and examine existing progress towards cooperative international management of resources. These include food and water scarcity mineral exploration and exploitation of the oceans. Overall the contributors propose a more hopeful and positive engagement among the world’s nations as they pursue the economic and social benefits derived from natural resources while maintaining the ecological processes on which they depend. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367376925

Global ResponsibilitiesWho Must Deliver on Human Rights? In Global Responsibilities some of the world's leading theorists of ethics politics international relations and economics-including Nobel Prize winner Amartya Sen and philosopher Peter Singer-ask and answer the question: Who must deliver on human rights? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203623992

Global Restructuring Labour and the Challenges for Transnational Solidarity Globalisation has put national labour movements under severe pressure due to the increasing transnationalisation of production with the production of many goods being organised across borders and the informalisation of the economy. Through a range of case studies this volume examines the possibilities and obstacles to transnational solidarity of labour in a period of global restructuring and changing global political economy. It brings together a range of international and transnational case studies examining successful and failed transnational solidarity covering inter-trade union co-operation as well as co-operation between trade unions and social movements within the formal and informal economy and the public and private sector. It is structured in six parts and examines: Globalisation and the new challenges for transnational solidarity Inter trade union co-operation across borders. The dynamics of co-operation between trade unions and social movements across borders looking at developing and developed countries. The struggles to defend the public sector against private service providers. The possible ways forward towards transnational solidarity of formal and informal labour in the global economy. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of International Political Economy International Relations Industrial Relation Globalisation Geography and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502375

Global Scriptwriting Global Scriptwriting offers a look at an exciting new phase in screen storytelling as writers and directors from all over the world infuse traditional forms with their own cultural values to create stories that have an international appeal and suggest a universality among readers viewers and listeners. A unique blend of screenwriting technique and film studies Global Scriptwriting discusses screen stories as they have evolved through the years focusing first on the basics of scriptwriting then going on to afford a more sophisticated look at script via different models of scriptwriting: the Hollywood model the independent model the national model and various alternative models. It examines the internationalization of storytelling and illustrates how particular innovations have helped national screen stories to international success. This book is the first to incorporate the basics of the classical form with the innovative edge of the last decade as well the culture specific changes that have taken place outside of North America. It offers readers a view of the enriched repertoire available to writers resulting from the introduction of cultural perspectives into traditional story forms. Specific topics examined include the ascent of voice the search for new forms the struggle between style and content and the centrality of megagenre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174184

Global Sex WorkersRights Resistance and Redefinition Global Sex Workers presents the personal experiences of sex workers around the world. Drawing on their individual narratives it explores international struggles to uphold the rights of this often marginalized group. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865768

Global Shanghai RemadeThe Rise of Pudong New Area Examining the rise of Pudong and its role in re-creating Shanghai as a global city Global Shanghai Remade utilises this important case study to shed light on contemporary globalisation and China’s integration with the world since the late 20th century. Unpacking the rise of Pudong in the context of Deng Xiaoping’s nation-building agenda this book explores the development of the district from its earliest planning into a global city centre through multiple perspectives. In doing so it explores the role of key decision-makers and actors the strategic planning process the approaches to urban development and some of the iconic projects that define the rise of Pudong Shanghai and China itself. A timely volume for the 30th anniversary of China’s strategy of ‘developing and opening Pudong ’ it combines the analyses and findings from these perspectives into a framework for a broader understanding of city-making with Chinese characteristics. The first study of its kind providing a comprehensive and systematic examination of Pudong this book will be useful for students and scholars of urban planning and design as well as Chinese Studies and Development Studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313098

Global Social ArchaeologiesMaking a Difference in a World of Strangers Global Social Archaeologies contributes to the active engagement of contemporary social archaeology through addressing issues such as postcolonialism community heritage and Indigenous rights. It addresses the major challenge of breaking down global divides especially in relation to fundamental human rights inequality and inequities of wealth power and access to knowledge. This authoritative volume authored by the current and past presidents of the World Archaeological Congress introduces readers to the various theoretical and methodological tools available for the investigation of the past. Taking into account the implications for contemporary societies it offers a new framework for social archaeologies in a globalised world. By combining new data from their research with an innovative synthesis and analysis of leading research by others the authors have developed fresh conceptualisations and understandings of archaeology as a social practice and of the ways in which it simultaneously straddles the past present and future. Exploring a range of case studies and enhanced by a wealth of illustrations Global Social Archaeologies highlights a new approach to archaeology one that places human rights at the core of archaeological theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629583075

Global Social EconomyDevelopment work and policy This book addresses ‘global social economy’ which addresses the relation of capitalism to human flourishing the role of international governance in the world economy the transformation of work and use of time in internationalizing economies cross-country developments in gender poverty and ageing and ethics economic policy issues in the international economy. This edited collection examines the social nature of capitalism today the possibilities for social and economic development in the world under the democratic leadership of the United Nations and the middle ground between market and hierarchy occupied by gift exchange as a means of coordinating economic value creation and the creation of knowledge. It considers long term issues in the global social economy concerning gender and discrimination intergenerational poverty transmission and the role of ageing. From a variety of internationally acclaimed contributors this collection introduces new social economic perspectives on the global economy that contest the neoliberal Washington Consensus view dominant until recent financial crises. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746632

Global Social Issues: An EncyclopediaAn Encyclopedia This landmark reference is a comprehensive one-stop interdisciplinary resource that examines current critical social issues in historical and global contexts. Nearly 150 in-depth balanced and thought-provoking articles cover a broad range of critically important topics: the environment health science the media ethnic conflicts poverty and immigration to name just a few. Each original signed article provides historical context as well as a thorough discussion and analysis of contemporary issues facing today's interconnected world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765682932

Global Social Justice 1. Global Social Justice: An Introduction Heather Widdows and Nicola J. Smith 2. The Globalisation of Human Rights Leslie Sklair 3. Liberal Internationalism and Global Social Justice Kostas Koukouzelis 4. Moral Distance and Global Social Justice: An Archaeology of Borders Luis Cabrera 5. Global Justice and the Distribution of Greenhouse Gas Emissions Simon Caney 6. Ecological Issues of Justice Robin Attfield 7. Torture: A Touchstone for Global Social Justice Bob Brecher 8. Global Social Justice and Public Health Rebecca Shah 9. Cosmopolitan Social Justice and Labour Exploitation Christien van den Anker 10. Gender and Global Social Justice: Peacebuilding and the Politics of Participation Laura J. Shepherd 11. Sexuality Power and Global Social Justice Penny Griffin 12. Global Social Justice: A Conclusion Heather Widdows and Nicola J. Smith Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746588

Global Social Transformation and Social Action: The Role of Social WorkersSocial Work-Social Development Volume III Global social transformation calls for global social action. 2010 saw the launch of The Global Agenda for Social Work and Social Development which detailed how social workers can strive to bring about increased social justice. The time is right to start to address and demonstrate the actions that might be required to develop and accomplish the Agenda - with regard to methods in practice and research in social policy and social work education and in a broader discourse of global commitment and cooperation. This informative and incisively written edited collection brings together experts from around the world to discuss issues which the social work and social welfare sectors face every day and to ensure a closer link between evidence-based practice policy objectives and social development goals. Furthermore this book reveals how these may affect the conditions of people and demonstrate how the social work and social development community can contribute to sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138252349

Global Software Development Handbook Economics and technology have dramatically re-shaped the landscape of software development. It is no longer uncommon to find a software development team dispersed across countries or continents. Geographically distributed development challenges the ability to clearly communicate enforce standards ensure quality levels and coordinate tasks. Global Software Development Handbook explores techniques that can bridge distances create cohesion promote quality and strengthen lines of communication. The book introduces techniques proven successful at international electronics and software giant Siemens AG. It shows how this multinational uses a high-level process framework that balances agility and discipline for globally distributed software development. The authors delineate an organizational structure that not only fosters team building but also achieves effective collaboration among the central and satellite teams. The handbook explores the issues surrounding quality and the processes required to realize quality in a distributed environment. Communication is a tremendous challenge especially for teams separated by several time zones and the authors elucidate how to uncover patterns of communication among these teams to determine effective strategies for managing communication. The authors analyze successful and failed projects and apply this information to how a project can be successful with distributed teams. They also provide lightweight processes that can be dynamically adapted to the demands of any project. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367390259

Global Software EngineeringVirtualization and Coordination Technology and organizations co-evolve as is illustrated by the growth of information and communication technology (ICT) and global software engineering (GSE). Technology has enabled the development of innovations in GSE. The literature on GSE has emphasized the role of the organization at the expense of technology. This book explores the role of technology in the evolution of globally distributed software engineering. To date the role of the organization has been examined in coordinating GSE activities because of the prevalence of the logic of rationality (i.e. the efficiency ethos mechanical methods and mathematical analysis) and indeterminacy (i.e. the effectiveness ethos natural methods and functional analysis). This logic neglects the coordination role of ICT. However GSE itself is an organizational mode that is technology-begotten technology-dominated and technology-driven as is its coordination. GSE is a direct reflection of ICT innovation change and use yet research into the role technology of GSE has been neglected. Global Software Engineering: Virtualization and Coordination considers existing fragmented explanations and perspectives in GSE research poses new questions about GSE and proposes a framework based on the logic of virtuality (i.e. creativity ethos electrical methods and technological analysis) rather than of rationality and indeterminacy. Virtuality is the primary perspective in this book’s comprehensive study of GSE. The book concludes with an integrated explanation of GSE coordination made possible through ICT connectivity and capitalization. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367184810

Global Soil Security: Towards More Science-Society InterfacesProceedings of the Global Soil Security 2016 Conference December 5-6 2016 Pa Global Soil Security: Towards More Science-Society Interfaces contains contributions presented at the 2nd Global Soil Security conference held 5-6 December 2016 in Paris. These chapters focus on how to achieve soil security.  This involves scientific economic industrial and political engagement to inform soil-users policy makers and citizens with the objective of implementing appropriate actions. The contributions to this book address the five dimensions of soil security namely: capability condition capital connectivity and codification. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138093058

Global Sourcebook of Address Data ManagementA Guide to Address Formats and Data in 194 Countries Which part of this Asian address is the street? What is this accent and is it correct? Which one of these numbers is the postcode? In which language should I be corresponding? How do I salute this person? In which order should I output this name? For every individual entered on to a world-wide address database these questions and others need to be answered accurately and correctly. This one-stop reference work covering 194 countries will enable you to have the most accurate international marketing database around - one that makes optimal use of the direct marketing activity generated in your company and ensures that your post is delivered to the correct destination and recipient. Global Sourcebook of Address Data Management provides for each country such information as address and postcode formats postbox names salutations personal name patterns information about languages diacritical marks job titles casing rules street types and much more. It will make the management and development of any marketing database more efficient less expensive and will result in fewer errors and most importantly will present the best first impression of the company to its potential customers. No other book can claim to offer such a comprehensive source of essential information for any manager of an international database from data quality direct marketers market researchers through to telemarketing managers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254173

Global South to the RescueEmerging Humanitarian Superpowers and Globalizing Rescue Industries This book provides the first comprehensive analysis of an epochal shift in global order – the fact that global-south countries have taken up leadership roles in peacekeeping missions humanitarian interventions and transnational military industries: Brazil has taken charge of the UN military mission in Haiti; Nigeria has deployed peacekeeping troops throughout West Africa; Indonesians have assumed crucial roles in UN Afghanistan operations; Fijians South Africans and Chileans have became essential actors in global mercenary firms; Venezuela and its Bolivarian allies have established a framework for "revolutionary" humanitarian interventions; and Turkey India Kenya and Egypt are asserting themselves in bold new ways on the global stage. In this context this collection sheds critical light on intersections between imperialism and humanitarianism between neoliberal globalization and "rescue industry" transnationalism and between patterns of geopolitical hegemony and trajectories of peacekeeping internationalism. These case studies are grouped into three clusters (I) Globalizing Peacekeeper Identities (II) Assertive "Regional Internationalisms " and (III) Emergent Alternative Paradigms. Together these articulate a new research agenda and offer significant contributions to fields of global studies transnational gender and race studies critical security studies and peace studies comparative politics police and military sociology Third World diplomatic history and international relations. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731188

Global Spaces of Chinese CultureDiasporic Chinese Communities in the United States and Germany This book is an exploration of how Chinese communites in the United States and Germany create and disseminate a sense of diasporic Chinese identity. It not only compares the local conditions of the Chinese communities in the two locations but also moves to a global dimension to track the Chinese transnational imaginary. Van Ziegert analyzes three strategies that overseas Chinese use to articulate their identities as diasporic subjects: being more American/German being more Chinese hybridizing and commodifying Chinese culture through trans-cultural performances. These three strategies are not mutually exclusive and they often intersect and supplement each other in unexpected ways. The author also analyzes how the everyday lives of overseas Chinese connect with global and local factors and how these experiences contribute to the formation of a global Chinese identity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203960493

Global Sport BusinessCommunity Impacts of Commercial Sport Global Sport Business: The Community Impact of Commercial Sport involves a range of pressing issues that come with the arrival of sport as a commodity in the world economy. It can be argued that throughout the past two centuries sport has always been recognized as both a frivolous pursuit of spending leisure time with friends and family and as an activity that has substantial commercial value to be mined by entrepreneurs. However only during the most recent wave of globalization spurred by technological advancements that have led to achieving global reach in regard to potential customers has sport entered a global marketplace that offers tremendous financial rewards for those who manage to control international sport organizations and events. In this book global sport business is viewed from a number of different perspectives including a value chain approach to describing the sport industry; the ever increasing impact of the international media on sport business; how globalization influences the style of (sport) management; how social capital can be generated through sport business; and the emergence of social sport business. Overall the different contributors to the book reflect on how sport’s global (and as such commercial) attractiveness can and often will impact locally on communities of people and individuals. This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828239

Global Sport BusinessManaging Resources and Opportunities In the global sport business industry growth and development within and across various sport businesses are essential for competitive advantage. This fascinating collection of chapters examines how the development and management of resources and opportunities in sport business is vital to success. Commissioned by the World Association for Sport Management (WASM) and featuring global perspectives from leading international scholars and original research data drawn from both qualitative and quantitative inquiry the book presents cases as diverse as customer demand in the NBA sport and physical activity human resources in Spain and stakeholder relationships in Chinese football. Presented in three parts (global perspectives managing resources and managing opportunities) Global Sport Business examines key research and practical issues in sport business management and marketing studies in both global and local contexts.This is an important read for professors scholars and students in sport business management a useful resource for sport business management professionals and practitioners and illuminating reading for anyone with an interest in sport management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671594

Global Sport Leadership This book explores the global developments in sport leadership and practice.Drawing on the vast and ever-growing leadership literature the book examines advances in leadership theory and practice in the context of the challenges faced by those working in global sport management positions. It explores the various dimensions of leadership with a particular focus on the development of leadership theory. It also looks at the operational and contextual elements of leadership in a global sport environment and finally reflects on the status quo and explores future challenges and research opportunities for leadership and global sport management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671273

Global Sport ManagementContemporary issues and inquiries The international nature of the sport industry presents many management challenges and opportunities for sport organisations. This book brings together cutting-edge research from leading sport management scholars around the world surveying a wide range of topics and issues facing the sport industry today. It represents an essential platform for the international exchange of ideas best practice and research in sport management studies. The globalisation of the sport industry has brought increased complexity to organisations’ operations in terms of regulation competition and multiculturalism. Drawing on a wealth of original research from fifteen countries this book addresses a variety of global regional national and community issues that are central to successful sport management. Combining both qualitative and quantitative studies it explores key themes such as managing resources and organisational change marketing and promotion law and regulation sport-for-development and research protocols. Global Sport Management Studies: Contemporary issues and inquiries is essential reading for all students and scholars of sport management sport business and sport marketing as well as for any professional working in the sport and leisure industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317680

Global Sport MarketingContemporary Issues and Practice Globalization has had a profound impact on the sports industry creating an international market in which sports teams leagues and players have become internationally recognized brands. This important new study of contemporary sports marketing examines the opportunities and threats posed by a global sports market outlining the tools and strategies that marketers and managers can use to take advantage of those opportunities. The book surveys current trends issues and best practice in international sport marketing providing a useful blend of contemporary theory and case studies from the Americas Europe and Asia. It assesses the impact of globalization on teams leagues players sponsors and equipment manufacturers and highlights the central significance of culture on the development of effective marketing strategy. Global Sport Marketing is key reading for any advanced student researcher or practitioner working in sport marketing or sport business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795822

Global Strategic Management International business is undergoing continuous transformation as multinational firms and comparative management evolve in the changing global economy. To succeed in this challenging environment firms need a well-developed capability for sound strategic decisions. This comprehensive work provides an applied and integrated strategic framework for developing capabilities that lead to global success. It is designed to help readers achieve three essential objectives. First it provides intellectual and practical guidelines for readers to execute goals and strategies that lead to meaningful and productive results. The book is packed with frameworks cases anchoring exercises techniques and tools to help readers emerge with a completed business plan after the last chapter. Second it focuses on strategy and how firms build competitive presence and advantages in a global context. A primary learning objective is to enable readers to understand and evaluate the major issues in strategy formulation and implementation in a global context. Third it provides an accessible framework that will help guide readers in making strategic decisions that are sound and effective. It offers a unifying process that delineates the necessary steps in analyzing the readiness of a firm to do business abroad. In addition to core issues each chapter presents frameworks analytical tools action-oriented items and a real-world case - all designed to provide insights on the challenges imposed by globalization and technology on managers operating in a global context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176218

Global Strategic ResponsivenessExploiting Frontline Information in the Adaptive Multinational Enterprise Global firms must operate in turbulent conditions facing relentless pressure to be efficient whilst also accommodating local factors and ways of thinking. This book offers an insight into how an adaptive multinational enterprise can achieve a sustainable competitive advantage in an uncertain environment. Drawing on ground-breaking research into adaptive strategy this book introduces compelling tools to help design responsive strategic organizations by cultivating global strategic democracy. Written by two leading scholars this book provides models to inform strategic decisions through the aggregation of frontline information. With a wealth of illustrative case examples supplementing unique research this text is essential reading for students of strategic management and provides illuminating insights for the reflective practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138204638

Global Strategies in RetailingAsian and European Experiences Large and medium sized retailers have increased their international operations substantially over the last 25 years. This is evident in: the number of countries to which these retailers expand; the growing international sales of retailers; and the heightening of the level of commitment of retailers to their international activity – a trend that is likely to continue over the next decade as general globalization in the service industries increases.The managerial implications of the moves to become global are considerable. Different retailers are pursuing different approaches to varying degrees of success and are no longer simply multi-national but are also multi-continental. Consequently existing concepts and theories of international business fit uneasily in explanations of international retailing so new corporate strategies need to be explored.Featuring in-depth studies of seven retailers by international scholars from Japan the UK and Sweden Global Strategies in Retailing explores recent developments in strategy that are related to international retailing and in particular the emergence of a Global Portfolio Strategy. As such this book will be important reading for all international business and retailing students and academics researching in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867492

Global Strategy in the Service IndustriesDynamics Analysis Growth Global service-based firms are often 'born global ' and these organizations have developed integrated global strategies based on industry relationships in order to thrive in new environments. Focusing on these global strategies this textbook explores the workings of modern service businesses presenting theoretical management concepts alongside illustrative examples. Original case studies from a range of global sectors including Starbucks and Facebook as well as broader studies such as healthcare in Japan provide practical insights into the art of thriving as a global business. Written by a leading expert in the field this multidisciplinary text is a vital read for all scholars and students wishing to view strategic relationships from the focal point of service industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927933

Global StrategyCompeting in the Connected Economy Global Strategy: Competing in the Connected Economy details how firms enter compete and grow in foreign markets. Jain moves away from the traditional focus on developed countries and their multinational enterprises instead focusing on both developed and emerging economies as well as their interaction in an increasingly connected world. As the current global business environment is increasingly shaped—and connected—by faster technological developments geopolitical forces emerging economies and new multinationals from those economies this highly charged dynamic provides rich opportunity to revisit mainstream paradigms in globalization innovation and global strategy. The book rises to the challenge exploring new competitive phenomena new business models and new strategies. Rich illustrations real-world examples and case data provide students and executives with the insights necessary to connect compete and grow in a globalized business environment. This bold book succinctly covers strategy models and implementation for a range of global players providing students of strategy and international business with a rich understanding of the contemporary business environment. For access to additional materials including Powerpoint slides a list of suggested cases and sample syllabus please contact Vinod Jain (vinod.jain01@yahoo.com). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138844247

Global Structural Analysis of Buildings Global Structural Analysis of Buildings is a practical reference on the design and assessment of building structures which will help the reader to check the safety and overall performance of buildings in minutes. It is an essential reference for the practising civil and structural engineer in engineering firms consultancies and building research organisations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864545

Global StudiesVolume 1: Globalization and Globality Since the 1950s globalization has been an increasingly irresistible trend and one that has exerted a tremendous impact on the political economic military environmental and social fortunes of mankind – and yet the existing theories in humanities and social sciences have been fundamentally built upon the traditional “nation-state” model. These two volumes a pioneering work on global studies to be published out of China aims at creating a new theoretical framework against the backdrop of globalization. This volume introduces core concepts and critical issues deploying globalization as a theoretical framework and redefining the interrelationship between politics economics  law and globality. The two volumes are an essential reference for scholars and students in politics economics international relations and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578937

Global StudiesVolume 2: Process and Governance Since the 1950s globalization has been an increasingly irresistible trend and one that has exerted a tremendous impact on the political economic military environmental and social fortunes of mankind – and yet existing theories in humanities and social sciences have been fundamentally built upon the traditional “nation-state” model. These two volumes a pioneering work on global studies to be published out of China aim at creating a new theoretical framework against the backdrop of globalization. This volume discusses globalization on the supranational level. The editors reveal the complexity of global studies by examining the multi-level and multi-dimensional nature of globalization analyzing processes and systems of global society against the backdrop of globalization and exploring the construction of a stable and rational global order. These two volumes are an essential reference for scholars and students in politics economics international relations and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578944

Global SuburbsUrban Sprawl from the Rio Grande to Rio de Janeiro Global Suburbs: Urban Sprawl from the Rio Grande to Rio de Janeiro offers a critical new perspective on the emerging phenomenon of the global suburb in the western hemisphere. American suburban sprawl has created a giant human habitat stretching from Las Vegas to San Diego and from Mexico to Brazil presented here in a clear and comprehensive style with in depth descriptions and images. Challenging the ecological problems that stem from these flawed suburban developments Herzog targets an often overlooked and potentially disastrous global shift in urban development. This book will give depth to courses on suburbs development urban studies and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644730

Global Supply Chain Quality ManagementProduct Recalls and Their Impact While there is substantial research surrounding manufacturing and design-related product hazards little has been written about supply chain product hazards and how they impact supply chain quality management. Filling this need Global Supply Chain Quality Management: Product Recalls and Their Impact draws together key insights and research findings from a global research project on product safety and recalls.The book presents detailed case studies of six extended global supply chains within three industries: toys food and pharmaceuticals. These case studies cover U.S. companies with supply chains that extend into China and provide the perspectives of both U.S. and Chinese executives. It includes coverage of several highly publicized product recalls including Ford Pinto Extra Strength Tylenol melamine-tainted milk Mattel and Toyota. Presenting detailed examples of both poor and best practices the text supplies firsthand accounts from key players in well-known product recalls. It outlines an event study methodology that can help readers determine the true financial impact of a product recall announcement. It also describes how to conduct controlled experiments to determine the effect of various recall strategies on consumers. The book describes how alternative product recall strategies can influence consumers' perception of your organization's corporate social legitimacy as well as their future purchasing behaviors. Although the text focuses on product quality within the supply chain it also sheds light on other sources of product hazards—sharing a wide-ranging perspectives and current methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439815540

Global Surgery and Anesthesia ManualProviding Care in Resource-limited Settings Highly Commended BMA Medical Book Awards 2015 In 2008 Paul Farmer and Jim Yong Kim described global surgery as the "neglected stepchild" of healthcare and now leaders from around the world are working to redefine it as a human right through the Lancet Commission on Global Surgery. In order to help advance global surgery and anesthesia as a public health intervention providers require a practical hands-on manual to train and educate them to provide safe and effective surgery and anesthesia in resource-limited settings. In an effort to respond to that need over 140 clinicians from high- low- and middle-income countries collaborated to create the Global Surgery and Anesthesia Manual: Providing Care in Resource-Limited Settings. This guide provides in-depth instruction on epidemiology and ethics surrounding surgical services and on anesthesia perioperative care trauma surgery and non-trauma surgery. With contributions from a group of culturally and academically diverse clinicians each chapter is enriched by at least one commentary from a surgeon or anesthesia provider in a low- or middle-income country (LMIC) who shares first-hand perspectives on the realities and complexities of providing surgical care in these settings with limited resources. The book will serve as a core reference for surgeons and anesthesiologists at all levels interested in global surgery. It will assist those working in LMICs who are confronted with surgical problems that they are not routinely exposed to in their traditional practice. Filled with expert guidance decision-making algorithms and treatment options it will also serve as an invaluable text for trainees in LMICs as it covers the majority of surgical disease processes that would be encountered in such settings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482247305

Global Surveillance and Policing Since the 9.11 attacks in North America and the accession of the Schengen Accord in Europe there has been widespread concern with international borders the passage of people and the flow of information across borders. States have fundamentally changed the ways in which they police and monitor this mobile population and its personal data. This book brings together leading authorities in the field who have been working on the common problem of policing and surveillance at physical and virtual borders at a time of increased perceived threat. It is concerned with both theoretical and empirical aspects of the ways in which the modern state attempts to control its borders and mobile population. It will be essential reading for students practitioners policy makers. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926139

Global SustainabilityBending the Curve Unprecedented levels of wealth technology and institutional capacity can forge a just peaceful and ecologically resilient future. However the authors argue social polarization geo-political conflict and environmental degradation are threatening the long-term well-being of humanity and the planet. Global Sustainability explores the alternative futures that could emerge from the resolution of these antagonisms. Based on extensive international and interdisciplinary research the book identifies the perils of market-driven scenarios and considers the possibility of the failure of conventional approaches. It also however presents a vision of the possibility of a 'Great Transition' in which revised human values and development goals bring a new stage of civilization. It will be essential reading for all scholars and professionals interested in the future of the environment international affairs and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138991927

Global TaiwanBuilding Competitive Strengths in a New International Economy Global Taiwan examines the impact of globalization on the industry and economy of Taiwan since the spectacular growth of the 1990s. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with firms in Taiwan China the United States Japan Europe and other areas the book analyzes the strengths and weaknesses of Taiwanese firms at a time when they face new competition from powerful global leaders and new producers in China. The contributors cover topics of enormous importance for Taiwan as well as the rest of the world including transformations in the international economy technological advances that enabled modularization and fragmentation of the production system contract manufacturers regionalization and links with Chinese industry. The book addresses such questions as: Can Taiwanese companies be maintained and expanded with the same corporate strategies and public policies as in the past? Can these strategies still work for other countries? If changes are required what resources can be mobilized in the public and private sectors? As massive relocation of manufacturing and services moves plants and jobs to low-wage countries like China and India what will remain at home in societies like Taiwan? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315704050

Global Talent Management The second edition of Global Talent Management (GTM) offers a state of the art overview of the key areas of talent management in theory and practice. Drawing on contributions from the leading global contributors to talent management research the book is structured around three key sections. Section one provides a contextual overview of talent management. The second section explores in depth some of the core areas of GTM practice which includes the meaning of talent in the global context internal talent identification developing leadership talent employee turnover employer branding and the role of the corporate HR function in GTM. The final section considers three key contemporary issues in GTM namely data analytics in GTM managing virtual talent and managing globally diverse talent. The chapters in the volume provide advanced undergraduate or postgraduate students with an interest in global talent management with a cutting-edge overview of the key topics in the field. It is also an invaluable resource for the reflective practitioner looking for an overview of key research in this important area of practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712454

Global tea scienceCurrent status and future needs Tea is the most widely-consumed beverage in the world. Like other crops tea cultivation faces a number of challenges. With the challenge of climate change and the competition for scarce resources there is a need to make tea cultivation more efficient and sustainable. Cultivation needs also to be more resilient to biotic and abiotic stresses whether it be pests or more extreme weather (e.g. drought) associated with global warming. Fortunately there is a range of research addressing these challenges. Drawing on an international range of expertise this collection summarises this research by focusing on ways of improving the cultivation of tea at each step in the value chain from breeding through to harvest. Part 1 reviews advances in breeding. Part 2 discusses improvements in cultivation techniques. The book then discusses plant protection and chemistry before concluding with sustainability issues. As the need for more interdisciplinary and collaborative research increases this collection will be a standard reference for the tea research community by summarising key research trends in each topic and putting them in the context of tea cultivation as a whole. Media > Books > E-books Life Science (Burleigh Dodds) 9781351114516

Global Technology and Legal TheoryTransnational Constitutionalism Google and the European Union The rise and spread of the Internet has accelerated the global flows of money technology and information that are increasingly perceived as a challenge to the traditional regulatory powers of nation states and the effectiveness of their constitutions. The acceleration of these flows poses new legal and political problems to their regulation and control as shown by recent conflicts between Google and the European Union (EU).   This book investigates the transnational constitutional dimension of recent conflicts between Google and the EU in the areas of competition taxation and human rights. More than a simple case study it explores how the new conflicts originating from the worldwide expansion of the Internet economy are being dealt with by the institutional mechanisms available at the European level. The analysis of these conflicts exposes the tensions and contradictions between on the one hand legal and political systems that are limited by territory and on the other hand the inherently global functioning of the Internet. The EU’s promising initiatives to extend the protection of privacy in cyberspace set the stage for a broader dialogue on constitutional problems related to the enforcement of fundamental rights and the legitimate exercise of power that are common to different legal orders of world society. Nevertheless the different ways of dealing with the competition and fiscal aspects of the conflicts with Google also indicate the same limits that are generally attributed to the very project of European integration showing that the constitutionalization of the economy tends to outpace the constitutionalization of politics.   Providing a detailed account of the unfolding of these conflicts and their wider consequences to the future of the Internet this book will appeal to scholars working in EU law international law and constitutional law as well as those in the fields of political science and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181956

Global Tectonic Zones Supercontinent Formation and DisposalProceedings of the 30th International Geological Congress Volume 6 This book is a collection of papers presented in the 30th International Geological Congress held in Beijing on global tectonic zones supercontinent formation and disposal. The papers deal with topics on tectonic framework and petrology and geochemistry variations of Asian regions. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448127

Global Television FormatsUnderstanding Television Across Borders Winner of the 2013 SCMS Best Edited Collection Award For decades television scholars have viewed global television through the lens of cultural imperialism focusing primarily on programs produced by US and UK markets and exported to foreign markets. Global Television Formats revolutionizes television studies by de-provincializing its approach to media globalization. It re-examines dominant approaches and their legacies of global/local and center/periphery and offers new directions for understanding television’s contemporary incarnations. The chapters in this collection take up the format phenomena from around the globe including the Middle East Western and Eastern Europe South and West Africa South and East Asia Australia and New Zealand North America South America and the Caribbean. Contributors address both little known examples and massive global hits ranging from the Idol franchise around the world to telenovelas dance competitions sports programming reality TV quiz shows sitcoms and more. Looking to global television formats as vital for various cultural meanings relationships and structures this collection shows how formats can further our understanding of television and the culture of globalization at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415965453

Global Terrorism Global Terrorism 4th edition continues to provide students with the most comprehensive introduction to terrorism as a global phenomenon. It introduces students to history politics ideologies and strategies of both contemporary and earlier terrorist groups. Written in a clear and accessible style each chapter explains a distinctive aspect of terrorism and discusses a wide variety of detailed case studies from around the world. Although the focus is on the contemporary the book also includes discussion of preceding terrorist groups. Building on the strengths of the first three editions this edition includes new material on: • Attacks by ISIS in Europe • Unrest in Afghanistan and Pakistan • Russia and Chechnya • Violence in Iraq • Decades of terrorism in Northern Ireland Sri Lanka Colombia and the Basque region of Spain • Right wing terrorism in the United States 　 The unique combination of a genuinely historical focus and truly global coverage makes this an ideal introductory textbook for anyone interested in the study of terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357353

Global Themes and Local Variations in Organization and ManagementPerspectives on Glocalization Global Themes and Local Variations in Organization and Management: Perspectives on Glocalization offers a broad exposition of the relations between the global and the local with regard to organizational and managerial ideas practices and forms. This edited volume forges ahead to capture the complexity of modern management and organization that results from the processes of glocalization. Universality is among the core underlying principles of the management of organizations as well as of organization and management science itself. Yet reality reveals enormous variation across social and cultural contexts. For instance multinational corporations must adjust their management practices to adhere to national regulation and local standards; manufacturers and service providers routinely tailor their products to suit the local preferences of consumers; and non-profit organizations amend their advocacy agenda to appeal to local sentiments. The work assembled here goes beyond merely describing such patterns of variation and adaptation in organization and management; research and commentary engage directly with the tensions between homogeneity and heterogeneity convergence and divergence global and local. With contributions from leading scholars in the field of comparative organization studies this collection offers a substantive contribution to the investigation of organization and management as well as providing a valuable resource for students of organization studies international business and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415807685

Global Think TanksPolicy Networks and Governance This completely revised edition of Global Think Tanks: Policy Networks and Governance provides a clear description of and context for the global proliferation of think tanks. It explores the origins development and diversity of think tanks and policy networks discusses past and current issues facing transnational think tanks and considers the possible future challenges and developments. The updated content reflects recent trends such as globalization digitalization diversity populism and disinformation; and it also includes a new chapter on the impact of emerging technologies on global think tanks and governance. The book: identifies maps and analyzes these phenomena of proliferation expansion and networking; provides a primer and a roadmap for global public policy practitioners participants and the interested public; illustrates the global growth of think tanks that the world has experienced over the past eight years; analyzes the impact and emerging potential of new technologies and increasing diversity; and considers how global think tanks and policy networks can continue to improve their impact and overall reach. This volume will be of great interest to all students of international relations and international organizations alongside policy professionals working at think tanks around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278557

Global Thinking and Local ActionAgriculture Tropical Forest Loss and Conservation in Southeast Nigeria This title was first published in 2001. Based on extensive local field research undertaken in and around the Cross River National Park in Nigeria this book provides a socio-economic study of the tensions between agriculture and nature conservation. Taking a ’bottom-up’ approach and focussing on the farm household and the dynamics of forest farming at household level it brings together a wealth of new information on the subject of tropical forestry the causes and dynamics of tropical rain forest loss and the problematic relations between conservation authorities in National Parks and local people. Its conclusions raise important questions about practical ways forward in the development of such areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702028

Global Tourism Pressure on national and local governments to rapidly develop their tourism potential to meet demand and produce benefits makes it more essential than ever to plan carefully and consider the human and environmental impacts of tourism development. That is why as Secretary-General of the World Tourism Organization I am pleased to see the serious analysis of the problems and prospects of the tourism sector as presented in this third edition.-- Francesco Frangialli Secretary-General World Tourism OrganizationNow in its third edition Global Tourism draws on the insight of thirty-nine contributors to chronicle and foresee the effects of tourism on contemporary society. Contributors provide interdisciplinary international perspectives on the critical questions problems and opportunities facing the tourism industry. Invaluable to academics and professionals alike Global Tourism offers a comprehensive exploration of the key issues in tourism. Authors draw on their individual insights to assess and critique contemporary tourism and take a view of the future. Fully revised and re-developed new chapters examine: * The future of tourism * Difference in travel characteristics of significant travel segments * Sustainability standards in the global economy * Crisis management in tourist destinations * Tourism and social identities * Tourism mobility and global communities CONTRIBUTORS INCLUDE: Brian Archer (University of Surrey) Gurhan Aktas (T.C. Dokuz Eylul University) Bill Bramwell (Sheffield Hallam University) Peter M Burns (University of Brighton) Nancy E. Chesworth (Mount St. Vincent University) Tim Coles (University of Exeter) Chris Cooper (The University of Queensland) Graham M.S. Dann (University of Luton) Thomas Lea Davidson (Davidson-Peterson Associates Inc.) Sara Dolnicar (University of Wollongong) David Timothy Duval (University of Otago) Larry Dwyer (University of New South Wales) Xavier Font (Leeds Metropolitan University) Alan Fyall (Bournemouth University) Brian Garrod (University of Wales Aberystwyth) Donald Getz (University of Calgary) Alison Gill (Simon Fraser University) Frank Go (Erasmus University) Ebru Gunlu (T.C. Dokuz Eylul University) Michael Hall (University of Otago) Simon Hudson (University of Calgary) Donald Macleod (University of Glasgow) David Mercer (RMIT University) Graham Miller (University of Surrey) Michael Morgan (Bournemouth University) Peter Murphy (La Trobe University) Philip Pearce (James Cook University) Stanley C. Plog (Plog Research and SPC Group) Garry Price (La Trobe University) Linda K. Richter (Kansas State University) Lisa Ruhanen (University of Queensland) Chris Ryan (University of Waikato) Gordon D. Taylor (Tourism Canada retired)) William F. Theobald (Purdue University) Seldjan Timur (University of Calgary) Birgit Trauer (University of Queensland) Stephen Wanhill (Bournemouth University) Peter W. Williams (Simon Fraser University) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177482

Global Tourism and Informal Labour RelationsThe Small Scale Syndrome at Work The worldwide expansion of the tourism industry creates many encounters between global agents and local forces yet the host-guest interaction is rarely considered from the point of view of the experience of work. This study documents and discusses such a global-local encounter based on fieldwork carried out in hotels in Barbados and Malta. Insight is drawn from a review of such issues as recruitment promotion redundancy discipline security communication expertise total quality management iniatives trade unionism and industrial action. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880641

Global Tourism Higher EducationPast Present and Future Get an in-depth understanding of tourism education—worldwide!Global Tourism Higher Education: Past Present and Future extensively reviews tourism education on a global basis focusing on the history development current status challenges and opportunities now present in various regions and countries. Leading international authorities discuss program administration curriculum offering faculty qualifications and student learning in tourism higher education programs exploring issues both specific to their own region as well as common to other areas around the world. This unique book offers educators and students a valuable informative view of the historical development present situations and future directions of tourism education.The main ingredient in successfully providing a quality tourism product is highly qualified fully trained people. Global Tourism Higher Education compiles an impressive collection of interdisciplinary perspectives exploring various directions different countries are traveling on the road to quality tourism education. Chapters reveal the numerous challenges faced by developing regions as well as more mature tourism education locations. This book provides a useful overview of education strategies around the world exploring educational issues that are common across borders. Countries and regions reviewed include Canada the British Isles Austria Switzerland Israel Turkey China Hong Kong Taiwan Thailand Korea and Australia. The book includes extensive references and graphs and tables to ensure understanding of research.Topics in Global Tourism Higher Education include: past present and future directions of tourism education in Canada Hong Kong and Taiwan five educational and tourism environments in the British Isles differences and similarities in tourism educational development in Switzerland and Austria accreditation processes of local academic programs in Israel reforms needed in Turkey’s higher education system the hierarchy of educational programs in China with suggestions for the future the problem of the quality of tourism graduates in Thailand the distinctive niche of Australian tourism education much more!Global Tourism Higher Education: Past Present and Future is timely horizon-expanding reading perfect for tourism researchers educators students higher education administrators government education departments and anyone around the world interested in developing tourism education programs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203051696

Global Tourist Behavior Global Tourist Behavior contains travel and marketing research that explores the integral global nature of tourism. The globalization of tourism has resulted in more culturally diverse travelers with different preferences motivations expectations and needs while at the same time worldwide movements toward democracy have made some locations more accessible than ever before. New diversity in global tourist behavior and the reciprocal interaction between travelers and destinations will pose new challenges and create new opportunities for tourism professionals. Global Tourist Behavior helps readers meet these challenges by providing unique and invaluable new research on global travel behavior as an integral component of travel and tourism marketing research. It features original empirical research by tourism scholars representing a variety of locations worldwide including North America the Caribbean Eastern Europe Germany Indonesia Korea the Netherlands the United Kingdom and Zambia. The geographically diverse chapters in Global Tourist Behavior present research on: marketing places to tourists tourists’knowledge of culture issues in cross-cultural tourism tourism channels and distribution systems international tourism and marketing expert systems in tourism marketing management the impact of mega events health tourism. Tourism promoters decisionmakers and students will find the information on international travelers’preferences expectations motivations images attitudes and choices of tour packages extremely helpful. The book can also be used as a guide for attracting international tourist business and developing appropriate marketing and management strategies for specific destinations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203058107

Global Trade Trade has long been a core part of international relations. Bilateral plurilateral and multilateral trade flows and agreements have arisen in many ways and in many areas over the centuries. From regional arrangements such as the North American Free Trade Agreement to the all-encompassing General Agreement on Tariffs and Trades and now the World Trade Organization the system of global trade has seen struggles and successes alike. The traditional debate over liberalization and protectionism remains central today; and with ever-expanding globalization facing all states the future of global trade seems to be no less controversial than it was centuries ago. By assembling the key scholarly works that have defined the field of global trade this work addresses these debates and examines the past to see what the future of global trade might look like. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254166

Global Trade and Commercial NetworksEighteenth-Century Diamond Merchants At the heart of this study on cross-cultural trade lies a concrete case-study of a network of diamond merchants operating in the early eighteenth century. All the traders examined in this study are outsiders: an English Catholic in Antwerp Sephardic and Ashkenazi Jews in London and Amsterdam and French Huguenots in Lisbon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661417

Global Trafficking in Women and Children War poverty and famine; political social and economic change; and the deep seated views and rituals rooted in a culture’s history and traditions all contribute to the widespread and growing trafficking of women and children.  The multilayered complexity myriad contributing factors enormous amount of money involved and sheer magnitude of the problem render it impossible to solve with the fractured and isolated measures of individual organizations and countries. Only complete cooperation and collaboration at all levels can establish the most proactive and self-sustaining approach to reduce this global crime. Gathering knowledge and experience from more than 40 countries Global Trafficking in Women and Children clearly demonstrates the scale and spread of the problem providing a powerful analysis of the circumstances that contribute to the abuse and victimization of women and children as well as the international policies and strategies used to combat this crime. Divided into two parts the book begins with an introduction to the definition nature and scope of human trafficking. It discusses several social theories as well as evident environmental influences. It also examines measures to control and prevent human trafficking from stricter laws and monetary aid to global community and law enforcement collaboration. Part 2 consists of case studies drawing examples from a range of countries involved in every stage in the process and highlighting the unique characteristics of human trafficking in each. Chapters include the prevalence of child pornography in Japan child abduction in China bonded child labor in India and child soldiering in Congo (Zaire) and other African countries. The final chapters discuss law enforcement in the US and UK community policing in Australia and the cooperative national plan in place in Croatia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865818

Global Trafficking Networks on Film and TelevisionHollywood’s Cartel Wars This book draws on a multi-method study of film and television narratives of global criminal networks to explore the links between audiovisual media criminal networks and global audiences in the age of digital content distribution. Mapping out media representations of the ongoing war on drugs in Mexico and the United States the author delves into the social cultural and geopolitical impacts of distribution and consumption of these media. With a particular emphasis on the globalized Mexican cartels this book investigates three areas – gender and racial representation in film and television the digital distribution of content through the internet and streaming services such as Hulu and Netflix and depictions of extreme violence in film television and online spaces – to identify whether there are fundamental similarities and differences in how Hollywood productions reproduce stereotypes about race gender and extreme violence. Some of the movies and television series analysed are Breaking Bad Ozark Weeds Rambo: Last Blood No Country for Old Men Sicario and the Netflix series Narcos Narcos: Mexico and El Chapo. Taking a unique interdisciplinary approach to the study of cartels in the media this book will be of interest to students and scholars of media studies film television security studies Latin American and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367904050

Global Trends and Regional Development For millennia contact between societies was limited to trade or wars a situation that changed profoundly with the development of global markets serving industrialization. The outcome was the emergence of one global human civilization and one common future that will depend on the capacity of individuals and societies to manage the potentials for social development. This edited collection is dedicated to the discussion of four global trends: upgrading the rationality of organizations individualization the spreading of instrumental activism and universalization of value-normative systems. The mutual influence of these interrelated trends brings about both constructive and destructive effects in social life social integration and change. Contributors examine questions such as: How do global trends pave their way in regions? What are the similarities and differences of regional development? How do agencies cope with the challenges of global trends in regional development? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848725

Global Trends and Transitions in Security ExpertiseFrom Nuclear Deterrence to Climate Change and Back Again  The scope of Security and International Affairs research has expanded tremendously since the end of the Cold War to include topics beyond the realm of war studies or military statecraft. The field—once devoted solely to the study of conventional military and nuclear security issues—has diversified to include foci often considered nontraditional including peace and conflict political economic environmental and human security. In this exciting new volume McGann has undertaken a quantitative and qualitative study of SIA think tanks looking at global and regional trends in their research.　 He argues that the end of the Cold War marked a fundamental shift within the field of defense and security studies among think tanks and academics. Tracking the evolution of security as understood by researchers and policymakers is vital as the world follows the path of the Four Mores: more issues more actors more competition and more conflict. As we move forward into a world of rapid change and ubiquitous uncertainty think tanks will only become more prominent and influential. The volume concludes with an assessment of the future of Security and International Affairs studies and raises the possibility of a return to a traditional security focus driven by recent events in Europe and the Middle East. This will be an important resource for students and scholars of security studies global governance and think tanks. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304000

Global Trends in Eastern Europe Eastern Europe was once clearly defined by the centralized political and economic organization of the societies in the region. They shared the same official ideology and were members of the same alliances. After 1989 the region collapsed in an economic political and cultural implosion. What were the moving forces of this profound change? What are its consequences? Could we try to reasonably foresee any future developments? In this thought-provoking book Nikolai Genov presents a systematic description and explanation of Eastern European societal transformations after 1989. They are interpreted as adaptations to four global trends; upgrading the rationality of organizations; individualization; spreading of instrumental activism; and universalization of value-normative systems. Adaptations to these trends have generally been successful. However Genov notes that the process is marked by many failures as well. They are mostly caused by path dependency in the societal development and by the varying quality of relevant decisions other destructive developments are due to contradictions in the global trends themselves. Guided by the assumption that the societal and supranational integration mechanisms in Eastern Europe before 1989 could not resist the overwhelming power of global trends Genov's controversial findings question visions about the end of history and simultaneously strengthen the confidence that most complex macro-social processes can be rationally managed. A timely book allowing for a much needed engagement in contemporary debates on the controversial processes in Eastern European transitions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278745

Global Trends in Land Tenure ReformGender Impacts This book explores the gendered dimensions of recent land governance transformations across the globe in the wake of unprecedented pressures on land and natural resources. These complex contemporary forces are reconfiguring livelihoods and impacting women’s positions their tenure security and well-being and that of their families. Bringing together fourteen empirical community case studies from around the world the book examines governance transformations of land and land-based resources resulting from four major processes of tenure change: commercial land based investments the formalization of customary tenure the privatization of communal lands and post-conflict resettlement and redistribution reforms. Each contribution carefully analyses the gendered dimensions of these transformations exploring both the　gender impact of the land tenure reforms and the social and political economy within which these reforms materialize. The cases provide important　insights for decision makers to better promote and design an effective gender lens into land tenure reforms and natural resource management policies.　 This book will be of great interest to researchers　engaging with land and natural resource management issues from a wide variety of disciplines including anthropology sociology development studies and political science as well as　policy makers practitioners and activists concerned with environment development and social equity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394068

Global Trends in Museum DiplomacyPost-Guggenheim Developments Global Trends in Museum Diplomacy traces the transformation of museums from publicly or privately funded heritage institutions into active players in the economic sector of culture. Exploring how this transformation reconfigured cultural diplomacy the book argues that museums have become autonomous diplomatic players on the world stage. The book offers a comparative analysis across a range of case studies in order to demonstrate that museums have gone global in the era of neoliberal globalisation. Grincheva focuses first on the Solomon R. Guggenheim Foundation which is well known for its bold revolutionising strategies of global expansion: museum franchising and global corporatisation. The book then goes on to explore how these strategies were adopted across museums around the world and analyses two cases of post-Guggenheim developments in China and Russia: the K11 Art Mall in Hong Kong and the International Network of Foundations of the State Hermitage Museum in Russia. These cases from more authoritarian political regimes evidence the emergence of alternative avenues of museum diplomacy that no longer depend on government commissions to serve immediate geo-political interests. Global Trends in Museum Diplomacy will be a valuable resource for students scholars and practitioners of contemporary museology and cultural diplomacy. Documenting new developments in museum diplomacy the book will be particularly interesting to museum and heritage practitioners and policymakers involved in international exchanges or official programs of cultural diplomacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370949

Global Unions?Theory and Strategies of Organized Labour in the Global Political Economy This edited collection examines the interaction between industrial relations and international relations in the global economy. The role of trade unions has changed significantly in the era of economic globalization and this book analyzes the key developments in union strategy on a local national regional and global level. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203402948

Global Universities and Urban DevelopmentCase Studies and Analysis The editors of "The University as Urban Developer" now extend that work's groundbreaking analysis of the university's important role in the growth and development of the American city to the global view. Linking the fields of urban development higher education and urban design "Global Universities and Urban Development" covers universities and communities around the world including Germany Korea Scotland Japan Mexico South Africa Finland - 13 countries in all.The book features contributions from noted urban scholars campus planners and architects and university administrators from all the countries represented. They provide a wide-angled perspective of the issues and practices that comprise university real estate development around the globe. A concluding chapter by the editors offers practical evaluations of the many cases and identifies best practices in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315704043

Global Urban AnalysisA Survey of Cities in Globalization Global Urban Analysis provides a unique insight into the contemporary world economy through a focus on cities. It is based upon a large-scale customised data collection on how leading businesses use cities across the world: as headquarter locations for finance for professional and creative services for media. These data - involving up to 2000 firms and over 500 cities - provide evidence for both how the leading cities sometimes called global cities are coming to dominate the world economy and how hundreds of other cities are faring in this brave new urban world. Thus can the likes of London New York and Hong Kong be tracked as well as Manchester Cleveland and Guangzhou and even Plymouth Chattanooga and Xi'an. Cities are assessed and ranked in terms of their importance for various functions such as for financial services legal services and advertising plus novel findings are reported for the geographical orientations of their connections. This is truly a comprehensive survey of cities in globalization covering global world-regional and national scales of analysis: - 4 key chapters outline the global structure of the world economy featuring the leading cities; - 9 regional chapters covering the whole world also feature the level of services provided by 'medium' cities; - 22 chapters on selected countries and sub-regions indicate global-ness and local-ness and feature an even wider range of cities. Written in an easy to understand style this book is a must read for anybody interested in their own city in the world and how it relates to other cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975248

Global Urban Monitoring and Assessment through Earth Observation Cities and towns are the original producers of many of the global environmental problems related to waste disposal and air and water pollution. There is a rapidly growing need for technologies that will enable monitoring of the world’s natural resources and urban assets and managing exposure to natural and man-made risks. The Group on Earth Observation (GEO) calls for strengthening the cooperation and coordination among global observing systems and research programs. Global Urban Monitoring and Assessment through Earth Observation introduces this important international collaborative effort reviews the current state of global urban remote sensing and expands on future directions in the field.The book reviews the current state of global urban monitoring assessment modeling and prediction through Earth observation and related technologies. It then introduces GEO’s important international collaborative effort—Global Urban Observation and Information Task—and the current state of global urban remote sensing and future directions. It explores groundbreaking work in urban remote sensing and examines how it could contribute to the development of innovative concepts and techniques for sustainable urban development. Despite significant progress in recent years there remain substantial gaps in ongoing national regional and global efforts to address environmental challenges. Edited by a well-known expert in the field of remote sensing GIS and other geospatial technologies this book addresses the gaps in an effective and long-term manner highlighting the importance of increased coordination and networking among major stakeholders and of working together with other key international mechanisms. Drawing on the expertise of pioneers in the field from across the globe the book details emerging research in the theory methods and techniques of urban remote sensing that provide insight into how to solve the major issues of sustainable devel Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367867621

Global Value Chains and Global Production NetworksChanges in the International Political Economy The global economic system is experiencing a profound period of rapid change. The emergence of globalised production and distribution systems which bring together diverse constellations of economic actors through a complex regime of global corporate governance state regulation and new international divisions of labour demands corresponding and innovative explanatory models. Global value chains (GVCs) and global production networks (GPNs) have been particularly useful as conceptual frameworks for understanding the global market engagement of firms regions and nations. This book examines the rise of GVCs and GPNs as dominant features of the international political economy. It brings together leading thinkers in the field and sets out new directions for future scholarship in understanding the contemporary global economic system. In doing so this book makes a significant contribution to our understanding of the international political economy and the global economic system in the post-Washington Consensus era of contemporary capitalism. This book was published as a special issue of the Review of International Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059146

Global Value Chains and the Missing LinksCases from Indian Industry Global value chains (GVCs) are fraught with the phenomenon of fragmentation and dispersion of production across the world. India presents a unique example with its high potential in manufacturing capability but low integration in GVCs. This book examines the reasons why India has failed to integrate within GVCs so far and looks at key examples to understand the impediments in this process. The chapters bring together case studies from across the manufacturing industry â€“ labour-intensive (garment paper and diamond) capital-intensive (automobile and petrochemical) and knowledge-intensive (semi-conductor microchip chemical and pharmaceutical) sectors. Together they present stories of successful integration of some firms in GVCs as well as the difficulties faced by them. The volume also highlights the importance of GVCs in the context of developing countries in terms of benefits such as income and value generation knowledge and technology collaborations and advances in systems and processes. This book will interest scholars and researchers in economics international trade studies development economics and business management as well as to practitioners policymakers government officials and those in the corporate sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734503

Global Variations in the Political and Social Economy of CareWorlds Apart Care work both paid and unpaid contributes to well-being social development and economic growth. But the costs of providing care are unequally borne across gender and social class. Feminist scholarship on the gendered construction of welfare provisioning and welfare regimes has produced a conceptually strong and empirically grounded analysis of care reinforcing the necessity of rethinking the distinctions between "the public" and "the private" as well as the links between them. Yet this analysis premised on post-industrial contexts does not travel easily to other parts of the world. Many of its core assumptions – about family structures labor markets state capacities and public social provisioning – do not hold for a wider range of countries. Drawing on original research on the care economy in three developing regions (Africa Asia Latin America) this volume addresses a major empirical lacuna while facilitating a conversation across the North-South divide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754552

Global View of Engineering Geology and the Environment Global View of Engineering Geology and the Environment contains selected papers from the International Symposium and 9th Asian Regional Conference of the International Association for Engineering Geology and the Environment (IAEG Beijing China 24-25 September 2013). The book focusses on six topics: - Crustal stability and dynamical geo-hazards; - Engineering geology in major construction projects; - Urbanization and Geological environment; - New ideology and technology in engineering geology; - Structure and behavior of soil and rock mass and - Geo-hazards in karst and loess areas. Global View of Engineering Geology and the Environment presents the latest research results from scientists leading engineering and industry researchers and will be much of interest to academics and professionals involved in engineering geology and the environment and related areas i.e. soil mechanics rock mechanics and hydrogeology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000780

Global View on the World EconomyA Global Analysis As globalization continues apace market segmentations are diminishing distance is shrinking and the boundaries between nation states are becoming increasingly blurred. National economies are closely interlinked through manychannels and we rarely view things from a single country’s view adopting a global perspective instead. It is therefore imperative to understand how the world economy functions. This book utilizes up to date empirical evidence to illuminate the mechanics of the world as a single entity. The author explores the properties of the world economy the diverse mechanisms of interdependence shocks and disturbances economic processes and structures and the institutional arrangements that guide these processes. Key topics covered include: world GDP growth and global product and factor markets China as a new global player the roots and impact of financial and currency crises the performance of the developing countries over time (which have gained which have lost?) conflicts between the national interest and global concerns (protectionism locational competition for mobile factors of production environmental issues) the institutional arrangements for the world economy (IMF WTO). The World Economy: A Global Analysis will be essential reading for students studying the world economy from the perspective of economics finance business and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653411

Global ViolenceEthical and Political Issues What does it mean to say that a particular war is just or unjust that terrorism is always wrong or that torture can sometimes be morally justified? What are the moral bases for the possession or use of nuclear weapons intervening in other countries’ civil wars or being a bystander to genocide? Such questions take us to the heart of what is morally right and wrong behaviour in our world. Global Violence: Ethical and Political Issues provides readers with the analytical tools to better understand the suppositions that underlie the debates about such questions as well as advances its own reasoned and informed ethical analyses of these topics. The book engages different normative approaches from the fields of ethics political theory and international relations and uses them to examine a set of case studies on the subjects of inter-state and civil war nuclear weapons terrorism torture and genocide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781844656318

Global VisioningHopes and Challenges for a Common Future This volume makes the case for global visioning: the collective process of looking at a larger picture and building common ground for the future. The contributors agree that only by such a process will people be able to address mounting problems like global warming war terrorism and poverty which threaten the Earth's population.This latest volume in the Peace & Policy series addresses three main themes. "On Spirituality and Ethics" advocates an international culture of nonviolence. "International and Transnational Relations" makes a case for global fellowship. "On Education and Culture" argues that educating children is the first step in reforming the world. The contributors seek solutions to the question of how people can start seeing issues from a global point of view rather than from narrow national perspectives.In keeping with the global nature and scope of the world's problems the contributions come from very diverse countries including Japan Morocco South Africa Germany Italy Belgium and the United States. This work will inspire participation in this much-needed exercise of collective global problem solving. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412855730

Global Warming Global Warming: The Hard Science presents a comprehensive qualitatively rigorous and critical discussion of the science underlying the global warming issue. The major processes in the climate system needed to understand projected human-induced climatic change are presented in detail. Observational systems used to monitor changes in the climate system and the ways in which the raw data are analyzed in order to produce estimates of current trends are also critically reviewed. The author discusses the hierarchy of computer models used to project changes in the carbon cycle in climate and in sea level and examines the physical principles underlying the greenhouse effect and projected warming. The text also presents a detailed discussion of the carbon cycle of climate sensitivity and of projected patterns of climatic change through time. Sea level rise and issues of risk and potential surprises are also critically assessed. Emphasis is placed throughout on developing an intuitive understanding of those results that do not depend on the details of any one computer simulation model. A series of boxes illustrate the key points through step-by-step calculations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138138407

Global Warming First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203785041

Global Warming Natural Hazards and Emergency Management Scientists predict the earth is facing 40-to-60 years of climate change even if emissions of carbon dioxide and other global warming gases stopped today. One inevitable consequence of the greenhouse gases already in the atmosphere will be an increase in the frequency and severity of natural disaster events. Global Warming Natural Hazards and Emergency Management documents the imperative need for communities to prepare for the coming effects of climate change and provides a series of in-depth road-tested recommendations on how to reduce risks for communities and businesses. Frontline Advice for Increasing Defenses and Reducing Impacts of Global Warming Authored and edited by emergency management and environmental protection professionals from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and the Sierra Club this book offers case histories from communities across America that have successfully reduced the extent and consequences of natural disasters. These examples are becoming increasingly important to understand and replicate as the risks to communities created by a changing climate rise. This book recognizes three fundamental principles essential to developing a disaster-prevention strategy: The protection of natural systems is an important security measure The reduction of disaster risk not just response is of great importance Local communities must take the lead in prevention efforts Provides Local Governments with Replicable Case Histories of Hazard Mitigation Efforts This no-nonsense reference is a procedural roadmap for emergency managers policy makers and community officials. It explains how to develop community partnerships among a myriad of stakeholders; identifies staffing and resource requirements for successful programs; and p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432741

Global Warming and Climate Change (2 Vols.)Ten Years after Kyoto and Still Counting Now as we stand at the crossroads the steps taken by national governments business communities and others involved in the negotiations will determine which path we will take as a world community to mitigate and to adapt to climate change. As discussed in the book in the coming years it is more politics than policies that will determine the way Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429061622

Global Warming and Global Politics Examines the major theories within international relations and how these can help us understand the emergence of global warming as a political issue. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203437711

Global Warming and Social InnovationThe Challenge of a Climate Neutral Society Societies need to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases by 80 per cent in order to counter the risks of climate change. This study envisions a climate neutral society - one where the output of polluting gases is minimised by social innovations set up in households by local authorities through developments in information and communications technologies and dematerialization and through the shift towards product service systems and emissions trading. The work discusses the possibilities for steering and orchestrating this long-term transition towards a climate-friendly society mapping paths through current dilemmas in climate policy and exploring the legal issues of making this transition. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771450

Global Warming and the Built Environment The role of the built environment on global warming is seen to be of increasing relevance. In this book contributors of international repute offer a wide perspectivet on the subject. This new paperback edition offers insights and techniques regarding design and management of buildings and urban settlement and discusses the issues of accountability and responsibility. Media > Books > Print Books Spon Press 9781138408708

Global Warming and the Political Ecology of HealthEmerging Crises and Systemic Solutions In this groundbreaking global analysis of the relationship between climate change and human health Hans Baer and Merrill Singer inventory and critically analyze the diversity of significant and sometimes devastating health implications of global warming. Using a range of theoretical tools from anthropology medicine and environmental sciences they present ecosyndemics as a new paradigm for understanding the relationship between environmental change and disease. They also go beyond the traditional concept of disease to examine changes in subsistence and settlement patterns land-use and lifeways throwing the sociopolitical and economic dimensions of climate change into stark relief. Revealing the systemic structures of inequality underlying global warming they also issue a call to action arguing that fundamental changes in the world system are essential to the mitigation of an array of emerging health crises link to anthropogenic climate and environmental change. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315428017

Global Water EthicsTowards a global ethics charter Scholarly interest in water ethics is increasing motivated by the urgency of climate change water scarcity privatization and conflicts over water resources. Water ethics can provide both conceptual perspectives and practical methodologies for identifying outcomes which are environmentally sustainable and socially just. This book assesses the implications of ongoing research in framing a new discipline of water ethics in practice. Contributions consider the difficult ethical and epistemological questions of water ethics in a global context as well as offering local empirical perspectives. Case study chapters focus on a range of countries including Canada China Germany India South Africa and the USA. The respective insights are brought together in the final section concerning the practical project of a universal water ethics charter alongside theoretical questions about the legitimacy of a global water ethics. Overall the book provides a stimulating examination of water ethics in theory and practice relevant to academics and professionals in the fields of water resource management and governance environmental ethics geography law and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367226817

Global Women's WorkPerspectives on Gender and Work in the Global Economy This volume considers how women are shaping the global economic landscape through their labor activism and multiple discourses about work. Bringing together an interdisciplinary group of international scholars the book offers a gendered examination of work in the global economy and analyses the effects of the 2008 downturn on women’s labor force participation and workplace activism. The book addresses three key themes: exploitation versus opportunity; women’s agency within the context of changing economic options; and women’s negotiations and renegotiations of unpaid social reproductive labor. This uniquely interdisciplinary and comparative analysis will be crucial reading for anyone with an interest in gender and the post-crisis world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036598

Global Writing for Public RelationsConnecting in English with Stakeholders and Publics Worldwide Global Writing for Public Relations: Connecting in English with Stakeholders and Publics Worldwide provides multiple resources to help students and public relations practitioners learn best practices for writing in English to communicate and connect with a global marketplace. Author Arhlene Flowers has created a new approach on writing for public relations by combining intercultural communication international public relations and effective public relations writing techniques. Global Writing for Public Relations offers the following features: Insight into the evolution of English-language communication in business and public relations as well as theoretical and political debates on global English and globalization; An understanding of both a global thematic and customized local approach in creating public relations campaigns and written materials; Strategic questions to help writers develop critical thinking skills and understand how to create meaningful communications materials for specific audiences; Storytelling skills that help writers craft compelling content; Real-world global examples from diverse industries that illustrate creative solutions; Step-by-step guidance on writing public relations materials with easy-to-follow templates to reach traditional and online media consumers and businesses; Self-evaluation and creative thinking exercises to improve cultural literacy grammar punctuation and editing skills for enhanced clarity; and Supplemental online resources for educators and students. English is the go-to business language across the world and this book combines the author’s experience training students and seasoned professionals in crafting public relations materials that resonate with global English-language audiences. It will help public relations students and practitioners become proficient and sophisticated writers with the ability to connect with diverse audiences worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415748841

Global Youth in Digital Trajectories Global Youth in Digital Trajectories explores the most recent developments regarding youth and media in a global perspective. Representing an innovative contribution to virtual research methods this book presents research carried out in areas as diverse as Greece the Netherlands Germany Brazil Russia and India. The volume examines which new anthropological and cultural-historical conditions and changes arise in connection with the widespread presence of digital media in the lives of the networked teens. Indeed it is highlighted that the differentiation between an offline world and an online world is inapplicable to the lives of most young people. Exploring youth’s imaginary productions personal sense-making processes and cross-media dialogues in today’s multimedia worlds Global Youth in Digital Trajectories will be of particular interest to undergraduates and postgraduates in the fields of sociology anthropology education studies media research and cultural studies. It may also appeal to practitioners in social work and schools. URL for circulation: www.routledge.com/9781138236035 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884802

Globalisation Development and Plantation Labour in India This book provides a detailed examination of the impact of globalisation on plantation labour dominated by women labour in India. The studies presented here highlight the perpetuation of low wages inferior social status and low human development of workers in this sector and point out the movement of labour away from this sector and the resultan Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367177171

Globalisation Economic Inclusion and African WorkersMaking the Right Connections This book addresses the question of whether greater inclusion in the global economy offers a solution to rising unemployment and poverty in contemporary Africa. The authors trace the connection between global demographic change and new mechanisms of economic inclusion via global value chains digital networks labour migration and corporate engagement with the bottom of the pyramid challenging the claim that African workers have become functionally irrelevant to the global economy. They expose the shift of global demand for African workers from formal to increasingly informalised labour arrangements mediated by social enterprises labour brokers graduate entrepreneurs and grassroots associations. Focusing on global employment connections initiated from above and from below the authors examine whether global labour linkages increase or reduce problems of vulnerable and unstable working conditions within African countries and considers the economic and political conditions needed for African workers to capture the gains of inclusion in the global economy. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367075910

Globalisation Education and Culture Shock How has globalisation affected educational thought and practice? This volume presents a fascinating exploration of the impact of globalisation on education. The authors consider the changes - sometimes subtle sometimes revolutionary - that arise when ideas practices and experiences are discussed and analysed by people of contrasting cultural backgrounds. Through a series of case studies they examine the dilemmas and contradictions as well as the new ideas and opportunities that globalisation offers to individuals to states and to intellectual cultures. Key areas of discussion include: ¢ The effects of globalisation on individuals ¢ The contradictions embedded in the process of globalisation - especially in the economic sphere ¢ The impact on education of globalising ideas thoughts and values ¢ The relationship between globalisation and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254862

Globalisation Employment and Education in Sri LankaOpportunity and Division Since the late 1970s Sri Lanka has undergone a socio-economic transformation from protectionism towards economic liberalisation and increasing integration into the world economy. Through a systematic comparison of these periods of economic change (1956–1977 and 1977 to the present) Angela W. Little and Siri T. Hettige examine the impact of this transformation on education youth employment and equality of opportunity in Sri Lanka. The book charts Sri Lanka’s shift from a predominantly agricultural economy to one dominated by services and manufacturing a reduction in unemployment rising educational and occupational levels expectations and achievements and a reduction in poverty. In turn it reveals a growing role for the private sector and foreign interests in post-secondary education and a modest growth in private education at the primary and secondary levels as well as widening social disparities in access to qualifications training and skills. The Sri Lankan experience of and engagement with globalisation has been tempered by a long-running ethnic conflict that hindered economic and social development and diverted considerable public funds into defence and war. Now that the war is ‘won’ the challenge is how to invest in human resource development and the fulfilment of the expectations of youth from all ethnic and social groups. This challenge requires serious policy analysis the generation of more state revenues the reallocation of existing public resources and a political commitment to the winning of a sustainable peace and stability. This book makes an important contribution to the broader international literature on the implications of globalisation for education policy and practice and to the interaction of exogenous and endogenous forces for educational change. It deals with the tension between the high social demand for education and the growing demand for specialised skills in a changing economy. As such it has a wide interdisciplinary appeal across education policy and politics Asian education South Asian society youth policy sociology of education political economy of social change and globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646216

Globalisation Environment and Social JusticePerspectives Issues and Concerns This volume provides a comprehensive account of the connections between globalisation environment and social justice. It examines varied dimensions of environmental sustainability; the adverse impact of globalisation on environment and its consequences for poverty unemployment and displacement; the impacts on marginalised sections such as scheduled castes and tribes and women; and policy frameworks for ensuring environmental sustainability and social justice. The chapters build on detailed case studies from different parts of the world and deal with critical environmental issues such as global emissions climate change sustainable development green politics species protection water governance waste management food production and governance besides education inclusivity and human rights. Presenting a range of topics alongside new perspectives and discourses this interdisciplinary book will be useful to students and researchers of political studies sociology and environmental studies as well as policymakers and those working in the government and civil society organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367479244

Globalisation FDI Regional Integration and Sustainable DevelopmentTheory Evidence and Policy This title was first published in 2002: Anthony Bende-Nabende focuses on the ongoing globalization process which has sparked an unprecedented world-wide debate. He provides a one-stop centre for a balanced coverage of the theoretical empirical and policy issues linking globalization with foreign direct investment regional economic integration and economic growth and sustainable development. This stimulating book comprehensively explores the theoretical and empirical literature inter-linking the aforementioned factors from the anti-globalization activists’ viewpoint and from the pro-globalization proponents’ perspective. It proposes policies that individual countries should pursue based on the recognition that globalization generates both positive and negative effects. These comprise policies required to maximise the economic benefits globalization may generate and those that aim to eliminate or at least minimize the negative development-oriented effects globalization may engender and hence to propel sustainable development. The book will be an essential guide for students academics and those involved in international economics environmental studies international relations and growth and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138705982

Globalisation Freedom and the Media after CommunismThe Past as Future This book examines the fate of post-Soviet press freedom and media culture in the context of the growing impact of globalisation. To understand the complicated situation that has arisen with respect to these issues in post-Soviet space is impossible without collaboration between political scientists sociologists cultural analysts media studies researchers and media practitioners. The book is one of the first attempts to bridge the gaps between political and cultural studies approaches between textual analysis and audience research as well as between practitioner-led and scholarly approaches to the post-Soviet media The cumulative impact of the essays contained in this section is to reinforce the intuition which inspired it: that the post-Soviet media remain a highly heterogeneous complex and dynamic field for investigation. With contributions from scholars and journalists across Europe (including the former Soviet Union) the collection addresses such issues as censorship and elections the legacy of the Soviet past terrorism and the media the post-Soviet business press advertising and nation building official press discourse and entrepreneurship and global formats on Russian television. This book was originally published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508810

Globalisation Higher Education the Labour Market and Inequality Globalisation Higher Education the Labour Market and Inequality addresses the global transformation of higher education in relation to changes in the labour market. It focuses on the relative impact of elements of globalisation on social inequality and provides insights into the ways in which these general forces of change are transformed into specific policies shaped by global forces and the various national values institutional structures and politics of the specified societies. The book begins with a theoretical conceptualization for a comparative understanding of globalization higher education labour markets and inequality. This is followed by a range of mainstream accounts from an international selection of contributors of the ways in which national systems have responded to the forces of globalisation and the increasing demand for higher education graduates – in Australia the Czech Republic Germany Japan New Zealand and the UK. Finally contributors explore more specific concerns such as the transition from higher education to the labour market in China and Sweden the division of the ‘knowledge’ workers into traditional social groups in the US and the role and salience of Doctoral programmes in South Africa in developing a knowledge economy. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Education and Work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138817661

Globalisation Localisation and Sustainable Livelihoods This title was first published in 2002. One of the greatest concerns facing the world is how to ensure that sustainable outcomes are generated as globalization proceeds apace. Quite simply many people are finding their life chances deteriorating - with resistance to globalization being a common response. The question is: is it possible to guarantee sustainable livelihoods for individuals families and communities as global processes increasingly shape local social relations? This volume is a collection of 16 chapters from leading rural sociologists and human geographers based in Europe Australasia and the Americas. The book in three parts deals with globalization and food; the restructuring of local agriculture; and communities and resistance in a globalizing world. The introduction to the book compares and contrasts the various experiences of communities in countries such as Australia Brazil Finland Norway South Africa and the United States as they "struggle" to cope with globalization and its effects. Each chapter discusses options to ameliorate the local consequences of global change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138721678

Globalisation Migration and the Future of EuropeInsiders and Outsiders Showcasing an original interdisciplinary approach this text examines the effect of migration on the domestic politics of individual states and how they are eroding the distinctions between the domestic and foreign policy the ‘inside’ and ‘outside’ components of politics and law. During the twentieth century the context in which migrants negotiate their integration within legal social cultural economic and political spaces changed significantly. Drawing upon varied perspectives from the US UK France Germany Switzerland Russia and Italy among others this work develops a comprehensive understanding of the impact migratory networks are having on European societies. It investigates the strategies of integration or discrimination which are developed in Europe by state institutions legal codes political movements and even immigrant communities themselves when confronted with the growing influence of migratory networks. The result is a highly topical exploration of the political and legal dimensions of migration in the EU that develops new approaches to the issue of social integration and the exclusion of migrants and migrant communities. Globalization Migration and the Future of Europe will be of interest to students and scholars of migration European studies globalization and International Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377196

Globalisation Multilateralism EuropeTowards a Better Global Governance? This student-friendly textbook offers a comprehensive introduction to globalization studies and the European Union within a multipolar world. It provides its readers with critical analysis of the key concepts of multilateral global and regional governance and Europe’s role in the world; and this in an accessible and intelligible fashion. This volume collects contributions by eminent scholars from world class universities from five different continents. As such this unique exercise in transnational multi-disciplinary cooperation provides extensive coverage of the main issues pertaining to multilateral cooperation - notably its history troubles legitimacy challenges and efficiency questions - from a variety of national perspectives. The book covers the major issues confronting students of European and global studies amongst which: pressing security challenges new forms of institutionalized cooperation shifting international trade flows the notion of responsibility to protect social imbalances and environmental emergencies the need for less contingent forms of legitimacy for global regulation as well as global public opinion and transnational civil society networks. Each chapter includes a summary of its salient points; methodological indications; illuminating illustrations; and a suggested list for further reading. This textbook strives to help students develop a better and more secure grasp of the innovative balance between interdisciplinary openness and disciplinary rigor when engaging with global governance studies comparative regionalism normative studies international political economy or international law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409464495

Globalisation Public Opinion and the StateWestern Europe and East and Southeast Asia This is first integrated book-length account of citizen responses to the new global order. Based on a comprehensive survey administered at the end of 2000 in nine European and nine Asian countries this book demonstrates the diverse responses to globalization within and between two of the world's major – and most globally integrated – regions. Globalization Public Opinion and the State is a pioneering empirical study drawing on 18 000 interviews across these 18 European and Asian countries supported by the Japanese Ministry of Education. The Asian-Europe Survey is one of the largest of its kind ever conducted and provides the book with a wealth of novel data on public opinion and social attitudes that identify the linkages between national/regional policy responses and the political and policy orientations of the publics affected. The book uses theoretical insights to situate these public responses and reactions to globalization; and it addresses one question in particular: do nation states matter in how citizens come to view regional and global engagement? Rather than offering another theory about globalization this book presents much-needed empirical findings that help us decide between arguments about the public impact of globalization cross-nationally. This book breaks new ground as there no other comprehensive study in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415514514

Globalisation Tourism and SimulacraA Baudrillardian Study of Tourist Space in Thailand This book draws on the thought of Baudrillard to explore the effects of globalisation and tourism in a Thai context. Arguing that tourism does not necessarily erode local culture but that local culture can in fact be recreated through globalisation and tourism the author employs studies of the Damnoen Saduk and Pattaya floating markets showing them to be simulations of Thai culture that undergo changes of form cultural content and activity through various stages of representation. With a focus on the themes of the circulation of value and signs the play of differences and orders of simulacra this volume examines the extent to which Baudrillard’s theory can apply in a non-western context and in relation to tourism. A study of consumption tourism and the relations between the global and the local Globalisation Tourism and Simulacra will appeal to scholars of sociology and geography with interests tourism globalisation and social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863043

Globalisation Transition and Development in ChinaThe Case of the Coal Industry Based on extensive original research  Globalisation Transition and Development in China explains China's development strategy and its underlying forces and the success of this strategy. It examines China's gradualist approach which emphasizes development first and regards transition and globalization as secondary enacting liberalization of domestic markets and integration into the world economy in a paced way avoiding dramatic changes which might impede or even reverse development and argues that this approach is broadly correct. It considers China's failures including the failure to build large globally competitive corporations despite the intention to do this and shows how China's economic strategy has been implemented in detail with a case study of the large and important coal industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654999

Globalisation and Advertising in Emerging EconomiesBrazil Russia India and China Brazil Russia India and China are four of the largest and most dynamic contemporary emerging economies in the world. Strong economic growth in each of these economies has been accompanied by the expansion of the advertising and consumer goods sectors. Using a series of country studies this book explores the dynamics of global capitalism from the perspective of global advertising. The book highlights the on-going expansion of advertising and consumerism against the wider socio-economic political and cultural contexts. It provides fresh insights about contemporary global priorities and argues that advertising plays a key role linking culture and the economy. By presenting individual case studies of advertising campaigns it offers examples of the globalisation of specific brands. Environmental implications of the expansion of advertising and its role in stimulating consumerism are explored in the context of the four emerging economies. The book compares and contrasts the individual country profiles and makes an assessment of the validity of the argument regarding their projected importance and the likelihood of their future dominance of the global economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138014213

Globalisation and Business Ethics Globalization has become a common phenomenon yet one that many people experience as a threat not only to their economic existence but also to their cultural and moral self-image. This volume takes an interdisciplinary approach to provide a theoretical overview of how business ethics deals with the phenomenon of globalization. The authors first examine the origins and development of globalization and its interaction with business ethics before discussing the impact on and role of national and multinational corporations. The book goes on to examine the relationship between industrialized and developing countries and explores the place of ethics in globalized markets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603724

Globalisation and Economic Security in East AsiaGovernance and Institutions What is the relationship between globalization and economic security? Globalisation and Economic Security in East Asia is an incisive new engagement with this important question that uses detailed conceptual exploration and fresh empirical analysis. Viewing traditional neorealist conceptions of economic security as overly narrow this new study suggests that any conception of economic security in the contemporary era needs to also pay close attention to the nature of global capitalism and the insecurities it generates for societies and individuals. This uniquely open-ended approach to conceptualizing economic security is supported by the East Asian experience. The country case studies included here reveal that while economic security has largely been posed as one of ensuring sustainable economic growth and equitable social development particularly following the 1997 to 1998 Asian financial crisis other more realist conceptions of economic security have not become irrelevant. This is also an exploration of whether and how national regional and multilateral institutions as well as non-state regional mechanisms help policy makers meet the task of governing in the interests of economic security. This book will be of great interest to all students and scholars of international relations international political economy of East Asia globalization and security studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203086155

Globalisation and Education This collection focuses on education policy in the context of globalisation and draws together influential research dealing with the interplay between education policy and globalisation. Globalisation and neo-liberalism in relation to education policy are addressed as is the impact of the global financial crisis the recent rise of ethno-nationalism and progressive challenges to neo-liberal hegemony. A number of chapters deal with the new spatialities instantiated by globalisation's new technology and consider the implications for education policy. Also discussed are global policy actors (such as the OECD EU and edu-businesses) in education policy; the significance of international large scale assessments to an emergent global policy field; refugees and education; English language policy and globalisation; off-shore schools; and the importance of affect in policy in the context of globalisation. The collection closes with two methodological contributions that consider the implications of globalisation in today’s critical education policy analysis. The collection is brought together in a substantial introduction that traverses the literature and research on globalisation and education policy and also situates the chapters and approaches in the collection within the field. The chapters in this book were originally published as articles in various Taylor and Francis journals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138613461

Globalisation and Employee Participation First published in 1997 this is an important and wide-ranging book. It is rooted in a fascinating research-based case study of employee participation in the state-owned Greek public power (electricity) corporation. Drawing on extensive familiarity with the relevant literatures however it also provides a full appreciation of the significance of this case by placing it within both the history and current framework of employee organisation and industrial relations in Greece and the development of Greece as a peripheral capitalist society in a global economy. By exploring the issue of employee participation in this way Dr Psimmenos not only makes a unique original contribution to the study of industrial organisation and management-worker relations in Europe but also shows the impact which the institutions and processes of globalisation have upon a society and economy like Greece – part of the European Union and also subject to the constraints of international capitalism. Globalisation and Employee Participation will be welcomed by academics and researchers in sociology politics industrial relations and political economy as well as those concerned with the history and present state of Greece and other Mediterranean societies. It is a valuable scholarly addition to the literature in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316737

Globalisation and European IntegrationCritical Approaches to Regional Order and International Relations This book explores the links between European integration and globalisation and examines the potential for social transformation in the context of the global economic crisis and the resulting EU reforms. Divided into three parts this book offers both empirical and theoretical analyses of social integration supranationality and global competition. Drawing on Critical Political Economy research Neo-Gramscian Open Marxist Regulationist and Post-structuralist scholars subject a wide range of European flagship policies in matters of competition trade and security to critical scrutiny and relate them to global political economy dynamics. Contributors examine the ways in which current global economic turbulence has affected the European Union its membership and its adjacent areas and determine the potential for economic and political transformation in light of the global economic crisis and Europe’s 2020 Strategy. In the emerging multi-polar world in which the EU and the US are expected to share global policymaking with new powers this book argues for a revised conceptualisation of European integration and its relationship with globalisation. Globalisation and European Integration will be of interest to students scholars and researchers of globalisation political economy international relations and European Union politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415746694

Globalisation and Governance in IndiaNew Challenges to Society and Institutions This book examines the impact of globalization on some vital aspects of Indian politics its structures and processes and identifies the challenges to globalization itself in order to highlight India’s complex and fascinating story. In 1991 India officially embraced the policy of neo-liberal reforms by signing the GATT agreement which exposed the country its society culture and institutions to the various forces of globalization. Globalization as such may not be new to India for the country has been embracing the influence of external cultures and civilisations for millennia but the post-1991 reforms policy marked a significant shift from a predominantly social welfare state and a command economy to a predominantly market driven one. Through a range of disciplinary perspectives the authors analyse how India’s version of secularism communal harmony nationhood the public sphere social justice and the rights of aboriginal communities came under attack from the forces of the new dispensation. The book goes on to show how globalisation in India has posed fresh challenges to political economy democracy federalism decentralization parliamentary system judiciary and the parliamentary Left. Critically reflecting on themes in the context of India’s globalisation that are local regional national and global this book will be of interest to those in the fields of South Asian Politics Globalisation and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320079

Globalisation and Insecurity in the Twenty-First CenturyNATO and the Management of Risk Discusses the impact of globalisation on security in the West and in particular the way it has changed the nature of NATO as well as its security agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466739

Globalisation and Insurgency The central proposition of this book is that global changes have altered the nature of insurgency by weakening some governments and empowering the forces that seek to overthrow them. The book identifies four distinct categories of insurgent force and concludes that globalisation of insurgency leads inexorably to the globalisation of counter-insurgency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432291

Globalisation and Korean Foreign Investment Addressing a previously ignored area this text analyses two converging factors: globalisation and Korean foreign direct investment policy. It looks at the emergence of the Korean government's globalisation objectives and at the response of the chaebol the business groups that brought about their country's rapid industrialisation. The chapters reveal a complex story with political as well as economic dimensions. They also note the impact of the 1997 crisis and the growing importance of inward investment. The book therefore covers developments in Korean economic policy from the Chun-Roh regime to the Kim Dae-Joong era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389248

Globalisation and MigrationNew Issues New Politics This book critically examines the new issues and new politics regarding migration in the era of globalisation from a majority world perspective. It examines the current shifts in the global political economy and the effects it has for example in relation to rural displacement. When and how does this lead to national and/or transnational migration? We need to examine the ways in which migration is cut across and impacts on the generation of racism and xenophobia in the west. The issue of remittances by migrants to the ‘developing’ nations needs careful study as does the controversial issue of ‘brain drain’ versus ‘brain gain’ through migration. The growing importance of trafficking for forced labour has now been taken up by various international bodies but is it the new normality or simply an unfortunate side effect of globalisation to be overcome through legislation? Migration is becoming increasingly gendered in its composition and flows but also in the receiving countries where men and women do very different jobs. We can predict the increasing racialization and gendering of migration but how will the state and society respond to these shifts? This book was published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876443

Globalisation and Services-driven Economic GrowthPerspectives from the Global North and South Following drastic shifts in the spatial organization of goods production increasingly fierce competition now forces firms also to look critically at how to organize the production of services. While digitization and advances in information and communication technologies have enabled firms to unbundle service production processes the increased global availability of skilled labour allows for the relocation of ever more of these processes around the world. As a result a new geography of services production takes shape: a geography that is defined by new interregional and international divisions of labour and held together by increasingly complex global services production networks. This book examines how the reorganisation of services production alters relations between and generates different sets of challenges and opportunities for economic development in the Global North and the Global South. Drawing from 11 case studies probing various aspects of services production in different parts of the world the book brings out the remarkable heterogeneity and transformative capacities of services. It successively shows how global trade in services creates new interdependencies between services producing and services consuming regions; reveals how services help to mitigate the impact of and contribute to recovery from economic crises in the Global North; and demonstrates how services offshoring fosters economic development and service-sector driven modernisation processes in the Global South. The book’s openness to the heterogeneous and dynamic nature of services production enlarges our understanding of which particular services in which spatiotemporal context have the capacity to generate good jobs contribute to productivity and drive economic growth.The book stands out from other books in the field in that it combines perspectives on services-driven transformations from both the Global North and the Global South and looks into the role of various services segments. Based on pioneering empirical research and original data it offers a timely contribution to this growing debate. The book provides valuable insights for students scholars and professionals interested in services services offshoring services-driven growth and socioeconomic transformations in the Global North and South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668143

Globalisation and the Challenge to Criminology There is no doubt that globalisation has profound effects on crime justice and our feelings of security identity and belonging. Many of these affect both the making of laws and the breaking of laws. It has been argued however that criminology has been too provincial focusing as it often does on national laws and issues whilst others have said that globalisation is the stuff of international relations global finance and trade not of criminology. This book disputes this by asserting that criminology has a firm place in this arena and globalisation offers the discipline a challenge that it should relish. Some of the field’s top scholars from the UK the US Canada Australia and New Zealand consider these challenges and present cutting-edge analysis and debate. Topics covered include transnational organised crime international policing and a range of other issues involving global harm such as genocide the workings of international financial institutions the fate of international migrants and the impact of anti-immigration sentiments in Europe. A particular focus is on borders and arrangements that deal with migration and populations that are excluded and adrift. This book highlights criminology’s analysis and engagement in new understandings of globalisation in particular its harmful and unethical manifestations and offers a mode of scrutiny and vigilance. Globalisation and the Challenge to Criminology will be of particular interest to those studying criminology criminal justice policing security and international relations as well as those who seek to understand globalisation and in particular its harmful outcomes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643528

Globalisation and the Labour MarketTrade Technology and Less Skilled Workers in Europe and the United States Incorporating new empirical data and using a wide variety of methods such as econometrics general equilibrium and case studies this detailed volume provides a thorough investigation into the causes of the deterioration in the relative economic fortunes of less-skilled workers across various countries with a focus on the role of globalization. It reveals how in the past thirty years the decline in the wages and employment of less-skilled workers relative to skilled workers in Europe and North America has coincided with an acceleration in 'globalization'. The latter's rapid pace is indicated by the strong growth in both world trade and foreign direct investment which in turn have been stimulated by various factors such as reductions in trade barriers a drastic decline in the costs of communication and transportation and the internationalization of production. Although it is now widely held that the main cause of this rise in inequality seems to be a shift in demand towards higher skilled workers this book aims to shed light on whether it is trade or technology that is primarily responsible for this demand shift. Importantly the studies in this book describe how globalisation and technological change are interacting rather than separate forces. Topical and timely this significant book will be a valuable read for academic researchers analysts and professional economists in the policy making community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648011

Globalisation and the Politics of Forgetting In both academic scholarship and the popular imagination the globality of modern society has been represented by global cities as the corporate and financial epicentres for capital accumulation cosmopolitan cultures and innovative change. This has created an image of the globalised world as empty beyond cities which make it into the global league as paradigmatic 'celebrity' cities. As a counterpoint this book give interpretive weight elsewhere in 'other' places cities and regions drawing on a range of examples from both the developed and developing worlds. This book was previously published as a special issue of the journal Urban Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975255

Globalisation and the Quest for Social and Environmental JusticeThe Relevance of International Law in an Evolving World Order There are few topics as controversial as globalisation. It is meant to bring economic growth and solve a range of social cultural and humanitarian problems. However there are significant debates in relation to the extent that the reality of globalisation reflects this idealized vision. In particular globalisation has produced a highly interdependent world rendering state boundaries meaningless and challenging the ideology and limits of certain areas of international law. This book will provide the opportunity to address some of the multifaceted issues provoked by the issue of globalisation. The book is an exploration of the intricate nexus that emerges as a result of globalisation inextricably linking together issues of international law human rights environmental law and international trade law. Bringing together a number of experts in the field the book focuses on the areas of social justice and environmental justice and explores the links that exists between the two and the effect of globalisation on these areas. A variety of topics are addressed throughout the chapters of this book – including biodiversity the law of the sea biotechnology child labour the rights of women corporate social responsibility terrorism and counter-terrorism water resources intellectual property rights and the role of non-government organisations. As globalisation has many facets and actors the contributions to the book engage with interdisciplinary research to deal with the various challenges identified and critically explore both the potential of globalisation as a vehicle of sustainable and equitable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813181

Globalisation and Women in the Japanese Workforce Globalisation and Women in the Japanese Workforce contributes to the debate about the impact of globalisation upon women. It examines the effect of restructuring upon women's employment in Japan and describes the actions women are taking individually and collectively to campaign for change in their working environment and the laws and practices regulating it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655002

Globalisation For Sale First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138991934

Globalisation of Water: Opportunities and Threats of Virtual Water TradePhD: UNESCO-IHE Institute Delft The river basin is no longer the appropriate spatial unit for analysing water problems. With increasing trade between nations and continents water is more and more often used to produce goods that are exported. This book analyses this issue for the first time on a global scale. It addresses questions such as: Is the import of water in virtual form � in the form of imported commodities � a solution to water scarce countries? What threats are there in countries becoming �water dependent�? Can international trade be a tool to enhance global water use efficiency or is it a means of shifting the environment burden to a distant location? The book shows the water footprint of nations a consumer based indicator of water use which can be used as a tool to understand the impacts of local consumption on global water resources and the dependency of any country on external water resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138424005

Globalised FootballNations and Migration the City and the Dream When studying the social phenomena in and around football five major aspects of globalisation processes become evident: international migration the global flow of capital the syncretistic nature of tradition and modernity in contemporary culture new experiences of time and space and the revolution in information technologies. In an exploration of these themes the collection provides insight into academic studies of football in Portugal Germany England Spain Brazil Angola Mozambique China Japan South Korea Russia and the USA. At examining football-related phenomena under the headings of nations and migration myths and business the city and the dream it shows how modernised football itself is object and subject in processes of both neo-liberal globalisation and counter hegemonic globalisation. While the contributions highlight characteristics of particular local and national contexts the volume focuses on global centre-periphery-relations and migration trajectories of football professionals by analysing recent developments in post-colonial Portuguese speaking areas: The high ranking of "Portuguese football" not only serves in national(ist) discourses or in order to emancipate the country from a marginal position it also turns Portugal into a football-talent exporter confronting it partly with the same ambiguous consequences as Brazil and the African countries who "lose" their football talents to the European centre. The receiving countries again include Portugal. This book was previously published as a special issue of Soccer in Society Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762007

Globalised re/gendering of the academy and leadership The significance of Higher Education to national knowledge-based economies has made the sector the object of government policies international monitoring and corporatization. This radical global restructuring of higher education is gendered in its processes practices and effects. Exploring how the re-organisation of the sector has redefined academic management and professional roles and identities this book considers the different impacts of structural change for men and women working at diverse levels of the academy. Drawing from empirical studies undertaken in Europe North America Asia and Australasia the contributions offer a range of theoretical and methodological perspectives including large scale comparative data and case studies. They inform what is a key policy issue in the 21st century – the re-positioning of women in the academy and leadership. Despite a range of institutional equity strategies in which women learnt the ‘rules of the game’ this book shows that structural and cultural barriers – often conceptualised through metaphors such as sticky floors glass ceilings chilly climates or dead-end pipelines – have not disappeared as might be expected as the academy becomes numerically feminized. Each chapter provides an insight into how historical legacies cultural contexts geographic locations modes of regional and institutional governance and national policies are mediated and vernacularized through practice by localized gender regimes and orders. This book was originally published as a special issue of Gender and Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029968

Globalising British Policing Globalising British Policing demonstrates how the policing system in place in Britain today has emerged from an historical overlap of two broad policing models: a civil (English) and a semi-military (colonial) tradition. Until relatively recently colonial policing received considerably less scholarly attention than the policing of mainland Britain. This volume comprises four sections: section I considers works on British colonial policing up until the Second World War; section II moves to post-war colonial policing through the era of decolonisation; section III looks more closely at the policing of Northern Ireland and section IV shows how the meshing of these policing systems are currently contributing to the globalisation of British policing today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629559

Globalising FoodAgrarian Questions and Global Restructuring In an increasingly global world societies are being provisioned from a bewildering array of sources as new countries and new food commodities are drawn into international markets. Globalising Food provides an innovative contribution to the area of political economy of agriculture food and consumption through a revealing investigation of the globalisation and restructuring of localised agricultural sectors and food systems.The book draws on new theoretical perspectives and wide-ranging case studies from Britain the USA India South Africa New Zealand and Latin America. The key themes addresses range from giant multinational food corporations rural industrialisation and World Bank policies to the regulation of pollution labour relations urban food politics and environmental sustainability. Globalising Food offers important insights into the problems consequences and limits of the industrialisation of agriculture and the provisioning of food in a global world as we approach the new millenium. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203444894

Globalising SociolinguisticsChallenging and Expanding Theory This book challenges the predominance of mainstream sociolinguistic theories by focusing on lesser known sociolinguistic systems from regions of Africa Asia the Caribbean South America the European Mediterranean and Slavic regions as well as specific speech communities such as those speaking Nivkh Jamaican Creole North Saami and Central Yup’ik. In nineteen chapters the specialist authors look at key sociolinguistic aspects of each region or speech community such as gender politeness strategies 　speech patterns　and the effects of social hierarchy on language concentrating on the differences from mainstream models. The volume introduced by Miriam Meyerhoff has been written by the leading expert of each specific region or community and includes contributions by Rajend Mesthrie Marc Greenberg and Daming Xu. This publication draws together connections across regions/communities and considers how mainstream sociolinguistics is incomplete or lacking. It reveals how lesser-known cultures can play an important role in the building of theory in sociolinguistics. Globalising Sociolinguistics　is essential reading for any researcher in sociolinguistics and language variation and will be a key reference for advanced sociolinguistics courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415725606

Globalising the ClimateCOP21 and the climatisation of global debates Frequently presented as a historic last chance to set the world on a course to prevent catastrophic climate change the 21st Conference of the Parties to the Climate convention (COP21) was a global summit of exceptional proportions. Bringing together negotiators scientists journalists and representatives of global civil society it also constituted a privileged vantage point for the study of global environmental governance "in the making". This volume offers readers an original account of the current state of play in the field of global climate governance. Building upon a collaborative research project on COP21 carried out by a multidisciplinary team of twenty academics with recognised experience in the field of environmental governance the book takes COP21 as an entry point to analyse ongoing transformations of global climate politics and to scrutinise the impact of climate change on global debates more generally. The book has three key objectives: To analyse global climate governance through a combination of long-term analysis and on-sight observation; To identify and analyse the key spaces of participation in the global climate debate; To examine the "climatisation" of a series of crosscutting themes including development energy security and migration. This book will be of great interest to students scholars and policymakers of climate politics and governance international relations and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367026790

Globalising Worlds and New Economic Configurations Over the last few decades circuits of capital have been stretched through processes of economic globalization leading to complex and hybrid outcomes that result in different modes of production and consumption. Understanding these new economic configurations and their geographic patterns requires incorporating new theoretical arguments based on for example chain and network concepts. This edited volume brings together theoretically-informed analysis from Asia Europe and North America to illustrate the way in which new economic configurations have been developed and to understand individual local and regional responses to a variety of global challenges threats and opportunities. The different examples presented illustrate that economic structures and flows have changed dramatically over the past decades with profound impacts for the economic and regional actors involved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389255

Globalism and Comparative Public Administration Globalization rapidly evolving communication and information technology and the spread of democracy across the world are reshaping public organizations and changing governance. Yet graduate students and public administration academics have limited resources with which to develop a real-world understanding of the conceptual evolution and the changing contextual relationships in the field. Helping to fill this void Globalism and Comparative Public Administration examines comparative public administration from the 1960s to the present—providing an integrated and realistic view of the comparative perspective and its rationale. It explores the development and contributions of the comparative approach and explains how it is essential for developing the depth and breadth needed to transform public administration to a global field of learning and practice. Building on the success of the 2002 edition the book covers new topics and offers expanded discussions on globalism governance and global ethics. From classic models to novel concepts and practices this volume provides an exhaustive view of the development of the comparative perspective and its contributions of practical administrative knowledge that are applicable beyond national boundaries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439854587

Globalism and Gendering CancerTracking the Trope of Oncogenic Women from the US to Kenya This book connects a rhetorical examination of medical and public health policy documents with a humanistic investigation of cultural texts to uncover the link between gendered representations of health and cancer. The author argues that in western biomedical contexts cancer is considered a women’s disease and their bodies are treated as inherently oncogenic or cancer-producing which leads to biomedical practices that adversely impact their bodily autonomy. She examines how these biases traverse national boundaries by examining the transmission of biomedical cancer practices from the US and international organizations to Kenya. This book is suited to scholars and students working in the fields of Rhetorics of Health and Medicine Medical Humanities and Gender Studies. It is also of interest to medical professionals and readers interested in globalism and global health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367198107

Globalism and LocalizationEmergent Solutions to Ecological and Social Crises Considering the context of the present ecological and social crisis this book takes an interdisciplinary approach to explore the relationship between globalism and localization. Globalism may be viewed as a positive emergent property of globalization. The latter depicts a worldwide economic and political system and arguably a worldview that has directly increased planetary levels of injustice poverty militarism violence and ecological destruction. In contrast globalism represents interconnected systems of exchange and resourcefulness through increased communications across innumerable global diversities. In an economic cultural and political framework localization centers on small-scale communities placed within the immediate bioregion providing intimacy between the means of production and consumption as well as long-term security and resilience. There is an increasing movement towards localization in order to counteract the destruction wreaked by globalization yet our world is deeply and integrally immersed within a globalized reality. Within this collection contributors expound upon the connection between local and global phenomenon within their respective fields including social ecology climate justice ecopsychology big history peace ecology social justice community resilience indigenous rights permaculture food justice liberatory politics and both transformative and transpersonal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367222611

Globalism and Regional Economy The book covers the results of trial and error of regional economies in Japan Korea Austria New Zealand and the UK over the past two decades. Since the end of the cold war regional economies have been struggling to meet the demands of global change and are trying to find a new approach based on "inter-regional cooperation" to survive and develop further. This book focuses on the circumstances of regional economies worldwide as well as three important issues of concern: commercial and policy issues international trade and promoting a regional approach in international tourism. The book presents case studies of five countries and examines the possibility of application to other regions. Although every region has suffered from the decline of traditional industries in the face of international competition academic analysis of successful cases are particularly useful and relevant to the reforms of regional economies and their development. This book also discusses the current problems of FTAs tourism medical management and regional management and suggests possible short-term development strategies. Regional economies have begun a number of initiatives in these fields in the globalized world. The book demonstrates the current results of such initiatives. The book also explores new patterns of collaboration between regions of different countries following their recent initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918023

Globalism Versus RealismInternational Relations' Third Debate This book presents seminal works that define and illuminate the international relations' third debate focused by the editors' comments. It is designed for students and scholars to compare and contrast the contending approaches to understand and develop the discipline of international relations. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367169046

Globality Democracy and Civil Society Globality Democracy and Civil Society explores the relationship between the concepts of democracy and civil society through a comparison of their meaning and function in different historical and cultural contexts. This volume presents detailed contextual studies in Europe North America Japan Russia and Turkey. The contributors explore different ways of understanding and developing democratic practices and institutions. Rather than projecting the conditions of modern representative state-centric democracy onto the global realm they propose ways of rethinking these very conditions in terms of human diversity and difference. This is done by exploring conceptions of democracy that reconcile cultural plurality with democratic practices and by using a number of examples and perspectives framed by a global context rather than by geographical divides between East and West. The contributors are not trying to define the concept of civil society but rather demonstrating the different ways it is deployed in political practice and disseminated through on-going processes of globalisation. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of global democracy and governance cosmopolitan democracy the future of civil society in a globalising world comparative politics and political thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975262

Globalization The constraints of geography are shrinking and the world is becoming a single place. Globalization and the global society are increasingly occupying the centre of sociological debates. Widely discussed by journalists and a key goal for many businesses globalization has become a buzz-word in recent years. In this extensively revised and restructured new edition of Globalization Malcolm Waters provides a user-friendly introduction to the main arguments about the process including a chapter on the critiques of the globalization thesis that have emerged since the first edition was published. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203136478

Globalization Competition and Growth in China Presenting original work and new thinking on a wide range of important issues  the book explores the current state of globalization competition and growth in China. China has produced an economic miracle since the late 1970s in its transition from a planned to a market economy. This remarkable economic performance was brought about by an open-door policy and gradual integration with the world economy culminating in China’s admission into the World Trade Organisation in 2001. Studies included in this book focus on issues such as foreign direct investment international trade reforms in the financial sector the development of rural township and village enterprises the investment strategies of multinational corporations and economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648066

Globalization Competitiveness and Human Security This collection explores the connections between globalization competitiveness and human security and their relevance for development studies. These issues amongst others are also explored in a number of case studies taken from Asia Africa and Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138419117

Globalization Democratization and Asian LeadershipPower Sharing Foreign Policy and Society in the Philippines and Japan The foreign policies of presidents prime ministers and their foreign secretaries can be influenced by the preferences of domestic and international nongovernmental actors as well as those of other governments. Representative democracy media power citizen activism and the globalization of politics and telecommunications for example have accelerated changes in the sharing of power. This book focuses on the Philippines and Japan where willingly and unwillingly foreign policy executives share power with individuals and groups inside and outside of government bureaucracies and their societies. The book retells the foreign policy narratives of regional cooperation military relations and official development assistance (foreign aid) revealing how executive foreign policy makers and civil society organizations share power - and succeed or fail - in a globalizing democratizing world. A variety of published unpublished and declassified sources provide journalists scholars government practitioners and global citizens with a sophisticated understanding of the domestic politics of foreign policy making as well as its intergovernmental and transnational side. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263826

Globalization Difference and Human Security Globalization Difference and Human Security seeks to advance critical human security studies by re-framing the concept of human security in terms of the thematic of difference. Drawing together a wide range of contributors the volume is framed among others around the following key questions: What are the silences and erasures of advancing a critical human security alternative without making recognition of difference its central plank?How do we rethink the complex interplay of human security and difference in distinct and varied spatial and cultural settings produced by global forces? What is the nexus between human security and the broader field of global development? What new challenges to Human Security and International Relations are produced with the rise of the ‘post-liberal’ or ‘post-secular’ subject? In what ways releasing human security from identification with the territorial state helps reconceptualize culture? How does Human Security serve as a subspecies of modern humanitarian thought or the latter reinforce imperial imaginaries and the structures of order and morality? Is the pursuit of indigenous rights fundamentally counterpoised to the pursuit of human security? What difference it might make to take the ‘doings and beings’ of communities-of-subsistence rather than basic-needs/wealth-seeking individuals as a point of departure in critical human security studies? How does reconstruction bind post-war and post-disaster states and societies into the global capitalist-democratic political structure? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288010

Globalization Ethics and IslamThe Case of Bediuzzaman Said Nursi Said Nursi (1877-1960) was an advocate of a form of Islam strongly committed to non-violence and constructive engagement with the West and Christianity. He has six million followers - the Nursi community - primarily in Turkey. Yet many in the USA and Europe are not familiar with his important work; this book seeks to rectify that gap. In Globalization Ethics and Islam Jewish Christian and Islamic scholars reflect upon the achievement of Said Nursi and apply his thought to the complex issues of non-violence dialogue and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262751

Globalization Hegemony and PowerAntisystemic Movements and the Global System This book explores the closely related dynamics of globalization hegemony and resistance movements in the modern world. Complimented by dramatic explorations of the new trans-border resistance movements from the contemporary labor movement to the resurgence of nationalism this book moves beyond the traditional focus on cycles of rise and decline of great powers to asses the pressing questions at the intersection of contemporary globalizations and hegemonic rise decline and resurgence of civilizations. Moreover the book provides a compelling analysis of the role of contemporary globalization in the resurgence of Islamic activism across the globe and the challenges this poses for traditional theories of modernity and global social movements. Contributors: Immanuel Wallerstein Joachim Rennstich William Robinson Jeffrey Kentor AMy Holmes Kathleen Schwartzman Edna Bonacich Terry Boswell Paul M. Lubeck & Thomas Reifer Lauren Langman & Douglas Morris. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634371

Globalization Industrialization and Labour Markets in East and South Asia Among the key debates fought in developing economies is whether globalization through liberalization is the means by which economies can industrialize and provide their labour forces with tangible improvements in the material conditions of living. This book addresses this issue head on using empirical evidence from some of the fastest growing and transition economies from East and South Asia. Countries such as the Philippines and Malaysia have already started to deindustrialize before enjoying industrial maturity while with the exception of China and evidence of some growth in real wages in the other economies the evidence appears compelling to suggest that increased industrialization and integration into the capitalist economy have not succeeded in providing significant labour improvement. The evidence suggests that a proactive state focusing on enhancing the material conditions of labour is pertinent to ensuring sustainable long term industrialization and thus improving material conditions for workers. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of the Asia Pacific Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086609

Globalization Knowledge and LabourEducation for Solidarity within Spaces of Resistance This book begins from the central premise that progressive social change requires collective struggle underpinned by a clear strategy and that processes of neoliberal globalisation have altered the cartography upon which social struggle takes place. Drawing on insights from the knowledge production processes of labour movements around the world this research seeks to highlight the central importance of knowledge production and processes of learning within social movements. Providing both a comprehensive theoretical and empirical introduction to the relationship between globalisation knowledge and social movement strategy the authors contend that the production and dissemination of alternative knowledge is central to a resurgence of working-class power. By presenting a wide range of case-studies the book highlights the centrality of knowledge production and circulation processes to the potential expansion and revitalization of the role of civil society in the promotion of social democracy. The chapter contributors include activist-scholars whose work represents a broad perspective on ‘labour’ including the unemployed the self-employed at the margins of the labour market the unorganized and those who work in the informal economy. Delivering work which is at once theoretically rich and yet empirically informed this work will be of interest to students and scholars from a range of disciplines including International Relations Development Studies Critical Labour and Social Movement Studies and Education. It will also be of relevance to activists and practitioners engaged in strategy development and education in various social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415502405

Globalization Labor Export and ResistanceA Study of Filipino Migrant Domestic Workers in Global Cities Moving beyond polemical debates on globalization this study considers complex intersections of gender race ethnicity nationality and class within the field of globalized labor. As a significant contribution to the on-going debate on the role of neoliberal states in reproducing gender-race-class inequality in the global political economy the volume examines the aggressive implementation of neoliberal policies of globalization in the Philippines and how labor export has become a contradictory feature of the country's international political economy while being contested from below. Lindio-McGovern presents theoretical and ethnographic insights from observational and interview data gathered during fieldwork in various global cities—Hong Kong Taipei Rome Vancouver Chicago and Metro-Manila. The result is a compelling weave of theory and experience of exploitation and resistance an important development in discourses and literature on globalization and social movements seeking to influence regimes that exploit migrant women as cheap labor to sustain gendered global capitalism. Globalization Labor Export and Resistance: A Study of Filipino Migrant Domestic Workers in Global Cities is an invaluable resource for scholars researchers policy makers non-governmental organizations community organizers students of globalization trade and labor politics. It will be useful in the fields of women/gender studies labor studies transnational social movements political economy development international migration international studies international fieldwork and qualitative/feminist research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415706186

Globalization Labour Markets and Inequality in India India started on a program of reforms both in its external and internal aspects sometime in the mid-eighties and going on into the nineties. While the increased exposure to world markets (‘globalization’) and relaxation of domestic controls has undoubtedly given a spurt to the GDP growth rate its impact on poverty inequality and employment have been controversial. This book examines in detail these aspects of post-reform India and discerns the changes and trends which these new developments have created. Providing an original analysis of unit-level data available from the quinquennial National Sample Surveys the Annual Surveys of Industries and other basic data sources the authors analyse and compare the results with other pieces of work in the literature. As well as describing the overall situation for India the book highlights regional differences and looks at the major industrial sectors such as agriculture manufacturing and tertiary services. The important topic of labor market institutions - both for the formal or organized and the unorganized sectors - is considered and the possible adverse effect on employment growth of the regulatory labor framework is examined carefully. Since any reform of this framework must go hand in hand with better state intervention in the informal sector to have any chance of acceptance politically some of the major initiatives in this area are critically explored. Overall this book will be of great interest to development economists labour economists and specialists in South Asian Studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415544856

Globalization Migration and Social TransformationIreland in Europe and the World In the space of around ten years Ireland went from being a traditional labour exporter to a leading European economy and thus an attractive destination for immigrants from Eastern Europe and further afield. This produced a singular social laboratory which this book explores in all its complexity set against the backdrop of globalization. Until recently seen as a showcase for the success of globalization Ireland also became a destination for those displaced by the effects of globalization elsewhere. Globalization Migration and Social Transformation takes Ireland as a paradigmatic case of social transformation exploring the reasons why emigration was so rapidly replaced by immigration along with the social political cultural and economic effects of this shift. Presenting the latest research around the themes of identity social transformations and EU and Irish politics and policy this book offers a rich array of detailed empirical case studies drawn from Ireland which shed light on the experiences of immigrant groups from around the world and the wider processes of social transformation. In addition it examines the manner in which the Irish state and the broader political system relate to new migrants and vice-versa thus advancing our comparative understanding of how the European Union is responding to the challenge of mass migration. Globalization Migration and Social Transformation makes a strong contribution to the comparative literature on immigration and integration diaspora and social transformation in the era of globalization and as such it will appeal to social scientists with interests in migration race and ethnicity globalization and Irish studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602352

Globalization Modernity and the City We live in a world of big cities. Urbanization globalization and modernization have received considerable attention but rarely are the connections and relations between them the subjects of similar attention. Cities are an integral part of the network of globalization and important sites of modernization. Globalization Modernity and The City weaves together broad social themes with detailed urban analysis to explore the connections between the rise of big cities the creation of a global network and the making of the modern world. It explains the growth of big cities the urban bias of global flows and the creation of metropolitan modernities. The text develops broad theories of the subtle and complex interactions between urbanization globalization and modernization in a sweep of the urban experience across the globe. Thematic chapters explore the making of the modern city in profiles of the growth of urban spectaculars the role of flanerie the traffic issues of the modernist city recurring issues of urban utopias and the rise of the primate city. Detailed case studies are drawn from cities in Australia China and the USA. Urban snapshots of cities such as Atlanta Barcelona Istanbul Mumbai and Seoul provide a truly global coverage. The book links together broad social themes with deep urban analysis. This well-written accessible and illustrated text will appeal to the broad audience of all those interested in the urban present and the metropolitan future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857888

Globalization Modernity and the Rise of Religious FundamentalismThe Challenge of Religious Resurgence against the “End of History” (A Diale The emergence of religious fundamentalism in a globalized post-colonial world poses a significant challenge to the "End of History" narratives common in academic and non-academic literature alike.Globalization Modernity and the Rise of Religious Fundamentalism proposes that we must seek new explanations for this phenomenon that recasts the relationship between globalization modernity and religion. One model through which this possible is that of a dialectical kaleidoscopic methodology â€“ one that applies a variety of theoretical tools and takes a truly multi-dimensional perspective. Through the overlapping and complementary approaches of systems theory field theory and network theory this book redefined the concepts of globalization modernity and religion itself by challenging the inherent misconceptions of ethnocentric biases. It also provides a thorough historical analysis of religious systems from antiquity to the present to show the integration of modern and archaic elements within the structure of religious fundamentalism.Interdisciplinary in nature Globalization Modernity and the Rise of Religious Fundamentalism will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as geopolitics history of race and ethnicity postcolonialism globalization and sociology of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728762

Globalization Outsourcing and Labour Development in ASEAN Due to technical advances in production and communication technology outsourcing – contracting out production of intermediate materials and services – has affected the economic growth of the ASEAN region. This new book fills an important gap in the literature looking at the impact outsourcing has on labour markets its subtle effects on regional economies and policy implications. Shandre Thangavelu and Aekapol Chongvilaivan investigate various impacts of outsourcing on labour markets such as its effects on labour productivity skill upgrading human capital and training in ASEAN economies with a focus on the experience of the two ASEAN countries as a global hub of outsourcing: Singapore and Thailand. This book approaches these research inquiries by developing several econometric models including primal production functions and dual cost functions among others. The empirical evidence this book reveals provides interesting insights into and implications on labour and industry development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901384

Globalization Planning and Local Economic Development This textbook looks at economic development at the local community or regional scale. It provides students with a comprehensive introduction to contemporary thinking about locally-based economic development how growth can be planned and how that development can be realized. Globalization Planning and Local Economic Development:• Provides students with a thorough understanding of current debates around local and regional development and how that body of work can assist them in helping communities grow;• Equips students with a ‘toolkit’ of strategies that enable them to both plan for development and deliver that development through their professional lives; • Offers a roadmap for economic development that helps students make sense of place-based development by providing a ‘meta narrative’ of how regions grow and how those processes can be enhanced. This integrating perspective will be organized around the concept of competitiveness and how that concept can be understood and operationalized in various ways; • Introduces students to a range of techniques essential to success in economic development planning. In addition to a wealth of case studies and pedagogical features in the book this text is also complemented by online resources. In offering a full toolkit of economic development knowledge techniques and strategies this text will thoroughly prepare students for a career in urban planning transport planning human geography applied economic analysis geographic information systems or work as an economic development practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810310

Globalization Political Institutions and the Environment in Developing Countries Though industrialized countries are usually the ones indicted when environmental pollution is discussed over the few last years the rate of emissions in developing countries has increased by a startling amount. The fallout from this increase is evidenced by the struggle of cities like Beijing to improve their air quality. Yet there also exist developing countries such as Thailand that have managed to limit their emissions to more tolerable levels raising the question: why are some developing countries more willing or able to take care of their environment than others? In this volume Gabriele Spilker proposes two factors for the differences in developing countries’ environmental performance: integration into the international system and domestic political institutions. Focusing on developing countries generally but also closely examining important global powers such as China and India Spilker employs a rigorous quantitative analysis to demonstrate the importance of considering various aspects of the international system in order to draw more comprehensive conclusions about how globalization affects environmental performance.　She asserts that democratic political institutions can shield developing countries from the negative consequences of either trade or foreign direct investment. But at the same time developing countries by avoiding demanding commitments are more likely to use environmental treaties as a cover than as a real plan of action. Adding a new dimension to the existing body of research on environmental quality and commitment Spilker convincingly demonstrates how international and domestic political factors interact to shape developing countries’ ability and willingness to care for their natural environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138914643

Globalization Southeastern Europe and the World Economy This book explores the key economic issues facing Southeastern Europe and Bosnia and Herzegovina within the context of the serious challenges that the global economy has faced in recent years.The book combines rigorous analysis of the issues faced by the region with a constructive approach to identifying solutions for a positive future trajectory. The book starts by exploring the economic challenges facing the world economy both before and during the global economic crisis. The second part of the volume focuses on south-eastern Europe and especially on the Western Balkans assessing the best ways of achieving a positive economic future for small open economies in the region. The final part of the volume examines the economic challenges in Bosnia and Herzegovina. The final section examines the economic challenges in Bosnia and Herzegovina arguing that it is most useful to view the country within the context of the regional and global economies.The book will be extremely useful for scholars working on European Economics transition economics and the global economy and the financial crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668976

Globalization Technological Change and Public Education Globalization Technological Change and Public Education documents the dramatic changes taking place in public education through the incorporation of new information technologies. These additions to the public school environment have generally been seen as enabling tools to help students and nations compete in the global marketplace. Yet a closer look at the interplay of technological change and organizational restructuring suggests the emergence of new less promising power relations. Through detailed ethnographic research and interviews in the Los Angeles public school system Torin Monahan reveals how with few exceptions these changes to the educational process are forcing both students and workers to adapt to systems that are ever more rigid and controlling. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203632987

Globalization the Nation-State and the CitizenDilemmas and Directions for Civics and Citizenship Education The past decade has seen an explosion of interest in civics and citizenship education. There have been unprecedented developments in citizenship education taking place in schools adult education centers or in the less formally structured spaces of media images and commentary around the world. This book provides an overview of the development of civics and citizenship education policy across a range of nation states. The contributors all widely respected scholars in the field of civics and citizenship education provide a thorough understanding of the different ways in which citizenship has been taken up by educators governments and the wider public. Citizenship is never a single given unproblematic concept but rather its meanings have to be worked through and developed in terms of the particularities of socio-political location and history. This volume promotes a wider and more grounded understanding of the ways in which citizenship education is enacted across different nation states in order to develop education for active and participatory citizenry in both local and global contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848015

Globalization the Third World State and Poverty-Alleviation in the Twenty-First Century This title was first published in 2002.Bringing together an inspiring mix of US and African contributors this book explores the dynamics of the unfolding globalized economic political socio-cultural and environmental systems. Featuring incisive international commentary on the causes and consequences of poverty in the Third World it presents a powerful study of the strategies by which Third World governments and civil society can overcome poverty by insinuating themselves more creatively into the global order. The result is one of the defining works so far produced on the tensions between globalization and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730304

Globalization Urban Progress Urban Problems Rural DisadvantagesEvidence from Mozambique This title was first published in 2000:  This text demonstrates the mutual effects of and interconnections between globalization urbanization and rural stagnation both theoretically and empirically. It places its comprehensive empirical investigation on two levels of urbanization - the peri-urban and the fully urbanized areas - and includes the analysis of the rural conditions into the context of the Southern African region and also into the context of global processes in an historical and interdisciplinary perspective. The text analyzes the magnitude of the two gaps and the process of social change between the three areas objectively by showing the changing social interaction patterns the differences in housing and other socio-economic variables and subjectively through showing the judgement of the people of these variables the degree of satisfaction and depression. As the majority of variables reveal poverty the root causes for it in Mozambique Africa and the Third World are analyzed and aspects of an alternative development and an alternative globalization are presented. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138736832

Globalization Violence and the Visual Culture of Cities What connects garbage dumps in New York bomb sites in Baghdad and skyscrapers in São Paulo? How is contemporary visual culture – extending from art and architecture to film and digital media – responding to new forms of violence associated with global and globalizing cities? Addressing such questions this book is the first interdisciplinary volume to examine the complex relationship between globalization violence and the visual culture of cities. Violence – in both material and cultural forms – has been a prominent and endemic feature of urban life in the global metropolitan era. Focusing on visual culture and offering a strong humanities perspective that is currently lacking in existing scholarship this book seeks to understand how the violent effects of globalization have been represented theorized and experienced across a wide range of cultural contexts and urban locations in Asia Europe North and South America and the Middle East. Organized around three interrelated themes – fear memory and spectacle – essay topics range from military targeting in Baghdad carceral urbanism in São Paulo and the Paris banlieue riots to the security aesthetics of G8 summits the architecture of urban paranoia and the cultural afterlife of the Twin Towers. Globalization Violence and the Visual Culture of Cities offers fresh insight into the problems and potential of cities around the world including Beijing Berlin London New York Paris and São Paulo. With specially-commissioned essays from the fields of cultural theory architecture film photography and urban geography this innovative volume will be a valuable resource for students scholars and researchers across the humanities and social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975293

Globalization – The Juggernaut of the 21st Century While some people debate whether globalization really exists it proceeds apace affecting all societies. It presents us with unknown challenges and as governments start to discuss what to do about these challenges it is becoming obvious that globalization is not manageable. With globalization the juggernaut of the 21st century all countries of the world become interdependent in relation to the coming energy crisis climate change the sharper cleavages between rich and poor countries and people and the emergence of a multicultural social structure. This interesting and erudite book adopts a distinctive approach to the multiple dimensions of the globalization debate. The impressive coverage of philosophical thought - including Popper Weber Habermas Lipset and Hobbes - makes a valuable contribution to the debates on globalization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585079

Globalization and AntiglobalizationDynamics of Change in the New World Order Globalization has changed the context for and the organizational forms of politics unleashing forces in support of and in opposition to the globalization dynamic. Investigating the dynamics of change and development in two regions of the world economy Latin America and Asia this book evaluates these forces their political dynamics and the responses of governments and citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138371422

Globalization and AntiglobalizationDynamics of Change in the New World Order This title was first published in 2003. Globalisation can be seen to provide the context for epoch-defining changes in social and economic forms of organisation. However it has also changed the context for and the organisational forms of politics unleashing forces in support of and in opposition to the globalisation dynamic. This text examines the dynamics of change and development in two regions of the world economy Latin America and Asia and is a series of explorations into the forces their political dynamics and the responses of governments and citizens. The focus of the explorations and regional case studies is on the role of the nation-state international organisations and social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724396

Globalization and Capitalist GeopoliticsSovereignty and state power in a multipolar world Globalization and Capitalist Geopolitics is concerned with the nature of corporate power against the backdrop of the decline of the West and the struggle by non-western states to challenge and overcome domination of the rest of the world by the West. This book argues that although the US continues to preside over a quasi-imperial system of power based on global military preponderance and financial statecraft and remains reluctant to recognize the realities global economic convergence the age of imperial state hegemony is giving way to a new international order characterized by capitalist sovereignty and competition between regional and transnational concentrations of economic power. This title seeks to interrogate the structure of world order by examining leading approaches to globalization and political economy in international relations and international political economy. Breaking with the classical school Woodley argues that geopolitics should be understood as a transnational strategic practice employed by powerful state actors which mirrors predatory corporate rivalry for control over global resources and markets reproducing the structural conditions for corporate power through the transnational state form of capital. In a period of increasing geopolitical insecurity and economic instability this title provides an authoritative yet accessible commentary on debates on capitalism and globalization in the wake of the financial crisis. It is valuable resource for students and scholars seeking to develop a deeper understanding of the historical determinants of the changing dynamics of neoliberal capitalism and their implications for world order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815377467

Globalization and Common Responsibilities of States There is a growing awareness that international law insufficiently protects common global interests and that States and non-State actors need to work together to protect global aims. The focus of this book is on the different fields of international law where there is a need for global cooperation to achieve common aims for example: the law of the sea; protection of world cultural heritage; sustainable development biological diversity and climate change; human rights; and international crimes. The volume also identifies the legal developments which have taken place for example treaties which use the language of ’common heritage of mankind’ or ’common concern of humanity’ thereby identifying global concerns and reflecting a global set of values and interests independent of the interests of States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754629139

Globalization and CompetitivenessBig Business in Asia This book evaluates the evolution of 'Big Business in Asia' as we enter the new millennium. It focuses on recent issues affecting large corporations both indigenous and foreign owned such as multinational companies and international joint ventures as well as on key events such as the Asian Crisis and its aftermath China's entry into the WTO the recent downturn in the world economy and the onset of SARS. A special issue of the journal Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203086872

Globalization and Corporate Citizenship: The Alternative GazeA Collection of Seminal Essays The theory and practice of corporate citizenship and CSR have many alternative perspectives to the business-as-usual gaze. The essays in this volume encapsulate the essence of these alternative ideas and embrace the idea that progressive ways and means of this century do not lie in mainstream capitalist thinking. These pieces ask critical questions about the way we see the relationship between capitalism business models and society – a subject not often discussed in non-academic literature. Globalization and Corporate Citizenship: The Alternative Gaze features contributions and new analysis from Klaus M. Leisinger Chris Laszlo David Coopperrider Simon Zadek Sandra Waddock and others. This title is one of a two-volume set – a collection of seminal and thought-provoking essays drawn from the Journal of Corporate Citizenship’s archive accompanied by new analysis and reflection from the original authors. Written by some of the most widely recognized academic and business pioneers and leaders of the corporate responsibility and global sustainability movement the volumes make essential reference texts for anyone interested in the radically awakening new global political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783534968

Globalization and Development in East Asia East Asia is widely regarded as the main "winner" in contemporary globalization unscathed by the economic crisis of 2008 with its leading new industrializing nations and emerging economies. While 20th-century globalization was mainly led by the West the 21st century is ushering in different dynamics. The re-emergence of Asia involves alternative visions of the world and different perspectives on globalization. This volume seeks to address these dimensions turning to local reflexivities notably in South Korea and China to explore the key debates in sociology and political economy within East Asia rather than from an outside view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415537391

Globalization and Development Volume IICountry experiences Globalization and Development is a "cross-national study" on the "interstate dispersion" of the impacts (on growth inequality and poverty) that international economic integration provides to the economies of the developing countries. In order to present the "Leading Issues in Development with Globalization" in a balanced manner to identify differences and commonalities among "Country Experiences" in development with globalization and to introduce diversified development paradigms with forward-looking discussions "In Search of a New Development Paradigm" for the post-MDGs era this publication consists of three volumes and four main parts. Volume II (Part III) presents the country case studies of Bhutan China Indonesia Japan Thailand Vietnam and Ghana with their respective experiences of development under globalization. An additional chapter that describes the overall African experience under globalization is included reflecting the recent emergence of Africa as the global target of investment. This book intends to serve as a unique and comprehensive guide for those in the international development community on the subjects of diversified development paradigms/paths under globalization and other challenges in the post-MDGs era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781597

Globalization and Development Volume IIIIn search of a new development paradigm Globalization and Development is a "cross-national study" on the "interstate dispersion" of the impacts (on growth inequality and poverty) that international economic integration provides to the economies of the developing countries. In order to present the "Leading Issues in Development with Globalization" in a balanced manner to identify differences and commonalities among "Country Experiences" in development with globalization and to introduce diversified development paradigms with forward-looking discussions "In Search of a New Development Paradigm" for the post-MDGs era this publication consists of three volumes and four main parts. Volume III (Part IV) presents the diversified development paradigms such as the GNH (Bhutan) the sufficiency economy (Thailand) the reform and opening up paradigm (China) the African and Latin American paradigms and the Islamic development paradigm. The Concluding Chapter presents the evolution of development paradigms in the global development cooperation community after World War II and then offers a glimpse into new development paradigms for the post-MDG era. This book intends to serve as a unique and comprehensive guide for those in the international development community on the subjects of diversified development paradigms/paths under globalization and other challenges in the post-MDG era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932272

Globalization and Development Volume ILeading issues in development with globalization Globalization and Development is a "cross-national study" on the "interstate dispersion" of the impacts (on growth inequality and poverty) that international economic integration provides to the economies of the developing countries. In order to present the "Leading Issues in Development with Globalization" in a balanced manner to identify differences and commonalities among "Country Experiences" in development with globalization and to introduce diversified development paradigms with forward looking discussions "In Search of a New Development Paradigm" for the post-MDGs era this publication consists of three volumes and four main parts. Volume I (Part I) introduces the evolution and facets of globalization and the challenges that we face in our development eff orts under globalization. Findings from the old and new empirical studies are consolidated for us to answer the following question. What do we really know about the impacts of globalization? Volume I (Part II) contains thematic and issue-oriented discussions on the key facets of globalization. This book intends to serve as a unique and comprehensive guide for those in the international development community on the subjects of diversified development paradigms/paths under globalization and other challenges in the post-MDGs era. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138781542

Globalization and DevelopmentRethinking Interventions and Governance The key challenge for achieving sustained development in developing countries relates to quality of domestic governance which in turn is strongly affected by external interventions. Domestic governance includes politics policy formulation institution building and policy implementation. It is important for both international and domestic agents to understand how the interplay between external interventions and domestic governance affects social and economic outcomes. This volume presents a series of studies analysing the links between external interventions and domestic governance in the areas of economic social and security policy. Key questions that are addressed here include: How do external interventions in economic social and security areas affect domestic governance in developing countries? Is aid more effective in decentralised systems of government? What are the interactions between external interventions and domestic governance? How can external agents advance domestic governance? Due to its strong focus on external interventions and domestic governance this book will be of interest to scholars of development studies across the social sciences in addition to the fields of economics political science sociology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902213

Globalization and East AsiaOpportunities and Challenges Learn to apply the strategies used in East Asia’s phenomenal economic expansion The phenomenal economic growth of many countries in East Asia has no historic parallel. Globalization and East Asia: Opportunities and Challenges examines different aspects of the economic performance of the region over the past three decades with a focus on what it takes to replicate the experience elsewhere. Nineteen of the finest presentations from the 12th International Conference of the International Trade and Finance Association in Bangkok Thailand have been carefully selected and revised by their expert authors providing powerful practical economic development approaches that can be used to develop other economies.This comprehensive volume presents an insightful four-part view of the intricate economic workings of East Asia. The first part introduces the distinctive qualities of the policies that sparked economic growth and development. Part two provides comparative studies of different countries and industries in the region and an in-depth study of the East Asian area over the past fifty years. Part three presents sector specific studies within several countries focusing on international finance. The fourth part spotlights important industry-specific elements and explores the future of globalization in relation to its effects on East Asia. Each chapter is extensively referenced and several use tables and charts to clearly reinforce crucial points.Globalization and East Asia includes topics such as: the characteristics of East Asian economic growth—and how other areas will benefit the rapid economic growth of the region since the end of World War II an evaluation of efficiency and leveraging of assets comparing the United States and the Four Dragon (FD) industries structural weaknesses within Asian countries trade flows between the United States and Thailand— a bilateral study the progress of APEC’s environmental cooperation financial resource flows during the 1990s Malaysian financial markets and the Asian financial crisis China’s economic transition and exchange rate policies the use of dual production theory as a model in the world economy Thailand’s telecommunications sector—and how it provides illustration for other sector specific industries in developing countries development of bilateral trade negotiations between the United States and Vietnam the status of United States apparel importsGlobalization and East Asia is important insightful reading for researchers scholars and professionals specializing in regional economics and economic development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864556

Globalization and Educational RightsAn Intercivilizational Analysis This is the first book to explore the meaning of equality and freedom of education in a global context and their relationship to the universal right to education. It also proposes evaluating school systems according to their achievement of equality and freedom. Education in the 21st century is widely viewed as a necessary condition for the promotion of human welfare and thus identified as a basic human right. Educational rights are included in many national constitutions written since the global spread of human rights ideas after World War II. But as a global idea the meaning of educational rights varies between civilizations. In this book which builds on the concept of the universal right to education set forth in Spring's The Universal Right to Education: Justification Definition and Guidelines his intercivilizational analysis of educational rights focuses on four of the world's major civilizations: Confucian Islamic Western and Hindu. Spring begins by considering educational rights as part of the global flow of ideas and the global culture of schooling. He also considers the tension this generates within different civilizational traditions. Next he proceeds to: *examine the meaning of educational rights in the Confucian tradition in the recent history of China and in the Chinese Constitution; *look at educational rights in the context of Islamic civilization and as presented in the constitutions of Islamic countries including an analysis of the sharp contrast between the religious orientation of Islamic educational rights and those of China and the West; *explore the problems created by the Western natural rights tradition and the eventual acceptance of educational rights as represented in European constitutions with a focus on the development and prominence given in the West to the relationship between schooling and equality of opportunity; and *investigate the effect of global culture on India and the blend of Western and Hindu ideas in the Indian constitution highlighting the obstacles to fulfillment of educational rights created by centuries of discrimination against women and lower castes. In his conclusion Spring presents an educational rights statement based on his intercivilizational analysis and his examination of national constitutions. This statement is intended to serve as a model for the inclusion of educational rights in national constitutions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410606020

Globalization and EducationCritical Perspectives First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022642

Globalization and Emerging Trends in African States' Foreign Policy-Making ProcessA Comparative Perspective of Southern Africa This title was first published in 2002: The resurgence of the democratization movement in Africa in the post-Cold War era is gradually replacing authoritarianism with forms of democratic systems. These changes have put into question the traditional big man image of African states’ foreign policy and foreign policy-making. The first book of its kind to focus on the foreign policy-making process of Southern African countries in the era of globalization these instructive and rewarding case studies contextualize the increasing involvement of other internal actors in African states foreign policy-making process. Foreign policy actors such as the Presidency Ministries of Defence Foreign Affairs Trade Finance and the Intelligence Community among others are examined in a comparative perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726093

Globalization and Emerging Trends in African States' Foreign Policy-Making ProcessA Comparative Perspective of Southern Africa This title was first published in 2002: The resurgence of the democratization movement in Africa in the post-Cold War era is gradually replacing authoritarianism with forms of democratic systems. These changes have put into question the traditional big man image of African states’ foreign policy and foreign policy-making. The first book of its kind to focus on the foreign policy-making process of Southern African countries in the era of globalization these instructive and rewarding case studies contextualize the increasing involvement of other internal actors in African states foreign policy-making process. Foreign policy actors such as the Presidency Ministries of Defence Foreign Affairs Trade Finance and the Intelligence Community among others are examined in a comparative perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138726130

Globalization and Entrepreneurship in Small Countries The changeable business environment requires a new business framework and an understanding of the global market trends and the culture that will impact on business. Globalization and Entrepreneurship in Small Countries considers important business principles and makes them accessible for entrepreneurs and small business owners. It addresses the role of managers and leaders and management techniques in the context of global strategy of companies as well as the culture diversity that comes with globalization of organizations. To meet the constantly changing conditions and demands business must transcend boundaries to get what it needs regardless of where it exists – geographically organizationally and functionally. This book draws together earlier literature on SME development and internationalization from disparate sources into a cohesive body of work which traces the evolution of our understanding of the topic. It explores just how globalization affects the demand for business and entrepreneurship and will therefore be of interest to researchers academics policymakers and students in the fields of entrepreneurship globalisation organisational studies and SMEs development in small countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367250751

Globalization and EU Competition Policy Competition policy—encompassing cartels monopolies mergers and state aid—is a hallmark of the European Union (EU). In recent decades the EU’s competition policy has evolved under pressures from globalization. The EU in turn has been a key actor driving the globalization of the world economy through its increasingly active competition policy. This volume identifies and explores the major transformations that EU competition policy has undergone in the last decade in response to various pressures related to globalization in particular economic interdependence the proliferation of national and regional competition regimes and the financial and economic crisis. The individual chapters written by specialists of EU competition policy from both sides of the Atlantic and from the perspectives of political science management and public policy investigate how the EU has responded to these challenges in each area of competition policy and demonstrate that it has on balance been quite successful in responding to them with some exceptions in the areas of state aid and mergers. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of European Integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711173

Globalization and Europe's Rural Regions This book examines the multiple ways in which rural regions in Europe are being restructured through globalization and the regional development responses that they have adopted. It provides an understanding of the key challenges and opportunities for rural regions arising from the major economic social political and cultural changes associated with globalization including trade liberalization and economic deregulation increased international migration and the rise of global consciousness about environmental issues. Drawing on examples and findings from a major European research project DERREG the book presents detailed case studies of ten regions in different parts of Europe exploring the factors that lead to different experiences of globalization in each of the regions and highlighting examples of good practice in regional development responses. The book concludes by proposing a typology of regional responses to globalization and considering the policy implications of the research findings. As such ’Globalization and Europe’s Rural Regions’ is important reading for geographers sociologists planners and economists interested in understanding the impact of globalization in rural regions and for rural development professionals seeking to mobilize effective responses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546516

Globalization and Global CitizenshipInterdisciplinary Approaches Globalization and Global Citizenship examines the meaning and realities of global citizenship as a manifestation of recent trends in globalization. In an interdisciplinary approach the chapters outline and analyse the most significant dimensions of global citizenship including transnational historical and cultural variations in its practice; foreign and domestic policy influences; and its impact on personal identities. The contributions ask and explore questions that are of immediate relevance for today’s scholars including: How does globalization in its current form present a new set of challenges for states non-state actors and individual citizens? How has globalization diminished expanded or complicated notions of citizenship? What rights could exist outside the context of state sovereignty? How can social accountability be imagined beyond the borders of towns cities or states? What forms of political representational legitimacy could be productive on the global level? When is it useful possible or desirable for individuals to identify with global political communities? Drawing together a broad range of contributors and cutting edge research the volume offers chapters that seek to reflect the full spectrum of approaches and topics providing a valuable resource which highlights the value of an extended and thoughtful study of the idea and practice of global citizenship within a broader consideration of the processes of globalization. It will be of great use to graduates and scholars of international relations sociology and global studies/affairs as well as globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138477803

Globalization and Global History Globalization and Global History argues that globalization is not an exotic and new phenomenon. Instead it emphasizes that globalization is something that has been with us as long as there have been people who are both interdependent and aware of that fact. Studying globalization from the vantage point of long-term global history permits theoretical and empirical investigation allowing the authors collected to assess the extent of ongoing transformations and to compare them to earlier iterations. With this historical advantage the extent of ongoing changes - which previously appeared unprecedented - can be contrasted to similar episodes in the past. The book is divided into three sections. The first focuses on how globalization has been written about from a historical perspective. The second part advances three different takes on how best to view globalization from a very long-term stance. The final section continues this interpretative thread by examining more narrow aspects of globalization processes ranging from incorporation processes to systemic disruptions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203799475

Globalization and HealthPathways Evidence and Policy Contemporary globalization has had tremendous impact on health equity across the globe. However no volume has systematically analyzed the relationship between globalization and global trends in health outcomes. This book consolidates and updates the findings of a global research project undertaken by the Globalisation Knowledge Network (GKN) of the World Health Organization’s Commission on Social Determinants of Health. Chapters examine such questions as: How has trade liberalisation affected the social determinants of health? How has globalization affected food security nutrition and equitable access to water and sanitation? How well do present global governance structures take account of the health equity effects associated with the social determinants of health? This landmark volume will be a necessary addition for researchers and scholars studying the field of globalization health and social policy and public health across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648059

Globalization and Human Resource Management in the Airline Industry Globalization is a pervasive feature of recent industrial and commercial developments not least in the airline business with concomitant effects on human resource management. This book focuses on the organization and human resource changes that have taken place in the international airline industry in recent years. It provides an extensive analysis of airline organization and external relations airline organization and internal relations changes in industrial relations and human resource management and also the integration of human resource management and other management functions. The authoritative second edition of an already established work that covers both theory and practice this book will be of great interest to managers in all areas of the airline industry as well as to students of air transport and personnel/human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270510

Globalization and IdentityCultural Diversity Religion and Citizenship In the first decade of the twenty-first century globalization and identity have emerged as the most critical challenges to world peace. This volume of Peace & Policy addresses the overarching question "What are the effects of globalization in the areas of culture ethnic diversity religion and citizenship and how does terrorism help groups attain a sense of global identity?"Part I "Citizenship in a Globalizing World " reexamines globalization in light of the traditions from which human civilizations have evolved. Linda Groff focuses on Samuel R. Huntington's thesis that the Cold War would be followed by a clash of civilizations. Joseph A. Camilleri traces the history of the concept of citizenship and its transformation through the ages to modern times. Kamran Mofid argues that the marketplace is not just an economic sphere but one where economic and business interests must embrace the spiritual assets of the community. Majid Tehranian raises the problem of identity and advocates the assumption of global identity responsibility and citizenship. Part II "Convergence in Global Cultures " explores the complex issues of diversity in religions. Christopher Leeds Vladimir Korobov and Bharapt Gupt show how the reconceptualization of the world both geographically and regionally can recreate new sensibilities needed to overcome differences. Part III "Divergence in Global Conflicts " discusses the multiple dimensions of the globalizing effects of economic expansion and political strife experienced by different cultures at local and regional levels. Audrey Kitigawa and Ade Ogunrinade use Nigeria as an example of political manipulation of religious and ethnic groups to divert attention from the real problems of social and economic marginalization. Fred Riggs looks at how the Web has become a medium in the globalization of religious movements.The authors maintain that continuing efforts for dialogue across cultural and religious boundaries in today's interreligious and interfaith organizations can become a force for healing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524422

Globalization and Institutional AdjustmentFederalism as an Obstacle? Combining the disciplines of international political economy public sector economics and comparative politics this stimulating book debates whether federalism obstructs institutional adjustment under conditions of a globalized economy or whether this depends upon the extent to which a given political system is centralized. Axel Hülsemeyer analyzes the ratification of the Single European Act and the Maastricht Treaty and contrasts these with the implementation of the bilateral free trade agreement between the United States and Canada as well as the NAFTA. Preferential trade agreements themselves are conceptualized as the state response to economic globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389262

Globalization and Intellectual Property Intellectual property laws have become intricately entwined with discussions about globalization. This volume deals with the politics economics and effects of global intellectual propertization. It provides essays covering key issues including the international relations of global intellectual propertization the TRIPS Agreement and the tying of intellectual property issues to international trade negotiations contentions that global intellectual propertization is a form of post-colonial neo-imperialism globalization's effects on intellectual property law's classic doctrines and rationales and the cultural effects of global intellectual propertization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254111

Globalization and International Investment This volume brings together a broad range of articles on international law and foreign investment which together provide a contemporary overview of the diverse range of issues and perspectives which continue to exercise policy-makers and scholars alike. Central to this collection is the tension between market-oriented reforms on the one hand raising issues of market access and protection of investors and corporate social responsibility discourses on the other raising concerns about environmental protection and respect for human and labour rights. Regional perspectives on these issues reveal differing priorities and approaches. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254104

Globalization and International Organizations The last few years have witnessed several significant developments in respect of international organizations most of which are best encapsulated in the word "change". In particular international organizations have moved from their traditional role of facilitator of the activities of their members to that of director of their own activities. As a result there is increased scrutiny over issues relating to the governance control accountability and the privileges and immunities of international organizations. These subjects are all the focus of this book. Edward Kwakwa has collected together the best published work by leading authorities in the field on subjects of crucial importance and relevance to international organizations particularly in the context of today's ever-increasing globalization. This book is of interest to scholars and students of law as well as government and non-government practitioners and international civil servants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754627357

Globalization and International Social WorkPostmodern Change and Challenge Globalization challenges social work with constant social change making a social worker's job and the task of social work education more complex and uncertain. Post-modern thinking suggests that social workers must learn to cope with complexity in ways that are in tension with the increasingly managerialist organization of the social services. The authors explore and question the concepts of 'postmodern' 'international' and 'global' in light of growing interest in international social work in the early 21st century. Emphasizing the importance of critical reflection they argue that educational colonization can be challenged and effective anti-discriminatory and pro-equality practice and education promoted. Each chapter provides direct examples of how students and academics can apply these ideas in practice and in their learning and how they can respond to and influence the challenges and changes that are taking place. The authors also examine educational and practice issues arising from attempts to incorporate international understanding into national practice and education systems. The book is designed to be stimulating to academics interested in international social work while remaining accessible to practitioners and students without international experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245747

Globalization and Japanese Exceptionalism in EducationInsiders' Views into a Changing System Globalization is the most common overriding characteristic of our time with societies all over the world struggling to change their educational systems to meet what are perceived to be the needs of globalization. This book provides an insider's account of how the Japanese educational system is trying to meet that challenge while placing the developments in a larger international context. Distinguishing itself from other books in the same genre this volume (1) brings in the diversity of insiders‘ reactions concerning globalization reform in education while placing such actions in the larger international context and (2) covers a wide span of education (elementary to higher education) and shows how the globalization reforms as a whole are affecting Japanese education. With a focus on insiders’ accounts this book brings in information that is little known outside of Japan. It also links globalization processes in Japanese society school education and higher education accounting for similarities and differences across educational levels providing insight into the multifaceted processes affecting the Japanese education system. Chapters include: From High School Abroad to College in Japan: The Difficulties of the Japanese Returnee Experience The University of Tokyo PEAK Program: Venues into the Challenges Faced by Japanese Universities Why Does Cultural Diversity Matter? Korean Higher Education in Comparative Perspective Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272098

Globalization and Labour in the Asia Pacific Globalization and labour market deregulation have had an impact on employment and workers and brought pressure to bear on trade unions. This study looks at the challenges of globalization and deregulation in the Asia Pacific and possible responses to them in a variety of ways. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039756

Globalization and Labour in the Twenty-First Century The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.tandfebooks.com has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license.Globalization has adversely affected working-class organization and mobilization increasing inequality by redistribution upwards from labour to capital. However workers around the world are challenging their increased exploitation by globalizing corporations. In developed countries many unions are transforming themselves to confront employer power in ways more appropriate to contemporary circumstances; in developing countries militant new labour movements are emerging. Drawing upon insights in anti-determinist Marxian perspectives Verity Burgmann shows how working-class resistance is not futile as protagonists of globalization often claim. She identifies eight characteristics of globalization harmful to workers and describes and analyses how they have responded collectively to these problems since 1990 and especially this century. With case studies from around the world including Greece since 2008 she pays particular attention to new types of labour movement organization and mobilization that are not simply defensive reactions but are offensive and innovative responses that compel corporations or political institutions to change. Aging and less agile manifestations of the labour movement decline while new expressions of working-class organization and mobilization arise to better battle with corporate globalization. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of labour studies globalization political economy Marxism and sociology of work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594159

Globalization and Marginality in Geographical SpacePolitical Economic and Social Issues of Development at the Dawn of New Millennium This title was first published in 2001. An examination of globalization and marginality in geographical space it discusses the issue of marginalization and the effects that economic globalization have on marginal and critical regions from the point of view of politics and policies and the shift from economic to social issues of development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138717824

Globalization and Media in the Digital Platform Age Global media expert Dal Yong Jin examines the nexus of globalization digital media and contemporary popular culture in this empirically rich student-friendly book. Offering an in-depth look at globalization processes histories texts and state policies as they relate to the global media Jin maps out the increasing role of digital platforms as they have shifted the contours of globalization. Case studies and examples focus on ubiquitous digital platforms including Facebook YouTube and Netflix in tandem with globalization so that the readers are able to apply diverse theoretical frameworks of globalization in different media milieu. Readers are taught core theoretical concepts which they should apply critically to a broad range of contemporary media policies practices movements and technologies in different geographic regions of the world – North America Europe Africa Latin America and Asia – with a view to determining how they shape and are shaped by globalization. End-of-chapter discussion questions prompt further critical thinking and research. Students doing coursework in digital media global media international communication and globalization will find this new textbook to be an essential introduction to how media have influenced a complex set of globalization processes in broad international and comparative contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367343606

Globalization and National Security In this book top scholars of international relations assess the consequences of globalization for national security identifying three distinct ‘processes’ of globalization - the intensification of economic exchange the flow of information and marketization (the expansion of the set of social relations governed by market forces)-exploring how they can affect the capacity and power of states as well as conflict within and among them. Though much has been written on the topics of globalization and national security there has been relatively little in the way of a systematic examination of the impact that globalization has on a state's national security. These essays deal with how state-less actors such as terrorists utilize the benefits of globalization changing the nature of the security game. Failure to account for the influence of globalization will make it increasingly difficult to understand changes in the balance of power prospects for war and strategic choices embraced by states. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203943762

Globalization and New International Public Works Agreements in Developing CountriesAn Analytical Perspective This book scrutinizes the new legal nature and stipulations of International Public Works Agreements and provides an in-depth analysis of new forms of infrastructure agreements which have been created in developing countries such as PPPs. The volume also examines the direct impact of the new legal environment upon infrastructure transactions such as dispute resolutions and ADR mechanisms in particular arbitration. It provides an analytical perspective on international public works agreements in developing states in the light of ICC rules of arbitration and FIDIC forms of contracts. As globalization significantly influences le contrat administratif in civil law legal culture this book examines the legal cultures of civil and common law from a comparative perspective. The author argues that harmonization and integration of the two cultures in infrastructure agreements are the way forward. The book will be a fundamental guide for researchers and academics working in this area as well as judges lawyers and international arbitrators in both common law jurisdictions and civil law legal systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255111

Globalization and Orthodox ChristianityThe Transformations of a Religious Tradition With approximately 200 to 300 million adherents worldwide Orthodox Christianity is among the largest branches of Christianity yet it remains relatively understudied. This book examines the rich and complex entanglements between Orthodox Christianity and globalization offering a substantive contribution to the relationship between religion and globalization as well as the relationship between Orthodox Christianity and the sociology of religion – and more broadly the interdisciplinary field of Religious Studies. While deeply engaged with history this book does not simply narrate the history of Orthodox Christianity as a world religion nor does it address theological issues or cover all the individual trajectories of each subgroup or subdivision of the faith. Orthodox Christianity is the object of the analysis but author Victor Roudometof speaks to a broader audience interested in culture religion and globalization. Roudometof argues in favor of using globalization instead of modernization as the main theoretical vehicle for analyzing religion displacing secularization in order to argue for multiple hybridizations of religion as a suitable strategy for analyzing religious phenomena. It offers Orthodox Christianity as a test case that illustrates the presence of historically specific but theoretically distinct glocalizations applicable to all faiths. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307520

Globalization and Patterns of Labour Resistance First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315862552

Globalization and PoliticsPromises and Dangers Globalization and Politics brings together vision and imaginative insight to the analysis of the evolution of inter-state politics to produce a clear comprehensive and coherent sense of how globalization works and how it might work better. The study looks upon globalization as a distinct set of phenomena - energy economy environment and politics - all of which interact. Presenting opportunities for interdependency and governance globalization offers both dangers and promises which explains why it is equally feared and praised. Globalization is an economic trend with strong spillovers and as such has become a political trend with cultural implications. This volume is an invaluable highly readable new text for graduate and undergraduate courses. It sets out the key challenges for globalization in the 21st century and looks at the challenges responses and risks of globalization. It is required reading for analysts students and professionals who want to understand what's at stake in the globalization debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389279

Globalization and Popular Music in South KoreaSounding Out K-Pop This book offers an in-depth study of the globalization of contemporary South Korean idol pop music or K-Pop visiting K-Pop and its multiple intersections with political economic and cultural formations and transformations. It provides detailed insights into the transformative process in and around the field of Korean pop music since the 1990s which paved the way for the recent international rise of K-Pop and the Korean Wave. Fuhr examines the conditions and effects of transnational flows asymmetrical power relations and the role of the imaginary "other" in K-Pop production and consumption relating them to the specific aesthetic dimensions and material conditions of K-Pop stars songs and videos. Further the book reveals how K-Pop is deployed for strategies of national identity construction in connection with Korean cultural politics with transnational music production circuits and with the transnational mobility of immigrant pop idols. The volume argues that K-Pop is a highly productive cultural arena in which South Korea’s globalizing and nationalizing forces and imaginations coincide intermingle and counteract with each other and in which the tension between both of these poles is played out musically visually and discursively. This book examines a vibrant example of contemporary popular music from the non-Anglophone world and provides deeper insight into the structure of popular music and the dynamics of cultural globalization through a combined set of ethnographic musicological and cultural analysis. Widening the regional scope of Western-dominated popular music studies and enhancing new areas of ethnomusicology anthropology and cultural studies this book will also be of interest to those studying East Asian popular culture music globalization and popular music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138298668

Globalization and Popular SovereigntyDemocracy’s Transnational Dilemma We are living in a time of global transformation in which new political arrangements are being formed and old political arrangements now seem insufficient. In this context alternative forms of authority are gaining strength putting pressure on the normative currency of democratic politics; the central categories of democratic theory need to be re-examined or they risk becoming co-opted and diminished. Indeed we must ask how can the rule of the people be maintained in a transnational age? This volume analyzes the impact of globalization on the concept of popular sovereignty and rethinks it for the transnational domain. It explores how popular sovereignty has historically determined the form of democratic citizenship and how democratic citizenship and legitimacy can be conceived in the transnational sphere in the absence of a global sovereign order. By inquiring into the new global context of popular sovereignty the book seeks to better understand the emerging structures of global governance and their potential for democratic legitimacy. Lupel argues: That the challenges of globalization necessitate a rethinking of the concept of popular sovereignty beyond the domain of the nation-state That such a rethinking reveals a tension between the particularism of democratic legitimacy and the universalism of cosmopolitan politics Thus critical attention to the constitutive processes of global governance must become an integral part of democratic theory in the context of globalization; and a principle of transnational popular sovereignty provides the best resources for this purpose. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of globalization democratic theory and international relations theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415670425

Globalization and Public Sector Reform in China This book analyses public sector reform comprehensively in all parts of China’s public sector – government bureaucracy public service units and state-owned enterprises. It argues that reform of the public sector has become an issue of great concern to the Chinese leaders who realize that efficient public administration is key to securing the regime’s governing capacity and its future survival. The book shows how thinking about public sector reform has shifted in recent decades from a quantitative emphasis on 'small government' which involved the reduction in size of what was perceived as a bloated bureaucracy to an emphasis on the quality of governance which may result in an increase in public sector personnel. The book shows how although Western ideas about public sector reform have had an impact Chinese government continues to be best characterized as 'state capitalism' with the large state-owned enterprises continuing to play an important – and increasing – role in the economy and in business. However state-owned enterprises no longer provide care for large numbers of people from the cradle to the grave – finding an alternative efficient way of delivering basic welfare and health care is the big challenge facing China’s public sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788069

Globalization and Regional Integration in Europe and Asia This volume discusses the current trend of globalization and the main characteristics of world order focusing specifically on the destiny of the nation state the threat against human rights and conflicts between unilateral hegemony of the USA and Europe. It examines the contemporary European experience and compares it with Asian reality with a view to implications for the future development of Asia. It also discusses regional integration as a framework for bringing stable peace exploring detailed principles and specific forms of a regional community in Asia. Contributors from Europe and Asia critically review previous literature on this topic and suggest new theoretical and empirical grounds of regional community in Asia. The book takes the viewpoint of comparative civilization and experiences of European integration to offer meaningful lessons for the future of nation states and the possibility of building regional communities in Asia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585116

Globalization and Regional IntegrationThe origins development and impact of the single European aviation market How was the European airline industry transformed from national fragmentation in 1957 to a point in 2006 where the European Commission could negotiate with the US for an Open Aviation Area on behalf of all twenty five members of the European Union? What can explain the change in mindset that saw conservatism and the tight regulation of the airline industry replaced with increased competitiveness and the subsequent rise of the low cost no-frills airline? In his new book Alan P. Dobson draws from a mass of European documentation including interviews with officials and airline executives and a unique collection of personal papers to answer these questions. Dobson traces the liberalization of the airline industry from the 1970s right through to the present day illustrating how integration came about and which forces were driving it. The approach is comprehensive focusing on the work of the Commission market forces the voices of airline industry interests and on key individuals in the policy making process. The story concludes with an overview of the attempts by the EU and the US to create an Open Aviation Area that would embrace their respective airline industries allowing free operation of services throughout their territories and mutual ownership and control of each others airlines. This book is a key resource for students and researchers interested in aviation and international policy as well as academics engaged with European integration globalism and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806856

Globalization and Regulatory CharacterRegulatory Reform after the Kader Toy Factory Fire Originally published in 2005. Uniting critical debates on globalization with those on regulation this book provides an innovative account of the fate of safety regulation in the face of global pressures. The author addresses the key question of whether globalization is making safety standards better or worse. She analyzes the diverse strands of globalization that threaten safety standards and examines the measures that hold potential for beneficial change. Regulatory character a theoretical model that captures local economic political and cultural influence developed in the work sheds light on how and why regulation and safety standards do or do not change in the face of a crisis. The theoretical work is grounded and illuminated by research on the Thai government's response to the Kader fire set in the rapidly industrializing context of Southeast Asia. Theoretically rigorous and empirically rich the book has critical contemporary social relevance. It demonstrates a diverse theoretical heritage (embracing Weber Douglas and Christopher Hood amongst others) that critically and productively engages with research and policy making to raise safety standards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138619791

Globalization and Security Relations across the Taiwan StraitIn the shadow of China This book presents an interdisciplinary examination of cross-Taiwan Strait relations and the complex dynamics at play in the region. Since the election of Ma Ying-jeou as Taiwan’s president in 2008 the relationship across the Taiwan Strait—long viewed as one of Asia’s most volatile potential flashpoints—has experienced a remarkable détente. Whether the relationship has been truly transformed however remains an open question and the Taiwan Strait remains a central regional and global security issue. A return to turbulence in the Taiwan Strait could also add a new dimension of instability in the already tense maritime disputes in the East and South China Seas. While the relationship across the Taiwan Strait remains critically important it is also changing rapidly and the chapters in this volume present new thinking to help make sense of complex cross-Strait dynamics. Specifically these essays explore different security and/or globalization dimensions of China-Taiwan ties as well as the globalization-security linkages that have emerged. As the balance of power in Asia shifts dramatically several chapters in this volume explore how traditional security forces are evolving. At the same time there are new dynamics emerging as a consequence of globalization forces such as the tremendous economic and social integration across the Taiwan Strait and several chapters in this volume consider some of these new problems. Finally several chapters consider the often under-researched dynamics associated with the globalization/security interface such as cyber threats transnational criminal networks and the security spill-over impact of production globalization. This book will of much interest to students of Chinese Politics Asian Security globalisation diplomacy and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138236691

Globalization and Self-DeterminationIs the Nation-State Under Siege? Is the nation state under siege? A common answer is that globalization poses two fundamental threats to state sovereignty. The first concerns the unleashing of centrifugal and centripetal forces - such as increasing market integration and the activities of institutions like the IMF World Bank and WTO - that imperil state sovereignty from 'outside' the nation state. The second threat emanates from self-determination movements that jeopardize state sovereignty from 'inside'. Rigorously analyzing popular hypotheses on globalization's effect on state sovereignty from a broad social sciences perspective the authors use empirical evidence to suggest that globalization's multilevel threats to state sovereignty have been overestimated. In most instances globalization is likely to generate pressure for increased government spending while only one form of market integration - foreign direct investment by multinational enterprises - appears to increase any feeling of economic insecurity. This volume will be invaluable to course instructors at both graduate and undergraduate levels policy makers and members of the general public who are concerned about the effects of globalization on the nation-state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512749

Globalization and TechnocapitalismThe Political Economy of Corporate Power and Technological Domination Globalization and Technocapitalism considers the global reach of a new capitalist era exploring the nature of 'technocapitalism' as grounded in new forms of accumulation commodification and corporate organization. As technological creativity corporate research and talent flows become more important than ever this book explores the manner in which globalization acquires new contextual features that will become central to the macro-social dynamics of the twenty-first century. It thus sheds light on the resultant growth in global inequalities and more intrusive forms of global domination that are grounded in emerging sectors such as nanotechnology biotechnology and its diverse fields such as genomics synthetic bioengineering bioinformatics and biopharmacology and related advances in computing and telecommunications. A rigorous examination of developments in contemporary capitalism as driven by the forces of globalization Globalization and Technocapitalism will be of interest to scholars working in the fields of social and political theory international political economy political philosophy science and technology studies and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138271661

Globalization and TerrorismDeath of a Way of Life How do we explain the factors that led to the murder by Muslim immigrants of Theo van Gogh in Holland? How do we explain why four young British Muslims should become suicide bombers who killed themselves and 52 innocent members of the British public and injured many more on the London underground on 7/7? How do we explain why a Danish journalist pu Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367324681

Globalization and the Critique of Political EconomyNew Insights from Marxʼs Writings The nature of the contemporary global political economy and the significance of the current crisis are a matter of wide-ranging intellectual and political debate which has contributed to a revival of interest in Marx’s critique of political economy. This book interrogates such a critique within the broader framework of the history of political economy and offers a new appreciation of its contemporary relevance. A distinctive feature of this study is its use of the new historical critical edition of the writings of Marx and Engels (MEGA²) their partially unpublished notebooks in particular. The sheer volume of this material forces a renewed encounter with Marx. It demonstrates that the international sphere and non-European societies had an increasing importance in his research which developed the scientific elements elaborated by Marx’s predecessors. This book questions widespread assumptions that the nation-state was the starting point for the analysis of development. It explores the international foundations of political economy from mercantilism to Adam Smith and David Ricardo and to Hegel and investigates how the understanding of the international political economy informs the interpretations of history to which it gave rise. The book then traces the developments of Marx’s critique of political economy from the early 1840s to Capital Volume 1 and shows that his deepening understanding of the laws of capitalist uneven and combined development allowed him to recognise the growth of a world working class. Marx’s work thus offers the necessary categories to develop an alternative to methodological nationalism and Eurocentrism grounded in a critique of political economy. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in the development of Marx’s thought and in the foundations of International Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226838

Globalization and the Decolonial Option This is the first book in English profiling the work of a research collective that evolved around the notion of "coloniality" understood as the hidden agenda and the darker side of modernity and whose members are based in South America and the United States. The project called for an understanding of modernity not from modernity itself but from its darker side coloniality and proposes the de-colonization of knowledge as an epistemological restitution with political and ethical implications. Epistemic decolonization or de-coloniality becomes the horizon to imagine and act toward global futures in which the notion of a political enemy is replaced by intercultural communication and towards an-other rationality that puts life first and that places institutions at its service rather than the other way around. The volume is profoundly inter- and trans-disciplinary with authors writing from many intellectual transdisciplinary and institutional spaces. This book was published as a special issue of Cultural Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848732

Globalization and the Global Politics of Justice This book brings together a set of distinguished academics and activists to analyze critique and debate the global politics of poverty and justice and the contemporary nature of globalization. It examines the connections between ‘really existing globalization’ global capitalism and global poverty and the idea of and prospects for ‘global justice’ now and in the future. Identifying continuing contradictions between the stated aims of the reigning global economic orthodoxy and the actual consequences of these policies in relation to alleviation of severe poverty and injustice the authors engage in a lively critique of the very visible campaigns to end global poverty during the past several years and especially in 2005 the year of the make Poverty History campaign Live8 the Africa Commission’s report and the Gleneagles G8 summit. Contributions range from consideration of the meaning and definition of global justice its relation to global ethics and development in both theory and practice analysis of the new forms of global politics that challenge neoliberal globalization and global injustice and trenchant critique of the practices and policies of some of the major organizations and agencies deeply involved in global poverty alleviation. Globalization and the Global Politics of Justice is highly recommended for all those interested in contemporary global politics and the issue of inequality injustice and poverty between the North and South. This book was previously published as a special issue of Globalizations Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878508

Globalization and the Health of Indigenous PeoplesFrom Colonization to Self-Rule In 70 countries worldwide there is an estimated 370 million indigenous peoples and their rich diversity of cultures religions traditions languages and histories has been significant source of our scholarships. However the health status of this population group is far below than that of non-indigenous populations by all standards. Could the persisting reluctance to understand the influence of self-governance globalization and social determinants of health in the lives of these people be deemed as a contributor to the poor health of indigenous peoples?Within this volume Ullah explores the gap in health status between indigenous and non-indigenous peoples by providing a comparative assessment of socio-economic and health indicators for indigenous peoples government policies and the ways in which indigenous peoples have been resisting and adapting to state policies. A timely book for a growing field of study Globalization and the Health of Indigenous Peoples is a must read for academics policy-makers and practitioners who are interested in indigenous studies and in understanding the role that globalization plays for the improvement of indigenous peoples’ health across the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869502

Globalization and the Human FactorCritical Insights Since the 1980s the world has experienced an unprecedented push towards economic political social cultural financial and technological integration. This integration is a key element of the process of globalization. Much of this revolves around the tensions and conflicts inherent in globalization with emphasis on political economy but at the expense of the human factor (HF) which places people at the centre of all discussions about globalization. This volume brings the HF into the debate and examines to what extent this hitherto marginalized concept holds the key to providing a holistic understanding and contestation of globalization. The volume develops a distinct concept or framework of the human factor; examines the role and significance in global change from an interdisciplinary perspective; analyzes the extent and significance in contemporary globalization discourse; and provokes further debate about the unresolved disputes surrounding globalization. The account will help readers navigate the 'minefields' of the globalization debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138619807

Globalization and the Myths of Free TradeHistory Theory and Empirical Evidence The world has become a human laboratory for the momentous social experiment called neoliberalism. Its proclaimed purpose is to reduce global poverty its protocols are derived from the orthodox theory of competitive free markets and its policies are enforced by the full weight of the rich countries and global institutions such as the World Trade Organization (WTO) the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (IMF). This book is a critical examination of this ongoing enterprise of its history theory practice and most of all of its outcomes. An international team of contributors has been assembled including Lance Taylor Ha-Joon Chang and Ajit Singh. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648042

Globalization and the Transformation of Foreign Economic Policy The onslaught of globalization has brought with it sweeping changes to the foreign economic policy of the last 50 years. As the international political economy of nations and regions continues to be drawn and redrawn this book traces the goals and instruments of foreign economic policy during this period providing insight into the long-run trends and developing new theoretical generalizations. The book charts the journey from the point when foreign economic policy was solely concerned with foreign trade - pursued to promote the interests of individual countries - to the current globalization of the world economy that creates a uniform market in goods services and factors of production that embrace all countries and regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389309

Globalization and Third World WomenExploitation Coping and Resistance Adopting the notion of 'third world' as a political as well as a geographical category this volume analyzes marginalized women's experiences of globalization. It unravels the intersections of race culture ethnicity nationality and class which have shaped the position of these women in the global political economy their cultural and their national history. In addition to a thematically structured and highly informative investigation the authors offer an exploration of the policy implications which are commonly neglected in mainstream literature. The result is a must have volume for sociological academics social policy experts and professionals working within non-governmental organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260115

Globalization and Time The process of globalization has brought about countless changes in societies communities regions and economies across the globe. It has been analyzed from many perspectives as a result and much has been written to muddy the waters of our understanding of this important concept. In going back to the real origins of the global economy this book demonstrates that understanding this phenomenon as a 'battle against time' will bring a new clarity to the subject. The process of globalization was accompanied by the mastering of ‘social time’ thereby producing a progressive increase in the speed of business transactions both in manufacturing and in services. The context is the development of international trade in western societies and the creation of business institutions to drive forward growth. The account takes a ‘long view’ beginning with early European exploration in the B.C. period and ending with the establishment of Multinational Enterprises in the 20th century. Using an impressive range of sources this unique book will be valuable reading for students and academics involved with the study of international business economic history business history and politics among other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415683135

Globalization and Transformation In Globalization and Transformation Bruce Mazlish examines developments in contemporary warfare economy technology and religion as fundamental factors in human experience that have accelerated global change in recent years. Continuing the analysis he began in Reflections on the Modern and the Global Mazlish delves into human history examining who we were so as to help us understand who we are today.Early in the volume Mazlish highlights the British historian Geoffrey Barraclough who foresaw the trajectory of world events that gave rise to the "New Global History." He also examines humanity's progress reminding us of contemporary globalization's precursors: the theories of Charles Darwin; the concept of the global and the local coupled with inquiry into the concept of parts and wholes; merchant empires such as the English and Dutch East India companies that crisscrossed the ocean in pursuit of profits and power; anti-globalization; and the linkage of globalization to the very concept of humanity.Though globalization is a complex concept and versatile in its applications Mazlish focuses on its transformational characteristics noting that globalization's impact is not uniform across society's culture politics or economics. Some parts of the world have yet to accept the challenge to their past traditions. These stimulating essays offer new insights into a major phenomenon of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856058

Globalization and Transformations of Local Socioeconomic Practices This innovative volume provides a comprehensive overview of the transformation of socio-economic practices in the global economy. The contributors offer analytical and comparative insights at the world level with regard to the current socio-economic practices as well as an assessment of the overall economic globalization phenomenon in the global world. Through empirical case studies of different civilizations or cultures that describe situations of intertwining of local socio-economic practices and global economic modernity this volume assesses the overall situation in the world looking at the world as an economic system where some countries act as winners others as losers and some as both winners and losers of economic globalization. This exceptional book will appeal to sociologists social and cultural anthropologists and economists interested in development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541350

Globalization and Transformations of Social Inequality Social inequality is a worldwide phenomenon. Globalization has exacerbated and alleviated inequality over the past twenty-five years. This volume offers analytical and comparative insights from current case studies of social inequality in more than ten countries within all the major regions of the world. Contributors provide an assessment of the overall social globalization phenomenon in the global world as well as an outlook of transformations of global social inequality in the future. This book will be a timely addition for students and scholars of globalization studies social inequality sociology and cultural and social anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810647

Globalization and Transnational Capitalism in Asia and Oceania News headlines warn of rivalries and competing nations across Asia and the Pacific even as powerful new cross-border relations form as never before. This book looks behind the Asia-Pacific curtain: at the new forms of social economic and political integration taking place through a global capitalism that is rife with contradictions inequality and crisis. We are moved beyond traditional conceptualizations of the inter-state system with its nation-state competition as the core organizing principle of world capitalism and the principal institutional framework that shapes the makeup of global social forces. These important studies examine and debate over how there is a growing transnationality of material (economic) relations in the global era as well as an emerging transnationality of many social and class relations. How does transnational capitalist class fractions new middle strata and labor undergird globalization in Asia and Oceania? How have states and institutions become entwined with such processes? This book provides insight into a field of dynamic change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138316904

Globalization and Welfare Restructuring in ChinaThe Authoritarianism That Listens? In the past few decades the change in China’s welfare system has been characterised by a balanced distribution of benefits across social sectors and the institutionalization of welfare redistribution. This process has occurred without significant political change that would empower politically disadvantaged groups such as the urban and rural poor. This book questions what has motivated the regime to redistribute welfare benefits through an institutionalized manner whilst its political structure remains largely unchanged. By situating China within the broader context of East Asia and against the backdrop of globalization since the 1980s this book examines the institutional origin and development of China’s new welfare system. Through doing this it provides an understanding of the nature of the Chinese state in dealing with its economy and society in a context of global economic integration. A global-local dynamics framework highlights the importance of the interactive relationship between China’s integration into the world economy and its unique geopolitical constraints which together induce the regime to listen to its subjects and follow a "move to the middle" in welfare restructuring.Offering a novel explanation of the welfare-globalization relations in a non-democratic setting this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Social Policy International Political Economy and Chinese Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595852

Globalization Development and Social JusticeA propositional political approach Are there existing alternatives to corporate globalization? What are the prospects for and commonalities between communities and movements such as Occupy the World Social Forum and alternative economies? Globalization Development and Social Justice advances the proposition that another globalization is not only possible but already exists. It demonstrates that there are multiple pathways towards development with social justice and argues that enabling propositional agency rather than oppositional agency such as resistance is a more effective alternative to neoliberal globalization. El Khoury develops a theory of infraglobalization that emphasizes creative constitution not just contestation of global and local processes. The book features case studies and examples of diverse economic practice and innovative emergent political forms from the Global South and North. These case studies are located in the informal social economy and community development as well as everyday practices from prefigurative politics to community cooperatives and participatory planning. This book makes an important contribution to debates about the prospects for and practices of a transformative grassroots globalization and to critical debates about globalization and development strategies. It will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations globalization social movement studies political and economic geography sociology anthropology and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631359

Globalization from BelowThe World's Other Economy This book explores globalization as actually experienced by most of the world’s people buying goods from street vendors brought by traders moving past borders and across continents under the radar of the law. The dimensions and practices of ‘globalization from below’ are depicted and analyzed in detail by a team of international scholars. Topics covered include the ‘New Silk Road’ African traders in China street hawking in Calcutta and pirate CDs in Mexico. The chapters provide intimate portrayals of routes markets and people in locations across the globe and explore theories that can help make sense of these complex and fascinating case studies. Students of globalization economic anthropology and developing-world economics will find the book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415535090

Globalization in Crisis This book analyses the present global financial and economic crisis the most severe in nearly a century and a wider set of multiple and converging crises with aspects and repercussions that go well beyond the current economic climate. Written by some of the world’s leading international scholars in the field of Globalization studies and related disciplines this important collection addresses numerous key aspects of the relationship between Globalization and global crises past present and future. It sheds new light and understanding on the concept and theory of Globalization and of ‘crisis’. The authors explore such issues as global finance and financial regulation neoliberal ideology and policy the ‘crisis of globalization’ the decline of Western hegemony world systemic crisis the moral crisis of ‘Western capitalism’ environmental and climate change crises world order hyper-violence and the international system a crisis of the ‘global modern’ and a global civilisational and hostpric crisis the rise of the global South the historical dialectics of capital and social responses to crisis the future of capitalism and the prospects for transformative alternatives. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415689373

Globalization in World History In this third edition of Globalization in World History Peter Stearns explores the roots of contemporary globalization examining shifts in the global flow of people goods and ideas as early as 1000 CE. Exploring how four moments in history have accelerated the process of globalization Stearns’s narrative details how factors such as economics migration disease transmission culture the environment and politics have influenced the nature of globalization as we understand it today. This revised edition includes: Updates to the whole study with appropriate recent references; New brief transition sections that focus attention on the Mongol period debates over the role of the eighteenth century and the partial retreat from globalization after World War I; A new final chapter that deals with the rise in attacks on globalization during the most recent decade from populist objections to the implications of growing authoritarianism raising the question of whether a new transition is taking shape around us today. Through an interdisciplinary approach that links political sociological and historical perspectives Stearns provides a comprehensive overview of globalization and the historical factors that have shaped it. This book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students of world history economic history and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279868

Globalization of Chinese Food Does Chinese food taste the same in different parts of the world? What has happened to the Chinese diet in mainland China Taiwan Hong Kong and Macau? What has affected the foodways of Chinese communities in other Asian countries with large Chinese diasporic communities? What has made Chinese food popular in Australia Indonesia the Philippines and Japan? What has brought about the adoption and adaptation of western food and changes in Chinese diets in Hong Kong Taiwan and Peking? By considering the practice of globalization this volume of essays by well-known anthropologists from many locales in Asia describes changes variations and innovations to Chinese food in many parts of the world paying particular attention to questions related to how foods are introduced maintained localised and reinvented according to changing lifestyles and social tastes. The book reviews and broadens classic social science theories about ethnic and social identity formation through the examination of Chinese food and eating habits in many locations. It reveals surprising changes and provides a powerful testimony to the impact of late twentieth-century globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153325

Globalization of Communes1950-2010 After World War II communes and cooperative communities became internationally oriented in their membership and networking began to develop. Unlike earlier such enterprises these groups shared an openness to international relationships. This was evident both in the groups' social composition and in the extension of networks beyond their own country. Such globalization opened up the possibility of comparative analysis which has become a trend in research since the 1950s.The dynamism and speed with which voluntary communities have spread throughout the world is impressive. In the 1950s there were only a few hundred such societies but by the end of the last century there were thousands. These have taken a variety of forms. There are religious and secular communes intentional communities ecological communities co-housing projects various types of Christian communities communities of Eastern religions and spiritual communities inspired by New Age thought.Yaacov Oved shows that such societies maintain a community based on cooperation and expand their influence through newspapers television and the Internet. Their chief characteristic is their openness to the outside world and their search for a way to move beyond a world of individualism and competitiveness. To accomplish this they embrace all the tools of the modern world. Oved observes that those who predicted the failure of communes and intentional communities failed to appreciate the extent to which people in today's society aspire to communal life. This book answers the doubters and does so with a sense of deep historical understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510388

Globalization of Consumer MarketsStructures and Strategies The concepts strategic frameworks and cases in Globalization of Consumer Markets provide managers of global firms with new ideas for growth and keep them current with state-of-the-art global marketing strategies and management tools. With an increased understanding of the structure of today’s consumer markets readers will find they have the key to success and survival in the global marketplace.The contributing authors present managerially oriented chapters each of which is based on research or practical experience. These are designed to advance the reader’s knowledge of the globalizing consumer market. Focused around structure--how consumer markets on a global scale are being shaped--and strategy--successful methods necessary to global competitive marketing and how these strategies work--are the two main themes around which the book is organized.To further enable marketing professionals’success in the global marketplace Globalization of Consumer Markets details actual strategies action programs for competitive management and exemplary cases. There are new ideas from expert marketers on opportunities for growth in the global marketplace and most importantly state-of-the-art marketing strategies and management tools. For professional marketers this book is a must for prosperity in marketing consumer products and services on a global level.This is an ideal book for professional education in marketing of consumer products and services on a global level. Professionals will find a progression of chapters taking them through degree of globalization; market behavior and development; standardization of marketing programs and processes; managerial implications; and extensive references for further study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138991941

Globalization of Criminal Justice Genocide crimes against humanity war crimes ethnic cleansing are terms which in recent years have entered common usage. The worst cases of these crimes seen in the Yugoslav secession conflict and the Rwandan slaughter resulted in attempts by the international legal community to initiate an international mechanism for establishing criminal accountability. In 1998 after many States signed the Rome Statute it was expected that justice would prevail over state power and impunity be eliminated. However there is a serious question mark over the effectiveness of this process. That is the starting point for this collection. It is not an acclamatory collection that is meant to celebrate the undoubted advances of international criminal justice. The articles in the first part show the importance of comparative criminal law research to the development of international criminal justice and in the second part they deal with the foundations substantive and procedural aspects of international criminal law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254081

Globalization of EducationAn Introduction Continuing Joel Spring’s reportage and analysis of the intersection of global forces and education this text offers a comprehensive overview and synthesis of current research theories and models related to the topic. Written in his signature clear narrative style Spring introduces the processes institutions and forces by which schooling has been globalized and examines the impact of these forces on schooling in local contexts. Significant conceptual frameworks are added to this Second Edition specifically the “economization of education ” “corporatization of education” and the “audit state.”  These concepts are embedded in the global educational plans of major organizations such as the World Bank the Organization for Economic Development and Cooperation (OECD) World Economic Forum and multinational corporations.  Globalization of Education Second Edition features new and updated information on • The World Bank• OECD and the United Nations• The World Trade Organization and the Global Culture of Higher Education• Corporatization of Global Education• Religious and Indigenous Education Models• The Global Workforce: Migration and the Talent Auction• Globalization and Complex Thought Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415749862

Globalization of International Financial MarketsCauses and Consequences First published in 1999 this volume investigates the causes and consequences of globalization of international financial markets including all types of private sector capital for 121 countries over the period 1980-1990. This includes portfolio investment bank capital and FDI. Hak-Min Kim identifies pronounced patterns in short-term capital flows along with effective means of stimulating capital including the provision of new financial instruments advanced telecommunication networks and improved country risk management. Kim suggests that collective international efforts from organizations are necessary to develop financial markets and improve global equity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000608

Globalization of Knowledge in the Post-Antique Mediterranean 700-1500 The contributions to this volume enter into a dialogue about the routes modes and institutions that transferred and transformed knowledge across the late antique Mediterranean and the Persian Gulf. Each contribution not only presents a different case study but also investigates a different type of question ranging from how history-writing drew on cross-culturally constructed stories and shared sets of skills and values to how an ancient warlord was transformed into the iconic hero of a newly created monotheistic religion. Between these two poles the emergence of a new knowledge-related but market-based profession in Baghdad is discussed alongside the long-distance transfer of texts doctrines and values within a religious minority community from the shores of the Caspian Sea to the mountains of the southern Arabian Peninsula. The authors also investigate the outsourcing of military units and skills across religious and political boundaries the construction of cross-cultural knowledge of the balance through networks of scholars patrons merchants and craftsmen as well as differences in linguistic and pharmaceutical practices in mixed cultural environments for shared corpora of texts drugs and plants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879662

Globalization of Racism Addressing ethnic cleansing culture wars human sufferings terrorism immigration and intensified xenophobia "The Globalization of Racism" explains why it is vital that we gain a nuanced understanding of how ideology underlies all social cultural and political discourse and racist actions. The book looks at recent developments in France Germany Greece Ireland Israel Italy Portugal Spain and the United States and uses examples from the mass media popular culture and politics to address the challenges these and other countries face in their democratic institutions. The eminent authors of this important book show how we can educate for critical citizenry in the ever-increasing multicultural and multiracial world of the twenty-first century. Contributors are: David Theo Goldberg Loic Wacquant Edward W. Said Zygmunt Bauman Peter Mayo and Carmel Borg Anna Aluffi Pentini and Walter Lorenz Peter Gstettner Georgios Tsiakalos Franz Hamburger Julio Vargas Lena de Botton and Ramon Flecha Concetta Sirna Jan Fiola Joao Paraskeva Henry A. Giroux. It explores new forms of racism in the era of globalization. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634388

Globalization of ServicesSome Implications for Theory and Practice In an era of accelerating change in the world economy services are assuming greater importance for the economies of both developed and developing countries. As technological developments allow increasing tradeability of services huge global firms are offering services across national boundaries. This important book explores the global impact of this economic phenomenon from both empirical and theoretical perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513784

Globalization of Small Economies as a Strategic Behavior in International Business First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975286

Globalization of Unequal National EconomiesPlayers and Controversies As the Seattle protests over the formation of the WTO showed all too clearly there is a strong need for in-depth understanding of how the globalization of the world economy is affecting the economic political and social development of the individual nation-states. This book provides a detailed and authoritative examination of the on-going issues related to globalization such as the increasingly unfair distribution of the world's resources and how this phenomenon is involving wildly disparate countries. While the main focus of the book is the United States with its flexible markers wide social differences and its breath-taking level of economic expansion extensive attention is also given to the other major players including the European Union and those central and eastern European nations who very much want to become member countries as well as China India Japan Russia and Southeast Asia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063605

Globalization of Water Governance in South Asia Globalization has significantly redefined the nature of governance in the water sector. Non-state actors—multilateral and transnational donor agencies and corporations non-government organizations markets and civil society at large—are assuming a bigger role in public policy-making for water resource management. New discourses on neoliberalism integrated water resource management (IWRM) public–private partnerships privatization and gender equity have come to influence water governance. Drawing upon detailed case studies from India Bangladesh Nepal Sri Lanka and Bhutan this volume shows the implications of these new global paradigms for water allocation and management practices institutions and governance structures in South Asia. It suggests that despite claims to the contrary they have done little to further human well-being reduce gender disparity or improve accountability and transparency in the system. Steering away from blueprint approaches it argues for a more nuanced and contextual understanding of water management challenges based on local knowledge and initiatives. This book will be useful to those interested in political economy and water governance natural resource management environmental studies development studies and public administration as well as to water professionals policy-makers and civil society activists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367253172

Globalization Revisited Written by one of the leading scholars of global politics  Globalization Revisited is a major new book for students of globalization. It describes and explains the challenges to liberalism and the global order as result of globalizing forces - from financial interconnectedness to the growth of religious fundamentalisms. The text: provides a detailed analysis of the economic and financial aspects of globalization; examines the changes to global power and governance created by globalization including its effect on the sovereignty of the nation state; discusses recent trends such as the increased use of networks and social media; assesses the rise of globalizing fundamentalism; analyzes the challenges to globalization posed by contemporary events such as the global financial crisis. This book will be essential reading for all students of globalization and will be of great interest to students of global politics and global governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138782969

Globalization: Causes and Effects Globalization: Causes and Effects is the culmination of an eleven volume series that defines and explains the scholarly field of International Relations. Highlighting primary scholarly accomplishments in the field this final title frames the sub-field of 'Globalization' and documents the fundamental milestones in thinking about and understanding this phenomenon. 'Globalization' is ripe for work integrating a wide range of leading research results and assessing its findings as a whole. Together the pioneering articles selected for this book represent the most important scholarly contributions published to date on the main dimensions of globalization. The majority of the authors are political scientists but a substantial number are economists sociologists and historians. The volume covers Forms Origins and Causes; Political Dimensions and Implications; Economic and financial Impacts; Identity Culture and Civilization; and The Future of Globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754626879

Globalization: The Career of a Concept One of the keywords of our time ‘globalization’ frames how we understand our interconnected world. An ambiguous signifier carrying multiple meanings the term is usually used to refer to the extension and intensification of social relations across the world. Many works have been authored that deal with various aspects of globalization. However it is surprising that no critical history of the concept has yet provided a historical mapping of its conceptual origins evolution and genealogical lineages. This book investigates the meaning formation of ‘globalization’ by featuring interviews with twelve prominent academic pioneers of the new trans-disciplinary field of Global Studies who were central in forging the ‘career ‘of the concept of ‘globalization’. Together with an introductory chapter these interviews clarify how and why a previously obscure scholarly concept suddenly exploded in the public discourse of the 1990s. In particular the interviews trace the processes by which economistic discourses of free market economics became the basis for the influential association of the meaning of ‘globalization’ with the dominant neoliberal framework of the 21st century. This book was originally published as a special issue of Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138057555

Globalization: The Reader Globalization: The Reader addresses the big issues: communications and global media political economy cultural homogeneity and heterogeneity new technologies tourism beliefs and identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138416161

Globalization; Today and Tomorrow This book seeks to examine the basis of economic globalization yesterday today and tomorrow and to link the outcome of globalization into the context of the new economic geography. It shows how the phenomenon is exhibited in the light of current events providing a good way to keep understand today’s world economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673389

GlobalizationAn Introduction to the End of the Known World "Globalization: An Introduction to the End of the Known World" surveys the history of globalization from the earliest of ancient texts through contemporary debates and the prospects for anticipating the new worlds to come. At the end of the twentieth century debates over the nature of globalization were unable to agree on a simple resolution except to say that globalization is economic political and cultural all at once. Cultural globalization affects everyone with a smartphone on which global youth from Los Angeles to Jakarta listen to Jay-Z and Beyonce. States are torn in several directions at once by unsettling economic political and cultural forces. Lemert concludes with a serious outline of the possible ways of imagining what the still-unknown global world will become next ways including optimism caution and skepticism." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612058276

GlobalizationInterdependencies and Coordination Efforts at coordination between nations are at the heart of the challenges of globalization. Despite steadily growing interdependencies individual nations still have specific interests that present obstacles to globalization. While some challenges inspired by the need to coordinate are viewed as inevitable by many they are less optimistic about prospects for success. Jan-Erik Lane argues that one should focus objectively upon the possibility of failures.Lane analyzes four kinds of challenges to interdependency all of which are growing in geopolitical relevance. First countries need to diminish their dependency on fossil fuel and shift to a reliable supply of energy because fossil fuels are diminishing. Second environmental degradation must be addressed because it is accelerating under the strain of earth's population. Lane advocates an ecological footprint approach. Third a single global market economy and its complexities must be addressed as national economies are increasingly opened. Finally as traditional state sovereignty weakens foreign military intervention in both international and intra-state conflicts increases.Governments are attempting to address these interdependencies or reply to the challenges they pose mainly through international organizations and regionalism. These efforts are discussed at length. In addition problems with international law are reviewed as Lane warns against the utopian hopes of global constitutionalism. Globalization also examines the potential consequences of failing to address the need for coordination in efforts to address shared global challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412853736

GlobalizationNorth-South Perspectives Rather than claim that there exists a common concept of globalization that all parties can agree to this book seeks to examine some of the conceptions and the way in which they render different interpretations of particular aspects of globalization. The last two decades have witnessed an explosive proliferation of academic writings on the subject of globalization which has been accompanied by a high level of interest in the media and widespread usage of the term. This has inevitably resulted in the meaning of the concept broadening to include a whole host of issues running the attendant risk of losing any conceptual focus it had. John Glenn examines five issue areas affected by globalization: the economy sovereignty civil society governance communication. In so doing the book aims to articulate certain questions within each area which will allow for some judgment to be made concerning the differing perspectives on globalization. Globalization will be of interest to students of international political economy and politics and international relations in general. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203939192

Globalization's ContradictionsGeographies of Discipline Destruction and Transformation Since the 1980s globalization and neoliberalism have brought about a comprehensive restructuring of everyone’s lives. People are being ‘disciplined’ by neoliberal economic agendas ‘transformed’ by communication and information technology changes global commodity chains and networks and in the Global South in particular destroyed livelihoods debilitating impoverishment disease pandemics among other disastrous disruptions are also globalization’s legacy. This collection of geographical treatments of such a complex set of processes unearths the contradictions in the impacts of globalization on peoples’ lives. Globalizations Contradictions firstly introduces globalization in all its intricacy and contrariness followed on by substantive coverage of globalization’s dimensions. Other areas that are covered in depth are: globalization’s macro-economic faces globalization’s unruly spaces globalization’s geo-political faces ecological globalization globalization’s cultural challenges globalization from below fair globalization. Globalizations Contradictions is a critical examination of the continuing role of international and supra-national institutions and their involvement in the political economic management and determination of global restructuring. Deliberately this collection raises questions even as it offers geographical insights and thoughtful assessments of globalization’s multifaceted ‘faces and spaces.’ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867215

Globalization's LimitsConflicting National Interests in Trade and Finance So far there has been only praise for globalization. However the export wave of China’s manufacturing machine and more recently the Global financial crisis show that globalization has limits. Globalization the internationalization of trade and financial integration are having enormous implications for businesses as well as for the whole economies of countries or blocks of countries. In this book Dr Chorafas argues that research is now producing evidence that there are limits to such globalization and amalgamation and that these need to be better defined and understood if some of the problems now being identified are to be prevented from applying the brakes or worse putting the process into reverse gear. The author examines the impact on countries such as the United States and European Union of occurrences like China's emergence as a massive manufacturing platform and the distortions of trade that result affecting countries' GDP and creating problems such as uncontrollable current account deficits. He also considers the effect of Sovereign Wealth Funds as new entrants on the scene. These he argues are seen by some as 'the Trojan horses of state capitalism' particularly in what he defines as the 'absence of a global sheriff'. Globalization’s Limits looks at the EU and the Euroland as a test of globalization. The conclusions Chorafas draws about the effect on member states of pan-European banking and the Euro as common currency have implications for Britain and for the rest of the world. Issues relating to missed opportunities and leadership beg questions such as 'Who if anybody is or should be in charge of global monetary policy? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585161

GlobalizationThe Key Concepts For the first time in human history the vast majority of the world’s population is connected through trade travel production media and politics. Ours is an era of ubiquitous mobile communication economic outsourcing mass migration and imported consumer goods. At the same time people everywhere are concerned to keep their identities rooted and sense of place in the face of momentous change.This new edition of Thomas Hylland Eriksen’s concise and engaging landmark textbook outlines the main debates and controversies around globalization and develops a unique perspective to show how globalization is an inherently double process taking place both from above and below. Each chapter is supported by boxed case studies and bullet points summarizing the core information suggestions for further reading and essay and discussion questions making this the ideal guide for both the classroom and independent study. Focusing on key concepts of globalization and drawing on international examples this book is essential for anyone wishing to understand the fundamental processes underlying the contemporary world and the consequences these have for all of us. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857857422

GlobalizationThe Return of Borders to a Borderless World? Written by two leading scholars of global politics  Globalization: the return of borders to a borderless world? is a major new book for students of globalization. It describes and explains globalization and its origins and examines its future in light of key recent political and global trends and events. The text: identifies the different political economic technological and cultural meanings of globalization examines its historical origins from the ancient past through the Cold War and into the twenty-first century describes the multiple attributes and consequences of globalization including its effect on the sovereignty of the nation state discusses recent trends such as the increased use of social media and events like the Arab Spring assesses the normative implications of globalization analyzes the challenges to globalization posed by contemporary events such as the global financial crisis. This book will be essential reading for all students of globalization and will be of great interest to students of global politics and global governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521970

Globalized Knowledge Flows and Chinese Social Theory This book considers the nature and possibilities of conceptual change and transformation under conditions of globalization especially with regard to Chinese social and cultural concepts. It argues that the influence of globalization promotes the spread of West European and American social science concepts and methods at the expense of local concepts and approaches and at the same time (paradoxically) provides opportunities for the incorporation of local concepts including Chinese concepts into Western or mainstream social science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601072

Globalized NostalgiaTourism Heritage and the Politics of Place In Globalized Nostalgia Christina Ceisel shows how national identity is being remade for the global marketplace. Through media cultural events foodways and personal narratives we see how notions of the past are mobilized towards varied political economic and cultural ends. In Galicia Spain Ceisel points towards tourism as one mode of cosmopolitan engagement revisiting food festivals wine tours fishing excursions and reality television shows. She identifies globalized nostalgia as a feeling deeply connected to national identity – that these ‘performances’ of tourist activity rely on claims to an authentic past based on "heritage" for value to the consumer. While such strategies work to brand the nation Ceisel demonstrates how they may also be employed towards emancipation and an inclusive participatory democracy. Placing her own lived experience within the context of our historical present relying on interpretive methods including performance autoethnography Ceisel highlights the tensions embedded in contemporary transnational cultural politics. Through the development of innovative methodological tools Ceisel points towards new ways of thinking about the politics of belonging. Ultimately Ceisel argues that we need to reorient our understandings of authenticity and heritage to accommodate the realities of hybridity and diaspora. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593534

Globalized Sport Management in Diverse Cultural Contexts Cross-cultural management is an important facet of the globalized sport industry. Sport managers must be skilled at working with individuals from diverse cultures and aware of the key issues affecting sport on a global level. This book brings together cutting-edge research from leading sport scholars from around the world to illuminate some of those important issues and to demonstrate what cross-cultural management looks like in a sporting context.Presenting case studies from countries as diverse as the US Brazil Poland and Venezuela and across a range of sports from football to basketball the book presents new empirical material derived from a range of inquiry protocols including both qualitative and quantitative methods. It offers critical analyses of cross-cultural and managerial issues in key areas such as group cohesiveness group communications and misperception and misinterpretation.Making an important contribution to our understanding of both theory and practice in sport management this book is fascinating reading for any student researcher or practitioner with an interest in global and international sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730727

Globalizing CareEthics Feminist Theory And International Relations Although there is excellent work being done on ethics/normative theory and international relations and on gender/feminist theory and international relations very little is available that seeks explicitly to integrate the two fields. Moreover while feminist ethics which explore the theory of care and noncontractual values such as trust and resp Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367315986

Globalizing Central AsiaGeopolitics and the Challenges of Economic Development In this global era Central Asia must be understood in both geo-economic and geopolitical terms. The region's natural resources compel the attention of rivalrous great powers and ambitious internal factions. The local regimes are caught between the need for international collaborations to valorize these riches and the need to maintain control over them in the interest of state sovereignty. Russia and China dominate the horizon with other global players close behind; meanwhile neighboring countries are fractious and unstable with real potential for contagion.This pathbreaking introduction to Central Asia in contemporary international economic and political context answers the needs of both academic and professional audiences and is suitable for course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765635051

Globalizing Chinese MigrationTrends in Europe and Asia This title was first published in 2003. Globalizing Chinese Migration is the first volume to deal comprehensively with the most recent wave of the migration from the People's Republic of China to Europe and Asia. By analyzing the Chinese state’s role in this migration the authors dismiss as fiction the theory (sometimes advanced by hostile and racist foreign observers) that Chinese authorities are intent on using mass emigration as an expansionist tool. They go on to explain that migrants who might in earlier times have been reviled as traitors and absconders are today more likely to be viewed by sections of the Chinese state bureaucracy as patriots who remain part of China’s polity and economy and contribute to its standing overseas. Some senior officials however particularly diplomats stress the harm done by new migrants both to China’s economy (which loses assets as a result of the migrants’ entrepreneurial activities) and to its reputation in the world. An essential resource for academics and students alike the volume presents important new data on aspects of Chinese migration largely neglected in the existing English-language literature. These include new forms of emigration from China (by students and by workers from the country’s north-eastern provinces) and emigration to destinations (including Russia Southeast Asia and Japan) normally unremarked by students of population movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722224

Globalizing Chinese MigrationTrends in Europe and Asia This title was first published in 2003. Globalizing Chinese Migration is the first volume to deal comprehensively with the most recent wave of the migration from the People's Republic of China to Europe and Asia. By analyzing the Chinese state’s role in this migration the authors dismiss as fiction the theory (sometimes advanced by hostile and racist foreign observers) that Chinese authorities are intent on using mass emigration as an expansionist tool. They go on to explain that migrants who might in earlier times have been reviled as traitors and absconders are today more likely to be viewed by sections of the Chinese state bureaucracy as patriots who remain part of China’s polity and economy and contribute to its standing overseas. Some senior officials however particularly diplomats stress the harm done by new migrants both to China’s economy (which loses assets as a result of the migrants’ entrepreneurial activities) and to its reputation in the world. An essential resource for academics and students alike the volume presents important new data on aspects of Chinese migration largely neglected in the existing English-language literature. These include new forms of emigration from China (by students and by workers from the country’s north-eastern provinces) and emigration to destinations (including Russia Southeast Asia and Japan) normally unremarked by students of population movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138722200

Globalizing CitiesA Brief Introduction Globalization has been built upon and maintained by major urban centers. As the interconnections among these cities grow more cities become involved as important global nodes and globalization has an extremely strong influence upon the forms and functions of cities everywhere. This new textbook examines modern cities worldwide through two lenses: as the major nodes in the global economy and as primary propagators of cultural ideas across the world. Exploring the ramifications of the continuing penetration of global forces into smaller urban areas this book clearly distinguishes economic cultural and political processes to demonstrate how global attachments are shaping many of the basic features of modern cities. Specifically the book examines the way cities accommodate huge global flows of people including migrants tourists and the managers of multi-national firms and the effects this has upon the cultural economic and political forces associated with globalization in cities. The main features of the book include: a balanced emphasis upon how economic technological and cultural forces shape both urban and global developments; a highly interdisciplinary focus incorporating major works and ideas from urban scholars writing in sociology geography anthropology and politics; detailed case studies of events and activities within specific cities and regions that illuminate major trends; end of chapter reading lists of corresponding chapters in The Globalizing Cities Reader  second edition edited by Xuefei Ren and Roger Keil and published by Routlegde in 2018. Written in a clear and accessible style Globalizing Cities: A Brief Introduction will appeal to advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students in both urban and globalization courses within sociology geography and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743953

Globalizing Civic EngagementCivil Society and Transnational Action 'Informative and useful.' Development and Change Until recently most civil society organizations (CSOs) operated at national or local levels. However new global organizations and networks are increasingly emerging. This book examines what CSOs can achieve and the barriers they face when they break national boundaries and sectoral moulds and work with others in global networks. A series of case studies of CSO initiatives reveal how transnational action can yield impressive results in changing policies and public attitudes. The diverse range of CSOs studied includes consumer groups trade unions the anti-globalization protest movement the World Social Forum Jubilee 2000 and others. All reveal a remarkably similar array of practical challenges from structure and leadership issues to governance dilemmas. The book offers practical guidance to those engaged with CSOs and contributes to academic enquiry about civil society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771467

Globalizing DissentEssays on Arundhati Roy Arundhati Roy is not only an accomplished novelist but equally gifted in unraveling the politics of globalization the power and ideology of corporate culture fundamentalism terrorism and other issues gripping today’s world. This volume – featuring prominent scholars from throughout the world – examines Roy beyond the aesthetic parameters of her fiction focusing also on her creative activism and struggles in global politics. The chapters travel to and fro between her non-fictional works – engaging activism on the streets and global forums – and its underlying roots in her novel. Roy is examined as a novelist non-fiction writer journalist activist feminist screenwriter ideologist and architect. This volume presents Roy's interlocking network of the ideas attitudes and ideologies that emerge from the contemporary social and the political world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541367

Globalizing East European Art HistoriesPast and Present This edited collection reassesses East-Central European art by offering transnational perspectives on its regional or national histories while also inserting the region into contemporary discussions of global issues. Both in popular imagination and to some degree scholarly literature East-Central Europe is persistently imagined as a hermetically isolated cultural landscape. This book restores the diverse ways in which East-Central European art has always been entangled with actors and institutions in the wider world. The contributors engage with empirically anchored and theoretically argued case studies from historical periods representing notable junctures of globalization: the early modern period the age of Empires the time of socialist rule and the global Cold War and the most recent decades of postsocialism understood as a global condition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367516130

Globalizing Education Educating the LocalHow Method Made us Mad This book offers a critical and deconstructive account of global discourses on education arguing that these overblown ‘hypernarratives’ are neither economically technically nor philosophically defensible. Nor even sane. Their ‘mythic economic instrumentalism’ mimic rather than meet the economic needs of global capitalism in ways that the Crash of 2008 brings into vivid disarray. They reduce national education to the same ‘hollowed out’ state as national capitalisms subject to global pseudo-accountancy and fads. The book calls for a philosophical and methodological revolution arguing for more transformative narratives that remodel qualitative inquiry particularly in addressing a more performative rather than representative ideal. The first part of the book aims to critique deconstruct and satirise contemporary assumptions about educational achievement and outputs the nature of contemporary educational discourses and the nature of the professionalism that sustain them. The second part offers innovative postmodernist ways of reconstructing a theory and methodology that aims at ‘educating the local’ rather than succumbing to the fantasies of the universal. This is a very timely book in that the economic crisis re-exposes the mythic nature of education-economic linkages putting discourses prefaced on such ‘connections’ into parallel crisis. Our global educational discourses have also crashed and new futures need urgently to be found. Such a ‘turnaround’ is both proposed and argued for. The book will appeal to a wide range of readers who are committed to educational and cultural change and who are interested in a new politics of education. It will have an immediate relevance and appeal in the UK USA Australia and New Zealand in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415619127

Globalizing Education for WorkComparative Perspectives on Gender and the New Economy This book explores how changes in the new world economy are affecting the education of male and female workers. Authors from Australia Africa Brazil Europe North America and South Korea use methodologies--such as literature reviews case studies legislative analysis evaluations of model delivery systems and demographic profiles--to examine the current efforts of a number of nations around the world to transform vocational education and training (VET) programs into gender equitable institutions where female students are able to obtain skills necessary for successful and economically viable lives. The cross-national perspectives in this volume illuminate the meaning of VET equity theory and practice in the new economy. Gender equity in education is constructed differently from place to place depending on a variety of factors including economic development and cultural traditions. Starting from this understanding that gender and culture are multifaceted historically situated and constructed around dominant economic and institutional structures class identities and social positions as well as discursive practices the book addresses central questions such as: *What roles do schools play in the global economy? *Is there a parallel between an increasingly globalized economy and a viable universal concept of education for work? *What is the effect of a nation's financial condition political system and global economic posture on its training policies? *Are educational equity issues heightened or submerged in the new economy? The comparative perspective helps readers to more clearly analyze both tensions that arise as capitalist changes in the new economy are contested resisted or accommodated--and the impact upon education. In the Afterword the editors identify overarching themes emerging from the volume and illuminate various comparative perspectives on gender and the new economy. Globalizing Education for Work: Comparative Perspectives on Gender and the New Economy brings together important information and analysis for researchers students and teachers in education women's studies and sociology; for vocational education and training professionals; and for policymakers and policy analysts in governmental and nongovernmental organizations. It is well suited as a text for a range of graduate courses in the fields of comparative and international education politics of education vocational educational policy gender and education and sociology of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866843

Globalizing Educational Accountabilities This book fills a gap in the literature by focusing on globalization with regard to the rescaling of educational accountabilities linked to international and national testing regimes and their impact. In particular this book examines the impact and effects of this global framework in two illustrative nations: Australia and Canada. The focus on these two nations which have very different forms of federalism allows for consideration of the rescaling of politics and policies in the context of globalization and for an analysis of the complex rescaling of educational accountabilities. It is the first book to document and analyse the multi-scalar relational and differentiated effects in national schooling systems of this rescaling of educational accountability. The authors also consider the ways in which these accountability regimes have rearticulated social justice and equity policies within nations in reductive ways. It offers scholars and policy makers both a methodology and an epistemological framework grounded in critical policy sociology for doing education policy analysis in a time of neo-liberal globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710251

Globalizing Feminist BioethicsCrosscultural Perspectives Globalizing Feminist Bioethics is a collection of new essays on the topic of international bioethics that developed out of the Third World Congress of the International Association of Bioethics in 1996. Rosemarie Tong is the primary editor of this collection in which she Gwen Anderson and Aida Santos look at such international issues as female genital cutting fatal daughter syndrome use of reproductive technologies male responsibility pediatrics breast cancer pregnancy and drug testing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098339

Globalizing Human Resource Management This new edition of Globalizing Human Resource Management examines the strategic and global issues of HRM by showing how organizations address the tradeoffs between global integration and local responsiveness. Sparrow Brewster and Chung discuss varying methods of globalized talent management and employer branding and conclude with a multi-dimensional approach to HRM. The second edition includes: Updated analyses of talent management employer branding and outsourcing of HRM Broader geographic focus including a new focus on Asian firms and other emerging markets Exploration of the impact of strategic management thinking on HR as well as the latest research in other areas such as operations marketing and economic geography Complementing traditional international HRM texts this is an ideal book for any student interested in the actual strategic logics being pursued by the HR function today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950696

Globalizing Human RightsEmerging Issues and Approaches This collection presents a comprehensive engagement of issues of human rights in an increasingly globalized world. As the role of the rule of law has moved beyond the confines of the state and beyond the interactions of states how and when law protects human rights has become a central issue of concern. These essays shed light on both the immediate and the long-term future of a variety of issues located at the intersection of globalized law and the protection of the rights of individuals. Here both top-down mechanisms and bottom-up mechanisms for the fulfilment of human rights are artfully explained. This volume presents frontiers of research in human rights in both substance and approach using a variety of methodologies to engage issues ranging from national court compliance norm diffusion and the role of the judiciary in fulfilling human rights to human trafficking same-sex marriage and judicial institution building through non-governmental organizations. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825955

Globalizing Human RightsPrivate Citizens the Soviet Union and the West Globalizing Human Rights explores the complexities of the role human rights played in U.S.-Soviet relations during the 1970s and 1980s. It will show how private citizens exploited the larger effects of contemporary globalization and the language of the Final Act to enlist the U.S. government in a global campaign against Soviet/Eastern European human rights violations. A careful examination of this development shows the limitations of existing literature on the Reagan and Carter administrations’ efforts to promote internal reform in USSR. It also reveals how the Carter administration and private citizens not Western European governments played the most important role in making the issue of human rights a fundamental aspect of Cold War competition. Even more important it illustrates how each administration made the support of non-governmental human rights activities an integral element of its overall approach to weakening the international appeal of the USSR. In addition to looking at the behavior of the U.S. government this work also highlights the limitations of arguments that focus on the inherent weakness of Soviet dissent during the early to mid 1980s. In the case of the USSR it devotes considerable attention to why Soviet leaders failed to revive the international reputation of their multinational empire in face of consistent human rights critiques. It also documents the crucial role that private citizens played in shaping Mikhail Gorbachev’s efforts to reform Soviet-style socialism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415885119

Globalizing InstitutionsCase Studies in Regulation and Innovation This title was first published in 2000:  The contributors to this fully documented volume address the debate surrounding the nature impact and desirability of the complex set of phenomena collectively referred to as 'globalization'. The book breaks new ground by showing globalization in a wide range of areas including national and transnational corporations welfare policies adoption gendered politics and democratic institutions citizenship religion and judicial systems. It is also a truly international volume including studies from North and South America Africa and Europe. The book illustrates how globalization entails localization and is best explored through the analysis of institutions. It will be of particular interest to political scientists sociologists lawyers and anyone interested in the continual processes of global change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138720824

Globalizing International Human Resource Management This edited book in twelve chapters on covers a wide range of regional and national cultures as well as perspectives exploring how these might shape both theory and practice in the field of international human resource management. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878409

Globalizing IR TheoryCritical Engagement Despite attempts to redress the balance international relations (IR) as a discipline is still dominated by Western theories. The contributors in this book explore the challenges of constructing an alternative with a dialogue between global and local approaches. Drawing on scholars with backgrounds in the United States Europe Asia and South America this volume attempts to critically engage with and reflect upon existing traditions of IR theory to produce a deeply pluralist approach. Traditions cultures histories and practices from around the world influence their respective theoretical understanding and in turn explain why the Western tradition of IR is insufficient. This book provides great insight for scholars of IR from around the world looking for more diversity in IR theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367404710

Globalizing Justice for Mass AtrocitiesA Revolution in Accountability This major new study examines the developing practice of universal jurisdiction as well as the broader phenomenon of "globalizing" justice and its ramifications. With a detailed overview of the contemporary practice of universal jurisdiction it discerns three trends at work: pure universal jurisdiction universal jurisdiction "plus" and non-use. It also argues that these disparities in practice should raise serious concerns as to the legitimacy and perceived legitimacy of such globalized justice. It then turns to a further consideration that of globalized justice precisely because it takes place far from the locus of the crime and is therefore "externalized" and may fail to achieve many of its putative goals. In addition this is a key assessment of civil accountability through the use of the Alien Tort Claims Act in the United States. It details how the use of civil penalties may offer new avenues for redress particularly with relation to group accountability whether that of armed groups or of corporations. However it balances this approach to accountability with recognition of certain flaws within externalized criminal accountability. This study also focuses on mixed tribunals or other methods of internationalized justice as viable alternatives which may avoid some of the problems with external justice but are themselves far from perfect. Mixed or hybrid tribunals in East Timor and Sierra Leone represent different models of hybrid justice and provide the reader with excellent examples of these new forms of justice in action. This book will be of great interest to all students and scholars of human rights international law and political science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203963968

Globalizing Literary GenresLiterature History Modernity Focused on the relation between processes of globalization and literary genres this volume intervenes in the prevalent notions of globalization literary history genre and the novel. Using both close reading and world history both literary criticism and political theory the book is a timely intervention in the debates about world postcolonial and transnational literature as they have been intensified by critical globalization studies world-systems analysis Bourdieuan sociology and cosmopolitanism studies. It contends that globalization far from starting in recent decades has a long and complex history not unlike the history of literature itself meaning that when we speak of globalization and literature we in effect invoke the entire history of literature. Essays examine literary genres in relation to broader historical processes connecting the present state of globalization to such key world-historic events as the early modern geographical and scientific explorations the Enlightenment the expansions of modernity in the long nineteenth and twentieth centuries postmodernity and postcoloniality and contemporary counter-hegemonic movements. The book offers innovative readings of the pastoral from Saint-Pierre to Carpentier; the novel in Kant and Wieland and in Diderot and Marx; travel writing from Verne to Cortázar; sports writing in James and Kahn; entrelacement in Bolaño Ghosh and Soderbergh; and also the Mozambican ghost story Indian genre fiction "fake" autobiographies Sephardic "language memoirs " the postcolonial Gothic Irish "chick lit " and counter-hegemonic novels. Making important theoretical contributions to a renewed discussion about genre especially genres of narrative fiction this volume addresses global studies the history of the novel and debates over periodization and nationalism in literary history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547667

Globalizing Migration RegimesNew Challenges to Transnational Cooperation It has been half a century since the Geneva Refugee Convention came into place but there is still no comparable international regime which provides for the increasing phenomenon of mobile economic migrants. At a time of global mobility when migration policies are constantly changing and the security and rights of migrants are called into question there is clearly a need for strengthened international cooperation. This volume brings together an international team of authors to examine the prospects for improvements in such cooperation and for the establishment of a framework of basic global or regional norms of conduct. Issues addressed in the book include how to augment the development effects of migration for source countries how to meet the security and rights interests of both states and migrants and how to improve the prospects for integration of migrants in destination countries. With its fresh policy-focused and global approach this volume will be of great value to both academics and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604073

Globalizing Regional Development in East AsiaProduction Networks Clusters and Entrepreneurship Significant historical and geographical differences account for the many processes and trajectories of regional development in East Asia. These historical and geographical specificities in East Asia have prompted serious re-examination of existing theories in regional development and in particular the "new regionalism" approach associated with such ideas as the learning region institutional thickness relational assets and regional innovation system. This book brings together a group of leading researchers specializing in local and regional development in East Asian economies. Through in-depth empirical studies of specific regions and localities these authors offer fresh and innovative perspectives on how regions evolve and develop over time in the world’s most dynamic macro-regional economy. In particular their work points to the critical importance of local and trans-local processes in shaping regional development trajectories. The book is timely given that the debate on the nature and dynamics of regional development in both academic and policy circles has now moved on. From the earlier focus on endogenous regional assets (such as localized networks of association and trust) scholars and policymakers are now analyzing the complex relationship between economic globalization and regional change. This high calibre collection makes a significant contribution to the literature on local and regional development in Asia and provides an important resource for researchers students and policy makers interested in East Asia. This book was published as a special issue of Regional Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639637

Globalizing Resistance against WarTheories of Resistance and the New Anti-War Movement The political revival of the anti-war movement after 9/11 launched a controversial debate on global resistance. Through detailed study of the anti-war movement in Britain this book critically evaluates the theoretical debate from the perspective of ‘critical theory in political practice’. This book presents new arguments and theoretical framework to consider globalized resistance to war. In an attempt to develop the theoretical debate further this book analyses two strands of current thought; liberal cosmopolitanism which considers the movement a consensual force of opposition against war in the form of global civil society and radical poststructuralism which speaks of the Multitude’s ‘war against war’.. Including detailed empirical case study of four anti-war organizations; the Stop the War Coalition the Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament Globalise Resistance and War Resisters’ International the author illustrates the limitations of the abstract nature of current theorizing and highlights the need for theory to be more engaged with political practice. While revealing tensions and conflicts within the new anti-war movement the study not only underlines the need to critically analyse the dominant theoretical　discourses but also suggests that the movement would benefit from a more open discussion about the complex relationship between unity and diversity. Globalizing Resistance against War is invaluable reading for students and scholars of International Sociology International Relations War and Peace Studies International Theory and Political Theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186194

Globalizing SeoulThe City's Cultural and Urban Change In the decades following the 1997 Asian economic crisis South Korea sought segyehwa (globalization). Evidence of this is no more evident than in the country’s capital Seoul where urban development has been central to making the city a global hub and not just the centre of the national economy. However recent development projects differ from those of the past in that they no longer focus solely on economic efficiency but on the deployment of a new urban aesthetics. As Jieheerah Yun reveals in Globalizing Seoul: The City’s Cultural and Urban Change the pursuit of globalization and the rebranding of Seoul’s image from hard industrial city to soft cultural city have shaped the urban development of the city. Following a brief urban history of Seoul she focuses on two key themes. In the first how globalization has contributed to refashioning Korean traditions she analyzes the policies and actions to preserve Korean folk houses and pre-industrial street layouts looking in detail at the Bukchon and Insadong areas of the city. Her second theme is an examination of migration and the generation of new minority neighbourhoods amidst the segyehwa policies and the state’s efforts to build a multicultural society. In detailed case studies of the redevelopment of Dongdaemun Market as part of rebranding Seoul as the ‘world design capital’ and of the Itaewon area as both a Special Tourist Zone and a Global Cultural Zone she shows how multi-ethnic neighbourhoods are threatened by lack of consideration for economic justice and housing provision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342170

Globalizing SportHow Organizations Corporations Media and Politics are Changing Sport Sport is enjoyed by millions of people across the world and both watching and playing sport constitutes a major part of modern leisure time. But sport is also a huge worldwide industry. In Globalizing Sport George Sage invites readers to explore a deeper understanding of the global dynamics of sport - not only competitions but of the big businesses of money media coverage athletic apparel and more. He shows how phenomena such as migration labour commerce and politics affect the athletes and the fans continually reshaping the business and experience of sport. Globalizing Sport puts sport in its political economic and social context revealing its connections with businesses countries media outlets and education systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634364

Globalizing the LibraryLibrarians and Development Work 1945–1970 Globalizing the Library focuses on the globalization of information and the library in the period following the Second World War. Providing an examination of the ideas and aspirations surrounding information and the library as well as the actual practices and actions of information professionals from the United States Britain and those working with organizations such as Unesco to develop library services this book tells an important story about international history that also provides insight into the history of information globalization and cultural relations.Exploring efforts to help build library services and train a cohort of professional librarians around the globe the book examines countries in Asia Africa and the Pacific during the period of the Cold War and decolonization. Using the ideas of ‘library diplomacy’ and ‘library imperialism’ to frame Anglo-American involvement in this work Laugesen examines the impact library development work had on various countries. The book also considers what might have motivated nations in the global South to use foreign aid to help develop their library services and information infrastructure.Globalizing the Library prompts reflection on the way in which library services are developed and the way professional knowledge is transferred while also illuminating the power structures that have shaped global information infrastructures. As a result the book should be essential reading for academics and students engaged in the study of libraries development and information. It should also be of great interest to information professionals and information historians who are reflecting critically on the way information has been transferred consumed and shaped in the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660864

Globalizing the Prehistory of JapanLanguage genes and civilisation This iconoclastic work on the prehistory of Japan and of South East Asia challenges entrenched views on the origins of Japanese society and identity. The social changes that took place in Japan in the time-period when the Jomon culture was replaced by the Yayoi culture were of exceptional magnitude going far beyond those of the so-called Neolithic Revolution in other parts of the world.  They included not only a new way of life based on wet-rice agriculture but also the introduction of metalworking in both bronze and iron and furthermore a new architecture functionally and ritually linked to rice cultivation a new religion and a hierarchical society characterized by a belief in the divinity of the ruler. Because of its immense and enduring impact the Yayoi period has generally been seen as the very foundation of Japanese civilization and identity. In contrast to the common assumption that all the Yayoi innovations came from China and Korea this work combines exciting new scientific evidence from such different fields as rice genetics DNA and historical linguistics to show that the major elements of Yayoi civilization actually came not from the north but from the south.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542074

Globally Networked Teaching in the HumanitiesTheories and Practices As colleges and universities in North America increasingly identify "internationalization" as a key component of the institution’s mission and strategic plans faculty and administrators are charged with finding innovative and cost-effective approaches to meet those goals. This volume provides an overview and concrete examples of globally-networked learning environments across the humanities from the perspective of all of their stakeholders: teachers instructional designers administrators and students. By addressing logistical technical pedagogical and intercultural aspects of globally-networked teaching this volume offers a unique perspective on this form of curricular innovation through internationalization. It speaks directly to the ways in which new technologies and pedagogies can promote humanities-based learning for the future and with it the broader essential skills of intercultural sensitivity communication and collaboration and critical thinking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138084650

GlobalSoilMap - Digital Soil Mapping from Country to GlobeProceedings of the Global Soil Map 2017 Conference July 4-6 2017 Moscow Russia GlobalSoilMap: Digital Soil Mapping from Country to Globe contains contributions that were presented at the 2nd GlobalSoilMap conference held 4-6 July 2017 in Moscow Russian Federation. These contributions demonstrate new developments in the GlobalSoilMap project and digital soil mapping technology in many parts of the world with special focus on former USSR countries. GlobalSoilMap: Digital Soil Mapping from Country to Globe aims to stimulate capacity building and new incentives to develop full GlobalSoilMap products in all parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815375487

GlobalSoilMapBasis of the global spatial soil information system GlobalSoilMap: Basis of the global spatial soil information system contains contributions that were presented at the 1st GlobalSoilMap conference held 7-9 October 2013 in Orléans France. These contributions demonstrate the latest developments in the GlobalSoilMap project and digital soil mapping technology for which the ultimate aim is to produce a high resolution digital spatial soil information system of selected soil properties and their uncertainties for the entire world. GlobalSoilMap: Basis of the global spatial soil information system aims to stimulate capacity building and new incentives to develop full GlobalSoilMap products in all parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138001190

Glocal Languages and Critical Intercultural AwarenessThe South Answers Back This volume provides a new perspective on prevailing discourses on translanguaging and multilingualism by looking at ‘glocal’ languages local languages which have been successfully "globalized". Focusing on European languages recreated in Latin America the book features examples from languages underexplored in the literature including Brazilian Portuguese Amerinidian poetics and English Spanish Portuguese outside Europe as a basis for advocating for an approach to language education rooted in critical pedagogy and post-colonial perspectives and countering hegemonic theories of globalization. While rooted in a discussion of the South the book offers a fresh voice in current debates on language education that will be of broader interest to students and scholars across disciplines including language education multilingualism cultural studies and linguistic anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731809

Glocal Narratives of Resilience Resilience discourse has recently become a global phenomenon infiltrating the natural and social sciences but has rarely been undertaken as an important object of study within the field of the humanities. Understanding narrative in its broad sense as the representation in art of an event or story Glocal Narratives of Resilience investigates the contemporary approaches to resilience through the analyses of cultural narratives that engage aesthetically and ideologically in (re)shaping the notion of resilience going beyond the scales of the personal and the local to consider the entanglement of the regional national and global aspects embedded in the production of crises and the resulting call for resilience. After an introductory survey of the state of the art in resilience thinking the book grounds its analyses of a wide range of narratives from the American continent Europe and India in various theoretical strands spanning Psycho-social Resilience Socio-Ecological Resilience Subaltern Resilience Indigenous survivance and resurgence Neoliberal Resilience and Compromised Resilience thinking among others thus opening the path toward the articulation of a cultural narratology of resilience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367261337

Glocal PharmaInternational Brands and the Imagination of Local Masculinity The Open Access version of this book available at http://www.tandfebooks.com has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. An exploration of how global pharmaceutical products are localized - of what happens when they become ‘glocal’ - this book examines the tensions that exist between a global pharmaceutical market and the locally bounded discourses and regulations encountered as markets are created for new drugs in particular contexts. Employing the case study of the emergence representation and regulation of Viagra in the Swedish market Glocal Pharma offers analyses of commercial material medical discourses and legal documents to show how a Swedish Viagra-consuming subject has been constructed in relation to the drug and how Viagra is imagined in relation to the Swedish man.Engaging with debates about pharmaceuticalization the authors consider the ways in which new identities are created around drugs the redefinition of health problems as sites of pharmaceutical treatment and changes in practices of governance to reflect the entrance of pharmaceuticals to the market. With attention to ‘local’ contexts it reveals elements in the nexus of pharmaceutcalization that are receptive to cultural elements as new products become embedded in local markets.An empirically informed study of the the ways in which the presence of a drug can alter the concept of a disease and its treatment understandings of who suffers from it and how to cure it - both locally and internationally - this book will appeal to scholars of sociology and science and technology studies with interests in globalization pharmaceuticals gender and the sociology of medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596583

Glocalization and the Development of a Hybrid Leadership ModelA Study of Chinese University Presidency Through in-depth interviews with the presidents of major Chinese universities this text explores the changing demands on leaders in Higher Education in the wake of globalization and develops a contemporary model of Hybrid Leadership. Glocalization and the Development of a Hybrid Leadership Model examines the leadership philosophies and practices of Chinese university presidents and presents new insights and perspectives on the meaning and practice of leadership in a global era. Drawing on data from a unique methodological process which integrates Western and Eastern approaches chapters foreground the experiences of leaders in higher education to demonstrate how they perceive and balance diverse and potentially conflicting local and global demands and ensure effective leadership by combining leadership philosophies and practices from local and global contexts. Ultimately this informs the development of new model of leadership characterized by the hybridization of the global and local at the contextual and personal levels and marked by global competency multiple cultural and sectoral mindsets and geographically adaptable skill sets. Challenging and enriching the existing theories of leadership for higher education   this text will be of interest to scholars post-graduate students and academics in the fields of educational leadership international and comparative education higher education and leadership studies. It will also be of interests to the practitioners of leadership in general and higher education leadership in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367248901

GlocalizationA Critical Introduction This book seeks to provide a critical introduction to the under-theorized concept of Glocalization. While the term has been slowly diffused into social-scientific vocabulary to date there is no book in circulation that specifically discusses this concept. Historically theorists have intertwined the concepts of the ‘global’ and the ‘glocal’ or have subsumed the ‘glocal’ under other concepts – such as cosmopolitanization. Moreover theorists have failed to give ‘local’ due attention in their theorizing. The book argues that the terms ‘global’ the ‘local’ and the ‘glocal’ are in need of unambiguous and theoretically and methodologically sound definitions. This is a prerequisite for their effective operationalization and application into social research. Glocalization is structured in two parts: Part I introduces the term seeking to provide a history and critical assessment of theorists' past use of glocalization and offering an alternative perspective and a clear effective and applicable definition of the term explaining the limitations of the term globalization and the value of defining glocalization. Part II then moves on to illustrate how the concept of glocalization can be used to broaden our understanding and analysis of a wide range of issues in world politics including the 21st century culture of consumption transnationalism & cosmopolitanism nationalism and religious traditions. Utilizing a wide range of historical ethnographic and real-life examples from various domains this work will be essential reading for students and scholars of Globalization and will be of great interest to those in the field of Global Transnational and Cosmopolitan Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722438

Gloom to BoomHow Leaders Transform Risk into Resilience and Value Leaders – whether in business government or the nonprofit sector – take risks but often without fully understanding risk at a strategic level. Expanding upon the well-known "ESG" risks this book explains the key nonfinancial (environmental social governance and technological or ESGT) risks. For many leaders (including board members) taking risk without knowledge or preparation can lead to organizational crisis scandal and value destruction. For those who are prepared resilience follows and so does the ability to transform ESGT risk into opportunity and value for stakeholders. In this book global governance risk ethics and cyber strategist author and board member Andrea Bonime-Blanc shows practitioners at all levels how to effectively identify and manage their top ESGT risks to avoid crises and transform risk into sustainable long-term resilience and value. Gloom to Boom is a book for everyone – from the highest levels of leadership in an organization (the board CEO and C-suite) to other senior leaders (the chief risk officer CFO general counsel head of CSR and sustainability CISO CHRO) and midlevel leaders students and folks simply interested in current affairs and the role and impact of strategic risk and opportunity on their lives.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781783537334

Glorious CausesThe Irrationality of Capitalism War and Politics Drawing on historical cases of the American South before and after the Civil War Europe – especially Germany – between the world wars and the United States in Vietnam and its aftermath this book takes a historical approach to explain the problems of capitalism and democratic leadership in western democracies today. Capitalist democracies proclaim equality material prosperity and comfort but produce extreme differences in wealth and power. They promise security and peace but deliver frequent wars. The promises broken elites often turn to other visions- partially borrowed from feudalism- to win public support. Nations turn to honor nobility and war as a way of winning over workers and legitimating the capitalist system itself.　 Capitalism’s contradictions often have produced a cultural divide. One side "cosmopolitans" – urban see themselves as citizens of the world not one region or country â€“  identify as secular preach multi-culturalism entertain state welfare systems and are cautious about going to war. Their opponents "traditionalists " breed among people who feel left behind anxiousness and insecurity often embracing community tradition God and family.　 The devastation of the world wars and the Third Reich led Europe to forgo visions of empire militarism and glory and focus upon improving the quality of life for their own citizens. Although the United States does not need to experience comparable trauma they should follow Europe’s example- forget glory and instead build a better life for the American people. The last chapter will consider how such a change could emerge in the US and who might help fight for it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263201

Glorious VisionsJohn Soane's Spectacular Theater Focusing on the house and museum and its considerable collections of architectural fragments models drawings folios and publications this book is about thirteen Lincoln’s Inn Fields in London England built in the early 1800s by the renowned eighteenth-century architect Sir John Soane. The book maps the influences references connections extensions and productions at play in Soane’s house-museum. The house still a public museum was highly original in its period and it continues to influence and impress architects and historians alike. Today’s visitor is confronted by a dense complex series of spaces a strange accumulation of rooms objects and effects. This book examines the ways in which Soane enlisted light shadow color fiction and narrative vistas spatial complexity the fragment and the mirror to produce a spectacular space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781589

Glory and TerrorSeven Deaths Under the French Revolution First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023076

Glossaries Of Americanisms V First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015415

Glossary Of Ancient Egyptian Nautical Terms First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864262

Glossary of Biotechnology & Agrobiotechnology Terms The 5th edition of Glossary of Biotechnology and Agrobiotechnology Terms will be a significant expansion of the previous 4th edition. In the past decade many new terms have been introduced due to the appearance and application of new crop plant breeding methods as well as technical advances in genetics molecular biology cell biology and agricultural research. The terms associated with important new technologies have been added to this new edition including terms related to Zinc Finger Proteins Transcription Activator-Like Effectors (TALEs) TALE Nucleases Genome Editing CRISPR/Cas 9 Gene-editing Systems Oligonucleortide-mediated Mutagenesis and RNA Interference as well as hundreds of others. The 5th edition like previous editions will be useful for regulators of agricultural biotechnology around the world customers biotech patent officials venture capitalists and agbiotech company executives as well as biopharmaceutical industries and academics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498758208

Glossary of Chinese Islamic Terms The most comprehensive glossary to date of Hui Muslim terms and the first to fully match the Chinese term (stated in Chinese script and pinyin) to its Arabic or Persian counterpart (stated in Arabic script with Latin transcription). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138991958

Glossary Of Plant Derived Insect Deterrents This handbook brings together in one place sources which entomologists chemists botanists insect ecologists physiologists and pharmacologists may consult for information to supplement that reported herein on the subject of plant-derived feeding deterrents. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315893174

GLP Quality Audit Manual Designed to enable readers to plan and execute their own audits this comprehensive guide presents both discussions and practical applications related to establishing a GLP QA unit and performing effective GLP audits. The first section provides the foundation of information needed for designing and initiating a Good Laboratory Practice quality assurance program. Section II contains ready-to-use audit checklists and regulatory references that are in accordance with the most recent regulations. Section III illustrates with examples the document requirements of the Quality Assurance Unit and provides a clear understanding of its function. Section IV comprises the full texts of the relevant standards and regulations along with the Principles of Good Laboratory Practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398439

Gluck This volume presents a collection of essays by leading Gluck scholars which highlight the best of recent and classic contributions to Gluck scholarship many of which are now difficult to access. Tracing Gluck’s life career and legacy the essays offer a variety of approaches to the major issues and controversies surrounding the composer and his works and range from the degree to which reform elements are apparent in his early operas to his contribution to changing perceptions of Hellenism. The introduction identifies the major topics investigated and highlights the innovatory nature of many of the approaches particularly those which address perceptions of the composer in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This volume which focuses on one of the most fascinating and influential composers of his era provides an indispensable resource for academics scholars and libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472443205

Glucose Nonfermenting Gram-Negative Bacteria in Clinical Microbiology First published in 1978: This book is devoted to the medically significant glucose nonfermenting Gram-negative bacteria. The objective of this reference book is to accumulate scientific information in the discipline of glucose nonfermenting bacteria encountered in clinical microbiology by assembling a group of specialists in this area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367245849

Glue EarAn essential guide for teachers parents and health professionals Glue Ear is a common condition among young children but until recently its long-term effects on learning and achievement weren't fully understood. Lindsay's research has demonstrated that there is a significant link between Glue Ear speech and language and dyslexia. This book will help teachers to understand the implications of temporary hearing loss and demonstrate how to be proactive as well as reactive in tackling the issues. This book will also be helpful to health professionals who may be aware of the medical implications of Glue Ear but not the educational reverberations. A separate section for parents enables teachers/health visitors/GPs to access information to copy and give out to families. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138177017

Glutamine and Glutamate MammalsVolume I Based on the joint effort of a great many top scientists this book covers most aspects of the metabolism and function of glutamine and glutamate in mammals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315893198

Glutamine and Glutamate MammalsVolume II Based on the joint effort of a great many top scientists this book covers most aspects of the metabolism and function of glutamine and glutamate in mammals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315893181

GlutamineBiochemistry Physiology and Clinical Applications Glutamine: Biochemistry Physiology and Clinical Applications describes the different functions of glutamine (Gln) in animals and humans. Gln is both a nutrient and a signaling molecule and its functions go beyond those of a simple metabolic fuel or protein precursor. This book has gathered together in an unbiased and critical manner all the available evidence and research on Gln including pathology (neurological diseases intestinal diseases critical illness and cancer) physiology (successful aging) catabolic states immunity and exercise. Special attention is given to the potential benefit of Gln in states of insulin resistance and the role of Gln as a "conditionally essential" amino acid. The contributors are either pioneers or experts in the area of Gln from all around the globe including Australia Brazil Canada Europe China and the United States. This book is a valuable source of information for nutrition scientists medical doctors sports scientists food scientists dietitians and anyone interested in nutrition. It is also a valuable resource for students in these fields and will be an important addition to university libraries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482234299

Glutathione This is the first serious attempt to synthesize all that became known of glutathione over the last three decades. The book contains an update of glutathione biosynthesis with special emphasis on its regulation in adaptive stress responses. Other chapters review glutathione transport systems and glutathione peroxidases and their differences in substrate specificities and localization. Further contributions center on the diversified roles of different glutathione-S-transferases and the roles of nitrosoglutathione and glutaredoxins - a subfamily of redoxins. The book closes with discussions of the analogous or homologous thiol metabolism in pathogens and the potential suitability of involved enzymes as drug targets. Key selling features:Summarizing the way glutathione is involved in stress responsesCompiling the multiple ways glutathione affects inflammatory responsesDisclosing how glutathione dampens programmed cell death such as ferroptosisExploring the enigma of how enzymes accelerate glutathione-dependent processesDiscussing how detoxification and redox regulation is mediated by glutathionylation Reviewing the ways glutaredoxins catalyze protein disulfide reductionHighlighting the medical impact of glutathione-related metabolic pathwaysIllustrating the role thiol metabolism of pathogens might play in drug discovery Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367656997

Glutathione In The Nervous System The goal of this text is to focus readers attention on three major areas; the origin and localization of GSH in the nervous system; the multiple effects of GSH on neural health activity; and the potential for alterations on GSH status to lead to neurological damage of the type observed in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Parkinson's disease and other neurological disorders. The text also touches upon the additional roles of the antoxidant GSH including possible neurotransmitter action redox modulation of ionotropic receptor function and neuroprotection against exicitoxic actions of glutamate. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447885

GlycerineA Key Cosmetic Ingredient This book comprehensively covers the chemical and physical properties and manufacturing and handling procedures of glycerine and the use of this material in cosmetic and personal care products and in other industrial areas such as testing laboratories and manufacturing and marketing sectors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450564

Glycobiology and Human Diseases This book discusses glycobiology and various forms of human diseases. Topics covered include immunoglobulins inflammation and glycosylation the role and therapeutic significance of natural anti-glycan antibodies in malignancies and in normal and aberrant pregnancy identifying urinary glycans as a possible method for the diagnosis of lysosomal storage diseases glycobiology of human milk (biological roles and diseases) and pectins as biological modulators of human physiological reactions. The book includes analysis of comprehensive data and some productive conclusions and perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498709187

Glycome InformaticsMethods and Applications A Focused State-of-the-Art Overview of This Evolving FieldPresents Various Techniques for GlycoinformaticsThe development and use of informatics tools and databases for glycobiology and glycomics research have increased considerably in recent years. In addition to accumulating well-structured glyco-related data researchers have now developed semi-automated methods for the annotation of mass spectral data and algorithms for capturing patterns in glycan structure data. These techniques have enabled researchers to gain a better understanding of how these complex structures affect protein function and other biological processes including cancer.One of the few up-to-date books available in this important area Glycome Informatics: Methods and Applications covers all known informatics methods pertaining to the study of glycans. It discusses the current status of carbohydrate databases the latest analytical techniques and the informatics needed for rapid progress in glycomics research.Providing an overall understanding of glycobiology this self-contained guide focuses on the development of glycome informatics methods and current problems faced by researchers. It explains how to implement informatics methods in glycobiology. The author includes the required background material on glycobiology as well as the mathematical concepts needed to understand advanced mining and algorithmic techniques. She also suggests project themes for readers looking to begin research in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367452438

GlyconanotechnologyNanoscale Approach for Novel Glycan Analysis and Their Medical Use Glycomics (a comprehensive study of glycans often denoted as the third alphabet of molecular biology besides nucleic acids and proteins) relies on techniques that use "heavy machinery" such as mass spectrometry liquid chromatography and capillary electrophoresis. The use of biosensors and biochips for glycan analysis offers the possibility of lower costs lower time and sample consumption and ease of use. This highly interdisciplinary book introduces students researchers and professionals to the broad scope of this area including the basics of nanotechnology and materials science glycomics and bioanalytical chemistry as well as several historical facts contexts and future perspectives. The introductory chapters are utilized in the book later for the state-of-the-art chapters on glycan-based diagnostics and imaging enrichment techniques and therapy which makes this book unique and of great interest to a wide audience. The authors are skilled specialists and research scientists with many years of experience in this area and former investigators on a prestigious European Research Council Starting Grant. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800167

Glycopeptide Antibiotics This work describes all known assays used to discover new glycopeptide antibiotics. It discusses practical techniques for screening isolating and analyzing glycopeptide antibiotics correlating structure-activity relationships with the mode of action. Every relevant chemical aspect of the carbohydrate components of glycopeptide antibodies is examined. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003067269

GM Food on TrialTesting European Democracy Europe was told that it had no choice but to accept agbiotech yet this imperative was turned into a test of democratic accountability for societal choices.  Since the late 1990s European public controversy has kept the agri-biotech industry and its promoters on the defensive. As some opponents and regulators alike have declared ‘GM food/crops are on trial’. Suspicion of their guilt has been evoked by moral symbols as disputes over whether genetically-modified products are modest benign improvements on traditional plant breeding or dangerous Frankenfoods; and in disputes over whether they are global saviours or control agents of multinational companies. This book examines European institutions being ‘put on trial’ for how their regulatory procedures evaluate and regulate GM products in ways which opened up alternative futures. Levidow and Carr highlight how public controversy created a legitimacy crisis leading to national policy changes and demands in turn stimulating changes in EU agbiotech regulations as a strategy to regain legitimacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655019

GMDSS for Navigators The Global Maritime distress and Safety System (GMDSS) is becoming the all-embracing term for communication and data transfer between ship and shore and ship and ship. It's a highly automated system of terrestrial satellite communications technology whose primary role is to maintain safety of life at sea. Within the next five years all vessels over 300 tonnes will be required to carry GMDSS equipment. The seafaring nations of the world have together established the rules and regulations for good working practices within the system and every serving and future navigating officer will be required to hold the GMDSS General Operator's Certificate. GMDSS for Navigators brings together in one publication the knowledge required by anyone who wants to become a qualified and competent operator of GMDSS communications equipment. It should prove to be the accepted universal reference for GMDSS training. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315042688

GMP/ISO Quality Audit Manual for Healthcare Manufacturers and Their Suppliers (Volume 1 - With Checklists and Software Package) Volume 1 of this two-part package provides a complete set of checklists for internal and contract device and drug manufacturers and developers contract software developers and suppliers of chemical printed material electronic component and general supplies. It also includes a simulated QSIT audit and a new-product market launch. All of these Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429135941

GMP/ISO Quality Audit Manual for Healthcare Manufacturers and Their Suppliers (Volume 2 - Regulations Standards and Guidelines)Regulation This well-known QA manual has been updated to provide the guidance readers need to assess their compliance with standard regulations. This Volume 2 of a three-part package contains the full text on: * FDA regulations* EC and IPEC guidelines* ISO/BSI standards referenced in the checklists furnished in volume 1Easy-to-read and organized to provide fast access to guidelines and regulations this is an essential reference for those working in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393328

GMPLS TechnologiesBroadband Backbone Networks and Systems Multi-Protocol Label Switch (MPLS) and Generalized MPLS (GMPLS) are key technologies for next-generation IP backbone networks. Until now however engineers have been forced to search for technical papers on this subject and read them in an ad-hoc manner. At last there is a book that explains both MPLS and GMPLS concepts in a systematic way. GMPLS Technologies: Broadband Backbone Networks and Systems addresses the basic concepts network architectures protocols and traffic engineering needed to operate MPLS and GMPLS networks. The book begins with an introduction of the nature and requirements of broadband networks. It describes the basics of control-oriented networks and Internet Protocol (IP).The text then examines the fundamentals of MPLS explaining why MPLS is preferable to IP packet-based forwarding. This volume covers MPLS applications details IP router structures illustrates GMPLS and explores important studies on traffic engineering in GMPLS Networks. The text concludes with a description of IP MPLS and GMPLS standardization topics. Network equipment design engineers and network service provision engineers can reference this book to understand the crucial techniques for building MPLS/GMPLS-based networks.FeaturesAddresses the basic concepts network architectures protocols and traffic engineering needed to operate MPLS and GMPLS networksCovers the fundamentals of connection-oriented networks including TCP/IP flow control mechanism and ATM protocolAnalyzes MPLS issues and applications such as label switched paths (LSPs) and VPNsHighlights IP router structures examining technologies of data path function - switch architecture packet scheduling and forwarding engineExplores multi-layer traffic engineering survivable networks and wavelength-routed optical networksDemonstrates GMPLS-based routers Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220956

Gnostic Apocalypse and IslamQur'an Exegesis Messianism and the Literary Origins of the Babi Religion Of the several works on the rise and development of the Babi movement especially those dealing with the life and work of its founder Sayyid Ali Muhammad Shirazi few deal directly with the compelling and complex web of mysticism theology and philosophy found in his earliest compositions. This book examines the Islamic roots of the Babi religion (and by extension the later Baha’i faith which developed out of it) through the Qur’anic commentaries of the Bab and sheds light on its relationship to the wider religious milieu and its profound debt to esoteric Islam especially Shi'ism. Todd Lawson places the two earliest writings of the Bab within the diverse contexts necessary to understand them in order to explain why these writings made sense to and inspired his followers. He delves into the history of the tafsir (Qur’an commentary) genre of Islamic scholarship situates these early writings in the Akhbari Sufi and most importantly Shaykhi traditions of Islam. In the process he identifies both the continuities and discontinuities between these works and earlier works of Shi’i tafsir helping us appreciate significant elements of the Bab’s thought and claims.Filling an important gap in the existing literature on the Babi movement this book will be of greatest interest to students and scholars of Qur'an commentary Mysticism Shi'ism the modern history of Iran and messianism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864668

Gnotobiotic Mouse TechnologyAn Illustrated Guide The popularity of germ-free animal models particularly mice for investigation of human physiology and disease has recently exploded. Gnotobiotic Mouse Technology: An Illustrated Guide provides the first manual for the maintenance husbandry and experimental manipulation of germ-free and gnotobiotic mice. It includes information on all aspects of establishing and operating a germ-free mouse research facility from basic principles and equipment to detailed instructions for assembling and maintaining isolators sterilizing supplies handling animals and monitoring sterility. The book breaks down techniques and procedures into modules each of which contains a step-by-step practical and visual guide to a set of related procedures. Each description consists of a materials list introduction and general overview followed by a thoroughly illustrated walkthrough of the steps for each procedure. The descriptions end with troubleshooting tips. Technical chapters are heavily illustrated and include notations of potential pitfalls and alternatives. Other chapters discuss management procedures and practices such as the hiring and training of personnel setting fee schedules and record keeping. This book is a landmark resource for establishing and maintaining a facility for germ-free mouse research. Useful to both technicians and investigators it presents every step necessary to establish a successful facility. It also gives direction in expanding multi-user facilities and applying new technologies to your current practices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498736329

Go Figure! New Directions in Advertising Rhetoric Rhetorical scholarship has found rich source material in the disciplines of advertising communications research and consumer behavior. Advertising considered as a kind of communication is distinguished by its focus on causing action. Its goal is not simply to communicate ideas educate or persuade but to move a prospect closer to a purchase. The editors of "Go Figure! New Directions in Advertising Rhetoric" have been involved in developing the scholarship of advertising rhetoric for many years. In this volume they have assembled the most current and authoritative new perspectives on this topic. The chapter authors all present previously unpublished concepts that represent advances beyond what is already known about advertising rhetoric. In the opening and closing chapters editors Ed McQuarrie and Barbara Phillips provide an integrative view of the current state of the art in advertising rhetoric. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315704029

Go To Market Strategy In this path-breaking new book best-selling author and leading go-to-market strategist Larry Friedman provides a practical and battle-tested approach for taking products services divisions or even an entire company to market! Drawing on dozens of examples and best-practices across a variety of industries 'Go To Market Strategy' lays out a clear and actionable blueprint for building a winning go-to-market plan - one that will enable you to do more business with more customers more often and more profitably. In this book you'll find all of the techniques and tools you need to answer today's crucial go-to-market questions:· Which markets offer the best opportunities for profitable growth?· What do my target customers need? How can I do a lot more business with them?· What mix of channels and partners will help me reach and sell to the most customers at the lowest possible cost? · Do I have the right product or solution? How can I create broader customer interest in my offerings?· Do I have a winning value proposition? What would make the 'message' more compelling - and drive more purchasing activity? 'Go To Market Strategy' is not about incremental change. As Friedman points out it is for executives seeking nothing less than double-digit revenue growth and the slashing of at least 10-15 percent of selling costs - absolutely realistic results that go-to-market innovators have consistently achieved. This book lays out all of the techniques used by the world's top go-to-market leaders so you too can achieve those kinds of results and gain a real go-to-market competitive advantage in your markets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080507460

GO: On the Geographies of Gunnar Olsson Since the early 1960s the internationally acclaimed and highly distinguished Swedish geographer Gunnar Olsson has made substantial contributions to his own discipline. In addition because of the transgressive nature of his work and writing which often borders to art and philosophy his ideas and approaches have reached a wider audience of those interested in the history and geography of ideas culture and human reasoning. Olsson’s recent masterpiece Abysmal is a minimalist guide to the territory of Western culture. In it he investigates how cartographical reason enables people to think about and navigate the abstract world of invisible human relations in much the same way as they are able to study and traverse the physical Earth by using maps and mapping. This book presents a comprehensive introduction to and overview of the entire range of Olsson’s geography from the early days of spatial science to his contemporary engagement with and critique of cartographical reasoning. It includes selected samples of Olsson’s own writings including rarities together with a consolidated bibliography of his publications. It also contains critical engagements from leading scholars such as Michael Dear Michael Watts Chris Philo and Marcus Doel with Olsson’s geography from a variety of perspectives which are particularly valuable to those readers who already know his work. It is structured and written in a way that makes Olsson’s geography accessible to a wide readership including those who are not already familiar with Olsson’s work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269354

Goal Attainment ScalingApplications Theory and Measurement There is an extensive literature on Goal Attainment Scaling (GAS) but the publications are widely scattered and often inaccessible covering several foreign countries and many professional disciplines and fields of application. This book provides both a user manual and a complete reference work on GAS including a comprehensive account of what the method is what its strengths and limitations are how it can be used and what it can offer. The book is designed to be of interest to service providers program directors and administrators service and business organizations program evaluators researchers and students in a variety of fields. No previous account of GAS has provided an up-to-date comprehensive description and explanation of the technique. The chapters include a basic "how to do it" handbook step-by-step implementation instructions frequently occurring problems and what should be done about them methods for monitoring the quality of the goal setting process and a discussion of policy and administration issues. There are many illustrations from actual applications including examples of goals scaled for the individual the specific program the agency or the total system. Procedures for training and estimates of training costs are also provided. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315801933

Goal Concepts in Personality and Social Psychology Is behavior motivated? And if so can it be motivated by the anticipation of future events? What role does cognition play in such motivational processes? And further what role does motivation play in ongoing cognitive activity? Questions such as these provide the foundation for this book originally published in 1989. More specifically the chapters in this book address the question of the utility of goals concepts in studying motivation and social cognition. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138859081

Goal-based Decision MakingAn Interpersonal Model This work presents a goal-based model of decision making in which the relative priorities of goals drive the decision process -- a psychological alternative to traditional decision analysis. Building on the work of Schank and Abelson the author uses goals as the basis for a model of interpersonal relations which permits decisions to incorporate personal and adopted goals in a uniform manner. The theory is modelled on the VOTE computer program which simulates Congressional roll-call voting decisions. The VOTE program expands traditional decision making and simulation models by providing not only a choice but also a natural language explanation in either English or French. It simulates real members of Congress voting on real bills and producing reasonable explanations. The program is consistent with much of the descriptive political science literature on Congressional decision making and provides an explicit model of political issues relationships and strategies that converge in voting behavior. In developing the VOTE program the author draws on his own practical experience in politics from four presidential campaigns and the White House. Given the underlying psychological basis of the program VOTE can be extended to other decision making domains different from politics. Another use for the program is to simulate business decisions such as securities analysis as well as mundane decision making such as choosing a college or deciding whether to get a Mohawk haircut. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876415

Goal-Directed Behavior This volume presents chapters from internationally renowned scholars in the area of goals and social behavior. The book is organized around a series of topics that are of critical importance to understanding the social-cognitive aspects of goal-directed behavior. In each chapter the authors offer an introduction to past research on a specific topic and combine this with a presentation of their own empirical work to provide an integrated overview of the topic at hand. As a whole this volume is designed to provide a broad portrait of goal research as it has been and is currently being conducted in the social psychological literature. It serves as an introduction to essential issues while at the same time offering a sampling of cutting-edge research on core topics in the study of goal-directed behavior such as how goals are represented where goals come from and what goals do in the process of regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848728738

Goal-focused CoachingTheory and Practice This book offers a comprehensive practical guide to goal-focused coaching. Addressing a significant gap in the literature Ives and Cox contextualize goal-focused coaching within the broader coaching framework and explain the efficacy of this approach across a number of contexts and applications. The book draws on behavioral science rather than humanistic psychology to provide a well-researched evidence-based guide that includes: A detailed examination of the theoretical underpinnings of this approach A discussion of the skills models and formats for goal-focused coaching Cutting edge insights into barriers to coaching and managing the coaching relationship Summaries vignettes references and diagrams to aid learning Goal-focused Coaching will be of interest to students taking classes in coaching as well as professional executive coaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808965

Goals Goal Structures and Patterns of Adaptive Learning Achievement goal theory has emerged as one of the preeminent approaches to motivation. Goals Goal Structures and Patterns of Adaptive Learning presents the findings of a large scale longitudinal study that use goal theory as the lens through which to examine the relation among achievement goals the learning context and students' and teachers' patterns of cognition affect and behavior. These results are integrated within the larger literature on goal theory providing an overview of the research that has been conducted as well as suggestions that goal theory researchers might want to consider. Written by scholars who are well-known in the field this book: *provides a comprehensive summary of research related to achievement goal theory--one of the preeminent approaches to motivation today; *presents a detailed overview of research conducted in conjunction with the Patterns of Adaptive Learning Study--a decade-long multi-faceted study employing both quantitative and qualitative methods. A description of the development reliability and validity of the Patterns of Adaptive Learning Scales is included. These scales are being used by many researchers using achievement goal theory in this country and internationally; *includes important information about the relevancy of achievement goal theory for an understanding of avoidance behaviors in schools; *describes the relevancy of achievement goal theory for children who are disaffected from school and schooling; and *points to the gaps in research on achievement goal theory and provides guidance for future research in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410602152

Goals Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070240

Goat Medicine and Surgery As textbooks go this is one of the few that I may actually choose to read in a spare moment not just when madly researching what could possibly be the problem when I get called to a goat farm. It contains interesting information on the background of goat farming goat behaviour nutrition and husbandry in the introductory section... This hardback logically presented book will live on a handy shelf to be used on a regular basis. - Pam Brown mixed practice vet at Alnorthumbria Vets Wooler in Veterinary Record 27 April 2019   Key features: Covers both goat medicine and surgery Covers basic anatomy commons breeds and husbandry Includes new and emerging diseases   Goats are one of the most widely kept domestic animals globally mainly as a result of the relative ease with which they can be kept and the obvious benefits provided to those who keep them. Goat Medicine and Surgery describes the key diseases that can have an impact on goat health and welfare worldwide providing information on diagnosis treatment prognosis management and control. 　   Covers basic anatomy common breeds and husbandry. Divided into chapters covering each body system Offers the common differential diagnoses followed by the specific diagnosis and recommended treatments Covers a wide range of disorders including new and emerging diseases   Modern goat keeping gives us a full spectrum of activity from nomadic tribes moving with their animals to the range-keeping in Australia to units fattening goat kids for meat and to intensive goat dairy production systems.　 Alongside these production systems are those in which goats are kept in small numbers as a hobby as pets and at public attractions. This book deals with the diseases and challenges impacting all kinds of goats and their owners. It will be invaluable to veterinarians in practice and training animal scientists and agricultural advisors as well as scientists interested in animal welfare. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367893422

God This book explores two foundational questions about God: are there adequate reasons to think that God exists and if God exists what is God like. The first and main question of the book takes up epistemological concerns focusing on arguments for and against the claim that theism is rationally justifiable. Metaphysical questions about God's nature in particular God's knowledge and power comprise the second part of the volume. These two questions are related since if the concept of a God perfect in wisdom power and goodness is incoherent it cannot be reasonable to believe that God exists. By exploring these foundational questions about God readers will be able and I hope eager to tackle more specialized and complex questions in the philosophy of religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711423

God Education and Modern MetaphysicsThe Logic of "Know Thyself" The Western tradition has long held the view that while it is possible to know that God exists it nevertheless remains impossible to know what God is. The ineffability of the monotheistic God extends to each of the Abrahamic faiths. In this volume Tubbs considers Aristotle’s logic of mastery and questions the assumptions upon which God’s ineffability rests. Part I explores the tensions between the philosophical definition of the One as "thought thinking itself" (the Aristotelian concept of noesis noeseos) and the educational vocation of the individual as "know thyself" (gnothi seuton). Identifying vulnerabilities in the logic of mastery Tubbs puts forth an original logic of education which he calls modern metaphysics or a logic of learning and education. Part II explores this new educational logic of the divine as a "logic of tears " as a "dreadful religious teacher " and as a way to cohere the three Abrahamic faiths in an educational concept of monotheism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194277

God Eternity and Time "God is eternal" is a standard belief of all theistic religions. But what does it mean? If on the one hand "eternal" means timeless how can God hear the prayers of the faithful at some point of time? And how can a timeless God act in order to answer the prayers? If God knows what I will do tomorrow from all eternity how can I be free to choose what to do? If on the other hand "eternal" means everlasting does that not jeopardize divine majesty? How can everlastingness be reconciled with the traditional doctrines of divine simplicity and perfection? An outstanding group of American UK German Austrian and Swiss philosophers and theologians discuss the problem of God's relation to time. Their contributions range from analyzing and defending classical conceptions of eternity (Boethius's and Aquinas's) to vindicating everlastingness accounts and from the foreknowledge problem to Einstein's Special Theory of Relativity. This book tackles philosophical questions that are of utmost importance for Systematic Theology. Its highest aim is to deepen our understanding of religious faith by surveying its relations to one of the most fundamental aspects of reality: time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254005

God Evolution and Animal SufferingTheodicy without a Fall After the publication of On the Origin of Species in 1859 theologians were faced with the dilemma of God creating through evolution. Suddenly pain suffering untimely death and extinction appeared to be the very tools of creation and not a result of the sin of humanity. Despite this paradigm shift the question of non-human suffering has been largely overlooked within theodicy debates overwhelmed by the extreme human suffering of the twentieth century. This book redresses this imbalance by offering a rigorous academic treatment of the questions surrounding God and the suffering of non-human animals. Combining theological philosophical and biblical perspectives this book explores the relationship between God and Creation within Christian theology. First it dismantles the popular theological view that roots violence and suffering in the animal kingdom in the fall of humanity. Then through an exploration of the nature of love it affirms that there are multiple reasons to suggest that God and creation can both be "good" even with the presence of violence and suffering. This is an innovative exploration of an under-examined subject that encompasses issues of theology science morality and human-animal interactions. As such it will be of keen interest to scholars and academics of religion and science the philosophy of religion theodicy and biblical studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583835

God Freedom and Immortality Published in 1999 this text offers a comprehensive treatment of the Philosophy of Religion. Its overall conclusions are that though there is no reason to suppose there is a God doing something that is not quite believing in god who as some mystics think - neither exists nor does not exist may be valuable for some people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314726

God Freud and ReligionThe origins of faith fear and fundamentalism Choice Essential Read Did God create man or did man create God? In this book Dianna Kenny examines religious belief through a variety of perspectives – psychoanalytic cognitive neuropsychological sociological historical and psychiatric – to provide a coherent account of why people might believe in God. She argues that psychoanalytic theory provides a fertile and creative approach to the study of religion that attempts to integrate religious belief with our innate human nature and developmental histories that have unfolded in the context of our socialization and cultural experiences. Freud argued that religion is so compelling because it solves the problems of our existence. It explains the origin of the universe offers solace and protection from evil and provides a blueprint about how we should live our lives with just rewards for the righteous and due punishments for sinners and transgressors. Science on the other hand offers no such explanations about the universe or the meaning of our lives and no comfort for the unanswered longings of the human race. Is religion a form of wish-fulfilment a collective delusion to which we cling as we try to fathom our place and purpose in the drama of cosmology? Can there be morality without faith? Are science and religion radically incompatible? What are the roots of fundamentalism and terror theology? These are some of the questions addressed in God Freud and Religion a book that will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychologists and psychotherapists students of psychology psychoanalysis philosophy and theology and all those with an interest in religion and human behaviour. Dianna Kenny is Professor of Psychology at the University of Sydney Australia. She is the author of over 200 publications including six books. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138791336

God Goodness and Philosophy Does belief in God yield the best understanding of value? Can we provide transcendental support for key moral concepts? Does evolutionary theory undermine or support religious moralities? Is divine forgiveness unjust? Can a wholly good God understand evil? Should philosophy of religion proceed in a faith-neutral way? Public and academic concerns regarding religion and morality are proliferating as people wonder about the possibility of moral reassurance and the ability of religion to provide it and about the future of religion and the relation between religious faiths. This book addresses current thinking on such matters with particular focus on the relationship between moral values and doctrines of the divine. Leading scholars in the field test the scope of philosophy of religion and engage with the possibilities and difficulties of attempting trans-faith philosophy. Chapters also relate to a number of cross-disciplinary contemporary debates: on evolution and ethics; politics justice and forgiveness; and the relation between reason and emotions. Another set of chapters tests the coherence of Anselmian theism and concepts of an Omni-God in relation to divine knowledge and goodness. This book will be of interest to scholars and undergraduates in philosophy of religion as well as moral philosophers philosophers of science theologians and those working in theology and science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409428527

God Human Nature and Education for PeaceNew Approaches to Moral and Religious Maturity This title was first published in 2003. What prevents the human species from finally learning the lessons of social justice and global peace in an unreconciled world? Are Christians better off? Presenting new challenges to moral and religious education this book clarifies the true image of the biblical God around the topics of justice and reconciliation. Rejuvenating interpretations of the most outstanding traditions of the Old and New Testament Karl Ernst Nipkow's approach of 'elementarization' - well known in German speaking countries - is introduced for the first time in the English language. Theological perspectives are confronted with data from evolutionary ethics and social psychology through practice-based examples of the roots of aggression violence xenophobia and ethno-centrism. The analysis ends with peace and spirituality in the light of different faiths. This book presents a striking blend of theology education and the social sciences to explore central issues in moral and religious education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716001

God Human Nature and Education for PeaceNew Approaches to Moral and Religious Maturity This title was first published in 2003. What prevents the human species from finally learning the lessons of social justice and global peace in an unreconciled world? Are Christians better off? Presenting new challenges to moral and religious education this book clarifies the true image of the biblical God around the topics of justice and reconciliation. Rejuvenating interpretations of the most outstanding traditions of the Old and New Testament Karl Ernst Nipkow's approach of 'elementarization' - well known in German speaking countries - is introduced for the first time in the English language. Theological perspectives are confronted with data from evolutionary ethics and social psychology through practice-based examples of the roots of aggression violence xenophobia and ethno-centrism. The analysis ends with peace and spirituality in the light of different faiths. This book presents a striking blend of theology education and the social sciences to explore central issues in moral and religious education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138716032

God Jews and the MediaReligion and Israel’s Media In order to understand contemporary Jewish identity in the twenty-first century one needs to look beyond the Synagogue the holy days and Jewish customs and law to explore such modern phenomena as mass media and their impact upon Jewish existence. This book delves into the complex relationship between Judaism and the mass media to provide a comprehensive examination of modern Jewish identity in the information age. Covering Israel as well as the Diaspora populations of the US and UK the author looks at journalism broadcasting advertising and the internet to give a wide-ranging analysis of how the Jewish religion and Jewish people have been influenced by the media age. He tackles questions such as: What is the impact of Judaism on mass media? How is the religion covered in the secular Israeli media? Does the coverage strengthen religious identity? What impact does the media have upon secular-religious tensions?　 Chapters explore how the impact of Judaism is to be found particularly in the religious media in Israel – haredi and modern Orthodox – and looks at the evolution of new patterns of religious advertising the growth and impact of the internet on Jewish identity and the very legitimacy of certain media in the eyes of religious leaders. Also examined are such themes as the marketing of rabbis the `Holyland’ dimension in foreign media reporting from Israel and the media’s role in the Jewish Diaspora. An important addition to the existing literature on the nature of Jewish identity in the modern world this book will be of great interest to scholars of media studies media and religion sociology Jewish studies religion and politics as well as to the broader Jewish and Israeli communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824539

God Life and the CosmosChristian and Islamic Perspectives God Life and the Cosmos: Christian and Islamic Perspectives is the first book in which Christian and Muslim scholars explore the frontiers of science-religion discourse. Leading international scholars present new work on key issues in science and religion from Christian and Islamic perspectives. Following an introduction by the editors the book is divided into three sections: the first explores the philosophical issues in science-religion discourse; the second examines cosmology; the third analyses the issues surrounding bioethics. One of the first books to explore aspects of science-religion discourse from the perspective of two religious traditions God Life and the Cosmos opens up new vistas to all interested in science and religion and those exploring contemporary issues in Christianity and Islam. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253992

God Mind and Knowledge The themes of God Mind and Knowledge are central to the philosophy of religion but they are now being taken up by professional philosophers who have not previously contributed to the field. This book is a collection of original essays by eminent and rising philosophers and it explores the boundaries between philosophy of religion philosophy of mind metaphysics and epistemology. Its introduction will make it accessible to newcomers to the field especially those approaching it from theology. Many of the book’s topics lie at the focal point of debates - instigated in part by the so-called New Atheists - in contemporary culture about whether it is rational to have religious beliefs and the role these beliefs can or should play in the life of individuals and of society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409462101

God Muhammad and the Unbelievers This study of the Qur'an arises from an interest in a pressing contemporary issue the relationship between Muslims and non-Muslims ('the Ummah and the Other'). This text explores how the Qur'an comments on this relationship as it changed in the course of Muhammad's ministry. Particular attention is paid to the portrayal in the Meccan 'punishment-narratives' of a fascinating and complex triangular relationship between God the powerless and persecuted believing community with Muhammad at its centre and the unbelieving Meccans who rejected Muhammad's preaching.  The text raising questions about the possible contemporary relevance of this analysis focusing firstly on discussions about the appropriate models for Islamic society today and secondly on dialogue between Christians and Muslims. This book presents a detailed and illuminating analysis of many important Qur'anic themes and passages and offers a coherent and original account of significant developments within the thought of the Qur'an as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759946

God Politics EconomySocial Theory and the Paradoxes of Religion The book intervenes into the contemporary debate on religion politics and economy focusing on the field of formation which emerges as these seemingly autonomous spheres encounter one another. Empirically it concentrates on examples from literature theatre and cinema as well as a case study of the recent revolts in Turkey where a ‘moderate’ Islamic government is in power. Theoretically its focus is on the contemporary ‘return’ of religion in the horizon of the critique of religion seeking to articulate an affirmative politics that can re-evaluate the value of dominant values in religious governance and governance of religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138596382

God Schools and Government FundingFirst Amendment Conundrums In recent years a conservative majority of the U.S. Supreme Court over vigorous dissents has developed circumventions to the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment that allow state legislatures unabashedly to use public tax dollars increasingly to aid private elementary and secondary education. This expansive and innovative legislation provides considerable governmental funds to support parochial schools and other religiously-affiliated education providers. That political response to the perceived declining quality of traditional public schools and the vigorous school choice movement for alternative educational opportunities provokes passionate constitutional controversy. Yet the Court’s recent decision in Arizona Christian School Tuition Organization v. Winn inappropriately denies taxpayers recourse to challenge these proliferating tax funding schemes in federal courts. Professors Winer and Crimm clearly elucidate the complex and controversial policy legal and constitutional issues involved in using tax expenditures - mechanisms such as exclusions deductions and credits that economically function as government subsidies - to finance private religious schooling. The authors argue that legislatures must take great care in structuring such programs and set forth various proposals to ameliorate the highly troubling dissention and divisiveness generated by state aid for religious education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599874

God the Multiverse and EverythingModern Cosmology and the Argument from Design Modern cosmology tells us that the universe is remarkably 'fine-tuned' for life. If the constants of physics or the initial conditions at the Big Bang were different by the smallest of margins then the universe would have been dull and lifeless. Why should the universe be so accommodating to life? Many cosmologists believe that the existence of many universes can explain why ours is so special. In this book Rodney Holder subjects this 'multiverse' hypothesis to rigorous philosophical critique. A multitude of problems is exposed. Going substantially further than existing treatments Holder argues that divine design is the best explanation for cosmic fine-tuning specifically that design by God is a superior explanation in terms of both initial plausibility and explanatory power and is therefore the most rational position to take on the basis of the cosmological data. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277724

God & Timelessness Vol 7 First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315823454

God After DarwinA Theology of Evolution In God After Darwin eminent theologian John F. Haught argues that the ongoing debate between Darwinian evolutionists and Christian apologists is fundamentally misdirected: Both sides persist in focusing on an explanation of underlying design and order in the universe. Haught suggests that what is lacking in both of these competing ideologies is the notion of novelty a necessary component of evolution and the essence of the unfolding of the divine mystery. He argues that Darwin's disturbing picture of life instead of being hostile to religion-as scientific skeptics and many believers have thought it to be-actually provides a most fertile setting for mature reflection on the idea of God. Solidly grounded in scholarship Haught's explanation of the relationship between theology and evolution is both accessible and engaging. The second edition of God After Darwin features an entirely new chapter on the ongoing controversial debate between intelligent design and evolution including an assessment of Haught's experience as an expert witness in the landmark case of Kitzmiller v. Dover Area School District on teaching evolution and intelligent design in schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096991

God and CaesarTroeltsch's Social Teaching as Legitimation H. Richard Niebuhr's powerful interpretation of Ernst Troeltsch has shaped our view of the man for over seventy years. Troeltsch is one of the most respected and renowned figures in liberal Protestant thought. Yet as Harvard philosopher of religion Cornel West observes in his foreword Constance Benson "shat-ters certain crucial aspects of Troeltsch's image as a liberal religious thinker" with God and Caesar.Benson reconstructs the historical context in which Troeltsch wrote his landmark The Social Teaching of the Christian Churches and reinterprets it in relation to that context. She shows that Troeltsch's Christian-ity legitimized class religious and gender inequality in response to the challenges of social democracy. Her controversial exploration of why most Troeltsch scholars have remained silent on this deserves seri-ous consideration. Her discovery of Troeltsch's rolein the politics and ideological debates of Imperial Germany require a painful reexamina-tion of an entire chapter of Protestant history. Benson exposes Troeltsch's relationship to Paul de Lagarde a notorious anti-Semite and architect of what later became Nazi ideology.God and Caesaris a needed corrective. Troeltsch is an important figure for the Chris-tian right in Germany and for many mainstream Protestants in the United States. Benson's courageous book is the most challenging critique of Troeltsch's politics we have an unsettling perspective that forces us to revise the beloved Troeltsch so many of us had come to admire and cherish. It will be of interest to intellectual historians theologians and students of religious history and specialists in German social and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510395

God and DifferenceThe Trinity Sexuality and the Transformation of Finitude God and Difference interlaces Christian theology with queer and feminist theory for both critical and constructive ends. Linn Marie Tonstad uses queer theory to show certain failures of Christian thinking about God gender and sexuality. She employs queer theory to dissect trinitarian discourse and the resonances found in contemporary Christian thought between sexual difference and difference within the trinity. Tonstad critiques a broad swath of prominent Christian theologians who either use queer theory in their work or affirm the validity of same-sex relationships arguing that their work inadvertently promotes gendered hierarchy. This volume contributes to central debates in Christianity over divine and human personhood gendered relationality and the trinity and provides original accounts of God sexual difference and Christian community that are both theologically rich and thoroughly queer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138554542

God And EvilAn Introduction To The Issues This concise well-structured survey examines the problem of evil in the context of the philosophy of religion. One of the core topics in that field the problem of evil is an enduring challenge that Western philosophers have pondered for almost two thousand years. The main problem of evil consists in reconciling belief in a just and loving God wit Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367315993

God and GoodnessA Natural Theological Perspective "God and Goodness" takes the experience of value as a starting point for natural theology. Mark Wynn argues that theism offers our best understanding of the goodness of the world especially its beauty and openness to the development of richer and more complex material forms. We also see that the world's goodness calls for a moral response: commitment to the goodness of the world represents a natural extension of the trust to which we aspire in our dealings with human beings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862738

God and Government in an 'Age of Reason' In this companion volume to Deity and Domination David Nicholls broadens his examination of the relationship between religion and politics. Focusing on the images and concepts of God and the state predominant in eighteenth-century discourse he shows how these were interrelated and reflect the language of the wider cultural contexts. Nicholls argues that the way a community pictures God will inevitably reflect (and also affect) its general understanding of authority whether it be in state in family or in other social institutions. Much language about God for example has a primarily political reference: in psalms hymns and sermons God is called king judge lord ruler and to him are ascribed might majesty dominion power and sovereignty. But if political rhetoric is frequently incorporated into religious discourse the reverse is also true: many key concepts of modern political theory are secularised theological concepts. In his consideration of this important and neglected relationship Nicholls sheds new light on religion and politics in the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868144

God and Greater BritainReligion and National Life in Britain and Ireland 1843-1945 Concern and debate over the role of religion in the make up of the United Kingdom is a contemporaneously relevant as it was in the nineteenth century. God and Greater Britain is a survey of the contribution of religion to society politics culture and national self-understanding in Britain and Ireland at a pivotal period in their historical development. It derives from primary research as well as from an extensive synthesis of the secondary literature. John Wolffe's timely and stimulating appraisal of the centrality of religion is well illustrated with specific episodes and uniquely places religion in a firm historical perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009196

God and Humanity in AuschwitzJewish-Christian Relations and Sanctioned Murder God and Humanity in Auschwitz synthesizes the findings of research developed over the last thirty years on the rise of anti-Semitism in our civilization. Donald J. Dietrich sees the Holocaust as a case study of how prejudice has been theologically enculturated. He suggests how it may be controlled by reducing aggressive energy before it becomes overwhelming. Dietrich studies the recent responses of Christian theologians to the Holocaust and the Jewish theological response to questions concerning God's covenant with Israel which were provoked by Auschwitz.Social science has dealt with the psychosocial dynamics that have supported genocide and helps explain how ordinary persons can produce extraordinary evil. Dietrich shows how this research combined with theological analyses can help reconfigure theology itself. Such an approach may serve to help dissolve anti-Semitism to aid in constructing such positive values as respect for human dignity and to point the way to restricting future outbreaks of genocide.God and Humanity in Auschwitz surveys which religious factors created a climate that permitted the Holocaust. It also illuminates what social science has to tell us about developing a strategy that when institutionally implemented can channel our energies away from sanctioned murder toward a more compassionate society. The book has proven to be an essential resource for theologians sociologists historians and political theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524439

God and Mammon (Routledge Revivals)The Relations of Religion and Economics First published in 1931 this is an attempt by the great economist J. A. Hobson to analyse the relations between economics and religion. After considering the origins of the conflicts and compromises between God and Mammon in the life of primitive man the author concerns himself primarily with medieval and modern Christianity and the business climate and ethos corresponding with these periods. In particular he focuses upon Catholicism and Protestantism before considering the attitude of the church towards modern economic movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415505956

God and mission in US foreign policy In the February–March 2014 issue of Survival Paul D. Miller discusses the influence of religion on US foreign policy Daniel Byman examines the rise of sectarianism in the Middle East and Christian Le Mière analyses security dilemmas in Asia. Also in the issue: Florence Gaub on the crisis in Libya; James Mina and Daniel Serwer on circumventing the Strait of Hormuz; and Nigel Inkster on the Snowden revelations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138789678

God and ModernityA New and Better Way To Do Theology For the past four hundred years theological debate has been dominated by a fundamental divide: between the liberals with strong loyalties to the secularity of the secular state and university on the one hand and the neo-orthodox insisting on the absolute priority of a proper loyalty to the church community itself on the other. God and Modernity strikes off in a fundamentally new directionAndrew Shanks boldly calls for a new and better way to do theology.Shanks argues that God is most present in a culture where public debate over ethical issues flourishes best. Social movements such as feminist movements peace movements and green movements have emerged to challenge both Church and State. These new movements are no longer confined to a particular confessional religious identity and are independent of state sponsorship. These social movements already made an individual impact on theology. What would a theology look like systematically trying to reconcile older divisions in the theological debate with a new loyalty to such movements common ethos?Anyone wishing to gain a refreshing insight into a new way of understanding theology and politics will welcome this ground-breaking book. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203025253

God and Natural OrderPhysics Philosophy and Theology In God and Natural Order: Physics Philosophy and Theology Shaun Henson brings a theological approach to bear on contemporary scientific and philosophical debates on the ordered or disordered nature of the universe. Henson engages arguments for a unified theory of the laws of nature a concept with monotheistic metaphysical and theological leanings alongside the pluralistic viewpoints set out by Nancy Cartwright and other philosophers of science who contend that the nature of physical reality is intrinsically complex and irreducible to a single unifying theory. Drawing on the work of theologian Wolfhart Pannenberg and his conception of the Trinitarian Christian god the author argues that a theological line of inquiry can provide a useful framework for examining controversies in physics and the philosophy of science. God and Natural Order will raise provocative questions for theologians Pannenberg scholars and researchers working in the intersection of science and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546066

God and Nature in the Thought of Margaret Cavendish Only recently have scholars begun to note Margaret Cavendish’s references to 'God ' 'spirits ' and the 'rational soul ' and little has been published in this regard. This volume addresses that scarcity by taking up the theological threads woven into Cavendish’s ideas about nature matter magic governance and social relations with special attention given to Cavendish’s literary and philosophical works. Reflecting the lively state of Cavendish studies God and Nature in the Thought of Margaret Cavendish allows for disagreements among the contributing authors whose readings of Cavendish sometimes vary in significant ways; and it encourages further exploration of the theological elements evident in her literary and philosophical works. Despite the diversity of thought developed here several significant points of convergence establish a foundation for future work on Cavendish’s vision of nature philosophy and God. The chapters collected here enhance our understanding of the intriguing-and sometimes brilliant-contributions Cavendish made to debates about God’s place in the scientific cosmos. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472439611

God and Personality First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884311

God and Realism Peter Byrne’s study of God and realism offers a critical survey of issues surrounding the realist interpretation of theism and theology. Byrne presents a general argument for interpreting the intent of talk about God in a realist fashion and argues that judging the intent of theistic discourse should be the primary object of concern in the philosophy of religion. He considers a number of important ideas and thinkers supporting global anti-realism and finds them all wanting. After the refutation of global anti-realism Byrne considers a number of important arguments in favour of the notion that there is something specific to talk about God which invites an anti-realist interpretation of it. Here he looks at verificationism the writings of Don Cupitt forms of radical feminist theory and the ideas of D.Z. Phillips. The book concludes with a discussion of whether theology as a discursive academic discipline can be interpreted realistically. Offering a comprehensive survey of the topic and of the leading literature in the field this book presents key arguments for exploring issues brought to bear upon the realism debate. Students and scholars of philosophy of religion philosophy of language metaphysics theory of knowledge and theology will find this an invaluable new contribution to the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254043

God and the Creative ImaginationMetaphor Symbol and Myth in Religion and Theology 'A mere metaphor' 'only symbolic' 'just a myth' - these tell tale phrases reveal how figurative language has been cheapened and devalued in our modern and postmodern culture. In God and the Creative Imagination Paul Avis argues the contrary: we see that actually metaphor symbol and myth are the key to a real knowledge of God and the sacred. Avis examines what he calls an alternative tradition stemming from the Romantic poets Blake Wordsworth and Keats and drawing on the thought of Cleridge and Newman and experience in both modern philosophy and science.God and the Creative Imagination intriguingly draws on a number of non-theological disciplines from literature to philosophy of science to show us that God is appropriately likened to an artist or poet and that the greatest truths are expressed in an imaginative form. Anyone wishing to further their understanding of God belief and the imagination will find this an inspiring work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203165034

God and the EUFaith in the European Project The current political economic and financial crises facing the EU reveal a deeper cultural indeed spiritual malaise – a crisis in ‘the soul of Europe’. Many observers are concluding that the EU cannot be restored to health without a new appreciation of the contribution of religion to its past and future and especially that of its hugely important but widely neglected Christian heritage which is alive today even amidst advancing European secularization. God and the EU offers a fresh constructive and critical understanding of Christian contributions to the origin and development of the EU from a variety of theological national and political perspectives. It explains the Christian origins of the EU; documents the various ways in which it has been both affirmed and critiqued from diverse theological perspectives; offers expert theologically-informed assessments of four illustrative policy areas of the EU (religion finance environment science); and also reports on the place of religion in the EU including how religious freedom is framed and how contemporary religious actors relate to EU institutions and vice versa. This book fills a major gap in the current debate about the future of the European project and will be of interest to students and scholars of religion politics and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296671

God and the GunThe Church and Irish Terrorism First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022666

God and the Moral Life How do various concepts of God impact the moral life? Is God ultimately required for goodness? In this edited collection an international panel of contemporary philosophers and theologians offer new avenues of exploration from a theist perspective for these important questions. The book features several approaches to address these questions. Common themes include philosophical and theological conceptions of God with reference to human morality particular Trinitarian accounts of God and the resultant ethical implications and how communities are shaped promoted and transformed by accounts of God.Bringing together philosophical and theological insights on the relationship between God and our moral lives this book will be of keen interest to scholars of the philosophy of religion particularly those looking at ethics social justice and morality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890742

God and the MultiverseScientific Philosophical and Theological Perspectives In recent decades scientific theories have postulated the existence of many universes beyond our own. The details and implications of these theories are hotly contested. Some philosophers argue that these scientific models count against the existence of God. Others however argue that if God exists a multiverse is precisely what we should expect to find. Moreover these philosophers claim that the idea of a divinely created multiverse can help believers in God respond to certain arguments for atheism. These proposals are of course also extremely controversial. This volume collects together twelve newly published essays – two by physicists and ten by philosophers – that discuss various aspects of this issue. Some of the essays support the idea of a divinely created multiverse; others oppose it. Scientific philosophical and theological issues are considered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302204

God and the Nature of Time Is God temporal 'in time' or atemporal 'outside of time'? Garrett DeWeese begins with contemporary metaphysics and physics developing a causal account of dynamic time.  Drawing on biblical material as well as discussions of divine temporality in medieval and contemporary philosophical theology DeWeese concludes that God is temporal but not in physical time as we measure it. Interacting with issues in the history of philosophy contemporary philosophy of science and philosophy of religion this book offers students a thorough introduction to the key issues and key figures in historical and contemporary work on the philosophy of time and time in theology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254036

God and the ScientistExploring the Work of John Polkinghorne This book presents a celebration survey and critique of the theological work of arguably the most important and most widely-read contributor to the modern dialogue between science and theology: John Polkinghorne. Including a major survey by Polkinghorne himself of his life's work in theology this book draws together contributors from among the most important voices in the science-theology dialogue today to focus on key aspects of Polkinghorne's work with Polkinghorne providing responses. Anybody exploring contemporary aspects of the science-religion debate will find this book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409445708

God and the Universe Ambitious controversial and absorbing God and the Universe tackles the highly-charged issue of God's relevance in the light of new scientific thinking on cosmology. Engaging with poststructuralism ethics mathematics and philosophy through the ages this persuasively argued book reinvigorates religious debate for the new millennium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865548

God and WarThe Church of England and Armed Conflict in the Twentieth Century Despite narratives of secularization it appears that the British public persistently pay attention to clerical opinion and continually resort to popular expressions of religious faith not least in time of war. From the throngs of men who gathered to hear the Bishop of London preach recruiting sermons during the First World War to the attention paid to Archbishop Williams' words of conscience on Iraq clerical rhetoric remains resonant. For the countless numbers who attended National Days of Prayer during the Second World War and for the many who continue to find the Remembrance Day service a meaningful ritual civil religious events provide a source of meaningful ceremony and a focus of national unity. War and religion have been linked throughout the twentieth century and this book explores these links: taking the perspective of the 'home front' rather than the battlefield. Exploring the views and accounts of Anglican clerics on the issue of warfare and international conflict across the century the authors explore the church's stance on the causes morality and conduct of warfare; issues of pacifism obliteration bombing nuclear possession and deterrence retribution forgiveness and reconciliation and the spiritual opportunities presented by conflict. This book offers invaluable insights into how far the Church influenced public appraisal of war whilst illuminating the changing role of the Church across the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262065

God Behind the ScreenLiterary Portraits of Personality Disorders and Religion This interdisciplinary study of literary characters sheds light on the relatively under-studied phenomenon of religious psychopathy. God Behind the Screen: Literary Portrais of Religious Psychopathy identifies and rigorously examines protagonists in works from a variety of genres written by authors such as Aldous Huxley Jane Austin Sinclair Lewis and Steven King who are both fervently religous and suffer from a range of disorders underneath the umbrella of psychopathy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665418

God Here and Now Karl Barth was without doubt one of the most significant religious thinkers of modern times. His radical affirmation of the revealed truth of Christianity changed the course of Christian theology in the twentieth century and is a source of inspiration for countless believers. Pope Pius XII declared that there had been nothing like Karl Barth's later thought since Thomas Aquinas. God Here and Now offers a succinct and accessible overview of that thought. In it Barth outlines his position on the fundamental tenets of Christian belief from the decision of faith to the authority of the Bible and from the interpretation of grace to the significance of Jesus Christ. In this way Barth challenges each and every reader to discover what it means to encounter God here and now. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171237

God Image Handbook for Spiritual Counseling and PsychotherapyResearch Theory and Practice Learn seven clinical approaches to working with the God image in psychotherapy Each person has two ideas of God—the God concept and the God image. The God concept is intellectual in nature while the God image is the subjective emotional experience of God that is shaped by a person’s family history. Those who struggle with mental health issues often have a God image that is distant critical and judgmental because they had parents who behaved that way. God Image Handbook for Spiritual Counseling and Psychotherapy: Research Theory and Practice provides therapists with the tools to effectively treat clients who harbor God image issues. This unique manual builds upon strong philosophical and research foundations to offer seven practical clinical approaches to working with the God image in psychotherapy. Leading clinicians and researchers from various disciplines offer expert insight and analysis to provide therapists with in-depth understanding of the God image. God Image Handbook for Spiritual Counseling and Psychotherapy: Research Theory and Practice comprehensively discusses the psychodynamic foundation and research that contribute to the understanding of the God image and then presents seven different theoretical and technical approaches to help those who have personal and religious problems. Case examples illustrate how the God image changes through the therapy process. The guidebook also explores future developments and the implications of race culture gender orientation and economic conditions that impact the God image. Each approach and theory in God Image Handbook for Spiritual Counseling and Psychotherapy: Research Theory and Practice examine: background and philosophical assumptions God image development God image difficulties God image change strengths and weaknesses Case examples discuss: client history presenting problem case conceptualization treatment plan interventions duration of treatment termination therapeutic outcomes God Image Handbook for Spiritual Counseling and Psychotherapy: Research Theory and Practice is an interdisciplinary guide that provides a holistic understanding of psychological issues and the God image and is a valuable practical addition to the libraries of psychiatrists psychologists counselors social workers addiction professionals clergy spiritual directors and pastoral counselors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877594

God in a Single VisionIntegrating Philosophy and Theology In the ancient conversation between Western philosophy and Christian theology powerful contemporary voices are arguing for monologue rather than dialogue. Instead of these two disciplines learning from and mutually informing each other both philosophers and theologians are increasingly disconnected from and thus unable to hear what the other is saying especially in Anglo-American scholarship. Some Christian philosophers are now found claiming methodological authority over doctrine while some Christian theologians even deny that philosophy has its own integrity as a separate discipline. Against these trends David Brown has argued over the past thirty years that philosophy and theology are both necessary in order to grapple with the reality of divine mystery and Christian faith. Neither discipline can be reduced to the other and each has its own contribution to make for a full understanding of what Brown describes as 'a single vision' of God. In this volume Brown addresses some key topics in philosophical theology including the created order experience and revelation incarnation and redemption and heaven and our communal destiny. Combining analytic clarity doctrinal substance and historical depth this volume exemplifies Brown's project of truly integrating philosophy and theology. It thus provides an ideal introduction to this vital conversation for undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as a connected argument of interest to specialists in both disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472465597

God in ContextA Survey of Contextual Theology In the 1970s theologians in Asia and Africa showed an interest in the way different cultural contexts influenced the interpretation of Christian belief. Manifestations of contextual theologies have since appeared in many parts of the world; animated international discussion about expressions methods and theories for contextual theology have continued with the spread of contextual theology from the South to the North.. The object of these theologies is to shed new light on the concept of incarnation. How does the incarnated God act in a liberating way? Contextual theology explores awareness of the interrelatedness of God and culture. This book surveys important concepts positions and problems of contextual theology dealing with different criteria for the interpretation of 'context' and providing explanations of different theoretical models for contextual theology. Particular topics discussed include: the importance of place for the experience of God; a dynamic correlative and communicative view of tradition; the approach to knowledge in contextualism and the greater right of the poor to aesthetic knowledge; human ecological formation of theology and the contributions of pictorial art and architecture to contextual theology. Clearly explaining the importance of contextual theology for all theology this book offers an invaluable text for students and others exploring theology in context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254029

God in Postliberal PerspectiveBetween Realism and Non-Realism Who is God? The variety of images of God tends to overwhelm us in the present age. Is 'God' a fiction of human construction or a reality that makes claims upon how we practice 'faith in God'? How does this quest for an understanding of 'God' illumine who 'we' are? God in Postliberal Perspective presents an introduction to the doctrine and concept of God in contemporary philosophy and theology exploring how some theologians and philosophers dare to speak of God as "real" in our sceptical pluralistic and interfaith age. Robert Cathey tours the "house of realism" as constructed by postliberal Christians (David Burrell William Placher Bruce Marshall) in conversation with living communities of faith and critical work in philosophy and theology and develops a distinctive argument about the relation of realism and non-realism in constructing the doctrine of God in postliberal theology. Offering a reading of postliberal theology which is open to critical discussion with other types of theology philosophy and faith traditions this book proposes a model of theological reflection that may be extended to the reality-claims of a wide range of doctrines and concepts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585246

God in the Act of ReferenceDebating Religious Realism and Non-Realism To claim to believe in God without accepting that God exists independently of human minds would mean reducing God to merely a human construct thus not real enough for being the object of religious worship. This book sets out to challenge this common view on existence and religious belief. Arguing from concrete examples of language use in children's make-believe play and other ordinary situations Erica Appelros suggests that what makes us consider something to be real involves our capacities to relate to our surroundings - not only on grounds of their physical characteristics but also on grounds of human construction. This book makes a substantial contribution to the contemporary debate within philosophy of religion on religious realism and non-realism and suggests innovative and constructive solutions to the perennial philosophical and religious issue of what is meant by talking about God and God's existence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315254012

God in the Movies The religious imagination is alive and well in the movies. Contrary to those who criticize Hollywood popular movies very often have metaphorically represented God on the screen. From Clint Eastwood as an avenging angel in Pale Rider and Nicolas Cage as a love-sick angel in City of Angels to Jessica Lange as an angel of death in All That Jazz and from George Burns as God in Oh God! to Audrey Hepburn in Alwaysto pure white light in Fearless and Flatliners God is very much present in the movies. Images of angels and God used by movie makers are explored here.This intelligent insightful volume is an exercise in urban anthropology. Religious imagination is the subject and the movie house is its location. The authors show that the religious imagination is irrepressible and shows up in our best-known example of popular cultures movies. Contrary to conservative opinion that suggests that Hollywood is anti-religious Greeley and Bergesen find just the opposite. Ordinary movies not explicitly about religion and not made by particularly religious individuals often demonstrate some basic religious theme point or message. God in the Movies does not judge or approve recommend or criticize; the authors simply alert the reader to the great variety of metaphors for God angels heaven and hell from beautiful women to white light at the end of the tunnel to Groundhog Day. They are not concerned with explicitly religious movies. This is not a study of Ben Huror The Last Temptations of Christ but rather of ordinary mass-release movies including Field of Dreams Always All That Jazz Commandments Babette's Feast Fearless Breaking the Waves Jacob's Ladder Flatliners Ghost Pale Rider Star Wars 2001 Dogma and even Japanimation like Ghost in the Shell.The authors' vivid explication of various cinematic metaphors for God is accompanied by an analysis of what these movies tell about our sociological attitudes toward life and death. They also discuss the social conditions that give rise to various kinds of imagery and forms of movies. In a real sense this book is for both the professional concerned with religion sociology cultural studies anthropology media and cinema studies and the layperson interested in how popular movies also contain religious imagery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524453

God LaughedSources of Jewish Humor Humor has had a profound effect on the way the Jewish people see the world and has sustained them through millennia of hardships and suffering. God Laughed reviews organizes and categorizes the humor of the ancient Jewish texts the Hebrew Bible the Talmud and Midrash in a clear readable and accessible manner.These works have influenced the Jewish people in many ways and all are replete with humor and wit. Inevitably this oeuvre of Jewish humor has itself influenced generations of comics as well as genres of humor. The authors use examples of Biblical humor from several broad categories including irony sarcasm wordplay humorous names humorous imagery and humorous situations.Because their primary purpose is not to entertain but to teach humanity how to live the ideal life much of the humor in the Talmud and the Midrash has a single purpose: to demonstrate that evil is wrong and even at times ludicrous. This may help explain why approximately 1 500 years after its closing the Talmud is still such a fascinating work. God Laughed is the latest addition to Transaction's Jewish Studies series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510401

God of SalvationSoteriology in Theological Perspective The theology of salvation stands at the heart of the Christian faith. Very often the structure of Christian salvation is seen in terms of a single theme such as atonement for sins forgiveness liberation or friendship with God. It is easy to reduce soteriology to a matter of merely personal experience or to see salvation as just a solution to a human problem. This book explores a vital yet often neglected aspect of Christian confession - the essential relationship between the nature of salvation and the character of the God who saves. In what ways does God's saving outreach reflect God's character? How might a Christian depiction of salvation best bear witness to these features? What difference might it make to start with the identity of God as encountered in the gospel then view everything else in the light of that? In addressing these questions this book offers fresh appraisals of a range of major themes in theology: the nature of creaturely existence; the relationship between divine purposes and material history; the holiness love and judgement of God; the atoning work of Jesus Christ; election justification and the nature of faith; salvation outside the church; human and non-human ends; the nature of eschatological fellowship with God. In looking at these issues in the light of God's identity the authors offer a stimulating and tightly-argued reassessment of what a Christian theology of salvation ought to resemble and ask what the implications might be for Christian life and witness in the world today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585260

God of the Machine The God of the Machine presents an original theory of history and a bold defense of individualism as the source of moral and political progress. When it was published in 1943 Isabel Paterson's work provided fresh intellectual support for the endangered American belief in individual rights limited government and economic freedom. The crisis of today's collectivized nations would not have surprised Paterson; in The God of the Machine she had explored the reasons for collectivism's failure. Her book placed her in the vanguard of the free-enterprise movement now sweeping the world.Paterson sees the individual creative mind as the dynamo of history and respect for the individual's God-given rights as the precondition for the enormous release of energy that produced the modern world. She sees capitalist institutions as the machinery through which human energy works and government as a device properly used merely to cut off power to activities that threaten personal liberty.Paterson applies her general theory to particular issues in contemporary life such as education .social welfare and the causes of economic distress. She severely criticizes all but minimal application of government including governmental interventions that most people have long taken for granted. The God of the Machine offers a challenging perspective on the continuing worldwide debate about the nature of freedom the uses of power and the prospects of human betterment.Stephen Cox's substantial introduction to The God of the Machine is a comprehensive and enlightening account of Paterson's colorful life and work. He describes The God of the Machine as "not just theory but rhapsody satire diatribe poetic narrative." Paterson's work continues to be relevant because "it exposes the moral and practical failures of collectivism failures that are now almost universally acknowledged but are still far from universally understood." The book will be essential to students of American history political theory and literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138535930

God Wills itPresidents and the Political Use of Religion God Wills It is a comprehensive study of presidential religious rhetoric. Using careful analysis of hundreds of transcripts David O'Connell reveals the hidden strategy behind presidential religious speech. He asks when and why religious language is used and when it is whether such language is influential.Case studies explore the religious arguments presidents have made to defend their decisions on issues like defence spending environmental protection and presidential scandals. O'Connell provides strong evidence that when religious rhetoric is used public opinion typically goes against the president the media reacts harshly to his words and Congress fails to do as he wants. An experimental chapter casts even further doubt on the persuasiveness of religious rhetoric.God Wills It shows that presidents do not talk this way because they want to. Presidents like Jimmy Carter and George H.W. Bush were quite uncomfortable using faith to promote their agendas. They did so because they felt they must. God Wills It shows that even if presidents attempt to call on the deity the more important question remains: Will God come when they do? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412864046

God’s Song and Music’s MeaningsHow Shall we Sing the Lord’s Song? The public making of music in our society happens more often in the context of chapels churches and cathedrals than anywhere else. The command to sing and make music to God makes music an essential part of the DNA of Christian worship. Taking seriously the practice and not just the theory of music this ground-breaking collection of essays establishes a new standard for the interdisciplinary conversation between theology musicology and liturgical studies. Framed by two substantive essays by leading theologians with a profound interest in music the book’s four main sections will address questions about the history the performance the contexts and the nature of music as Christians understand it. It will show how any serious discussion of music opens onto considerations of time tradition ontology anthropology providence and the nature of God. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472478672

God-Conscious Organization and the Islamic Social Economy Can there be God-conscious organizational behaviour in the real world of today’s capitalist corporations and the alternatives? In this overview of God-consciousness as a moral-awareness model of preference formation functions structures and programs of organization within the purview of institutions and society the authors explain and compare the major ethical issues of organizational behaviour and structure in Islamic economic theory and application. By analysing the nature of inclusive organizations and institutions and the ethical preferences in Islamic choice framework the authors from Saudi Arabia Australia Malaysia Bangladesh Canada Indonesia and the UK can highlight individual aspects to show whether capitalist organizational behaviour is sustainable. They describe how The Tawhidi epistemological framework governing conscious moral decision-making by institutions and organization are used to establish the meaning and potential application of the concept of sustainability and whether organizational moral objectives achieve their goals of life-fulfilment development Poverty alleviation and the equitable distribution of wealth and resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879457

Goddess as NatureTowards a Philosophical Thealogy Goddess as Nature makes a significant contribution to elucidating the meaning of a female and feminist deity at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Bridging the gap between the emergent religious discourse of thealogy - discourse about the Goddess - and a range of analytical concerns in the philosophy of religion the author argues that thealogy is not as incoherent as many of its critics claim. By developing a close reading of the reality-claims embedded within a range of thealogical texts one can discern an ecological and pantheistic concept of deity and reality that is metaphysically novel and in need of constructive philosophical thealogical and scholarly engagement. Philosophical thealogy is in an age concerned with re-conceiving nature in terms of agency chaos complexity ecological networks and organicism both an active possibility and a remarkably valuable academic feminist and religious endeavour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585338

Goddess Traditions in Tantric HinduismHistory Practice and Doctrine Hinduism cannot be understood without the Great Goddess and the goddess-orientated Śākta traditions. The Goddess pervades Hinduism at all levels from aniconic village deities to high-caste pan-Hindu goddesses to esoteric tantric goddesses. Nevertheless the highly influential tantric forms of South Asian goddess worship have only recently begun to draw scholarly attention. This book addresses the increasing interest in the Great Goddess and the tantric traditions of India by exploring the history doctrine and practices of the Śākta tantric traditions. The highly influential tantric forms of South Asian goddess worship form a major part of what is known as ‘Śāktism’ and is often considered one of the major branches of Hinduism next to Śaivism Vaiṣṇavism and Smārtism. Śāktism is however less clearly defined than the other major branches and the book looks at the texts of the Śākta traditions that constitute the primary sources for gaining insights into the Śākta religious imaginative ritual practices and history. It provides an historical exploration of distinctive Indian ways of imagining God as Goddess and surveys the important origins and developments within Śākta history practice and doctrine in its diversity. Bringing together contributions from some of the foremost scholars in the field of tantric studies the book provides a platform for the continued research into Hindu goddesses yoga and tantra for those interested in understanding the religion and culture in South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138583788

Goddesses of Kathmandu ValleyGrace Rage Knowledge In South Asia goddesses are conceptualized and worshipped in a fascinatingrange of forms – from cosmic beings to bacterial manifestations from human-like appearances to creatures with animal and insect semblances. This book maps the diverse identities of goddesses through metaphors of Grace Rage and Knowledge and offers an in-depth insight into femininity sexual politics ritual worship religion ecology and gender. The volume explores how these deity attributes are expressed and embedded through anthropomorphic as well as inorganic forms of nature: beautiful women multi-legged and many-armed animals epistemic selves demonic beings glamorous personifications and also grotesque sub-humans.The second edition contains an Epilogue which further explores how the discourses on Goddesses are moulded by the myth and folklore. It opens discussions on how the dynamism of Goddess cultures have been appropriated into contemporary variations of those archetypes over time. This book will be useful to scholars and researchers of religious studies cultural studies folklore art literature sociology and gender studies especially those interested in Nepal and Hinduism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734510

Godel's Proof 'Nagel and Newman accomplish the wondrous task of clarifying the argumentative outline of Kurt Godel's celebrated logic bomb.' – The Guardian In 1931 the mathematical logician Kurt Godel published a revolutionary paper that challenged certain basic assumptions underpinning mathematics and logic. A colleague of physicist Albert Einstein his theorem proved that mathematics was partly based on propositions not provable within the mathematical system. The importance of Godel's Proof rests upon its radical implications and has echoed throughout many fields from maths to science to philosophy computer design artificial intelligence even religion and psychology. While others such as Douglas Hofstadter and Roger Penrose have published bestsellers based on Godel’s theorem this is the first book to present a readable explanation to both scholars and non-specialists alike. A gripping combination of science and accessibility Godel’s Proof by Nagel and Newman is for both mathematicians and the idly curious offering those with a taste for logic and philosophy the chance to satisfy their intellectual curiosity. Kurt Godel (1906 – 1978) Born in Brunn he was a colleague of physicist Albert Einstein and professor at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton N.J. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834651

Godel's Theorem in Focus A layman's guide to the mechanics of Gödel's proof together with a lucid discussion of the issues which it raises. Includes an essay discussing the significance of Gödel's work in the light of Wittgenstein's criticisms. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203407769

Godfrey of BouillonDuke of Lower Lotharingia Ruler of Latin Jerusalem c.1060-1100 This book offers a new appraisal of the ancestry and career of Godfrey of Bouillon (c.1060-1100) a leading participant in the First Crusade (1096-99) and the first ruler of Latin Jerusalem (1099-1100) the polity established by the crusaders after they captured the Holy City. While previous studies of Godfrey’s life have tended to focus on his career from the point at which he joined the crusade this book adopts a more holistic approach situating his involvement in the expedition in the light of the careers of his ancestors and his own activities in Lotharingia the westernmost part of the kingdom of Germany. The findings of this enquiry shed new light on the repercussions of a range of critical developments in Latin Christendom in the eleventh and early twelfth centuries including the impact of the ‘Investiture Conflict’ in Lotharingia the response to the call for the First Crusade in Germany Godfrey’s influence upon the course of the crusade his role in its leadership and his activities during the initial phases of Latin settlement in the Holy Land in its aftermath. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280291

Godfrey of Viterbo and his ReadersImperial Tradition and Universal History in Late Medieval Europe This collection provides a systematic survey of the wide readership the works of Godfrey of Viterbo enjoyed in the late Middle Ages. In the last years of the twelfth century this chronicler and imperial notary wrote a series of historical collections that gained considerable and lasting popularity: between the thirteenth and fifteenth centuries his works were copied in elaborate manuscripts in almost all of Latin Europe. This wide distribution is particularly surprising for an author like Godfrey whom modern historians have never credited with any importance at all as they considered his works chaotic and historically unreliable. Yet Godfrey was certainly one of the most daring historiographers of his time. In his works the lineage of the Hohenstaufen emperors Frederick Barbarossa and Henry VI is traced directly to Charlemagne and Augustus to the kings of Troy and of the Old Testament and to Jupiter and everyone who in his view wielded imperial power in the past. Godfrey was a herald of the new political ideas the Hohenstaufen developed after the years of defeat against the papacy and the Italian communes but also a universal chronicler whose interests reached far beyond the political issues of his day. Bringing together a group of specialists on manuscripts and historical writing in late medieval England Spain Italy Germany Bohemia and Poland this volume aims to revive Godfrey’s reputation by demonstrating how his works were understood by medieval readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367880347

Godly SeedAmerican Evangelicals Confront Birth Control 1873-1973 Interview with Allan Carlson In an ironic twist American evangelical leaders are joining mainstream acceptance of contraception. Godly Seed: American Evangelicals Confront Birth Control 1873-1973 examines how mid-twentieth-century evangelical leaders eventually followed the mainstream into a quiet embrace of contraception complemented by a brief acceptance of abortion. It places this change within the context of historic Christian teaching regarding birth control including its origins in the early church and the shift in arguments made by the Reformers of the sixteenth century. The book explores the demographic effects of this transition and asks: did the delay by American evangelicals leaders in accepting birth control have consequences?At the same time many American evangelicals are rethinking their acceptance of birth control even as a majority of the nation's Roman Catholics are rejecting their church's teaching on the practice. Raised within a religious movement that has almost uniformly condemned abortion many young evangelicals have begun to ask whether abortion can be neatly isolated from the issue of contraception. A significant number of evangelical families have over the last several decades rejected the use of birth control and returned decisions regarding family size to God. Given the growth of the evangelical movement this pioneering work will have a large-scale impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510418

Godly Zeal and Furious Rage (RLE Witchcraft)The Witch in Early Modern Europe Though it is clearly an exceptionally important part of popular culture witchcraft has generated a variety of often contradictory interpretations starting from widely differing premises about the nature of witchcraft its social role and the importance of higher theology as well as more popular beliefs. This work offers a conspectus of historical work on witchcraft in Europe and shows how many trends converged to form the figure of the witch and varied from one part of Europe to another. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975309

God's Action in Nature's WorldEssays in Honour of Robert John Russell In 1981 Robert John Russell founded what would become the leading center of research at the interface of science and religion the Center for Theology and the Natural Sciences. Throughout its twenty-five year history CTNS under Russell's leadership has continued to guide and further the dialogue between science and theology. Russell has been an articulate spokesperson in calling for "creative mutual interaction" between the two fields. God's Action in Nature's World brings together sixteen internationally-recognized scholars to assess Robert Russell's impact on the discipline of science and religion. Focusing on three areas of Russell's work - methodology cosmology and divine action in quantum physics - this book celebrates Robert John Russell's contribution to the interdisciplinary engagement between the natural sciences and theology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585369

Gods and DiseasesMaking sense of our physical and mental wellbeing Today's society faces many problems that cannot be solved by the application of reason logic or medicine. Some of these include alcoholism suicide drug addiction and child abuse to name but a few. Many mental health problems are on the increase such as depression phobias and anxiety with no obvious solution in sight. In Gods and Diseases David Tacey argues that the answers lie in leaving behind the confines of conventional medicine. Instead we should turn towards spirituality and to what he calls 'meaning-making' to make sense of our physical and mental wellbeing and explore how the numinous may help us to heal.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415520638

Gods and Goddesses in Ancient Italy This collection explores the multifaceted nature of the gods and goddesses worshipped in ancient Italy. It examines Italic Etruscan and Latin deities in context and in the material remains and also in the Greco-Roman written record and later scholarship which drew on these texts. Many deities were worshipped in ancient Italy by different individuals and communities using different languages at different sanctuaries and for very different reasons. This multiplicity creates challenges for modern historians of antiquity at different levels. How do we cope with it? Can we reduce it to the conceptual unity necessary to provide a meaningful historical interpretation? To what extent can deities named in different languages be considered the equivalent of one another (e.g. Artemis and Diana)? How can we interpret the visual representations of deities that are not accompanied by written text? Can we reconstruct what these deities meant to their local worshippers although the overwhelming majority of our sources were written by Romans and Greeks? The contributors of this book a group of ten scholars from the UK Italy France and Poland offer different perspectives on these problems each concentrating on a particular god or goddess. Gods and Goddesses in Ancient Italy offers an invaluable resource for anyone working on ancient Roman and Italian religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697553

God's BlueprintsA Sociological Study of Three Utopian Sects Viewing the world with abhorrence members of utopian sects isolate themselves from its influence. As this book first published in 1975 shows they seek to establish and promulgate radically distinctive forms of society according to what they claim to be God’s blueprint and which they believe are destined by his intervention and their example to spread throughout the world. Rooted in the sociology of religion and more particularly in the concepts of sectarianism and communitarianism this study presents an analysis of three sects: the Shakers; the Oneida Community; and the Bruderhof. The author examines the origins religious conceptions social structure and composition modes of social control and development of each group; and in a concluding chapter he discusses the utopian sect as a distinctive social form. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367025113

God's CountryA Case Against Theocracy Explore the influence of religion on the privacy rights of U. S. citizens in this controversial new book!Here is a compelling and controversial new book that explores the enormous political influence that some religious groups currently wield. God’s Country focuses particularly on the issue of personal privacy rights and the strategies and rhetoric these religious groups are using to diminish those rights among select segments of society. Author Sandy Rapp a grassroots activist shares her experiences in one-on-one debates with religious fundamentalists who have been on opposite sides of the social issues for which she has so passionately fought in recent years. Topics in this fascinating book include: privacy rights individual’s rights as stated in the constitution AIDS and homophobia the abortion choice global population crisis gay and lesbian reporductive rights effective strategies for lobbyingSandy Rapp traces the patriarchal premises which underlie the twentieth-century crusade against homosexuality. She integrates various personal and professional perspectives and provides a challenging and comprehensive examination of the physical and psychological devastation inflicted upon women lesbians and gay men due to religious and political control over such personal decisions as the expression of one’s sexuality the use of birth control the choice of abortion and privacy rights. God’s Country poses some provocative questions that are certain to spark debate among enlightened religious professionals professors and students of political science government women’s history human sexuality and religion: Does the government have the right to impose mandatory childbirth upon women? Should a gay or lesbian person’s sexual orientation weaken his/her civil rights? Can in a free society the religious beliefs of one denomination or group be imposed on all citizens? If freedom for all is to upheld in the United States shouldn’t the separation of church and state be maintained? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057841

God's GymDivine Male Bodies of the Bible In this strikingly original work Stephen Moore considers God's male bodies--the body of Yahweh in the Hebrew Bible and the Father of Jesus Christ and Jesus himself in the New Testament--and our obsessive earthly quest for a perfect human form. God's Gym is about divinity physical pain and the visions of male perfectability. Weaving together his obsession with human anatomy and dissection an interest in the technologies of torture the cult of physical culture and an expert knowledge of biblical criticism Moore explains the male narcissism at the heart of the biblical God. God's Gym is an intensely personal book brimming with our culture's phobias and fascinations about male perfectability. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022376

God'S Lovers First published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975316

Gods Of The Egyptians - 2 Vols First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648073

Gods on EarthThe Management of Religious Experience and Identity in a North Indian Pilgrimage Centre This book is the result of the long interest in Hindu pilgrimage which was encouraged during his study of Sanskrit and Hinduism It provided a detailed historical anthropology of Ayodhya which argues that religious values can reflect political and economic processes. This is Volume 59 of the London School of Economics Monographs on Social Anthropology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136163

God's Order and Natural LawThe Works of the Laudian Divines This title was first published in 2002. This book fills an important gap in the theological interpretation of the Laudian divines. Iain MacKenzie presents the theology of the Anglican theologians of the early 17th century exploring the concept of order first in God but then in creation in its relation to the Creator and then examining the working out of this concept based in theology in civil and ecclesiastical structures and practice. Mapping the Laudian divines' perceptions of how order primarily and necessarily resides in God existing as Father Son and Holy Spirit this book sets out the essential and necessarily practical application of theology as seen by 17th century theologians and traces the legacy which they have left. This theological as opposed to a merely historical or literary study of this important period for the development of society will be of particular value to theologians historians and those concerned with the intellectual history of the 17th century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728110

Gods Priests & Men First Published in 1998. This volume brings together for the first time in a single volume the highly significant works on ancient Egyptian religion by Aylward Manley Blackman (1883-1956). Blackman's knowledge of Egyptian religion was unrivalled. He was best known for his series of studies on Egyptian religion which have long been regarded as essential reading in the subject and which forms the content of the present collection. Unusually Blackman did not publish his writings in book form but preferred to place them in a wide range of publications that are extremely difficult to obtain. Blackman's studies on Egyptian religious belief and particularly religious practice focus on areas of fundamental concern and are models of meticulous sympathetic and penetrating scholarship. They should remain required reading for all students of Egyptian religion well into the next century. All those with an interest in the subject should welcome this volume which makes Blackman's writings accessible in a convenient form. A select bibliography provides an update and key to more recent work on topics discussed by Blackman. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010710

God's Wife God's ServantThe God's Wife of Amun (ca.740–525 BC) Mariam F. Ayad explores how five women were elevated to a position of supreme religious authority. Drawing on a variety of textual iconographic and archaeological evidence and containing fifty-one black and white and colour illustrations the volume discusses this often neglected subject placing the women within the broader context of the politically volatile turbulent seventh and eighth centuries BCE. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415819503

GodwiredReligion Ritual and Virtual Reality Godwired offers an engaging exploration of religious practice in the digital age. It considers how virtual experiences like stories games and rituals are forms of world-building or "cosmos construction" that serve as a means of making sense of our own world. Such creative and interactive activity is arguably patently religious. This book examines: the nature of sacred space in virtual contexts technology as a vehicle for sacred texts who we are when we go online what rituals have in common with games and how they work online what happens to community when people worship online how religious "worlds" and virtual "worlds" nurture similar desires. Rachel Wagner suggests that whilst our engagement with virtual reality can be viewed as a form of religious activity today’s virtual religion marks a radical departure from traditional religious practice – it is ephemeral transient rapid disposable hyper-individualized hybrid and in an ongoing state of flux. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415781459

Goedel's WayExploits into an undecidable world Kurt Gödel (1906-1978) was an Austrian-American mathematician who is best known for his incompleteness theorems. He was the greatest mathematical logician of the 20th century with his contributions extending to Einstein’s general relativity as he proved that Einstein’s theory allows for time machines. The Gödel incompleteness theorem - the usual formal mathematical systems cannot prove nor disprove all true mathematical sentences - is frequently presented in textbooks as something that happens in the rarefied realms of mathematical logic and that has nothing to do with the real world. Practice shows the contrary though; one can demonstrate the validity of the phenomenon in various areas ranging from chaos theory and physics to economics and even ecology. In this lively treatise based on Chaitin’s groundbreaking work and on the da Costa-Doria results in physics ecology economics and computer science the authors show that the Gödel incompleteness phenomenon can directly bear on the practice of science and perhaps on our everyday life.This accessible book gives a new detailed and elementary explanation of the Gödel incompleteness theorems and presents the Chaitin results and their relation to the da Costa-Doria results which are given in full but with no technicalities. Besides theory the historical report and personal stories about the main character and on this book’s writing process make it appealing leisure reading for those interested in mathematics logic physics philosophy and computer sciences. See also: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=REy9noY5Sg8   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415690850

Goethe Croce admired Goethe partly because the latter possessed a knowledge of human nature in all its aspects but nonetheless kept his mind above and beyond political sympathies and the quarrels of nations. In this volume originally published in English in 1923 Croce distils his critical ideas about Goethe with the aim of helping readers to better understand the German poet’s work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143817

Goethe Kant and HegelDiscovering the Mind This immensely readable and absorbing book - the first of a three-volume series on understanding the human mind - concentrates on three major figures who have changed our image of human beings. Kaufmann drastically revises traditional conceptions of Goethe Kant and Hegel showing how their ideas about the mind were shaped by their own distinctive mentalities.Kaufmann's version of psychohistory stays clear of gossip and is carefully documented. He offers us a radically new understanding of two centuries of intellectual history but his primary focus is on self-knowledge. He is in a unique position to perform this task by virtue of being according to Stephen Spender "the best translator of Faust"; and in Sidney Hook's view "unquestionably the most interesting and informative writer of Hegel in English."The foremost interpreter of Kant Lewis White Beck has called this book on Goethe Kant and.Hegel "fascinating" - a work which "will stir up a good many people by telling them things they have never heard and providing an alternative to what is the accepted reading of that part of the history of philosophy. The story of how personality affects philosophy has never been better told." We are shown how Goethe advanced the discovery of the mind more than anyone before him while Kant was in many ways a disaster. Hegel like others between 1790 to 1990 tried to reconcile Kant and Goethe.Kaufmann shows this is impossible He paints a large picture but he is always highly specific and details the major contributions of Goethe and Hegel as well as the ways in which Kant's immense influence proved catastrophic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524477

Goethe 2000Intercultural Readings of His Work "The two-hundred-and-fiftieth anniversary of the birth of Johann Wolfgang von Goethe was celebrated in Scotland by a colloquium held under the auspices of the University of Glasgow's Centre for Intercultural Germanistics in April 1999. Its aim was to reflect both Goethe's own commitment to Weltliteratur and the pressing need in our global village at the turn of the millennium for cultural exchange between scholars of different nations. For if as Goethe said 'wer fremde Sprachen nicht kennt weis nichts von seiner eigenen' then it is also true that 'wer fremde Kulturen nicht kennt; weis nichts von seiner eigenen'.Discussing different themes different texts and working with different methodological presuppositions the papers in this collection nevertheless share the conviction that the significance of Goethe for the new millennium can best be shown by setting his works in an intercultural context. The volume also includes John Michael Krois' Inaugural Ernst Cassirer Lecture in Intercultural Relations held in the University of Glasgow in April 2000 entitled 'Ernst Cassirer and the Renaissance of Cultural Theory'." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351196796

Goethe and PatriarchyFaust and the Fates of Desire "This book traces the history of a complex sexual fantasy which features recurrently in Goethe's writings from his days as a student in Leipzig to the final years as Europe's most celebrated living poet. Simpson shows how the young man's fantasy of innocent sexuality became an increasingly troubled one during the poet's first decade in Weimar. Goethe began to recognize in it a submerged element: the incestuous roots of desire. Triggered by this discovery Goethe's imagination becomes increasingly analytic and diagnostic and startlingly prefigures the work of Freud. Yet paradoxically Goethe's insight leads him to a triumphant reassertion of an innocent sexuality purged of those elements he identifies as 'diseased'. Central to ""Goethe and Patriarchy"" is a new account of the genesis of the first part of ""Faust"" which is shown to contain a record of Goethe's changing attitudes to human sexuality. In particular Simpson is the first critic to demonstrate that the Gretchen episode is a deliberate ""Kontrafaktur"" of the patriarchal idyll of the ""Song of Songs"". The book explores numerous other Goethe texts and casts entirely new light on his creative imagination." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351199230

Goethe and the Philosopher’s StoneSymbolical Patterns in 'The Parable' and the Second Part of 'Faust' Originally published in 1965 this study examines the concealed meanings in the second part of Faust often considered obscure. It is of value not only to students of literature but also comparative religions as it deals with Goethe’s knowledge of ancient myths mysteries and Hellenistic religions. It is of value too to those interested in alchemy as it traces the many alchemical references in Faust. The book gives a psychological interpretation of elements of Goethe’s personal life and work which succeeds in making the man and the veiled references in his most profound work accessible to the modern reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367856496

Goethe and Zelter: Musical Dialogues Goethe and Zelter spent a staggering 33 years corresponding or in the case of each artist over two thirds of their lives. Zelter's position as director of the Sing-Akademie zu Berlin and Goethe's location in Weimar resulted in a wide-ranging correspondence. Goethe's letters offer a chronicle of his musical development from the time of his journey to Italy to the final months of his life. Zelter's letters retrace his path as stonemason to Professor of Music in Berlin. The 891 letters that passed between these artists provide an important musical record of the music performed in public concerts in Berlin and in the private and semi-public soirées of the Weimar court. Their letters are those of men actively engaged in the musical developments of their time. The legacy contains a wide spectrum of letters casual and thoughtfully composed spontaneous and written for publication rich with the details of Goethe's and Zelter's musical lives. Through Zelter Goethe gained access to the professional music world he craved and became acquainted with the prodigious talent of Felix Mendelssohn. A single letter from Zelter might bear a letter from Felix Mendelssohn to another recipient of the same family reflecting a certain community in the Mendelssohn household where letters were not considered private but shared with others in a circle of friends or family. Goethe recognized the value of such correspondence: he complains when his friend is slow to send letters in return for those written to him by the poet a complaint common in this written culture where letters provided news introductions literary and musical works. This famous correspondence contains a medley of many issues in literature art and science; but the main focus of this translation is the music dialogues of these artists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259287

Goethe’s Path to CreativityA Psycho-Biography of the Eminent Politician Scientist and Poet Goethe’s Path to Creativity provides a comprehensive psycho-biography of Johann Wolfgang von Goethe a giant of modern German and European literary political and scientific history. The book brings this influential work by Rainer Matthias Holm-Hadulla to the English language for the first time in a newly elaborated edition. Goethe’s path to creativity was difficult and beset by a multitude of crises beginning with his birth which was so difficult that he was initially not thought to have survived it and ending with an infatuation that left him at the age of 74 toying with the same kind of suicidal thoughts he had entertained as a 20-year-old. Throughout his long life he suffered bitter disappointments and was subject to severe mood swings. Despite being a gifted child a widely recognized poet and an influential scientist and politician he spent his entire life loving and suffering; nonetheless he had the exceptional ability to endure emotional pain and to transform his sufferings creatively. The way in which he mined his passions for creative impulses continues to inspire modern readers. Readers can apply the lessons they have learned from his life and use Goethe’s strategies for their own creative art of living. Goethe’s Path to Creativity: A Psycho-Biography of the Eminent Politician Scientist and Poet will be of great interest to all engaged in the fields of creativity literature psychoanalysis psychology psychotherapy and personal growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138626041

Goethe’s Theory of Colours First published in German in 1810 this detailed volume was translated from the German by Charles Lock Eastlake and in six parts examines every aspect of Goethe’s theory of colours including psychological colours chemical colours the moral effect of colour minerals plants insects mammals and a multitude of further subjects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367023133

GoetheHis Life and Times "The study of Goethe's life is a task that each generation must undertake anew." Thus writes Richard Friedenthal author of this rich biography. Spanning eight momentous decades of war revolution and social upheaval Goethe's life reveals itself as one of conflict and dynamic development of inner contradiction and unceasing creativity.As novelist dramatist and poet Goethe produced epochal works of fiery romanticism only later to dedicate himself to a classical ideal of purity and measure. His superb love lyrics immortalize a succession of ardent relationships; yet in him too was a strain of frigid egotism mingled with an Olympian detachment. The new introduction serves to place in perspective this outstanding work on the German master.He was capable of tirelessly exploring the external world as physiologist geologist and botanist. He was equally capable of plunging to the depths of profound subjective analysis. A minister of state a model of distinguished probity Goethe nonetheless lived a life of passionate seeking eternally questioning official values. Nothing perhaps better sums up this vast complexity than his lifelong work Faust the supreme dramatization of man's quest on earth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524460

Goethe's Faust Originally published in 1987 this is a thorough and lucid introduction and commentary to the whole of Goethe’s Faust. It gives the student of German and European literature valuable insights into the most important work of Germany’s foremost poet. German quotations are translated or paraphrased in English and a detailed knowledge of German literature is not assumed. The book traces Goethe’s work on the play over 60 years of his creative career and surveys its critical reception over the 200 years since its first appearance. Part One is analysed as a mimetic tragedy Part Two as an historical and cultural profile of Goethe’s own times. The commentary guides the reader carefully through its subtleties and multi-layered references and provides a broad and coherent structure for the overall understanding of the work. It suggests provocative interpretations of some figures and episodes in Part Two and places renewed emphasis on parts of the work that often receive relatively little attention. An appendix surveys the metres and verse forms of the play. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367438395

Goethe's Poetry and the Philosophy of NatureGott Und Welt 1798-1827 This book describes the development of Goethe's collection of poetry Gott und Welt from 1798 to 1827 and sees it as a long poem on nature. It provides important points about Goethe's engagement with Immanuel Kant's philosophy at the end of the eighteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600549

Goethe's Visual World Goethe's ideas on colour and imagery crossed many borderlines: those of artistic processes and philosophical aesthetics art history and colour theory together with the science of perception. This investigation into his writings ranges across art from Antiquity to Goethe's literary work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600563

Goffman and Social OrganizationStudies of a Sociological Legacy Erving Goffman is considered by many to have been one of the most important sociologists of the post-war era. His close observation of everyday life and his concern with the ways in which people play roles and manage the impressions they present to each other led to his pioneering creation of a new dramaturgical perspective for sociology. His later analysis explored the field of deviance and many of his works in this area are now considered as sociological classics including Asylums The Presentation of the Self in Everyday Life and Stigma. This collection brings together many of today's leading sociologists to pursue and build upon the diverse aspects of Goffman's legacy.The contributors present chapters on key topics of Goffman's work. Issues covered include:* mental illness and institutionalism* the incorporation of literary intertexts in Goffman's writings* Goffman's relationship to ethnomethodology* the singularity of Goffman's ethnographyRanging from his critique of institutionalization to his understanding of the minute details of face-to-face interaction this collection reveals the richness of Goffman's own work as well as his contribution to sociology today and will be essential reading for students and academics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415756419

Goffman Unbound!A New Paradigm for Social Science "Thomas Scheff demonstrates why Goffman remains such a key figure for social scientists. Goffman may have been cautious about recognizing the role of emotions in social life but Scheff boldly and creatively shows why the sociological and the psychological are necessarily intertwined. This is certainly a book for all serious analysts of social behaviour." Michael Billig Nottingham University "Scheff's critical eye is equal to his subject shrewdly appreciating Goffman's many virtues while also showing where and how Goffman's thinking needs revision and development. This original and provocative book offers a fresh interpretation of Goffman and will become a benchmark for all subsequent commentary." Greg Smith University of Salford One of the seminal sociologists of the twentieth century Erving Goffman revolutionized our understanding of the microworld of emotions and relationships. We all live in this world every day of our lives yet it is virtually invisible to us. Goffman's genius was to recognize and describe this world as no one had before. The book synthesizes prior scholarly commentary on Goffman's work and includes biographical material from his life untangling some of the many puzzles in Goffman's work and life. Scheff also proposes ways of filling gaps and false starts. One chapter explores the meaning of the emotion of love another of hatred. These and other new directions could facilitate the creation of a microsocial science that unveils the emotional/relational world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634357

Gogol This book first published in 1926 aimed to introduce to English readers to a great and complex foreign writer in as simple terms as possible. As this was the first extensive study of Gogol in English the author chiefly considered the general characteristics of the man and his work. This book will be of interest to students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138941649

Going AbroadTraveling Like an Anthropologist Increasingly students from the affluent countries are going abroad as part of their "educational experience." Although students see these experiences as invaluable and believe that they have learned a lot the anthropological literature suggests the opposite; that travel abroad has a greater impact on the hosts than on the visitors and that indeed travel abroad far from leading to students becoming more open-minded or learning about the other can reinforce their stereotypes. The standards in anthropology teach humility and the ability to learn from those in the host country. This short book can be read pre-departure and while abroad to provide the reader the practical and philosophical tools needed to create an enriched and mind-broadening experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634340

Going AstrayDickens and London ‘Among the numerous books on Dickens’s London Going Astray is unique in combining detailed topography and biography with close textual analysis and theoretically informed critiques of most of the novelist’s major works. In Jeremy Tambling’s intriguing and illuminating synthesis the London A-Z meets Nietzsche Benjamin and Derrida.’ Rick Allen author of The Moving Pageant: A Literary Sourcebook on London Street-Life 1700-1914Dickens wrote so insistently about London – its streets its people its unknown areas – that certain parts of the city are forever haunted by him. Going Astray: Dickens and London looks at the novelist’s delight in losing the self in the labyrinthine city and maps that interest onto the compulsion to ‘go astray’ in writing.Drawing on all Dickens’ published writings (including the journalism but concentrating on the novels) Jeremy Tambling considers the author’s kaleidoscopic characterisations of London: as prison and as legal centre; as the heart of empire and of traumatic memory; as the place of the uncanny; as an old curiosity shop. His study examines the relations between narrative and the city and explores how the metropolis encapsulates the problems of modernity for Dickens – as well as suggesting the limits of representation. Combining contemporary literary and cultural theory with historical maps photographs and contextual detail Jeremy Tambling’s book is an indispensable guide to Dickens nineteenth- century literature and the city itself.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176690

Going Beyond Google AgainStrategies for using and teaching the invisible web The invisible web is growing - but users' knowledge and awareness of it isn't. This highly practical guide focuses on strategies and teaching tools for getting more out of the 'deep' or 'invisible' web enabling students and users to tap into the wealth of material that isn't to be found on Google or other mainstream search engines. This book builds upon the authors' previous well respected book Going Beyond Google which placed teaching the invisible web into information literacy programmes. Going Beyond Google Again expands on the teaching foundation laid in the first book and continues to document the invisible web's existence and evolution and suggests ways of teaching students to use it. Focusing on up-to-date materials and tools on the web and recent research into search habits this book covers key topics including: * the invisible web today * studies of information seeking-behaviour * teaching the invisible web: theory and practice * how to make students better researchers * teaching resources * tools for mining the invisible web * the future of the invisible web. Readership: Librarians teachers and LIS lecturers will find ample support research and resources to take students beyond the limitations of traditional web searching. Students and researchers will find new tools and techniques to unlock the power of the invisible web and go even further beyond Google. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856048385

Going beyond Parochialism and Fragmentation in the Study of International Relations International Relations (IR) as a discipline is a western dominated enterprise. This has led to calls to broaden the scope and vision of the discipline by embracing a wider range of histories experiences and theoretical perspectives – particularly those outside the Anglo-American core of the West. The ongoing ‘broadening IR projects’ – be they ‘non-Western IR’ ‘post-Western IR’ or ‘Global IR’ – are making contributions in this regard. However some careful thinking is needed here in that these attempts could also lead to a national or regional ‘inwardness’ that works to reproduce the very parochialism that is being challenged. The main intellectual concerns of this edited volume are problematising Western parochialism in IR; giving theoretical and epistemological substance to pluralism in the field of IR based on both Western and non-Western thoughts and experiences; and working out ways to move the discipline of IR one step closer to a dialogic community. A key issue that cuts across all contributions in the volume is to go beyond both parochialism and fragmentation in international studies. In order to address the manifold and contested implications of pluralism in in the field of IR the volume draws on the wealth of experience and research of prominent and emerging IR scholars whose contributions make up the work with a mixture of theoretical analysis and case studies. This book will appeal to scholars and students interested in Global IR and promoting dialogue in a pluralist IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138063006

Going by the BookThe Problem of Regulatory Unreasonableness What is regulation? Under what circumstances is it needed? What forms should it take? Such questions are especially relevant at a time in United States history when governmental involvement in decisions formerly left to individuals and business firms evokes concern on all sides of the political spectrum. In Going by the Book Eugene Bardach and Robert A. Kagan address these questions and provide richly detailed descriptions of the dilemmas of enforcement in a broad variety of regulatory programs.The authors argue that the most successful forms of regulation emerge from a flexible rather than a legalistic method of implementation. Relying on extensive interviews with government agency officials and regulated businesses they find that American techniques of regulation by their very nature frequently generate "regulatory unreasonableness " that is governmental requirements that seem sensible in principle but that make little sense in particular situations. By exploring the roots and dynamics of regulatory unreasonableness and the ways in which some regulatory officials and programs avoid it Going by the Book simultaneously illustrates the virtues of flexible regulatory enforcement and illuminates the political and practical obstacles to achieving that goal. In their new introduction the authors discuss their findings in light of the twenty years that have passed since Going by the Book was first published. They explore the growth of regulation in recent years as well as many reforms noting that while much has changed much has not. They argue the United States remains torn between two competing visions of regulation: enforcing laws versus solving social problems. Thus the deep insights into the regulatory process that Going by the Book provides continue to make it a mandatory work for public policymakers experts in economics government and regulatory law and students and teachers of political science public policy and sociolegal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524484

Going Comprehensive in England and WalesA Study of Uneven Change The transition of British secondary schools from predominantly selective to predominantly comprehensive was meant to transform a highly stratified system into a more equal one. However this study shows that the new system was in fact highly diverse and retained features of the selective system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093482

Going DigitalStrategies for Access Preservation and Conversion of Collections to a Digital Format Going Digital: Strategies for Access Preservation and Conversion of Collections to a Digital Format offers you succinct and analytic views of the problems and benefits of digital resources in the traditional academic library. Library administrators collection managers and librarians will learn the advantages and disadvantages of traditional and digital collections and the costs of providing local access or implementing remote access to digital collections. Originally presented at a series of five symposiums sponsored by the Research Libraries Group the articles inGoing Digital will help you decide upon a cost-effective collection method that will meet the needs of your library your patrons and your budget.The chapters in this text are written by the nation’s leading librarians who pose and answer questions about hardware and software needed for digital libraries the costs involved establishing and maintaining access to digital collections copyright concerns and long-term preservation problems. Going Digital gives you insight into factors that will help you decide what will best meet the goals of your library such as: the advantages and disadvantages of preserving microfilm and digital conversion choosing the correct hardware and software for your digital preservation program the changes required from librarians when shifting from collection development to digital resources examining the selection process for collections from perspectives of access public service technological requirements and preservation ways to improve access to traditional collections cost comparisons between digital and hard copy resources devising a technical plan for successful digital conversion of projects involving the user’s wants when selecting collections for digital conversion and recognizing the central parts patrons play in the selection processIn light of the changing ways we receive and keep our information Going Digital discusses new collection preservation criteria and suggests that access and informational values not just deterioration should be equal factors in selecting materials to be converted to digital form. Proving that digital collections are changing every facet of library operations Going Digital shows you the most cost-effective way to begin a digital collection and how to choose what materials to digitize in order to provide your patrons with the information they want and need. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725115

Going Down for AirA Memoir in Search of a Subject What is hidden in the taste of a madeleine - or in snatches of Bob Dylan songs operatic arias and the remembered sting of a rattan cane? An exploration of memory Going Down for Air artfully combines two very different yet connected texts. A Memoir is richly evocative not only of times past but also of a very English imperial queerly masculine subjectivity caught on the cusp of the extinction of the world in and of which it made sense. Derek Sayer's allusive writing succeeds as few have done before in capturing the leaps and bounds of memory itself. Rich in its detail unstinting in its honesty this beautifully written memoir is a considerable literary achievement. The memoir is complemented by Sayer's provocative theoretical essay on memory and social identity. Drawing on linguistic and psychoanalytic theory photographic images and literary texts In Search of a Subject argues that it is memory above all that maintains the imagined identities upon which society rests. Going Down for Air is a bold and strikingly successful literary and sociological experiment which makes a major contribution to understanding how our memories work - and gives them social meaning far beyond Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634333

Going GlobalManaging the HR Function Across Countries and Cultures As organizations operate across countries and continents there is an increasing demand for the development of an HR function designed to deliver global support. This requires rethinking the structure of HR how it is managed and how it operates. However adopting a fully global model is not the right answer for all organizations. HR has a key role in determining the business strategy in terms of the required scale of operations (i.e. local/regional/global) and in delivering the business transformation required to realize that strategy once it has been agreed. As a result HR must be both able and prepared to transform itself to support the new business model. Going Global outlines of the types of activity and capability needed to establish an HR function able to supporting business operations at a regional or global level. It focuses on two areas the decision to go global and the activities needed to deliver a global HR function. This latter section targets three areas: designing the right service; building a cohesive team; and delivering HR talent. The authors point out some of the key decisions you will need to take together with advice on your overall approach and some of the lessons learned by other organizations along the way. About The Gower HR Transformation Series: The Human Resources function faces a continuing challenge to its role and purpose in many organizations it has suffered from serious under-representation at strategic board level. Yet faced with the challenges of globalism the need to innovate manage knowledge attract and retain the very best employees organizations need an HR function that can lead from the front. The process of transforming the function is complex and rarely linear. It involves understanding and adapting to the needs of your offices in the various countries cultures and markets within which you operate. All of which involves a highly complex and often painful process of change. The Gower HR Transformation Series will help; it uses a blend of conceptual frameworks practical advice and global case study examples to cover each of the main elements of the HR transformation process. The books in the series follow a standard format to make them easy to read and reference. Together the titles create a definitive guide from one of the leading specialist HR transformation consultancies; an organization that has been involved in HR transformation for clients as diverse as Bombardier Transportation Marks & Spencer Barnardo's Oxfam Schroders UnitedHealth Group Nestlé BP HM Prison Service Transport for London and Vodafone. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253978

Going GlobalThe Transnational Reception of Third World Women Writers First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864235

Going GreyThe Mediation of Politics in an Ageing Society Developed countries throughout the world are experiencing population ageing and the new challenges that arise from this change in the national demographic. The phenomenon of an ageing population has necessitated policy reform regarding the role of the state in providing income in retirement and the whole wider social meaning of later life. The politics of ageing have become a key issue for young and old voters alike as well as those who seek to represent them. Politicians carefully consider strategies for developing relationships with older voters in the context of both policy decisions and campaigns as issues that directly affect an ageing population often prove crucial in local and national election campaigns. 'Going Grey' provides insight into how ageing and the increased proportion of older voters is being framed by the media. It investigates emerging discourses on the topic founded on economic pessimism and predictions of inter-generational conflict. By bringing together political communication and media discourses and placing them within the wider context of an ageist society this unique contribution demands us to re-think how the media portray and frame later life and examines the strategic electoral dilemmas facing political parties today. It provides an original and timely resource for scholars students and general readers interested in understanding more about the mediation of and the strategic campaign responses to rapidly ageing populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278981

Going it Alone?Lone Motherhood in Late Modernity Are lone mothers 'going it alone' in late modernity? In this fascinating work Martina Klett-Davies examines how women negotiate lone motherhood in Britain and Germany. She draws on interviews with 70 unmarried lone mothers living on state benefits in inner city areas to examine the complexity and diversity of their lives the ways in which they try to manage choices and constraints and how they position themselves as carers dependants or as paid workers. Going it Alone? assesses the extent to which individualization can explain the experience of state-dependent lone mothers further develops the concept and provides a better understanding of lone mothers. Suggestions with regard to paid employment education and state benefits are provided as well as policy recommendations for increasing the options available to lone mothers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266780

Going LocalCreating Self-Reliant Communities in a Global Age National drug chains squeeze local pharmacies out of business while corporate downsizing ships jobs overseas. All across America communities large and small are losing control of their economies to outside interests. Going Local shows how some cities and towns are fighting back. Refusing to be overcome by Wal-Marts and layoffs they are taking over abandoned factories switching to local produce and manufactured goods and pushing banks to loan money to local citizens. Shuman details how dozens of communities are recapturing their own economies with these new strategies investing not in outsiders but in locally owned businesses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203824856

Going MobileBuilding the Real-Time Enterprise with Mobile Applications that Work '...this is the first business book to come through my desk which merits a mention of good content. ... I liked the content in the fact that it gave me an overview from a business perspective. The book brings smart information for the uninformed manager Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412361

Going MultinationalThe Korean Experience of Direct Investment At the beginning of the 1990s Korean firms embarked on an impressive wave of direct investment abroad. This dramatic multinationalization was considered as yet another sign of Korea's remarkable economic performance especially as a high proportion of the foreign ventures were located in advanced countries. But this unbalanced quest for globalization actually tested the 'Korean model' to its limits; after the 1997 crisis a new policy prepared the way for a surge of inward investment. Using empirical tests and case-studies this collection shows that Korean groups have invested in developed countries to jump over trade barriers but also to source advanced technology and marketing capabilities. Moreover their ambitious strategies have been stimulated by oligopolistic rivalry among the chaebols.From a policy perspective the book provides an original discussion of national ownership by questioning the substitutability between inward and outward foreign investment and its relationship with the evolution of the national innovation system. By shedding light on the pattern of Korea's internationalization these essays make a valuable contribution to the theory of international production and provide important insights for the current policy debates on globalization and innovation-led growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862974

Going OnlinePerspectives on Digital Learning In Going Online one of our most respected online learning leaders offers insights into virtual education—what it is how it works where it came from and where it may be headed. Robert Ubell reaches back to the days when distance learning was practiced by mail in correspondence schools and then leads us on a tour behind the screen touching on a wide array of topics along the way including what it takes to teach online and the virtual student experience. You’ll learn about: how to build a sustainable online program; how to create an active learning online course; why so many faculty resist teaching online; how virtual teamwork enhances digital instruction; how to manage online course ownership; how learning analytics improves online instruction. Ubell says that it is not technology alone but rather unconventional pedagogies supported by technological innovations that truly activate today's classrooms.　 He argues that innovations introduced online—principally peer-to-peer and collaborative learning—offer significantly increased creative learning options across all age groups and educational sectors.　 This impressive collection drawn from Ubell's decades of experience as a digital education pioneer presents a powerful case for embracing online learning for its transformational potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025325

Going Places Transition SchemeSupporting Children with Additional Needs into Secondary School Designed to support children with additional needs into their first year of secondary school in a safe and confident way this resource provides all that is needed for schools to achieve a successful transition for all their children. The resource will give the students an opportunity to: become familiar with the layout of their new school; feel confident and safe about attending secondary school; become familiar with other students who will be attending their new school; and develop coping strategies to support their transition. Sessions include: Eating lunch Secondary school lessons Keeping safe and home-school links. Templates for timetables games charts certificates and other resources are provided on the accompanying CD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889219

Going to MarketWomen Trade and Social Relations in Early Modern English Towns c. 1550-1650 Going to Market rethinks women’s contributions to the early modern commercial economy. A number of previous studies have focused on whether or not the early modern period closed occupational opportunities for women. By attending to women’s everyday business practices and not merely to their position on the occupational ladder this book shows that they could take advantage of new commercial opportunities and exercise a surprising degree of economic agency. This has implications for early modern gender relations and commercial culture alike. For the evidence analyzed here suggests that male householders and town authorities alike accepted the necessity of women’s participation in the commercial economy and that women’s assertiveness in marketplace dealings suggests how little influence patriarchal prescriptions had over the way in which men and women did business. The book also illuminates England’s departure from what we often think of as a traditional economic culture. Because women were usually in charge of provisioning the household scholars have seen them as the most ardent supporters of an early-modern ’moral economy’ which placed the interests of poor consumers over the efficiency of markets. But the hard-headed hard-nosed tactics of market women that emerge in this book suggests that a profit-oriented commercial culture far from being the preserve of wealthy merchants and landowners permeated early modern communities. Through an investigation of a broad range of primary sources-including popular literature criminal records and civil litigation depositions-the study reconstructs how women did business and negotiated with male householders authorities customers and competitors. This analysis of the records shows women able to leverage their commercial roles and social contacts to defend the economic interests of their households and their neighborhoods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472443700

Going to School This collection of short wordless picture books helps to support children with speech language and communication needs as they develop their expressive sentence and narrative skills through storytelling. Each book is comprised of six colourful images that follow a simple everyday routine such as ‘Brushing Teeth’ ‘Having a Haircut’ and ‘Walking the Dog’. Unlike traditional picture books they follow a film scroll effect showing the progression of time and allowing the child to follow the story to its resolution. Because of their simplicity the books can support children as they move from simple to intermediate sentence levels as well as encouraging them to consider additional elements of language such as cause and effect sequencing and inference. This resource includes: Ten beautifully illustrated picture books each following a simple pattern of routine disruption and resolution An accompanying guidebook including story scripts cue questions and prompts for using the resource to support additional skills Although developed specifically to help children with speech language and communication needs this set is suitable for any child who requires support and practice in developing their speech. It is an invaluable resource for speech and language therapists teaching staff and caregivers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429323522

Going to the WarsThe Experience of the British Civil Wars 1638-1651 First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155787

Going to University AbroadA guide to studying outside the UK More and more students in the world now decide to undertake their university studies in another country to their own. They see advantages of quality value and experience in studying abroad and rightly see the experience as a preparation for life and a big plus for their CVs in an increasingly inter-connected world and job market. The world language is now undisputedly English and even universities in non-English speaking countries such as Holland and Denmark universities that are wanting to attract international students are switching to teaching university programmes in English. This makes for an unparalleled opportunity for UK students these days just at a time when UK university fees are increasing significantly. This guide gives an overview of the opportunities available to UK students across the world from the English speaking counties of the USA Canada Australia and New Zealand to Asia (India Hong Kong Malaysia and Singapore) to offers nearer home in Europe. As well as information on what is available - the education systems and academic cultures and demands of the different destination countries are explained application procedures and information on living (accommodation food entertainment) are provided and there are self-development exercises that will help with the process of cultural readjustment that you as a UK student are likely to undergo and need to understand. The book covers information for both undergraduate and postgraduate programmes and recommends ideal destination countries for these. Tips and advice on how to avoid certain pitfalls while being an international student living abroad are provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538008

Going West?The Dissemination of Neolithic Innovations between the Bosporus and the Carpathians Going West? uses the latest data to question how the Neolithic way of life was diffused from the Near East to Europe via Anatolia. The transformations of the 7th millennium BC in western Anatolia undoubtedly had a significant impact on the neighboring regions of southeast Europe. Yet the nature pace and trajectory of this impact needs still to be clarified. Archaeologists searched previously for similarities in prehistoric especially Early Neolithic material cultures on both sides of the Sea of Marmara. Recent research shows that although the isthmi of the Dardanelles and the Bosporus connect Asia Minor and the eastern Balkans they apparently did not serve as passageways for the dissemination of Neolithic innovations. Instead the first permanent settlements are situated near the Aegean coast of Thrace and Macedonia often occurring close to the mouths of big rivers in secluded bays. The courses and the valleys of rivers such as the Maritsa Strymon and Axios were perfect corridors for contact and exchange.Using previous studies as a basis for fresh research this volume presents exciting new viewpoints by analyzing recently discovered materials and utilising interdisciplinary investigations with the application of modern research methods.The seventeen authors of this book have dedicated their research to a renewed evaluation of an old problem: namely the question of how the complex transformations at the transition from the Mesolithic to the Neolithic can be explained. They have focused their studies on the vast area of the eastern Balkans and the Pontic region between the Bosporus and the rivers Strymon Danube and Dniestr. Going West? thus offers an overview of the current state of research concerning the Neolithisation of these areas considering varied viewpoints and also providing useful starting points for future investigations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887131

Going Wi-FiNetworks Untethered with 802.11 Wireless Technology Make informed decisions about planning and installing 802.11 'Wi-Fi' wireless networks. This book helps you tackle the challenge whether installing Wi-Fi within an existing corporate network or setting up a wireless network from scratch in any business Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138412439

Gold Credit and EmploymentFour Essays for Laymen Originally published in 1930 the essays in this book discuss some of the leading financial controversities of the early 1930s in non-technical language. Rationalisation the Gold Standard and the problems of currency and credit in their relation to unemployment are among the questions discussed. The volume as a whole is a plea at once for a revision of the (then) current banking policy and for a more energetic effort by the Government to break into the vicious circle of unemployment and under-consumption. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370543

Gold Money and the Law Beginning 30 years ago American citizens were allowed to own and exchange gold in any form something they had not been able to do for the previous 40 years. Restrictions on gold began with a series of actions intended to buttress the collapsing economy of the 1930s including executive and legislative action forbidding the private ownership of and trading in gold and abrogating "gold clauses" in contracts--obligations payable in gold or in dollars measured by gold. All of these actions were subsequently upheld by the U.S. Supreme Court. They have profound implications for us today.This book provides a full and thoughtful consideration of all these issues including the economic and legal history of the events of the 1930s the effects of those events on government and private practices since that time the economics of gold clauses and other indexing devices and the anticipated impact of the legalization of gold ownership. It includes chapters by James M. Buchanan and T. Nicolaus Tideman Milton Friedman Harry G. Johnson Ralph K. Winter and Gerald T. Dunne as well as discussions by Allan Meltzer Karl Brunner Armen Alchian Lester Chandler and David Meiselman among others.The diverse points of view represented make this book valuable to a broad spectrum of people concerned with the relationship between legal and economic policy; with the role of money in times of depression or inflation; and with the importance of gold itself in international and domestic economic systems. It will be important to economists concerned with international trade macroeconomics monetary economics; legal scholars concerned with problems of constitutional law international trade and the theory of contracts; and to that large group of people who are interested in precious metal that has long been central to human affairs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524491

Gold (Routledge Revivals)A World Survey First published in 1983 this book provides a comprehensive view of gold and gold trading in its many facets and identifies those sources of information that are important for an understanding of the world’s gold markets. The author looks first at gold’s changing role since 1960; in particular the change from the fixed price to the present free market determination of price. The different forms the demand for gold takes – bullion paper or in fabricated forms such as jewellery – are explained in detail. This is followed by an analysis of the supply side – new gold production and the circulation of existing old gold. The survey concludes with an assessment of the gold market and of gold prices now and in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630603

Gold and International FinanceThe Gold Market under the Internationalization of RMB in Hong Kong This book describes the history of gold as a financial instrument and discusses gold exchanges in the major markets. It also describes the history of the Chinese Gold & Silver Exchange Society (CGSE) its current organizational structure and membership registration system. The book also includes the development and growth of the gold market in Hong Kong and the role played by CGSE in the growth of the Chinese gold market. It includes a brief description of the CGSE in the twenty-first century – its current role and what it may play in the future. The book explains factors that influence gold price and the mechanism of price formulation. It also describes the historic trends in the demand and supply of gold and the global inventory of gold trends of the demand for investment holdings jewelry manufacturing and industrial usage. The book also compares the movements in gold price with inflation and analyzes the data on how gold provides a hedge against inflation. It also examines and explains the relationship between gold and the US dollar (USD) and the correlation between dollar index (value of dollar against 16 major currencies) and gold price. It explores in depth on the relationship between gold price output and inventories and major economic indices. This is a good reference for those interested in the comprehensive view of gold and its importance in the world economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350390

Gold and Prices This influential study of the relationship between the prices of gold and other commodities was originally published in 1935. In it the authors attributed the initial cause of the great depression in the US to the reestablishment of the gold standard in many European countries and resulting deflation. The authors' recommendations were successfully implemented by Franklin D. Roosevelt. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577893

Gold and the Modern World Economy Respected international experts such as Michael Bordo Larry Sjaastad and Ken Clements are brought together in a wonderfully well researched new book on this most important of topics. This comprehensive well-written book provides all you need to know about Gold and the Modern World Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866324

Gold CatalysisPreparation Characterization and Applications Since the first report on alcohol oxidation in 1998 many studies have highlighted some peculiarity of gold with respect to other metals. Some analogies have been found between gas and liquid phases but the big challenge to operate in a condensed phase lies in the role of the solvent in tuning the reactant–catalyst contact. Liquid-phase oxidation has numerous applications. However many studies on gold catalysts have been devoted to gas-phase reactions. Only recently has the scientific community approached gold-catalyzed liquid-phase oxidation. This complete exhaustive book covers the topic of gold-based catalyst applications in selective oxidation in the liquid phase. It presents a rational state of the art and will be useful for researchers even those not yet involved in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669283

Gold Metallurgy and the Environment This book gives an overview of all the gold extraction processes along with their mechanistic study and environmental impact. Reviews extraction techniques previously employed as well as recently evolved technology for gold leaching provides technical flow sheets for processing of ores with a diversity of lixiviants and offers a compulsory overview of every gold processing technique It also discusses recent integrated techniques including hydro- and bio-metallurgical techniques with examples Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367572075

Gold Nanoparticles in Biomedical Applications This book discusses fabrication of functionalized gold nanoparticles (GNPs) and multifunctional nanocomposites their optical properties and applications in biological studies. This is the very first book of its kind to comprehensively discuss published data on in vitro and in vivo biodistribution toxicity and uptake of GNP by mammalian cells providing a systematization of data over the GNP types and parameters their surface functionalization animal and cell models. As distinct from other related books Gold Nanoparticles in Biomedical Applications discusses the immunological properties of GNPs and summarizes their applications as an antigen carrier and adjuvant in immunization for the preparation of antibodies in vivo. Although the potential of GNPs in nanobiotechnology has been recognized for the past decade new insights into the unique properties of multifunctional nanostructures have recently emerged. With these developments in mind this book unites ground breaking experimental data with a discussion of hybrid nanoparticle systems that combine different nanomaterials to create multifunctional structures. These novel hybrids constitute the material basis of theranostics bringing together the advanced properties of functionalized GNPs and composites into a single multifunctional nanostructure with simultaneous diagnostic and therapeutic functions. Such nanohybrids can be physically and chemically tailored for a particular organ disease and patient thus making personalized medicine available. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367892210

Gold Region:Sci Tra 1791-1877 This book contains a preface a memoir and an obituary notice which together provide a good account of Thomas Baines' life. It includes advertisements aimed especially at would-be emigrants to South Africa. The book is an important document of colonial history and South African history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003060321

Gold Standard Sustainability ReportingA Step by Step Guide to Producing Sustainability Reports This highly practical and concise book shows you how to undertake a reporting process and produce a sustainability report in line with the new standards and frameworks presented by the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). Fully updated to ensure compliance with the new standards this second edition shows how to actually produce a sustainability report as well as the key processes in the planning: how to produce a business case; the development of actions plans; process and team leadership; and generating cross-functional buy-in. Templates are provided for certain steps in order to simplify the tasks involved at each point in the process. Anyone involved in delivering or developing a process to embed sustainability reporting for an organisation will find this book invaluable for example chief sustainability officers chief financial officers and company secretaries. It will also be of interest to students in the field of sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345884

Gold Standard SustainabilityReporting A Step by Step Guide to Producing Sustainability Reports This how-to book provides a step-by-step guide to the constituent practices and processes needed to produce a sustainability report structured around the Global Reporting Initiative’s Sustainability Reporting Process. It is written by the first GRI Certified training providers in the UK who also produced the first GRI Certified Training course to be accredited by the Institute of Environmental Management & Assessment (IEMA). This book will show you: (1) how to produce a business case develop action plans secure leadership over process and people and how to generate cross functional buy in (2) how to do stakeholder engagement materiality and assurance and how to collect quality data and (3) how to plan and prepare to report how to finalize and disseminate a report and how to apply and manage the GRI Materiality Matters Check. The authors also provide invaluable tips on how to write a report and how to position it on media platforms for both dissemination and feedback.In short this book is a masterclass on precisely the things that individuals and organizations need and want to know to set up or improve the quality of their reporting processes and to write effective reports.# This book will also enable stakeholders with a professional personal or academic interest in reporting to learn how to evaluate a report – an essential skill for report writers too. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351274524

'Gold Tried in the Fire'. The Prophet TheaurauJohn Tany and the English Revolution This is a study of the most fascinating and idiosyncratic of all seventeenth-century figures. Like its famous predecessor The Cheese and The Worms: The Cosmos of a Sixteenth-Century Miller it explores the everyday life and mental world of an extraordinary yet humble figure. Born in Lincolnshire with a family of Cambridgeshire origins Thomas Totney (1608-1659) was a London puritan goldsmith and veteran of the Civil War. In November 1649 after fourteen weeks of self-abasement fasting and prayer he experienced a profound spiritual transformation. Taking the prophetic name TheaurauJohn Tany and declaring himself 'a Jew of the Tribe of Reuben' descended from Aaron the High Priest he set about enacting a millenarian mission to restore the Jews to their own land. Inspired prophetic gestures followed as Tany took to living in a tent preaching in the parks and fields around London. He gathered a handful of followers and in the week that Cromwell was offered the crown infamously burned his bible and attacked Parliament with sword drawn. In the summer of 1656 he set sail from the Kentish coast perhaps with some disciples in tow bound for Jerusalem. He found his way to Holland perhaps there to gather the Jews of Amsterdam. Some three years later now calling himself Ram Johoram Tany was reported lost drowned after taking passage in a ship from Brielle bound for London. During his prophetic phase Tany wrote a number of remarkable but elusive works that are unlike anything else in the English language. His sources were varied although they seem to have included almanacs popular prophecies and legal treatises as well as scriptural and extra-canonical texts and the writings of the German mystic Jacob Boehme. Indeed Tany's writings embrace currents of magic and mysticism alchemy and astrology numerology and angelology Neoplatonism and Gnosticism Hermeticism and Christian Kabbalah - a ferment of ideas that fused in a millenarian yearning for the hoped for Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253961

Gold Was the MortarThe Economics of Cathedral Building Originally published in 1979 Gold Was the Mortar details the financing and the building of the medieval cathedrals at Paris Amiens Toulouse Lyon Strasbourg York Poitiers and Rouen. The book examines the raising of funds and their expenditure not only on the Cathedrals themselves but also on the worldly ambitions of the bishop or archbishop which went beyond the ‘wars and natural disasters’ theory to explain the reasons that caused the delays in building the cathedrals. The book also looks at the issues of building the cathedrals such as the availability of finance and how for some there was a steady flow of funds while others suffered prolonged breaks. The book also provides case studies of specific cathedrals and examines how places such as York were held up by the internecine disputes with Canterbury; Toulouse and Poiters by the vast expropriations following conquests; and Lyon by the suppression of the commercial and social hierarchy. All the cathedrals depended on the benevolence of patrons but the part played by the commoners as revealed in wills and contemporary documents was an extraordinary contribution usually exceeding that of the nobility and royalty and sometimes that of the hierarchy itself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209438

Golden Chersonese First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138991965

Golden DonorsA New Anatomy of the Great Foundations The world of the golden donors - the rich and influential philanthropic foundations - is quite likely the least known and yet most pervasive of all the invisible money and power networks in America. Nielsen explores the 36 largest of the 22 000 currently active foundations. He takes the reader inside each of the giants to analyze its people policies and performance. From the most famous Ford and MacArthur to the most obscure Mabee and Moody the author lets in daylight and lets out the bats as well as the butterflies. Golden Donors is a journey through 36 flefdoms each of which controls upwards of $250 million dollars beyond the reach of the IRS in order to encourage medical research support cultural and artistic endeavors and not least to buttress immensely expensive educational institutions. Which of the great foundations in recent years have been spectacular successes and which are failures? Is today's leadership in the third-stream economy equal to the task? Are foundations seedbeds or killing grounds of new social and political ideas? And what is the federal government and a variety of administrations doing to help or harm this new economy? Nielsen provides many surprising and some quite startling answers for the millions of Americans whose lives the golden donors directly or indirectly affect. When Golden Donors first appeared A. Bartlett Giamatti praised it as an historical guide a shrewd critique and an impassioned warning. "This remarkable book on the nation's largest foundations must be ready by anyone concerned with America's unique not-for-profit sector and the quality of our national life." Kingman Brewster saw the book as "a revealing mirror held up to the faces of big philanthropy...a must book for foundation creators and leaders." Thornton F. Bradsahw said "Golden Donors describes the large American foundations what they are how they got that way and wherein lies their strength and their potential. The book is wise witty and perceptive - indispensable reading." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524507

Golden RoadsMigration Pilgrimage and Travel in Medieval and Modern Islam Essays on themes (migration pilgrimage and travel) as old as Islam itself and integral in the development of a cosmopolitan Islamic social order embracing much of Africa and Eurasia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405950

Golden-winged Warbler Ecology Conservation and Habitat Management Golden-winged Warblers (Vermivora chrysoptera) are migratory songbirds that breed in temperate North America primarily in the Great Lakes region with remnant populations throughout the Appalachian Mountains and winter in Central and northern South America. Their breeding range has contracted dramatically in the Appalachian Mountains and many populations have dramatically declined likely due to habitat loss competition and interbreeding with Blue-winged Warblers (Vermivora pinus) andglobal climate change.. As a result of population declines in much of the eastern portion of their breeding range Golden-winged Warblers are listed as endangered or threatened in 10 U.S. states and in Canada and have been petitioned for protection under the U.S. Endangered Species Act. Published in collaboration with and on behalf of The American Ornithological Society  this volume in the highly-regarded Studies in Avian Biology series compiles extensive current research on Golden-winged Warblers and summarizes what is known and identifies many remaining unknowns providing a wealth of peer-reviewed science on which future research and listing decisions can be based. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482240689

GoldmineFinding Free and Low Cost Resources for Teaching First published in 1995 this volume uncovered a wealth of low-cost good quality material for use in the classroom. Author David Brown has been teaching in primary middle and secondary schools for 23 years. It was through David’s need to resource topics that he uncovered this material. Goldmine places these resources into topic areas describes them and tells you where you can get them from. Since the first edition in 1985 Goldmine has developed into the country’s leading directory of free and sponsored teaching resources providing the wherewithal to obtain over 6000 resources from some 235 suppliers. Budget-conscious schools will find it saves its purchase price many times over and parents and teachers are safe in the knowledge that all the items described in here are personally recommended by a teacher the compiler himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338715

Golf Business and ManagementA Global Introduction Golf is big business around the world. With high profile series such as the PGA LPGA and European tours to the re-introduction of golf to the Olympics at Rio 2016 golf occupies a prominent place in the global sport community. This is the first book to introduce the fundamentals of golf business and management from a truly international perspective covering key topics such as media club management sponsorship and retail at elite and non-elite levels. With sections exploring the development of golf on every continent including North America South America Europe the Middle East Africa and Asia this book presents the latest thinking on current issues in golf ranging from sustainability and innovation to global governance. Each chapter incorporates helpful features for students including learning objectives discussion questions guides to further reading recommended websites and insights from industry voices. This book is essential reading for students of any golf-related degree course or professional accreditation programme and will also be of interest to those studying or working in sport business sport management and sport tourism. Underpinned by up-to-date literature golf researchers will also find the book a useful starting point. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138957176

Golf Course Management & ConstructionEnvironmental Issues Golf Course Management & Construction presents a comprehensive summary and assessment of technical and scientific research on the environmental effects of turfgrass system construction and maintenance. Although the book focuses on golf courses it also discusses turfgrass systems for residential and commercial lawns parks and greenways. The book is an excellent introduction to the concepts of nonpoint source environmental impacts of turfgrass management for turfgrass scientists and specialists landscape and golf course architects turfgrass system and golf course developers golf course superintendents environmental scientists and land-use regulators. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450304

Golf Turf Management Golf Turf Management provides information on major agronomic and economic topics related to building and maintaining a viable golf course. The book features basic and applied information on available grasses including selection and use; applied turfgrass physiology; soils and soil amendments; environmental concerns; and comprehensive information on turfgrass physiology plant nutrition turf fertilizers and water management. It discusses managing turf diseases insects and weeds; turf cultural practices; managing greens and tees as well as corporate course management strategies. Color photographs throughout illustrate concepts and topics including all major pest problems associated with golf courses and various agronomic practices necessary for successful and profitable course operation. The book suggests strategies to develop best management practices for golf courses including personnel and financial considerations when developing and implementing annual budgets leasing versus buying equipment and managing inventory. This book features sixteen chapters organized in a logical sequence conducive for teaching and practical use. Drawing on the author's more than thirty years of experience and research the author brings together a wealth of information on how to optimize golf turf management and performance. Golf Turf Management is the only complete up-to-date text dedicated to agronomic practices and personnel management practices necessary for fiscal success. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138476387

Go-LiveSmart Strategies from Davis Award-Winning EHR Implementations Go-Live: Smart Strategies from Davies Award-Winning EHR Implementations presents the real-world experiences of more than two dozen diverse healthcare organizations that underwent the remarkable transformation to electronic health records and were recognized for their efforts with the coveted HIMSS Nicholas E. Davies Award of Excellence. From small community clinics to major regional health systems the firsthand accounts in this book offer best practices and lessons learned for every step in the implementation process – from achieving buy-in from stakeholders and assessing resources to managing change-resistant staff and establishing metrics of success. The journey to EHR implementation can be complicated but a successful ‘go-live’ offers healthcare organizations innovative and ever-evolving opportunities to improve the way in which they do business and deliver care. Because every member of your organization will be touched by the EHR implementation the experiences in this book are essential reading for executive leadership providers administrators and IT staff. Go-Live takes you step-by-step from the very first implementation meeting to establishing protocols for upgrades training and support after go-live. Media > Books > E-books HIMSS Publishing 9780429272240

Gombrowicz in Transnational ContextTranslation Affect and Politics Witold Gombrowicz (1904-1969) was born and lived in Poland for the first half of his life but spent twenty-four years as an émigré in Argentina before returning to Europe to live in West Berlin and finally Vence France. His works have always been of interest to those studying Polish or Argentinean or Latin American literature but in recent years the trend toward a transnational perspective in scholarship has brought his work to increasing prominence. Indeed the complicated web of transnational contact zones where Polish Argentinean French and German cultures intersect to influence his work is now seen as the appropriate lens through which his creativity ought to be examined. This volume contributes to the transnational interpretation of Gombrowicz by bringing together a distinguished group of North American Latin American and European scholars to offer new analyses in three distinct themes of study that have not as yet been greatly explored — Translation Affect and Politics. How does one translate not only Gombrowicz’s words into various languages but the often cultural-laden meaning and the particular style and tone of his writing? What is it that passes between author and reader that causes an affect? How did Gombrowicz’s negotiation of the turbulent political worlds of Poland and Argentina shape his writing? The three divisions of this collection address these questions from multiple perspectives thereby adding significantly to little known aspects of his work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223540

Gonadal Hormones and Sex Differences in BehaviorA Special Issue of developmental Neuropsychology As the papers in this special issue demonstrate gonadal hormones have powerful effects on the development of the brain and behavior in human beings as in other species. Both androgens and estrogens affect behavior throughout development from early prenatal life through adulthood as demonstrated in studies with a variety of methods in several species. The articles also describe attempts to identify the mechanisms--neural and basic behavioral--that mediate hormonal effects on complex human behaviors. This issue testifies to the breadth and vitality of research into the ways that hormones affect the development of sex-typical behavior and illustrates several important themes that have emerged in human psychoneuroendocrinology. First it is now clear that hormones do affect human behavior and the important questions relate to the mechanisms and details of hormone action. Second there are many ways to study hormone effects on human behavior and this issue describes these methods and their products. Third traditional conceptions of hormone-behavior relations have generally stood the test of time but recent developments have begun to reveal the complexity of these relations. Taken as a whole the articles in this special issue are interesting and worthwhile reading in their own right but they may also act to stimulate developmental neuropsychologists to consider hormones in their own studies. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203764992

Gone from the Promised LandJonestown in American Cultural History In this superb cultural history John R. Hall presents a reasoned analysis of the meaning of Jonestown--why it happened and how it is tied to our history as a nation our ideals our practices and the tension of modern culture. Hall deflates the myths of Jonestown by exploring how much of what transpired was unique to the group and its leader and how much can be explained by reference to wider social processes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524514

Gonorynchiformes and Ostariophysan RelationshipsA Comprehensive Review (Series on: Teleostean Fish Biology) An understanding of gonorynchiform morphology and systematic inter- and intra-relationships has proven vital to a better understanding of the evolution of lower teleosts in general and more specifically of groups such as the clupeiforms (e.g. herrings and anchovies) and ostariophysans (e.g. carps minnows and catfishes). This book examines the current knowledge of gonorynchiform biology including comparative osteology myology epibranchial morphology and development. Phylogenetic interrelationships among gonorynchiform fishes are reexamined. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452391

Gonzalo de Berceo and the Latin Miracles of the VirginA Translation and a Study In Gonzalo de Berceo and the Latin Miracles of the Virgin Patricia Timmons and Robert Boenig present the first English translation of a twelfth-century Latin collection of miracles that Berceo the first named poet in the Spanish language used as a source for his thirteenth-century Spanish collection Milagros de Nuestra Señora. Using the MS Thott 128 close to the one Berceo must have used Timmons and Boenig provide both translation and analysis exploring the Latin Miracles suggesting how it was used as a sacred text and placing it within the history of Christians' evolving understanding of the Virgin's role in their lives. In addition this volume explores Berceo's reaction to the Latin Miracles demonstrating that he reacted creatively to his source texts as well as to changes in Church culture and governance that occurred between the composition of Latin Miracles and the thirteenth century translating it across both language and culture. Accessible and useful to students and scholars of medieval and Spanish studies this book includes the original Latin text translations of the Latin Miracles including analyses of 'Saint Peter and the Lustful Monk ' 'The Little Jewish Boy ' and 'The Jews of Toledo.' Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110007

Good and EvilQuaker Perspectives In this multi-disciplinary collection we ask the question 'What did and do Quakers think about good and evil?' There are no simple or straightforwardly uniform answers to this but in this collection we draw together contributions that for the first time look at historical and contemporary Quakerdom's approach to the ethical and theological problem of evil and good. Within Quakerism can be found Liberal Conservative and Evangelical forms. This book uncovers the complex development of metaethical thought by a religious group that has evolved with an unusual degree of diversity. In doing so it also points beyond the boundaries of the Religious Society of Friends to engage with the spectrum of thinking in the wider religious world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585420

Good BusinessExercising Effective and Ethical Leadership This illuminating and practical collection of essays addresses the increasingly important topics of corporate ethics social responsibility and sustainability in the context of effective global business strategies. Instead of condemning business or exhorting corporate leaders to "do good " the authors deal with the "hot button" issues of our time in a cool and rational manner seeing them as opportunities rather than as problems. As the authors illustrate there is no necessary trade-off between business leaders doing the right thing on one hand and the profitable thing on the other. They demonstrate that ethics is not peripheral or in addition to the central concerns of business. To the contrary ethics and good citizenship are at the heart of all good business strategies decisions and organizational cultures. These essays offer useful examples of how executives can create strategies and cultures that are both and at the same time ethical and effective--the essence of GOOD BUSINESS. 　 　 　 A PUBLICATION OF THE INSTITUTE FOR ENTERPRISE ETHICS Daniels College of Business University of Denver Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203850626

Good Cities Better LivesHow Europe Discovered the Lost Art of Urbanism This book has one central theme: how in the United Kingdom can we create better cities and towns in which to live and work and play? What can we learn from other countries especially our near neighbours in Europe? And in turn can we provide lessons for other countries facing similar dilemmas? Urban Britain is not functioning as it should. Social inequalities and regional disparities show little sign of going away. Efforts to generate growth and spread it to the poorer areas of cities have failed dismally. Much new urban development and redevelopment is not up to standard. Yet there are cities in mainland Europe which have set new standards of high-quality sustainable urban development. This book looks at these best-practice examples – in Germany the Netherlands France and Scandinavia – and suggests ways in which the UK and other countries could do the same. The book is in three parts. Part 1 analyses the main issues for urban planning and development – in economic development and job generation sustainable development housing policy transport and development mechanisms – and probes how practice in the UK has fallen short. Part Two embarks on a tour of best-practice cities in Europe starting in Germany with the country’s boosting of its cities’ economies moving to the spectacularly successful new housing developments in the Netherlands from there to France’s integrated city transport then to Scandinavia’s pursuit of sustainability for its cities and finally back to Germany to Freiburg – the city that ‘did it all’. Part Three sums up the lessons of Part Two and sets out the key steps needed to launch a new wave of urban development and regeneration on a radically different basis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840224

Good CompanyA Study of Nyakyusa Age-Villages Originally published in 1951 this book is a study of village system in southern Tanzania which at the time of publication was thought to be unique. Each village consisted not of a group of kinsmen but an age-set: a group of male contemporaries together with their wives and young children. The book is concerned with the structure of these villages and the values expressed in them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600324

Good CompanyA Tramp Life This sociological classic shows how the railroad tramp’s status as a deviant changed from frontier itinerant to post settlement vagrant; from class conscious proletariat in the Depression to the damaged post WWII vet. The third edition (with new photos) discusses how today the freights have become the milieu of violent gangs who transport drugs human traffickers and serial killers. Beating the odds against increased post 9/11 surveillance are yuppie adventure seekers young travelers crust punks and oogles. In the background is the same freight train—unforgiving and lethal—and cultures policed at times by honorable tramps and at times by sadistic enforcers of violent gangs.　 Features of the new edition: Eight previously unpublished photos that reflect new directions in visual ethnography. (90 photos altogether) A fuller integration of photos made during the author’s participant research with tramps over thousands of miles on the freights and while living homeless in urban America. New nuanced edit of a narrative describing author’s five week immersion with the quintessential tramp of the era Carl. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138674950

Good Cop/Bad CopEnvironmental NGOs and Their Strategies toward Business Non-governmental organizations (NGOs) play an increasingly prominent role in addressing complex environmental issues such as climate change persistent bio-accumulative pollutants and the conservation of biodiversity. At the same time the landscape in which they operate is changing rapidly. Markets and direct engagement with industry rather than traditional government regulation are often the tools of choice for NGOs seeking to change corporate behavior today. Yet these new strategies are poorly understood-by business academics and NGOs themselves. How will NGOs choose which battles to fight differentiate themselves from one another in order to attract membership and funding and decide when to form alliances and when to work separately? In Good Cop/Bad Cop Thomas P. Lyon brings together perspectives on environmental NGOs from leading social scientists as well as leaders from within the NGO and corporate worlds to assess the state of knowledge on the tactics and the effectiveness of environmental groups. Contributions from Greenpeace Rainforest Action Network the Environmental Defense Fund and the World Wildlife Fund describe each organization‘s structure and key objectives and present case studies that illustrate how each organization makes a difference especially with regard to its strategies toward corporate engagement. To provide additional perspective high-level executives from BP and Ford share their views on what causes these relationships between companies and NGOs to either succeed or fail. For students of the social sciences and NGO practitioners this book takes an important step in addressing an urgent need for objective study of NGO operations and their effectiveness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781936331505

Good Design Practices for GMP Pharmaceutical Facilities This revised publication serves as a handy and current reference for professionals engaged in planning designing building validating and maintaining modern cGMP pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and internationally. The new edition expands on facility planning with a focus on the ever-growing need to modify existing legacy facilities and on current trends in pharmaceutical manufacturing which include strategies for sustainability and LEED building ratings. All chapters have been re-examined with a fresh outlook on current good design practices. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482258905

Good DividendsResponsible Leadership of Business Purpose This book seeks to answer the question of ‘leadership for what?’. We shall outline an answer by focusing on responsible leadership of purpose through an inter-disciplinary perspective. Responsible leadership moves the axis of leadership from leader-followers to leader-stakeholders; away from looking at leadership as person-centric – the qualities abilities and effectiveness of the leader to a focus on the purposes responsibilities and activities of leadership. Leadership orientation is about realising value for a range of constituencies not just the shareholders of the business. In this way this book offers up an alternative business model to that of dominant neo-liberal approaches to capitalism and its flow-on effect to the leadership project. This is a model that draws on a most obvious assumption – if leaders maximise the use of all the capitals of their business they will maximise their dividends and thus deliver their responsibility to the shareholders as well as other relevant stakeholders. This book explores how five dividends (based on five capitals) can be developed through attention to a sixth dividend (and sixth capital) – the dividend from our planet and communities. The planetary dividend is the flourishing of humanity – but it is also a significant dividend to the business. For example by engaging the business in a purpose-led orientation to enhance the planetary dividend the dividend from human resourcefulness becomes manifest – employee sense of purpose commitment passion and energy. The realisation of such can also connect with dividends from innovation operations and brands. For example the business benefits from a purpose-driven brand. In short responsible leadership of purpose outlines a case for leadership to focus on a connected portfolio of ‘good’ dividends as an answer to the question ‘leadership for what?’ The book is written by academics and organisational leaders. It draws on a range of research with leaders from a variety of contexts to illustrate the challenges but also the benefits of this argument. It is an ambitious book: ambitious in terms of moving leadership towards realising purpose; ambitious by seeking to align a range of business disciplines around responsible leadership; and ambitious because it challenges the dominant assumptions that shape business leadership. However it is based on a simple question: why would a business not wish to generate good dividends for all its stakeholders? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367497354

Good Drug Regulatory PracticesA Regulatory Affairs Quality Manual Good Drug Regulatory Practices offers a series of policies and procedures to assure quality and timely regulatory submissions to national regulatory agencies. This book begins with introductory chapters describing the need for policy documentation and the philosophy underlying the policies and presents policies and standards that can be used as presented or adapted to individual situations in your company. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448080

Good Education in an Age of MeasurementEthics Politics Democracy The widespread use of the measurement of educational outcomes in order to compare the performance of education within and across countries seems to express a real concern for the quality of education. This book argues that the focus on the measurement of educational outcomes has actually displaced questions about educational purpose. Biesta explores why the question as to what constitutes good education has become so much more difficult to ask and shows why this has been detrimental for the quality of education and for the level of democratic control over education. He provides concrete suggestions for engaging with the question of purpose in education in a new more precise and more encompassing way with explicit attention to the ethical political and democratic dimensions of education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634319

Good Enough Mothering?Feminist Perspectives on Lone Motherhood Currently lone mothers and their children make up almost 20 per cent of families with dependent children in the UK a threefold increase since 1970. Yet while they are often cited by politicians as both a symptom and cause of social breakdown relatively little is known of the causes consequences and conditions of lone motherhood in Britain and throughout Europe. Good Enough Mothering? provides accounts of historical patterns of mothering and ideologies of the family with cross-national comparisons of policies and experience of lone motherhood in developed and developing countries. Countries include: Britain US Norway South Africa Kenya Thailand India Brazil and the Caribbean. This engaging edited collection will appeal to students of social policy women's studies and social work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203434284

Good Faith and Insurance Contracts Good Faith and Insurance Contracts sets out an exhaustive analysis of the law concerning the duty of utmost good faith as applied to insurance contracts. Now in its fourth edition it has been updated to address the arrival of the Insurance Act 2015 as well as any references to new case law. In addition it synthesises all known judicial decisions by the English Courts concerning good faith in this area. This book is still the only text devoted to a discussion of the duty of utmost good faith applicable to insurance contracts. As good faith is an issue which arises in respect of all insurance contracts it is a book which will be extremely useful to lawyers involved in insurance as well as insurance practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Informa Law from Routledge 9781138280403

Good FeelingsPsychoanalytic Reflections on Positive Emotions and Attitudes This tightly edited volume opens a new vista in psychoanalysis by focusing upon positive and life-enhancing emotions and attitudes. The realms it covers include love friendship enthusiasm courage tact resilience and forgiveness among others. Seminal papers on these topics have existed but remain scattered throughout the psychoanalytic literature. This book brings them together in a harmonious gestalt. It is more than an anthology however. Each paper is followed by a freshly written commentary that critically evaluates the paper and brings it in consonance with up-to-date contemporary psychoanalytic knowledge. Issues of development adaptation psychopathology and analytic technique as these pertain to the positive dimension of affective experience are elucidated. The book also deals with the broader and overarching issue of the 'goodness' that accompanies causes and is enhanced by the positive emotions in consideration here. Thus the ever-elusive and puzzling issue of psychoanalytic morality finds a place in the discourse with all its rich and complex theoretical and technical implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106782

Good Governance Scale and PowerA Case Study of North Sea Fisheries In recent years there have been several alarming predictions about the future of the planet’s fish stocks. As a result many national governments and supranational institutions including the European Union have instituted reforms designed to mitigate the crisis. This book examines the discourse and practice of ‘good governance’ in the context of fisheries management. It starts by examining the ‘crisis’ of fisheries in the North Sea caused primarily by overfishing and failure of the European Union’s Common Fisheries Policy. It then goes on to analyse reforms to this policy enacted and planned between 2002 and 2013 and the proposition that collapse of fish stocks could occur as a result of deficiencies in new governing arrangements i.e. failure to apply ‘principles of good governance’. The book argues that impediments to good governance practice in fisheries are not merely the result of implementation deficits but that they constitute a more systematic failure. Governance theory addresses issues of power but it does not recognise the many important spatially contingent and relational forms of power that are exercised in actual governing practice. For example it frequently overlooks spatial practices and strategies such as ‘scale jumping ‘rescaling’ and the discursive redrawing of governing boundaries. This book exposes some of these spatial power relationships showing that the presence of such relationships has implications for accountability and effective policymaking. In sum this book explores some of the ways in which we might better understand governance practice using theories of scale and relational concepts of power and in the process it offers a critique and rethinking of governance theory. These reflections are made on the basis of an in-depth case study of the attempted pursuit of ‘good governance’ in the European Union via institutional reforms focusing particularly on the thorny and fascinating case of North Sea fisheries management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138904927

Good Governance and Civil–Security RelationsA Comparative Study of Turkey and Egypt Developing the traditional civil-military relations approach to include security actors the book compares the style of civil-security relations in both Egypt and Turkey. The volume comprehends the competition between civilian actors and military and security actors to impose control over the political regimes in transition and how this is related to the issue of good governance and democratization. The Egyptian and Turkish cases are viably comparable in terms of the status of civil-security relations and level of civilian control specifically considering the different outcomes of the latest military putsches in both country (2013 in Egypt and 2016 in Turkey) and the extended experiences of both countries with a strong military influence and presence in politics. The different responses of the Egyptian and Turkish publics to the coup attempts invite an interesting comparison especially given that in both cases the public was the decisive factor in the success or failure of the coup. Focusing on civil-security relations within the broader context of good governance and democracy in Egypt and Turkey this book will be a key resource for students and scholars interested in political science specifically comparative government studies and Middle East studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367445249

Good Governance in AsiaMultiple Trajectories to Development The international aid community has advocated governance reforms as a necessary complement to economic aid to developing countries. The resultant Good Governance Agenda has been criticised for its ahistorical bias. The empirical case studies reported in this book further illustrate the limitations by showing the complex logics of governance reforms and their relations with development in the Asian context. The analysis highlights the importance of taking full notice of the Asian reform experiences in the ongoing reflection over the global institutional and development agenda. The message is not to deny the need for governance reforms or the utility of international learning and sharing of experiences. Global development will benefit however from a better understanding of the linkages between governance reforms and the diverse historical conditions they are embedded in both developing or the advanced economies.This book was published as a special issue of Journal of Contemporary Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738983

Good Governance in China - A Way Towards Social HarmonyCase Studies by China’s Rising Leaders Good governance is necessary for effective public administration and delivery of public goods and services. This is an important issue for all countries but in particular for rapidly developing countries such as China where reform of governance and public administration is a key element of the public policy agenda. This book explores the key issues in governance and public administration facing China’s policy-makers today. Edited by Wang Mengkui the former President of the Development Research Center of the State Council and Chairman of the China Development Research Foundation - one of China’s leading think-tanks - it contains 36 papers selected from nearly 300 case studies presented by participants in the China’s Leaders in Development Executive Program. The authors are outstanding and experienced officials and together represent the voice of China's new rising generation of leaders policy-makers and officials. The cases are based on first-hand information and experiences either from the officials’ personal involvement or their own in-depth investigations. The chapters cover a wide range of issue areas such as institutional reform urban construction social governance crisis management resource and ecological environmental management education and public health and economic reform and development. Taken together it provides an invaluable resource for anyone seeking to understand China’s own thinking on its governance and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328693

Good Governance in the Era of Global NeoliberalismConflict and Depolitization in Latin America Eastern Europe Asia and Africa This new collection critically examines the new global policy of 'good governance'. This catchphrase of aid policy and development thinking has been the subject of too little analysis to date. This book redresses the balance. It places the prefix 'good' and exactly what that means under the microscope and examines the impact of neoliberal governance in a wide range of countries and territories including Chile Russia Argentina and Indonesia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648080

Good Governance in the Middle East Oil Monarchies The concept of 'good governance' is of increasing importance and is used by international organizations to ensure reasonable conformity to high standards in states which participate in the global trading regime and other international activities. This book examines the concept of good governance and how it is applied in the states of the Gulf Co-operation Council. These states are particularly important because of their strategic location and massive oil wealth. Moreover as monarchies in most cases without powerful democratic representative bodies and as Islamic countries with a different outlook from countries of the West Western standards of good governance may need to be modified in order for them to be implemented effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362130

Good HouseDesign and Evaluation NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415600859

Good Leaders LearnLessons from Lifetimes of Leadership How do leaders learn to lead? How do leaders set themselves up for success? This book explores the real-life experiences of a wide variety of leaders from different industries sectors and countries to bring to light new lessons on the importance of life-long learning. Consisting primarily of a series of probing interviews Good Leaders Learn presents the challenges triumphs and reflections of  31 senior and high-profile leaders offering insight into how they learned to lead during their careers. The book pulls important and useful perspectives into a robust theoretical framework that includes the importance of innate curiosity challenging oneself risk-taking and other key elements of good leadership. With practical insights complemented by the latest leadership research and theory this book will help current and potential leaders to build a solid foundation of the leadership qualities vital to their continuing success.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659772

Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceuticals Seventh Edition This book provides insight into the world of pharmaceutical quality systems and the key elements that must be in place to change the business and organizational dynamics from task-oriented procedure-based cultures to truly integrated quality business systems that are self-detecting and correcting. Chapter flow has been changed to adopt a quality systems organization approach and supporting chapters have been updated based on current hot topics including the impact of the worldwide supply chain complexity and current regulatory trends. Key Features: Presents insight into the world of pharmaceutical quality systems Analyzes regulatory trends and expectations Includes approaches and practices used in the industry to comply with regulatory requirements Discusses recent worldwide supply chain issues Delivers valuable information to a worldwide audience regarding the current GMP practices in the industry Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498732062

Good Money Part IIVolume Six of the Collected Works of F.A. Hayek Througout his life Hayek had a profound interest in money and its role within the economy. Money plays a critical part in his 1920s work on the trade cycle which attempts to integrate capital theory and monetary theory. As late as the 1970s Hayek was advocating radical reform of the monetary system suggesting that the supply of money be turned over to private enterprise.This volume together with Volume Six Good Money Part Two collect all of Hayek's significant writings on money. Together they amply demonstrate both the significance of 'sound money' in Hayek's economic vision and Hayek's importance as a monetary theorist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755290

Good Money Part IVolume Five of the Collected Works of F.A. Hayek Througout his life Hayek had a profound interest in money and its role within the economy. This volume together with Volume Six Good Money Part Two collect all of Hayek's significant writings on money. Together they amply demonstrate both the significance of 'sound money' in Hayek's economic vision and Hayek's importance as a monetary theorist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755283

Good News Bad NewsJournalism Ethics And The Public Interest Public dissatisfaction with the news media frequently gives rise to calls for journalists to live up to the ethical standards of their profession. But what if the fault lies in part with the standards themselves?Jeremy Iggers argues that journalism's institutionalized conversation about ethics largely evades the most important issues regarding the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316006

Good Night OfficiallyThe Pacific War Letters Of A Destroyer Sailor This book is an account of a destroyer at war as given in the letters of an enlisted sailor twenty six-year-old Yeoman 2/c James Orvill Raines to his wife Ray Ellen in Texas. The letters provide a glimpse into the fear loneliness boredom and estrangement of the "real" naval war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158880

Good Office Design This book examines the trends and innovations at the cutting edge of office design in the UK today. Selected from British Council for Offices Award winners since 2002 and interpreting empirical analyses by Davis Langdon the varied and stunningly illustrated case studies presented here demonstrate the latest thinking from the world of workplace design. Taken together they offer insight and inspiration for architects developers clients and anyone interested in getting the very best out of places of work. The text is sharp and authoritative and complemented by colour photographs floor plans elevations and detail drawings. The chapters are organised into salient topics the Workplace Location Structure Cost and Sustainability but along the way take account of numerous critical issues such as light levels and staff amenities. A wide-ranging end chapter written by Jeremy Myerson and Paul Warner knits together contemporary socio-cultural influences to imagine the future of the office.   Media > Books > E-books RIBA Publishing 9780429347757

Good Pharmaceutical Manufacturing PracticeRationale and Compliance With over twenty different official regulatory statements worldwide on Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) for pharmaceutical drug or medicinal products two stand out as being the most influential and most frequently referenced. Bridging the gap between U.S. regulations and European Good Manufacturing Practice guidelines Good Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Practice: Rationale and Compliance gleans the most important substance from the U.S. Current Good Manufacturing Practice parts 210 and 211 (US cGMPs 2002) and the European Guide to Good Manufacturing Practice for Medicinal Products for Human and Veterinary Use (EU GMP guide 2002). The author uses his 40+ years of experience in technical management production quality assurance and distribution within the pharmaceutical industry offering a hands-on guide to better understand and implement optimal pharmaceutical practices. This book also compares the principle requirements of GMP and explores the reasoning behind these requirements and ways to comply with them. Relevant topics include personnel documentation premises and equipment production quality control self-inspection recalls and more. This is an essential guidebook for those who wish to expand their pharmaceutical business in any international capacity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393779

Good Practice Guide: Adjudication Using accessible language and a simple question and answer format this Good Practice Guide makes clear the complex procedure of resolving a dispute through adjudication. Showing how it is essential to understand the law as it relates to adjudication the book takes the reader through each stage of the adjudication process beginning with adjudication agreements oral and written contracts and how to have an adjudicator nominated through to the adjudication itself and consideration of costs and how to enforce a decision. This guide will be indispensible for all those wishing to act safely cost-effectively and efficiently in an area that is becoming increasingly important to all those involved in the built environment. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859463956

Good Practice Guide: Arbitration Good Practice Guide: Arbitration explains the steps to resolve a dispute through arbitration. Aimed at all built environment professionals this new book will provide a quick reassuring guide to what can be a daunting – but sometimes necessary – process.The book acts as a guide for all parties in a dispute including the claimant the respondent and explains the role of any third parties. It includes: Guidance on when (and when not to) initiate a claim – and what to do if you receive a Notice of Arbitration Explanations of the steps to find a fair resolution of a dispute A useful selection of standard letters and forms for Arbitration Clear explanations on the whole process from start to finish. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859463451

Good Practice Guide: Assessing Loss and Expense Assessing Loss and Expense explains to architects and other construction industry professionals in accessible language how to assess the quantum value of loss and expense claims arising from projects. The book allows architects assessors and others to understand the principles of evaluation themselves so that they can undertake assessments safely spending as little time on them as possible – leaving more time for the project at hand. In a market which is seeing an ever-increasing number of claims this guide shows that architects and others need not become nervous or fearful when they receive a claim. It guides them calmly through what they need to do demystifying the process and showing modern court-tested techniques explaining what adjudicators/judges expect from the claimant. The book also describes the nuances of loss and expense in other countries (ME Far East Africa) and any effect this may have on assessment. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859464458

Good Practice Guide: Keeping out of Trouble Professional Indemnity Insurers and the ARB will tell you that architects make the same errors time and time again. The potential for getting into trouble with clients fees building contracts and with the law is huge. Keeping out of Trouble reveals those areas where things consistently go wrong. This fully updated new edition reflects the pitfalls of the current construction climate with up-to-date advice including fees negligence and breach of contract claims and dealing with 'clients from hell.' Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859464601

Good Practice GuideFees Architects are finding the procurement landscape increasingly complex and competitive. This book shows practitioners the ways that fees are calculated negotiated and managed. It will increase your understanding of the different fee-earning roles for architects professional services contracts how to calculate sustainable fee levels and improve negotiation skills. It also includes information on how to monitor and manage fees and the resources required to deliver projects managing change in the scope of the project and related services where to add value and to highlight risk areas that may impact on sustaining the business.  Case studies explain good and bad practice to illustrate effective fee management drawn from the authors’ direct experience as practitioners and investigating client complaints. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469309

Good Practice GuideMaking Successful Planning Applications How do you obtain permission? How can you satisfactorily tackle objections? How can you convince planning officers of the value of your work? Drawing on substantial experience from both applicant and local planning authority perspectives this book provides tactics and practical steps to help architects secure early validation of applications and successful outcomes. It’s a practical guide to understanding the planning system and maximizing the potential for successful outcomes. Readers will develop a greater understanding of the principles that are vital in the preparation and negotiation of applications against the very complex detail of regulatory arrangements. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859469200

Good Practice In Primary Religious Education 4-11 First Published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157590

Good Practices in Palliative CareA Psychosocial Perspective A team of two practitioners in psychosocial palliative care and an academic have drawn together the work of twenty-eight highly experienced practitioners. Good Practices in Palliative Care : a psychosocial perspective provides detailed descriptions of innovatory practices and how they were developed together with clear practice principles. This unique contribution to palliative care literature is suitable for a wide range of health and social care professionals at student and experienced levels and is written in a user-friendly style. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253954

Good Son is Sad If He Hears the Name of His FatherThe Tabooing of Names in China as a Way of Implementing Social Values When in 1775 the scholar Wang Xihou 王錫侯 compiled a dictionary called Ziguan 字貫 he wrote for illustrative purposes the personal names of Confucius and the three emperors Kangxi Yongzheng and Qianlong in the introduction. In oversight he recorded their complete names. This accidental writing of a few names was condemned by Emperor Qianlong as an unprecedented crime rebellion and high treason. Wang Xihou was executed his property confiscated and his books were burnt. His family was arrested and his sons and grandsons were killed or sent as slaves to Heilongjiang. It is surprising what an enormous impact the tabooing of names (bihui 避諱) had on Chinese culture. The names of sovereigns ancestors officials teachers and even friends were all considered taboo in other words it was prohibited to pronounce them or to record them in writing. In numerous cases characters identical or similar in writing or pronunciation were often avoided as well. The tabooing of names was observed in the family and on the street in the office and in the emperor’s palace. The practice of bihui had serious consequences for the daily lives of the Chinese and for Chinese historiography. People even avoided certain places and things and refused to accept offices. They were punished and sometimes even killed in connection with the tabooing of names. The bihui custom existed as an important element of Chinese culture and was perceived as significant by Chinese and foreigners alike. It was crucial for implementing social values and demonstrating the political hierarchy. The present work A Good Son Is Sad if He Hears the Name of His Father is a systematic study of Chinese name-tabooing customs which until now have been relatively little explored in Western-language Sinological studies. It attempts to provide a long-term perspective on the changing dynamics of tabooing and elucidates various aspects related to the fascinating topic of tabooing of names. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596712

Good StyleWriting for Science and Technology Good Style explains the tactics that can be used to write technical material in a coherent readable style. It discusses in detail the choices of vocabulary phrasing and sentence structure and each piece of advice is based on evidence of the styles prefered by technical readers and supported by many examples of writing from a variety of technical contexts. John Kirkman draws from his many years of experience lecturing on communication studies in Europe the USA the Middle East and Hong Kong both in academic programmes and in courses for large companies research centres and government departments. Good Style has become a standard reference book on the shelf of students of science technology and computing and is an essential aid to all professionals whose work involves writing of reports papers guides manuals or on-screen texts. This new edition also includes information on writing for the web and additional examples of how to express medical and life-science information. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203023655

Good Teachers Good SchoolsHow to Create a Successful School 'Good schools think with people and not to people' argues David Hudson in this thought-provoking practical guide for those wanting to bridge the gap between middle and senior management roles and make a difference in their schools. Accessibly and engagingly written and packed with real-life examples this book will prove essential reading for ambitious teachers and deputy heads everywhere. Whilst many management books tend to overcomplicate David writes with refreshing clarity and simplicity of thought. He sets out to inspire his readers to improve their practice and offers tried and tested strategies and solutions. Good teachers good schools is a must have read for anyone interested in a senior school leadership role and for those leaders keen to improve their leadership style. The book covers every aspect of school leadership from the decisions senior school leaders need to make such as running meetings staffing and communication with staff and pupils to the difference between management and leadership and curriculum involvement including monitoring evaluation and self-evaluation. David Hudson encapsulates many principles that have made him a successful school leader. David Hudson has been teaching in secondary schools since 1973 and he has had a wide range of leadership and management roles including that of Head Teacher in two 11 – 18 schools. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138373020

Good ThinkingA Knowledge First Virtue Epistemology This book combines virtue reliabilism with knowledge first epistemology to develop novel accounts of knowledge and justified belief. It is virtue reliabilist in that knowledge and justified belief are accounted for in terms of epistemic ability. It is knowledge first epistemological in that unlike traditional virtue reliabilism it does not unpack the notion of epistemic ability as an ability to form true beliefs but as an ability to know thus offering a definition of justified belief in terms of knowledge. In addition the book aims to show that this version of knowledge first virtue reliabilism serves to provide novel solutions to a number of core epistemological problems and as a result compares favourably with alternative versions of virtue reliabilism both in the traditionalist and in the knowledge first camp. This is the first ever book-length development of knowledge first virtue reliabilism and it will contribute to recent debates in these two growing areas of epistemology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317697

Goodbye Tarzan (RLE Feminist Theory)Men After Feminism What do men feel about the women’s movement? How has it changed them if at all? To try and answer these questions Helen Franks talked to many men and drew upon research in Britain the US and Australia. She interviewed men from all social groups – business executives writers factory workers shopkeepers – and all ages from fifteen to fifty-nine. They included divorced men husbands gay men and some who had ‘swapped roles’ with the women in their lives. She found some surprising results. All men whatever their attitude to women seem to be affected not to say threatened by feminism. In these pages she documents the thoughts – often confused – of very different kinds of men on sharing housework; women as colleagues; sexual behaviour; pornography; gayness; friendship with other men; fatherhood and marriage. Helen Franks is a sympathetic listener. A committed feminist she pulls no punches in her criticisms of traditional male attitudes. But she believes that the problems men find in responding constructively to feminism are considerable. After all men have no broad-based ‘men’s movement’ to sustain them. And she argues that patriarchal society oppresses men just as though in a different way it does women. The feminist classics of the 1960s and 1970s changed women’s lives by revealing a world of shared experiences and unfulfilled potential. The time has come to do the same for men. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637084

Goodbye To ExcellenceA Critical Look At Minimum Competency Testing This book points out that any testing scheme creates inequities and tests are of special concern due to the emphasis society places on high school graduation; a society cannot accept their potential to mark a student for life. It discusses that the goals of minimum competency testing are laudable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171636

Goodman for Architects American philosopher Nelson Goodman (1906-1998) was one of the foremost analytical thinkers of the twentieth century with groundbreaking contributions in the fields of logic philosophy of science epistemology and aesthetics. This book is an introduction to the aspects of Goodman’s philosophy which have been the most influential among architects and architectural theorists. Goodman specifically discussed architecture in his major work on aesthetics The Languages of Art: An Approach to a Theory of Symbols (1968) and in two essays "How Buildings Mean" (1985) and "On Capturing Cities" (1991). His main philosophical notions in Ways of Worldmaking (1978) also apply well to architecture. Goodman’s thought is particularly attractive because of its constructive aspect: there is not a given and immutable world but both knowledge and reality are constantly built and rebuilt. Whereas other theories such as deconstruction implicitly entail an undoing of modern precepts Goodman’s conception of world-making offers a positive constructive way to understand how a plural reality is made and remade. Goodman’s approach to architecture is not only relevant thinking in providing new insights to understanding the built environment but serves also as an illustration of analytical thinking in architecture. This book shows that the methods concepts and ways of arguing characteristic of analytical philosophy are helpful tools to examine buildings in a novel and fruitful way and they will certainly enhance the architect’s critical skills when designing and thinking about architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639378

Goodness of FitClinical Applications From Infancy through Adult Life First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009660

Goodness-of-Fit-Techniques Conveniently grouping methods by techniques such as chi-squared and empirical distributionfunction and also collecting methods of testing for specific famous distributions this useful reference is the first comprehensive review of the extensive literature on the subject. It surveysthe leading methods of testing fit . .. provides tables to make the tests available . .. assessesthe comparative merits of different test procedures . .. and supplies numerical examples to aidin understanding these techniques.Goodness-of-Fit Techniques shows how to apply the techniques . .. emphasizes testing for thethree major distributions normal exponential and uniform . .. discusses the handling of censoreddata .. . and contains over 650 bibliographic citations that cover the field.Illustrated with tables and drawings this volume is an ideal reference for mathematical andapplied statisticians and biostatisticians; professionals in applied science fields including psychologists biometricians physicians and quality control and reliability engineers; advancedundergraduate- and graduate-level courses on goodness-of-fit techniques; and professional seminarsand symposia on applied statistics quality control and reliability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580346

Google and DemocracyPolitics and the Power of the Internet For the first time in human history access to information on almost any topic is accessible through the Internet. A powerful extraction system is needed to disseminate this knowledge which for most users is Google. Google Search is an extremely powerful and important component to American political life in the twenty-first century yet its influence is poorly researched or understood. Sean Richey and J. Benjamin Taylor explore for the first time the influence of Google on American politics specifically on direct democracy. Using original experiments and nationally representative cross-sectional data Richey and Taylor show how Google Search returns quality information that users click on quality information and gain political knowledge and other contingent benefits. Additionally they correlate Google usage with real-world voting behavior on direct democracy. Building a theory of Google Search use for ballot measures Google and Democracy is an original addition to the literature on the direct democracy Internet politics and information technology. An indispensable read to all those wishing to gain new insights on how the Internet has the power to be a normatively valuable resource for citizens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066458

Google and the Culture of Search What did you do before Google? The rise of Google as the dominant Internet search provider reflects a generationally-inflected notion that everything that matters is now on the Web and should in the moral sense of the verb be accessible through search. In this theoretically nuanced study of search technology’s broader implications for knowledge production and social relations the authors shed light on a culture of search in which our increasing reliance on search engines influences not only the way we navigate classify and evaluate Web content but also how we think about ourselves and the world around us online and off. Ken Hillis Michael Petit and Kylie Jarrett seek to understand the ascendancy of search and its naturalization by historicizing and contextualizing Google’s dominance of the search industry and suggest that the contemporary culture of search is inextricably bound up with a metaphysical longing to manage order and categorize all knowledge. Calling upon this nexus between political economy and metaphysics Google and the Culture of Search explores what is at stake for an increasingly networked culture in which search technology is a site of knowledge and power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415883016

Google Scholar and MoreNew Google Applications and Tools for Libraries and Library Users In only a few years Google has become an authoritative provider of multiple products which have changed the digital information landscape. This book discusses how libraries can go beyond Google’s basic search and Scholar functions to expand services for their patrons. Respected authorities reveal the expanding variety of new Google applications developed in the past few years many of which have not received wide attention and are as yet not often used in libraries. Applications explored include Google Co-op Google News Google Docs & Spreadsheets Google Calendar and Google Talk. This book also discusses different important aspects of the company’s expansion of functions such as the failure of the Google Answers experiment the broad variety of free Google applications that librarians can use to collaborate and the success of Google’s Blogger among others. A helpful chronology of Google’s growth is provided as well as comparative analyses between various Google functions and other functions that are currently available. The book is extensively referenced. This book is an invaluable resource for academic librarians public librarians school librarians library science faculty and special librarians. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Library Administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877549

Google SketchUp WorkshopModeling Visualizing and Illustrating Discover the secrets of the Google SketchUp with the 16 real-world professional-level projects including parks structures concept art and illustration. Google SketchUp Workshop includes all the wide variety of projects that SketchUp can be used for-architectural visualization landscape design video game and film conception and more. SketchUp masters in every field will get you up to speed in this agile and intuitive software and then show you the real uses with through projects in architecture engineering and design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138456228

Googlization of Libraries This book includes a variety of articles which look critically and judiciously at Google and its products with a focus on Google Scholar and Google Book Search. It also examines their usefulness in a public service context. Its ultimate aim is to assess the use of Google as a major information resource. Its subject matter deals with online megasearch engines and their influence on reference librarianship the impact of Google on information seeking librarianship and the development of book digitization projects in which Google Book Search plays its part. This book will be of interest to librarians across all educational sectors library science scholars and publishers. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Library Administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876221

Gorbachev And His EnemiesThe Struggle For Perestroika This book is a source of raw material for critiques of Perestroika's scope and pace. It assesses the sources of opposition and support to Gorbachev and analyzes his strategies for attaining his goals the foreign policy implications of his reform efforts and his changes for long-term success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156886

Gorbachev And His GeneralsThe Reform Of Soviet Military Doctrine This book explores how the reforms and political currents sweeping through Soviet society relate to the indications of change in the Soviet military doctrine as a result of the changes initiated by Gorbachev. It is for readers interested in long-term Soviet approaches to strategic issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367164430

Gorbachev and Southeast Asia (Routledge Revivals) First published in 1992 this book examines Soviet foreign policy towards Southeast Asia in the context of the transformation of the perestroĭka era in the Soviet Union beginning in 1985 and ending in 1989 with the Soviet partial withdrawal from Cam Ranh Bay. Leszek Buszynski considers Gorbachev’s effort to disengage from the Cambodian problem the weakening of the Soviet alliance with Vietnam and the real effort to overcome old hostilities with growth areas in ASEAN such as Thailand and Singapore. This is a fascinating and relevant title of particular value to students with an interest in Russia and the history of international relations in Southeast Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415703505

Gorbachev And The Decline Of Ideology In Soviet Foreign Policy This book examines the ways in which Mikhail Gorbachev has modified the ideology of Soviet foreign policy and offers a tentative assessment of the prospects and potential impact of these changes. It presents extracts from Gorbachev's own speeches and relevant documents. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163013

Gorbachev and the Soviet Future This book presents articles that provide a detailed account on the role of Gorbachev in Soviet's future political reform educational reform economy military policy toward the United States and Western Europe and relations with the developing world. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367013646

Gorbachev’s Information RevolutionControlling Glasnost in a New Electronic Era This book analyzes Gorbachev's perestroika and its relationship to the information revolution. It examines the Gorbachev initiatives in scientific and technological sectors and their implications for Soviet society as well as for the world beyond Soviet borders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367014483

Gorbachev's AgendaChanges In Soviet Domestic And Foreign Policy This book assesses contemporary Soviet domestic and foreign policy and surveys the traditions challenges and contexts within which the Soviet leadership is operating. It attempts to assess the legacy that Gorbachev has inherited. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163150

Gorbachev's GambleThe 19th All-Union Party Conference This book is an outcome of the 'Nineteenth All-Union Party conference convened on Gorbachev's initiative. The conference recommends that taking account of the new realities legislation pertaining to union and autonomous republics and autonomous oblasts and okrugs should be developed and renewed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367013202

Gorbachev's Russia And American Foreign Policy This book examines in depth the question of the changing Soviet Union and U.S. foreign policy. It serves as evidence to the scholarship and expertise the East-West Forum is applying to the issues that are implicit in and emanate from the changing superpower relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153106

GorbachevThe Man and the System Gorbachev: The Man and the System portrays Gorbachev's rise to power and his tenure in office against the background of a period of critical change and development in the Soviet system. The research is primarily based on Soviet materials supplemented and critically compared with a wide range of Western press and academic studies. Both Zemtsov and Farrar bring to the analysis their own experiences acquired under different circumstances. Part I focuses on a selected chronology of significant events from Gorbachev's assumption of power in March 1985 to June 1987. The authors examine leadership and personnel changes the economy the society and the arts. Part II takes a look at foreign policies by examining: relations with the United States and the industrialized West; arms control policy; relations with Eastern Europe; relations with the People's Republic of China; and relations with the third world. Part III explores Gorbachev's military policies. Part IV concludes with the authors' assessment of the future. Included in this book are appendices on: changes in the Council of Ministers Ministers and Chairmen of State Committees; Politburo and central committee meetings since Gorbachev became General Secretary through June 1987; and announced changes in the Diplomatic Corps and Foreign Ministry as reported in the Soviet press. The hardcover edition of this book was published in Gorbachev's early years. It thus represents an early assessment and as such a document of events at the time they occurred. Renewed interest in communism and in the dissolution of the Soviet Union make this paperback edition timely. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203790519

Gordon and the SudanPrologue to the Mahdiyya 1877-1880 This is a study on the period preceding the Mahdist revolution in the Sudan. It analyses the administration and political developments under the governor-generalship of Gordon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011106

Gordon Matta-Clark's Conical IntersectSculpture Space and the Cultural Value of Urban Imagery In this in-depth analysis Peter Muir argues that Gordon Matta-Clark’s Conical Intersect (1975) is emblematic of Henri Lefebvre’s understanding of art’s function in relation to urban space. By engaging with Lefebvre’s theory in conjunction with the perspectives of other writers such as Michel de Certeau Jacques Derrida and George Bataille the book elicits a story that presents the artwork’s significance origins and legacies. Conical Intersect is a multi-media artwork which involves the intersections of architecture sculpture film and photography as well as being a three-dimensional model that reflects aspects of urban art and architectural theory along with a number of cultural and historiographic discourses which are still present and active. This book navigates these many complex narratives by using the central ’hole’ of Conical Intersect as its focal point: this apparently vacuous circle around which the events documents and other historical or theoretical references surrounding Matta-Clark’s project are perpetually in circulation. Thus Conical Intersect is imagined as an insatiable absence around which discourses continually form dissipate and resolve. Muir argues that Conical Intersect is much more than an ’artistic hole.’ Due to its location at Plateau Beaubourg in Paris it is simultaneously an object of art and an instrument of social critique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269811

GordonThe Sudan and Slavery The critics of Charles George Gordon accused him of vacillation and of instability of character. His supporters refused to admit that he was inconstant; they took the position that it was the Gladstone Cabinet which manifested a spirit of indecision that was fraught with terrible consequences. General Gordon was a prolific letter-writer and he also kept a journal. Many official notes and dispatches deal with his final mission to Khartoum. This book first published in 1933 attempts to get at the truth of Gordon’s character and his time in the Sudan through these letters this journal these notes and despatches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216556

Gore On StageThe Plays of Catherine Gore First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864351

Gorenstein Homological Algebra Gorenstein homological algebra is an important area of mathematics with applications in commutative and noncommutative algebra model category theory representation theory and algebraic geometry. While in classical homological algebra the existence of the projective injective and flat resolutions over arbitrary rings are well known things are a little different when it comes to Gorenstein homological algebra. The main open problems in this area deal with the existence of the Gorenstein injective Gorenstein projective and Gorenstein flat resolutions. Gorenstein Homological Algebra is especially suitable for graduate students interested in homological algebra and its applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138065499

Gorilla TheaterA Practical Guide to Performing the New Outdoor Theater Anytime Anywhere First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059952

Gossip and Organizations Gossip is a complex and ubiquitous phenomenon widely found and variously practiced. Gossip and Organizations provides the reader with an analysis of gossip and informal knowledge across different national organizational and cultural contexts drawing upon empirical findings and the author's experiences of researching gossip in nursing and healthcare organizations and higher educational institutions. Kathryn Waddington aims to dispel once and for all the myth that women gossip and men have conversations shattering the illusion that gossip at work is trivial talk. This book challenges the assumption that gossip is a problem that should be discouraged. While there is undoubtedly a dark side to gossip Kathryn Waddington argues that paying closer attention to gossip as organizational communication and knowledge enables exploration of other ways of seeing interpreting and understanding organizations. Gossip is not merely an impediment of organizing it is a form of organizing which shapes perceptions and actions and can forewarn managers of future failure in organizational systems. The complexity of gossip is such that a of range inter-disciplinary explanations is necessary in order to account for this form of communication and knowledge across multiple levels and spaces in and around organizations. Waddington provides a new evidence-based framework incorporating ethics emotion identity sensemaking and power as a guide future research theorizing and critical reflective and reflexive practice in the field of organizational gossip. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018310

Got Solidarity?Challenging Straight White College Men to Advocate for Social Justice The 21st Century in the United States continues to be marked by persistent disparities between members of different classes races genders and sexual orientations. Influencers of this society seem bent on polarizing citizens along their diverse identities often blaming those already disadvantaged for the nation’s apparent plights. Elite white men still benefit from a political economic and social hegemony and some ardently resist an egalitarian society. Preserving American democracy rests in the hands of young Americans committed to equity and social justice. In Got Solidarity? Jörg Vianden reports the results from the Straight White College Men Project a nationwide qualitative study of how heterosexual white college men experience or perceive campus and community diversity issues. In college few white men tend to engage in majors discussions or courses on diversity inclusion equity or social justice. Indeed many white men say that they have "no place" in these discussions and more commonly assert that "diversity is not about them." Using a sociological perspective the author chronicles their upbringing in families and schools their perspectives on race gender and sexual orientation as well as their trepidations on challenging oppression they notice taking place around them. Their stories lead to a renewed understanding of how white disengagement constrains progress toward a just society. This book offers strategies for enhancing college teaching and learning adds to the body of research on identity development theory and provides implications for improving campus climates fostering social justice advocacy as well as re-designing programs promoting understanding of human differences. Written especially for straight white male college students as well as for educators at all levels this book　underscores the critical need for whites to raise consciousness activate empathy and build solidarity with members of minoritized social groups. Given the current American predicament Got Solidarity? makes a timely contribution to our understanding of masculinity and endeavors to create a just society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654839

Goth MusicFrom Sound to Subculture  Is "goth music" a genre and if so how does it relate to the goth subculture? The music played at goth club nights and festivals encompasses a broad range of musical substyles from gloomy Batcave reverberations to neo-medieval bagpipe drones and from the lush vocals of goth metal to the harsh distortion of goth industrial. Goth Music: From Sound to Subculture argues that within this variegated musical landscape a number of key consistencies exist. Not only do all these goth substyles share a number of musical and textual characteristics but more importantly these aspects of the music are constitutive of goth social reality. Drawing on their own experiences in the European and American goth scenes the authors explore the ways in which the sounds of goth inform the scene’s listening practices its fantasies of other worlds and its re-enchantment of their own world. Goth music this book asserts engenders a musical timespace of its own a musical chronotope that is driven by nostalgic yearning.Goth Music: From Sound to Subculture reorients goth subcultural studies onto music: goth music must be recognized not only as simultaneously diverse and consistent but also as the glue that holds together goth scenes from all over the world. It all starts with the music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597412

Gothic This enduringly popular book has become a classic in the expanding and increasingly popular field of Gothic Studies. This long awaited new edition contains a new chapter on ‘Contemporary Gothic’ an expanded section on American Gothic and more discussion of the gothic in women’s film and writing throughout the book. It is also updated in relation to media and technology with further discussion of stage sensations and photography as well as engaging with all major texts and criticism since initial publication in 1995. With the added benefit of series features such as a glossary and annotated further reading section this remains the ideal guide to the Gothic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831727

Gothic Cinema Arguing for the need to understand Gothic cinema as an aesthetic mode this book explores its long history from its transitional origins in phantasmagoria shows and the first ‘trick’ films to its postmodern fragmentation in the Gothic pastiches of Tim Burton. But what is Gothic cinema? Is the iconography of the Gothic film equivalent to that of the horror genre? Are the literary origins of the Gothic what solidified its aesthetics? And exactly what cultural roles does the Gothic continue to perform for us today? Gothic Cinema covers topics such as the chiaroscuro experiments of early German cinema the monster cinema of the 1930s the explained supernatural of the old dark house mystery films of the 1920s and the Female Gothics of the 1940s the use of vibrant colours in the period Gothics of the late 1950s the European exploitation booms of the 1960s and 1970s and the animated films and Gothic superheroes that dominate present times. Throughout Aldana Reyes makes a strong case for a medium-specific and more intuitive approach to the Gothic on screen that acknowledges its position within wider film industries with their own sets of financial pressures and priorities. This groundbreaking book is the first thorough chronological transhistorical and transnational study of Gothic cinema ideal for both new and seasoned scholars as well as those with a wider interest in the Gothic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138227569

Gothic Europe 1200-1450 This uniquely ambitious history offers an account of all aspects of cultural activity and production throughout the world of Latin Christendom 1200-1450. Beginning with a detailed description of the political and economic circumstances that allowed the 'Gothic Moment' to flourish the body of the book is both a celebration of the Gothic cultural achievement - in cathedral-building in manuscript illumination in chivalric love-romance in stained glass and in many other arts - and an investigation of its social origins and systems of production. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432208

Gothic Heroines on ScreenRepresentation Interpretation and Feminist Inquiry Gothic Heroines on Screen explores the translation of the literary Gothic heroine on screen the potential consequences of these adaptations and contemporary interpretations of the form. Each chapter illuminates the significance of this moving image mediation relating its screen topics to their various historical social and geographical moments of production while maintaining a focus on the key figure of the investigating woman. Many chapters – perhaps inescapably – delve into the point of adaptation: the Bluebeard story and du Maurier’s Rebecca as two key examples. Moving beyond the Old Dark House that frequently forms both the Gothic heroine’s backdrop and her area of investigation some chapters examine alternative locations and their impact on the Gothic heroine some leave behind the marital thriller to explore what happens when the Gothic meets other genres such as comedy while others travel away from the usual Anglo-American contexts to European ones. Throughout the collection the Gothic heroine’s representation is explored within the medium which brings together image movement and sound and this technological fact takes on varied significance. What does remain constant however is the emphasis on the longevity significance and distinctiveness of the Gothic heroine in screen culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138711006

Gothic Immortals (Routledge Revivals)The Fiction of the Brotherhood of the Rosy Cross First published in 1990 this book represents the first full-length study of into the group of novels designated ‘Rosicrucian’ and traces the emergence of this distinct fictional genre revealing a continuous occult tradition running through seemingly diverse literary texts. Taking the Enlightenment as a starting point the author shows how the physician’s secular appropriation of the idea of eternal life through the study of longevity and physical decay attracted writers like William Godwin. It focuses on the bodily immortality of the Rosicrucian hero and investigates the novels of five major writers — Godwin Percy Bysshe Shelley Mary Shelley Maturin and Bulwer-Lytton. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671584

Gothic PeregrinationsThe Unexplored and Re-explored Territories For over two hundred years the Gothic has remained fixed in the European and American imaginations steadily securing its position as a global cultural mode in recent decades. The globalization of Gothic studies has resulted in the proliferation of new critical concepts and a growing academic interest in the genre. Yet despite its longevity unprecedented expansion and accusations of prescriptiveness the Gothic remains elusive and without a straightforward definition. Gothic Peregrinations: The Unexplored and Re-explored Territories looks at Gothic productions largely marginalized in the studies of the genre including the European absorption of and response to the Gothic. This collection of essays identifies landmarks and ley lines in the insufficiently probed territories of Gothic scholarship and sets out to explore its unmapped regions.This volume not only examines Gothic peregrinations from a geographical perspective but also investigates how the genre has been at odds with strict demarcation of generic boundaries. Analyzing texts which come from outside the Gothic canon yet prove to be deeply indebted to it like bereavement memoirs stories produced by and about factory girls of Massachusetts and the Mattel Monster High franchise this volume illuminates the previously unexplored fields in Gothic studies. The chapters in this volume reveal the truly transnational expansion of the Gothic and the importance of exchange – exchange now seen not only as crucial to the genre’s gestation or vital to the processes of globalization but also to legitimizing Gothic studies in the global world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666163

Gothic TopographiesLanguage Nation Building and ‘Race’ In demonstrating the global reach of Gothic literatures this collection takes up the influence of the Gothic mode in literatures that may be geographically remote from one another but still share related issues of minor languages nation building place and race. Suggesting that there is a parallel between certain motifs and themes found in the Gothic of the North (Scandinavia Northern Europe and Canada) and South (Australia South Africa and the US South) the essays explore the transgressions and confusion of borders and limits whether they be linguistic literary generic class-based gendered or sexual. The volume includes essays on a wide diversity of authors and topics: Jan Potocki Gustav Meyrink William Godwin Alan Hollinghurst Marlene van Niekerk John Richardson antislavery discourse and the Gothic imagination the Australian aboriginal Gothic vampires of Post-Soviet Gothic society Danish Swedish and Finnish fiction and film and the Canadian female Gothic and the death drive. What distinguishes this book from other collections on the Gothic is the coverage of themes and literatures that are either lacking in the mainstream research on the Gothic or are referred to only briefly in other book-length studies. Experts in the Gothic and those new to the field will appreciate the book's commitment to situating Gothic sensibilities in an international context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274839

Gottfried Wilhelm LeibnizThe Polymath Who Brought Us Calculus Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz: The Polymath Who Brought Us Calculus focuses on the life and accomplishments of one of the seventeenth century’s most influential mathematicians and philosophers. The book which draws on Leibniz’s written works and translations and reconstructs dialogues Leibniz may have had based on the historical record of his life experiences portrays Leibniz as both a phenomenal genius and a real person.Suitable for middle school age readers the book traces Leibniz’s life from his early years as a young boy and student to his later work as a court historian. It discusses the intellectual and social climate in which he fought for his ideas including his rather contentious relationship with Newton (both claimed to have invented calculus). The text describes how Leibniz developed the first mechanical calculator that could handle addition subtraction multiplication and division. It also examines his passionate advocacy of rational arguments in all controversial matters including the law expressed in his famous exclamation calculemus: let us calculate to see who is right.Leibniz made groundbreaking contributions to mathematics and philosophy that have shaped our modern views of these fields. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781439892220

Gottlob Frege: Foundations of Arithmetic(Longman Library of Primary Sources in Philosophy) Part of the “Longman Library of Primary Sources in Philosophy ” this edition of Frege's Foundations of Arithmetic is framed by a pedagogical structure designed to make this important work of philosophy more accessible and meaningful for undergraduates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780321241894

Governable PlacesReadings on Governmentality and Crime Control First published in 1999 this volume brings together for the first time the work of leading researchers in the new field of governmentality studies and crime control. Specific chapters of the volume are written by leading internationally-recognized criminologists and socio-legal scholars from Canada the U.S. Britain Australia and New Zealand. Individual chapters deal with key theoretical and methodological issues now being addressed by researchers in the field while also reporting the results of innovative theoretically-informed research on a range of substantive topics including: crime prevention: dangerousness: criminalisation and gender: risk management and government of drug users: along with the government of youth property relations urban space and indigenous peoples. Collectively chapters reflect the range of new theoretical approaches and substantive research topics that are being developed by socio-legal scholars and criminologists who are working in the wake of the critical postmodern tide that is entering law and criminology partly through the influence of Foucault. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385412

Governance Citizenship and the New European Football ChampionshipsThe European Spectacle Over the past decade European football has seen tremendous changes impacting upon its international framework as well as local traditions and national institutions. Processes of Europeanization in the fields of economy and politics provided the background for transformations of the production and consumption of football on a transnational scale. In the course of such rearrangements football tournaments like the UEFA Championship or the European Champions League turned into mega-events and media spectacles attracting ever-growing audiences. The experience of participating in these events offers some of the very few occasions for the display and embodiment of identities within a European context. This volume takes the 2008 EUROs hosted by Austria and Switzerland as a case study to analyze the political and cultural significance of the tournament from a multidisciplinary angle. What are the special features and spatial arrangements of a UEFAesque Europe in comparison to alternative possibilities of a Europe? Situating the sport tournament between interpretations of collective European ritual and European spectacle the key research question will ask what kind of Europe was represented in the cultural political and economic manifestations of the 2008 EUROs. This book was published as a special issue of Soccer and Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848749

Governance Development and Social Work This book explores how many issues related to development and governance –including migration disaster management environmental justice peace and security sustainability public-private partnerships and terrorism – impact the practice of social work. It takes a global comparative approach reflecting the global context in which social workers now operate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138382923

Governance Growth and Global LeadershipThe Role of the State in Technological Progress 1750–2000 This book focuses on the role of the state in promoting a country's long-term technological progress and industrial leadership. Throughout history a nation's rise to dominance has invariably been followed by its fall; the dominant powers of today are not the same ones that controlled the world three hundred years ago. In the same manner economic dominance has usually been fleeting as leading nations have routinely been caught up and surpassed by challengers. This study looks at Schumpeterian growth - currently the most important source of economic growth - which credits the ability to use technological progress for the benefit of industrial leadership as the key motor of national development and economic success. Contrasting the experiences of five great powers (Britain France Germany the USA and Japan) during five periods of technological and industrial leadership from the Industrial Revolution to the beginning of the twenty-first century the book draws on historical and comparative methods to draw causal inferences about international progress and leadership. It explores various factors that promote or hinder technological advancement and how these can in turn effect national development. It concludes that where states have forged ahead and maintained a lead over their rivals it is because consensus and cohesion prevented vested interests from growing powerful enough to block structural economic change. By applying economic theory to long-term historical models this book offers a fascinating perspective on the causes and effects of national growth and industrial leadership. It will be invaluable reading for anyone with an interest in international relations and global economic trends both modern and historical. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270213

Governance Industry and Labour Markets in Britain and FranceThe Modernizing State This volume brings together well-known scholars from a wide range of disciplines to provide a superb analytical and historical overview of how state policy has affected established economic and labour market systems in France and Britain. The contributors to this book explore some crucial questions: * how 'dirigiste' was the French state in reality * why was state intervention more acceptable in France than in Britain * how do the differences in state intervention help to explain the respective economic performances of the two countries since the second world war? The book draws on hitherto unpublished primary research by scholars in economic and social history industrial relations economics law political science sociology and social policy. As such it is a timely and welcome intervention into debates concerning the politics of modern labour markets specifically and the role of the state in economic modernization more widely. It will have strong appeal to researchers and students in several discplines. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203976296

Governance Institutional Change and Regional Development This title was first published in 2000:  This volume addresses the prominent role given to institution-building institutional change and governance in the regional development strategies and policies. The establishment of the Scottish Parliament Welsh and Northern Ireland Assemblies and the arrival of regional development agencies in England highlighted the need to put the initiatives into some context drawing on experience from across Europe on the critical factors in the determination of the potential and success of regions. Central to the discussions presented here by a group of European experts are the question of governance - how does an ongoing process of institution-building affect the ways in which regions and localities are governed including questions of democracy participation regional self-determination public-private partnerships networks and accountability; and the consequences of new modes of governance and institutional change for regional development strategies and policies particularly in the context of large-scale industrial restructuring and city-region and urban regeneration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637597

Governance Institutional Change and Regional Development This title was first published in 2000:  This volume addresses the prominent role given to institution-building institutional change and governance in the regional development strategies and policies. The establishment of the Scottish Parliament Welsh and Northern Ireland Assemblies and the arrival of regional development agencies in England highlighted the need to put the initiatives into some context drawing on experience from across Europe on the critical factors in the determination of the potential and success of regions. Central to the discussions presented here by a group of European experts are the question of governance - how does an ongoing process of institution-building affect the ways in which regions and localities are governed including questions of democracy participation regional self-determination public-private partnerships networks and accountability; and the consequences of new modes of governance and institutional change for regional development strategies and policies particularly in the context of large-scale industrial restructuring and city-region and urban regeneration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637580

Governance Natural Resources and Post-Conflict Peacebuilding When the guns are silenced those who have survived armed conflict need food water shelter the means to earn a living and the promise of safety and a return to civil order. Meeting these needs while sustaining peace requires more than simply having governmental structures in place; it requires good governance. Natural resources are essential to sustaining people and peace in post-conflict countries but governance failures often jeopardize such efforts. This book examines the theory practice and often surprising realities of post-conflict governance natural resource management and peacebuilding in fifty conflict-affected countries and territories. It includes thirty-nine chapters written by more than seventy researchers diplomats military personnel and practitioners from governmental intergovernmental and nongovernmental organizations. The book highlights the mutually reinforcing relationship between natural resource management and good governance. Natural resource management is crucial to rebuilding governance and the rule of law combating corruption improving transparency and accountability engaging disenfranchised populations and building confidence after conflict. At the same time good governance is essential for ensuring that natural resource management can meet immediate needs for post-conflict stability and development while simultaneously laying the foundation for a sustainable peace. Drawing on analyses of the close relationship between governance and natural resource management the book explores lessons from past conflicts and ongoing reconstruction efforts; illustrates how those lessons may be applied to the formulation and implementation of more effective governance initiatives; and presents an emerging theoretical and practical framework for policy makers researchers practitioners and students. Governance Natural Resources and Post-Conflict Peacebuilding is part of a global initiative to identify and analyze lessons in post-conflict peacebuilding and natural resource management. The project has generated six books of case studies and analyses with contributions from practitioners policy makers and researchers. Other books in this series address high-value resources land water livelihoods and assessing and restoring natural resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849712354

Governance Resistance and the Post-Colonial StateManagement and State Building The manifestation of the colonial nation-state as a legal-bureaucratic-police structure â€“ an exploitation tool â€“ undermined customary modes of governance in colonies. When post-World War II independence of colonies transferred ownership of the state structure to the colonized elite electoral and civil society politics battled for capture of this post-colonial state. Meanwhile the state was also forced to build its legitimacy in the face of customary governance practices seeking rehabilitation and decolonization in the midst of civil wars and strife. This "state-building social movement" was further complicated with the global spread of neoliberalism and neocolonialism and herein lies the significant difference between the post-colonial nation-state and the Western nation-states. This book fills the gap in literature and argues that it is necessary to foreground discussions of the nature of the post-colonial nation-state in examining resistance and provides a window into the dynamics of the post-colonial state and its implication in everyday organizing and resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374662

Governance and ConstitutionalismLaw Politics and Institutional Neutrality This collection studies the rise of neutral bodies as a challenge to the constitutional paradigm of the nation state. Administrative entities such as commissions agencies councils authorities or ‘independent agencies’ as they are sometimes known are relatively autonomous from majoritarian democratic control and by their institutional design fall outside the classical triad of powers or branches of government. They may even fall outside the confines of the nation state itself as with the EU Commission. The book is divided into theoretical-historical and empirical parts. Part I approaches the phenomenon through the rigorous normative conceptual lens of constitutionalism and constitutional law questioning the implications of political neutrality on inherited normative categories both at national and supranational level. Part II comprises case-studies reflecting the full spectrum of theoretical frameworks and concerns developed and explored by the theory-oriented chapters in the first part. The work explores a wide range of issues including the balance between autonomy legitimacy and accountability the taxonomy of agencies the role and limits of expertise as a paramount justification for independence ‘agentification’ as a result of internationalisation and ‘agentification’ as a reflex and consequence of transnational polity-building within the EU. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519902

Governance and Control of Financial SystemsA Resilience Engineering Perspective The recent financial crisis has made it paramount for the financial services industry to find new perspectives to look at their industry and most importantly to gain a better understanding of how the global financial system can be made less vulnerable and more resilient. The primary objective of this book is to illustrate how the safety science of Resilience Engineering can help to gain a better understanding of what the financial services system is and how to improve governance and control of financial services systems by leveraging some of its key concepts. Resilience is the intrinsic ability of a system to adjust its functioning prior to during or following changes and disturbances so that it can sustain required operations under both expected and unexpected conditions. This definition is focused on the ability to function rather than just to be impervious to failure and thereby bridges the traditional conflict between productivity and safety. The core concept of the book is that the behaviour of the financial services system is the result of the tight couplings among the humans organizations and technologies that are necessary to provide complex financial functions such as the transfer of economic resources. It is a consequence of this perspective that the risks associated with these systems cannot be understood without considering the nature of these tight couplings. Adopting this perspective the book is designed to provide some answers to the following key questions about the financial crisis: - What actually happened? - Why and how did it happen? - Could something similar happen again? How can we see that in time and how can we control it? - How can sustainable recovery of the global financial system be established? How can its resilience be improved? Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074484

Governance and Democracy in the Asia-PacificPolitical and Civil Society This book explores the theoretical and empirical relationship between democracy and governance in the Asia-Pacific region. Examining a variety of country cases and themes addressing the theoretical tension between governance and democracy it illuminates how this impacts political and civil societies across the region. Analysing the character structure and current trajectories of polities in the Asia-Pacific democratic or otherwise this book demonstrates that the role of civil society political society and governance has significantly differed in practice from what has been commonly assumed within the international community. The book includes both theoretical investigations tracing the modern development of the concepts of governance development and democratization as well as regional and country-specific observations of major issues presenting comprehensive country-level studies of China Singapore Thailand Cambodia the Philippines Myanmar Fiji and the Solomon Islands. Presenting fascinating insight into non-democratic governance civil society and the rule of law in illiberal contexts Governance and Democracy in the Asia-Pacific will prove to be of great use to students and scholars of Asian politics and society as well as international and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720632

Governance and Development in IndiaA Comparative Study on Andhra Pradesh and Bihar after Liberalization The study of the political economy of development in India is significant as India has emerged as one of the fastest-growing countries during the last three decades and the rate of economic growth and poverty reduction have not been matched in India’s subnational states. Although the Union Government has introduced and implemented several economic reforms since 1991 to enhance the economic development the results of implantation have varied. Governance and Development in India compares two Indian subnational states Andhra Pradesh and Bihar. The book does not consider the state as an aggregate entity; rather it disaggregates the state relationally and spatially. Concentrating on the micro-institutional variables and the role of regional elites the author investigates the political roots of the divergence of development trajectories among India’s subnational states since liberalization as an essential aspect of the political economy of development in India. The book explores the black box of the multi-layered state of India and interactions among the Central Government the states regional leaders and other stakeholders and explains why the regional leaders have pursued divergent economic strategies using the analytical narrative research method and the subnational comparative research method. Firmly based on the theoretical foundations of the neo-institutional rational choice model of governance polycentric hierarchy theory and the strategies for regional elite strategy analysis combined with empirical research this book is a valuable contribution to the fields of comparative political economy state politics in India governance and development in developing countries and South Asian comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586768

Governance and Environment in Western EuropePolitics Policy and Administration Governance and Environment in Western Europe: Politics Policy and Administration provides an up-to-date overview of developments in this area focusing on a selection of ten countries in Western Europe and the European Union. The countries examined are: Denmark France Germany Greece Italy The Netherlands Norway Spain Sweden and the United Kingdom. The range of countries covered - representing as they do different stages of development in environmental policy different state and institutional traditions - provides an interesting comparative analysis of how different countries confronting similar problems of environmental management have responded politically and (re)organised their administrative systems for implementing these policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417007

Governance and European Civil SocietyGovernmentality Discourse and NGOs This book provides a critical analysis of the European Union’s approach to ‘governance’ focusing on the way in which civil society is incorporated within the EU decision-making process and arguing that it is not conducive to the democratisation of EU governance. Using a governmentality approach Kutay demonstrates that civic actors are not incorporated into EU decision-making processes as they are; rather they are formed manipulated and guided by political programming. The author explains how this acts to prescribe and construct particular types of subjectivities thereby limiting and constraining the types of participation that might emerge as part of European civil society and the process of political participation. Governance and European Civil Society will be of interest to students and scholars of European Union politics global governance civil society and democracy Central and East European studies and political and international theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138377363

Governance and Governmentality for ProjectsEnablers Practices and Consequences This research-based book takes an organization-wide perspective to describe the governance and governmentality for projects in organizations. Governance of projects defines and directs the ways managers of projects programs and project portfolios carry out their work. Governmentality is the way the managers of these managers present themselves to those they lead. Governance and Governmentality for Projects starts with introducing existing theories models and paradigms for governance and governmentality. It then develops a chronological framework of the ways governance and governmentality for projects is enabled in organizations how it subsequently unfolds in organizations of different types and sectors and the consequences of different governance approaches for project results trust control and ethical issues in projects. Special emphasis is given to the link between corporate governance and the governance of project programs and project portfolios. Three real-life case studies exemplify the research findings described in the book. Through its structure this book describes the development of governance and governmentality in the realm of projects from its organizational origins via observable practices to expected consequences of different implementations. Aimed at academics post-graduate students in business and management reflective practitioners standards or policy developers those in governance roles and others in need of a detailed knowledge of the spectrum of project related governance in organizations this book will help develop a comprehensive understanding of the theoretical and practical underpinnings of the subject their interaction and implications for implementation. This allows for understanding and developing of both generic and idiosyncratic governance structures such as those needed in project-based organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138617162

Governance and InnovationA historical view "This provocative book applies law and finance theory to a wide range of issues bearing on corporate governance and business history. Brouwer's analysis should hold particular interest for students and scholars interested in comparative governance." Joseph A. McCahery Professor of Corporate Governance and Innovation University of Amsterdam Center for Law and Economics This book focuses on the relationships between rules of decision-making and economic development concentrating on the similarities and differences between old and modern modes of governance in both business and politics. Brouwer uses concepts such as uncertainty and expectations to analyze political and corporate governance models from an economic theoretical perspective. Brouwer analyzes the emergence of organizations and institutions conducive to commerce and growth and the relationship with political organization in both past and present in order to improve our understanding of economic development. The author shows how maritime trade spawned many organizational innovations in the past that still feature modern innovative enterprise. The author highlights how political governance stimulates or impedes innovation taking issue with existing legislation on bankruptcy and corporate governance. The effects of political governance on innovation are modelled to analyze how competition for novelty enhances the value of human capital. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761888

Governance and KnowledgeThe Politics of Foreign Investment Technology and Ideas This book examines the politics of technology and provides a detailed analysis of developments and debates within the European Union international trade and governance. An important empirical contribution to the literature on the relations between politics and technology this volume contains empirical statistical studies based on a wide variety of different types of data and includes expert contributions from different academic disciplines. With a selection of detailed case studies this book is divided into three main sections: The first part presents contributions on the role of domestic national policies for innovation and idea diffusion including studies on Japan and the European Union. The second part takes a critical look at how the international system of intellectual property rights access to knowledge opportunities for development and health improvement examining the TRIPS agreement and the European patent system. The third part focuses on the role of foreign direct investment in innovation and idea diffusion with studies on a wide range of cases using different novel data material. Governance and Knowledge will be of interest to students scholars and policy-makers of European politics political economy international trade governance and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107564

Governance and Leadership Institutions in Nigeria This book examines how modern Nigerian political institutions have grappled with the resurgence of traditional institutions of political leadership in the post-colonial era. The contributors examine the role and nature of traditional governance institutions in West Africa from pre-colonial times to the post-colonial era. Part I considers a range of traditional institutions including monarchies Islamic institutions and the role of culture and arts such as masking and music in traditional leadership. Part II focuses on modern governance institutions elites political action arts and democracy in post-colonial Nigeria. Part III examines democratic institutions and processes in Nigeria’s Fourth Republic covering issues such as electoral reforms women’s political participation  and democratic citizenship. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of African politics governance and democratization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367626518

Governance and Planning of Mega-City RegionsAn International Comparative Perspective Neoliberalism’s market revolution has had a tremendous effect on contemporary mega-city regions. The negative consequences of market-oriented politics for territorial growth have been recognized. While a lot of attention has been given to how planners and policy makers are fighting back political fragmentation through innovative governance and planning little has been done to reveal such practices through an international comparative perspective. Governance and Planning of Mega-City Regions provides a comparative treatment and examination of how new approaches in governance and planning are reshaping mega-city regions around the world. The contributors highlight how European mega-city regions are evolving and how strategic intervention is being redefined to enable the integration of urban qualities in a multi-level governance environment; how traditional federal countries in North America and Australia see the promise of major policies and development initiatives finally moving ahead to herald a more strategic intervention at national and regional scales; and how transitional economies in China witness the rise of state strategies to control the articulation of scales and to reassert the functional importance of state in a growing diffused power context. This book offers case studies written from a variety of theoretical and political perspectives by world leading scholars. It will appeal to upper level undergraduates postgraduates researchers and policymakers interested in urban and regional planning geography sociology public administrations and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867338

Governance and Policy in Sport Organizations Now in a fully updated new edition this textbook introduces readers to the power and politics of sport organizations. It explores the managerial activities essential to good governance and policy development and looks at the structure and functions of individual organizations within the larger context of the global sport industry. Reflecting the latest industry changes it draws on a fresh selection of real-world examples to demonstrate the types of dilemmas that sport managers face every day. Professional administrators from a wide variety of sport organizations also offer their insights giving readers a glimpse into the real concerns of sport professionals and the impact of governance and policy on their jobs. Exploring current topics such as sport and human rights refugees social media and the evolution of eSports this practical and accessible textbook helps readers to see the big picture of the contemporary sport industry and find their place in it as future sport managers. Complemented by a new companion website full of useful ancillary materials this is an essential resource for all sport management students and instructors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086340

Governance and Public ManagementStrategic Foundations for Volatile Times The key difference between success and failure for most governance systems is adaptation specifically the ability to resolve the existing social cultural economic and environmental challenges that constrain adaptation. Local regional and national systems differ in how they are designed to organize effective participation and create innovative ideas for missions goals strategies and actions. They also differ in how they build the effective coalitions needed to adopt guide and protect strategies and actions during implementation and how to build competence and knowledge to sustain implementation. This book presents the strategic foundations for government’s role in fostering and adapting to societal transformation in a volatile world. It shifts the focus of the discipline from an overtly retrospective analysis to a prospective analysis incorporating the role of foresight techniques and instruments. Above all it stimulates debate about the practical implications of governance as an emergent future-oriented framework of public management. This challenging book aims to facilitate dialogue and discussion between academics and practitioners and encourage advanced students to take a new perspective on Public Management during these volatile times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138495579

Governance and Public Sector Reform in AsiaParadigm Shift or Business as Usual? Based on new field research this book assesses the current state of governance and public sector reforms in eleven Asian countries and jurisdictions especially in the wake of the recent regional financial crisis that seriously affected some of them. It analyses reform efforts comparatively against a backdrop of governance problems and seeks to establish whether these efforts represent a substantive shift in attitudes towards reform or whether they serve simply to reinforce existing practices. The authors explore a number of important themes that are central to governance and public sector reform issues. These include the role of the state the success or failure of organizational reforms corruption the applicability of the new public management model in the Asian context and the governance values and reform models promoted by regional and international agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138862869

Governance and Regionalism in Asia In the decade since the Asian financial crisis the ten states of Southeast Asia that form ASEAN together with China Japan and South Korea have formed the basis of a community intended to support the well-being of its member states markets and peoples. This highly successful regionalisation was not anticipated by the region’s leaders however and as a result policy makers are increasingly talking about ‘meeting fatigue’ and the need to find a better way to govern regional affairs. Among the reforms being considered is a shift towards a more rules-based culture as well as the more explicit incorporation of both private sector and civil society organisations into the policy processes. In short ASEAN+3 is seeking to develop new norms and processes for its networks and institutions. This book explores the pressures currently influencing East Asian regionalist policy debates analysing the trend towards deeper integration and the emergence of a governance model for managing regional processes. Combining state and subnational perspectives in conjunction with an examination of the role of the business community and civil society organisations this book highlights the policy challenges confronting regionalism and governance in East Asia including key issues such as the rule of law financial cooperation and a case study on disaster management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415667159

Governance and Regulation in the Third SectorInternational Perspectives Governance and Regulation in the Third Sector brings together scholars and experienced practitioners from different countries to investigate the relationship between regulation and relational governance for the third sector in a comparative context. Each chapter reviews recent regulatory changes in the country in question. To what extent are there significant convergences in these reforms and what are the implications for the third sector? Is there any evidence that the foundational architecture for a more collaborative relationship between the state and the third sector has been laid? Overall the book reveals that the reality of the supposedly new collaborative relationships and the impacts of regulatory reform are quite different from what contemporary theories of public management would have us believe. Recognizing the gap between theory and reality the chapters explore some of the outstanding challenges for regulatory reform for the third sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655026

Governance and Security in JerusalemThe Jerusalem Old City Initiative Governance and Security in Jerusalem is the second in a series of three books which collectively present in detail the work of the Jerusalem Old City Initiative or JOCI a major Canadian-led Track Two diplomatic effort undertaken between 2003 and 2014. The aim of the Initiative was to find sustainable governance solutions for the Old City of Jerusalem arguably the most sensitive and intractable of the final status issues dividing Palestinians and Israelis. This book presents a collection of studies commissioned by the Initiative in aid of its work on the Special Regime. It is split into three parts  Part I provides background papers on governance and security issues; Part II presents Palestinian and Israeli partner perspectives on governance options for a special regime and the Part III delivers partner perspectives on security studies for a special regime. The studies written by the Israeli and Palestinian partners provide important background and historical context for JOCI's work on security and governance. The position papers presented in their original form greatly influenced the development of the Special Regime governance model. Offering a unique insight on a range of governance and security issues in Jerusalem this book will be of great significance to the policy-making community and students and scholars with an interest in Middle East politics the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the Middle East peace process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666689

Governance and SustainabilityNew Challenges for States Companies and Civil Society Sustainability cannot be achieved without good governance. The Johannesburg World Summit on Sustainable Development in 2002 stated that governance and sustainable development are intimately tied together and the future role and architecture of institutions from local to international levels will be crucial determinants to whether future policies and programmes for sustainable development will succeed. But these are changing times. With growing tensions over both globalization and regionalization traditional systems of regulation are being subjected to growing pressure for reform. While states will continue to play a significant if changed role in the future the importance of players from business and civil society is increasing. Sustainable development requires this change. Such an intra- and intergenerational concept cannot be achieved with a top-down approach but rather needs the participation of all. In fact the governance of sustainable development requires the exploration of new forms of both social co-operation and confrontation. By doing so the different levels (global and local) players (state company and civil society) control structures (hierarchy market and public-private) and fields of action need to be taken into consideration.Governance and Sustainability examines the possibilities of integrating the environmental social and economic dimensions of sustainable development within the framework of governance processes and how that might steer societies towards sustainability. It takes a close look at the key actors their agendas and methods forms of organization problems and limits as well as real-life examples for governance in different areas of society at the regional national and international level. It is especially interested in exploring the nature of changes in the context of governance; the role of actors in such processes; and analysing how different forms of societal learning can improve governance processes. It concludes that this is a continuous process characterized by conflicts and learning processes necessary to heighten both awareness of the complexity of the social and environmental problems faced and the prospects of implementing successful solutions. Based on a major conference hosted to assess the issue of governance post-Johannesburg the book includes innovative insights from some of the leading thinkers in both sustainable development and governance from academia business multilateral organizations and NGOs. It provides a unique perspective on two of the key societal problems facing the world today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281003

Governance And The Changing American States America has rediscovered its states and their governments. After decades of dominance by the federal government the balance of power is returning often dramatically to state governments. A devolution of authority began during the Reagan years but recent Republican victories in Washington and in the states promise to accelerate the rate at which Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316013

Governance and the Democratic DeficitAssessing the Democratic Legitimacy of Governance Practices It is widely acknowledged that we are witnessing a major transformation of public policy making a transformation which has been labelled as a change from 'government' to 'governance'. Governance is used to describe policy making and implementation without a central authority in a non-hierarchical network-like structure through negotiation and cooperation between public and private actors at one or across different political levels. This comprehensive volume combines empirical analysis and normative assessment of governance practices providing a systematic approach based on a framework for assessing democratic legitimacy. It addresses different modes of governance at the local/regional national European and international levels. The volume assesses the alleged 'democratic deficit' of these new governance practices and as such is ideally suited to courses on public administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585451

Governance and the Depoliticisation of Development This book is about the way ‘governance’ has become the new orthodoxy of development following earlier failed attempts at building working market economies through policy reform in developing countries. Considering how its proponents define ‘good governance’ the contributors to this volume assess why programmes of governance building in developing countries have proven to be no less problematic than the previous agendas of market reform. Governance and the Depoliticisation of Development challenges ideas that deeper political and social problems of development may be addressed by institutional or governance fixes. It examines the principles and prescriptions of ‘good’ governance as part of larger conflicts over power and its distribution. The volume provides: a series of case studies from Latin America Middle East and Asia a link to current theorising on neoliberalism and the post-Washington Consensus a focus on governance at the global and national levels from a comparative perspective The collection will be essential reading for researchers and scholars of international political economy governance studies and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975347

Governance and the European Social DimensionPolitics Power and the Social Deficit in a Post-2010 EU Providing a comprehensive and authoritative analyses of the impact of the Eurozone crisis on the European social dimension since 2010 - understood as the European Union’s (EU) competence in employment and social policy - this book focusses on developments in five policy areas (employment poverty and social exclusion pensions wages and healthcare) all of which form part of the EU’s economic reform strategy Europe 2020. It combines original empirical material and uses a unique theoretical approach to analyse the issue of EU governance and reveals that ‘progress’ under Europe 2020 has its consequences; notably a strengthened Brussels-led neoliberal prescription for EU social and employment policy problems. By drawing insights from political sociology and the strategic-relational approach to actors/institutions this book will be of interest to students and scholars interested in EU politics EU governance political sociology public policy and European integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545885

Governance and the Market for Corporate Control Governance and the Market for Corporate Control is a textbook for use on business courses dealing with mergers acquisitions governance restructuring and corporate control. Three key features distinguish this book from competing texts. First following up on recent developments in the corporate arena it places a heavy emphasis on managerial compensation incentives and corporate performance. Second its conciseness allows for flexibility of use. Third its coverage is broad and examines many topics including: significant discussions of corporate governance power and voting managerial compensation takeovers going private transactions corporate restructuring event study methodology. As well as combining theoretical empirical quantitative and practitioner-oriented matter the material in this key book provides the academic foundation necessary to ensure students’ understanding of important concepts. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315824383

Governance by International Public AdministrationsBureaucratic Influence and Global Public Policies As the demand and necessity for greater international and transnational cooperation increase the bureaucratic bodies of international organizations are receiving ever more scholarly attention. However the relevance of International Public Administrations (IPAs) for global policy-making remains neither empirically nor theoretically well understood and yet little systematic knowledge is available about the influence international bureaucracies may have on policy-making. What makes international bureaucracies influential? Are the sources of their influence on policy-making comparable to that of national public administrations? Is there a need to reflect on other factors than known from the analysis of national bureaucracies or for re-assessing the impact of traditional factors of influence in multilevel constellations? Is there a systematic link between intra-organizational structures and the behavior of the personnel of international bureaucracies and the policy output of their organizations? What are the effects of international bureaucracies’ role for particular policies or policy constellations? The different contributions in this volume address these questions from different conceptual perspectives and focus on different tools of administrative governance. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133146

Governance Ethics in Healthcare Organizations Drawing on the findings of a series of empirical studies undertaken with boards of directors and CEOs in the United States this groundbreaking book develops a new paradigm to provide a structured analysis of ethical healthcare governance. Governance Ethics in Healthcare Organizations begins by presenting a clear framework for ethical analysis designed around basic features of ethics – who we are how we function and what we do – before discussing the paradigm in relation to clinical organizational and professional ethics. It goes on to apply this framework in areas that are pivotal for effective governance in healthcare: oversight structures for trustees and executives community benefit community health patient care patient safety and conflicted collaborative arrangements. This book is an important read for all those interested in healthcare management corporate governance and healthcare ethics including academics students and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348403

Governance for Harmony in Asia and Beyond Harmony has become a major challenge for modern governance in the twenty-first century because of the multi-religious multi-racial and multi-ethnic character of our increasingly globalized societies. Governments all over the world are facing growing pressure to integrate the many diverse elements and subcultures which make up modern pluralistic societies. This book examines the idea of harmony and its place in politics and governance both in theory and practice in Asia the West and elsewhere. It explores and analyses the meanings mechanisms dimensions and methodologies of harmony as a normative political ideal in both Western and Asian philosophical traditions. The book argues that in Western political thought - which sees politics as primarily concerned with resolving social conflicts and protecting individual rights - the concept of harmony has often been neglected. In contrast since earliest times harmony or ‘he’ has been a profound theme in Confucian thought and current leaders of many East Asian governments and the Chinese government have explicitly declared that the realisation of a harmonious society is their aim. The book also assesses how harmony is pursued jeopardized or deformed in the real world of politics based upon empirical analysis of a variety of different cultural social and political contexts including: China Hong Kong Singapore Malaysia Singapore Vietnam Denmark Latin America and the Scandinavian countries. It shows how harmony as an organizing concept can help to promote new thinking in governance and overcome problems of modern-day governance like distrust adversarial conflicts hyper-individualism coercive state intervention and free-market alienation. It also discusses the potential problems posed by the pursuit of harmony in particular in the grave threat of totalitarianism and considers how these risks could best be mitigated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138991989

Governance for Justice and Environmental SustainabilityLessons across Natural Resource Sectors in Sub-Saharan Africa Understanding the governance of complex social-ecological systems is vital in a world faced with rapid environmental change conflicts over dwindling natural resources stark disparities between rich and poor and the crises of sustainability. Improved understanding is also essential to promote governance approaches that are underpinned by justice and equity principles and that aim to reduce inequality and benefit the most marginalised sectors of society.  This book is concerned with enhancing the understanding of governance in relation to social justice and environmental sustainability across a range of natural resource sectors in Sub-Saharan Africa. By examining governance across various sectors it reveals the main drivers that influence the nature of governance the principles and norms that shape it as well as the factors that constrain or enable achievement of justice and sustainability outcomes. The book also illuminates the complex relationships that exist between various governance actors at different scales and the reality and challenge of plural legal systems in much of Sub-Saharan Africa.  The book comprises 16 chapters 12 of them case studies recounting experiences in the forest wildlife fisheries conservation mining and water sectors of diverse countries: Madagascar Zimbabwe Botswana Namibia South Africa Zambia Mozambique Sierra Leone and Cameroon.Through insights from these studies the book seeks to draw lessons from the praxis of natural resource governance in Sub-Saharan Africa and to contribute to debates on how governance can be strengthened and best configured to meet the needs of the poor in a way that is both socially just and ecologically sustainable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680067

Governance for Pro-Poor Urban DevelopmentLessons from Ghana The world development institutions commonly present 'urban governance' as an antidote to the so-called 'urbanisation of poverty' and 'parasitic urbanism' in Africa. Governance for Pro-Poor Urban Development is a comprehensive and systematic analysis of the meaning nature and effects of 'urban governance' in theory and in practice with a focus on Ghana a country widely regarded as an island of good governance in the sub region. The book illustrates how diverse groups experience urban governance differently and contextualizes how this experience has worsened social differentiation in cities. This book will be of great interest to students teachers and researchers in development studies and highly relevant to anyone with an interest in urban studies geography political economy sociology and African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138672758

Governance for Sustainable DevelopmentA Foundation for the Future As the process of globalization continues and power imbalances between decision-making institutions become increasingly apparent the need for a critical assessment of the way in which we manage our interaction with the natural environment becomes ever more urgent. Good governance was identified at the World Summit on Sustainable Development as a critical factor for ensuring successful sustainable development. This book builds on the briefing papers that were presented at the Summit taking further the discussions of the WEHAB agenda (Water Energy Health Agriculture and food and Biodiversity - the five international priority sectors highlighted by UN Secretary General Kofi Annan). This is a unique offering on the role and reform of global institutions and processes raising issues that have previously been neglected in international discussions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771481

Governance for Sustainable DevelopmentCoping with ambivalence uncertainty and distributed power Sustainable development stirs up debate about the capacities of political steering and governance. The complexity of the task expounds limits of steering in three dimensions: goals knowledge and power: Sustainability goals are subject to changing and controversial risk perceptions values and interests. Moreover knowledge of the coupled dynamics of society technology and nature is limited. Finally the power to shape structural change in society and technology is distributed across a multitude of actors and societal subsystems. Steering attempts therefore have to cope with conflict and ambivalence with uncertainty and with a lack of central control; and they have to face the necessity of coordinating different actor groups and social networks. This volume explores steering strategies and governance arrangements for sustainable development with a view to these problem dimensions. The contributions by authors from various disciplines approach these challenges from different conceptual angles ranging from positivist managerial up to post-modern constructivist perspectives. By combining theoretical reflections with insights from empirical research in European and American contexts the volume maps out conditions and identifies approaches which both reflect the limits of steering and reveal options for constructively taking up the task of sustainable development in science and practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876702

Governance in Ethnically Mixed Cities This collection of original essays breaks new ground by examining the dynamics of ethnic politics at the local level rather than following in the footsteps of many previous studies which focus on the macropolitical level of states and nations. Governance in Ethnically Mixed Cities is based on extensive fieldwork and local observation providing perspectives from a range of academic disciplines including Political Science Geography and Anthropology.  It covers a variety of geographic areas from the Middle East (Kirkuk Haifa and Tel Aviv-Jaffa) to Europe (Mostar Bolzano Toulouse and Florence) Central Asia (Osh in Kyrgyzstan) and the United States (Durham North Carolina). In spite of the variety of disciplinary approaches and geographic diversity of the case studies the contributing authors uncover a number of common elements of local ethnopolitical dynamics in mixed cities: the power of informal institutions the effect of numerical balances between groups on local politics and the significance of local competition for material and symbolic resources. Each of these areas provides a promising avenue for future research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975354

Governance in Immigrant Family BusinessesEnterprise Ethnicity and Family Dynamics Family businesses constitute some of the most unique complex and dynamic systems in modern society. The blending of the performance-based world of business and the emotion-based domain of the family creates a system potentially fraught with confusion and conflict. The significant rise in immigrant family businesses adds a further level of complexity to this mix. Research into immigrant family businesses has been based on traditional limited views of entrepreneurship largely ignoring the ethnic and family contexts that create the culture from which entrepreneurship emerges making it impossible to understand the complex and interdependent relationships between an owning family its firm its governance and the community context in which the firm operates. These firms possess features that make their governance a challenging task. They depict a complex stakeholder structure whereby the ownership stakes are passed from one generation to the next. The owning family's members usually play multiple roles thereby blurring governance relationships. Governance in Immigrant Family Businesses explores the relationship between ethnic cultural influence in family businesses and its impact on corporate governance addressing the intertwined influences of contractual relational and cultural governance mechanisms and sets out a comprehensive theoretical model which clarifies the complexities involved in business planning family harmony and ethnic cultural variables. The authors specifically identify the implications for research education and practice. Application of their model will be of value to policy makers consultants business researchers and educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605407

Governance in Multicultural Societies In the last decade the study of multiculturalism has become an established field in political and social theory. This in-depth and engaging volume focuses on public policy and the dilemmas faced by the governments of increasingly diverse societies. Offering a theoretically and empirically rich collection of essays from some of the leading specialists in the field it fills the gap between the social and political theory of multiculturalism and institutionally based national case studies. The book is distinctive in combining a robust theoretical introduction to recent developments in multiculturalism with a critical evaluation of contemporary public policy in a variety of countries in Europe South Asia Southeast Asia the Far East and South Africa. It incorporates a strong comparative dimension both within and across the case studies with a regional focus enabling comparisons of regional national and international experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253947

Governance in South Asia This book presents a nuanced analysis of governance in South Asia. It examines a range of themes including civil service reforms women and development environmental governance and public sector programmes together with the impact of globalization on local issues and its influence on governance in the region. Through grass-roots studies the volume also traces how the last 20 years have seen a social and economic resurgence in South Asia – transiting from stages of poverty low growth rates illiteracy and poor health to flourishing economies improved savings greater investments and stronger human development indicators. Drawing on extensive fieldwork this book will be of great interest to scholars of politics and public administration development studies labour studies and sociology and social anthropology. It will also be useful to practitioners in the field NGOs and civil servants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367279561

Governance in the Extractive IndustriesPower Cultural Politics and Regulation Greater understanding of the forms and consequences of investment and disinvestment in the extractive industries is required as a result of capitalist expansion recent declines in global commodity prices and claims that extractive sector projects especially in the global south are poverty reduction projects. This book explores emergent forms of governance in mining and extractive industry projects around the world.  Chapters examine efforts to govern extractive activities across multiple political scales  through intermediaries instruments technologies discourses and infrastructures. The contributions analyse how multiple micro-processes of rule reverberate through societies to shape the material conditions of everyday life but also politics social relations and subjectivities in extractive economies. Detailed case studies are included from Africa (Chad Nigeria Rwanda and São Tomé and Príncipe) Latin America (Bolivia Ecuador and Peru) and the UN Climate Conference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367351373

Governance in the Information EraTheory and Practice of Policy Informatics Policy informatics is addressing governance challenges and their consequences which span the seeming inability of governments to solve complex problems and the disaffection of people from their governments. Policy informatics seeks approaches that enable our governance systems to address increasingly complex challenges and to meet the rising expectations of people to be full participants in their communities. This book approaches these challenges by applying a combination of the latest American and European approaches in applying complex systems modeling crowdsourcing participatory platforms and citizen science to explore complex governance challenges in domains that include education environment and health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832084

Governance in the Middle East and North AfricaA Handbook Governance in the Middle East and North African will be essential reading for scholars activists and policy makers. This new Handbook presents the first comprehensive framework of the question of governance in the Middle East in its various forms and manifestations: political economic and government performance. This book is structured into two parts: Part I provides some theoretical background and analyzes the patterns and challenges of governance in the Middle East providing some global context; Part II will examine specific cases in selected countries and regions in the Middle East and North Africa. This book is aimed at a wide audience. Policy makers policy analysts as well as journalists will benefit from the history and analysis presented in the book. Also academics will find important material for research and class work. Professors teaching courses on US Foreign policy Middle East International Relations Comparative Politics and many related fields will find the book a very suitable choice for their students to read. Given the media and general public’s interest in the Middle East and North Africa  it will also appeal to a wide range of educated readers in the USA the United Kingdom and many other countries world-wide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857435849

Governance Innovations in the Asia-Pacific RegionTrends Cases and Issues Published in 1998. The debate on what constitutes good governance - and more importantly how to attain it - is not a new issue. The elusive - and pluralistic - nature of governance ensures that much more needs to be studied about the specific incidence of good governance before a unifying theme on how exactly to develop a universal framework of application of governance can be finalized. It is within this context that this book seeks to fill a vacuum in the theory-practice dichotomy that it argues has dominated the debate on governance so far. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319356

Governance Networks in Public Administration and Public Policy What do public administrators and policy analysts have in common? Their work is undertaken within networks formed when different organizations align to accomplish a policy function. This second edition of Governance Networks in Public Administration and Public Policy offers a conceptual framework for describing governance networks and provides a theoretical and empirical foundation in their construction. Based on research and real-life experience the book highlights the interplay between public actors and policy tools details the skills and functions of public administrators in the context of networked relationships and identifies the reforms and trends in governing that lead to governance networks. This practical text makes complex concepts accessible so that readers can engage in them apply them and deepen their understanding of the dynamics unfolding around them. This second edition includes: A dedicated chapter on “complexity friendly” meso-level theories to examine core questions facing governance network analysis. New applications drawn from the authors’ own work in watershed governance transportation planning food systems development electric energy distribution the regulation of energy and response and recovery from natural disasters as well as from unique computational modeling of governance networks. Instructor and student support materials including PowerPoint® presentations and writable case study templates may be found on an accompanying eResource page. Governance Networks in Public Administration and Public Policy 2e is an indispensable core text for graduate and postgraduate courses on governance and collaboration in schools of Public Administration/Management and Public Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286108

Governance Networks in the Public Sector Governance Networks in the Public Sector presents a comprehensive study of governance networks and the management of complexities in network settings. Public private and non-profit organizations are increasingly faced with complex wicked problems when making decisions developing policies or delivering services in the public sector. These activities take place in networks of interdependent actors guided by diverging and sometimes conflicting perceptions and strategies. As a result these networks are dominated by cognitive strategic and institutional complexities. Dealing with these complexities requires sophisticated forms of coordination: network governance. This book presents the most recent theoretical and empirical insights into governance networks.　 It provides a conceptual framework and analytical tools to study the complexities involved in handling wicked problems in governance networks in the public sector. The book also discusses strategies and management recommendations for governments business and third sector organisations operating in and governing networks. Governance Networks in the Public Sector is an essential text for advanced students of public management public administration public policy and political science and for public managers and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415707015

Governance of Arctic Offshore Oil and Gas Global energy problems will remain a challenge in the coming decades. The impact of climate change and the melting of polar sea ice opening up access to offshore hydrocarbon resources in the Arctic Ocean raises questions for both civil society and the scientific community over drilling opportunities in Arctic marine areas. Disparities in approach to the governance of oil and gas extraction in the Arctic arise from fundamental differences in histories cultures domestic constraints and substantive values and attitudes in the Arctic coastal states and sub-states. Differing political systems legal traditions and societal beliefs with regard to energy security and economic development environmental protection legitimacy of decision making and the ownership and respect of the rights of indigenous people all affect how governance systems of oil and gas extraction are designed. Using a multidisciplinary approach and case studies from the USA Norway Russia Canada Greenland/Denmark and the EU this book both examines the current governance of extraction and its effects and considers ways to enhance the efficiency of environmental management and public participation in this system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472471505

Governance of Higher EducationGlobal Perspectives Theories and Practices Governance of Higher Education explores the work of traditional and contemporary higher education scholarship worldwide providing readers with an understanding of the assumptions historical traditions and paradigms that have shaped the scholarship on governance. Bringing together the vast and disparate writings that form the higher education governance literature—including frameworks drawn from a range of disciplines and global scholarship—this book synthesizes the significant theoretical conceptual and empirical scholarship to advance the research and practice of governance. Coverage includes the structures of governance cultures and practices the collegial tradition the new managed environment of the academy and the politics and processes of governance. As universities across the globe face a myriad of challenges and multiple stakeholder demands Governance of Higher Education offers scholars practitioners and higher education graduate students an essential resource for advancing research and the practice of governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415739757

Governance of HIV/AIDSMaking Participation and Accountability Count Nearly thirty years since HIV/AIDS was first identified confusion over effective mechanisms of controlling and eradicating the illness remain prevalent. This book highlights the need for comprehensive approaches to governance as responses to HIV/AIDS become increasingly focused upon the health aspect of the epidemic and financial commitments become subject to aid fatigue. This book examines the roles and influence of multiple actors and initiatives that have come to constitute the global response to the epidemic. It considers how these actors and structures of governance enhance or limit participation and accountability; and the impact this is having upon effective HIV/AIDS responses across the world. The book addresses participation and accountability as key elements of governance in four thematic areas: the role of the state and democratic governance; non-state actors and mechanisms of political governance; public-private partnerships and economic governance; and multilateral institutions and global governance. Drawing on the insights of public health specialists; political scientists; economists; lawyers; those working with community groups and within international organisations it offers valuable perspectives on the governance of HIV/AIDS. Aimed at both academics and practitioners throughout the world this book contributes to the academic debate surrounding global governance health and development economics and the work of multiple international organisations and civil society organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848022

Governance of Integrated Product PolicyIn Search of Sustainable Production and Consumption European policy patterns are in a state of transformation. New governance models are shifting power away from states and toward the involvement of all stakeholders and the idea of shared responsibility. It's a move from command and control to push and pull. What's in this new approach for the environment? This book provides a detailed analysis of the example of integrated product policy (IPP) which aims to improve the environmental performance of products and services through their life-cycle. All products cause environmental degradation in some way whether from their manufacturing use or disposal. The life-cycle of a product is often long and complicated. It covers all the areas from the extraction of natural resources through their design manufacture assembly marketing distribution sale and use to their eventual disposal as waste. At the same time it also involves many different actors such as designers manufacturers marketers retailers and consumers. IPP attempts to systematically stimulate each phase of this complicated chain to improve its environmental performance. With the involvement of so many different products and actors there cannot be one simple policy measure for everything. Instead IPP employs a whole variety of tools – both voluntary and mandatory – which are used to achieve identified objectives. These include economic instruments the phase-out of dangerous materials voluntary agreements eco-labelling and product design guidelines. IPP is still in relative infancy and can be seen as an ongoing process hugely dependent on effective governance measures to ensure its continued success. This book presents a plethora of perspectives from policy-makers researchers and consultancies representatives from business environmental and consumer associations on how to effectively conceptualise institutionalise and implement IPP. The book is divided into four parts. First the approach to the governance of IPP is examined in relation to other approaches to sustainable production and consumption. Second the widely differing approaches to environmental product policy in practice at national supranational and global level are analysed. Third the book explores the challenge of designing a coherent policy mix to support the integration of sustainable consumption and production patterns by sector and theme. Finally the book concentrates on the key issue of how to involve stakeholders in IPP in order to encourage continuous innovations for sustainability throughout the value chain. Governance of Integrated Product Policy aims to fill a clear gap in work to date on sustainable production and consumption by providing researchers and practitioners from politics business and civil society new insights into modern environmental governance in practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282604

Governance of International Strategic Alliances (RLE International Business)Technology and Transaction Costs International joint ventures and strategic alliances built on recent theoretical developments in Transaction Costs Economics (TCE) and the factors influencing the formation and governance of these alliances are examined in this analytical text. By bringing rigorous empirical analysis to an arena which has largely been pursued through speculative and theoretical approaches this book will prove to be an insightful contribution to international business strategy and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007901

Governance of Risk Hazards and DisastersTrends in Theory and Practice Growing debates around governance are taking place among academic policy-making and practice-based communities. In light of the increasing focus on governance this book presents and discusses governance as a framework that is able to both conceptualize and contextualize risks and disasters as currently experienced and managed into social systems. Contributions offer a variety of perspectives experiences and socio-cultural contexts which have identified the challenges opportunities and critiques of promoting governance. Part I explores approaches models and keywords as applied to risk and disaster governance theory. Part II investigates practices of risk governance and associated issues by focusing on disaster risk reduction policy and practice. Finally Part III explores practices of disaster governance and associated issues by focusing on disaster recovery experiences. This book highlights cutting-edge recent theoretical and empirical trends and is a valuable resource for students academics practitioners and policy-makers interested in risk and disaster governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206823

Governance of Security and Ignored Insecurities in Contemporary Europe This book explores changes in security governance in Europe from the 1990s focusing on some of the most important consequences: the proliferation of ignored insecurities including the increase of oncological diseases environmental disasters shadow economies reproducing neo-slavery and fiscal fraud and the general damage to the res publica. What is the articulation of removal reclamation and consequently the implementation of devices and the establishing of prevention practices? Why are the majority of victims and also the control agency professionals seemingly resigned to these ignored insecurities? Following more than 20 years of research in the area the authors examine these questions and how the securitisation of society has been exacerbated. They argue that the primary cause of the increase in ignored insecurities is the consequence of the neoliberal turn in security governance. This book proposes an innovative approach to security governance not only through a serious analysis of the balance of the costs and benefits but also highlighting what is here termed `ignored insecurities'. The authors propose a review of the problems showing that the governance of security is a crucial element of the contemporary political organisation of society. The book ends with an innovative reflection on the Anthropocene debate and the COP21 summit which took place in Paris in December 2015. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596835

Governance of the European Monetary UnionRecasting Political Fiscal and Financial Integration The crisis in the euro area is a defining moment in the history of European integration. It has revealed major flaws in the architecture of the European Union; it has challenged European institutions to shape an appropriate response; and it has tested the patience of a European public that is eager to see their economic prospects improve again. This volume brings together some of the world’s top economists and policymakers to explain how this crisis came about and what is to be done. The policy agenda these chapters establish is going to be difficult to implement not least because of popular misunderstanding and political opposition. This book argues that it is essential that European policymakers push forward this agenda or they run the risk of seeing Europe’s economies fall back into crisis. This book was previously published as a special issue of the Journal of European Integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392182

Governance of the Illegal Trade in E-Waste and Tropical TimberCase Studies on Transnational Environmental Crime This book responds to the call for more research on transnational environmental crime and its governance by investigating the illegal trade in electronic waste (e-waste) and tropical timber major forms of transnational environmental crime. The book is based on a qualitative multi-method research combining document analysis interviews with key informants and field visits. Bisschop focuses on the flows that pass through the research setting of the Port of Antwerp (Belgium) and those between Europe and West and Central Africa. The study examines the emergence and social organization of these transnational environmental flows illustrating that although profit or lure play a very important role a range of factors on individual organizational and societal levels together provide the motivations and opportunities. Building on these insights the book addresses the governance of these two cases. The responsive regulatory pyramid and networked governance are used as theoretical frameworks for this analysis. This book is essential reading for scholars and academics interested in transnational environmental crime and corporate crime as well as governance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138637115

Governance of the Petroleum Sector in an Emerging Developing Economy Oil exploration in the developing world has been and continues to be a high profile and high risk activity attracting media coverage and stimulating much debate. In Governance of the Petroleum Sector in an Emerging Developing Economy Professor Kwaku Appiah-Adu has assembled an edited volume that provides insight into critical aspects of this highly sensitive activity. Professor Appiah-Adu’s starting point is Ghana where he has been closely involved in national policy-making. The book makes comparisons between that African country and others as diverse as Trinidad and Tobago and Norway. The contributors global experts in their respective fields explore five critical themes and propose strategies for progress in each. You will find an in-depth analysis relating to: turning oil and gas wealth into sustainable and equitable development; entrenching transparency and stakeholder engagement; effective management of the oil and gas sector; and safeguarding security and the environment. Finally country specific models and lessons particularly for Ghana and other African oil producing nations are offered. This book serves as reference for business practitioners policy makers scholars students and anyone interested in gaining insight into the oil and gas sector particularly as it pertains to Ghana and other African petroleum producing nations with lessons drawn from the global arena and international best practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409463078

Governance Reform in AfricaInternational and Domestic Pressures and Counter-Pressures Poor governance is increasingly recognized as the greatest impediment to economic development in Sub-Saharan Africa. Currently some impressive governance reforms are underway in many countries. This includes cases such as Nigeria – formerly the most corrupt country in the world according to Transparency International. Yet other countries such as Chad are still in reform deadlock. To account for these differences this book examines governance reform in Sub-Saharan Africa based on an analysis of international and domestic pressures and counter-pressures. It develops a four phase model explaining why governance reforms advance in some instances whilst in others governance reforms stagnate or even relapse. No study has sought to systematically examine the political forces both international and domestic behind the successful conduct of governance reform in Sub-Saharan Africa. Yet coordination collaboration and mutual support between international and domestic actors is critical to push individual governments onto the path of reform. This book shows that while international and domestic pro-reform pressures are important an analysis of anti-reform pressures is also necessary to explain incomplete or failed reform. The main theoretical arguments are structured around four hypotheses. The hypotheses are theoretically generated and tested over four case studies – Madagascar Kenya Nigeria and Chad. On this basis the good governance socialization process is inductively developed in the concluding chapter. This model illustrates how governance practices can evolve positively and negatively in all countries of Sub-Saharan Africa based on the nature and relative strength of international and domestic pressures and counter-pressures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686823

Governance through DevelopmentPoverty Reduction Strategies International Law and the Disciplining of Third World States Governance through Development locates the Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper (PRSP) framework within the broader context of international law and global governance exploring its impact on third world state engagement with the global political economy and the international regulatory norms and institutions which support it. The PRSP framework has replaced the controversial structural adjustment programmes as the primary mechanism through which official development financing is channelled to low-income developing countries. It has changed the regulatory landscape of international development financing signalling a wider paradigmatic shift in the cartography of aid and consequently in the nature of north-south relations. Governance through Development documents and analyses this change within the legacy of postcolonial economic relations revealing the wider legal economic and geo-political significance of the PRSP framework. Celine Tan argues that the PRSP framework establishes a new regulatory regime that builds upon the disciplinary project of structural adjustment by embedding neoliberal economic conditionalities within a regime of domestic governance and public policy reform. The book will be of interest to scholars researchers and students of law political science and international relations sociology and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9780415628723

Governing a Common SeaEnvironmental Policies in the Baltic Sea Region �This is a very welcome volume and it will reach a large audience and readership among those involved in these issues from a truly multidisciplinary perspective; in essence a much needed book!� Erik Bonsdorff professor of marine biology at �bo Akademi University Finland �This timely volume provides a thorough account of how the highly advanced industrial societies seek to govern and manage the Baltic Sea. The way they proceed and the degree to which they succeed provide valuable lessons for riparian states seeking to avoid tragedies of their commons.� Lennart J. Lundqvist professor of environmental policy and administration University of Gothenburg Sweden How is a natural common pool resource such as a sea which is shared by several countries best governed? The potential for international conflict is immense as each country may have different agendas with regard to issues such as exploitation and environmental protection. This book uses a case study of the Baltic Sea Region to examine this complex problem. The sea itself has been highly vulnerable to pollution and recently the bordering nations have begun to change their mode of cooperation to tackle this issue by establishing several new forums to manage the sea. Administrative and political structures developed in the region are reviewed and shown to provide a model that could be applied to other seas and natural resource systems elsewhere in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138002043

Governing AffectsNeoliberalism Neo-Bureaucracies and Service Work Governing Affects explores the neoliberal transformation of state governance in Europe towards affective forms of dominance exercised by customer-oriented neo-bureaucracies and public service providers. By investigating the rise of affective labour in contemporary European service societies and the conversion of state administrations into business-like public services the authors trace the transformative power of neoliberal political thought as it is put into practice. The book examines new affective modes of subjectivation and activation of public employees as well as their embodiment of affective requirements to successfully guide and advise citizens. Neoliberalism induces a double agency in neo-bureaucrats: entrepreneurialism is coupled with affective skills for the purpose of governing clients in their own best interests. These competences are unevenly distributed between the genders as their affective dispositions differ historically. Drawing on the theoretical concepts of Foucault and Bourdieu the book offers innovative insights into recent processes of state transformation affective subjectivation and changes in labour relations. By combining theory building on governance with empirical research in key areas of state power the book will be of interest to scholars and researchers in a broad range of disciplines including political science political sociology and critical governance studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380740

Governing Africa's Forests in a Globalized World Many countries around the world are engaged in decentralization processes and most African countries face serious problems with forest governance from benefits sharing to illegality and sustainable forest management. This book summarizes experiences to date on the extent and nature of decentralization and its outcomes â€“ most of which suggest an underperformance of governance reforms â€“ and explores the viability of different governance instruments in the context of weak governance and expanding commercial pressures over forests. Findings are grouped into two thematic areas: decentralization livelihoods and sustainable forest management; and international trade finance and forest sector governance reforms. The authors examine diverse forces shaping the forest sector including the theory and practice of decentralization usurpation of authority corruption and illegality inequitable patterns of benefits capture and expansion of international trade in timber and carbon credits and discuss related outcomes on livelihoods forest condition and equity. The book builds on earlier volumes exploring different dimensions of decentralization and perspectives from other world regions and distills dimensions of forest governance that are both unique to Africa and representative of broader global patterns. The authors ground their analysis in relevant theory while drawing out implications of their findings for policy and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415507172

Governing Agricultural SustainabilityGlobal lessons from GM crops Although GM crops are seen by their advocates as a key component of the future of world agriculture and as part of the solution for world poverty and hunger their uptake has not been smooth nor universal: they have been marred by controversy and all too commonly their regulation has been challenged as inadequate even biased. This book aims to understand these dynamics examining the impacts of GM crops in diverse contexts and their potentials to contribute to sustainable agricultural futures. Part 1 draws on research from three global ‘rising powers’ – Brazil India and Mexico – exploring the views of scientists farmers and publics. Using a diverse array of ethnographic and qualitative methodologies the book examines the dynamics that have underpinned the controversy in three diverse geo-political contexts the manner in which dominant institutional framings have been closely aligned with the interests of powerful elites and the multiple ways in which these have been resisted through local symbolic and material practices. Part 2 comprises a series of short comment pieces from 11 leading social and natural scientists responding to the question of how to develop a policy framework for the responsible innovation of sustainable culturally appropriate and socially just agricultural GM technologies. This innovative book offers new insights for researchers and postgraduates in Science and technology studies Agro-ecology and Environmental Studies Development studies Anthropology Human Geography Sociology Political Science Public Administration Latin American studies and Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138891821

Governing AgrobiodiversityPlant Genetics and Developing Countries Plant genetic diversity is crucial to the breeding of food crops and is therefore a central precondition for food security. Diverse genetic resources provide the genetic traits required to deal with crop pests and diseases as well as changing climate conditions. Plant genetic diversity is also essential for traditional small-scale farming and is therefore an indispensable factor in the fight against poverty. However the diversity of domesticated plant varieties is disappearing at an alarming rate while interest in the commercial use of genetic resources has increased in line with bio-technologies followed by demands for intellectual property rights. This important book contributes to our understanding of how international regimes affect the management of plant genetic resources for food and agriculture in developing countries. It identifies entry points to shape a better governance of agrobiodiversity and provides the first comprehensive analysis of how the international agreements pertaining to crop genetic resources affect the management of these vital resources for food security and poverty eradication in developing countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585536

Governing Biodiversity through Democratic Deliberation This book discusses political controversies involved in global biodiversity policy and the practical opportunities that are opened up in solving them through increased citizen participation and democratic deliberation. It examines the emerging practice of deliberative global governance and its political consequences. The collection focuses on the intersection of global biodiversity policy and the promise of deliberative democracy. In doing so it examines how new discursive logics emerge in global citizen deliberation that might destabilize the impasses encountered in biodiversity negotiations how a "global citizens’ voice" emerges in deliberative processes despite the dominance of national institutions in the lives of those citizens the most effective and innovative ways to amplify the results of large-scale deliberations to policy makers and broader audiences and how future citizen deliberations can be designed to make them fair feasible and consequential processes in general and for biodiversity issues in particular. This highly original contribution to the field provides theoretical discussions empirical analyses and local experiences of biodiversity policy making it an invaluable resource for students and scholars of environmental politics governance and sociology particularly those interested in deliberative democracy citizen participation and biodiversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700604

Governing Borders and SecurityThe Politics of Connectivity and Dispersal This book explores and maps the relationship between borders security and global governance. Theoretically the book seeks to establish to what degree and in what ways traditional notions of borders security and (global) governance are being eroded undermined and contested in the context of a globalising world. Borders are increasingly being re-conceptualised to account for connectivity as well as divisions at the same time as focus is shifting from permanence to permeability. The ambivalence ascribed to bordering processes is at heart a security concern; borders are not only entwined with state formation but are also attempts at governing securities identities and histories. Proceeding from a critical rendering of statist conceptualisations of borders security and governance the book not only emphasises the politics of borders mobility and re-locations but also provides a shared groundwork for interrogating the spatial conditions for bordering and border work as manifestations of a continuously deferred becoming rather than being. A principal contribution of the volume is its scrutiny of how borders are enacted and perceived in and through the everyday and of how such production and construal can make sense as acts of resistance to various forms of governing. Such a focus reveals the necessity of investigating how governing from afar affects the possibilities and tendencies to securitise as well as desecuritise within as well as beyond elite settings. This book will be of much interest to students of border studies human geography governmentality global governance and IR/critical security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642645

Governing by Inspection In recent decades governing practices in education have become highly contradictory: deregulation and decentralisation are accompanied by re-regulation and increased centralisation contributing to considerable governing tensions in and across different national systems and within the emergent European education policy space. On the one hand there is the persistence of performance monitoring through target-setting indicators and benchmarks and on the other the promotion of self-evaluation and ‘light touch’ regulation that express a ‘softer’ governance turn and promote self-regulation as the best basis for constant improvement. Drawing on research undertaken into three national systems this edited volume explores the attempts to manage these tensions in Europe through the development of inspection as a governing practice. Inspectorates and inspectors offer key locations for the exploration of governing tensions positioned as they are between the international the national and the local and institutional and with responsibility for both regulation and development. All three national systems offer contrasting approaches to inspection all of which have changed considerably in recent years. Governing by Inspection positions inspection in the framework of changing education policy and politics and in a period of intensive policy development and exchange in Europe. It will be key reading for academics researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of education political science and social policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138796058

Governing by NumbersEducation governance and the tyranny of numbers Social science researchers have become increasing attentive to the role of numbers in contemporary life. Issues around big data national test results and output and performance statistics are now routinely reported and debated in the media. Numbers are a powerful resource for governments as a means to manage and ‘improve’ their populations and we are increasingly represented organized and driven by an economy of numbers which inserts itself into more and more aspects of our lives. This book critically addresses some of the ways in which numbers are deployed in educational governance and practice and some of the consequences of this deployment for what it means to be educated to teach and to learn. Recognising that numbers do not simply represent but that they change things and have real effects allows us to move beyond a system where difficult and important issues about what we want from education and from teachers are side-stepped in the push to ‘improve our numbers’. This collection offers a set of starting points from which we might speak back to numbers drawing on research to explore how numbers change the way we think about ourselves and what we do. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Education Policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109387

Governing Child Abuse Voices and VictimisationThe Use of Public Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse in Christian Institutions Child sexual abuse by clergy within the Roman Catholic Church has emerged as a social and political discourse over the last three decades. The analysis here specifically focuses on the establishment conduct and outcomes of the extensive public inquiries of Australia although inquiries in other jurisdictions are also discussed. Unlike criminal or civil processes although they may be inquisitory in nature public inquiries emerge from a specifically political context and are a tool of governance embedded in a larger context of governmentality. Understanding the broader political and cultural contexts of public inquiries is important then in understanding their value and effectiveness as justice processes – especially for victims of CSA by clergy. What is interesting about public inquiry is that it situates victims of CSA by clergy outside of criminal and civil justice processes and recognises a different politicised relationship between victims as citizens the state and Catholic institutions where abuse has occurred. At the cutting edge of disciplinary and methodological understandings of the interconnections between the church state and families his book explores the dynamics of the emergence and politicisation of victims of CSA by clergy their expressions of resistance and the legitimisation of their voice in public and political spheres. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367228156

Governing Child Sexual AbuseNegotiating the Boundaries of Public and Private Law and Science The turn of the 1990s saw a number of high profile public inquiries into the handling of child sexual abuse cases in Great Britain. In examines the implications of these inquiries on the regulation of relationships between families and the state author Samantha Ashenden brings a number of contemporary debates in social and political theory to bear upon the governance of child sexual abuse. In particular drawing on the work of Foucault and Habermas Ashenden looks at:* how to analyze the boundary between public and private spheres* the legal and scientific determination of legitimate intervention* the relationship between democracy and expertise in the governance of social life.Timely and topical this book will be of particular interest to scholars and students of social and political theory political sociology the sociology of law and social policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315005799

Governing Cities on the MoveFunctional and Management Perspectives on Transformations of European Urban Infrastructures This title was first published in 2002: The success of any investment strategy in urban infrastructures is dependent on how people as members of households companies or institutions will use these infrastructures in their daily lives and how actors take decisions on their investment strategies. Insights into these behaviours can help public and private actors to cope with diversity complexity and uncertainty in a dynamic urban environment. This book elaborates both theoretically and empirically the functional and governance/management perspective of urban infrastructures. It comprises theoretical contributions related to accessibility land-use modelling and urban governance while case studies from Antwerp Geneva Milan Oslo Turin and Zurich effectively analyze the problems associated with mobility infrastructure finance planning transformation and governance. It will be of considerable value to anyone with an interest in urban performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725652

Governing CitiesAsia's Urban Transformation This book presents the latest research on three issues of crucial importance to Asian cities: governance livability and sustainability. Together these issues canvass the salient trends defining Asian urbanization and are explored through an eclectic compendium of studies that represent the many voices of this diverse region. Examining the processes and implications of Asian urbanization the book interweaves practical cases with theories and empirical rigor while lending insight and complexity into the towering challenges of urban governance. The book targets a broad audience including thinkers practitioners and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138341883

Governing Climate Change Governing Climate Change Second Edition  provides a short and accessible introduction to how climate change is governed by an increasingly diverse range of actors from civil society and market actors to multilateral development banks donors and cities. This updated edition also includes: up-to-date coverage of the negotiations post-Copenhagen (Cancun Durban and towards Paris) and some of the shifts in the inter-governmental politics; a deeper discussion of the roles of actors that have come to prominence in the climate negotiations; an overview of the key funding mechanisms such as the Green Climate Fund Adaptation Fund the High-Level Advisory Group on Climate Change Finance and REDD (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation); a direct assessment of what the proliferation of TCCG (Transnational Climate Change Governance) adds up to in terms of legitimacy effectiveness etc. drawing on all the recent research in this area; an analysis of renewable energy in the UK (in the light of recent controversies around the siting of wind turbines and fracking projects). Providing an interdisciplinary perspective drawing on geography politics international relations and development studies this book is essential reading for students and scholars concerned not only with the climate governance but with the future of the environment in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795716

Governing Complexity in the Arctic Region This book examines emerging forms of governance in the Arctic region exploring how different types of state and non-state actors promote and support rules and standards. The authors argue that confining our understandings of Arctic governance to Arctic states and a focus on the Arctic Council as the primary site of circumpolar governance provides an incomplete picture. Instead they embrace the complexity of governance in the Arctic by systematically analyzing and comparing the position interventions and influence of different actor groups seeking to shape Arctic political and economic outcomes in multiple sites of Arctic politics both formal and informal. This book assesses the potential that sub-national governments corporations civil society organizations Indigenous peoples and non-Arctic states possess to develop norms and standards to ensure a stable rule-based Arctic region. It will be of interest to all scholars and students working in the fields of Arctic Sovereignty Security Studies Global Governance and International Political Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280772

Governing Cross-Border Higher Education Governing Cross-Border Higher Education examines the role of governments in relation to three key aspects of international education: student mobility; migration of international students; and transnational provision through collaboration or branch campuses. The research for this book is informed by interviews with key stakeholders in ten countries and extensive engagement with policy makers and international agencies. It analyses the ways in which governments are able to direct or at least influence these cross-border movements in higher education. The book explores key issues that national governments are invariably required to contend with in an increasingly globalised higher education market as well as the policy options available to them in such a climate. Alongside this there is analysis into why states adopt particular approaches with critical assessment of their varying success. Key topics include:　 the political economy of international higher education; recruiting students; promoting and regulating transnational provision; student migration; governing educational imports; managing the outflow of students; the regulated market. This book will be a valuable and insightful resource for those involved in higher education policy and interested in the globalisation of the higher education market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415734882

Governing CulturesArt Institutions in Victorian London This title was first published in 2000. London in the nineteenth century saw the founding of the National Gallery the National Portrait Gallery the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Whitechapel Art Gallery. Other less permanent organisations flourished among them the British Institution water-colour societies and the Society of Female Artists. These worked alongside the schools such as the Royal Academy and the Slade School of Art. In this volume eleven scholars experts on the individual institutions analyse their complex histories to investigate such issues as: How did they generate and redesign their publics? What identities did they create? What practice of art making connoisseurship and spectatorship did they enshrine? These reports elucidate the values associated with the key institutions and describe the responses and adaptation over time to major cultural developments: new movements political change and the development of the Empire. The volume as a whole offers a fascinating account of the interconnections between these key institutions. Challenging conventional readings of the subject the Introduction by Paul Barlow and Colin Trodd offers a definition of public art during the Victorian period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138727489

Governing Delinquency Through FreedomControl Rehabilitation and Desistance This book analyses the non-custodial government of young offenders in two major cities in Brazil. In doing so it delves into the paradox of an institution exerting control over youths while at the same time promoting their autonomy and responsibility. The study sheds light on the specific logics of power control and inequality produced by such institutional settings. The book’s analysis is based on an ethnographic study of ‘Assisted Freedom’ (Liberdade Assistida) – a form of probation – in the Brazilian cities of Rio de Janeiro and Belo Horizonte. This particular context – which is characterized by endemic violent crime on the one hand and a highly protective juvenile justice system on the other – sheds productive light on the contradictions of juvenile justice systems and other public policies based on the values of citizenship autonomy and responsibilization. The analysis takes the form of an inverted zoom structure: it begins by looking at cognitive and interactional processes at the level of interpersonal relationships between youths and professionals and then works its way up to examine ties outside the institution itself with schools the labour market and juvenile courts. Written in a clear and direct style this book will appeal to students and scholars in criminology sociology cultural studies and social theory and those interested in learning about non-custodial measures and the regulation of juvenile delinquency. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138609334

Governing Diasporas in International RelationsThe Transnational Politics of Croatia and Former Yugoslavia This book analyzes how states extend their sovereignty beyond their territories through the language of diasporas. An increasing number of states are interested in supporting managing or controlling their populations abroad something they define as their ‘diaspora’. Yet what does it mean for governments to formulate claims of sovereignty over populations who reside outside the very borders that legitimate them? This book argues that ‘diaspora’ should be understood as a performative discourse that enables transnational political practices that could otherwise not be justified in a normative structure of world politics dominated by the imperatives of territorial sovereignty. The empirical analysis focuses on the former Yugoslavia and contemporary Croatia. The first part of the book examines the history of the relations between Croats abroad and their homeland from the emergence of the question of emigration as a problem of government in the late nineteenth century until the years preceding the formation of the contemporary Croatian state. The second part explores how in the 1990s the merging of bureaucratic categories and state practices into the category of ‘diaspora’ was instrumental in mobilizing Croats abroad during the 1991-1995 war; in reshuffling the balance between Serbs and Croats in the citizenry; and in the de facto annexation of parts of neighboring Bosnia-Herzegovina in the immediate aftermath of the war. This book will be of much interest to students of critical security studies international political sociology diaspora studies border studies and International Relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367206550

Governing Environmental Conflicts in China Environmental conflicts are the source of many large-scale popular protests in China with some protests substantially endangering social order. Such protests have often prompted severe counter measures by both national and local government but have often then gone on to result in compromises whereby the demands of protesters have been largely met. This book considers the nature of environmental conflicts in China and the way in which national and local governments have handled the situations. It includes detailed case studies of particular conflicts relates the governance of environmental conflicts in China to wider discussions on the nature of governance and examines under what conditions government in China makes compromises. The book concludes by assessing the lessons for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138551909

Governing Ethnic ConflictConsociation Identity and the Price of Peace This book offers an intellectual history of an emerging technology of peace and explains how the liberal state has come to endorse illiberal subjects and practices. The idea that conflicts are problems that have causes and therefore solutions rather than winners and losers has gained momentum since the end of the Cold War and it has become more common for third party mediators acting in the name of liberal internationalism to promote the resolution of intra-state conflicts. These third-party peace makers appear to share lessons and expertise so that it is possible to speak of an emergent common technology of peace based around a controversial form of power-sharing known as consociation. In this common technology of peace the cause of conflict is understood to be competing ethno-national identities and the solution is to recognize these identities and make them useful to government through power-sharing. Drawing on an analysis of the peace process in Ireland and the Dayton Accords in Bosnia Herzegovina the book argues that the problem with consociational arrangements is not simply that they institutionalise ethnic division and privilege particular identities or groups but more importantly that they close down the space for other ways of being. By specifying identity categories consociational regimes create a residual sink category designated 'other'. These 'others' not only offer a challenge to prevailing ideas about identity but also stand in reproach to conventional wisdom regarding the management of conflict. This book will be of much interest to students of conflict resolution ethnic conflict identity and war and conflict studies in general. Andrew Finlay is Lecturer in Sociology at Trinity College Dublin. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510110

Governing Europe in a Globalizing WorldNeoliberalism and its Alternatives following the 1973 Oil Crisis The complex relationship between globalization and European integration was largely shaped in the 1970s. During this decade globalization began for the first time to threaten Western European prosperity. Using an innovative approach the book shows how western Europeans coped with the challenges of globalization during a time of deep economic crisis during the period 1973-1986. It examines the evolution of economic and social policies at the national European and global level and expands beyond the European Economic Community (EEC) by analysing the various solutions envisaged by European decision-makers towards regulating globalization including the creation of the Single Market. Based on extensively examined archives of transnational actors international organizations and focusing on the governments of France Germany and the UK as well as the European Commission the book uncovers deep previously unknown economic divisions among these actors and the roles they played in the success of the EEC. This book will be of key interest to students scholars and practitioners of political science European studies history comparative politics public policy and economic history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367278571

Governing European CitiesSocial Fragmentation Social Exclusion and Urban This title was first published in 2001. This volume is a result of the action COST A9 "Civitas - Transformation of European Cities and Urban Governance" launched in 1995 which looks at the emergence of the urban question. The COST framework is a European mechanism to provide scientific and technical assistance for national research programmes. The text covers the change in the importance of European cities and analyzes how each city re-formulates its policies and methods of governing in response to these changes. This text is to analyze the new forms of urban governance using three points of view a statistical approach an economic approach and a sociological approach. This book tackles the fragmentation and social exclusion that occurs in urban society and explores the different forms it takes throughout Europe. It also presents some strategies to combat or at least regulate this fragmentation to ensure a united European city. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138735590

Governing Europe's Marine EnvironmentEuropeanization of Regional Seas or Regionalization of EU Policies? Governing Europe's Marine Environment is a coherent up-to-date multidisciplinary analysis of current approaches and challenges to the sustainable governance of Europe's marine environment. Structured in three parts Part 1 outlines general theoretical ideas about governance governing and governability and serves as a starting point for analysing the development of marine governance in Europe from the perspective of different disciplines. Part 2 includes studies of EU marine governance. Part 3 focuses on Europe's regional seas namely the Baltic Sea the North Sea the Black Sea and the Mediterranean Sea. This book presents a better understanding of the fragmented governance of marine governance in Europe and in particular the tension between the Europeanization of regional seas and the regionalization of EU policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409447276

Governing Financial Services in the European UnionBanking Securities and Post-Trading The global financial crisis that reached its peak in late 2008 has brought the importance of financial services regulation and supervision into the spotlight. This book examines the governance of financial services in the EU asking who governs financial services in the EU how and why and explaining where the power lies in the policy-making process. It covers the main financial services: banking securities payments systems clearing and settlement. Addressing the politics and public policy aspects of financial market integration regulation and supervision in the European Union this book conducts a theoretically-informed and empirically-grounded analysis of financial services governance from the establishment of Economic and Monetary Union (1999) and the launch of the Financial Services Action Plan (1999) to date. It also assesses the EU responses to the global financial crisis. Providing a reliable and unique insight into the politics of financial services regulation in the EU based on an extensive programme of interviews with policy makers and stakeholders across Europe the book will be of great topical interest to students and scholars of European Union studies political science and political economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829831

Governing for Resilience in Vulnerable Places Governing for Resilience in Vulnerable Places provides an overview and a critical analysis of the ways in which the concept ‘resilience’ has been addressed in social sciences research.　In doing so this edited book draws together state-of-the-art research from a variety of disciplines (i.e. spatial planning economic and cultural geography environmental and political sciences sociology and architecture) as well as cases and examples across different spatial and geographical contexts (e.g. urban slums in India; flood-prone communities in the UK; coastal Japan). The cases present and explore challenges and potentials of resilience-thinking for practitioners and academics. As such Governing for Resilience in Vulnerable Places aims to provide a scientifically robust overview and to generate some conceptual clarity for researchers students and practitioners interested in the potential of resilience thinking as well as the application of resilience in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216495

Governing for Sustainable Urban Development Achieving urban sustainability is amongst the most pressing issues facing planners and governments. This book is the first to provide a cohesive analysis of sustainable urban development and to examine the processes by which change in how urban areas are built can be achieved. The author looks at how sustainable urban development can be delivered on the ground through a comprehensive analysis of the different modes of governing for new urban development. Governing for Sustainable Urban Development: considers a range of policy tools that influence urban development and that constitute different modes of governing provides an innovative conceptual emphasis on learning within governing processes draws on a wide range of existing research policy and literature together with case study material focussing on London is above all concerned with demonstrating how sustainable urban development can be delivered in practice. This title be essential reading for students academics and professionals in planning urban design and architecture world-wide working to achieve sustainability. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849775083

Governing Global BiodiversityThe Evolution and Implementation of the Convention on Biological Diversity Predictions about the success of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) are pessimistic. It has now become commonplace to bemoan the scope ambition and deeply political nature of a convention that addresses issues ranging from ecosystems protection to the exploitation of genetic resources from conservation to justice and from commerce to scientific knowledge. Ten years after its adoption how can we assess the difference that the CBD has made? Is it in danger of collapsing under its own weight or is it building the foundations of new patterns of relations between societies and nature? What achievements can we record and what challenges does it face? In this book which is unique in its scope diversity and the wealth of information it contains contributors from a variety of academic disciplines tackle an issue of enduring importance to the protection of biodiversity and enhance our understanding of humanity's capacity to reconcile its various aspirations and halt the destructive path upon which it is set. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258198

Governing Global DerivativesChallenges and Risks Governing Global Derivatives analyzes the role of the most important financial innovation of the last two decades - financial derivatives - in a global dimension. The evolution of derivatives especially Over the Counter (OTC) and the possibility of managing risks tailored to customers' needs are the basic recipe for the success of derivatives. This book focuses on the role of derivatives from a macroeconomic point of view considering how monetary theory and policy fiscal policy and the growth process are affected. It fills a gap by rethinking the way financial markets are considered in the macroeconomy and the transmission mechanism of impulses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253923

Governing Global DesertificationLinking Environmental Degradation Poverty and Participation Desertification affects 70 per cent of the world's arable lands in more than 100 countries. Inextricably linked to poverty it is estimated that the livelihood of 250 million people are directly affected while another billion living in rural drylands are threatened by this phenomenon. This volume examines the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD) signed in 1994. It studies the links between land degradation and poverty the role of civil society and good governance in implementing the UNCCD and the various approaches to fighting desertification. Furthermore it assesses the National Action Programmes development planning and new avenues for strengthening implementation. Synthesizing the main strengths and weaknesses of the UNCCD as a tool for environmental and developmental governance this informative volume highlights the main challenges facing the UNCCD in the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278127

Governing Global FinanceNew Challenges G7 and IMF Contributions This title was first published in 2002: As the twenty-first century began it was easy to assume that the reforms to the international financial system undertaken in the last half of the 1990s were adequate to the core tasks of ensuring stability sustained growth and broadly shared benefits in the world economy. That comfortable consensus has now been shattered. This volume critically assesses fundamental issues including: -the elements and adequacy of recent G7-led efforts at international financial reform -current causes of and prospects for growth in the new global economy -the challenges of crisis prevention -private sector participation and IFI responsibilities -the world’s monetary supply and sovereignty in the face of market forces. These key topics are examined by leading economists and scholars of political economy from both academic and policy communities in G7 countries making it an essential addition to the collections of all those concerned with the challenges facing the world economy in the coming years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138742147

Governing Global HealthChallenge Response Innovation Recently global health issues have leapt to the forefront of the international agenda and are now an everyday concern around the world. The war for global health is clearly being lost on many fronts and the massive body count is mounting fast. Re-emerging diseases such as polio and tuberculosis long thought to be on the verge of elimination are now coupled with the devastation of newly emerging ones such as SARS and avian influenza. In addition the shock of bioterrorism has given a tragic poignancy to the importance of studying the failure of the global health governance system. Compiled by renowned specialists this volume studies the global challenges and responses to these issues as well as the roles of central institutions such as the World Health Organization the World Trade Organization and the G8. Health practitioners and clinicians seeking a context for their front-line care provision as well as scholars and students of global health issues will find the volume highly valuable. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585550

Governing Global TradeInternational Institutions in Conflict and Convergence Cohn's topic of global trade is of enormous and proliferating interest. He provides a good background from 1945 to the present and on core contemporary themes such as civil society participation and the domesticisation of the trade agenda. Whilst there is a wealth of literature on policy-oriented aspects such as negotiating rounds there are few that provide the careful comprehensive historical overview that this work offers and none that do so with reference to international institutions such as the G7 Quad OECD and UNCTAD as well as the WTO in global trade governance. This seminal work has been awarded the British Columbia Political Science Association Weller Prize for 2003. Cohn's political science background will appeal directly to a university audience and a broader public policy market. It is also suitable for those interested in trade in the cognates of economics and law. This work's theoretical framework embraces and synthesises the major approaches in the field of international relations and will be appropriate for the dominant schools of realists and liberal institutionalists alike. It could therefore be apt for courses on international relations theory or international political economy taught in a theoretical mode. This book reinforces and broadens the focus of all previous works in The G8 and Global Governance series. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257504

Governing Global-City SingaporeLegacies and Futures After Lee Kuan Yew This book provides a detailed analysis of how governance in Singapore has evolved since independence to become what it is today and what its prospects might be in a post-Lee Kuan Yew (LKY) future. First it discusses the question of political leadership electoral dominance and legislative monopoly in Singapore’s one-party dominant system and the system’s durability. Second it tracks developments in Singapore’s public administration critically analysing the formation and transformation of meritocracy and pragmatism two key components of the state ideology. Third it discusses developments within civil society focusing in particular on issues related to patriarchy and feminism hetero-normativity and gay activism immigration and migrant worker exploitation and the contest over history and national narratives in academia the media and the arts. Fourth it discusses the People's Action Party (PAP) government’s efforts to connect with the public including its national public engagement exercises that can be interpreted as a subtler approach to social and political control. In increasingly complex conditions the state struggles to maintain its hegemony while securing a pre-eminent position in the global economic order. Tan demonstrates how trends in these four areas converge in ways that signal plausible futures for a post-LKY Singapore. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138344150

Governing Health in Contemporary China The lack of significant improvement in people’s health status and other mounting health challenges in China raise a puzzling question about the country’s internal transition: why did the reform-induced dynamics produce an economic miracle but fail to reproduce the success Mao had achieved in the health sector? This book examines the political and policy dynamics of health governance in post-Mao China. It explores the political-institutional roots of the public health and health care challenges and the evolution of the leaders’ policy response in contemporary China. It argues that reform-induced institutional dynamics when interacting with Maoist health policy structure in an authoritarian setting have not only contributed to the rising health challenges in contemporary China but also shaped the patterns and outcomes of China’s health system transition. The study of China’s health governance will further our understanding of the evolving political system in China and the complexities of China’s rise. As the world economy and international security are increasingly vulnerable to major disease outbreaks in China it also sheds critical light on China’s role in global health governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815667

Governing Health SystemsFor Nations and Communities Around the World Governing Health Systems: For Nations and Communities Around the World examines the complex relationships between governance and performance in community and national health systems. Each chapter provides an in-depth case study using both qualitative and quantitative methods on health systems in many countries including Uganda Ghana India Zambia Japan Nigeria Indonesia Brazil Palestine and South Korea. The chapters were written by former Takemi Fellows who were mid-career research fellows at the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and their colleagues. This case study approach yields important findings as well as contextual insights about the challenges and accomplishments in addressing governance issues in national and community health systems around the world. Health policymakers around the world are struggling to address the multiple challenges of governing health systems. These challenges also represent important themes for the research mission of the Takemi Program in International Health at the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health. This book is based on the program’s thirtieth anniversary symposium held in October 2013 at Harvard. The studies presented in this book—deep examinations of illustrative examples of health system governance for communities and nations—contribute to our knowledge about global health and assist policymakers in dealing with the complex practical problems of health systems. In short this book addresses central questions about governing health systems—and why governance matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781942108009

Governing Higher Education TodayInternational Perspectives International growth in higher education the introduction of new providers and increased public and state interest in university structures levels of fees and funding models have made governance in higher education a vital and sometimes controversial topic. Governing Higher Education Today provides challenging perspectives on the longer-term dynamics and policy trends in a world market for higher education. Through international perspectives and case studies it considers: The emerging national responses which are likely to shape institutional governance in the next decade. An analysis of the trends and strategic directions in governance and policy in higher education. Insights from practising thought leaders on the future of higher education governance and policy. Traditions and values within higher education governance. Lessons and trends in the interaction of institutions and government. Whether you sit on a governing body work in a university leadership role or in a governance or policy team teach or study higher education Governing Higher Education Today provides a thoughtful yet practical guide to the future of university governance with international applicability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366992

Governing HIV in ChinaCommercial Sex Homosexuality and Rural-to-Urban Migration HIV and AIDS have long been problematized in the People’s Republic of China as objects of governance in political frameworks and institutions. The state’s attitudes towards health programs have nevertheless changed significantly during the 21st century. Pilot programs at the beginning of the century which focused on underground sex workers have now developed into the roll-out of a nationwide program with supportive legislation and broadcast media publicity. This book therefore examines China’s evolving AIDS response providing an up to date investigation into the positions and practices of the state. It explains the origins rationales and implementation of initiatives focused on female sex workers and explores the extension of such initiatives to include other populations identified as key to ending the AIDS epidemic especially homosexual men and rural-to-urban migrant labourers. Ultimately through an analysis of the different approaches to the governance of commercial sex and sexual health Governing HIV in China concludes by considering the challenges raised by China’s commitment to the United Nations’ vision of ending AIDS as a global health threat by 2030. This book will be useful for students and scholars of Social Policy Public Health Policy and Chinese Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209261

Governing Hybrid OrganisationsExploring Diversity of Institutional Life Intuitively organisations can easily be categorised as ‘public’ or ‘private’. However this book questions such a black and white dichotomy between public and private and seeks a deeper understanding of hybrid organisations. These organisations can be found at micro meso and macro levels of societal activity consisting of networks between companies public agencies and other entities. The line between these two realms is increasingly blurred — giving rise to hybrid organisations. Governing Hybrid Organisations presents an engaging discussion around hybrid organisations highlighting them as important and fascinating examples of modern institutional diversity. Chapters examine the changing landscape of service delivery and the nature and governance of hybrid organisations using international examples and cases from different service contexts. The authors put forward a clear analytical framework for understanding hybrid governance looking at strategy and performance management. This text will be valuable for students of public management public administration business management and organisational studies and will also be illuminating for practising managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655829

Governing in a Global WorldWomen in Public Service Governing in a Global World captures the panorama of women governing around the world. Even though the modern era marks history’s greatest advancements for women worldwide they hold fewer than 30 percent of decision-making positions and are often missing from negotiating tables where policies are made and conflicts resolved. The opening chapters present trends and context for studying women in public service by focusing on path-setters across the globe the status of women in the world’s executive and legislative bodies and their participation in public service across several nations. Later chapters examine power leadership and representation of women in public service with several chapters looking at women governing from a regional perspective in the Middle East Sub Sahara Africa Latin America and China. The final chapter presents empirical evidence that shows how policies to increase women’s representation in the public arena reduce gender inequality more than any other policy intervention. Taken together the chapters illustrate the worldwide importance of and challenges to promoting gender equality and women governing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138297784

Governing Independent SchoolsA Handbook for New and Experienced Governors Governors are a valuable but under-used asset to independent schools. Under the day-to-day pressures of running schools they are too often sidelined yet are frequently called to account by parents and the media when things go wrong. Both new and experienced governors of independent schools will welcome this lively and informative handbook originally published in 1998 which describes the positive and constructive role which governing bodies can play in the life of their schools. It provides up-to-date management techniques which can be effectively applied to enhance the quality of education and thereby the attractiveness of schools to parents and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368816

Governing India's MetropolisesCase Studies of Four Cities This book is a comparative sector-based study of the changing character of governance in Indian metropolises in the 2000s. Highlighting the horizontal and vertical ties of the participatory groups both state and non-state it looks at key civic issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138380356

Governing Insecurity in JapanThe Domestic Discourse and Policy Response Since the end of the Cold War Japan's security environment has changed significantly. While on the global level the United States is still Japan's most important security partner the nature of the partnership has changed as a result of shifting demands from the United States new international challenges such as the North Korean nuclear programme and the rapid rise of China. At the same time Japan has been confronted with new ‘non-traditional’ security threats such as international terrorism the spread of infectious diseases and global environmental problems. On the domestic level demographic change labour migration economic decline workplace insecurity and a weakening impact of policy initiatives challenge the sustainability of the lifestyle of many Japanese and have led to a heightened sense of insecurity among the Japanese public. This book focuses on the domestic discourse on insecurity in Japan and goes beyond military security. The chapters cover issues such as Japan’s growing perception of regional and global insecurity; the changing role of military forces; the perceived risk of Chinese foreign investment; societal cultural and labour insecurity and how it is affected by demographic changes and migration; as well as food insecurity and its challenges to health and public policy. Each chapter asks how the Japanese public perceives these insecurities; how these perceptions influence the public discourse the main stakeholders of this discourse and how this affects state-society relations and government policies. Governing Insecurity in Japan provides new insights into Japanese and international discourses on security and insecurity and the ways in which security is conceptualized in Japan. As such it will be of interest to students and scholars working on Japanese politics security studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629127

Governing InterestsBusiness Associations Facing Internationalism In the current period of globalization Governing Interests presents new research on the impact of internationalization on the organization and representation of business interests through trade and employer associations. By exploring ongoing gradual but nevertheless profound changes in the structures and functions of business interest associations the book develops a precise understanding of the relationship between the national and the international. Both conceptual and empirical some papers included in this significant volume adopt a ‘bird's eye view’ of the topic whilst others concentrate on individual industries or countries and several through examination and analysis consider the effects on interest representation and the repercussions on effective governance. Contributed to and edited by leading academics the diversity of research questions and methods used in this volume provide the reader with an excellent understanding of the subject and importantly caution against rash simplifications. Comprehensive and scholarly this text will be of particular relevance to political scientists and sociologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648097

Governing International Labour MigrationCurrent Issues Challenges and Dilemmas This book offers a critical examination of the way in which the nature and governance of international labour migration is changing within a globalizing environment. It examines how labour mobility and the governance of labour migration are changing by exploring the links between political economy and differentiated forms of labour migration. Additionally it considers the effects of new social models of inclusion and exclusion on labour migration. Therefore the book troubles the conventional dichotomies and categorizations – permanent vs. temporary; skilled vs. unskilled; legal vs. illegal -- that have informed migration studies and regulatory frameworks. Theoretically this volume contributes to an ongoing project of reframing the study of migration within politics and international relations. Bringing together an interdisciplinary group of scholars drawing on examples from the European Union North America and Asia Governing International Labour Migration will be of interest to students and scholars of migration studies IPE international relations and economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203564479

Governing International WatercoursesRiver Basin Organizations and the Sustainable Governance of Internationally Shared Rivers and Lakes This book focuses on River Basin Organizations as the key institutions for managing internationally shared water resources. This includes a comparative analysis of all River Basin Organizations worldwide and three in-depth case studies from three different continents. The detailed case studies are the Senegal (West Africa) Mekong (South-east Asia) and Danube (Europe) rivers.  The book contributes to the academic debate on how shared natural and environmental resources can be managed in a sustainable way and which institutional and legal mechanisms actually matter for doing so. It adopts the neo-institutionalist approach according to which international environmental institutions do make a difference. The analysis not only confirms this argument for the specific case of shared water resources but also refines existing hypotheses on the influence of different independent variables namely the nature of the collective action problem the constellation of actors and the institutional design of an international environmental institution.  The work also contributes to the policy debate on how to better govern internationally shared natural resources and the environment. It provides policy makers with advice on which exogenous conditions to be aware of when managing water resources they share with co-riparians and which institutional design features and governance mechanisms to set up in order to increase effectiveness in management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138900509

Governing IsraelChosen People Promised Land and Prophetic Tradition Israeli politics and policymaking reflect themes long imbedded in Jewish culture. The concepts of Chosen People and Promised Land and their meaning in Christian as well as Jewish religious traditions assure that Israel is perpetually in the international spotlight. They also impose a sense of distinctiveness on the Israeli population. Some Israelis trumpet their country's accomplishments with unrestrained superlatives. Social critics accuse Israel of having the worst of the world's conditions. In this they reflect another trait that seems to have been inherited from the ancients: the prophetic tradition of extreme self-criticism. In reality much of what occurs in Israel is similar to what occurs in countries that share its characteristics: democracy western culture and an advanced level of economic development. Such an idea may seem bizarre alongside headlines about suicide bombings and the country's aggressive defensive posture. This misses what is normal about Israel. In Israel policymakers weigh benefits and costs of various options and generally choose something moderate just as they do elsewhere. But this reality does not dim the rhetoric of politics where hyperbole frequently seems more evident than rational discourse. Sharkansky discusses three central issues in Israeli public affairs: religion national security and social policy. He describes how policymakers relate to these issue and themes. Major problems may not be solved but they are managed in a way that is tolerable. It is in this trait that Israel resembles other western democracies. In sum biblical themes affect Israel's political rhetoric more than they affect the way officials actually work out their problems. Pragmatic coping with worldly realities generally overcomes emotional expressions that convey ingredients of spirituality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510449

Governing Lethal Behavior in Autonomous Robots Expounding on the results of the author‘s work with the US Army Research Office DARPA the Office of Naval Research and various defense industry contractors Governing Lethal Behavior in Autonomous Robots explores how to produce an "artificial conscience" in a new class of robots humane-oids which are robots that can potentially perform more ethically than humans in the battlefield. The author examines the philosophical basis motivation theory and design recommendations for the implementation of an ethical control and reasoning system in autonomous robot systems taking into account the Laws of War and Rules of Engagement. The book presents robot architectural design recommendations for Post facto suppression of unethical behavior Behavioral design that incorporates ethical constraints from the onset The use of affective functions as an adaptive component in the event of unethical action and A mechanism that identifies and advises operators regarding their ultimate responsibility for the deployment of autonomous systems. It also examines why soldiers fail in battle regarding ethical decisions; discusses the opinions of the public researchers policymakers and military personnel on the use of lethality by autonomous systems; provides examples that illustrate autonomous systems ethical use of force; and includes relevant Laws of War. Helping ensure that warfare is conducted justly with the advent of autonomous robots this book shows that the first steps toward creating robots that not only conform to international law but outperform human soldiers in their ethical capacity are within reach in the future. It supplies the motivation philosophy formalisms representational requirements architectural design criteria recommendations and test scenarios to design and construct an autonomous robotic system capable of ethically using leth Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138435827

Governing Literate PopulationsThe Political Uses of Literacy in Securing Civil Society Securing the hearts and minds of ‘dangerous’ populations is a major concern for governments across the world.　Governing Literate Populations shows how ‘governmentalities’ have deployed education and literacy in different ways in order to protect their national social economic and geopolitical security interests. Presenting a Foucauldian Genealogy of literacy and education Kelly argues that government apparatuses strategically contain the rise of complex social forces to protect homogenous cultural values. Kelly’s work traces the development of the relationship between liberal governmentalities and the securitization of ‘martial’ literate citizenries from its beginnings in the Enlightenment starting with Hobbes’ Leviathan in 1651 through to the emergence of human security in 1994. He then examines the situation in Australia from 1995-2007 investigating political statements by the Howard Government and the insurgent Rudd opposition against the backdrop of the ‘age of terror’. The conclusion takes another historical cut by considering how the political uses of literacy can be located in the texts of Plato before examining how the conceptualization of literate subject as citizen of the state has come to be realized in the United Kingdom and the United States of America. Governing Literate Populations draws on data obtained from historical texts including political and economic treatises publications by NGOS media sites government policies and archived political speeches. As such it will appeal to academics researchers and postgraduate students examining education policy and the political uses of education as well as literacy education and the history of education. Those with an interest in politics sociology and history will also find this work a highly informative resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232887

Governing Marine Protected AreasResilience through Diversity In this innovative volume the author addresses some important challenges related to the effective and equitable governance of marine protected areas (MPAs). These challenges are explored through a study of 20 MPA case studies from around the world. A novel governance analysis framework is employed to address some key questions: How can top-down and bottom-up approaches to MPA governance be combined? What does this mean in reality in different contexts? How can we develop and implement governance approaches that are both effective in achieving conservation objectives and equitable in fairly sharing associated costs and benefits?   The author explores the many issues that these questions raise as well as exploring options for addressing them. A key theme is that MPA governance needs to combine people state and market approaches rather than being based on one approach and its related ideals. Building on a critique of the governance analysis framework developed for common-pool resources the author puts forward a more holistic and less prescriptive framework for deconstructing and analyzing the governance of MPAs. This inter-disciplinary analysis is aimed at supporting the development of MPA governance approaches that build social-ecological resilience through both institutional and biological diversity. It will also make a significant contribution to wider debates on natural resource governance as it poses some critical questions for contemporary approaches to related research and offers an alternative theoretical and empirical approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138679238

Governing Masculinities in the Early Modern PeriodRegulating Selves and Others Documenting lived experiences of men in charge of others this collection creates a social and cultural history of early modern governing masculinities. It examines the tensions between normative discourses and lived experiences and their manifestations in a range of different sources; and explores the insecurities anxieties and instability of masculine governance and the ways in which these were expressed (or controlled) in emotional states language or performance. Focussing on moments of exercising power the collection seeks to understand the methods strategies discourses or resources that men were able (or not) to employ in order to have this power. In order to elucidate the mechanisms of male governance the essays explore the following questions: how was male governance demonstrated and enacted through men's (and women's) bodies? What roles did women play in sustaining supporting or undermining governing masculinities? And what are the relationship of specific spaces such as household or urban environments to notions and practice of governance? Finally the collection emphasises the power of sources to articulate the ideas of governance held by particular social groups and to obscure those of others. Through a rich and wide range of case studies the collection explores what distinctions can be seen in ideas of authoritative masculine behaviour across Protestant and Catholic cultures British and Continental models from the late medieval to the end of the eighteenth century and between urban and national expressions of authority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409432388

Governing Megacities in Emerging Countries Megacities are a new phenomenon in history. The fact that many of them are in emerging countries deepens the challenges of governing these spaces. Can these vast complex entities rife with inequalities and divisions be governed effectively? For researchers the answer has often been no. The approach developed in this work focuses on the material city and its institutions and shows that without recourse to a big new theory urban leaders have devised mechanisms of ordinary government. They have done so through the resolution of practical and essential problems: providing electricity drinking water sanitation transportation. Three findings emerge from this book. Infrastructure networks help to structure cities and function as mechanisms of cohesion. Megacities become more governable if there is a legitimate authority capable of making choices. Finally anarchic urbanisation has its roots in systems of land ownership in inadequate urban planning and in the practices of developers and local actors. In the originality of its hypotheses and the precision of the analyses carried out in the four case study cities of Shanghai Mumbai Cape Town and Santiago de Chile this work is addressed to all those interested in the life of cities: politicians local and central government officials executives in urban companies researchers and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472425881

Governing Metropolitan AreasGrowth and Change in a Networked Age Interest and research on regionalism has soared in the last decade. Local governments in metropolitan areas and civic organizations are increasingly engaged in cooperative and collaborative public policy efforts to solve problems that stretch across urban centers and their surrounding suburbs. Yet there remains scant attention in textbooks to the issues that arise in trying to address metropolitan governance. Governing Metropolitan Areas describes and analyzes structure to understand the how and why of regionalism in our global age. The book covers governmental institutions and their evolution to governance but with a continual focus on institutions. David Hamilton provides the necessary comprehensive in-depth description and analysis of how metropolitan areas and governments within metropolitan areas developed efforts to restructure and combine local governments and governance within the polycentric urban region.This second edition is a major revision to update the scholarship and current thinking on regional governance. While the text still provides background on the historical development and growth of urban areas and governments' efforts to accommodate the growth of metropolitan areas this edition also focuses on current efforts to provide governance through cooperative and collaborative solutions. There is also now extended treatment of how regional governance outside the United States has evolved and how other countries are approaching regional governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415899352

Governing Metropolitan Regions in the 21st Century While government provides the structure of public leadership governance is the art of public leadership. This timely book examines current trends in metropolitan governance issues. It analyzes specific cases from thirteen major metropolitan regions in the United States Canada and Mexico all woven together by an overall framework established in the first three chapters. The distinguished contributors address such governance issues as city-county consolidation local-federal coordination annexation and special districting and private contracting with special attention to lessons learned from both successes and failures. As urban governance innovations have clearly outpaced urban government structures in recent years the topics covered here are especially relevant. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315704012

Governing Modern SocietiesTowards Participatory Governance Is the ‘golden age’ of democracy really over due to the pressures of globalisation and the erosion of the nation state? Within this book Heinelt seeks to address the democratic deficit in political systems linked to limited Citizen Participation reflecting on the notion of democracy and participatory governance and how they relate to each other. Exploring democracy beyond the governmental structures and focusing on participatory governance in particular this book demonstrates that common notions of democracy have to be re-conceptualised without neglecting its key ideas. By arguing that it is a political task to turn the inevitability of governance into a participatory form Heinelt develops a model of different ‘worlds of democratic actions’ which shows that democratic political systems have to be considered as a complex and broad web of various forms of interest articulation and intermediation as well as decision-making. Making an important contribution to the ‘third transformation of democracy’ this book will be of interest to students and scholars of governance democracy policymaking & European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882102

Governing Natural Resources for Africa’s Development Bringing together some of the world’s leading thinkers and policy experts in the area of natural resource governance and management in Africa this volume addresses the most critical policy issues affecting the continent’s ability to manage and govern its precious resources. The narrative of the book is solutions-driven as experts weigh on specific issues within the context of Africa’s natural resource governance and offer appropriate policy recommendations on how to best manage the continent’s resources. This is a must-read for government policy makers in industrialized economies and more importantly in Africa and emerging economies as well as for academic researchers working in the field extractive companies operating on the continent extractive industry and trade associations and multilateral and donor aid institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200517

Governing Paradoxes of Restorative Justice Restorative justice is the policy of eschewing traditional punishments in favour of group counselling involving both victims and perpetrators. Until now there has been no critical analysis of governmental rationales that legitimize restorative practices over traditional approaches but Governing Practices of Restorative Justice fills this gap and addresses the mentalities of governance most prominent in restorative justice. The author provides comprehensible commentary on the central images of this discursive arena in a style accessible to participants and observers alike of restorative justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138156289

Governing PartnersState-local Relations In The United States Recently budgetary restraints and institutional gridlock have limited the role of the national government in domestic policymaking. Subnational governments have responded by assuming primary responsibility for a number of key problems including economic development educational improvement environmental regulation and health and welfare innovat Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316020

Governing Post-Imperial Siberia and Mongolia 1911–1924Buddhism Socialism and Nationalism in State and Autonomy Building The governance arrangements put in place for Siberia and Mongolia after the collapse of the Qing and Russian Empires were highly unusual experimental and extremely interesting. The Buryat-Mongol Autonomous Socialist Soviet Republic established within the Soviet Union in 1923 and the independent Mongolian People’s Republic established a year later were supposed to represent a new model of transnational post-national governance incorporating religious and ethno-national independence under the leadership of the coming global political party the Communist International. The model designed to be suitable for a socialist decolonised Asia and for a highly diverse population in a strategic border region was intended to be globally applicable. This book based on extensive original research charts the development of these unusual governance arrangements discusses how the ideologies of nationalism socialism and Buddhism were borrowed from and highlights the relevance of the subject for the present day world where multiculturality interconnectedness and interdependency become ever more complicated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099838

Governing Rapid Growth in ChinaEquity and Institutions After three decades of spectacular economic growth in China the problem is no longer how to achieve growth but how to manage its consequences and how to sustain it. The most important consequence at least as far as Chinese policy makers are concerned is the rapidly growing inequality between persons between rural and urban areas and between inland and coastal regions. At the same time the institutions that have brought rapid growth so far are now under stress and there is a need to reform and innovate on this front in order to sustain rapid growth and to have growth with equity. The analytical literature has responded to the emerging policy problems by specifying and quantifying their magnitude understanding their nature and proposing policy approaches and solutions. Policy makers have also been looking to analysts for interaction and assistance. This volume brings together a collection of the best available analyses of China’s problems in governing rapid growth focusing on equity and institutions. Contributions include perspectives from leading policy makers who were intimately involved in the reform process and from leading academics in articles published in top peer reviewed journals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745918

Governing RefugeesJustice Order and Legal Pluralism Refugee camps are imbued in the public imagination with assumptions of anarchy danger and refugee passivity. Governing Refugees: Justice Order and Legal Pluralism challenges such assumptions arguing that refugee camps should be recognized as spaces where social capital can not only survive but thrive. This book examines camp management and the administration of justice in refugee camps on the Thailand-Burma border. Emphasising the work of refugees themselves in coping with and adapting to encampment it considers themes of agency sovereignty and legal pluralism in an analysis of local governance and the production of order beyond the state. Governing Refugees will appeal to anyone with relevant interests in law anthropology and criminology as well as those working in the area of refugee studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138956315

Governing Regional Integration for DevelopmentMonitoring Experiences Methods and Prospects Developing countries have joined the rapidly growing global system of regional trade agreements (RTAs) over the past years. The drive towards regional integration has advanced with the formation of new markets and groups in Latin America Africa Asia the Middle East and Oceania with few developing countries remaining outside these regional schemes. This volume looks at how 'getting governance right' is a central element for successful RTA implementation taking stock of the quality and effectiveness of the monitoring of development country RTAs around the world. Organized by the main world regions and primarily focusing on developing country RTAs the book also includes two case studies focused on monitoring in developed country regional agreements by way of comparison. The contributors operationalize governance in the context of RTA implementation with a more narrow and technical term of 'monitoring' and provide eight important lessons for assessing monitoring around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585581

Governing Religious Diversity in CitiesCritical Perspectives Governing Religious Diversity in Cities provides original insights into the governance of religious diversity in urban contexts from a variety of theoretical perspectives and drawing on a wide range of empirical examples in Europe and Canada. Religious diversity is increasingly present and visible in cities across the world. Drawing on a wide selection of cases in Europe and Canada this volume examines how this diversity is governed. While focusing on the urban dimension of governance the chapters do not examine cities in isolation but take into account the interconnections between urban contexts and other scales both within and beyond the borders of the nation-state. The contributors discuss a variety of empirical examples ranging from the controversies around the celebration of the International Yoga Day in Vancouver the mosque not built in Munich and the governance of Islam in cities in France Germany Italy Quebec and Spain. Adopting a critical perspective they shed light on the factors shaping different governance patterns and on their implications for various religious groups. Ultimately this book shows that governing religious diversity is not a matter of black and white. Contributing to a growing field of academic research that focuses on the governance of religion in urban contexts and providing lines for future research Governing Religious Diversity in Cities will be of great interest to scholars in the sociology of religion religious studies and urban studies. The chapters were originally published as a special issue of Religion State & Society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367472238

Governing Renewable Natural ResourcesTheories and Frameworks In one volume this book brings together a diversity of approaches theory and frameworks that can be used to analyse the governance of renewable natural resources. Renewable natural resources are under pressure with over-exploitation and degradation raising concern globally. Understanding governance systems and practice is essential for developing effective and fair solutions. This book introduces readers to key concepts and issues concerned with the governance of renewable natural resources and illustrates the diversity of approaches theories and frameworks that have been used to analyse governance systems and practice. Each chapter provides an introduction to an area of literature and theory and demonstrates application through a case study. The book covers a range of geographical locations with a focus on low- and middle-income countries and several types of natural resources. The approaches and theories introduced include common property theory political ecology institutional analysis the social -ecological systems framework and social network analysis. Findings from across the chapters support an analytical focus on institutions and local context and a practical focus on diverse flexible and inclusive governance solutions. The book serves as an essential introduction to the governance of renewable natural resources for students researchers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367146702

Governing Rural DevelopmentDiscourses and Practices of Self-help in Australian Rural Policy In recent decades the responsibility for initiating regeneration programmes has been placed firmly in the hands of rural communities with the rationale being that local people are best placed to know their own problems and consequently to develop their own solutions. Despite the popularity of this approach the self-help approach has its own problems and can be seen as an attempt by governments to reduce public spending. This book provides a critical account of the discourses and practices of self-help in contemporary rural development policies of Australia and other western nations. Although it examines the problems of the self-help approach it moves beyond a straightforward exposition of the impediments to self-help. Instead taking a Foucauldian governmentality perspective it puts forward a theoretical analysis of the self-help concept assessing it as a means of governing rural development in an advanced liberal manner. It argues that self-help should not be regarded as either the empowerment or the abandonment of rural citizens by a shrinking state but rather the application of new ways of thinking about and acting upon rural development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278035

Governing Savages In 1928 after a white man was killed a punitive party mounted a series of attacks on Aborigines northwest of Alice Springs. The party's leader admitted that 31 Aborigines were killed. One missionary in the area put the toll at 70; another at as many as 100.Since 1911 the administration of the Northern Territory had been the direct responsibility of the Commonwealth. In placing this event and others within the context of policies pursued by the national government Governing Savages reveals how policies of brutality and calculated neglect bequeathed a bitter legacy to subsequent generations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003115830

Governing SecurityExplorations of Policing and Justice Government has been radically transformed over the past few decades. These transformations have been mirrored in and often prefigured by changes in the governance of security - mentalities institutions technologies and practices used to promote secure environments. This book traces the nature of these governmental changes by looking at security. It examines a variety of related questions including:* What significant changes have occurred in the governance of security? * What implications do these changes have for collective life? * What new imaginings may be needed to reshape security? * What ethical factors need to be considered in formulating such new imaginings?The authors conclude bringing together descriptive explanatory and normative considerations to access how justice can be conceived within the governance of security. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350713

Governing Shale GasDevelopment Citizen Participation and Decision Making in the US Canada Australia and Europe Shale energy development is an issue of global importance. The number of reserves globally and their potential economic return have increased dramatically in the past decade. Questions abound however about the appropriate governance systems to manage the risks of unconventional oil and gas development and the ability for citizens to engage and participate in decisions regarding these systems. Stakeholder participation is essential for the social and political legitimacy of energy extraction and production what the industry calls a 'social license' to operate. This book attempts to bring together critical themes inherent in the energy governance literature and illustrate them through cases in multiple countries including the US the UK Canada South Africa Germany and Poland. These themes include how multiple actors and institutions – industry governments and regulatory bodies at all scales communities opposition movements and individual landowners – have roles in developing contesting monitoring and enforcing practices and regulations within unconventional oil and gas development. Overall the book proposes a systemic participatory community-led approach required to achieve a form of legitimacy that allows communities to derive social priorities by a process of community visioning. This book will be of great relevance to scholars and policy-makers with an interest in shale gas development and energy policy and governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367459864

Governing SingaporeDemocracy and national development Singapore has its critics but the city-state has achieved remarkable successes as a result of the voluntary trade-off of certain political rights for economic and social progress. In Governing Singapore Raj Vasil supports this national bargain. He argues that in Asian new states like Singapore economic and social under-development as well as ethnic diversity and divisions make it impossible for Western liberal democracy to function effectively as an instrument of popular rule. The problems of under-development faced by Asian new states since decolonisation and independence continue to prove that democracy alone is not enough - national development and the need to adapt democracy to economic and social realities are equally important.Through reconciling democracy with national development Singapore has transformed from a poor backward Third World island into a prosperous and dynamic First World nation. Today Singapore is far better prepared for greater democratisation and increased popular participation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003136835

Governing Smart Specialisation In recent years smart specialisation has been a key building block of regional economic and development policy across the European Union. Providing targeted support for innovation and research it has helped identify those areas of greatest strategic potential developing mechanisms to involve the fullest range of stakeholders before setting strategic priorities and using the policy to maximize the knowledge-based potential of a region or territory.Governing Smart Specialisation contributes to the emerging debate about the role of the ‘entrepreneurial discovery process’ (EDP) which is at the heart of smart specialisation strategies for regional economic transformation. Particular focus in placed on what methods procedures and institutional conditions are necessary in order to generate information that helps buttress policy decisions. It draws on existing literature that analyses the relevance of EDP within smart specialisation for regional policy. Chapters are complemented with case studies about regions with different geographical and socioeconomic characteristics in Europe: from Norwegian regions to the Greek region of East Macedonia and Thrace. As one of the first books to directly address the EDP this is essential reading for students interested in regional economics public policy urban studies and technology innovation as well as for policy makers in regional and national administrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876265

Governing Soil ConservationThirty Years of the New Decentralization This study reviews and evaluates the political and administrative aspects of the nationwide soil conservation effort in the United States. Originally published in 1966 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315063980

Governing SubjectsAn Introduction to the Study of Politics This introduction to the study of politics explores the multiple meanings of "governance" as well as the several senses of what it means to be a "subject." It takes the reader on a journey through and across the domains of law and institutions markets and power and culture and identity and shows how the understanding of any one of these domains demands an understanding of them all. The path through these related regions is marked by regular encounters with leading and competing thinkers—from the expected such as James Madison Robert Dahl Michel Foucault and Adam Smith to the unexpected such as Joseph Raz Lisa Disch Doug Henwood and Joan Scott—that encourage the reader to evaluate their arguments for their internal coherence and explanatory power. Governing Subjects is at once a holistic and critical introduction to the study of politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203881446

Governing Sustainability in the EUFrom Political Discourse to Policy Practices Governing Sustainability in the EU examines the recent novelties in the EU agenda for sustainable development illustrating how the process of policy change has occurred at different levels comprising general priorities specific objectives and policy instruments. The book focuses on the evolution of the principle of policy integration and analyses its implementation by specific policy instruments across three policy areas: energy efficiency (the Covenant of Mayors) innovation (the Eco-Innovation Programme) and regional development (ERDF regional programmes regarding sustainable urban development). It specifically examines two domestic contexts (Italy and the UK) with the aim of understanding how the goals and means envisaged by the EU have been translated into concrete policy practices on the ground and which factors have influenced the creation of new policy and governance practices necessary for the achievement of sustainable development objectives.This text will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners of sustainable development European Union Politics and Environmental Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664695

Governing Sustainable Cities Urban governance and sustainability are rapidly becoming key issues around the world. Currently three billion people - half the population of the planet - live in cities and by 2050 a full two-thirds of the world's population will be housed in ever larger and increasingly densely populated urban areas. The economic social and environmental challenges posed by urbanization on such a large scale and at such a rapid pace are staggering for local regional and national governments working towards sustainability. Solutions to the myriad problems plaguing the quest for sustainability at the city-level are equally as diverse and complex but are rooted in the assumptions of the 'sustainability agenda' developed at the Rio Earth Summit and embodied in Local Agenda/Action 21. These assumptions state that good governance is a necessary precondition for the achievement of sustainable development particularly at the local level and that the mobilization of local communities is an essential part of this process. Yet until now these assumptions which have guided the policies and programmes of over 6000 local authorities around the world have never been seriously tested. Drawing on three years of field research in 40 European towns and cities Governing for Sustainable Cities is the first book to examine empirically the processes of urban governance in sustainable development. Looking at a host of core issues including institutional and social capacity institutional design social equity politics partnerships and cooperation and creative policy-making the authors draw compelling conclusions and offer strong guidance. This book is essential reading for policy-makers politicians activists and NGOs planners researchers and academics whether in Europe North America Australasia or transitional and developing countries concerned with advancing sustainability in our rapidly urbanizing world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771504

Governing Sustainable DevelopmentPartnerships Protests and Power at the World Summit Multilateral UN summits from Stockholm to Copenhagen have set the pace and direction for the global governance of sustainable development. The 2002 Johannesburg World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD) was a key moment in the evolution of sustainable development as a discourse and summitry as a technology of government. It firmly established multi-stakeholder partnerships carbon-trading and communication strategies as primary techniques for dealing with environmental crises. It was also a significant event in terms of South African domestic politics witnessing some of the largest protests since the end of Apartheid. Carl Death draws on Foucauldian governmentality literature to argue that the Johannesburg Summit was a key site for the refashioning of sustainable development as advanced liberal government; for the emergence of an exemplary logic of rule; and for the mutually interdependent relationship between ‘mega-events’ (summits world cups Olympic games) and ‘mega-protests’ understood as Foucauldian counter-conducts. Analysing detailed and original research on the WSSD Death argues that summits work to make politically sustainable a global order which is manifestly unsustainable. Paradoxically however they also provide opportunities for the status quo to be protested and resisted. This work will be of great interest to scholars of development studies global governance and environmental politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415500470

Governing Sustainable Seafood Taking a social science approach this book explores the governance of sustainable seafood which is fundamental to food and nutrition security as well as being an important source of income and employment in many regions. Due to the importance of protein and other fishery and aquaculture by-products many wild fisheries are coming under pressure and this increasing demand has created a strong driver to expand aquaculture. As a result the social and environmental sustainability of these production systems have come into question. The authors of the book explore the governance of sustainable seafood taking into account the rise of social movements through environmental non-governmental organisations the nature and perceived limits of government regulation within and beyond the state and the promise of market-based approaches to governance such as ecolabelling. The book focuses on how concern over sustainable seafood has been translated into different current forms of governance. It then assesses what alternative governance approaches are starting to emerge that combine movements states and markets for sustainable seafood production and consumption and their effects. The book concludes with a vision for the future through key principles for evaluating the collective impact of governing sustainable seafood. This timely volume will be key reading for researchers interested in fisheries and aquaculture governance as well as coastal and marine policies and sustainable food movements more broadly. It will also be of interest to practitioners and policymakers engaged in creating fishery policies and sustainable fishery development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367628543

Governing Sustainable Urban RenewalPartnerships in Action Environmental and sustainability issues are currently stretched by economic concerns and policy areas such as housing and education are therefore needed more than ever to help regenerate the social and urban environment. Governing Sustainable Urban Renewal: Partnerships in Action uses detailed case studies from the UK Germany and USA to explore the effect of institutional design and modes of governance and evaluates policy outputs outcomes and best practice. In doing so it illustrates where power and decision making lies in the delivery of urban renewal initiatives and examines the roles for communities in the governance process. The analysis offers insight into the formation of partnerships and networks that can help to overcome many of the obstacles faced in urban renewal and in the promotion of sustainable development in core urban areas. Given the increasing commitment of governments throughout the world to renewal as a means for resolving entrenched environmental social and governance problems this timely new study should be of interest to students and researchers across a range of disciplines including environment studies geography public policy governance and politics sustainable development planning and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138855939

Governing Technology for Sustainability In a world of growing complexity and dwindling resources the relationship between technology and sustainability is a pressing issue of concern at the highest levels. This book improves our understanding by examining the ways that people technology and governance shape each other with implications for sustainability. It is the first book to link technology studies and governance research to this problem. Contributions from leading environmental social scientists are included with each chapter reporting on new research and tackling complex but vital issues. Drawing on examples such as wave and tidal power wind power micro-generation community waste recycling and eco-housing the book provides powerful new insights into the governance of technology for sustainability. A detailed introduction and conclusion discuss existing research directions and identify the contribution that the book makes in advancing our understanding of the people-technology-governance nexus and its implications for sustainability. This is essential reading for all those in academia government and industry working at the critical interface between how we develop deploy and govern technology in the pursuit of sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138001985

Governing Technology in the Quest for Sustainability on Earth Governing Technology in the Quest for Sustainability on Earth　explores how human technologies can be managed to ensure the long-term sustainability of our species and of other life forms with which we share this world. It analyses human impact the discourses of environmentalism and issues of economics history and science. As these variables are complex drawing on issues from the social physical and life sciences as well as the humanities Dain Bolwell uses an interdisciplinary approach to investigate these concepts and their related public policies.Exploring three major existing and emerging technologies – chemical herbicides nuclear-electric power generation and robotics and artificial intelligence – the book demonstrates the multifaceted and complicated nature of the grand challenges we face and draws out the measures required to effect sustainability in the wider political sphere.Exploring how we can govern technology most effectively to ensure a long term and sustainable future this book will be of great interest to students and researchers of environmental studies science and technology and environmental law and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661762

Governing the Atom Promoted as a form of limitless low-cost energy without the polluting effects of Its fossil fuel counterparts nuclear power has enjoyed unparalleled support in several countries. Despite the development of an extensive set of policy and institutional mechanisms to foster its use. nuclear technology has been troubled by a wide range of problems and continues to pose risks many believe are far greater than society should accept. The legacy of failure ranges from catastrophic accidents like that at Chernobyl to the declaration of bankruptcy by the Washington Public Power Supply System. Governing the Atom explores why support for the technology remains substantial. The first part of this volume examines the social institutions that have accompanied the development of nuclear power. The second part details the numerous accommodations which have been required of society beginning with the technology’s Impact on communities and geographic regions particularly affected by mining and milling. The technology’s inherent tendency towards "normal accidents” and the conflict between expert and public opinion on the dangers involved is examined as are the on-going problems of waste disposal and decommissioning. The volume concludes with an examination of nuclear power developments in France Germany. Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States. Eastern Europe Korea and Japan. The volume provides a needed vehicle for the timely consultation and dissemination of current research on important energy policy issues. Governing the Atom provides insightful commentary regarding the initiation and development of nuclear technology. It will be of interest to policymakers energy and environmental experts sociologists and historians of technology and all those interested in the problem of democracy in a technological society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429334016

Governing the Child in the New Millennium The contributors and editors of this volume begin from the assumption that the changes wrought by globalization compel us to reflect upon the status of the child and childhood at the end of the 20th century. Their essays consider what techniques and technologies are used to govern the child what role the family plays what is global and what is culturally specific in the changes and how the subject is constructed and construed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203614525

Governing the Climate Change RegimeInstitutional Integrity and Integrity Systems This volume the second in a series of three examines the institutional architecture underpinning the global climate integrity system. This system comprises an inter-related set of institutions governance arrangements regulations norms and practices that aim to implement the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). Arguing that governance is a neutral term to describe the structures and processes that coordinate climate action the book presents a continuum of governance values from ‘thick’ to ‘thin’ to determine the regime’s legitimacy and integrity. The collection contains four parts with part one exploring the links between governance and integrity part two containing chapters which evaluate climate governance arrangements part three exploring avenues for improving climate governance and part four reflecting on the road to the UNFCCC's Paris Agreement. The book provides new insights into understanding how systemic institutional and governance failures have occurred how they could occur again in the same or different form and how these failures impact on the integrity of the UNFCCC. This work extends contemporary governance scholarship to explore the extent to which selected institutional case studies thematic areas and policy approaches contribute to the overall integrity of the regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024185

Governing the Coastal CommonsCommunities Resilience and Transformation Coastal communities depend on the marine environment for their livelihoods but the common property nature of marine resources poses major challenges for the governance of such resources. Through detailed cases and consideration of broader global trends this volume examines how coastal communities are adapting to environmental change and the attributes of governance that foster deliberate transformations and help to build resilience of social and ecological systems.  Governance here reflects how communities societies and organisations (e.g. fisher cooperatives government agencies) choose to organise themselves to make decisions about important issues such as the use and protection of coastal commons (e.g. fishery resources). The book shows how a governance approach generates insights into the specific forms and arrangements that enable coastal communities to steer away from unsustainable pathways. It also provides an analytical lens to consider important questions of power knowledge and legitimacy in linked social-ecological systems. Chapters highlight examples in which communities are engaging in deliberative transformations to build resilience and enhance their well-being. These transformations and efforts to build resilience are emerging through multi-level collaboration shared learning innovative policies and institutional arrangements (such as new property rights regimes and co-management) methodologies that engage with indigenous cultural practices and entrepreneurial activities including income and livelihood diversification.  Case studies are included from a range of countries including Canada Japan Brazil Indonesia Mexico South Africa Thailand the South Pacific and Europe. The authors integrate theory with practical examples to improve coastal marine policy and governance and draw upon emerging concepts from social-ecological resilience and transformations adaptive governance and the scholarship on the commons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918436

Governing the Commons in China The idea of 'the commons' is a long-standing concept in the English-speaking world and in English law. A similar concept occurs in China. How different from or similar to the English idea of ‘the commons’ is the idea in China; and how is the concept applied? This book explores this important subject. It examines the subject from a philosophical and theoretical perspective; considers ‘the commons’ widely including tangible commons of resources intangible commons of culture identity and social capital and institutional commons of welfare security and public goods; and goes on to examine the concept as it applies to the hydropower developments along the Lancang River outlining the different competing interests of local people central and provincial government and environmental considerations. It argues that the concept of ‘the commons’ in China is dual-dimensional with a vertical dimension of ‘public authority’ and a horizontal dimension of ‘commonly sharing’ that power structures in China have often been flexible and polycentric and that correctly applied this approach will do much to serve the common interest of the people ensuring positive impacts for shared prosperity for multiple stakeholders whilst mitigating the negative impacts involved in the delivery of such positive impacts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367186005

Governing the Energy TransitionReality Illusion or Necessity? The Energy Transition the inevitable shift away from cheap centralized largely fossil-based energy systems is one of the core challenges of our time. This book provides a coherent and novel insight into the nature of this challenge and possible strategies to accelerate and guide such transitions. It brings together prominent European scholars and practitioners from the fields of energy transition research and governance to draw attention to the current complex dynamics in the energy domain and offer elegant and provocative explanations for current crises and lock-ins. They identify multiple energy transition pathways that emerge and increasingly compete and emphasize the need and possibilities for novel governance. By analysing the complexity of energy transition processes and the difficulties in shifting to sustainable pathways this text questions the extent to which actually governing energy transitions is already reality just an illusion or a bare necessity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110519

Governing the Environment in the Early Modern WorldTheory and Practice Throughout the early modern period scientific debate and governmental action became increasingly preoccupied with the environment generating discussion across Europe and the wider world as to how to improve land and climate for human benefit. This discourse eventually promoted the reconsideration of long-held beliefs about the role of climate in upholding the social order driving economies and affecting public health. Governing the Environment in the Early Modern World explores the relationship between cultural perceptions of the environment and practical attempts at environmental regulation and change between 1500 and 1800. Taking a cultural and intellectual approach to early modern environmental governance this edited collection combines an interpretative perspective with new insights into a period largely unfamiliar to environmental historians. Using a rich and multifaceted narrative this book offers an understanding as to how efforts to enhance productive aspects of the environment were both led by and contributed to new conceptualisations of the role of ‘nature’ in human society. This book offers a cultural and intellectual approach to early modern environmental history and will be of special interest to environmental cultural and intellectual historians as well as anyone with an interest in the culture and politics of environmental governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152321

Governing the Global EconomyPolitics Institutions and Economic Development Governing the Global Economy explores the dynamic interaction between politics and economics between states and markets and between international and domestic politics. The contributors study how the governance of the global economy is shaped by interaction between international institutions domestic politics and multinational enterprises from a wide range of theoretical perspectives and methods. Presenting a fresh approach to the study of international political economy this volume covers: the systemic characteristics of the liberal world order the role of international institutions domestic economic politics and policies the strategies and behaviour of multinational enterprises. The volume also includes topical discussion of the challenges to the global economy from the recent financial crisis and analysis of economic politics in particular the regions of Africa and Europe as well as the countries of Japan and South Korea. With contributions from prominent scholars in political science economics and business studies who have all contributed greatly to advancing the study of political economy over the last decade Governing the Global Economy aims to bridge the gap between undergraduate textbooks and advanced theory. It is essential reading for all students and scholars of international political economy and globalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665360

Governing the Heroin TradeFrom Treaties to Treatment Examining the historical economic and political context for the current prohibition of particular drugs this study investigates the problem of drug control and provides a systematic analysis of the development of the international system of regulation. It identifies the political rationalities that provided the basis of that system and positions these moral justifications for exercising power in relation to the practical programmes that put them into practice. The work not only catalogues the techniques and strategies employed in the process of governing illicit drugs it also notes the failures unintended consequences and other difficulties associated with getting such programmes to work. It will be of key interest to students and scholars of crime and criminology law and society medico-legal studies and health studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603434

Governing the Metropolitan Region: America's New Frontier: 2014America's New Frontier This text is aimed at the basic local government management course (upper division or graduate) that addresses the structural political and management issues associated with regional and metropolitan government. It also can complement more specialized courses such as urban planning urban government state and local politics and intergovernmental relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765639844

Governing the Military A military is the most significant tool of a nation’s foreign policy and (hopefully) the tool of last resort. Yet the control a civilian leader has over the military is in many respects an encumbered and fractured control. The military’s organizational culture role in society size and considerable autonomy are potential obstacles to true civilian control over the military even in peacetime. A brief but historically informed text intended for students of the presidency or national security Governing the Military addresses the gamut of challenges a new U.S. President faces as commander-in-chief. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138489783

Governing the New NHSIssues and Tensions in Health Service Management The new NHS is a very different organisation to the one set up 60 years ago. Two decades of reforms have introduced a market element unprecedented transparency patient choice new incentives devolved accountabilities and a host of new regulatory bodies. All these changes have made governance a crucial and contested issue in health care. Governing the New NHS makes sense of the new systems and will enable anyone interested in healthcare governance to navigate their way confidently through the maze. It describes assesses and critiques the new governance arrangements. It examines how they are working in practice and how practitioners are responding. The book: explains current governance arrangements and explores related issues and tensions discusses the roles and interrelationships of boards and effective board practice offers a range of practical tools and frameworks. Each chapter is supplemented with expert witness statement written by leading practitioners in the health system. This practical book will be invaluable to all those interested in health governance policy and management - whether academic student or practitioner. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203842461

Governing the PoliceExperience in Six Democracies Every modern democracy in our increasingly complex world must confront a fundamental problem: how should politicians manage police ensuring that they act in the public interest while avoiding the temptation to utilize them in a partisan manner? Drawing on first-hand experiences from six democracies the authors describe how frequently disagreements arise between politicians and police commanders what issues are involved and how they are resolved. Governing the Police is organized into three parts: the intellectual and governmental context of democratic governance; the experience of chief officers in that relationship; and the reflections on lessons learned. Instead of describing practices within each individual country it compares them across countries developing generalizations about practices explanations for differences and assessments of success in managing the police/political relationship. Focusing mainly on the daily informal interactions between politicians and police as they balance their respective duties this book compares the experiences and opinions of chief police officers in Australia Britain Canada India New Zealand and the United States. By examining the experiences of important officials the authors explain how the balance between accountability and independence can be managed and what challenges leaders face. The authors conclude by posing well-informed recommendations for improving police governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412863384

Governing The PressMedia Freedom In The U.s. And Great Britain This book compares and contrasts the ways in which the democratic system limits and defines press freedom in two nations known for an unfettered press—the United States and Great Britain. It illustrates the interaction between government and press in these nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158699

Governing the Reformed University Universities are important public institutions and are seen as key drivers for a country’s economic and intellectual development. Their ability to deliver relevant research and education at the highest level have an impact on growth and progress in society and governments attempt to control and govern the development of the universities. It is no longer left to the individual researcher or the institution to determine the role of the university. Universities have traditionally had a special role in society with a high degree of autonomy and independence. They have been described as a self-governing Republic of Science and their internal organization is characterized as "academic tribes". However universities can also be viewed as institutions with somewhat similar characteristics as other public institutions with highly professionalized staff. Governing the Reformed University is a coherent volume based on a unique data set. The aim of the book is to quantitatively and qualitatively understand and explain how reforms and management instruments are implemented and how it influences different levels of the organization from the top management level to the employees within universities. It contributes to the knowledge of reform and reform impact in higher education. It also adds to our understanding of management and governance at universities and through which mechanisms management works at universities. This book builds on and adds to the knowledge of studies of reform and governance at universities. The data used in the book consists of a number of data sets and is collected as part of a comprehensive research project. Academics and policy makers alike in the fields of public administration public management public policy educational studies and accountancy will find this of high interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068421

Governing the Rural in Interwar Europe This book examines how rural Europe as a hybrid social and natural environment emerged as a key site of local national and international governance in the interwar years. The post-war need to secure and intensify food production to protect contested border areas to improve rural infrastructure and the economic viability of rural regions and to politically integrate rural populations gave rise to a variety of schemes aimed at modernizing agriculture and remaking rural society. The volume examines discourses institutions and practices of rural governance from a transnational perspective revealing striking commonalities across national and political boundaries. From the village town hall to the headquarters of international organizations local authorities government officials and politicians scientific experts and farmers engaged in debates about the social political and economic future of rural communities. They sought to respond to both real and imagined concerns over poverty and decline backwardness and insufficient control by conceptualizing planning and engineering models that would help foster an ideal rural community and develop an efficient agricultural sector. By examining some of these local national and international schemes and policies this volume highlights the hitherto under-researched interaction between policymakers experts and rural inhabitants in the European countryside of the 1920s and '30s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348823

Governing the School under Three Decades of Neoliberal ReformFrom Educracy to the Education-Industrial Complex This book provides a critical analysis of the neoliberal reform agenda of the economic governance of schools. Focusing on the role of the United States in this process it explores the transformation of schools in this agenda from educational establishments to enterprises in a competitive education market. The study uses Bourdieu to apply a field-theoretical framework to a detailed empirical analysis of the current changes of school government. Chapters explore education bureaucracy reform and the effect of outside organizations on pedagogy and testing. The book reveals how far the promises of corporate education reform are from reality and concludes with a plea for a realistic view of school’s capabilities. It goes beyond the state of the art with its focus on how the governance of education school and instruction is changing with the replacement of educracy by an education-industrial complex. The book will be of great interest for academics postgraduate students administrators and politicians in the field of education policy the governance of school systems and schools. The book also has an international appeal as it studies a global transformation of the field of education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365356

Governing the Soviet Union's National RepublicsThe Second Secretaries of the Communist Party Second Secretary of the Central Committee of a Soviet republic does not sound a very important position but as this book shows it was an extremely important role one that helped hold the Soviet Union together and helped to keep it going for so long. The key was that Second Secretaries were both members of a Soviet republic’s ruling body and at the same time members of the All-Union ruling elite - they were often characterised as Moscow’s governor generals. This book examines how the position of Second Secretary was established by Khrushchev in the 1950s explores how it took on increasingly important political functions representing Moscow’s interests in the republics and the republics’ interests in Moscow and discusses how the conflicts inherent in the role developed. The book also provides biographical details of the people who held the position and argues that the role was extremely effective in managing what could otherwise have been very difficult relationships between centre and periphery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391758

Governing the Transatlantic Conflict over Agricultural BiotechnologyContending Coalitions Trade Liberalisation and Standard Setting Delays in approving genetically modified crops and foods in the European Union have led to a high profile trade conflict with the United States. This book analyses the EU-US conflict and uses it as a case study to explore the governance of new technologies. The transatlantic conflict over GM crops and food has been widely attributed to regulatory differences that divide the EU and the US. Going beyond common stereotypes of these differences and their origins this book analyses the conflict through contending coalitions of policy actors operating across the Atlantic. Governing the Transatlantic Conflict over Agricultural Biotechnology focuses on interactions between the EU and the US rather than on EU-US comparisons. Drawing on original research and interviews with key policy actors the book shows how EU-US efforts to harmonise regulations for agricultural biotechnology created the context in which activists could generate a backlash against the technology. In this new context regulations were shaped along different lines. Joseph Murphy and Les Levidow provide new insights by elaborating critical perspectives on global governance issue-framing standard-setting and regulatory science. This accessible book will appeal to undergraduate and post-graduate students academics and policy-makers working on a wide range of issues covered by political science policy studies international relations economics geography business management environmental and development studies science and technology studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138991972

Governing the World Economy The major problems the world faces have increased since the turn of the millennium. Recurrent storms on the financial markets have ravaged many countries poverty is still widespread notwithstanding decades of massive development aid the environment remains in acute jeopardy and the major world institutions have often reached an impasse in attempting to combat these difficulties. The issues ask for rapid and consistent action by policy makers but the interests of international organizations such as the WTO World Bank and Kyoto protocol have become too diversified to come to multilateral agreements setting uniform rules and asking for strict compliance with these rules. Alternative solutions are sought and development in the future is likely to be characterized by fuzzy and complex interactions between flexible groups of actors seeking agreements on the solutions for the most pressing new problems. Progress will become rather unpredictable and will depend on time place and subject specific cases as well as convergence of interests. This need not be only negative. Flexible solutions have the advantage that they can be easily adapted in case the conditions change. In this new book the follow up to his Global Economic Institutions Willem Molle maps out the unfolding of this process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415833042

Governing the World?Addressing "Problems Without Passports" Problems posed by Syria s chemical weapons attacks Egypt s ouster of an elected government and myriad other global dilemmas beg the question of whether and how the world can be governed. The challenge is addressing what former UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan called Problems without Passports environmental economic humanitarian and political crises that threaten stability prosperity and even human survival. Everything is globalized everything "except" politics which remain imprisoned behind national borders. The world has changed but our basic way of managing it has not. We pursue fitful tactical short-term and local responses for actual or looming threats that require sustained strategic longer-run and global actions. With clarity and passion Thomas G. Weiss argues for a diversity of organizational arrangements some centralized some decentralized and a plurality of problem-solving strategies some worldwide some local. He proposes a three-pronged strategy: the expansion of the formidable amount of practical global governance that already exists the harnessing of political and economic possibilities opened by the communications revolution and the recommitment by states to a fundamental revamping of the United Nations." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056289

Governing the World?Cases in Global Governance ‘Global governance’ has become a key concept in the contemporary study of international politics yet what the term means and how it works remains in question. Governing the World: Cases in Global Governance takes an alternative approach to understanding the concept by exploring how global governance works in practice through a set of case studies on both classical issues of international relations such as security labour and trade and more contemporary concerns such as the environment international development and governing the internet. The book explores the processes practice and politics of global governance by taking a broad look at issues of human rights governance and focusing on detailed aspects of a topic such as torture and rendition to help explain how governance does or does not work to students and researchers of international politics alike. Bringing together a diverse and international group of scholars each chapter responds to a set of questions as to what is being governed how and who by and offers issue-specific case studies and recommended reading to develop a full understanding of the issue explored and what it means for global governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690416

Governing through Crime in South AfricaThe Politics of Race and Class in Neoliberalizing Regimes This book deals with the historic transition to democracy in South Africa and its impact upon crime and punishment. It examines how the problem of crime has emerged as a major issue to be governed in post-apartheid South Africa. Having undergone a dramatic transition from authoritarianism to democracy from a white minority to black majority government South Africa provides rich material on the role that political authority and challenges to it play in the construction of crime and criminality. As such the study is about the socio-cultural and political significance of crime and punishment in the context of a change of regime. The work uses the South African case study to examine a question of wider interest namely the politics of punishment and race in neoliberalizing regimes. It provides interesting and illuminating empirical material to the broader debate on crime control in post-welfare/neoliberalizing/post transition polities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266964

Governing Through Globalised CrimeFutures for International Criminal Justice Governing through Globalised Crime provides an analysis of the impact of globalisation of crime on the governance capacity of the international criminal justice system. It explores how the perceived increased risk in global security has resulted in a reformulation of the relationship between crime and governance.The book seeks to argue that values of freedom equality communitarian harmony and personal integrity which the prosecution of crimes against humanity are said to advance need not be sacrificed in a new world order obsessed with partial security and secularized risk. This book aims to address a way forward for the governance capacity of international criminal justice arguing that international criminal justice provides a central tool for global governance. In exploring the dependency of global governance on crime and control projections can be made about the changing face of international criminal justice. Fundamental transformation is required to hold unjust global dominion to account.The book's policy perspective challenges international criminal justice to return to the more critical position justice has exercised in the separation of powers constitutional legality. For liberal democratic theory at least judicial authority and its institutions have ensured constitutional legality by requiring the legislature and the executive to operate accountably against a higher normative order. This is not a predominant function of judges and courts in the international context despite their statutory invocation to this task .Case-studies of global crime and control reveal contexts in which the co-opted governance of institutional ICJ in particular has a politicized motivation which too often advances the authority and interests of one world order against the sometimes legitimate resistance of criminalized communities. When the analysis moves to the consideration of victim community interests and from there to the appropriate global constituencies of ICJ the nature and limitations of ICJ supporting governance in the risk/security model becomes apparent. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843925620

Governing Through PedagogyRe-educating Citizens This edited collection brings together researchers from education human geography sociology social policy and political theory in order to consider the idea of the ‘pedagogical state’ as a means of understanding the strategies employed to re-educate citizens. The book aims to critically interrogate the cultural practices of governing citizens in contemporary liberal societies. Governing through pedagogy can be identified as an emerging tactic by which both state agencies and other non-state actors manage administer discipline shape care for and enable liberal citizens. Hence discourses of ‘active citizenship’ ‘participatory democracy’ ‘community empowerment’ ‘personalised responsibility’ ‘behaviour change’ and ‘community cohesion’ are productively viewed through the conceptual lens of the pedagogical state. Chapters consider the spaces of schools universities the voluntary sector civil society organisations parenting initiatives the media government departments and state agencies as fruitful empirical sites through which pedagogy is worked and re-worked. This book was originally published as a special issue of Citizenship Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138117204

Governing through RegulationPublic Policy Regulation and the Law Over the past forty years numerous theoretical advances have been made. From Ayres’ and Braithwaite’s ground breaking work on ‘responsive regulation’ we have seen models of ‘smart regulation’ ‘regulatory governance’ and ‘regulatory capitalism’ emerge to capture the growing prevalence and importance of regulation in modern liberal Western capitalist societies. Important advances also have been made in the practice of regulation with regulators evolving from traditional enforcement focussed ‘command and control’ models to being ‘modern regulators’ with a suite of diverse and innovative regulatory tools at their disposal. The book presents and critically examines these theoretical and practical developments from the perspective of governments who design regulations and the regulators that deploy them. In doing so the book examines the various forces and interests that influence and shape the regulatory endeavour and the practical challenges facing governments and regulators when deciding whether and how to regulate. This volume is a study of regulation in context: in the context of the public policy it is designed to deliver; the law that enables shapes and holds it to account; and the evolving societal and institutional frameworks within which it takes place. Aimed to provide innovative cross-disciplinary conceptual frameworks that regulators regulatees those whom regulation is intended to benefit and academics might employ to better understand and undertake the regulatory endeavour. This will be of great interest to researchers educators advanced students and practitioners working in the fields of political science public management and administration and public policy. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243081

Governing Transboundary WatersCanada the United States and Indigenous Communities Winner of the Political Geography Specialty Group's 2015 Julian Minghi Distinguished Book Award! With almost the entire world’s water basins crossing political borders of some kind understanding how to cooperate with one’s neighbor is of global relevance. For Indigenous communities whose traditional homelands may predate and challenge the current borders and whose relationship to water sources are linked to the protection of traditional lifeways (or ‘ways of life’) transboundary water governance is deeply political.  This book explores the nuances of transboundary water governance through an in-depth examination of the Canada-US border with an emphasis on the leadership of Indigenous actors (First Nations and Native Americans). The inclusion of this "third sovereign" in the discussion of Canada-U.S. relations provides an important avenue to challenge borders as fixed both in terms of natural resource governance and citizenship and highlights the role of non-state actors in charting new territory in water governance. The volume widens the conversation to provide a rich analysis of the cultural politics of transboundary water governance.  In this context the book explores the issue of what makes a good up-stream neighbor and analyzes the rescaling of transboundary water governance. Through narrative the book explores how these governance mechanisms are linked to wider issues of environmental justice decolonization and self-determination. To highlight the changing patterns of water governance it focuses on six case studies that grapple with transboundary water issues at different scales and with different constructions of border politics from the Pacific coastline to the Great Lakes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706484

Governing UncertaintyEnvironmental Regulation in the Age of Nanotechnology Nanotechnology promises to transform the materials of everyday life leading to smaller and more powerful computers more durable plastics and fabrics cheap and effective water purification systems more efficient solar panels and storage batteries and medical devices capable of tracking down and killing cancer cells or treating neurological diseases. Policy analysts predict a radical change in the industrial sector; at present the U.S. government spends nearly $2 billion annually on nanotechnology research and development. Yet the nanotechnology revolution is not straightforward. Enthusiasm about nanotechnology‘s future is tempered by recognition of the hurdles to its responsible development including the capacity of government to support technological innovation and economic growth while also addressing potential environmental and public health impacts. This is the first volume to engage scholarly perspectives on environmental regulation in light of the challenges posed by nanotechnology. Contributors focus on the overarching lessons of decades of regulatory response while posing a fundamental question: How can government regulatory systems satisfy the desire for scientific innovation while also taking into account the direct and indirect effects of 21st century emerging technologies particularly in the face of scientific uncertainties? With perspectives from economics history philosophy and public policy this new resource illuminates the various challenges inherent in the development of nanotechnology and works towards a reconceptualization of government regulatory approaches. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781936331055

Governing Urban Regions Through CollaborationA View from North America With the demise of the Old Regionalist project of achieving good regional governance through amalgamation voluntary collaboration has become the modus operandi of a large number of North American metropolitan regions. Although many researchers have become interested in regional collaboration and its determinants few have specifically studied its outcomes. This book contributes to filling this gap by critically re-evaluating the fundamental premise of the New Regionalism which is that regional problems can be solved without regional/higher government. In particular this research asks: to what extent does regional collaboration have a significant independent influence on the determinants of regional resilience? Using a comparative (Canada-U.S.) mixed-method approach with detailed case studies of the San Francisco Bay Area the Greater Montreal and trans-national Niagara-Buffalo regions the book examines the direct and indirect impacts of inter-local collaboration on policy and policy outcomes at the regional and State/Provincial levels. The book research concentrates on the effects of bottom-up state-mandated and functional collaboration and the moderating role of regional awareness higher governmental initiative and civic capital on three outcomes: environmental preservation socio-economic integration and economic competitiveness. In short the book seeks to highlight those conditions that favor collaboration and might help avoid the collaborative trap of collaboration for its own sake. More specifically this research concentrates on the effect of bottom-up state-mandated and functional collaboration the moderating role of regional awareness governmental initiative and civic capital on environmental preservation socio-economic integration and economic competitiveness. In short the book seeks to understand whether and how urban regional collaboration contributes to regional resilience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546769

Governing Urban SustainabilityComparing Cities in the USA and Germany In her study of the interactions between tools of urban sustainability governance in key cities Lisa Pettibone argues that a new factor-sustainability-minded groups-may be critical to building momentum for sustainability. The book presents in-depth case studies of six cities in the USA and Germany: New York Portland Seattle Berlin Hamburg and Heidelburg. Drawing on 75 interviews document analysis and a bilingual literature review the book analyzes how sustainability is politically constructed in city strategic plans and sustainability indicators. The volume provides a comprehensive introduction to the principles of sustainability discusses the key governance instruments relevant to urban sustainability and delivers new empirical and theoretical material on their role in a sustainability transition. It concludes that despite the national-level differences cities’ experiences in both countries are similar. Political sustainability at the city level differs in several important ways from academic principles of sustainability. Finally it proposes that sustainability-minded groups may be a key link to connect urban sustainability in practice to theoretical concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138547353

Governing WomenWomen’s Political Effectiveness in Contexts of Democratization and Governance Reform Though the proportion of women in national assemblies still barely scrapes 16% on average the striking outliers – Rwanda with 49% of its assembly female Argentina with 35% Liberia and Chile with new women presidents this year – have raised expectations that there is an upward trend in women’s representation from which we may expect big changes in the quality of governance. But getting women into public office is just the first step in the challenge of creating governance and accountability systems that respond to women’s needs and protect their rights. Using case studies from around the world the essays in this volume consider the conditions for effective connections between women in civil society and women in politics for the evolution of political party platforms responsive to women’s interests for local government arrangements that enable women to engage effectively and for accountability mechanisms that answer to women. The book’s argument is that good governance from a gender perspective requires more than more women in politics. It requires fundamental incentive changes to orient public action and policy to support gender equality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848039

Governing Youth Politics in the Age of Surveillance Drawing on case studies from around the world contributors to this ground-breaking book explore a major contemporary paradox: on the one hand young people today are at the forefront of political campaigns promoting social rights and ethical ideas that challenge authoritarian orders and elite privileges. On the other hand too many governments some claiming to be committed to liberal-democratic values social inclusion and youth participation are engaged in repressing political activities that contest the status quo. Contributors to this book explore how especially since 9/11 governments state agencies and other traditional power holders around the globe have reacted to political dissent authored by young people. While the ‘need’ to enhance ‘youth political participation’ is promoted the cases in this book document how states are using everything from surveillance summary offences expulsion from universities ‘gag laws’ and ‘antiterrorism’ legislation and even imprisonment to repress certain forms of young people’s political activism. These responses diminish the public sphere and create civic spaces hostile to political participation by any citizen.This book forms part of The Criminalization of Political Dissent series. It documents and interprets the many ways contemporary governments and agencies now routinely use various techniques to repress and criminalise political dissent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367887278

Government First Published in 2015. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an Informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703992

Government Big Pharma and The PeopleA Century of Dis-Ease Pharmaceuticals constitute a relatively small share of the total Health Care expenditure in most developed economies and yet they play a critical role in the ongoing debate over how best to advance improve and afford Health Care. Despite this and perhaps because of this the industry has had for many years an outsized claim to fame and controversy praise and criticisms and support and condemnation. Unfortunately many participants in the debate do not fully understand the complexities of the industry and its role in the overall Health Care system. The analytical tools of economics provide a strong foundation for a better understanding of the dynamics of the pharmaceutical industry its contribution to Health and Health Care and its dual and often conflicting priorities of affordability and innovation as well as the various Private and Public Policy initiatives directed at the sector. Everyone is affected by Big Pharma and the products they produce. At the Drug store the physician’s office in front of the television in everyday conversations Drugs are a part of our lives. Society shapes our values toward Drugs and Drugs shape society. ("The Pill" and minor tranquilizers are good examples.) And of course the way Congress deliberates and Big Pharma responds has a huge impact on how Drugs affect our lives. This book is well-researched on the subject of the pharmaceutical industry its struggles with Government and its relationship to the consumer from the early twentieth century until the present. The Dynamic Tension between the three participants – Government Big Pharma and the People – is described and explained to lead to an understanding of the controversies that rage today. The author describes how the Government its many investigatory efforts and the ultimate legislative results affect the industry and the consequences of their activities are explored in light of their effects on other players including the patients and consumers who rely on both Government and Big Pharma for their well-being and who find sometimes unexpected consequences while giving special attention to the attitudes beliefs and misadventures of less-than-optimal Drug use. Stakeholders are identified with physicians as a major focus as well as describing the significance of prescriptions as social objects and the processes by which physicians make choices on behalf of their patients. The author ties it all together with how Big Pharma affects and is affected by each of these groups. The author utilizes his 50-plus years’ experience as an academic practicing pharmacist and Big Pharma employee to describe the scope of the pharmaceutical industry and how it affects us on a daily basis concluding with an inside look at Big Pharma and how regulations marketing and the press have affected their business both good and bad. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367432447

Government Imperialism and Nationalism in ChinaThe Maritime Customs Service and its Chinese Staff The Chinese Maritime Customs Service which was led by British staff is often seen as one of the key agents of Western imperialism in China the customs revenue being one of the major sources of Chinese government income but a source much of which was pledged to Western banks as the collateral for and interests payments on massive loans. This book however based on extensive original research considers the lower level staff of the Chinese Maritime Customs Service and shows how the Chinese government struggling to master Western expertise in many areas pursued a deliberate policy of encouraging lower level staff to learn from their Western superiors with a view to eventually supplanting them a policy which was successfully carried out. The book thereby demonstrates that Chinese engagement with Western imperialists was in fact an essential part of Chinese national state-building and that what looked like a key branch of Chinese government delegated to foreigners was in fact very much under Chinese government control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815810

Government SMEs and Entrepreneurship DevelopmentPolicy Practice and Challenges Recent decades have seen substantial growth in the range of assistance programmes for SMEs and entrepreneurs across the world. Once regarded as peripheral to the economy and public policy the role of small firms and of entrepreneurship is now recognized as of key importance in the economic growth and development strategies of many nations. The range of interventions and support focused on promoting SMEs and entrepreneurship is substantial and expanding so Government SMEs and Entrepreneurship Development asks ’what are some of the main policy instruments being used and how effective are they?’ It considers policies in different countries examines key interventions and tools used to promote entrepreneurship and SME development and concludes with contributions on how to best evaluate their effectiveness. The contributor chapters by academics and practitioners from businesses enterprise development agencies and governments are empirical or evidence-based and use both quantitative and qualitative approaches. Drawing on experience from a wide range of both developed and emerging countries and economies the contributions focus on the broad strategies that different governments and communities have adopted to foster entrepreneurship and SMEs; the policy tools and instruments that can be used to promote small business and entrepreneurship; and on the outcomes of policy instruments and the methods used to evaluate interventions. Their findings will help researchers policy-makers economic development officers civil servants elected officials and business associations to better understand the issues in this important field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248250

Government the Railways and the Modernization of BritainBeeching's Last Trains More than 40 years after its publication the 1963 Beeching Report on British railways remains controversial for recommending the closure of a third of Britain’s railways. In this book Charles Loft examines: why the nationalized railways were in such dire financial straits by 1963 how government work on future transport needs led to conclusions which would have cut Britain’s railways down by thousands of miles what difficulties eventually halted attempts by Conservative and Labour governments to implement these cuts. This book will be invaluable to anyone interested in how transport policy is made or how it has arrived at its current state and sheds fascinating new light on the working of government the economy and the mood of the times under Churchill Eden Macmillan and Wilson. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992009

Government AbuseFraud Waste and Incompetence in Awarding Contracts in the United States Government contracting is plagued by nefarious amateurish and criminal behavior. By awarding government contracts to corporations as compensation for lavish gifts and personal favors the United States government fails to serve the public interest effectively and honestly. William Sims Curry identifies and categorizes multiple deficiencies in how government contractors are selected and proposes how reforms can be instituted.This book is based on extensive research. Curry sifted through two years worth of contractor claims maintained by the Government Accountability Office (GAO) regarding improper behavior of federal government agencies during the contract award process. He identified additional government contracting failures through review of media stories inspector general reports court cases and press releases by government investigatory agencies.Much of this abuse originates from the mandated but ineffective practice of color coding rating proposals and a subjective ratings system. Curry proposes replacing the current practice with a scoring system that weighs contractor selection criteria according to the government's needs. This along with the other procurement reforms Curry recommends offers promise for an alternative to the fraud waste and incompetence currently rampant in government contracting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510456

Government Accountability and Legislative Oversight The purpose of the book is to investigate parliaments’ capacity to oversee government activities policies and budget legislation. By analysing the survey data that the World Bank Institute in collaboration with the Inter-Parliamentary Union collected from 120 parliaments Pelizzo and Stapenhurst show what tools are available to parliaments worldwide which tools are more or less common how oversight capacity can be estimated and how oversight capacity is related to other institutional and constitutional factors. In addition to discussing the conditions under which oversight capacity is greater the authors perform analyses to assess the policy implications of oversight capacity. Specifically they look at the impact of oversight capacity on the quality of democracy and on the level of good governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415730099

Government and Economies in the Postwar WorldEconomic Policies and Comparative Performance 1945-85 The chance to begin anew seldom occurs. Yet the nearly complete breakdown of the world economy between 1939 and 1945 together with the dominant position of the United States at the end of the war provided just this opportunity. A new international economic order was built on the ruins of the old. How this happened - and the role of government in economic performance - is the subject of this important and timely book. Written by political scientists contemporary historians and economists it includes ten country studies covering all the major industrialized nations in the West: the USA USSR Japan Germany the United Kingdom France Italy Spain Eastern Europe and Scandinavia. In each chapter readers will find information on the main objectives and instruments of economic policy the institutional framework where the country started from at the end of the war and a summary of what happened thereafter both in terms of policies and outcomes. Each chapter also contains data on the country's economic performance a list of selected dates of important events and a guide to further reading. The book begins with an overview of the sytem of international trade and payments since the war and ends with five commentaries drawing attention to contrasts and similarities between the nations. The commentaries feature David Henderson Head of the Economics Division of the OECD on the overall economic performance Charles Feinstein on the influence of different starting points David Marquand on the effect of different political and institutional structures and Sidney Pollard on economic policies and traditions. Learning from other countries' experience as well as understanding how they see their own problems is increasingly important with 1992 glasnost' and the problem of international policy coordination between the USA Japan and Germany so high on the agenda. No other book provides such a wide-ranging account of how the industrialized world came to be where it is today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203167816

Government and Governance of SecurityThe Politics of Organised Crime in Chile At a time when Latin America is experiencing societal unrest from human rights violations corruption and weak institutions Government and Governance of Security offers an insightful understanding for the modern steering of crime policies. Using Chile as a case study the book delivers an untold account of the trade-offs between political judicial and policing institutions put in practice to confront organised crime since the country’s redemocratisation. In an effort to encompass the academic fields of political science public policy and criminology Carlos Solar challenges the current orthodoxies for understanding security and the promotion of the rule of law in developing states. His research aptly illuminates the practicalities of present-day governance and investigates how networks of institutions are formed and sustained across time and subsequently how these actors deal with issues of policy consensus and cooperation. To unveil the uniqueness of this on-the-ground action the analysis is based on an extensive revision of public documents legislation media accounts and interviews conducted by the author with the key policy makers and officials dealing with crimes including drug-trafficking money laundering and human smuggling.Government and Governance of Security will be of interest to scholars of Latin American studies security and governance and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666279

Government and Labour in Kenya 1895-1963 Published in the year 1974 Government and Labour in Kenya is a valuable contribution to the field of History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975378

Government and NGOs in South AsiaLocal Collaboration in Bangladesh This book analyses efforts of Bangladeshi government and NGOs to strengthen local governance and identifies the challenges posed by collaboration with NGOs. Presenting a dominantly qualitative study the analysis explores whether engagement between the Sharique project to strengthen local governance and the Union Parishads has translated into success. In doing so it argues that evidence points to a positive impact on institutionalising good governance and fiscal autonomy through widening participation in planning and decision-making reinforcing accountability of functionaries and enhancing tax collection. Furthermore this book demonstrates that the collaboration has aided the process of development of social capital between officials of councils and NGOs  as well as amongst the community members encouraging future partnership governance. However with the phasing out of the project as a propelling force it also shows that the results fall short of being sustainable and as such that statuary support unequivocal political commitment and incentivising engagements are required to stabilise outcomes. Bridging a gap in the Development Studies literature this book presents new findings on the collaboration of NGOs at the local level. It will be of interest to academics working in the field of South Asian Studies Development Studies and Asian Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423513

Government and Policy-Making Reform in ChinaThe Implications of Governing Capacity China’s rapid economic development has not translated automatically into political development with many of its institutions still in need of major reform. In the post-Mao era despite the decentralization of local government with significant administrative and fiscal authority China’s government and policy-making processes have retained much of the inefficiency and corruption characteristic of the earlier period. This book analyzes the implementation of government and policy-making reform in China focusing in particular on the reform programmes instituted since the early 1990s. It considers all the important areas of reform including the enhancement of policy-making capacity reform of taxation and fund transfer policies tightening of financial control civil service reform and market deregulation. Bill K.P Chou assesses the course of policy reform in each of these areas considers how successful reforms have been and outlines what remains to be done. In particular he explores the impact on the reform process of China’s entry into the WTO in 2001 demonstrating that the process of reform in China has been one of continuous conflict between the agenda of political elites in central government and the priorities of local leaders with local agents often distorting delaying or ignoring the policies emanating from the central government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138991996

Government and Politics in South Asia This comprehensive but accessible text provides students with a systematic introduction to the comparative political study of the leading nations of South Asia: India Pakistan Bangladesh Sri Lanka and Nepal. The seventh edition is extensively revised and updated benefiting from the fresh perspective brought on by adding a new author to the team. New material includes discussions of political parties and leaders in India the Zardari regime and changes to the Pakistani constitution the rocky relationship between Pakistan and the Obama administration new prospects and dangers facing Bangladesh continuing political violence in Sri Lanka and the troubles facing Nepal as it attempts to draft a new constitution. Organized in parallel fashion to facilitate cross-national comparison the sections on each nation address several topical areas of inquiry: political culture and heritage government structure and institutions political parties and leaders conflict and resolution and modernization and development. A statistical appendix provides a concise overview of leading demographic and economic indicators for each country making Government and Politics in South Asia an invaluable addition to courses on the politics of South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813348797

Government and Politics in South Asia Student Economy Edition This book describes the countries of South Asia and examines the reason for their successes and failures. It addresses the interrelationships among the states in the region and their roles in the international system and discusses the political development of the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319793

Government and Politics in Sri LankaBiopolitics and Security The island of Sri Lanka (formerly Ceylon) was one of the few Asian colonies in which the British Empire experimented liberal state-building in the nineteenth century and where many British colonial officials predicted that the independent state would become a liberal democratic success story. Sri Lanka has held on to much of the liberal democratic state-institutions left behind by the British Empire including periodic elections. At the same time the UN’s Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights concluded in September 2015 that there are reasonable grounds to believe that Sri Lanka committed serious international crimes against the Tamils. Such accusations are usually levelled against authoritarian states; it is unusual for a democracy to face such charges.This book analyses where Sri Lanka stands as a state that has in place liberal democratic state-institutions but exhibits the characteristics of an authoritarian state. Using Michel Foucault’s concept of biopolitics the author argues that Sri Lanka enacted racist legislations and perpetrated mass-atrocities on the Tamils as part of its biopolitics of institutionalising and securing a Sinhala-Buddhist ethnocratic state-order. The book also explores the ways that apart from military action power relations produce the effects of battle and thus the way that peace can often become a means of waging war. The author provides fresh insights into Sri Lanka’s postcolonial policies and the system of government that it has in place. A novel approach to analysing Sri Lanka’s postcolonial policies and the system of government this book will be of interests to researchers in the field of Political Science Asian Politics and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886189

Government and Politics in Taiwan Written by an experienced teacher and scholar this new and revised second edition of Government and Politics in Taiwan introduces students to the big questions concerning change and continuity in Taiwanese politics and governance. Taking a critical approach Dafydd Fell provides students with the essential background to the history and development of the political system as well as an explanation of the key structures processes and institutions that have shaped Taiwan over the last few decades. Using key features such as suggestions for further reading and end-of-chapter study questions this textbook covers: • the transition to democracy and party politics; • cross-Strait relations and foreign policy; • electoral politics and voting; • social movements; • national identity; • gender politics. Having been fully updated to take to take stock of the 2012 and 2016 General Elections the Sunflower Movement and new developments in cross-Strait relations this is an essential text for any course on Taiwanese politics Chinese politics and East Asian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187399

Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle EastContinuity and change This exciting new edition of the successful textbook for students of Middle Eastern politics provides a highly relevant and comprehensive introduction to the complexities of a region in constant flux. Combining a thematic framework for examining patterns of politics with individual chapters dedicated to specific countries the book places the very latest developments and long-standing issues within an historical context introducing key concepts from comparative politics to further explore the interaction between Middle Eastern history and the region’s contemporary political development. Presenting information in an accessible and inclusive format the book offers: • Coverage of the historical influence of colonialism and major world powers on the shaping of the modern Middle East. • A detailed examination of the legacy of Islam. • Analysis of the political and social aspects of Middle Eastern life: alienation between state and society poverty and social inequality ideological crises and renewal. • Case studies on countries in the Northern Belt (Turkey and Iran); the Fertile Crescent (Iraq Syria and Lebanon Israel/Palestine); and those West and East of the Red Sea (Egypt and the members of the Gulf Cooperation Council) moving through an historical examination to close analysis of the most recent developments and their political and social impacts. • Extensive pedagogical features including original maps and further reading sections provide essential support for the reader. A key introductory text for students of Middle Eastern politics and history at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate levels this new edition has been extensively updated to also become a timely and significant reference for policy-makers and any motivated reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138786523

Government and Politics of the Middle East and North AfricaDevelopment Democracy and Dictatorship The latest edition of this renowned textbook explores the states and regimes of the Middle East and North Africa. Presenting heavily revised fully updated chapters contributed by the world’s leading experts it analyzes the historical trajectory political institutions economic development and foreign policies of the region’s nearly two dozen countries. The volume can be used in conjunction with its sister volume The Societies of the Middle East and North Africa for a comprehensive overview of the region. Chapters are organized and structured identically giving insightful windows into the nuances of each country’s domestic politics and foreign relations. Data tables and extensive annotated bibliographies orient readers towards further research. Whether used in conjunction with its sister volume or on its own this book provides the most comprehensive and detailed overview of the region’s varied politics. Five new experts cover the critical country cases of Turkey Lebanon Jordan Saudi Arabia and Iran. All chapters cover the latest events including trends that have remarkably changed in just a few years like the gradual end of the Syrian civil war. As such this textbook is invaluable to students of Middle Eastern politics.. The ninth edition brings substantial changes. All chapters also have a uniform streamlined structure that explores the historical context social and economic environment political institutions regime dynamics and foreign policy of each country. Fact boxes and political maps are now far more extensive and photographs and images also help illustrate key points. Annotated bibliographies are vastly expanded providing nothing short of the best list of research references for each country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354326

Government and Public EnterpriseEssays in Honour of Professor V.V. Ramanadham Published in the year 1983 Government and Public Enterprise is a valuable contribution to the field of Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975385

Government and the EnvironmentThe Role of the Modern State in the Face of Global Challenges In the today’s global "commercial society" an inquiry into the economic role of government is gaining momentum. Many crucial goods for the wellbeing of a society are not "commercial" national security and clean air are great examples. This means that the economic role of government is not limited to cure the so called "market failures" but it has to provide for non-commercial goods. Unfortunately in the last few decades the decline of the political-economic culture of western post-industrial societies has left scope for people to blindly believe in a free deregulated market. This book brings the culture of the state in from the cold by confronting readers at the start with the necessity of recognizing the fundamental difference between private commercial interests whose provision rests on the culture of profit and public shared interests whose provision rests on the culture of the state. This book also explores how much individual wellbeing does depend on both. The only chance for public shared interests with their non-profit nature to successfully keep their ground in the face of the overwhelming power of private commercial/financial interests lies in regenerating a political-economic state culture whereby governments and policy makers/politicians understand their responsibility and social function to consist primarily in pursuing the satisfaction of the formers and not in acting on behalf of the latter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633543

Government and the Governed (Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Volume 13) This book originally published in 1983 examines how effectively in Britain central government is equipped to secure efficiency and responsiveness and argues that as a result of shifts in the balance of power between the executive arm of government in Whitehall and the legislature in Parliament the British system of government is neither as efficient nor as responsive to popular will as a strong democracy requires. The book considers which reforms are most likely to improve the efficiency of the government and to prove acceptable to British political and historical traditions. It reviews the way in which public debate is informed by government release of information and by the press and raises the question of how good a guide to the popular will referenda and public opinion polls are. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648103

Government Anti-Corruption StrategiesA Cross-Cultural Perspective As a political and social disease public corruption costs governments and businesses around the world trillions of dollars every year. Government Anti-Corruption Strategies: A Cross-Cultural Perspective provides you with a better understanding of public corruption and governments’ anti-corruption practices. It outlines a general framework of anti-corruption strategies that governments undertake to effectively curb corrupt practices. Case studies of several countries illustrate how governments put anti-corruption strategies into practice. This book provides case studies of anti-corruption efforts in several countries including China India South Korea Nepal and Central and Eastern European countries. It focuses on developing and transitional countries where the depth and effects of corruption are especially severe. The cases highlight examples of failure as well as success so that the complexity of corruption issues and the reasons why corruption persists can be better understood. Most of the contributors to each chapter are native to the countries under discussion and provide an insider’s view and analysis. They expose some of the appalling depths to which corruption can go. In governments where accountability is generally weak legal institutions are poorly developed civil liberties and political competition are often restricted and laws are frequently flouted it is the people who ultimately suffer. Government Anti-Corruption Strategies: A Cross-Cultural Perspective represents an international effort to foster a better understanding of the issues surrounding corruption. This compelling collection of studies offers insights into real-life cases of corruption that help you equip yourself to stem corruption when it appears. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498712002

Government Budget ForecastingTheory and Practice Revenue and expenditure forecasting plays an important role in public budgeting and financial management particularly during times of financial constraint when citizens impose greater accountability upon government to use taxpayer dollars more efficiently. Despite its significance revenue and expenditure forecasting is often overlooked in the budget process and there is an imbalance between practice and research in this area. Based on the collaboration of budget scholars and practitioners Government Budget Forecasting fulfills two purposes: Enhances the understanding of revenue and expenditure estimation both theoretically and practically Stimulates dialogue and debate among practitioners and academicians to identify good forecast practices as well as areas for improvement Divided into four parts this comprehensive reference first examines forecast practices at the federal state and local levels  drawing on case studies that include California Texas and Louisiana. It then explores consensus systems and risk assessment considering political factors and the costs of forecast errors. The text concludes with a call to transparency and guidance from a code of ethics and a look at forecasting practices in emerging countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093444

Government Budgeting and Expenditure ManagementPrinciples and International Practice The government budget should be the financial mirror of society's choices. Yet most people view budgeting as the epitome of eye-glazing subjects rarely explained in a way that is understandable to the non-specialist and too often presented without adequate consideration of a country’s governance and institutional capacity. Government Budgeting and Expenditure Management fills a gap in the literature to redress these failings and does so in comparative international perspective. This book provides a comprehensive but pithy and easy-to-understand treatment of public financial management taking into account a variety of special issues including budgeting in post-conflict situations at subnational government levels for military/security expenditures and in countries with large extractive revenues. Distilling the lessons of budgeting reform in countries at different levels of income and administrative capacity each chapter gradually progresses from the basic principles to the more technical aspects and then on to implementation issues using concrete examples and illustrations from around the globe. Government Budgeting and Expenditure Management is ideally suited as the primary text for advanced undergraduate or graduate courses in government budgeting or public financial management or as a supplementary text for courses in public finance public economics economic development public administration or comparative politics. With its attention to practical implementation aspects the book will also be of direct interest to practitioners policy-makers and government employee training organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138183414

Government Budgeting and Financial Management in PracticeLogics to Make Sense of Ambiguity The right turn in U. S. politics has increased conflict over both ends and means in government budgeting and financial management. Overlapping and competing views of the way the world works drive finance officials’ practice. Taking a new look at public financial management that acknowledges the multiple competing realities Government Budgeting and Financial Management in Practice: Logics to Make Sense of Ambiguity examines transaction cost economics and other small government managed-by-the-market techniques as the latest reincarnation of public budgeting and financial management orthodoxy. Gerald J. Miller reviews new research on the continuing validity of the political dimension of government finance decisions and the multiple intensely argued constructions of reality the finance official must make sense of. Miller discusses major advances in interpretive approaches to budgeting and finance and how they dominate writing in the broader field of public administration. He also examines the effects of the explosion of information systems new budget techniques nonconventional ways of spending and new technologies. The book uses a question as the motivating force to understand some facets of today’s government budgeting finance and financial management: where do the critical assumptions come from to drive financial management? Miller takes the history of reform developments in the field and the logics finance officials say they use as sources for these assumptions and examines what they reveal about constructions of the government finance world. Exploring new avenues of financial management thinking the book discusses ambiguity and interpretations that move the unclear preferences ends and goals toward consensus. The author identifies an alternative approach to research that explains important facets of financial management. This approach is drawn directly from practice events and problems in public organizations and from the creedal bent of many political actors in competition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781574447538

Government by Natural Selection Originally published in 1915 Government by Natural Selection looks at the historical advancement of government through the lens of the Darwinian theory of natural selection. The book examines the history of government and its formation right up until the early 20th century when the book was first published. The book suggests that there is a link between Darwinian theory and the development of humans in societies and that this in turn affected the formation of government over the course of history. The book uses not only Darwinian theory to examine history and the formation of government but philosophers from both antiquity and the 19th century. This book provides a fascinating examination of politics and history through the application of science and will be of interest to anthropologists historians and academics of politics alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272517

Government By The Market?The Politics Of Public Choice Recent decades have seen the study of politics invaded by economic theories methods and techniques. This book gives a concise non- technical account of these 'public choice' theories and examines their influence upon government policies in English-speaking countries. Issues covered include slimming the state privatising welfare and re- structuring government. Final chapters offer an alternative view of the basis of good government. This book offers a unique survey and critique of the ideas and influence of an important branch of political thought and it links with market theories. It is vital reading for students of both politics and economics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429039393

Government Confronts CultureThe Struggle for Local Democracy in Southern Africa Transitional societies—struggling to build democratic institutions and new political traditions—are faced with a painful dilemma. How can Government become strong and effective building a common good that unites disparate ethnic and class groups while simultaneously nurturing democratic social rules at the grassroots? Professor Fuller brings this issue to light in the contentious multicultural setting of Southern Africa. Post-apartheid states like South Africa and Namibia are pushing hard to raise school quality reduce family poverty and equalize gender relations inside villages and townships. But will democratic participation blossom at the grassroots as long as strong central states—so necessary for defining the common good—push universal policies onto diverse local communities? This book builds from a decade of family surveys and qualitative village studies led by Professor Fuller at Harvard University and African colleagues inside Botswana Namibia and South Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975392

Government ContractingA Public Solutions Handbook Government contracting is one of the most important issues facing federal state and local governments. As governments contend with lower tax revenues and a growing belief that smaller government is better government contracting has become a fundamental means of providing goods and services to citizens. This volume which is geared toward practitioners as well as students addresses the broad range of issues that comprise government contracting – from the political economic philosophy and value of contracting – to the future of government contracting. Throughout the volume academic theory provides a foundation to address practical subjects including the contract process monitoring and evaluating contracts ethics and both federal and state local government contracting. Contributors to this volume are both academicians and practitioners who together offer their scholarly expertise and practical experience encouraging readers to ask the very question "What is the role of government in American society?" Through this approach students will acquire the knowledge needed to understand the various aspects of government contracting and practitioners will enhance their public procurement skills. Government Contracting is ideally suited to MPA students practitioners in the public sector and elected officials looking to enhance their understanding of privatization and contracting in order to provide public services more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765642738

Government ContractingPromises and Perils The second edition of Government Contracting: Promises and Perils picks up where the first edition’s mission left off: exposing fraud incompetence waste and abuse (FIWA) and analyzing corruption mismanagement and ineptitude that defile government contracting. The first edition thoroughly outlined procurement throughout the contracting cycle including initial planning contractor selection contract administration contract closeout and auditing. This significantly revised new edition provides additional much-needed guidance on contracting documents management tools and processes for addressing negative influences on government contracting including an improved approach to evaluating proposals. Specific guidance for avoiding FIWA is provided for government officials and employees government agencies and government contractors and practical solutions to problems faced by individuals and organizations involved in government contracting are intended for both practitioner and pedagogical applications. The "Government Procurement Corruption Wall of Shame" that was introduced in the first edition to illustrate contracting perils such as conflicts of interest duplicity favoritism incompetence kickbacks and protests is continued in the second edition and cases illustrating the existence of FIWA in government contracting have been thoroughly updated. Contracting documents and contract management tools are provided on a website designed to accompany the book. Written at the graduate level and specifically intended for state local federal and international government procurement activities this textbook is required reading for public procurement contract management business and public administrations courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498738071

Government Debts and Financial Markets in Europe Contains essays by historians of economic and financial history. It illuminates the relationships between government indebtedness and the development of financial markets in Europe from the late Middle Ages to the late twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138663718

Government For The Third American Century This book is a primer for debate about the fitness of the American political system as it moves toward the twenty-first century. It focuses on structural matters: the electoral process and the major institutions of the federal government and how they interact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367153489

Government Foresighted LeadingTheory and Practice of the World's Regional Economic Development Over the past several decades of reform and opening up to the outside world remarkable economic growth has been achieved in China and has drawn considerable world attention. The question of how to explain that phenomenon and the road China has taken towards its modernization have been the focus of attention from worldwide economists and experts. This book attempts to explore China's economy from the perspective of government foresighted leading which gives full play to government functions particularly those of regional governments. On the one hand government foresighted leading enables government to exercise foresighted leading by means of foundations mechanisms and regulations of market economy. On the other hand it could reduce government malfunction and minimize the cost of remedying defects. Government foresighted leading theory is an important innovation and contribution to the theoretical configuration of economics. It not only offers an explanation of China's continuous economic growth but further classifies economics into microeconomics macroeconomics and mezzoeconomics which includes regional economics industrial economics or structural economics supplementing the traditional microeconomics and macroeconomics system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519032

Government Formation and Minister Turnover in Presidential CabinetsComparative Analysis in the Americas Portfolio allocation in presidential systems is a central tool that presidents use to deal with changes in the political and economic environment. Yet we still have much to learn about the process through which ministers are selected and the reasons why they are replaced in presidential systems.This book offers the most comprehensive cross-national analysis of portfolio allocation in the Americas to date. In doing so it contributes to the development of theories about portfolio allocation in presidential systems. Looking specifically at how presidents use portfolio allocation as part of their wider political strategy it examines eight country case studies within a carefully developed analytical framework and cross-national comparative analysis from a common dataset. The book includes cases studies of portfolio allocation in Brazil Chile Colombia Costa Rica Ecuador the United States Peru and Uruguay and covers the period between the transition to democracy in each country up until 2014. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of political elites executive politics Latin American politics and more broadly comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367883966

Government in Zazzau1800-1950 Originally published in 1960 this is a details study of the successive forms of government in the Hausa chiefdom of Zaria in Northern Nigeria. It presents a comparative analysis of the political organization and development of Zaria under successive Habe Fulani and British suzerains. The book tackles the problems of political history and theory from an anthropological point of view distinguishing governmental forms functions and modes as well as elucidating necessary regularities within the processes of political change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138598119

Government Information Collections in the Networked EnvironmentNew Issues and Models This insightful book explores the challenging issues related to effective access to government information.Amidst all the chaos of today’s dynamic information transition period the only constants related to government information are change and inconsistency yet with Government Information Collections in the Networked Environment: New Issues and Models you will defeat the challenging issues and take advantage of the opportunities that networked government information collections have to offer. This valuable book gives you a fresh opportunity to rethink collecting activities and to tailor collections more precisely to fulfill the information needs of your local community. It will help you provide your patrons access to the full array and value of networked government information. Government Information Collections in the Networked Environment explores the changes and inconsistency of the new networked government information environment’s transitional phase with studies and solutions that will assist you in creating an information environment that may prove to be the greatest leveling force in library collecting. With this book even the smallest community library can have the same government resources as those found in the largest of institutions. Throughout its pages you’ll explore new challenges and learn how to conquer them as the book discusses: equipment and software building strong access through user instruction resolving preservation and long-term archiving issues resolving the current problem of local access to government information creating Community Information Organization Projects investigating problems with digital collections discovering The Internet Scout Project redistributing data via the World Wide WebThose who seek out information from the government know first-hand how impressive the array of networked government information has become. Government Information Collections in the Networked Environment will teach you how to manage and manipulate electronic information to provide the best possible collections to your users. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315863337

Government Information Management in the 21st CenturyInternational Perspectives Government Information Management in the 21st Century provides librarians information professionals and government information policy leaders with a comprehensive and authoritative state-of-the-art review of current issues in government information management with a global perspective. The widespread use of the Internet to provide government information and services has altered the landscape dramatically for those who organize store and provide access to government content. Technical challenges include digital preservation authentication security and accessibility for a diverse user base. Management challenges include changes to costs workflow staff skills and resources and user expectations. Public policies based on distributed paper collections must also change to address issues that are inherent to digital networked public content; such issues include the maintenance of personal privacy re-use of government information and the digital divide. The authors in this timely book are practitioners scholars and government officials. Together they provide an informed look at how managing government information is being tested at a time of rapid change. Part I addresses key issues for public academic and government libraries in organizing and providing access to government information. Part II features chapters on the diverse information issues facing governments such as managing Freedom of Information requirements opening government data to the public and deploying new online technologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260634

Government Information ManagementA Counterreport Of The Commission On Federal Paperwork In this timely critique of federal procedures the authors identify the underlying causes of the current overload of information/paperwork in government and provide some tools that can be used by officials concerned with more effective management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171520

Government is Us 2.0 This book talks about the relationships amongst and between citizens and their governments the possibilities of governing differently in ways that don't oppress marginalize or limit people and about bringing different sensibilities to the practices of administration in US. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765625021

Government Laboratory Technology TransferProcess and Impact This title was first published in 2000:  Due to budget cuts and competitiveness pressures determining the outcome of technology transfer from government R&D laboratories to private industry and entrepreneurial start-ups is of increasing interest. This book presents a series of case studies of successful technology transfer by examining the same list of topics for each case. It presents a format for analyzing the cases topic by topic - a methodology that could be used by any R&D laboratory. The book also goes one step further and compares the cases that took place prior to national technology transfer legislation with those cases that took place after passage of such legislation. An additional feature is the summary of existing attempts to measure and evaluate technology transfer. This follows a backgroudn section on the technology policy context. The analysis finds that there is a significant commercial impact from government laboratory transfer using this approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704046

Government Leaders Military Rulers and Political Activists In each volume an introductory essay outlines of history of the disciplines under discussion and describes how changes and innovations in these disciplines have affected our lives. The biographies that follow are organized in an A-Z format: each biography is divided into a "life" section describing the individual's life and influences and a "legacy" section summarizing the impact of that individual's work throughout history. These biographies cover a diverse group of men and women from around the globe and throughout history.Franklin Delano Roosevelt Mao Tse-tung and Genghis Khan are among the 200 well-known historical figures included in this volume. Examples of other lesser-known yet important individuals covered in this work are: Gustavas Adolphus Swedish empire creator; Hatshepsut queen of ancient Egyptian dynasty; and Jean Jaurès French socialist leader and pacifist. Each synopsis provides information on each individual's enduring impact on the common understanding of fundamental themes of human existence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063706

Government Managing RiskIncome Contingent Loans for Social and Economic Progress Higher education rates are increasing throughout the Western world yet at the same time government budgets face increasing constraints. This has ensured that the importance of student support is recognized in many countries. In recent years there has been a world-wide movement towards the use of income contingent loans (ICL) for higher education. ICLs are now used in six countries following the Australian innovation of 1989 with the governments of many more countries looking very seriously at the model. This impressive new book by Bruce Chapman analyzes ICLs (particularly their use in supporting students) exploring the experiences of a number of other countries adopting them. Chapman presents analysis of a number of disparate case studies to illustrate how ICLs can aid risk management policy reforming in both progressive and administratively feasible ways. This book describes examines and promotes an exciting new role for the public sector as a manager of risk and argues that ICLs have enormous potential to change the extent and nature of social and economic activities. With the author's experience in the design and implementation of the Australian student financial support schemes this is a knowledgeable informative and enlightening book that will be useful to researchers students and policy-makers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415655033

Government of PeaceSocial Governance Security and the Problematic of Peace Government of Peace addresses a major question in world politics today: how does post-colonial democracy produce a form of governance that copes with conflicts insurgencies revolts and acute dissents? The contributors view social governance as a crucial component in answering this question and their narratives of governance aim to show how certain appropriate governing modes make social conflicts more manageable or at least also occasions for development. They show how government often expands to cope with acute conflicts; money is made more readily available; the transfer of resources acquires frantic pace; and so society becomes more attuned to a money-centric modern life. Yet this style of governance is not the only approach. Dialogues from below challenge this accepted path to peacebuilding and new subjectivities emerge from movements for social justice by women migrants farmers dalits low-caste and other subaltern groups. The idea of a government of peace sits at the core of the interlinked issues of social governance peace-building and security. By exploring this idea and analysing the Indian experience of insurgencies and internal conflicts the contributors collectively show how rules of social governance can and have evolved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472434913

Government Performance and ResultsAn Evaluation of GPRA’s First Decade The complexity of governments today makes the accountability desired by citizens difficult to achieve. Written to address performance policies within state and national governments Government Performance and Results: An Evaluation of GPRA’s First Decade summarizes lessons learned from a 10-year research project that evaluated performance reports produced by federal agencies under the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA). The results of this project can help answer a wide variety of questions in political economy and public administration such as: What factors make performance reports relevant and informative? Has the quality of information disclosed to the public improved? Why do some agencies produce better reports than others? Has GPRA led to greater availability and use of performance information by federal managers? Has GPRA led to greater use of performance information in budget decisions? What steps would make federal management and budget decisions more performance oriented? The book documents the current state of the art in federal performance reporting measures the extent of improvement compares federal performance reports with those produced by state governments and other nations and suggests how GPRA has affected management of federal agencies and resource allocation by policymakers. It also identifies obstacles that must be overcome if GPRA is to deliver on the promise of performance budgeting. The authors chronicle the improvements observed in federal performance reporting through the lens of the Mercatus Center’s annual Performance Report Scorecard. As budget shortfalls and new debt burdens increase interest in public management and budgeting techniques that allow governments to do more with less this is an appropriate time to take stock of what GPRA has accomplished and what remains to be done. By comparing best performance reporting practices in the US federal government with those in states and other countries this book speeds the diffusion of useful knowledge at a critical time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439844649

Government Policy and Program Impacts on Technology Development Transfer and CommercializationInternational Perspectives In recent decades government-funded technologies have produced radar microwave ovens modern cell phone systems the Internet new materials for aircraft and motor vehicles and new medical instrumentation. This first-of-its-kind book examines how access to technology is affected by government policies and government-sponsored programs.Government Policy and Program Impacts on Technology Development Transfer and Commercialization: International Perspectives provides an easy-to-read overview of the field and several studies serving as examples to guide government policymakers and private sector decision makers. This forward-looking book also forecasts the potential impacts of government regulation upon the field and presents provocative discussions of the ethical implications of the cross-cultural and cross-national challenges facing technologically developed nations in the global economy.This book reviews this broad field by first providing an overview of the goals of government technology policies and programs as well as of generic types of government technology programs. Next it presents carefully selected studies that illustrate the potential impacts of government decisions upon marketing constraints industry acceptance of regulatory requirements economic development gross domestic product and the choices firms make when it comes to location competitiveness product development and other factors. The final chapters explore ethical considerations from a global perspective. These chapters also explore the implications of these considerations in relation to the success of governmental and private sector technology transfer and commercialization programs. The macromarketing perspective taken by the contributors serves to ground the impacts of government technology policies and programs in practical implications for economic development business productivity and quality of life. The contributors to this unique collection share their expertise on government sponsorship of technology research the impact of government regulation upon technology marketing and economic development the effects of government policies on business practices intellectual property rights and much more.Government Policy and Program Impacts on Technology Development Transfer and Commercialization shows how evolving technology and government policy changes have affected: the commercialization of music—new media piracy problems consumer choices and costs and changes in the radio and concert promotion industries the adoption of new household technology licensure requirements for telemedicine—with an essential overview of telemedicine plus examinations of relevant governmental regulations and potential applications patents copyrights trademarks licensing and proprietary information scrap tire disposal—new alternatives for a chronic waste disposal problem food product development state-owned enterprises—with a case study illustrating how a stagnant state-owned company quickly evolved into China’s leading firm in the textile machinery field Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203050958

Government ReformedValues and New Political Institutions This title was first published in 2003. This insightful work examines institutional formation and change as evidence of the major re-shaping of government internationally over the last two decades. It is based on a series of case studies of institutional reform and ranges across institutions in countries including the UK China Australia and the USA. Each case study considers questions concerning the establishment of institutions such as: what have been the objectives of institutional changes? What are the principles and values on which new institutions are founded? In addition to looking at broad hypotheses regarding the state and new institutions the book also draws together practical lessons regarding institutional reform. Thus the cases are analysed as a group to throw light on a number of issues: are there patterns discernible in the formation of new political institutions? What do the cases reveal about what works and what does not work in forming new institutions? What predictions can be made about the relationship between values and governance structures? Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315194172

Government Surveillance of Religious ExpressionMormons Quakers and Muslims in the United States Recent revelations about government surveillance of citizens have led to questions about whether there should be better defined boundaries around privacy. Should government officials have the right to specifically target certain groups for extended surveillance? United States municipal territorial and federal agencies have investigated religious groups since the nineteenth century. While critics of contemporary mass surveillance tend to invoke the infringement of privacy the mutual protection of religion and public expression by the First Amendment positions them along with religious expression comfortably within in the public sphere.This book analyzes government monitoring of Mormons of the Territory of Utah in the 1870s and 1880s for polygamy Quakers of the American Friends Service Committee (AFSC) from the 1940s to the 1960s for communist infiltration and Muslims of Brooklyn New York from 2002 to 2013 for suspected terrorism. Government agencies in these case studies attempted to understand how their religious beliefs might shape their actions in the public sphere. It follows that government agents did not just observe these communities but they probed precisely what constituted religion itself alongside shifting legal and political definitions relative to their respective time periods.Together these case studies form a new framework for discussions of the historical and contemporary monitoring of religion. They show that government surveillance is less predictable and monolithic than we might assume. Therefore this book will be of great interest to scholars of United States religion history and politics as well as surveillance and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584337

Government: A Public Administration PerspectiveA Public Administration Perspective Most public administration texts overly compartmentalize the subject and don't interconnect the various specializations within government which leaves a serious gap in preparing students for public service. Government: A Public Administration Perspective is designed to fill that void. It provides a comprehensive multidisciplinary view of government that includes perspectives from political science political theory international relations organizational sociology economics and history. The text draws on classic and modern literature from all these areas to analyze government at four different levels - ideational societal organizational and individual layers. It links public administration's various subfields - human resource management budgeting policy making organizational theory etc. - into a holistic framework for the study of government. It also includes an extensive bibliography drawing from American and European literature in support of the book's global historical and comparative approach. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703961

Government–NGO Relationships in Africa Asia Europe and MENA This volume brings together some of the most recent scholarship on government and civil society. It examines the axis of the relationship between national governments and civil society organisations (NGOs) by highlighting commonalities as well as differences among four key regions in the world. Using the stability vs. instability framework the book explores a range of pertinent issues including human rights development foreign policy state-building regime change governance frameworks wars and civil liberties. It studies diverse situations from those entailing comprehensive cooperation to those involving politically contentious and revolutionary activities. With case studies from Africa Asia Europe and the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) this volume will be useful to scholars and researchers of political science global politics international relations sociology development studies global governance and public policy as well as to those in the development sector and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734633

Governmental Inerventions Social Needs and the Management of U.S. Forests Originally published in 1983 Governmental Interventions Social Needs and the Management of U.S. Forests aims to advise government and non-government managers about the issues around forestry in the United States. This report emphasises the management of forest lands in relation to the welfare of society touching on issues such as forest service planning the effect of state regulations on private forest investments and the adequacy of timber resources. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies and professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953277

Governmentality Biopower and Everyday Life Governmentality Biopower and Everyday Life synthesizes and extends the disparate strands of scholarship on Foucault's notions of governmentality and biopower and grounds them in familiar social contexts including the private realm the market and the state/military. Topics include public health genomics behavioral genetics neoliberal market logics and technologies philanthropy and the war on terror. This book is designed for readers interested in a rigorous comprehensive introduction to the wide array of interdisciplinary work focusing on Foucault biopower and governmentality. However Nadesan does not merely reproduce existing literatures but also responds to implicit critiques made by Cultural Studies and Marxist scholarship concerning identity politics political economy and sovereign force and disciplinary control. Using concrete examples and detailed illustrations throughout this book extends the extant literature on governmentality and biopower and helps shape our understanding of everyday life under neoliberalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897969

Governmentality after Neoliberalism Neoliberalism has had a major impact on public policy but it has also perhaps obscured the equally dramatic spread of other policy tools based on significantly different forms of social science. This book therefore explores the mixture of social technologies that have arisen since neoliberalism sometimes alongside and sometimes in conflict with it but generally as attempts to address problems created by the market reforms of a high neoliberalism. These have included attempts to spread networks joining-up and long term partnerships and to build state capacity social capital and resilient communities. Thematically each chapter is defined by its engagement with governmentality specifically challenging governmentality theory to pay more attention to practices. The book also develops a complex and variegated account of neoliberalism and its afterlife as chapters highlight the different ways in which a range of market mechanisms and other technologies now coexist in different policy areas. Finally the book moves beyond abstract discussions of both governmentality and neoliberalism to concrete demonstrations of this approach in action. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of governance public policy governmentality theory and more broadly to British Politics social policy and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488212

Governmentality in EU External Trade and Environment PolicyBetween Rights and Market Governmentality and EU External Trade and Environment Policy applies theories drawn from Foucauldian governmentality studies to investigate the ideological and political roots of the European Union (EU)’s external trade and environmental policy and their effects on the transnational legal landscape. The EU’s desire to spread environmental norms abroad is viewed in the book as a significant feature of contemporary EU trade policy. The EU’s activities in this area have not been uncontroversial for other transnational legal actors. States individuals and organizations have challenged the EU’s various trade and environment policies arguing that they are coercive unfair over-reaching or inefficient. Meanwhile these policies have also raised a number of questions from the perspective of legality and political theory. This book considers what the practice of EU external trade and environment policy and international resistance to it tells us about the way the EU perceives the role and limits of transnational government the means and ends of politics and the drivers of human and institutional behavior. Jessica Lawrence examines the legal and political discourse of the EU and those affected by its policies. By studying legal cases statements by officials legislative texts press releases and other representative documents the book identifies the rationalities technologies and subjectivities that underlie contemporary EU activity in this area. The overall effect paints a more complicated and nuanced picture of the EU’s vision of itself and its goals; one that ultimately seeks to provide a better understanding of the functioning of power in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138094727

GovernmentalityCritical Encounters First developed by Michel Foucault more than thirty years ago "governmentality" has become an essential set of tools for many researchers in the social and political sciences today. What is "governmentality"? How does this perspective challenge the way we understand political power and its contestation? This new introduction offers advanced undergraduate and graduate students both a highly accessible guide and an original contribution to debates about power and governmentality. The book aims to serve four main functions: To situate governmentality as an intellectual development within Foucault’s thinking about the microphysics of power and his genealogical methods; To reveal how research in governmentality has changed as the idea encounters new academic fields political contexts and regional settings; To examine one of the more recent encounters between governmentality and the social sciences - its interaction with international relations and global politics; To offer researchers some methodological suggestions for undertaking studies in governmentality stressing that its critical edge becomes blunted if it is detached from historical/genealogical modes of inquiry. This book offers a set of conceptual and methodological observations intended to keep research in governmentality a living critical thought project. Above all it argues that the challenge of understanding the world calls for the addition of new thinking equipment to the governmentality toolbox. Governmentality: Critical Encounters will prove useful for students of social and political theory international relations political sociology anthropology and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415779548

GovernmentalityCurrent Issues and Future Challenges Examining questions of statehood biopolitics sovereignty neoliberal reason and the economy Governmentality explores the advantages and limitations of adopting Michel Foucault's concept of governmentality as an analytical framework. Contributors highlight the differences as well as possible convergences with alternative theoretical frameworks. By assembling authors with a wide range of different disciplinary backgrounds from philosophy literature political science sociology to medical anthropology the book offers a fresh perspective on studies of governmentality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415811422

Government-Linked Companies and Sustainable Equitable Development The debate over how far governments should intervene in economies in order to promote economic growth a debate which from the 1980s seemed settled in favour of the neo-liberal non-interventionist consensus has taken on new vigour since the financial crisis of 2008 and after. Some countries most of them in industrialised Asia have survived the crisis and secured equitable economic growth by adopting a developmental state model whereby governments have intervened in their economies often through explicit support for individual companies. This book explores debates about government intervention assesses interventionist policies including industrial and innovation policies and examines in particular the key institutions which play a crucial role in implementing government policies and in building the bridge between the state and the private sector. The countries covered include China India South Korea Malaysia and Taiwan together with representative countries from Europe and Latin America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578098

Government-Opposition in Southern European Countries during the Economic CrisisGreat Recession Great Cooperation? The international economic crisis has hit Europe especially its ‘periphery’ remarkably hard and has had deep consequences at the economic and political levels. Since its onset parties in parliament (especially those in opposition) have found themselves faced with a dilemma: choosing between the need to cooperate with the government in order to overcome the crisis and the opportunity provided by a weakened government to stress their adversarial position so as to be more easily re-elected and possibly get into power. What have they decided to do? This is a crucial question for which there is no easy or intuitive answer. The present volume introduces a collection of works exploring this dilemma in southern European countries by examining the opposition behaviour in Greece Italy Portugal and Spain; and in the European Parliament. In so doing we shall try to understand not only what kind of impact the crisis has had on the level of consensus in parliament in the four countries mentioned but also whether differences are observable across cases. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Legislative Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086630

Governments Banks and Global CapitalSecurities Markets in Global Politics Published in 1997 this study analyzes the global capital market as one of the most dynamic aspects of the world economy. As more financial markets were created the security of the structure came under scrutiny. The book examines the crises in its history and how the global structure can be regulated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315280

Governments NGOs and Anti-CorruptionThe New Integrity Warriors The purpose of this book is to understand the rise future and implications of two important new kinds of "integrity warriors" - official anti-corruption agencies (ACAs) and anti-corruption NGOs – and to locate them in a wider context and history of anti-corruption activity. Key issues of corruption and anti-corruption are discussed in an integrated and innovative way; through a number of country studies including Taiwan and South Korea South East Europe Fiji Russia and the Baltic States. Some of the questions used to examine the development of new anti-corruption actors include: In what context were these born? How do they operate in pursuing their mission and mandate? How successful have they been in relation to expected results? To what extent are governmental and non governmental actors aware of each other and how far do they cooperate towards the common goal of fighting corruption? What explains the shift in emphasis after the end of the cold war from national to international action? Governments NGOs and Anti-Corruption will be of interest to students and scholars of corruption public policy political science developmental studies and law.   Luís de Sousa is an Associate Researcher at CIES-ISCTE Portugal and Calouste Gulbenkian Fellow at the European University Institute Italy. Barry Hindess is Emeritus Professor of Political Science at the Australian National University Australia. Peter Larmour is a Reader in Public Policy and Governance at the Crawford School of Economics and Government Australian National University Australia. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203891971

Governments and Markets in East AsiaThe Politics of Economic Crises Governments and Markets in East Asia examines the relationship between economic performance elite co-operation and political regime stability in the context of the Asian crisis and argues that economic crisis is not the cause of greater political harmony or discord but rather that it serves as a catalyst that may encourage elites to cooperate or conflict depending upon the particular circumstances at the time of crisis.  This book maintains that the political consequences of the Asian crisis varied according to the type of elite that existed in each stricken society. Including a comprehensive comparative study of five countries' experiences during the economic crisis: Indonesia Thailand Malaysia South Korea and the Philippines this book investigates the pre-crisis political context and elite configuration of these five countries and considers what lessons can be drawn from their experiences. Constituting an impressive body of descriptive and theoretical material on the Asian crisis this book looks towards the implications of economic crisis for elite behaviour and political stability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648110

Governments And Mining Companies In Developing Countries This book examines the relationship between the governments of less developed countries (LDCs) and foreign-owned firms engaged in the extraction of minerals for export. It provides a fresh look at the policy aspects of the "resource bargaining" problems between LDCs and foreign-owned firms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367171490

Gower Handbook of Call and Contact Centre Management Call centres and contact centres form an important and rapidly growing part of today's business world. They present a range of management challenges from strategic decisions about how to develop a customer strategy business planning through to detailed considerations of staffing levels and appropriate technology. This new handbook the first of its kind provides a unique insight giving expert opinions on how to get the most out of your contact centre operations. Natalie Calvert a specialist in the field has brought together a team of 35 experienced practitioners who provide invaluable knowledge share their experiences and draw on real-life examples to suggest practical solutions on a wide range of topics. This handbook is an indispensible guide and reference for call and contact centre managers HR specialists and senior executives responsible for marketing sales or customer services. The handbook is divided into six parts: I The business plan II The people factor III Contact centre technology IV Standards processes and outsourcing V Building profitable customer relationships VI The future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251281

Gower Handbook of Discrimination at Work Workplace discrimination is an experience that despite four decades of equality legislation continues to blight the lives of thousands every year. Discrimination persists on the protected grounds of sex race disability age sexual orientation religion or belief and gender reassignment as well as where no legal protection exists such as in relation to class background or migration status. The Handbook discusses recent changes in equality legislation as well as considering the limitations of legal frameworks in addressing inequality. However complying with the law is only the first step towards addressing discrimination in the workplace and the book goes beyond the law and provides evidence of good practice in promoting organisational culture change as well as considering future directions for policy on equality action. The Gower Handbook of Discrimination at Work looks at both social justice and business case perspectives and its message is not a negative one. The contributors have considerable depth of understanding of workplace discrimination both as academics and equality practitioners their work has contributed to policy formation and all are committed to improving the lives of people at work. They offer insights into existing international developments and make suggestions for the ways in which positive change can be realised. Practitioners such as human resources professionals and other managers involved in addressing equality at work trade unionists equality trainers and academics concerned with researching or teaching in the areas of employment and equality will all find this book of interest. Furthermore it will be of value to students in the fields of business and management employment law equality and diversity and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780566088988

Gower Handbook of Internal Communication A comprehensive guide to managing communication within organizations the Handbook recognises Internal Communication's continued growth as a management discipline. It is aimed at leaders who want insight into IC techniques for use in both day-to-day operational and change situations for example and also at the communication specialist seeking shared wisdom and new ideas. Early chapters examine changes in the strategic context in which today's IC departments are operating. These include organizations' increasing need for innovation and responsiveness in a superfast changing environment; employees' increasing assertion of rights and personal requirements at work; management's increasing recognition of the importance of corporate reputation/brand value particularly how to sustain and extend it; and finally the effects on work and management patterns of digital communication. Step-by-step guides introduce you to creating IC strategies and to carrying out research and measurement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585697

Gower Handbook of Leadership and Management Development On few occasions in the history of modern management have leadership skills been in such sharp focus as they are now. The ability to direct often very large and diverse organizations; to make sense of the complex and turbulent markets and environments in which you operate; and to adapt and learn seems at an all time premium. The premise behind the fifth edition of this influential Handbook is that leadership management and organizational development are all parts of the same process; enhancing the capacity of organizations whatever their size and the people within them to achieve their purpose. To this end the editors have brought together a who's who of current writers on leadership and development and created the definitive single volume guide to the subject. The perspectives that the text provides to leadership learning and development embrace the formal and the informal cultures and case examples from organizations of all kinds; and offers readers a rigorous readable and where appropriate ground-breaking book. In the 14 years since the fourth edition of this classic book very much has changed. But the need for this Handbook is as strong as ever and the Fifth Edition of Gower Handbook of Leadership and Management Development is set to become a definitive read for senior managers and those who develop them and an essential reader for the management students aspiring to become the next generation of leaders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585703

Gower Handbook of Library and Information Management This Gower Handbook is an authoritative guide to both the traditional and newer aspects of library and information management. Edited by Ray Prytherch it brings together the insight of a range of respected contributors who offer advice on the management storage retrieval analysis marketing and delivery of information. The book begins with Part I analyzing the context and trends of the information world. In Part II Strategy and Planning the information environment is explored in more detail with Chapters 3 and 4 presenting the main issues and principles of financial planning and strategic planning. Part III The Service Infrastructure looks at customer care the role of performance measurement and research in service improvement and the influence of copyright law in the delivery of information products to customers. Part IV Managing Resources includes five chapters on strategic management information auditing human resource management preservation and disaster management. The last part of the Handbook Part V Access and Delivery focuses on the potential of electronic systems with chapters on subject gateways and Z39.50 electronic publishing intranets and new models of access and delivery. Each part of the Handbook begins with an introduction by the editor and the book concludes with a directory of organizations including useful URLs and a glossary. Flexibility and adaptability are crucial for information professionals if they are to maintain their skills at the right level to provide the services needed by both information-rich and information-poor. In this one book librarians from all backgrounds information managers and officers document and records managers and network and Web specialists will find answers to a wide range of questions that confront them in their working day. The Handbook will become a standard reference on best practice for professionals and students. It will be of interest to information analysts knowledge managers and others including publishers involved in information maintenance and provision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815346784

Gower Handbook of People in Project Management Modern projects are all about one group of people delivering benefits to others so it's no surprise that the human element is fundamental to project management. The Gower Handbook of People in Project Management is a complete guide to the human dimensions involved in projects. The book is a unique and rich compilation of over 60 chapters about project management roles and the people who sponsor manage deliver work in or are otherwise important to project success. It looks at the people-issues that are specific to different sectors of organization (public private and third sector); the organization of people in projects both real and virtual; the relationship between people their roles and the project environment; and the human behaviours and skills associated with working collaboratively. Thus this comprehensive and innovative handbook discusses all the important topics associated with employing developing and managing people for successful projects. The contributors have been drawn from around the world and include experts ranging from practising managers to academics and advanced researchers. The Handbook is divided into six parts which begin with management and project organization and progress through to more advanced and emerging practices. It benefits hugely from Lindsay Scott’s expert knowledge and experience in this field and from Dennis Lock’s contributions and meticulous editing to ensure that the text and illustrations are always lucid and informative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409437857

Gower Handbook of Programme Management In the ten years since this Gower Handbook was first published Programme Management has been transformed to become the vehicle of choice for realising the objectives of large scale complicated business government and social investment. The Second Edition of this Gower Handbook is a completely new text; designed as a definitive guide to the current state of Programme Management. To that end the text offers foundation theory and knowledge around key issues such as managing programme contracts people and know-how complexity and uncertainty benefits and success measures as well as every stage of the programme life cycle. The main central section of the book provides theory tools advice and examples of practical application from an industry context and covers sectors including construction energy aerospace and defence IT automotive and the public sector. The Handbook also includes a section with chapters on assessing and improving programme competences and developing maturity. Discrete chapters relate programme management to the international baselines and standards. Collectively the Gower Handbook of Programme Management is most comprehensive guide to the subject that you can buy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472445773

Gower Handbook of Programme Management In the ten years since this Gower Handbook was first published Programme Management has been transformed to become the vehicle of choice for realising the objectives of large scale complicated business government and social investment. The Second Edition of this Gower Handbook is a completely new text; designed as a definitive guide to the current state of Programme Management. To that end the text offers foundation theory and knowledge around key issues such as managing programme contracts people and know-how complexity and uncertainty benefits and success measures as well as every stage of the programme life cycle. The main central section of the book provides theory tools advice and examples of practical application from an industry context and covers sectors including construction energy aerospace and defence IT automotive and the public sector. The Handbook also includes a section with chapters on assessing and improving programme competences and developing maturity. Discrete chapters relate programme management to the international baselines and standards. Collectively the Gower Handbook of Programme Management is most comprehensive guide to the subject that you can buy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585734

Gower Handbook of Project Management This Handbook was the first APM Body of Knowledge Approved title for the Association for Project Management. Over the course of five editions Gower Handbook of Project Management has become the definitive desk reference for project management practitioners. The Handbook gives an introduction to and overview of the essential knowledge required for managing projects. The team of expert contributors selected to introduce the reader to the knowledge and skills required to manage projects includes many of the most experienced and highly regarded international writers and practitioners. The Fifth Edition has been substantially restructured. All but two of the authors are new reflecting the fast-changing and emerging perspectives on projects and their management. The four sections in the book describe: ¢ Projects their context value and how they are connected to organizational strategy; ¢ Performance: describing how to manage the delivery of the project covering scope quality cost time resources risk and sustainability ¢ Process: from start up to close down ¢ Portfolio: the project and its relationship to the organization The discrete nature of each chapter makes this Handbook a wonderful source of advice and background theory that is easy to consult. Gower Handbook of Project Management is an encyclopaedia for the discipline and profession of project management; a bible for project clients contractors and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472422965

Gower Handbook of Supply Chain Management The ability to build and also maintain a world class logistics and distribution network is an essential ingredient in the success of the world's leading businesses but keeping pace with changes in your sector and in others is hard to do. With the Gower Handbook of Supply Chain Management you will need to look no further. Written by a team of leading consultants with contributions from leading academic experts this book will help you to keep pace with the latest global developments in supply chain management and logistics and plan for the future. This book has over thirty chapters with detailed accounts of key topics and the latest developments from e-collaboration and CRM integration to reverse logistics and strategic sourcing and includes case studies from Asia Europe and North America. It looks at all aspects of operational excellence in logistics and supply chain management. The Gower Handbook of Supply Chain Management will help managers to benchmark their operations against the best-of-breed supply chains across the world. It provides a unique single source of expert opinion and experience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253855

GP WellbeingCombatting Burnout in General Practice This is the first book to explore the impact of 'burnout' on the current NHS GP workforce and how this can be addressed from an insider GP perspective. Adam Staten recently qualified GP and Euan Lawson Fellow of the RCGP with over 20 years experience discuss in engaging accessible chapters how burnout manifests psychologically the complex reasons why GPs burn out and the individual and broader impact this can have. Most importantly the book offers practical advice on how to avoid burning out and combat the negative effects of an increasingly high-pressure role exploring how GPs can develop resilience and work in a way that builds a healthier work-life balance. A section is dedicated to the array of GP job options with testimonies from practitioners working in diverse areas from education and academia to military and humanitarian settings. This book explores the challenges of working in general practice today but it also demonstrates the potential for every GP to experience a personally and professionally satisfying career. Providing practical workable advice and links to resources for help and support the book enables readers to find opportunity within the perceived 'crisis'. By reading this book you will find the means to improve not just your own working life but also to enhance the way you deliver care to your patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138066274

GPGPU Programming for Games and Science An In-Depth Practical Guide to GPGPU Programming Using Direct3D 11GPGPU Programming for Games and Science demonstrates how to achieve the following requirements to tackle practical problems in computer science and software engineering:RobustnessAccuracySpeedQuality source code that is easily maintained reusable and readableThe book primarily addresses programming on a graphics processing unit (GPU) while covering some material also relevant to programming on a central processing unit (CPU). It discusses many concepts of general purpose GPU (GPGPU) programming and presents practical examples in game programming and scientific programming.The author first describes numerical issues that arise when computing with floating-point arithmetic including making trade-offs among robustness accuracy and speed. He then shows how single instruction multiple data (SIMD) extensions work on CPUs since GPUs also use SIMD.The core of the book focuses on the GPU from the perspective of Direct3D 11 (D3D11) and the High Level Shading Language (HLSL). This chapter covers drawing 3D objects; vertex geometry pixel and compute shaders; input and output resources for shaders; copying data between CPU and GPU; configuring two or more GPUs to act as one; and IEEE floating-point support on a GPU.The book goes on to explore practical matters of programming a GPU including code sharing among applications and performing basic tasks on the GPU. Focusing on mathematics it next discusses vector and matrix algebra rotations and quaternions and coordinate systems. The final chapter gives several sample GPGPU applications on relatively advanced topics.Web ResourceAvailable on a supporting website the author’s fully featured Geometric Tools Engine for computing and graphics saves you from having to write a large amount of infrastructure code necessary for even the simplest of applications involving shader programming. The engine provides robust and accurate source code with SIMD when appropriate and GPU versions of algorithms when possible. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367659097

GPs and Purchasing in the NHSThe Internal Market and Beyond This title was first published in 2000:  The relative performance of health authorities and general practitioners as commissioners of health care services is a crucial question in the current health care policy debate but hitherto a poorly researched area. This work addresses that topic and represents a systematic direct comparison of GPs and health authorities as purchasers of health care services. In doing this it centres upon two of the chief controversies about the NHS internal market: the equality of hospital waiting times for fund-holding patients and the fairness of the budgets received by fund-holding practices for commissioning effective surgery. In discussing the policy implications of the research the book then addresses what lessons should be learned from the internal market about equity and efficiency in the service now that the present Labour Government is reforming the NHS with the introduction of Primary Care Groups and Primary Care Trusts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634367

GPS for Land Surveyors For more than a decade GPS for Land Surveyors has been unique among other books on this topic due to its clear straightforward treatment of the subject matter. Completely revised and updated this fourth edition of a perennial bestseller maintains the user-friendly format that made previous editions so popular while addressing changes in hardware software and procedures. Neither simplistic nor overly technical this book introduces the concepts needed to understand and use GPS and Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS). See What’s New in the Fourth Edition: Up-to-date information on GNSS and GPS modernization Changes in hardware software and procedures Comprehensive treatment of novel signals on new blocks of satellites (L5 and L2C) The book minimizes your reliance on mathematical explanations and maximizes use of illustrations and examples that allow you to visualize and grasp key concepts. The author explains the progression of ideas at the foundation of satellite positioning and delves into some of the particulars. He keeps presentation practical providing a guide to techniques used in GPS from their design through observation processings real-time kinematic (RTK) and real-time networks. These features and more make it easier for you to meet the challenge of keeping up in this field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466583108

GPs Guide to Professional and Private Work Outside the NHS All GPs undertake the non-NHS work some of which can add substantially to practice income. This book describes a wide range of fee-paying work which GPs are uniquely qualified to undertake; it shows how opportunities for this work arise and how to become involved in it. For many the financial benefits are greatly enhanced by the professional satisfaction such work brings. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315379814

GPS Tracking with Java EE ComponentsChallenges of Connected Cars GPS Tracking with Java EE Components: Challenges of Connected Cars highlights how the self-driving car is actually changing the automotive industry from programing embedded software to hosting services and data crunching in real time with really big data. The book analyzes how the challenges of the Self Driving Car (SDC) exceed the limits of a classical GPS Tracking System (GTS.) It provides a guidebook on setting up a tracking system by customizing its components. It also provides an overview of the prototyping and modeling process and how the reader can modify this process for his or her own software. Every component is introduced in detail and includes a number of design decisions for development. The book introduces Java EE (JEE) Modules and shows how they can be combined to a customizable GTS and used as seed components to enrich existing systems with live tracking. The book also explores how to merge tracking and mapping to guide SDCs and focuses on client server programming to provide useful information. It also discusses the challenges involved with the live coordination of moving cars. This book is designed to aid GTS developers and engineers in the automotive industry. It can also help Java Developers not only interested in GPS Tracking but in modern software design from many individual modules. Source code and sample applications will be available on the book's website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138054943

GPST Stage 3 2nd EdWritten and Simulation Exercises NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836457

GPU Parallel Program Development Using CUDA GPU Parallel Program Development using CUDA teaches GPU programming by showing the differences among different families of GPUs. This approach prepares the reader for the next generation and future generations of GPUs. The book emphasizes concepts that will remain relevant for a long time rather than concepts that are platform-specific. At the same time the book also provides platform-dependent explanations that are as valuable as generalized GPU concepts. The book consists of three separate parts; it starts by explaining parallelism using CPU multi-threading in Part I. A few simple programs are used to demonstrate the concept of dividing a large task into multiple parallel sub-tasks and mapping them to CPU threads. Multiple ways of parallelizing the same task are analyzed and their pros/cons are studied in terms of both core and memory operation.Part II of the book introduces GPU massive parallelism. The same programs are parallelized on multiple Nvidia GPU platforms and the same performance analysis is repeated. Because the core and memory structures of CPUs and GPUs are different the results differ in interesting ways. The end goal is to make programmers aware of all the good ideas as well as the bad ideas so readers can apply the good ideas and avoid the bad ideas in their own programs.Part III of the book provides pointer for readers who want to expand their horizons. It provides a brief introduction to popular CUDA libraries (such as cuBLAS cuFFT NPP and Thrust) the OpenCL programming language an overview of GPU programming using other programming languages and API libraries (such as Python OpenCV OpenGL and Apple’s Swift and Metal ) and the deep learning library cuDNN. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367572242

GPU Pro 2 This book focuses on advanced rendering techniques that run on the DirectX and/or OpenGL run-time with any shader language available. It includes articles on the latest and greatest techniques in real-time rendering including MLAA adaptive volumetric shadow maps light propagation volumes wrinkle animations and much more. The book emphasizes te Media > Books > E-books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780429108488

GPU Pro 360 Guide to 3D Engine Design Wolfgang Engel’s GPU Pro 360 Guide to 3D Engine Design gathers all the cutting-edge information from his previous seven GPU Pro volumes into a convenient single source anthology that covers the design of a 3D engine. This volume is complete with articles by leading programmers that focus on various aspects of 3D engine design such as quality and optimization as well as high-level architecture. GPU Pro 360 Guide to 3D Engine Design is comprised of ready-to-use ideas and efficient procedures that can help solve many computer graphics programming challenges that may arise. Key Features: Presents tips & tricks on real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data on common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles mobile devices Covers specific challenges involved in creating games on various platforms Explores the latest developments in rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering Takes practical approach that helps graphics programmers solve their daily challenges Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780815390756

GPU Pro 360 Guide to Geometry Manipulation Wolfgang Engel’s GPU Pro 360 Guide to Geometry Manipulation gathers all the cutting-edge information from his previous seven GPU Pro volumes into a convenient single source anthology that covers geometry manipulation in computer graphics. This volume is complete with 19 articles by leading programmers that focus on the ability of graphics processing units to process and generate geometry in exciting ways. GPU Pro 360 Guide to Geometry Manipulation is comprised of ready-to-use ideas and efficient procedures that can help solve many computer graphics programming challenges that may arise. Key Features: Presents tips and tricks on real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data on common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles mobile devices Covers specific challenges involved in creating games on various platforms Explores the latest developments in the rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering Takes a practical approach that helps graphics programmers solve their daily challenges Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138568242

GPU PRO 360 Guide to GPGPU Wolfgang Engel’s GPU Pro 360 Guide to GPGPU gathers all the cutting-edge information from his previous seven GPU Pro volumes into a convenient single source anthology that covers general purpose GPU. This volume is complete with 19 articles by leading programmers that focus on the techniques that go beyond the normal pixel and triangle scope of GPUs and take advantage of the parallelism of modern graphics processors to accomplish such tasks. GPU Pro 360 Guide to GPGPU is comprised of ready-to-use ideas and efficient procedures that can help solve many computer graphics programming challenges that may arise. Key Features: Presents tips & tricks on real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data on common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles mobile devices Covers specific challenges involved in creating games on various platforms Explores the latest developments in rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering Takes practical approach that helps graphics programmers solve their daily challenges Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138484399

GPU Pro 360 Guide to Image Space Wolfgang Engel’s GPU Pro 360 Guide to Image Space gathers all the cutting-edge information from his previous seven GPU Pro volumes into a convenient single source anthology that covers various algorithms that operate primarily in image space. This volume is complete with 15 articles by leading programmers speaks to the power and convenience of working in screen space. GPU Pro 360 Guide to Image Space is comprised of ready-to-use ideas and efficient procedures that can help solve many computer graphics programming challenges that may arise. Key Features: Presents tips & tricks on real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data on common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles mobile devices Covers specific challenges involved in creating games on various platforms Explores the latest developments in rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering Takes practical approach that helps graphics programmers solve their daily challenges Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138484320

GPU Pro 360 Guide to Lighting Wolfgang Engel’s GPU Pro 360 Guide to Lighting gathers all the cutting-edge information from his previous seven GPU Pro volumes into a convenient single source anthology on lighting. This volume is complete with 24 articles by leading programmers that describes rendering techniques of global illumination effects suited for direct rendering applications in real time. GPU Pro 360 Guide to Lighting is comprised of ready-to-use ideas and efficient procedures that can help solve many computer graphics programming challenges that may arise. Key Features: Presents tips and tricks on real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data on common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles and mobile devices Covers specific challenges involved in creating games on various platforms Explores the latest developments in the rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering Takes a practical approach that helps graphics programmers solve their daily challenges Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780815385523

GPU Pro 360 Guide to Mobile Devices Wolfgang Engel’s GPU Pro 360 Guide to Mobile Devices gathers all the cutting-edge information from his previous seven GPU Pro volumes into a convenient single source anthology that covers computer graphics in mobile devices. This volume is complete with 18 articles by leading programmers that focus on the ability of graphics processing units to process and generate geometry in exciting ways. GPU Pro 360 Guide to Mobile Devices is comprised of ready-to-use ideas and efficient procedures that can help solve many computer graphics programming challenges that may arise. Key Features: Presents tips & tricks on real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data on common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles mobile devices Covers specific challenges involved in creating games on various platforms Explores the latest developments in rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering Takes practical approach that helps graphics programmers solve their daily challenges Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780815352815

GPU Pro 360 Guide to Rendering Wolfgang Engel’s GPU Pro 360 Guide to Rendering gathers all the cutting-edge information from his previous seven GPU Pro volumes into a convenient single source anthology that covers real-time rendering. This volume is complete with 32 articles by leading programmers that focus on the ability of graphics processing units to process and generate rendering in exciting ways. GPU Pro 360 Guide to Rendering is comprised of ready-to-use ideas and efficient procedures that can help solve many rendering programming challenges that may arise. Key Features: Presents tips and tricks on real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data on common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles and mobile devices Covers specific challenges involved in creating games on various platforms Explores the latest developments in the rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering Takes a practical approach that helps graphics programmers solve their daily challenges Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780815365501

GPU Pro 360 Guide to Shadows Wolfgang Engel’s GPU Pro 360 Guide to Shadows gathers all the cutting-edge information from his previous seven GPU Pro volumes into a convenient single source anthology that covers various algorithms that are used to generate shadow data. This volume is complete with 15 articles by leading programmers that focus on achieving good visual results in rendering shadows. GPU Pro 360 Guide to Shadows is comprised of ready-to-use ideas and efficient procedures that can help solve many computer graphics programming challenges that may arise. Key Features: Presents tips & tricks on real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data on common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles mobile devices Covers specific challenges involved in creating games on various platforms Explores the latest developments in rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering Takes practical approach that helps graphics programmers solve their daily challenges Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780815382478

GPU PRO 3Advanced Rendering Techniques GPU Pro3 the third volume in the GPU Pro book series offers practical tips and techniques for creating real-time graphics that are useful to beginners and seasoned game and graphics programmers alike. Section editors Wolfgang Engel Christopher Oat Carsten Dachsbacher Wessam Bahnassi and Sebastien St-Laurent have once again brought together a high-quality collection of cutting-edge techniques for advanced GPU programming. With contributions by more than 50 experts GPU Pro3: Advanced Rendering Techniques covers battle-tested tips and tricks for creating interesting geometry realistic shading real-time global illumination and high-quality shadows for optimizing 3D engines and for taking advantage of the advanced power of the GPGPU. Sample programs and source code are available for download on the book's CRC Press web page. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781439887820

GPU Pro 4Advanced Rendering Techniques GPU Pro4: Advanced Rendering Techniques presents ready-to-use ideas and procedures that can help solve many of your day-to-day graphics programming challenges. Focusing on interactive media and games the book covers up-to-date methods for producing real-time graphics. Section editors Wolfgang Engel Christopher Oat Carsten Dachsbacher Michal Valient Wessam Bahnassi and Sebastien St-Laurent have once again assembled a high-quality collection of cutting-edge techniques for advanced graphics processing unit (GPU) programming. Divided into six sections the book begins with discussions on the ability of GPUs to process and generate geometry in exciting ways. It next introduces new shading and global illumination techniques for the latest real-time rendering engines and explains how image space algorithms are becoming a key way to achieve a more realistic and higher quality final image. Moving on to the difficult task of rendering shadows the book describes the state of the art in real-time shadow maps. It then covers game engine design including quality optimization and high-level architecture. The final section explores approaches that go beyond the normal pixel and triangle scope of GPUs as well as techniques that take advantage of the parallelism of modern graphic processors in a variety of applications. Useful to beginners and seasoned game and graphics programmers alike this color book offers practical tips and techniques for creating real-time graphics. Example programs and source code are available for download on the book’s CRC Press web page. The directory structure of the online material closely follows the book structure by using the chapter numbers as the name of the subdirectory. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781466567436

GPU Pro 5Advanced Rendering Techniques In GPU Pro5: Advanced Rendering Techniques section editors Wolfgang Engel Christopher Oat Carsten Dachsbacher Michal Valient Wessam Bahnassi and Marius Bjorge have once again assembled a high-quality collection of cutting-edge techniques for advanced graphics processing unit (GPU) programming.　 Divided into six sections the book covers rendering lighting effects in image space mobile devices 3D engine design and compute. It explores rasterization of liquids ray tracing of art assets that would otherwise be used in a rasterized engine physically based area lights volumetric light effects screen-space grass the usage of quaternions and a quadtree implementation on the GPU. It also addresses the latest developments in deferred lighting on mobile devices OpenCL optimizations for mobile devices morph targets and tiled deferred blending methods. In color throughout GPU Pro5 is the only book that incorporates contributions from more than 50 experts who cover the latest developments in graphics programming for games and movies. It presents ready-to-use ideas and procedures that can help solve many of your daily graphics programming challenges. Example programs with source code are provided on the book’s CRC Press web page. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781482208634

GPU Pro 6Advanced Rendering Techniques The latest edition of this bestselling game development reference offers proven tips and techniques for the real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data that are useful for beginners and seasoned game and graphics programmers alike.Exploring recent developments in the rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering GPU Pro6: Advanced Rendering Techniques assembles a high-quality collection of cutting-edge techniques for advanced graphics processing unit (GPU) programming. It incorporates contributions from more than 45 experts who cover the latest developments in graphics programming for games and movies.The book covers advanced rendering techniques that run on the DirectX or OpenGL runtimes as well as on any other runtime with any language available. It details the specific challenges involved in creating games across the most common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles and mobile devices.The book includes coverage of geometry manipulation; rendering techniques handheld devices programming effects in image space shadows 3D engine design graphics-related tools and environmental effects. It also includes a dedicated section on general purpose GPU programming that covers CUDA DirectCompute and OpenCL examples.In color throughout GPU Pro6 presents ready-to-use ideas and procedures that can help solve many of your daily graphics programming challenges. Example programs with downloadable source code are also provided on the book’s CRC Press web page. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781482264616

GPU Pro 7Advanced Rendering Techniques The latest edition of this bestselling game development reference offers proven tips and techniques for the real-time rendering of special effects and visualization data that are useful for beginners and seasoned game and graphics programmers alike. Exploring recent developments in the rapidly evolving field of real-time rendering GPU Pro 7: Advanced Rendering Techniques assembles a high-quality collection of cutting-edge techniques for advanced graphics processing unit (GPU) programming. It incorporates contributions from more than 30 experts who cover the latest developments in graphics programming for games and movies. The book covers advanced rendering techniques that run on the DirectX or OpenGL runtimes as well as on any other runtime with any language available. It details the specific challenges involved in creating games across the most common consumer software platforms such as PCs video consoles and mobile devices. The book includes coverage of geometry manipulation; rendering techniques handheld devices programming effects in image space lighting 3D engine design graphics-related tools and environmental effects. It also includes a dedicated section on general purpose GPU programming that covers CUDA and DirectCompute examples. In color throughout GPU Pro 7 presents ready-to-use ideas and procedures that can help solve many of your daily graphics programming challenges. Example programs with downloadable source code are also provided on the book’s CRC Press web page. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781498742535

Grétry's Operas and the French PublicFrom the Old Regime to the Restoration Why in the dying days of the Napoleonic Empire did half of Paris turn out for the funeral of a composer? The death of André Ernest Modeste Grétry in 1813 was one of the sensations of the age setting off months of tear-stained commemorations reminiscences and revivals of his work. To understand this singular event this interdisciplinary study looks back to Grétry’s earliest encounters with the French public during the 1760s and 1770s seeking the roots of his reputation in the reactions of his listeners. The result is not simply an exploration of the relationship between a musician and his audiences but of developments in musical thought and discursive culture and of the formation of public opinion over a period of intense social and political change. The core of Grétry’s appeal was his mastery of song. Distinctive direct and memorable his melodies were exported out of the opera house into every corner of French life serving as folkloristic tokens of celebration and solidarity longing and regret. Grétry’s attention to the subjectivity of his audiences had a profound effect on operatic culture forging a new sense of democratic collaboration between composer and listener. This study provides a reassessment of Grétry’s work and musical thought positioning him as a major figure who linked the culture of feeling and the culture of reason - and who paved the way for Romantic notions of spectatorial absorption and the power of music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597429

Grace JantzenRedeeming the Present Grace Jantzen was an internationally-renowned feminist philosopher of religion whose work has transformed the way we think about the interactions between religion culture and gender in Western culture. Jantzen's aim was to 'redeem the present' via a critique and reconstruction of staple concepts of the Western imaginary. This unique book brings together many of Grace Jantzen's colleagues and former students in a wide-ranging exploration of her enduring influence ranging across philosophy of religion to literature psychoanalysis theology ethics and politics. Part I assesses the ramifications of Jantzen's affirmation that Western culture must 'choose life' in preference to a prevailing symbolic of violence and death. Part II explores some of the key voices which contributed to Jantzen's understanding of a culture of flourishing and natality: Quaker thought and practice medieval mysticism and feminist spirituality. Further essays apply elements of Jantzen's work to the politics of disability development and environmentalism extending her range of influence into new and innovative areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585758

Grace Meets GritHow to Bring Out the Remarkable Courageous Leader Within There is no mistaking that inequality in the workplace is still prevalent in the form of salary inequity and unequal representation in leadership and board positions. Too often conversations about inequality can lead to men and women believing they are alike. Women and men are not the same biologically or psychologically and these differences lead to significant dissimilarities in how each approaches leadership situations.  Grace Meets Grit navigates the previously unexplored subject of gender differences in the workplace specifically applied to critical leadership behaviors. Leadership behaviors are what make us all successful in the workplace. They are how we are evaluated against our peers and what we use to solve problems when working in teams. We also know that the most effective organizations work diligently to optimize these leadership behaviors.  Through stories of extraordinary courageous women Grace Meets Grit shows how to compensate for your innate style by "dialing up" leadership qualities you may not naturally possess. Middleton empowers women in particular to embrace their innate qualities and anticipate and apply behaviors expected of their male counterparts to help level the playing field. The end result is fewer misunderstandings in the workplace and higher performance from both individual leaders and teams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629561394

Grace Norton [Gethin] and Frances (Freke) NortonPrinted Writings 1641–1700: Series II Part Two Volume 9 This facsimile edition features the intimately related writings of a mother Lady Frances Norton (1640-1731) and her daughter Lady Grace Gethin (1676-97). The posthumous publication of Gethin's collection of essays Misery's Virtues Whet-Stone (1699) was sponsored by her mother; subsequently Norton invoked her maternal grief as the grounds for publishing her own essay collection The Applause of Virtue to which is appended Memento Mori: Or Meditations on Death (1705). These essay collections unconventionally privilege a female perspective on traditional topics such as friendship love marriage and death. Accordingly they hold an intrinsic interest for their gendered point of view as well as an extrinsic interest for their conditions of production. Norton's final published work A Miscellany of Poems Compos'd and work'd with a Needle on the Backs and Seats &c. Of several Chairs and Stools (1714) further reprises the theme of maternal grief as the justification for women's writing. This extremely rare volume which has not been listed in the English Short-Title Catalogue until now is being reissued here for the first time since 1714. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253848

Grading Student Achievement in Higher EducationSignals and Shortcomings A lot hangs on the summative grades that students are given. A good degree opens doors which otherwise might remain closed. Yet as higher education is now a mass rather than an elite system what is expected of its graduates is different from the expectations of previous generations. Students are expected not only to be able to demonstrate high standards of academic achievement but also a variety of capabilities that have at different times been given labels such as ‘generic skills’ and ‘transferable skills’. These abilities are difficult to grade for a variety of reasons and some graduates may be losing out because their particular strengths are given insufficient acknowledgement in current summative assessment practices.Using the UK honours degree classifications as a case study this book appraises the way in which summative assessment in higher education is approached and shows that the foundations of current practices (in the UK and elsewhere) are of questionable robustness. It argues that there is a need to widen the assessment frame if the breadth of valued student achievements is to be recognised adequately. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975408

Grading Student Midwives’ PracticeA Case Study Exploring Relationships Identity and Authority This book investigates the education and assessment of student midwives in clinical practice paying particular attention to how their practice is graded. Chenery-Morris brings primary research which explores students mentors and midwifery lecturers perspectives of practice learning and its assessment together with the international literature on clinical knowledge teaching and learning in practice and assessment of students drawn from a range of healthcare and education professions. Discussing how practice is graded what constitutes valid practice knowledge learning in clinical practice evaluating practice learning and failing students this book uses Basil Bernstein’s theories to throw light on how we assess and whether we should assess performance in addition to whether a student is competent to practise. This is an important contribution to the field of midwifery education. It will also be relevant to those with an interest in practice education from a range of healthcare professions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367430870

Gradual Institutional Change in JapanKantei Leadership under the Abe Administration This book analyses institutional reforms implemented by Japanese Prime Minister Abe Shinzō under his second administration from 2012 to 2020. Also examined is the evolution in the role of such actors in Japanese politics as bureaucrats Liberal Democratic Party (LDP) factions and backbenchers of the ruling party. Chapters offer multi-dimensional explanations for the preconditions of successful gradual institutional change in political systems characterized by relatively strong veto players rigid governmental structures and numerous unofficial decision-making rules. It is argued that enhancement of the prime minister’s position was implemented through the creative use of pre-existing policy venues coupled with minor institutional changes in decision-making bodies. Using three illustrated case studies it is demonstrated how the prime minister managed to centralize the decision-making process: a result of strategic appointment of ministers empowerment of the Cabinet Secretariat and also taking advantage of wider advisory organs largely circumventing deliberations on key policies in the ruling party. Seemingly minor changes thus manifested in a major redefinition of decision-making patterns: a result of the long-term perspective of the Abe administration. Gradual Institutional Change in Japan: Kantei Leadership under the Abe Administration will be useful for students seeking to understand the process of successful gradual institutional change and for scholars of Japanese studies and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367623364

Graduate Attributes in Higher EducationAttitudes on Attributes from Across the Disciplines Graduate Attributes in Higher Education illuminates the value of graduate attributes for students graduates and lecturers in higher education. A coherent intelligent subtle and important enhancement to the field this text guides readers through a theoretical and historical analysis of graduate attributes using interdisciplinary and interprofessional lenses. This unique approach offers pertinent coverage of a wider range of graduate attributes than one usually sees generating multiple perspectives and discourses that have implications for both theory and practice. Through an open and exploratory analysis this text asks questions such as the following: • Are programmes of study which claim ‘postgraduate’ attributes providing something further deeper or enhanced in comparison or just more of the same? • Should we be developing continuing professional development attributes for our professional learning programmes of study or are attributes of this nature established at the undergraduate level? • How can we embed graduate attributes in curricula in a wide range of subject discipline-specific and interdisciplinary ways? • In a culture of lifelong learning and a cross-disciplinary changing global market are attributes simply a starting point – a launch pad for future and ongoing development required for a world of increasing complexity? Clearly structured and offering a mix of case study and theoretical frameworks to explore each GA practical guidance is offered at the end of each chapter on how to embed the relevant graduate attribute whilst providing well-researched theoretical underpinning. The varied methods applied and methodological attitudes espoused will prove inclusive to a wide range of readers. Bringing together analysis of specific case studies from a wide range of professional and discipline-specific contexts Graduate Attributes in Higher Education will be a valuable text for educators and professionals focused on curriculum development and professional learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138678026

Graduate Careers in ContextResearch Policy and Practice In a world where there are increasing concerns about graduate underemployment and likely career trajectories it is not surprising that there is a significant body of literature examining graduate careers in post-industrial societies. However it has become increasingly evident in recent years that there is a stark disconnect between academics who research employment and education and careers and employability professionals. Graduate Careers in Context　brings these two separate groups together for the first time in order to provide a better understanding of graduate careers. The book addresses the problems surrounding the graduate labour market and its relationship to higher education and public policy. Drawing on varied perspectives the contributors provide a comprehensive examination of issues such as geography mobility and employability before presenting and discussing the benefits of future collaboration between practitioners and academic researchers.　 The interdisciplinary focus of this book will make it of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduate students in the areas of education sociology social policy business studies and career guidance and coaching. It should also be essential reading for practitioners who wish to consider their role and responsibilities within the changing higher education market. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367488888

Graduate Education at Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs)A Student Perspective Highlighting the voices and experiences of Black graduate students at Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) this book features the perspectives of students from a variety of academic backgrounds and institutional settings. Contributors discuss their motivation to attend an HBCU for graduate studies their experiences and how these helped prepare them for their career. To be prepared to serve the increasing number of Black students with access to graduate programs at HBCUs university administrators faculty and staff require a better understanding of these students’ needs and how to meet them. Addressing some of today’s most urgent issues and educational challenges this book expands the literature on HBCUs and provides insight into the role their graduate schools play in building a diverse academic and professional community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600225

Graduate Medical EducationIssues and Options This book explores and offers solutions to critical issues in graduate medical education including how students are taught and evaluated and how their educational programs are funded. It will be key reading for medical educators policy makers and all individuals and organizations with an interest in medical education. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383538

Graduate Research Supervision in the Developing WorldPolicies Pedagogies and Practices Recognising that graduate supervisory practice is not an abstracted academic pursuit but an activity that is subjectively bounded by content and context impacted by the experiences and beliefs of supervisee and supervisor this text explores the unique dynamics of graduate supervision in the Global South as perceived and experienced by students and academics within those same contexts. Bringing together contributions which reflect a rich diversity of perspectives on supervisory practices at regional universities in the Caribbean and South Pacific Graduate Research Supervision in the Developing World explores how supervisors navigate unscripted supervisory terrain; contextualise supervisory best practices; establish roles and relationships and work to understand supervisees’ needs. By highlighting the effect on graduate supervision of complex sociocultural interplay and the relationship between learning environments and student success contributors look to locate best practices through analyses of stories of success and failure. As the contributors demonstrate there is a need to restructure the standardised operation of graduate supervision across diverse faculties. This text will be of great interest to graduate supervisors and their supervisees as well as scholars in the fields of continuing professional development and higher education in international and comparative education and Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243968

Graduate School and BeyondEarning and Using Your Advanced Degree Knowledge is power. Simply stated this book provides graduate students-traditional and returning learners-with power. To succeed graduate students need to understand the process of completing a graduate degree control as many aspects of the process as possible and be careful skillful and tactful negotiators. This book gives prospective graduate students a preview of what to expect and equips current graduate students with what they need to know to maneuver an often labyrinthine system. Online courses distance learning social networking and the effects of the internet on graduate education are special features of this book emerging from the author's 35 years of experience in leading edge educational settings. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634296

Graduate Students Becoming Qualitative ResearchersAn Ethnographic Study Through conducting an ethnographic study about doctoral students from traditionally underrepresented groups who are learning to conduct ethnographic research this volume offers unique insight into the challenges and experiences through which these students develop their skills and identities as qualitative researchers. Foregrounding the stories and perspectives of students from minority backgrounds including Latinx Black differently abled and queer students Graduate Students Becoming Qualitative Researchers identifies how the process of learning to conduct ethnographic research underpins doctoral students’ success confidence and persistence in the academy. Chapters follow students during a one-year ethnographic research course during which they learn about ethnography  and also conduct observations write field notes interview participants and gather artifacts. Offering important pedagogical insights into how ethnography and academic writing are communicated the text also tackles questions of access and diversity within scholarship and highlights barriers to first-generation and minoritized students' success including impostor syndrome stereotype vulnerability and access to time knowledge and capital. This volume will prove valuable to doctoral students postgraduate researchers scholars and educators conducting qualitative research across the fields of education and rhetoric as well as the humanities and social sciences. It will also appeal to those interested in multiculturalism and diversity within the education sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138087309

Graduate Students’ Research about Community CollegesA Guide for Publishing This book brings together a collection of chapters with different research designs that explore the research practice and policies of community colleges. The chapters in this book are the result of the graduate students and their faculty mentor’s scholarly work and a rigorous special issue’s peer review process. Furthermore this book offers recommendations on how to mentor graduate students in the absence of research and mentorship on how to publish for graduate students and practitioner-scholars as well as recognizing that graduate programs and professional associations are important on the socialization of practitioner-scholars. Each book chapter addresses the implications for practice and future research policy for community colleges and recommendation for change indicated by the research results. Five broad research themes higher education policy leadership practices and roles network community student success and technology emerged from the empirical articles and critical reviews. A final chapter shares advice and lessons learned from the 30 authors and mentors. With the exception of Chapter 14 the chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the Community College Journal of Research and Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437107

Graduate Study in Criminology and Criminal JusticeA Program Guide This book provides information on graduate programs in the United States and Canada to students and professionals who are interested in attending post-baccalaureate education in criminology or criminal justice. The book contains information for each program and includes both brick-and-mortar and online programs. An introduction and a section on potential employment options provide context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781455775552

Graduate Theological Education and the Human Experience of Disability Create pathways in theological education and congregational practice for people with disabilities! Graduate Theological Education and the Human Experience of Disability examines graduate schools of theology and their limited familiarity with the study of disability—and the presence of people with disabilities in particular—on their campuses. Dubbed a “missing note” by one theologian this text offers critical research and illuminates new pathways for theologia and practice in the community of faith. Reviews of previous literature theology and practices illuminate how people with disabilities have historically been marginalized by the religious community. Theologians people with disabilities and researchers offer suggestions for incorporating disability studies into theological education and religious life. This text contains firsthand testimony from people with disabilities who are the necessary sources of wisdom for overcoming barriers. By infusing education into existing theological curriculum seminaries may better prepare their students for leadership and ministry in their congregations. People with disabilities number 18% of the population yet represent only 5-7% of congregational membership. This book explores aspects of theology and disability such as: the challenges faced by theological schools that desire to improve both theological curriculum and facilities a review of literature that connects theology and disability—from sources such as scripture history faith traditions and social theory the various ideologies that shape the way the human body is understood—redefining “normal” in theological education an overview of critical boundaries that mark the limits and possibilities for theological inquiry about the human experience of disability creative concepts that religious communities may use to better include people with disabilities and their families how the religious community may benefit from the gifts talents and leadership of people with disabilities Graduate Theological Education and the Human Experience of Disability contains a reprint of Dr. Harold Wilke’s landmark 1978 article from Theological Education (published by the Association of Theological Schools). Dr. Wilke born without arms was the theologian minister and scholar who first articulated the need to address the human experience of disability in both theological education and congregational life. With extensive biographies and inclusive liturgies this innovative text is a valuable resource for seminary professors and leaders clergy and disability advocates. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052112

Graduates in Industry There was much development of both education and industry in post-World War II Britain. There was on the one hand an extension of public education to the secondary school stage and the substantial financial help that was available which meant that increasing numbers were going to university. On the other there had been immense advances in scientific and technical knowledge and its application to industry. These advances in industry produced an increase in the demand for trained graduates. This book first published in 1957 examines this correlation and provides guidance for both graduates and hiring managers. This title will be of interest to students of human resource management and business studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788564

Graffiti and Street ArtReading Writing and Representing the City Graffiti and street art images are ubiquitous and they enjoy a very special place in collective imaginary due to their ambiguous nature. Sometimes enigmatic in meaning often stylistically crude and aesthetically aggressive yet always visually arresting they fill our field of vision with texts and images that no one can escape. As they take place on surfaces and travel through various channels they provide viewers an entry point to the subtext of the cities we live in while questioning how we read write and represent them. This book is structured around these three distinct albeit by definition interwoven key frames. The contributors of this volume critically investigate underexplored urban contexts in which graffiti and street art appear shed light on previously unexamined aspects of these practices and introduce innovative methodologies regarding the treatment of these images. Throughout the focus is on the relationship of graffiti and street art with urban space and the various manifestations of these idiosyncratic meetings. In this book the emphasis is shifted from what the physical texts say to what these practices and their produced images do in different contexts. All chapters are original and come from experts in various fields such as Architecture Urban Studies Sociology Criminology Anthropology and Visual Cultures as well as scholars that transcend traditional disciplinary frameworks. This exciting new collection is essential reading for advanced undergraduates as well as postgraduates and academics interested in the subject matter. It is also accessible to a non-academic audience such as art practitioners and policymakers alike or anyone keen on deepening their knowledge on how graffiti and street art affect the ways urban environments are experienced understood and envisioned. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138600904

Graffiti in Antiquity Ancient graffiti - hundreds of thousands of informal ephemeral texts spanning millennia - offer a patchwork of fragmentary conversations in a variety of languages spread across the Mediterranean world. Cut painted inked or traced in charcoal the surviving graffiti present a layer of lived experience in the ancient world unavailable from other sources. Graffiti in Antiquity reveals how and why the inhabitants of Greece and Rome - men and women and free and enslaved - formulated written and visual messages about themselves and the world around them as graffiti. The sources - drawn from 800 BCE to 600 CE - are examined both within their individual historical cultural and archaeological contexts and thematically allowing for an exploration of social identity in the urban society of the ancient world. An analysis of one of the most lively and engaged forms of personal communication and protest Graffiti in Antiquity introduces a new way of reading sociocultural relationships among ordinary people living in the ancient world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288393

Graft vs. Host Disease With detailed contributions from more than 40 leading authorities on the topic this Third Edition comprehensively explores the immunobiology pathophysiology and clinical manifestations of graft-versus-host disease (GVHD)-offering sections revealing the most up-to-date research on immune activation and dysregulation the pathophysiology of target organ damage and GVHD prevention and treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393472

Graham GreeneAn Approach to the Novels This study reveals Greene in a dual role as author one who projects literary experience into his view of life and subsequently projects both his experience and its "literary" interpretation into his fiction; and it defines two phases of Greenes novels through the changing relationship between writer and protagonists. The first phase progresses from acutely sensitive self-divided young men somewhat like the young Greene to embittered alienated characters ostensibly at great distance from their creator. The second phase (1939) includes a series of "portraits of the artist" through which Greene confronts more directly the tensions and conflicts of his private life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868977

Grahame ClarkAn Intellectual Biography Of An Archaeologist The British archaeologist Grahame Clark was a seminal figure in European and world archaeology for more than half of the twentieth century but at the same time one whose reputation has been outshone by other more visible luminaries. His works were never aimed at a wide general public nor did he become a television or radio personality. Clark w Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316037

Grain Carriage by Sea Grain is one of the most important commodities shipped around the world and one of the most unpredictable markets to trade in. This publication combines an overview of the market the problems of carriage by sea and the legislative environment to bring a useful handbook to all those concerned with the care sale and delivery of this cargo. Media > Books > E-books Informa Law from Routledge 9781003123293

Grain Size Control Grain Size Control provides an excellent account of the understanding of many matters concerning grains grain structure and grain growth in controlling the grain size of polycrystalline metals. It considers the application of the principles of grain growth. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003059417

Grainger the Modernist Unaccountably Percy Grainger has remained on the margins of both American music history and twentieth-century modernism. This volume reveals the well-known composer of popular gems to be a self-described ’hyper-modernist’ who composed works of uncompromising dissonance challenged the conventions of folk song collection and adaptation re-visioned the modern orchestra experimented with ’ego-less’ composition and designed electronic machines intended to supersede human application. Grainger was far from being a self-sufficient maverick working in isolation. Through contact with innovators such as Ferrucio Busoni Léon Theremin and Henry Cowell; promotion of the music of modern French and Spanish schools; appreciation of vernacular jazz and folk musics; as well as with the study and transcription of non-Western music; he contested received ideas and proposed many radical new approaches. By reappraising Grainger’s social and historical connectedness and exploring the variety of aspects of modernity seen in his activities in the British American and Australian contexts the authors create a profile of a composer propagandist and visionary whose modernist aesthetic paralleled that of the most advanced composers of his day and in some cases anticipated their practical experiments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599591

Grains in ChinaFoodgrain Feedgrain and World Trade This book addresses the dynamics of China's grain production consumption and trade with a particular emphasis on China's demand for feedgrain vis-a-vis its demand for foodgrain and the likely implications of this on the international grain trade given that China is now a member of the WTO. The book provides the reader with insight into the latest developments in China's foodgrain and feedgrain consumption and draws attention to the rising importance of feedgrain (and the relative decline in importance of foodgrain) in the overall Chinese grain economy. It also offers deliberations on many important issues concerning China's grains that are currently hotly debated. The book can be used as a valuable reference by government officials grain traders food market analysts researchers and university students who are interested in China's food issues in general and foodgrain and feedgrain issues in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389330

Gramática españolaVariación social Gramática española: Variación social introduces intermediate to advanced students of Spanish to the main grammatical features of the language in a way that emphasizes the social underpinnings of language. Written entirely in Spanish this unique approach to the study of grammar guides students in an examination of how Spanish grammar varies depending on place social group and situation. Students examine why some varieties of Spanish are considered prestigious while others are not drawing on current and historical sociopolitical contexts all while learning grammatical terminology and how to identify categories and constructions in Spanish. This is an excellent resource for students at level B1 or higher on the Common European Framework for Languages and Intermediate High to Advanced High on the ACTFL proficiency scale.     Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138083981

Gramática fundamental del español Gramática fundamental del español abarca una amplia gama de temas relacionados con la morfología la sintaxis y la escritura del español. Usando ejemplos contextualizados y atendiendo a la dimensión cognitiva esta gramática presenta diferentes maneras de entender numerosos aspectos básicos del uso y el significado de la gramática incluyendo: frases cláusulas y oraciones clases de palabras y tipos de oraciones gramática de la palabra construcción y análisis de oraciones gramática y escritura Esta obra incluye información gramatical sobre las variedades más generales del español. También proporciona un amplio conjunto de ejercicios las soluciones a los ejercicios y un índice de materias y términos gramaticales. Esta gramática es una lectura clave para los estudiantes de español y de estudios hispánicos entre los niveles intermedio-bajo y avanzado-alto de ACTFL o bien entre los niveles B1 y C2 si se sigue el CEFR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138359611

Grammar Meaning and ConceptsA Discourse-Based Approach to English Grammar Grammar Meaning and Concepts: A Discourse-Based Approach to English Grammar is a book for language teachers and learners that focuses on the meanings of grammatical constructions within discourse rather than on language as structure governed by rigid rules. This text emphasizes the ways in which users of language construct meaning express viewpoints and depict imageries using the conceptual meaning-filled categories that underlie all of grammar. Written by a team of authors with years of experience teaching grammar to future teachers of English this book puts grammar in the context of real language and illustrates grammar in use through an abundance of authentic data examples. Each chapter also provides a variety of activities that focus on grammar genre discourse and meaning which can be used as they are or can be adapted for classroom practice. The activities are also designed to raise awareness about discourse grammar and meaning in all facets of everyday life and can be used as springboards for upper high school undergraduate and graduate level research projects and inquiry-based grammatical analysis. Grammar Meaning and Concepts is an ideal textbook for those in the areas of teacher education discourse analysis applied linguistics second language teaching ESL EFL and communications who are looking to teach and learn grammar from a dynamic perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785274

Grammar and MeaningA Semantic Approach to English Grammar Grammar and Meaning is an introduction to the study of grammar of contemporary English. It provides an impressive survey of all the main areas of English grammar from words through to sentences and texts. It introduces and explains the linguistic terms needed to talk about the ways in which language works from simple terms like adjective to more complex terms like non-finite clause. To meet the needs of both students and scholars Howard Jackson has produced an innovative approach to the study of English grammar. Instead of concentrating on the formal and theoretical discussion of grammar as many introductions do this original analysis examines the 'meanings' we want to express when we use language. Beginning with the question "What do we talk about?" it goes on to investigate how these meanings are structured in the grammar of English. These notions are closer to our ordinary understanding of what language is doing and therefore the forms and structures of grammar are more easily grasped. The book is extensively illustrated with examples from real English. With analytical exercises in each chapter and a comprehensive glossary of terms the book will prove and invaluable aid to students of English language linguistics and English as a Foreign Language whilst also being accessible to anyone who studies English grammar as part of their course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466807

Grammar and Semantics in Medieval ArabicThe Study of Ibn-Hisham's 'Mughni I-Labib' The study focuses on a famous work by a mediaeval Arab grammarian who was once called the 'second Sibawayhi' (the pioneer of Arabic grammatical studies). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869837

Grammar for Improving Writing and Reading in Secondary School This practical book is chiefly intended to help English teachers tackle an area of the new English programme that causes anxiety and about which a large proportion are still uncertain: grammar. Grammar has been an uncertain classroom topic for many years; taught often as a duty without real progression. In this book the latest knowledge about grammar is treated as a central component of the meaning making process in both reading and writing. Pupils can become better readers and write with greater confidence and control as a result of using this approach to grammar. Teachers of other subjects may also benefit from knowing how to integrate some grammatical teaching into the textual interactions of their lessons. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179851

Grammar in Early Twentieth-Century Philosophy This book is a systematic and historical exploration of the philosophical significance of grammar. In the first half of the twentieth century and in particular in the writings of Frege Husserl Russell Carnap and Wittgenstein there was sustained philosophical reflection on the nature of grammar and on the relevance of grammar to metaphysics logic and science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203208502

Grammar of Colloquial Tibetan Reprint of the scarce third and last (1939) edition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138405752

Grammar of the Edit Tell more effective visual stories by learning the "grammar" of cinematic language with this elegant accessible reference. The fourth edition of Grammar of the Edit gives you the answers to the all-important questions of when to cut and why and teaches readers the principles behind transitions editing for continuity selecting the best shots editing sound color correction and more. Designed as an easy-to-use guide Grammar of the Edit presents each topic succinctly with clear photographs and diagrams illustrating key concepts practical exercises and quiz questions and is a staple of any filmmaker’s library. New to the fourth edition: An expanded companion website offering downloadable and editable raw footage so that students can practice the techniques described in the book and instructional videos showcasing examples of different editing choices and types of shot transitions. New and expanded quiz questions and practical exercises at the end of each chapter help test readers on their knowledge using real-world scenarios. Updated topic discussions explanations illustrations and visual examples. An all-new chapter on Sound resources in filmmaking and Audio Editing guidelines. Together with its companion volume Grammar of the Shot the core concepts discussed in these books offer concise and practical resources for both experienced and aspiring filmmakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632202

Grammar of the Shot The newly-revised and updated fourth edition of Grammar of the Shot teaches readers the principles behind successful visual communication in motion media through shot composition screen direction depth cues lighting camera movement and shooting for editing. Many general practices are suggested that should help to create rich multi-layered visuals. Designed as an easy-to-use reference Grammar of the Shot presents each topic succinctly with clear photographs and diagrams illustrating key concepts practical exercises and quiz questions and is a staple of any filmmaker’s library. New to the fourth edition: an expanded companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/Bowen  offering downloadable scenes and editable raw footage so that students can practice the techniques described in the book and instructional videos showcasing examples of different compositional choices; new and expanded quiz questions and practical exercises at the end of each chapter to help test readers on their knowledge using real-world scenarios; updated topic discussions explanations illustrations and visual examples. Together with its companion volume Grammar of the Edit the core concepts discussed in these books offer concise and practical resources for both experienced and aspiring filmmakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632226

Grammar Survival for Primary TeachersA Practical Toolkit Are you grappling with grammar? Are you perplexed by punctuation? Do you find it a constant challenge to keep your pupils engaged while teaching grammar effectively? Focusing on what you need to know in the classroom Grammar Survival for Primary Teachers provides you with all of the knowledge and practical advice you’ll need to teach grammar and punctuation effectively. Based on a successful tried-and-tested format this new book is designed especially for primary teachers and focuses on the requirements of the English National Curriculum for Key Stages 1 and 2. This book includes: clear explanations and examples of a range of different aspects of grammar and punctuation practical advice and teaching ideas for use in the classroom a strong focus on building knowledge and applying it to writing. Accessible and engaging this new book will be essential reading for busy trainee newly qualified and practising teachers alike. It is the perfect guide for those looking to improve both their pupils’ and their own understanding of grammar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284623

Grammar Survival for Secondary TeachersA Practical Toolkit This third edition of Grammar Survival brings the content fully up-to-date with the new National Curriculum and GCSEs making it current and relevant for all secondary school English teachers. Grammar Survival for Secondary Teachers combines knowledge about grammar with pedagogical approaches. Each left-hand page sets out the knowledge teachers need about different aspects of grammar incorporating research evidence where appropriate and each right-hand page offers practical ideas and methods for teaching it often in the context of authentic texts to show grammar in action. This book aims to help pupils become more confident readers and writers able to make conscious and informed choices about the use of grammar vocabulary and punctuation in their own work. Chapters cover the following: Vocabulary Extending knowledge about grammar Punctuation Levels of formality Grammar for reading and writing Writing about language use Full glossary and further reading recommendations Completely underpinned by the National Curriculum Programmes of Study for Key Stages 3 and 4 this book supports all secondary school English teachers regardless of their chosen GCSE specification and is essential reading for trainee newly qualified and experienced teachers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138185258

Grammar System:Grammatic App/D First Published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315075617

Grammar to Get Things DoneA Practical Guide for Teachers Anchored in Real-World Usage CO-PUBLISHED BY ROUTLEDGE AND THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF TEACHERS OF ENGLISH Grammar to Get Things Done offers a fresh lens on grammar and grammar instruction designed for middle and secondary pre-service and in-service English teachers. It shows how form function and use can help teachers move away from decontextualized grammar instruction (such as worksheets and exercises emphasizing rule-following and memorizing conventional definitions) and begin considering grammar in applied contexts of everyday use. Modules (organized by units) succinctly explain common grammatical concepts. These modules help English teachers gain confidence in their own understanding while positioning grammar instruction as an opportunity to discuss analyze and produce language for real purposes in the world. An important feature of the text is attention to both the history of and current attitudes about grammar through a sociocultural lens with ideas for teachers to bring discussions of language-as-power into their own classrooms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683709

Grammar WarsLanguage as Cultural Battlefield in 17th and 18th Century England This title was first published in 2001: Although 17th- and 18th-century English language theorists claimed to be correcting errors in grammar and preserving the language from corruption this new study demonstrates how grammar served as an important cultural battlefield where social issues were contested. Author Linda C. Mitchell situates early modern linguistic discussions long thought to be of little interest in their larger cultural and social setting to show the startling degree to which grammar affected and was affected by such factors as class and gender. In her examination of the controversies that surrounded the teaching and study of grammar in this period Mitchell looks especially at changing definitions and standardization of "grammar" how and to whom it was taught and how grammar marked the social position of marginal groups. Her comprehensive study of the contexts in which grammar was intended or thought to function is based on her analysis of the ancillary materials - prefaces introductions forewords statements of intent organization of materials surrounding materials and manifestos of pedagogy philosophy and social or political goals - of more than 300 grammar texts of the time. The book is intended as a landmark study of an important movement in the foundation of the modern world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793797

Grammar: A Pocket Guide If you've ever wanted a quick and easy guide to verbs and adverbs commas and apostrophes clauses and prepositions then this is a must-have book for you. Easing readers gently into the study of the structure of English Grammar: A Pocket Guide covers common questions such as:Is it "10 items or less" or "10 items or fewer"?Should I say "If I were you" or "if I was you"?Can you start a sentence with "And" or "Because"?When do you use "whom"?What is the difference between "lie" and "lay"?Is it "I feel bad" or "I feel badly"? Using examples from everyday speech and writing this handy book "cracks the code" of off-putting grammatical jargon so that readers can enjoy learning how to think and talk about grammar. With practice exercises a glossary and suggestions for further reading Grammar: A Pocket Guide is the perfect foundation for anyone wanting to improve his or her writing and communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470811

Grammars and Automata for String ProcessingFrom Mathematics and Computer Science to Biology and Back The conventional wisdom was that biology influenced mathematics and computer science. But a new approach has taken hold: that of transferring methods and tools from computer science to biology. The reverse trend is evident in Grammars and Automata for String Processing: From Mathematics and Computer Science to Biology and Back. The contributors address the structural (syntactical) view of the domain. Mathematical linguistics and computer science can offer various tools for modeling complex macromolecules and for analyzing and simulating biological issues. This collection is valuable for students and researchers in biology computer science and applied mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446833

Grammatical and Lexical Variance in English Written by one of Britain's most distinguished linguists this book is concerned with the phenomenon of variance in English grammar and vocabulary across regional social stylistic and temporal space. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163553

Grammatical Case Assignment in Finnish First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975415

Grammatical Features and the Acquisition of ReferenceA Comparative Study of Dutch and Spanish This book discusses to what extent errors young children make with their interpretation of definite articles and pronouns are due to their immature pragmatic skills and to what extent incomplete syntactic development plays a role. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975422

Grammatical Gender in English950 to 1250 First published in 1988 this book explores the grammatical loss of gender in English. It demonstrates that from the end of the Old English period there was a considerable time period of about three hundred years during which there existed "echoes" of the gender classification of nouns. The study records the best known conclusions concerning the behaviour of anaphoric pronouns under grammatical gender "stress" in the late Old English and Middle English periods. It focuses on a discussion of attributive word morphology in the noun phrase. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919488

Grammatical RelationsThe Evidence Against Their Necessity and Universality This book argues that the assumption that grammatical relations are both necessary and universal is an unwarranted generalization. The grammatical relations of subject and object are required in the case of the Indian language of Kannada. Furthermore the notion of transitivity or transference which forms the basis for postulating grammatical relations does not play the expected central role in all languages: in the case of another Indian language Manipuri it is volitionality and transitivity which plays the central role in clause structure. Dr. Bhat argues against the universality and necessity of grammatical relations; his provocative hypothesis will be a challenge to all those concerned with the nature of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992023

Grammaticalization and English Complex PrepositionsA Corpus-based Study What is a grammatical unit? How does grammatical structure evolve? How can we best investigate the mental representation of grammar? What is the connection between language use and language structure? This book aims to help answer such questions by presenting a detailed analysis of English complex prepositions (e.g. in spite of or with respect to) on the basis of large amounts of authentic language data dating from the Middle Ages until today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138878310

Grammaticalization and Language Change in ChineseA formal view This innovative study on the phenomenon of 'grammaticalization' and its manifestation in Chinese provides new insights into language change in Chinese and a large number of grammatical topics. Grammaticalization occurs in all of the world's languages. Xiu-Zhi Zoe Wu demonstrates general linguistic principles present and active in the phenomenon of grammaticalization whilst also describing the modelling of language in formal theoretical approaches to syntax; so this book fills two major gaps in the current study of linguistics.Grammaticalization and Language Change in Chinese illuminates how studies of language development and change provide special insights into the understanding of current synchronic systems of language. Using patters from Chinese the author establishes cross-linguistic generalizations about language change and grammaticalization. This book should be of great interest to Chinese linguists and readers interested in language change in different languages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864558

Gramsci Materialism and Philosophy Western critical theory Marxism included has largely been based on a view of historical materialism that Gramsci among others developed in his prison notebooks.  For many Gramsci’s philosophical reflections in prison offered a new foundation for the philosophy of the future.  His reflections on the philosophy of praxis and absolute historicism find echoes in much of what today is considered to be a materialist philosophy. That form of materialism was unable to provide a sound foundation for a progressive social project the possibility of a meaningful and creative ethical life and the forms of activity or praxis that would be conducive to creating good society.  In this book Esteve Morera connects Marxist philosophy to the broader philosophical discussion of materialism in metaphysics the philosophy science philosophy of mind and naturalised ethics.  Each chapter deals with a particular aspect related to materialism and its consequences the sorts of things that if materialism is true need to be confronted.  Morera critiques and rejects Gramsci’s conception of matter and materialism and concludes that that philosophical materialism is compatible with freedom and as a consequence offers a good foundation for ethical life. Gramsci Materialism and Philosophy is an original contribution to the philosophically vital debates around the meaning limitations implications and possibilities of philosophical materialism as it is a contribution to the critical literature on Gramsci. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696389

Gramsci (RLE: Gramsci)And Italy's Passive Revolution Antonio Gramsci used the term ‘passive revolution’ to describe the limitations and weaknesses of the 19th century bourgeois state in Italy which permitted economic development whilst thwarting social and political progress. This detailed study consists of seven essays each exploring a different theme of the economic and social basis of the Liberal state providing a broad understanding of the background against the emergence of Italian fascism and present a number of debates and controversies amongst Italian historians. By critical discussion of Gramsci’s reading of modern Italian history the essays present an analysis of the structure and development of social and economic relations in the formation of the Liberal state illustrating the transition from liberalism to fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975439

Gramsci and Contemporary PoliticsBeyond Pessimism of the Intellect Can politics now be both radical and realistic? Gramsci and Contemporary Politics is a collection of Anne Showstack Sassoon's writing which spans the major transitions from Thatcher and Reagan to Clinton and Blair; the collapse of communism to the regeneration of social democracy. Applying original interpretations of Antonio Gramsci's ideas on the intellectuals political language civil society and political leadership she argues that drawing from the past and broadening contemporary sources of political and academic knowledge can contribute to a grounded radical hegemonic politics which can bring about change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757126

Gramsci and Foucault: A Reassessment Mapping the resonances dissonances and linkages between the thought of Gramsci and Foucault to uncover new tools for socio-political and critical analysis for the twenty-first century this book reassesses the widely-held view that their work is incompatible. With discussions of Latin American revolutionary politics indigenous knowledges technologies of government and the teaching of paediatrics in post-invasion Iraq complexity theory medical anthropology and biomedicine and the role of Islam in the transition to modern society in the Arab world this interdisciplinary volume presents the latest theoretical research on different facets of these two thinkers’ work as well as analyses of the specific linkages that exist between them in concrete settings. A rigorous comparative exploration of the work of two towering figures of the twenty-first century Gramsci and Foucault: A Reassessment will appeal to scholars and students of social and political theory political sociology communication and media studies and contemporary philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382393

Gramsci and Global PoliticsHegemony and resistance The aim of this book is to explain and assess the relevance of the ideas of Gramsci to a world fundamentally transformed from that in which his thought was developed. It takes some of Gramsci’s best-known concepts – hegemony civil society passive revolution the national-popular trasformismo the integral state - and uses them creatively to analyse features of present-day politics assessing to what extent his ideas can aid our understanding of the contemporary political world. The book contains essays focused on: aspects of global politics (the development of a global civil society the validity of the knowledge claims of neo-Gramscian IR specialists and the politics of the WTO and the Alternative Globalisation Movement); contemporary feminism; the problem of adjusting Gramsci’s theory of political agency to modern conditions; Turkish and Israeli politics; and a series of essays on present-day British politics. The book concludes that while there remain considerable problems in applying Gramsci’s concepts to the contemporary world his political thought still retains an attraction and validity that will continue to inspire political analysts well into the future. Bringing together a range of essays representing some of the latest research in the field Gramsci and Global Politics: Hegemony and Resistance opens up new perspectives on Gramsci which will be of vital interest to students and scholars in International Relations and Political Science Sociology and History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848046

Gramsci and Marxist Theory (RLE: Gramsci) This book familiarizes the English-speaking reader with the debate on the originality of Gramsci’s thought and its importance for the development of Marxist theory. The contributors present the principal viewpoints regarding Gramsci’s theoretical contribution to Marxism focussing in particular on his advances in the study of the superstructures and discussing his relation to Marx and Lenin and his influence in Eurocommunism. Different interpretations are put forward concerning the elucidation of Gramsci’s key concepts namely: hegemony integral state war of position and passive revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975446

Gramsci’s Critique of Civil SocietyTowards a New Concept of Hegemony Antonio Gramsci was an Italian Marxist thinker whose radical ideas on how to build an alternative world from below remain vigorously relevant today. Gramsci’s philosophy of praxis critically dissects the institutions of modern liberal democracy to reveal what is perhaps its deepest secret: it is the most successful political system in modernity at preserving an objective condition of domination while transforming it into a subjective conviction of freedom. Based on a careful reading of Gramsci's The Prison Notebooks Marco Fonseca shows hegemony as more than leadership of elites over subaltern majorities based on "consent". Following Gramsci’s critique of citizenship civil society and democracy including the current project of neoliberal "democracy promotion" particularly in the Global South he discloses a hidden process of hegemony that generates the preconditions for consent and thus successful domination. As the struggles from Zapatismo to Chavismo and from the Arab Springs to Spain’s Podemos show liberation is not possible without counter-hegemony. This book will be of interest to activist scholars engaged in the study of Marxism Gramsci political philosophy and contemporary debates about the renewal of Marxist thought and the relevance of revolution and Communism for the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138486492

Gramsci's Historicism (Routledge Revivals)A Realist Interpretation First published in 1990  this book is a comprehensive study of Gramsci's Quaderni and gives the reader a penetrating account of the structure of Gramsci's thought. The author draw on many materials and sources making accesible to the English-speaking reader a wide range of texts otherwise only available in Italian French Spanish and Catalan. His book sheds light on Gramsci's basic philosophical and methodological principles and will be useful as an introduction to Gramsci for students of political science sociology social science history and philosophy as well as to scholars in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415615877

Gramsci's Politics First published in 1980. This book analyses Gramsci’s political theory and the consequences of his ideas for the theory of the state and of the political party. Using the new tools of analysis which have been developed in Italy the book presents Gramsci’s political theory as part of the attempt to develop further a Marxist theory of politics. The book also serves as a basis for considering the theoretical foundations of political developments such as Eurocommunism and the author argues that Gramsci’s political thought provides useful instruments for both a critique of Stalinism and of social democracy and offers a grounding for conceptualising democratic forms of socialism which did not simply reinforce the State. This title will be of interest to students of politics philosophy and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367271541

Grand Opera Outside ParisOpera on the Move in Nineteenth-Century Europe Nineteenth-century French grand opera was a musical and cultural phenomenon with an important and widespread transnational presence in Europe. Primary attention in the major studies of the genre has so far been on the Parisian context for which the majority of the works were originally written. In contrast this volume takes account of a larger geographical and historical context bringing the Europe-wide impact of the genre into focus. The book presents case studies including analyses of grand opera in small-town Germany and Switzerland; grand operas adapted for Scandinavian capitals a cockney audience in London and a court audience in Weimar; and Portuguese and Russian grand operas after the French model. Its overarching aim is to reveal how grand operas were used – performed transformed enjoyed and criticised emulated and parodied – and how they became part of musical cultural and political life in various European settings. The picture that emerges is complex and diversified yet it also testifies to the interrelated processes of cultural and political change as bourgeois audiences at varying paces and with local variations increased their influence and as discourses on language nation and nationalism influenced public debates in powerful ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889784

Grand Strategy and the PresidencyForeign Policy War and the American Role in the World This book examines the role and importance of the Presidency in the formulation and conduct of US grand strategy. The text discusses US strategic history with particular emphasis on the period from the end of the Cold War to the present day. While the United States periodically has enjoyed exceptional presidential leadership in the past this book argues that few future presidents will meet high standards of leadership in foreign affairs. In turn this will undermine the ability of the United States to construct and maintain a coherent grand strategy appropriate to the multipolar world of the twenty-first century. Grand Strategy and the Presidency explores the role that the holders of the presidential office have played in the past development of the United States as a great power. Drawing upon examples from history the textual analysis is shaped around the description of the long-term strategic development of the United States. The author then considers what the events of recent decades portend for the future of US strategy and foreign policy. This book will be of interest to students of Presidential Studies US foreign policy Strategic Studies and IR/Security Studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731225

Grandeur and Twilight of Radical Universalism Grandeur and Twilight of Radical Universalism provides a theoretical construction to the extraordinary events of the past several years in Europe and the Soviet Union and China. These masterful essays attribute much of the problem of totalitarianism to its blind acceptance of a Marxist philosophy of practice. With the failure of communist practice the collapse of the Marxian paradigm was quick to follow.At its roots this volume is a critique of the idea that we can have "scientific knowledge" of the social and political future. Totalitarian Marxism combined statements of history and claims of omniscience. Free choice was surrendered to history and when the predicted outcomes fail to materialize when communism came closer to being buried than capitalism and western ideals of democracy proved far more compelling than inherited doctrines of authoritarianism the outcome proved monumental and disastrous.The authors position themselves as evolving from critical Marxism to post-Marxism and then post modernism. By this they mean a modest view of life one that moves beyond radical universalism and grand narrative into a realization of individualism and equity concerns are central to the end of the twentieth century. The volume proceeds historically: from studies of the classic Marxian legacy; to the early twentieth century efforts of Lukacs Weber and Adorno; proceeding to the disintegration of the Marxian paradigm in both its pure and revisionist forms. It ends with a study of options posed by this paradigmatic collapse - to consideration of the status of postmodernity and the choices between pure relativism and a theological fundamentalism. This is a work of absolute importance for political philosophy the sociology of knowledge and the history of ideas. In raising recent events to a theoretically meaningful framework it represents a refreshing as well as remarkable step toward understanding Revolutions from 1789 to 1989. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510463

GrandmothersThe Changing Culture Over the past few years there has been a surge of interest in Britain on grandparenting - although it is still a long way behind the USA and several European countries in research in the area. The driving impetus for research is coming from parenting organizations and government departments concerned about the effects on female employment of shortages in nursery places and about the effect of "parenting deficits" on children. Greater involvement of grandmothers in caring for children has seemed to offer a solution to many related problems. It promises to improve care within the family and enable mothers to take on paid work with fewer fears for the consequences without removing other working adults in the family from their jobs. This text discusses how today's grandmothers are changing the image and role that they filled in the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524538

Grandpa Seashells 'Grandpa Sea Shells' tells the story of three young children who spend a day with their grandparents after their grandfather has been diagnosed with dementia. The book is intended to support conversation at the time of first changes in a relative a diagnosis of dementia and mild to moderate progression. Families and clinicians have told us this is the time period when they need material to support their explanations to children. Whilst the book could be used to start a conversation about any form of dementia most of the key symptoms described in this story reflect the typical features associated with the Alzheimer's type as this continues to be the most common. This book has been designed so that children of between four and ten can read it independently. Ideally it should be used with an adult to facilitate discussion about all aspects of family life and to enhance general emotional wellbeing. The book deliberately makes dementia one of many things going on for this family and highlights things that families can still enjoy together. We have included ideas for positive activities at the end of the book as well as puzzle and description pages that children can enjoy doing with a family member teacher or clinician. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780863889974

Grandparenthood First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786865

Grandparenthood This book provides a capsule description of what is known today about the particular aspect of grandparenting whether it's gift-giving adoption travel or discipline. It presents a picture of the current state of knowledge on grandparenting and the grandparent's place in the family. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003061601

Grandparenting in the United States The contributors to Grandparenting in the United States edited by Madonna Harrington Meyer and Ynesse Abdul-Malak of Syracuse University use a variety of quantitative and qualitative data sets to assess how grandparenting and its impacts vary by living arrangements economic status education gender race ethnicity and other stratifying variables. Some papers assess how the provision of financial assistance particularly during economic downturns may be easily absorbed or financially detrimental. Others demonstrate how immigrant grandparents navigate multiple sets of cultural expectations to provide childcare to their grandchildren. Some show how Hispanic grandparents acculturation level is linked to childcare and financial transfer across generations. Others emphasize the extent to which schoolchildren with disabilities are more likely to receive grandparent care particularly if the mother is single. Some reveal how custodial grandmothers are significantly more likely to be poor face social isolation and report poorer health. Others enumerate the positive and negative impacts of frequent interaction for both generations. In total the volume underscores the impact of evolving diversification of grandparenting across multiple generations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780895038753

GrandparentingContemporary Perspectives Grandparenting: Contemporary Perspectives is one of the first books of its kind to offer a dedicated account of the social and psychological research on this important life stage. Reflecting the contemporary positive approach to ageing it covers many of the issues that impact the grandparent experience today such as care-giving and changing family structures to reveal the health and wellbeing benefits of the grandparent role. It examines biological psychological social/ familial gender cultural and economic dimensions to map out the current landscape in this emerging field. Moore and Rosenthal draw on quantitative and qualitative experimental survey observation and case study research including unique data on grandfathers. They examine how people respond to the challenges and possibilities of grandparenting and how this influences intergenerational relationships and adapting to growing older. The book provides a comprehensive up-to-date evidence base for students in health sociology and psychology and those interested in gerontology and the lifespan. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640344

Grandparents as Carers of Children with DisabilitiesFacing the Challenges Older adults caring for developmentally disabled children have special needs. Are you and your agency doing all you can to help?Grandparents as Carers of Children with Disabilities: Facing the Challenges provides the first comprehensive picture of grandparents caring for children with developmental disabilities and their related requirements. Here you'll find information on the mental and physical health of these caregivers highlighting their unique needs and the roles that agencies and advocates need to play in order to meet them. This unique volume will assist practitioners administrators and policymakers in including the needs of this group into planning and service delivery efforts.Grandparents as Carers of Children with Disabilities: Facing the Challenges takes an incisive look at: characteristics of these carers and the children they care for children in kinship care and their special needs the effect of kinship foster care on caregiving grandmothers the approach of Latino grandparents to bringing up children with special needs the service needs and provision issues of grandparent carers In this book here is some of what you'll find: data from a school-based comprehensive multigenerational program in East Harlem New York City which explores environmental stressors associated with children coming into kinship care discussing the impact on grandparent caregivers with a focus on health status and access to care correlates of self-reported depressive symptoms among urban Latino grandparent caregivers a survey of grandparents (mostly African American mostly female) caring for children with developmental disabilities in New York City that focuses on health status emotional state use of formal and informal services and general life situation helpful charts and tables that put the facts at your fingertips a demonstration project that used an intervention model to determine how a three-pronged approach using outreach support groups and case management could be used to aid grandparents caring for children with developmental delay or disabilities ... and much more!As editors McCallion and Janicki point out ”Primary childcare is rapidly becoming a normative experience of grandparenting. Grandparent primary care is found among all ethnic groups and across all socioeconomic levels of society. Concern over preserving the family often causes grandparents to assume responsibility in spite of their limited financial means or own health conditions.” Grandparents as Carers of Children with Disabilities will enable you to provide these courageous loving people with the help they need to do this extraordinarily difficult and often thankless job. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315043708

Grandparents as ParentsA Survival Guide for Raising a Second Family If you're among the millions of grandparents raising grandchildren today you need information support and practical guidance you can count on to keep your family strong. This is the book for you. Learn effective strategies to help you cope with the stresses of parenting the second time around care for vulnerable grandkids and set boundaries with their often-troubled parents and navigate the maze of government aid court proceedings and special education. Wise honest moving stories show how numerous other grandparents are surviving and thriving in their new roles. Updated throughout and reflecting current laws and policies affecting families the second edition features new discussions of kids' technology use and other timely issues. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462509157

Grandparents Cry TwiceHelp for Bereaved Grandparents "Grandparents Cry Twice: Help for Bereaved Grandparents" is a book about grandparents' dual sorrow when a grandchild dies. They cry for their lost grandchild and they also cry for the terrible grief they see their own child having to bear. The author Mary Lou Reed writes of her experiences when her beloved grandson Alex died. Through her personal story she touches the universal in all grandparents' grief. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784740

Grandparents in Cultural Context Grandparents in Cultural Context gives a long overdue global view of the changing roles of grandparents. The eleven main chapters are by experts in the Americas Europe and Russia Asia and Africa and the Middle East and the editors integrate their chapters with previous writings on grandparenthood. Rather than technical or statistical research reports each chapter provides a thought-provoking and comprehensive review of research real-life case stories cultural influences and applied implications for grandparenthood across and within societies. Calling special attention to the roles of grandfathers and grandparenthood in societies previously un-represented in the literature it provides several hundred new citations of work previously unavailable in English-language publications. Accessible to both scholars and students it has several pedagogical features (e.g. web links discussion questions) that make it useful as a text for upper-division undergraduate or graduate level classes in behavioral social and family sciences. It is relevant to psychology gerontology family studies anthropology family/comparative sociology education social work gender studies ethnic studies psychiatry and diversity and international studies programs. Practitioners service providers policymakers and internationally minded grandparents will also enjoy this book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188501

Grandparents/GrandchildrenThe Vital Connection In this book Kornhaber and Woodward explore the vital connections that link generations to each other and expose a new social contract that destroys the emotional bonds between grandparents and grandchildren.This is the first book that reviews in a careful ethnographic manner the relationship of grandchildren to grandparents and the place of love at one end and abandonment at the other by grandparents. The authors probe the deep unexplored emotional histories of hundreds of grandparents: how they feel about themselves their grandchildren and their loss of function within today's nuclear family. With sharp increases in the number of broken families and working mothers grandparents are more vital than ever and also more available than ever. This basic research document shows how grandparents recover their natural role as elders of the family and of society. The authors' basic premise is that to exist is to be connected and that no matter how grandparents act they affect the emotional well-being of their grandchildren for better or for worse simply because they exist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524545

GrandparentsArchetypal and clinical perspectives on grandparent-grandchild relationships Isabelle Meier presents a unique examination of the relationship between grandparents and grandchildren viewed through the lens of analytical psychology. This relationship can have a huge impact on psychological development yet it has been largely neglected in studies of the family. Meier explores both clinical and theoretical material throughout the book. In the first part she dissects archetypal images in the intergenerational relationship particularly as shown in fairy tales myths and legends. From the ‘wise old woman/man’ to the ‘wicked witch’ or the ‘old wizard’ memories and experiences of these archetypes can be stored in the implicit memory and activated later in life. The second part looks at the processes and functions of implicit memory and examines the concept of the complex as it applies to grandparents using Stern’s studies on the present moment and intersubjective phenomena. Finally in part three Meier presents case studies from her own practice. Grandparents will be essential reading for Jungian analysts and psychotherapists analytical psychologists and those in training. It will also be of interest to academics and students of Jungian studies myth and anthropology and readers looking to explore intergenerational family relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688674

Grant AllenLiterature and Cultural Politics at the Fin de Siècle A strikingly interdisciplinary figure in Victorian literary history Grant Allen (1848-1899) has thus far managed to elude the focused scrutiny of contemporary scholarship. This collection offers a valuable analytical and bibliographical resource for the exploration of the man and his work. Grant Allen was a prolific novelist essayist and man of letters who is best remembered today for his The Woman Who Did (1895) which gained fame and notoriety almost overnight through its exploration of female independence and sexuality outside marriage precipitating rabid denunciations of the ’new woman.’ Allen engaged with a span of literary and cultural concerns in the late-Victorian period that extended beyond gender politics however; equally important was his sustained intervention in debates about Darwinism Spencerism and evolution on which subjects he was recognized as an authority and as the foremost popularizer alongside T. H. Huxley and Benjamin Kidd. Not only did Allen’s work link the literary and the scientific it traversed the boundaries between elite and popular culture demonstrating their interconnectedness. This was notable in his travel and environmental writings and in his experiments in orientalist and detective fiction fantasy and science fiction. The contributors to this collection approach the figure of Allen from diverse fields within Victorian studies showing him to be a late-Victorian innovator but also an example of fin-de-siècle modernity. Grant Allen: Literature and Cultural Politics at the Fin de Siècle revisits the richly variegated profile of one of the most intriguing and significant polymaths of the turn of the century recognizing his contribution to and influence on the key modernizing debates of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378216

Grant and Temperley's Europe in the Nineteenth Century 1789-1905 This seventh edition of 'Grant and Temperley' has been comprehensively revised and rewritten by the distinguished historian Agatha Ramm. Its coverage has been greatly extended and it now appears in two volume. This volume one covers the nineteenth century 1789-1905 and the second the period 1905-1970. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837065

Grant and Temperley's Europe in the Twentieth Century 1905-1970 This introductory survey covers all aspects of the period when Britain was transformed into an industrial urban society with political power in the hands of the middle class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138135260

Granular ComputingAnalysis and Design of Intelligent Systems Information granules as encountered in natural language are implicit in nature. To make them fully operational so they can be effectively used to analyze and design intelligent systems information granules need to be made explicit. An emerging discipline granular computing focuses on formalizing information granules and unifying them to create a coherent methodological and developmental environment for intelligent system design and analysis. Granular Computing: Analysis and Design of Intelligent Systems presents the unified principles of granular computing along with its comprehensive algorithmic framework and design practices. Introduces the concepts of information granules information granularity and granular computing Presents the key formalisms of information granules Builds on the concepts of information granules with discussion of higher-order and higher-type information granules Discusses the operational concept of information granulation and degranulation by highlighting the essence of this tandem and its quantification in terms of the associated reconstruction error Examines the principle of justifiable granularity Stresses the need to look at information granularity as an important design asset that helps construct more realistic models of real-world systems or facilitate collaborative pursuits of system modeling Highlights the concepts architectures and design algorithms of granular models Explores application domains where granular computing and granular models play a visible role including pattern recognition time series and decision making Written by an internationally renowned authority in the field this innovative book introduces readers to granular computing as a new paradigm for the analysis and synthesis of intelligent systems. It is a valuable resource for those engaged in research and practical developments in computer electrical industrial manufacturing and biomedical engineering. Building from fundamentals the book is also suitable for readers from nontechnical disciplines where information granules assume a visible position. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074491

Graph Polynomials This book covers both theoretical and practical results for graph polynomials. Graph polynomials have been developed for measuring combinatorial graph invariants and for characterizing graphs. Various problems in pure and applied graph theory or discrete mathematics can be treated and solved efficiently by using graph polynomials. Graph polynomials have been proven useful areas such as discrete mathematics engineering information sciences mathematical chemistry and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367658274

Graph Searching Games and Probabilistic Methods Graph Searching Games and Probabilistic Methods is the first book that focuses on the intersection of graph searching games and probabilistic methods. The book explores various applications of these powerful mathematical tools to games and processes such as Cops and Robbers Zombie and Survivors and Firefighting. Written in an engaging style the book is accessible to a wide audience including mathematicians and computer scientists. Readers will find that the book provides state-of-the-art results techniques and directions in graph searching games especially from the point of view of probabilistic methods. The authors describe three directions while providing numerous examples which include: • Playing a deterministic game on a random board. • Players making random moves. • Probabilistic methods used to analyze a deterministic game. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138627161

Graph Theory (on Demand Printing Of 02787) An effort has been made to present the various topics in the theory of graphs in a logical order to indicate the historical background and to clarify the exposition by including figures to illustrate concepts and results. In addition there are three appendices which provide diagrams of graphs directed graphs and trees. The emphasis throughout is on theorems rather than algorithms or applications which however are occaisionally mentioned. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091316

Graph Theory and Interconnection Networks The advancement of large scale integrated circuit technology has enabled the construction of complex interconnection networks. Graph theory provides a fundamental tool for designing and analyzing such networks. Graph Theory and Interconnection Networks provides a thorough understanding of these interrelated topics. After a brief introduction to graph terminology the book presents well-known interconnection networks as examples of graphs followed by in-depth coverage of Hamiltonian graphs. Different types of problems illustrate the wide range of available methods for solving such problems. The text also explores recent progress on the diagnosability of graphs under various models. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386771

Graph Theory and Its Applications Graph Theory and Its Applications Third Edition is the latest edition of the international bestselling textbook for undergraduate courses in graph theory yet it is expansive enough to be used for graduate courses as well. The textbook takes a comprehensive accessible approach to graph theory integrating careful exposition of classical developments with emerging methods models and practical needs. The authors’ unparalleled treatment is an ideal text for a two-semester course and a variety of one-semester classes from an introductory one-semester course to courses slanted toward classical graph theory operations research data structures and algorithms or algebra and topology. Features of the Third Edition Expanded coverage on several topics (e.g. applications of graph coloring and tree-decompositions) Provides better coverage of algorithms and algebraic and topological graph theory than any other text Incorporates several levels of carefully designed exercises that promote student retention and develop and sharpen problem-solving skills Includes supplementary exercises to develop problem-solving skills solutions and hints and a detailed appendix which reviews the textbook’s topics About the Authors Jonathan L. Gross is a professor of computer science at Columbia University. His research interests include topology and graph theory. Jay Yellen is a professor of mathematics at Rollins College. His current areas of research include graph theory combinatorics and algorithms. Mark Anderson is also a mathematics professor at Rollins College. His research interest in graph theory centers on the topological or algebraic side. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482249484

Graph-Based Social Media Analysis Focused on the mathematical foundations of social media analysis Graph-Based Social Media Analysis provides a comprehensive introduction to the use of graph analysis in the study of social and digital media. It addresses an important scientific and technological challenge namely the confluence of graph analysis and network theory with linear algebra digital media machine learning big data analysis and signal processing. Supplying an overview of graph-based social media analysis the book provides readers with a clear understanding of social media structure. It uses graph theory particularly the algebraic description and analysis of graphs in social media studies.The book emphasizes the big data aspects of social and digital media. It presents various approaches to storing vast amounts of data online and retrieving that data in real-time. It demystifies complex social media phenomena such as information diffusion marketing and recommendation systems in social media and evolving systems. It also covers emerging trends such as big data analysis and social media evolution.Describing how to conduct proper analysis of the social and digital media markets the book provides insights into processing storing and visualizing big social media data and social graphs. It includes coverage of graphs in social and digital media graph and hyper-graph fundamentals mathematical foundations coming from linear algebra algebraic graph analysis graph clustering community detection graph matching web search based on ranking label propagation and diffusion in social media graph-based pattern recognition and machine learning graph-based pattern classification and dimensionality reduction and much more.This book is an ideal reference for scientists and engineers working in social media and digital media production and distribution. It is also suitable for use as a textbook in undergraduate or graduate courses on digital media social media or social networks. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367575113

Graphene Carbon Nanotubes and NanostructuresTechniques and Applications Graphene Carbon Nanotubes and Nanostructures: Techniques and Applications offers a comprehensive review of groundbreaking research in nanofabrication technology and explores myriad applications that this technology has enabled. The book examines the historical evolution and emerging trends of nanofabrication and supplies an analytical understanding of some of the most important underlying nanofabrication technologies with an emphasis on graphene carbon nanotubes (CNTs) and nanowires. Featuring contributions by experts from academia and industry around the world this book presents cutting-edge nanofabrication research in a wide range of areas. Topics include: CNT electrodynamics and signal propagation models Electronic structure calculations of a graphene–hexagonal boron nitride interface to aid the understanding of experimental devices based on these heterostructures How a laser field would modify the electronic structure and transport response of graphene to generate bandgaps The fabrication of transparent CNT electrodes for organic light-emitting diodes Direct graphene growth on dielectric substrates and potential applications in electronic and spintronic devices CNTs as a promising candidate for next-generation interconnect conductors CMOS–CNT integration approaches including the promising localized heating CNT synthesis method CNTs in electrochemical and optical biosensors The synthesis of diamondoids by pulsed laser ablation plasmas generated in supercritical fluids and possible applications The use of DNA nanostructures in lithography CMOS-compatible silicon nanowire biosensors The use of titanium oxide-B nanowires to detect explosive vapors The properties of protective layers on silver nanoparticles for ink-jet printing Nanostructured thin-film production using microreactors A one-stop reference for professionals researchers and graduate students working in nanofabrication this book will also be useful for investors who want an overview of the current nanofabrication landscape. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077287

Graphene and Carbon Nanotubes for Advanced Lithium Ion Batteries This title covers the fundamentals of carbon nanomaterials in a logical and clear manner to make concepts accessible to researchers from different disciplines. It summarizes in a comprehensive manner recent technological and scientific accomplishments in the area of carbon nanomaterials and their application in lithium ion batteries The book also addresses all the components anodes cathodes and electrolytes of lithium ion battery and discusses the technology of lithium ion batteries that can safely operate at high temperature. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138353121

Graphene for Defense and Security Graphene is giving new impetus to the electronics industry because its band structure allows its properties to be dramatically altered and modified by chemical or electrochemical doping methods. This book provides a comprehensive source of information about graphene as a phenomenon its physics and its mechanical and chemical properties in the light of the latest scientific and technological discoveries. The major focus of the book is on military and special applications since that is where the biggest investments are made. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367873349

Graphene in SpintronicsFundamentals and Applications The discovery and fabrication of new materials have opened the gate for new research fields in science and technology. The novel method of fabricating graphene a purely 2D carbon lattice and the discovery of the phenomenon of giant magnetoresistance (GMR) in magnetic multilayers are not exceptions. The latter has brought about the creation of the new technological field of spintronics which utilizes both spin and charge degrees of freedom of electrons. As for the former many applications have been proposed; however no practical devices have yet been developed in the field of spintronics. The aim of this book is to provide possible hints to overcome the difficulties in graphene applications in the field of spintronics by comparing the physical properties of graphene and magnetoresistive (MR) phenomena in spintronics. The book will be useful for advanced undergraduate students and graduate students of physics chemistry and materials science and young researchers in nanotechnology and the field of spintronics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669566

Graphene NanomaterialsFabrication Properties and Applications The development of graphene-related nanomaterials and nanocomposite has shown immense utility in the areas of science engineering and technology. These materials include graphene derivatives graphene-supported inorganic nanomaterials and films graphene-metal decorated nanostructures core–shell structures of nanocarbon-graphene and graphene-doped polymer hybrid nanocomposites. They have been prepared by various methods like chemical vapor deposition exfoliation of graphite chemical reduction of GO silver mirror reaction catalysis in situ hydroxylation and sono sol–gel route. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745413

Graphene NanostructuresModeling Simulation and Applications in Electronics and Photonics Tremendous innovations in electronics and photonics over the past few decades have resulted in the downsizing of transistors in integrated circuits which are now approaching atomic scales. This will soon result in the creation of a growing knowledge gap between the underlying technology and state-of-the-art electronic device modeling and simulations. This book bridges the gap by presenting cutting-edge research in the computational analysis and mathematical modeling of graphene nanostructures as well as the recent progress on graphene transistors for nanoscale circuits. It inspires and educates fellow circuit designers and students in the field of emerging low-power and high-performance circuit designs based on graphene. While most of the books focus on the synthesis fabrication and characterization of graphene this book shines a light on graphene models and their circuit simulations and applications in photonics. It will serve as a textbook for graduate-level courses in nanoscale electronics and photonics design and appeal to anyone involved in electrical engineering applied physics materials science or nanotechnology research. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800365

Graphene Photonics Optoelectronics and Plasmonics Graphene has been hailed as a rising star in photonics and optoelectronics. The wonderful optical properties of graphene make possible the multiple functions of signal emission transmission modulation and detection to be realized in one material. This book compiles and details cutting-edge research in graphene photonics plasmonics and broadband optoelectronic devices. Particularly it emphasizes the ability to integrate graphene photonics onto the silicon platform to afford broadband operation in light routing and amplification which involves components such as the polarizer the modulator and the photodetector. It also includes other functions such as a saturable absorber and an optical limiter. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the interrelationship between the operation of these conceptually new photonic devices and the fundamental physics of graphene involved in the interactions between graphene and light. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814745604

Graphene Science Handbook Six-Volume Set Smith Michele Normal Smith Michele 1 1 2016-08-18T15:49:00Z 2016-08-18T15:50:00Z 1 320 1828 Taylor and Francis Group 15 4 2144 16.00 Clean Clean false false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591189

Graphene Science HandbookApplications and Industrialization Explore the Practical Applications and Promising Developments of Graphene The Graphene Science Handbook is a six-volume set that describes graphene’s special structural electrical and chemical properties. The book considers how these properties can be used in different applications (including the development of batteries fuel cells photovoltaic cells and supercapacitors based on graphene) and produced on a massive and global scale. Volume One: Fabrication Methods Volume Two: Nanostructure and Atomic Arrangement Volume Three: Electrical and Optical Properties Volume Four: Mechanical and Chemical Properties Volume Five: Size-Dependent Properties Volume Six: Applications and Industrialization This handbook describes the fabrication methods of graphene; the nanostructure and atomic arrangement of graphene; graphene’s electrical and optical properties; the mechanical and chemical properties of graphene; the size effects in graphene characterization and applications based on size-affected properties; and the application and industrialization of graphene. Volume six is dedicated to the application and industrialization of graphene and covers: The design of graphene- and biomolecule-based nanosensors and nanodevices The use of graphene-based field-effect-transistor (GFET)-like structures as sensing substrates and DNA aptamers as sensing elements Recent advances in graphene-based DNA sensors The antibacterial properties of graphene-based nanomaterial (NM) The chemical and physical properties of graphene and its current uses The development of sensitive and selective field-effect transistors (FET) biosensors based on graphene The unique properties of ordered graphene (G) Various methods currently employed for the production of graphene nanocomposites The supramolecular chemistry of graphene derivatives and more Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591332

Graphene Science HandbookElectrical and Optical Properties Discover the Unique Electron Transport Properties of Graphene The Graphene Science Handbook is a six-volume set that describes graphene’s special structural electrical and chemical properties. The book considers how these properties can be used in different applications (including the development of batteries fuel cells photovoltaic cells and supercapacitors based on graphene) and produced on a massive and global scale. Volume One: Fabrication Methods Volume Two: Nanostructure and Atomic Arrangement Volume Three: Electrical and Optical Properties Volume Four: Mechanical and Chemical Properties Volume Five: Size-Dependent Properties Volume Six: Applications and Industrialization This handbook describes the fabrication methods of graphene; the nanostructure and atomic arrangement of graphene; graphene’s electrical and optical properties; the mechanical and chemical properties of graphene; the size effects in graphene characterization and applications based on size-affected properties; and the application and industrialization of graphene. Volume three is dedicated to graphene’s electrical and optical properties and covers: Graphene and graphene nanoribbons for use in high-frequency transistors energy-efficient electronics and photonic devices The interface of graphene/high-κ dielectrics The strain-induced modifications of plasmons in graphene A possible advanced physical framework for treating graphenic structures Recent progresses in the electric lens based on graphene-like materials The thermal and thermoelectric transport properties of graphene A numerical method for simulating the electromagnetic field interaction with single-layer graphene and more Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591318

Graphene Science HandbookFabrication Methods Explores Chemical-Based Non-Chemical Based and Advanced Fabrication Methods The Graphene Science Handbook is a six-volume set that describes graphene’s special structural electrical and chemical properties. The book considers how these properties can be used in different applications (including the development of batteries fuel cells photovoltaic cells and supercapacitors based on graphene) and produced on a massive and global scale. Volume One: Fabrication Methods Volume Two: Nanostructure and Atomic Arrangement Volume Three: Electrical and Optical Properties Volume Four: Mechanical and Chemical Properties Volume Five: Size-Dependent Properties Volume Six: Applications and Industrialization This handbook describes the fabrication methods of graphene; the nanostructure and atomic arrangement of graphene; graphene’s electrical and optical properties; the mechanical and chemical properties of graphene; the size effects in graphene characterization and applications based on size-affected properties; and the application and industrialization of graphene. Volume one is dedicated to fabrication methods and strategies of graphene and covers: Various aspects of graphene device process flows Experimental procedures for graphene nanoribbons (GNRs) from graphene Advances in graphene synthesis routes The fabrication of graphene nanoribbons (GNRs) by different methods The synthesis of graphene oxide its reduction and its functionalization with organic materials The electrophoretic deposition (EPD) processing of graphene family materials The preparation of graphene using the solvent dispersion method Methods for the preparation of graphene oxide The fabrication and performance of a gate-free graphene pH sensor Advances in wet chemical fabrication of graphene graphene oxide (GO) and more Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591271

Graphene Science HandbookMechanical and Chemical Properties An In-Depth Look at the Outstanding Properties of Graphene The Graphene Science Handbook is a six-volume set that describes graphene’s special structural electrical and chemical properties. The book considers how these properties can be used in different applications (including the development of batteries fuel cells photovoltaic cells and supercapacitors based on graphene) and produced on a massive and global scale. Volume One: Fabrication Methods Volume Two: Nanostructure and Atomic Arrangement Volume Three: Electrical and Optical Properties Volume Four: Mechanical and Chemical Properties Volume Five: Size-Dependent Properties Volume Six: Applications and Industrialization This handbook describes the fabrication methods of graphene; the nanostructure and atomic arrangement of graphene; graphene’s electrical and optical properties; the mechanical and chemical properties of graphene; the size effects in graphene characterization and applications based on size-affected properties; and the application and industrialization of graphene. Volume four is dedicated to the mechanical and chemical properties of graphene and covers: Mechanical properties using a continuum elastic model introduced to describe graphene’s elastic behavior Results of theoretical investigations of the mechanical properties of graphene structures Mechanical stabilities and properties of graphene under various strains Different types of graphene devices for biomolecule and gas sensing Printed graphene-based electrochemical sensor technology Various types of graphene-based electrochemical sensors The chemical vapor deposition of graphene on copper Strategies covering graphene modification Graphene in solar cells including transparent electrodes active layers and interface layer Changes at the micrometric and nanometric scales and more Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591233

Graphene Science HandbookNanostructure and Atomic Arrangement Examines the Low Resistivity High Mobility and Zero Bandgap of Graphene The Graphene Science Handbook is a six-volume set that describes graphene’s special structural electrical and chemical properties. The book considers how these properties can be used in different applications (including the development of batteries fuel cells photovoltaic cells and supercapacitors based on graphene) and produced on a massive and global scale. Volume One: Fabrication Methods Volume Two: Nanostructure and Atomic Arrangement Volume Three: Electrical and Optical Properties Volume Four: Mechanical and Chemical Properties Volume Five: Size-Dependent Properties Volume Six: Applications and Industrialization This handbook describes the fabrication methods of graphene; the nanostructure and atomic arrangement of graphene; graphene’s electrical and optical properties; the mechanical and chemical properties of graphene; the size effects in graphene characterization and applications based on size-affected properties; and the application and industrialization of graphene. Volume two is dedicated to nanostructure and atomic arrangement and covers: The potential applications of graphene heterostructures particularly graphene/h-BN heterostructures Atomic-scale defects in graphene and the huge impact they have on its low-energy electronic structure Recent findings on graphene plasmonics The storage of hydrogen between graphene and inside graphene-oxide frameworks (GOFs) The nitrogen contents species synthesis methods and application on nitrogen-doped graphene Modification methods and applications of graphene and graphene oxide Phonon spectra and vibrational thermodynamic characteristics of graphene nanofilms The imaging of graphene by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) Advances in the formation of graphene-based three-dimensional (3D) architectures and more Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591370

Graphene Science HandbookSize-Dependent Properties Size Up the Short- and Long-Term Effects of Graphene The Graphene Science Handbook is a six-volume set that describes graphene’s special structural electrical and chemical properties. The book considers how these properties can be used in different applications (including the development of batteries fuel cells photovoltaic cells and supercapacitors based on graphene) and produced on a massive and global scale. Volume One: Fabrication Methods Volume Two: Nanostructure and Atomic Arrangement Volume Three: Electrical and Optical Properties Volume Four: Mechanical and Chemical Properties Volume Five: Size-Dependent Properties Volume Six: Applications and Industrialization This handbook describes the fabrication methods of graphene; the nanostructure and atomic arrangement of graphene; graphene’s electrical and optical properties; the mechanical and chemical properties of graphene; the size effects in graphene characterization and applications based on size-affected properties; and the application and industrialization of graphene. Volume five is dedicated to size effects in graphene characterization and applications based on size-affected properties and covers: The use of graphene as a tunnel barrier for both charge and spin transport The mechanical behavior of Kevlar–graphene fibers Size-controlled graphene and cases of graphene nanostructures with size-dependent properties The applications of graphene as adsorbents supporting and hybridization materials and catalysts for removal of pollutants in contaminated water and air Recent research efforts to synthesize a variety of graphene-based structures The properties of indirect coupling between magnetic moments in monolayer graphene nanostructures The recent results of the electronic properties of graphene/metal systems Interface traps in graphene field-effect devices Semi-analytical models for the calculation of the quantum capacitance of both monolayer and bilayer graphene and its nanoribbons The various properties of mono- and multilayers of silicene compared with the corresponding properties of graphene The most relevant data obtained in the field of the vibrational characterization of graphene and graphene-based materials and more Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591356

Graphene–Electrolyte InterfacesElectronic Properties and Applications Graphene–electrolyte systems are commonly found in cutting-edge research on electrochemistry biotechnology nanoelectronics energy storage materials engineering and chemical engineering. The electrons in graphene intimately interact with ions from an electrolyte at the graphene–electrolyte interface where the electrical or chemical properties of both graphene and electrolyte could be affected. The electronic behavior therefore determines the performance of applications in both Faradaic and non-Faradaic processes which require intensive studies. This book systematically integrates the electronic theory and experimental techniques for both graphene and electrolytes. The theoretical sections detail the classical and quantum description of electron transport in graphene and the modern models for charges in electrolytes. The experimental sections compile common techniques for graphene growth/characterization and electrochemistry. Based on this knowledge the final chapter reviews a few applications of graphene–electrolyte systems in biosensing neural recording and enhanced electronic devices in order to inspire future developments. This multidisciplinary book is ideal for a wide audience including physicists chemists biologists electrical engineers materials engineers and chemical engineers. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774949

Graphene-Based MaterialsScience and Technology Continuously studied since its discovery graphene offers truly unique opportunities because unlike most semiconductor systems its 2D electronic states are not buried deep under the surface and it can be easily accessed directly by tunneling or by other local probes. An in-depth analysis of recent advances in graphene research Graphene-Based Materials: Science and Technology discusses synthesis properties and their important applications in several fields. It examines methods for synthesis of graphene as well as surface characterization properties and application in biosensors and energy storage.The book begins with a brief review of the history of graphene and a discussion of its important properties. It then presents the different methods of graphene synthesis available and a brief overview of a few important characterization techniques that distinguishes graphene from its allotropes. The authors detail the applications of graphene in high-speed electronics field-effect transistors biosensors gas-sensors ultra-capacitors photonics optoelectronics and drug delivery. They conclude with coverage of the toxicity properties of graphene and the future of graphene research.Written by experts with more than a decade of experience in nanotechnology research the book incorporates the latest literature and findings in the field. Its emphasis on applications especially biomedical/electrochemical and energy storage applications sets it apart from other books on this topic. It provides those working in graphene and related materials a resource that helps initiate new thinking. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074507

Graphene-Based Terahertz Electronics and PlasmonicsDetector and Emitter Concepts Graphene demonstrates interesting electrical optical and optoelectronic properties. A number of other one-atom-thick material structures have been discovered and studied. Industrially applicable technologies for these structures are currently under active development. In spite of enormous research in the area of devices based on graphene the number of extensive review publications on THz devices based on graphene is small. This review volume would fill the gap. Researchers and engineers working in the fields of electronics and plasmonics can use it to understand the influence of plasmonics on device performance. The book can be also be used as a required text for doctorate courses and as a supplementary material for postgraduate courses. The material presented in the book is reviewed in detail in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 discusses the electronic and plasmonic properties of graphene and heterostructures based on graphene for all devices. Chapters 3–7 focus on the concepts of detectors and emitters with a special emphasis on plasmonic enhancement of those devices as well as on population inversion and lasing. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800754

GrapheneEnergy Storage and Conversion Applications Suitable for readers from broad backgrounds Graphene: Energy Storage and Conversion Applications describes the fundamentals and cutting-edge applications of graphene-based materials for energy storage and conversion systems. It provides an overview of recent advancements in specific energy technologies such as lithium ion batteries supercapacitors fuel cells solar cells lithium sulfur batteries and lithium air batteries. It also considers the outlook of industrial applications in the near future. Offering a brief introduction to the major synthesis methods of graphene the text details the latest academic and commercial research and developments covering all potential avenues for graphene’s use in energy-related areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482203752

GrapheneFundamentals Devices and Applications Graphene is the first example of two-dimensional materials and is the most important growth area of contemporary research. It forms the basis for new nanoelectronic applications. Graphene which comprises field-effect structures has remarkable physical properties. This book focuses on practical applications determined by the unique properties of graphene. Basic concepts are elucidated by end-of-chapter problems the answers to which are provided in the accompanying solutions manual. The mechanisms of electric and thermal transport in the gated graphene interface phenomena quantum dots non-equilibrium states scattering and dissipation as well as coherent transport in graphene junctions are considered in detail in the book. Detailed analyses and comparison between theory and experiments is complemented with a variety of practical examples. The book has evolved from the author’s own research experience and from his interaction with other scientists at tertiary institutions and is targeted at a wide audience ranging from graduate students and postdoctoral fellows to mature researchers and industrial engineers. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613477

GrapheneSynthesis and Applications Since the late 20th century graphene—a one-atom-thick planar sheet of sp2-bonded carbon atoms densely packed in a honeycomb crystal lattice—has garnered appreciable attention as a potential next-generation electronic material due to its exceptional properties. These properties include high current density ballistic transport chemical inertness high thermal conductivity optical transmittance and super hydrophobicity at nanometer scale. In contrast to research on its excellent electronic and optoelectronic properties research on the syntheses of a single sheet of graphene for industrial applications is in its nascent stages. Graphene: Synthesis and Applications reviews the advancement and future directions of graphene research in the areas of synthesis and properties and explores applications such as electronics heat dissipation field emission sensors composites and energy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576868

Graphic Design as Communication What is the point of graphic design? Is it advertising or is it art? What purpose does it serve in our society and culture? Malcolm Barnard explores how meaning and identity are at the core of every graphic design project and argues that the role and function of graphic design is and always has been communication. Drawing on a range of theoretical approaches including those of Derrida Saussure Foucault and Barthes and taking examples from advertising magazines illustration website design comics greetings cards and packaging Graphic Design as Communication looks at how graphic design contributes to the formation of social and cultural identities. Malcolm Barnard discusses the ways in which racial/ethnic groups age groups and gender groups are represented in graphic design as well as how images and texts communicate with different cultural groups. He also explores how graphic design relates to both European and American modernism and its relevance to postmodernism and globalisation in the twenty-first century and asks why when graphic design is such an integral part of our society and culture it is not acknowledged and understood in the same way that art is. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015385

Graphic Design for ArchitectsA Manual for Visual Communication Graphic Design for Architects is a handbook of techniques explanations and examples of graphic design most relevant to architects. The book covers a variety of scales of graphic design everything from portfolio design and competition boards to signage and building super-graphics – to address every phase of architectural production.　 This book combines and expands on information typically found in graphic design information design and architectural graphics books. As architectural communication increases to include more territory and components of a project it is important for designers to be knowledgeable about the various ways in which to communicate visually. For instance signage should be designed as part of the process – not something added at the end of a project; and the portfolio is a manifestation of how the designer works not just an application to sell a design sensibility. In thinking about architecture as a systematic and visual project the graphic design techniques outlined in this book will help architects process organize and structure their work through the lens of visual communication. Each chapter is titled and organized by common architectural modes of communication and production. The chapters speak to architects by directly addressing projects and topics relevant to their work while the information inside each chapter presents graphic design methods to achieve the architects’ work. In this way readers don’t have to search through graphic design books to figure out what’s relevant to them – this book provides a complete reference of graphic techniques and methods most useful to architects in getting their work done. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415522618

Graphic Design in Museum ExhibitionsDisplay Identity and Narrative Graphic Design in Museum Exhibitions offers an in-depth analysis of the multiple roles that exhibition graphics perform in contemporary museums and exhibitions. Drawing on a study of exhibitions that took place at the Victoria and Albert Museum London the Museum of London and the Haus der Geschichte Bonn Piehl brings together approaches from museum studies design practice and narrative theory to examine museum exhibitions as multimodal narratives in which graphics account for one set of narrative resources. The analysis underlines the importance of aspects such as accessibility and at the same time problematises conceptualisations that focus only on the effectiveness of graphics as display device by drawing attention to the contributions that graphics make towards the content on display and to the ways in which it is experienced in the museum space. Graphic Design in Museum Exhibitions argues for a critical reading of and engagement with exhibition graphic design as part of wider debates around meaning-making in museum studies and exhibition-making practice. As such the book should be essential reading for academics researchers and students from the fields of museum and design studies. Practitioners such as exhibition designers graphic designers curators and other exhibition makers should also find much to interest them in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138350373

Graphic DesignLearn It Do It Graphic Design: Learn It Do It is an introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design and the Adobe Creative Cloud applications used to put these concepts into practice. This book is intended for production-oriented audiences those interested in the what why and how of graphic design. The "what" is effective graphic design a visual solution created using the design principles that stands out in a crowded marketplace. This discussion includes color theory typography and page layout. Focus on the "why" of design begins with the reasons why we communicate. Attention is paid to the purpose of the visual solution and to its audiences. The conversation highlights output options (print vs. onscreen) and their related file properties. The "how" of design addresses the stages of production and use of Adobe Photoshop CC Illustrator CC and InDesign CC to translate an idea into a visual solution. Following an overview of each application and its uses step-by-step exercises are provided to foster familiarity with each application’s workspace and its tools. These exercises provide opportunities to implement the design principles and to produce examples of work for a design portfolio. Key Features: Content based on over a decade’s worth of experience teaching graphic design Contemporary examples and online references Guided exercises for working in the Adobe Creative Cloud applications Photoshop CC Illustrator CC and InDesign CC Accompanying exercise files and supporting materials available for download from the book’s companion website Discussion questions and activities included at the end of chapters to expand the presented topics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367075347

Graphic GirlhoodsVisualizing Education and Violence Drawing on a dynamic set of "graphic texts of girlhood " Elizabeth Marshall identifies the locations cultural practices and representational strategies through which schoolgirls experience real and metaphorical violence. How is the schoolgirl made legible through violence in graphic texts of girlhood? What knowledge about girlhood and violence are under erasure within mainstream images and scripts about the schoolgirl? In what ways has the schoolgirl been pictured in graphic narratives to communicate feminist knowledge represent trauma and/or testify about social violence? Graphic Girlhoods focuses on these questions to make visible and ultimately question how sexism racism and other forms of structural violence inform education and girlhood. From picture books about mean girls like The Recess Queen or graphic novels like Jane The Fox and Me to Ronald Searle’s ghastly pupils in the St. Trinian’s cartoons to graphic memoirs about schooling by adult women such as Ruby Bridges’s Through My Eyes and Lynda Barry’s One Hundred Demons texts for and about the schoolgirl stake a claim in ongoing debates about gender and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592950

Graphic JusticeIntersections of Comics and Law The intersections of law and contemporary culture are vital for comprehending the meaning and significance of law in today’s world. Far from being unsophisticated mass entertainment comics and graphic fiction both imbue our contemporary culture and are themselves imbued with the concerns of law and justice. Accordingly and spanning a wide variety of approaches and topics from an international array of contributors Graphic Justice draws comics and graphic fiction into the range of critical resources available to the academic study of law. The first book to do this Graphic Justice broadens our understanding of law and justice as part of our human world—a world that is inhabited not simply by legal concepts and institutions alone but also by narratives stories fantasies images and other cultural articulations of human meaning. Engaging with key legal issues (including copyright education legal ethics biomedical regulation and legal personhood) and exploring critical issues in criminal justice and perspectives on international rights law and justice—all through engagement with comics and graphic fiction—the collection showcases the vast breadth of potential that the medium holds. Graphic Justice will be of interest to academics and postgraduate students in: cultural legal studies; law and the image; law narrative and literature; law and popular culture; cultural criminology; as well as cultural and comics studies more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241664

Graphic Lives: AvaA Graphic Novel for Young Adults Dealing with an Eating Disorder Graphic Lives is a series of highly engaging graphic novels for young people who may need counselling and psychotherapy. Each book introduces the difficulties faced by a teenage character and follows them as they travel on their therapeutic journey with a skilled and creative therapist. The key aims of these books are: to demystify counselling and psychotherapy so that it is more appealing and accessible to young people to destigmatise emotional and mental health problems so that young people are better able to accept help to encourage young people to embark upon their own healing journeys equipped with the sense that there is a way forward. Sixteen year-olds Ava and Jade are obsessed with food calories and staying thin. Pleased with the many compliments they receive they push themselves into anorexia. Ava's mother is alarmed by her daughter's weight loss and forces her into therapy with the school counsellor Steph. However after only two sessions Steph touches a raw nerve Ava storms out and refuses to continue. Only when Jade is admitted to hospital does Ava return to therapy where she begins to understand the causes of her anorexic tendencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301634

Graphic Lives: HariA Graphic Novel for Young Adults Dealing with Anxiety Graphic Lives is a series of highly engaging graphic novels for young people who may need counselling and psychotherapy. Each book introduces the difficulties faced by a teenage character and follows them as they travel on their therapeutic journey with a skilled and creative therapist. The key aims of these books are: to demystify counselling and psychotherapy so that it is more appealing and accessible to young people to destigmatise emotional and mental health problems so that young people are better able to accept help to encourage young people to embark upon their own healing journeys equipped with the sense that there is a way forward. As fifteen year-old Hari approaches his mock-GCSEs he begins to experience anxiety attacks aggravated by his fears of failure to meet his own and his family's expectations. When intermittent feigned illness escalates to the point where he runs out of an exam and hides in a cupboard Hari agrees to see Steph the school counsellor. Together they explore ways for Hari to manage his own anxiety and be less critical of himself. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301641

Graphic Lives: LexiA Graphic Novel for Young Adults Dealing with Self-Harm Graphic Lives is a series of highly engaging graphic novels for young people who may need counselling and psychotherapy. Each book introduces the difficulties faced by a teenage character and follows them as they travel on their therapeutic journey with a skilled and creative therapist. The key aims of these books are to demystify counselling and psychotherapy so that it is more appealing and accessible to young people to destigmatise emotional and mental health problems so that young people are better able to accept help to encourage young people to embark upon their own healing journeys equipped with the sense that there is a way forward. Following the traumatic break-up of her parents' marriage Lexi feels excluded and unloved. Unable to cope with her emotions she self-harms cutting herself with a scalpel. When her boyfriend splits up with her the self-harm intensifies until Lexi's sister persuades her to see Steph the school counsellor. Together they explore some of the experiences that have shaped the way Lexi responds to negative emotions and though the challenges she faces remain the same as the therapy continues she learns how to experience those emotions without self-harming. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301665

Graphic Lives: The Set Graphic Lives is a series of highly engaging graphic novels for young people who may need counselling and psychotherapy. Each book introduces the difficulties faced by a teenage character and follows them as they travel on their therapeutic journey with a skilled and creative therapist. The key aims of these books are: to demystify counselling and psychotherapy so that it is more appealing and accessible to young people to destigmatise emotional and mental health problems so that young people are better able to accept help to encourage young people to embark upon their own healing journeys equipped with the sense that there is a way forward. The books included in the set are: Graphic Lives: Essential Support Guide - ISBN 9781909301658 Graphic Lives: Ava (A Graphic Novel for Young Adults Dealing with an Eating Disorder) - ISBN 9781909301634 Graphic Lives: Hari (A Graphic Novel for Young Adults Dealing with Anxiety) - ISBN 9781909301641 Graphic Lives: Lexi (A Graphic Novel for Young Adults Dealing with Self-Harm) - ISBN 9781909301665 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911186199

Graphic LivesEssential Support Guide Graphic Lives is a series of highly engaging graphic novels for young people who may need counselling and psychotherapy. Each book introduces the difficulties faced by a teenage character and follows them as they travel on their therapeutic journey with a skilled and creative therapist. The key aims of these books are: to demystify counselling and psychotherapy so that it is more appealing and accessible to young people to destigmatise emotional and mental health problems so that young people are better able to accept help to encourage young people to embark upon their own healing journeys equipped with the sense that there is a way forward. The Essential Support Guide designed to be used alongside the Graphic Lives novels provides therapists and counsellors with a range of support resources linked to the stories and the issues covered. For each graphic novel this guide offers: clear and concise coverage of risk factors and warning signs relating to the issue covered in the story detailed exploration of each therapeutic session in the story so that you can devise you own sessions that link to the therapy in the story an up-to-date summary of research around the issue covered in the book professional guidance on working with that issue to help you achieve the best possible outcomes for the young people you work with. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909301658

Graphic Narratives about South Asia and South Asian AmericaAesthetics and Politics This book explores the field of Comics Studies in South Asia illuminating an art form in which there has been a much-documented explosion of recent interest. A diverse group of scholars from Asia Europe and North America examine aesthetics politics and ideology in sequential art about South Asia and South Asian America. The book features contributions which address gender violence; authoritarian politics; caste discrimination; environmentalism; racism; and urban street art amongst others. The unique interdisciplinary span of the volume considers mass popular comic books as well as the graphic novel. This edited volume would be of interest to those studying the influence of graphic novels graphic narratives and comic books in South Asia as well as researchers interested in what these forms might have to say about important issues in society. This book was originally published as a special issue of the South Asian Review journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365554

Graphic Narratives and the Mythological Imagination in India This book explores graphic narratives and comics in India and demonstrates how these forms serve as sites on which myths are enacted and recast. It uses the case studies of a comics version of the Mahabharata War a folk artist’s rendition of a comic book story and a commercial project to re-imagine two of India’s most famous epics â€“ the Ramayana and the Mahabharata â€“ as science fiction and superhero tales. It discusses comic books and self-published graphic novels; bardic performance aided with painted scrolls and commercial superhero comics; myths folklore and science fiction; and different pictorial styles and genres of graphic narration and storytelling. It also examines the actual process of the creation of comics besides discussions with artists on the tools and location of the comics medium as well as the method and impact of translation and crossover genres in such narratives. With its clear lucid style and rich illustrations the book will be useful to scholars and researchers of sociology anthropology visual culture and media and South Asian studies as well as those working on art history religion popular culture graphic novels art and design folk culture literature and performing arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367272876

Graphic Novels and Visual Cultures in South Asia Graphic Novels and Visual Cultures in South Asia explores the shifting landscapes of the graphic narratives and related visual cultures scene in South Asia today. This exciting volume explores the ever-developing scene of graphic novels graphic narratives and related visual cultures in South Asia. Covering topics such as Tamil comics material memory the politics of graphic adaptation the fandom of Ms Marvel as well as watching Pakistani social lives on Indian TV this collection of essays are testament to how visual cultures across South Asia are responding to a new world order. The collection of work explores how certain visual cultures in South Asia are attempting to re-shape previous modes of visuality by unpacking what it means to be living in South Asia today. Through its inclusion of articles visual essays and in-conversation pieces this collection offers insight into the ways in which this narrative is unfolding the kind of stories which are being told and how in telling these stories South Asian society is called upon to engage and crucially to react to what we see how and why we see it. This book was originally published as a special issue of the South Asian Popular Culture journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437114

Graphic ViolenceIllustrated Theories About Violence Popular Media and Our Social Lives Graphic Violence provides an innovative introduction to the relationship between violence and visual media discussing how media consumers and producers can think critically about and interact with violent visual content. It comprehensively surveys predominant theories of media violence and the research supporting and challenging them addressing issues ranging from social learning to representations of war and terrorism to gender and hyper-masculinity. Each chapter features original artwork presenting a story in the style of a graphic novel to demonstrate the concepts at hand. Truly unique in its approach to the subject and medium this volume is an excellent resource for undergraduate students of communication and media theory as well as anyone interested in understanding the causes and effects of violence in media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362302

Graphical Analysis of Multi-Response Data A comprehensive summary of new and existing approaches to analyzing multiresponse data Graphical Analysis of Multiresponse Data emphasizes graphical procedures. These procedures are then used in various ways to analyze summarize and present data from a specific well-known plant breeding trial.These procedures result in overlap plots their corresponding semigraphical tables scatter plot matrices profiles across environments and attributes for individual genotypes and groups of genotypes and principal components.The interpretation of these displays as an aid to understanding is illustrated and discussed. Techniques for choosing expressions for the observed quantities are also emphasized.Graphical Analysis of Multiresponse Data is arranged into three parts:What can usefully be doneConsequences for the exampleApproaches and choices in more detailThat structure enables the reader to obtain an overview of what can be found and to then delve into various aspects more deeply if desired. Statisticians data analysts biometricians plant breeders behavioral scientists social scientists and engineering scientists will find Graphical Analysis of Multiresponse Data offers invaluable assistance. Its details are also of interest to scientists in private firms government institutions and research organizations who are concerned with the analysis and interpretation of experimental multiresponse data. Media > Books > E-books Chapman & Hall 9780367811846

Graphical Data Analysis with R See How Graphics Reveal Information Graphical Data Analysis with R shows you what information you can gain from graphical displays. The book focuses on why you draw graphics to display data and which graphics to draw (and uses R to do so). All the datasets are available in R or one of its packages and the R code is available at rosuda.org/GDA. Graphical data analysis is useful for data cleaning exploring data structure detecting outliers and unusual groups identifying trends and clusters spotting local patterns evaluating modelling output and presenting results. This book guides you in choosing graphics and understanding what information you can glean from them. It can be used as a primary text in a graphical data analysis course or as a supplement in a statistics course. Colour graphics are used throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498715232

Graphical Methods for Data Analysis This book present graphical methods for analysing data. Some methods are new and some are old some require a computer and others only paper and pencil; but they are all powerful data analysis tools. In many situations a set of data � even a large set- can be adequately analysed through graphical methods alone. In most other situations a few well-chosen graphical displays can significantly enhance numerical statistical analyses. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781315893204

Graphics and GUIs with MATLAB MATLAB now the industry-standard engineering language for computation analysis and visualization continues to evolve in its capabilities. Version 6.x incorporated several major improvements including significant enhancements to its graphics features such as transparencies increased 3-D visualization and an improved rendering engine.The bestselling Graphics and GUIs with MATLAB has been fully revised to reflect MATLAB version 6. The third edition also features a number of improvements in both content and organization that ensure its readers get the optimum level of detail and best possible instruction.New in the Third Edition:Full updates that reflect MATLAB 6.x enhancementsExpanded discussions on 2-D and 3-D graphicsNew chapters on good GUI design and data visualization techniquesVolume visualizationsUpdated language commandsDeeper coverage of programming techniques such as data structures and callback techniquesExercises in each chapterAdditional examples and updated illustrations Graphics and GUIs with MATLAB Third Edition retains the comprehensible almost conversational tutorial style that made its predecessors so popular but offers a streamlined organization and deeper coverage that make this edition an even better way to acquire or increase proficiency in using MATLAB to its fullest graphics capabilities. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138403956

Graphics for Statistics and Data Analysis with R Praise for the First Edition"The main strength of this book is that it provides a unified framework of graphical tools for data analysis especially for univariate and low-dimensional multivariate data. In addition it is clearly written in plain language and the inclusion of R code is particularly useful to assist readers’ understanding of the graphical techniques discussed in the book. … It not only summarises graphical techniques but it also serves as a practical reference for researchers and graduate students with an interest in data display." -Han Lin Shang 　Journal of Applied StatisticsGraphics for Statistics and Data Analysis with R Second Edition presents the basic principles of graphical design and applies these principles to engaging examples using the graphics and lattice packages in R. It offers a wide array of modern graphical displays for data visualization and representation. Added in the second edition are coverage of the ggplot2 graphics package material on human visualization and color rendering in R on screen and in print.FeaturesEmphasizes the fundamentals of statistical graphics and best practice guidelines for producing and choosing among graphical displays in RPresents technical details on topics such as: the estimation of quantiles nonparametric and parametric density estimation; diagnostic plots for the simple linear regression model; polynomial regression splines and locally weighted polynomial regression for producing a smooth curve; Trellis graphics for multivariate dataProvides downloadable R code and data for figures at www.graphicsforstatistics.comKevin J. Keen is a Professor of Mathematics and Statistics at the University of Northern British Columbia (Prince George Canada) and an Accredited Professional StatisticianTM by the Statistical Society of Canada and the American Statistical Association. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367734442

Graphics Interface 2014 This book is the proceedings of the 40th annual Graphics Interface conference-the oldest continuously scheduled conference in the field. The book includes high-quality papers on recent advances in interactive systems human computer interaction and graphics from around the world. It covers the following topics: shading and rendering geometric modeling and meshing image-based rendering image synthesis and realism computer animation real-time rendering non-photorealistic rendering interaction techniques human interface devices augmented reality data and information visualization mobile computing haptic and tangible interfaces and perception. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781482260038

Graphics Processing Unit-Based High Performance Computing in Radiation Therapy Use the GPU Successfully in Your Radiotherapy Practice With its high processing power cost-effectiveness and easy deployment access and maintenance the graphics processing unit (GPU) has increasingly been used to tackle problems in the medical physics field ranging from computed tomography reconstruction to Monte Carlo radiation transport simulation. Graphics Processing Unit-Based High Performance Computing in Radiation Therapy collects state-of-the-art research on GPU computing and its applications to medical physics problems in radiation therapy. Tackle Problems in Medical Imaging and Radiotherapy The book first offers an introduction to the GPU technology and its current applications in radiotherapy. Most of the remaining chapters discuss a specific application of a GPU in a key radiotherapy problem. These chapters summarize advances and present technical details and insightful discussions on the use of GPU in addressing the problems. The book also examines two real systems developed with GPU as a core component to accomplish important clinical tasks in modern radiotherapy. Translate Research Developments to Clinical Practice Written by a team of international experts in radiation oncology biomedical imaging computing and physics this book gets clinical and research physicists graduate students and other scientists up to date on the latest in GPU computing for radiotherapy. It encourages you to bring this novel technology to routine clinical radiotherapy practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894327

Graphics ShadersTheory and Practice Second Edition Graphics Shaders: Theory and Practice is intended for a second course in computer graphics at the undergraduate or graduate level introducing shader programming in general but focusing on the GLSL shading language. While teaching how to write programmable shaders the authors also teach and reinforce the fundamentals of computer graphics. The second edition has been updated to incorporate changes in the OpenGL API (OpenGL 4.x and GLSL 4.x0) and also has a chapter on the new tessellation shaders including many practical examples. The book starts with a quick review of the graphics pipeline emphasizing features that are rarely taught in introductory courses but are immediately exposed in shader work. It then covers shader-specific theory for vertex tessellation geometry and fragment shaders using the GLSL 4.x0 shading language. The text also introduces the freely available glman tool that enables you to develop test and tune shaders separately from the applications that will use them. The authors explore how shaders can be used to support a wide variety of applications and present examples of shaders in 3D geometry scientific visualization geometry morphing algorithmic art and more. Features of the Second Edition: Written using the most recent specification releases (OpenGL 4.x and GLSL 4.x0) including code examples brought up-to-date with the current standard of the GLSL language. More examples and more exercises A chapter on tessellation shaders An expanded Serious Fun chapter with examples that illustrate using shaders to produce fun effects A discussion of how to handle the major changes occurring in the OpenGL standard and some C++ classes to help you manage that transition The authors thoroughly explain the concepts use sample code to describe details of the concepts and then challenge you to extend the examples. They provide sample source code for many of the book’s examples at www.cgeducation.org Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781568814346

Graphite Graphene and Their Polymer Nanocomposites Graphite Graphene and Their Polymer Nanocomposites presents a compilation of emerging research trends in graphene-based polymer nanocomposites (GPNC). International researchers from several disciplines share their expertise about graphene its properties and the behavior of graphene-based composites. Possibly the first published monograph of its kind this book provides a comprehensive snapshot of graphite graphene and their PNCs including the underlying physics and chemistry and associated applications. Beginning with an introduction to natural and synthetic graphite the precursors to graphene the text describes their properties characterization techniques and prominent commercial applications. The focus then moves to graphene and its unique features and techniques for its characterization. The chapters cover advances in electrochemical exfoliation of graphite as well as exfoliation routes to produce graphene and graphite nanoplatelets for polymer composites. They also explore commercial use of graphene-based materials such as emerging clean energy and pulse laser applications and use as nanofillers in epoxy-based composites. The authors provide an overview of nanofillers and address two methods for GPNC preparation as well as specialized properties of GPNC. With its multidisciplinary approach this book provides a broader scientific and engineering perspective necessary for meaningful advancements to take place. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439827796

Graphite and Precursors Humans first used carbon as chars from firewood in ritual paintings and primitive metallurgical processes. Natural forms of carbon have been known since antiquity yet the knowledge of the carbon element in chemistry and its technical applications on a larger scale are a relatively recent development. The industrial revolution in Europe two centuries ago led the way to the numerous applications of these graphitic forms that are still used today. Graphite and Precursors features short tutorial articles on different topics related to the science and technology of carbons intended for engineers students of Materials Science and scientists who are seeking a fundamental understanding without "reinventing the wheel." This first volume of the World of Carbon book series focuses on graphite and its precursors including its origin and various implications. The basic properties of hexagonal graphite are developed and several theoretical and experimental approaches explain why this crystalline solid is fascinating in solid state physics. Also featured are the numerous applications connected to thermal mechanical and chemical graphites as well as their various industrial uses in polycrystalline form. Finally carbon precursors are introduced. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397791

Graphs Algorithms and Optimization The second edition of this popular book presents the theory of graphs from an algorithmic viewpoint. The authors present the graph theory in a rigorous but informal style and cover most of the main areas of graph theory. The ideas of surface topology are presented from an intuitive point of view. We have also included a discussion on linear programming that emphasizes problems in graph theory. The text is suitable for students in computer science or mathematics programs. 　   Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482251166

Graphs Matrices and Designs Examines partitions and covers of graphs and digraphs latin squares pairwise balanced designs with prescribed block sizes ranks and permanents extremal graph theory Hadamard matrices and graph factorizations. This book is designed to be of interest to applied mathematicians computer scientists and communications researchers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138403987

Graphs & Digraphs Graphs & Digraphs masterfully employs student-friendly exposition clear proofs abundant examples and numerous exercises to provide an essential understanding of the concepts theorems history and applications of graph theory. Fully updated and thoughtfully reorganized to make reading and locating material easier for instructors and students the Sixth Edition of this bestselling classroom-tested text: Adds more than 160 new exercises Presents many new concepts theorems and examples Includes recent major contributions to long-standing conjectures such as the Hamiltonian Factorization Conjecture 1-Factorization Conjecture and Alspach’s Conjecture on graph decompositions Supplies a proof of the perfect graph theorem Features a revised chapter on the probabilistic method in graph theory with many results integrated throughout the text At the end of the book are indices and lists of mathematicians’ names terms symbols and useful references. There is also a section giving hints and solutions to all odd-numbered exercises. A complete solutions manual is available with qualifying course adoption. Graphs & Digraphs Sixth Edition remains the consummate text for an advanced undergraduate level or introductory graduate level course or two-semester sequence on graph theory exploring the subject’s fascinating history while covering a host of interesting problems and diverse applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498735766

Graph-Theoretical Matrices in Chemistry Graph-Theoretical Matrices in Chemistry presents a systematic survey of graph-theoretical matrices and highlights their potential uses. This comprehensive volume is an updated extended version of a former bestseller featuring a series of mathematical chemistry monographs. In this edition nearly 200 graph-theoretical matrices are included. This second edition is organized like the previous one—after an introduction graph-theoretical matrices are presented in five chapters: The Adjacency Matrix and Related Matrices Incidence Matrices The Distance Matrix and Related Matrices Special Matrices and Graphical Matrices. Each of these chapters is followed by a list of references. Among the matrices presented several are novel and some are known only to a few. The properties and potential usefulness of many of the presented graph-theoretical matrices in chemistry have yet to be investigated. Most of the graph-theoretical matrices presented have been used as sources of molecular descriptors usually referred to as topological indices. They are particularly concerned with a special class of graphs that represents chemical structures involving molecules. Due to its multidisciplinary scope this book will appeal to a broad audience ranging from chemistry and mathematics to pharmacology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138894280

Grappling with GriefA Guide for the Bereaved This book looks at different ways of going through a loss of any kind. The author draws examples from her experience as a psychotherapist and counsellor and offers the readers the chance to learn about different ways of grieving as well as make them see that they are not alone in their grief. The language is free of jargon and the book manages to tackle this difficult subject with the dignity it deserves. The author also offers practical information on the "symptoms" of people faced with loss her view on the different cycles of grief as well as advice to people close to a grieving person. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105402

Grasping the MomentSensemaking in Response to Routine Incidents and Major Emergencies The ways in which organizations make use of information available to them to make decisions and manage activity is an essential topic of investigation for human factors. When the information is uncertain incomplete or subject to change then decision making and activity management can become challenging. Under such circumstances it has become commonplace to use the concept of sensemaking as the lens through which to view organizational behavior. This book offers a unique perspective on sensemaking through its consideration of the variety of ways in which Incident Response is managed by the Police. As an incident moves from the initial call handling to subsequent mobilization of response to first officer attending a wide range of information is acquired processed and shared and the organization (and individuals who work within it) face challenges of making sense of the situation to which they are responding. Moving from routine incidents to large-scale emergencies the authors explore how sensemaking is influenced and affected by the challenges of interoperability within and between organizations. In addition the book develops a view of sensemaking which draws on the theory of distributed cognition focusing in particular on the question of how the technology that is available to Police personnel can support (and sometimes thwart) their ability to make sense of the unfolding situation. The main argument in this book is that sensemaking is distributed cognition and that cognitive processes involved in sensemaking are mediated through interactions with artifacts and other agents. Three perspectives of sensemaking as distributed cognition are presented: making sense with artifacts making sense through artifacts and making sense through collaboration. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781472470805

Grasping the WorldThe Idea of the Museum First published in 2004 this volume recognises that there is much more to museums than the documenting monumentalizing or theme-parking of identity history and heritage. This landmark anthology aims to make strange the very existence of museums and to plot a critical historical and ethical understanding of their origins and history. A radical selection of key texts introduces the reader to the intense investigation of the modern European idea of the museum that has taken place over the last fifty years. Texts first published in journals and books are brought together in one volume with up-to-the-minute and specially commissioned pieces by leading administrators curators and art historians. The selections are organized by key themes that map the evolution of the debate and introduced by Donald Preziosi and Claire Farago two considerable critics who write with the edge and enthusiasm of art historians who have spent their lives working with museums. Grasping the World is an invaluable resource for students and teachers of art history and museum studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024345

Grass LarkStudy of Lafcadio Hearn It is remarkable how persistent a "minor" writer may be. He may lack the large vision and universal message of the great writer but instead possess a clear true intense view of particular places peoples and situations that renders his work unique and irreplacable. Lafcadio Hearn (1850-1904) is such a figure in American literature. Best known as a scholar of Japanese culture Hearn was a remarkable journalist translator travel writer and perhaps second only to Poe in the literature of the macabre and supernatural. Hearn's life as strange and colorful as his work is brilliantly recounted in Elizabeth Stevenson's sensitive and sympathetic biography.The range of Hearn's writing is reflected in the peripatetic course of his life. The son of an Irish father and a Greek mother he was born on the Ionian island of Leucadia was raised in Dublin and came to America at the age of nineteen. His early career was spent as a journalist. Without a trace of condescension or pity he entered into the lives of the dock workers of Cincinnati the Creoles of New Orleans and Martinique and later the common villagers of Japan describing how they lived and worked and what they believed. No mere seeker after the exotic Hearn's immersion in Japanese culture following his emigration in 1890 was born of a profound affinity of mind and sensibility. In Japan the clarity and force of his expression matured. Here Hearn found a beautifully ordered artistically sensitive society but one indifferent to individualism. In later years he saw a society also increasingly susceptible to modern forces of authoritarianism militarism and xenophobia. Horrified by the dehumanizing potential of these forces in East and West alike Hearn remained acutely sensitive to the most minute experience. His study of Japanese folklore and his retelling of its tales and ghost stories combine insight into the universals of the larger human world with an exquisite appreciation of how small things matter.Elizabeth Stevenson's book is as much about the writer as the man. While giving an accurate measure of the scale of Hearn's achievement she makes a compelling case for its artistry. Her reading demonstrates that his writings are not mere aids to the understanding of various cultures but ends in themselves. Hearn did not just translate the folklore of other cultures he recreated it. The Grass Lark will interest literary scholars American studies specialists and folklorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138535992

Grass Roots LeadersThe BrainSmart Revolution in Business Grass Roots Leaders galvanizes the emotional enthusiasm of the workforce and taps the wealth of their brain power to create an engine of innovation that ripples through the organization from the bottom up and powers it forward. Tony Buzan Tony Dottino and Richard Israel pick up a theme they first introduced nearly a decade ago in The Brain Smart Leader and document a way of fundamentally changing the perspective and behaviour of leaders and employees in your organization. Their approach shows how to: * use the brain's capacity for solving problems and implementing innovative plans to make the organization's vision a reality; * adopt a three-speed technique - first gear to slow down and allow new learning or support for difficult transition periods. Second gear shifts up to a productive work outcome and then third gear revs up to champion innovation and change; * apply a series of proven models for dealing with information overload making the best use of scarce resources such as time and keeping sight of successful outcomes as they are developed. The book accurately captures the current state of thinking in organizations as well as the latest research on how our brains work to deliver a radical blueprint for how organizations need to change to survive and what this means to their managers and to their employees. If you are a leader who longs to use the grass roots intellectual capital in your organization but given the quantity of meetings e-mail crises and reorganizations you simply haven't had the time this book is for you. And if you are an employee who is sick and tired of daily stress bad planning and poorly thought-through changes and implementations customer complaints but no improvements this book is for you too. A Brain Smart Revolution in Business starts with one person. You. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585802

Grass Varieties in the United States This user-friendly handbook is a working guide to the status of named and experimental grasses available for use in the United States. It provides physical descriptions and status profiles of grass varieties including turf grass varieties. The handbook also contains maps and descriptions of Land Resources Regions and Plant Hardiness Zones that assist in the understanding of plant adaptation areas. Whenever available the information in the handbook includes: Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138440760

Grasslands of the WorldDiversity Management and Conservation This book begins with a brief account of the extraordinary sequence of events that led to emergence of grasslands as major vegetation formations that now occupy some of the driest and hottest and the highest and coldest on earth as well as vast steppes and prairies in more temperate climes. It is the story of grasses successfully competing with forests and woodlands aided and abetted by grazing herbivores and by humans and their use of fire as a tool. It is a story of adaptation to changing climates and the changing biophysical environments.   A major focus of the book is the Palaearctic biogeographic realm that extends over some 45 million km² and thus more than 1/3 of the terrestrial ice-free surface on Earth. It comprises extensive grasslands of different types and origin which can be subdivided into (1) natural grasslands with (1a) steppes (climatogenic in dry climates) (1b) arctic-alpine grasslands (climatogenic in cold climates) and (1c) azonal and extrazonal grasslands (pedogenic and topogenic) as well as (2) secondary grasslands created and sustained by human activities such as livestock grazing mowing or burning. Grasslands of the Palaearctic do not only form a major basis for the agriculture of the region and thus its food supply but are also crucial for other ecosystem services and host a supra proportional part of the realm’s plant and animal diversity. To reflect that suitability of grasslands for biodiversity strongly depends on their state we apply the term High Nature Value grassland to those natural grasslands that are not degraded (in good state) and those secondary grasslands that are not intensified (semi-natural).   The situation in a variety of countries where grasslands are evolving under the influence of global climate change is also considered. Case studies are presented on Southern Africa Eastern Africa India China South America North America and Australia.   The concluding chapter examines a set of themes arising from the chapters that make up the bulk of this book. The following provide a focus: recent history of grassland biomes – brief recap of current thinking and recent trends with special reference to dry grasslands in the Palearctic regions; the current status of grasslands and germplasm resources (biodiversity) – an overview; management systems that ensure sustainability; how to recover degraded grasslands; socio-economic issues and considerations in grassland management; the impacts of environmental problems in grasslands such as future climate change and intensification and the problems/prospects facing pastoralists and other grassland-based livestock producers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498796262

GrasslandsDevelopments Opportunities Perspectives This book looks at significant current grassland problems and issues and provides an insight into grassland productivity in diverse areas of the world with their various production systems. There is a focus on recent technical advances and the prospects for further innovation through twenty-one chapters by eminent grassland scientists grouped into seven sections - forage germplasm; forage conservation; grass-based systems and organic production; climate change biodiversity and biotechnology; geographical information systems; farmer and pastoralist participation; and regional developments. The book is timely in view of the expanding human and livestock populations especially in arid and semi-arid environments with the consequent pressure on the world's grasslands. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138427129

Grassroots and CoalitionsExploring the Possibilities of Black Politics The main focus of this volume is an exploration of the patterns of competition for political power at the state and local levels in American politics. This volume looks at institutionalized patterns of black political power as they have evolved in the aftermath of the civil rights movement in the 1960s.The editors argue that enough time has elapsed to warrant a new look at the circumstances in which black politics in America has played out. Chapters include an examination of the ability of black candidates to win statewide elections with crucial white support; an analysis of the impact of local political organizations in enhancing the chances of black candidates in winning local races; a look at the messages of black pastors regarding solidarity with the Latino community; and an investigation of the extent of the differences in the political participatory styles of poor blacks and poor whites.The editors note that changes have taken place as black American politics has confronted new complexities. A works-in-progress section explains how theories of racial violence can be used to analyze racial incidents in the United States. Other essays include reflections on blacks in Brazil and in urban American politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852616

Grassroots Approaches to Combatting Poverty Through Adult EducationSupplement to Adult Education and Development No. 34/1990 Originally published in 1990 this supplement to No. 34 (1990) of the journal Adult Education   discusses the relationship between adult education and development. All the studies included in it focus on the reduction of poverty.The majority of the studies cover Africa and South Asia but there is also one covering the Aboriginal inidigenous people of Australia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360945

Grassroots CharismaFour Local Leaders in China This book relates the stories of four leaders under very different political regimes: Colonial Nationalist and Communist. The authors compare Chinese notions of respect and inspiration with their equivalents in other religious and political histories of colonial and post-colonial modernity thereby producing a thorough re-working of the idea of charisma. The result is an intriguing study of the relationship between religious and political authority in a changing world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865579

Grassroots Elections in China Twenty years after the launch of village elections the time is ripe to assess the progress and impact of China’s most notable political reform. Where have elections been conducted well and where have they been conducted poorly? How have procedures changed over the years and have elections truly transformed how power is exercised in the countryside? What methods are researchers employing to study elections and how have scholars from different disciplines contributed to our knowledge of grassroots politics in China? This book carefully examines the implementation and effects of China’s village township and people’s congress elections both in terms of democratizing the polity and spurring other changes in state-society relations. The chapters in this book have been published across several issues of the Journal of Contemporary China. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848053

Grassroots Environmental ActionPeople's Participation in Sustainable Development Managing resources sustainably on the local level is essential for achieving the global goal of sustainable development. The importance of people's participation for sustainable development has recently become increasingly acknowledged yet there is little understanding of the multiple dimensions that such participation involves. Grassroots Environmental Action questions the viability of traditional management systems. Case studies from Latin America Asia and Africa focus on areas where local people are vigorous actors in the determination of their own future and that of their environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176317

Grassroots Environmental GovernanceCommunity engagements with industry Grassroots movements can pose serious challenges to both governments and corporations. However grassroots actors possess a variety of motivations and their visions of development may evolve in complex ways. Meanwhile their relative powerlessness obliges them to forge an array of shifting alliances and to devise a range of adaptive strategies. Grassroots Environmental Governance presents a compilation of in-depth ethnographic case studies based on original research. Each of the chapters focuses specifically on grassroots engagements with the agents of various forms of industrial development. The book is geographically diverse including analyses of groups based in both the global North and South and represents a range of disciplinary perspectives. This allows the collection to explore themes that cross-cut specific localities and disciplinary boundaries and thus to generate important theoretical insights into the complexities of grassroots engagements with industry. This volume will be of great interest to scholars of environmental activism environmental governance and environmental studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367255800

Grassroots Innovation Movements Innovation is increasingly invoked by policy elites and business leaders as vital for tackling global challenges like sustainable development. Often overlooked however is the fact that networks of community groups activists and researchers have been innovating grassroots solutions for social justice and environmental sustainability for decades. Unencumbered by disciplinary boundaries policy silos or institutional logics these ‘grassroots innovation movements’ identify issues and questions neglected by formal science technology and innovation organizations. Grassroots solutions arise in unconventional settings through unusual combinations of people ideas and tools. This book examines six diverse grassroots innovation movements in India South America and Europe situating them in their particular dynamic historical contexts. Analysis explains why each movement frames innovation and development differently resulting in a variety of strategies. The book explores the spaces where each of these movements have grown or attempted to do so. It critically examines the pathways they have developed for grassroots innovation and the challenges and limitations confronting their approaches. With mounting pressure for social justice in an increasingly unequal world policy makers are exploring how to foster more inclusive innovation. In this context grassroots experiences take on added significance. This book provides timely and relevant ideas analysis and recommendations for activists policy-makers students and scholars interested in encounters between innovation development and social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901223

Grassroots Reform in the Burned-over District of Upstate New YorkReligion Abolitionism and Democracy First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992030

Grassroots Social Security in AsiaMutual Aid Microinsurance and Social Welfare Grassroots Social Security in Asia investigates the role of mutual associations in providing income protection to low-income people in Asia and in particular the region's developing countries. Historically these associations have consisted of small groups of people with common interests who save regularly to support maintain and supplement their incomes. Members make regular contributions to a communal fund which is used to provide income protection when they experience financial hardship. This book is the first to comprehensively document the activities of mutual associations and their microinsurance programs in Asia where these programs are especially well developed. It provides a number of important case studies that provide detailed information about mutual associations in different parts of the region covering South Asia Sri Lanka Thailand Mongolia Indonesia and the Philippines. The case studies offer important insights into the potential of mutual associations to offer effective income protection and how their activities can contribute to the formulation of comprehensive and effective grassroots social security strategies in the developing world that make a tangible contribution to the goal of poverty eradication and the improvement of standards of living. This book will be of interest to policy makers academics and students in the fields of Asian studies Social security studies and development studies.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415855495

Grassroots WarriorsActivist Mothering Community Work and the War on Poverty First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811598

Gratian and the Schools of Law 1140-1234Second Edition Collected Studies CS1071The central figure in this volume is that of Gratian whose monumental compilation of canon law sparked off the revival of legal studies in the medieval West. In other collections of essays Stephan Kuttner dealt with the development of canon law in the two centuries that followed the publication of Gratian's Decretum and the ideas that this engendered; here he is concerned with the foundations upon which all these later efforts were based. The work of Gratian is of course the principal focus but the studies then follow the spread of the teaching of law from its inception at Bologna in the 1140s to its appearance soon after in other centres of learning in the West especially in France in the Anglo-Norman schools and in Germany. With a quarter of the volume consisting of additional notes and extensive indexes it makes a contribution of the greatest importance to the historical study of canon law. For this second edition a new section of additional notes has been supplied and the volume is introduced with an essay by Peter Landau; these take account of the important recent work on Gratian and the Decretum and chart the significance of Stephan Kuttner's work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583910

Gratings Mirrors and SlitsBeamline Design for Soft X-Ray Synchrotron Radiation Sources Intended to provide scientists and engineers at synchrotron radiation facilities with a sound and convenient basis for designing beamlines for monochromatic soft x-ray radiation this text will also be helpful to the users of synchrotron radiation who want to help ensure that beamlines being built are optimized for the experiments to be performed on them. The primary purpose of a beamline is to capture as much of the light of the source as possible and then to transfer the desired portion of that light as completely as possible to the experiment. With the development of dedicated brilliant synchrotron radiation sources the first half of the task has been greatly simplified. The beamline designer must contend with the second half of the problem -- conserving the brilliance of the source through an optical system which monochromatizes and focuses the radiation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203719909

Gratuitous Suffering and the Problem of EvilA Comprehensive Introduction Suffering that is not coupled with any redeeming good is one of our world’s more troubling apparent glitches.　 It is particularly vexing for any theist who believes that the world was created by a supremely morally good knowledgeable and powerful god. Gratuitous Suffering and the Problem of Evil: A Comprehensive Introduction is among the first book-length discussions of theistic approaches to this issue.　 Bryan Frances’s lucid and jargon-free analyses of a variety of possible responses to the problem of gratuitous suffering will provide serious students or general readers much material with which to begin an extended contemplation of this ancient and contemporary concern. The perfect size and scope for an introductory philosophy class’s discussion of the problem of evil and suffering and deliberately crafted to be approachable by all interested readers Gratuitous Suffering and the Problem of Evil is philosophy doing what it does best: serious engaged rigorous explorations of even the darkest truths. The book offers many useful pedagogical features including chapter overviews and summaries annotated suggested readings and eight-eight discussion questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415662963

Graveyard PoetryReligion Aesthetics and the Mid-Eighteenth-Century Poetic Condition While immensely popular in the eighteenth century current critical wisdom regards graveyard poetry as a short-lived fad with little lasting merit. In the first book-length study of this important poetic mode Eric Parisot suggests to the contrary that graveyard poetry is closely connected to the mid-century aesthetic revision of poetics. Graveyard poetry's contribution to this paradigm shift Parisot argues stems from changing religious practices and their increasing reliance on printed material to facilitate private devotion by way of affective and subjective response. Coupling this perspective with graveyard poetry’s obsessive preoccupation with death and salvation makes visible its importance as an articulation or negotiation between contemporary religious concerns and emerging aesthetics of poetic practice. Parisot reads the poetry of Robert Blair Edward Young and Thomas Gray among others as a series of poetic experiments that attempt to accommodate changing religious and reading practices and translate religious concerns into parallel reconsiderations of poetic authority agency death and afterlife. Making use of an impressive body of religious treatises sermons and verse that ground his study in a precise historical moment Parisot shows graveyard poetry's strong ties to seventeenth-century devotional texts and most importantly its influential role in the development of late eighteenth-century sentimentalism and Romanticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251274

Gravitation This book suitable for post graduates in Physics and Astrophysics aims at introducing the theory of general relativity as an important background for doing astrophysics. Starting from a detailed discussion of the various mathematical concepts for doing general relativity the book introduces the geometric description of gravity. It gives a brief historical perspective to classical mechanics and electrodynamics making an attempt to establish the necessity of special relativity as propounded by Einstein extending to General Relativity. This book is a good starting point for post graduates wanting to pursue the modern topics of Cosmology High energy astrophysics and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498746649

Gravitation and Gauge Symmetries In the course of the development of electromagnetic weak and strong interactions the concept of (internal) gauge invariance grew up and established itself as an unavoidable dynamical principle in particle physics. It is less known that the principle of equivalence and the basic dynamical properties of the gravitational interaction can also be expressed as a (spacetime) gauge symmetry.Gravitation and Gauge Symmetries sheds light on the connection between the intrinsic structure of gravity and the principle of gauge invariance which may lead to a consistent unified field theory. The first part of the book gives a systematic account of the structure of gravity as a theory based on spacetime gauge symmetries. Some basic properties of space time and gravity are reviewed in the first introductory chapter. The next chapter deals with elements of global Poincar nd conformal symmetries which are necessary for the exposition of their localizations; the structure of the corresponding gauge theories of gravity is explored in chapters 3 and 4. Then in chapters 5 and 6 we present the basic features of the constrained Hamiltonian of Poincar auge theory discuss the relation between gauge symmetries and conservation laws and introduce the concept of gravitational energy and other conserved quantities. The second part of the book explores the most promising attempts to build a unified field theory containing gravity on the basis of the gauge principle. The author presents the possibility to constrict the theory of gravity as a nonlinear field theory in flat spacetime. The final chapters yield an exposition of the ideas of supersymmetry and supergravity Kaluza-Klein theory and string theory.Gravitation and Gauge Symmetries will be of interest to postgraduate students and researchers in gravitation high energy physics and mathematical physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138406315

GravItational Lensing of Quasars The universe in all its richness diversity and complexity is populated by a myriad of intriguing celestial objects. Among the most exotic of them are gravitationally lensed quasars. A quasar is an extremely bright nucleus of a galaxy and when such an object is gravitationally lensed multiple images of the quasar are produced - this phenomenon Media > Books > E-books EFPL Press 9780429186103

Gravitational Waves Gravitational waves (GWs) are a hot topic and promise to play a central role in astrophysics cosmology and theoretical physics. Technological developments have led us to the brink of their direct observation which could become a reality in the coming years. The direct observation of GWs will open an entirely new field: GW astronomy. This is expected to bring a revolution in our knowledge of the universe by allowing the observation of previously unseen phenomena such as the coalescence of compact objects (neutron stars and black holes) the fall of stars into supermassive black holes stellar core collapses big-bang relics and the new and unexpected.With a wide range of contributions by leading scientists in the field Gravitational Waves covers topics such as the basics of GWs various advanced topics GW detectors astrophysics of GW sources numerical applications and several recent theoretical developments. The material is written at a level suitable for postgraduate students entering the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397609

Gravitational WavesA History of Discovery The historic detection of gravitational waves on September 14 2015 prompted by the highly energetic fusion of two black holes has made events in the universe "audible" for the first time. This expansion of the scientific sensorium has opened a new chapter in astronomy and already led to among others fascinating new insights about the abundance of black holes the collision of neutron stars and the origin of heavy chemical elements. The history of this event which is epochal for physics is reconstructed in this book along with a walk-through of the main principles of how the detectors operate and a discussion of how the search for gravitational waves is conducted. The book concludes with an update of the latest detections and developments to date and a brief look into the future of this exciting research field. This book is accessible to non-specialist readers from a general audience and is also an excellent introduction to the topic for undergraduates in physics. Features: Provides an introduction to the historic discovery of gravitational waves Explains the inner workings of the detectors and the search to find the waves hidden in the data Authored by a renowned specialist involved in the ground-breaking discovery Hartmut Grote is a Professor of physics at Cardiff University UK. His main expertise is in experimental gravitational-wave physics and he has worked on building and improving gravitational wave detectors for over 20 years. From 2009 to 2017 he was the scientific leader of the British-German gravitational-wave detector: GEO600. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367136819

Gravity and Magnetic Methods for Geological StudiesPrinciples Integrated Exploration and Plate Tectonics Gravity and magnetic methods can be directly related to physical properties of rocks i.e. the density and the susceptibility and are very useful to field geologists and geophysicists in the mapping and identification of various rock types. They are also used for the detection of minerals with large contrast in density and susceptibility compared to country rock. This reference volume consists of two parts: The first part describes the basic principles and methodology of the gravity and the magnetic methods of geophysical exploration with global examples. It deals with geological studies and gravity & magnetic methods; geodynamic studies (plate tectonics crustal structures plume tectonics); resource exploration (geological mapping hydrocarbon mineral and groundwater exploration); environmental studies (seismotectonics engineering sites climate changes mining geophysics volcanoes and volcanic activity landslides impact craters) and different modes of surveying. The second part is dedicated to the Indian Continent and deals with the application of geological data integrated with other geophysical and geological information. It discusses geodynamics and seismotectonics with respect to the Indian Plate zone including the Indian Ocean Himalaya Tibet and Archean- Proterozoic Cratons and Mobile Belts. It also presents ways for integrated exploration for hydrocarbons minerals groundwater and a number of environmental issues relevant in engineering and archaeology. The accessible style of this unique work will benefit researchers professionals advanced students and interested readers in Geophysics Geology Economic Geology Geological Engineering Geography Mineralogy and related disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415684200

Gray Area PhenomenaConfronting the New World Disorder This book addresses the challenge of international narcotics control by applying "the Manwaring paradigm." The paradigm is the basis for an improved strategy and theory of engagement for weak governments of the developing world built around the concept of the "gray area phenomenon." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367011802

Gray MattersIntroduction to the Philosophy of Mind Gray Matters is a thorough examination of the main topics in recent philosophy of mind. It aims at surveying a broad range of issues not all of which can be subsumed under one position or one philosopher's theory. In this way the authors avoid neglecting interesting issues out of allegiance to a given theory of mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164970

GRC (Glass Fibre Reinforced Cement)Production and uses This E. & F. N. Spon title is now distributed by Routledge in the US and Canada This title available in eBook format. Click here for more information.Visit our eBookstore at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138414037

GreaseGender Nostalgia and Youth Consumption in the Blockbuster Era This book offers the first in-depth look at the history social context and industrial practices behind this teen musical phenomenon to suggest that social change especially in terms of gender and sexuality comes to the surface despite the film’s retro setting blockbuster business model and apparent nostalgic tone. The vast audience for this film over the last thirty-five years and the various "hopelessly devoted" fandoms indicate that Grease exceeds both the confines of its period and the limits of any one ideological message. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735647

Great Adaptations: Screenwriting and Global Storytelling Great Adaptations: Screenwriting and Global Storytelling is the Second Place Winner in the 2019 International Writers Awards! A vast majority of Academy Award-winning Best Pictures television movies of the week and mini-series are adaptations watched by millions of people globally. Great Adaptations: Screenwriting and Global Storytelling examines the technical methods of adapting novels short stories plays life stories magazine articles blogs comic books graphic novels and videogames from one medium to another focusing on the screenplay. Written in a clear and succinct style perfect for intermediate and advanced screenwriting students Great Adaptations explores topics essential to fully appreciating the creative historical and sociological aspects of the adaptation process. It also provides up-to-date practical advice on the legalities of acquiring rights and optioning and selling adaptations and is inclusive of a diverse variety of perspectives that will inspire and challenge students and screenwriters alike. Please follow the link below to a short excerpt from an interview with Carole Dean about Great Adaptations: https://fromtheheartproductions.com/getting-creative-when-creating-great-adaptations/ Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138949188

Great Assistant Principals and the (Great) Principals Who Mentor ThemA Practical Guide Written for principals and assistant principals to read and reflect on together this book describes the most common challenges facing today’s assistant principals – and provides practical solutions. Authors Carole Goodman and Christopher Berry examine how principals and assistant principals can develop the kinds of relationships that serve to meet the needs of students staff and parents. Contents include: The Difference between the Principal’s Job and the Assistant Principal’s Job The Assistant Principal Role: What the Students Need The Assistant Principal Role: What the Staff Needs and Principal and Assistant Principal Communication: The Honest High-Wire Act. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129757

Great AwakeningsPopular Religion and Popular Culture As religious fervor grows Dr. Fishwick a recipient of the Ray and Pat Browne Award for Lifetime Achievement from The American Culture Association takes a sweeping look at religion in the United States--the country with the highest church attendance in the Western world. Popular religion can take many shapes and forms. It can wax and wane but it cannot be eliminated or ignored. That is what prompted him to write Great Awakenings: Popular Religion and Popular Culture.He ponders how religion affects American life and popular culture and why religion has become a major force in contemporary politics. How has the Electronic Revolution furthered the religious right? What does popular religion tell us about popular culture? And about our faith?He identifies and explores five great religious revivals or “Great Awakenings:” the Atlantic Seaboard Awakening the Urban Awakening the Modernist Awakening the Celebrity Preacher Awakening the Electronic AwakeningFishwick explores the current events preceding and during each awakening its leaders followers and critics. Great Awakenings gives a new understanding of the American religious past and leaves us with an anticipation for the next great awakening. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800967

Great Britain the Dominions and the Transformation of the British Empire 1907–1931The Road to the Statute of Westminster The relations of Great Britain and its Dominions significantly influenced the development of the British Empire in the late 19th and the first third of the 20th century. The mutual attitude to the constitutional issues that Dominion and British leaders have continually discussed at Colonial and Imperial Conferences respectively was one of the main aspects forming the links between the mother country and the autonomous overseas territories. This volume therefore focuses on the key period when the importance of the Dominions not only increased within the Empire itself but also in the sphere of the international relations and the Dominions gained the opportunity to influence the forming of the Imperial foreign policy. During the first third of the 20th century the British Empire gradually transformed into the British Commonwealth of Nations in which the importance of Dominions excelled. The work is based on the study of unreleased sources from British archives a large number of published documents and extensive relevant literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367654474

Great Britain and the German Navy First published in 1935 in this volume E.L. Woodward reconstructs with his usual painstaking industry the various phases of Anglo-German naval relations from the enactment of the German navy laws of 1898-1900 to the months of the apparent détente just before the outbreak of war in 1914. The principle documentary collections have been carefully consulted and the material drawn from them is woven into an extended account of negotiations which for several years kept London and Berlin preoccupied with comparative shipbuilding programmes fleet ratios and political formulas. With excellent judgement the author skilfully sets his central theme against the background of concurrent developments in the realm of European diplomacy. Though the importance of the Navy as an international power is indubitably diminished at the moment the matter of the actual strength of the Navy is still a matter of controversy. To some extent today we can say of this book as the reviewer in The Times Literary Supplement said on its first publication in 1935: "The circumstances of today in which naval competition has again begun may differ from those of thirty years ago; but those who read and digest this balanced and accurate account of that period will not fail to observe familiarities in the two situations." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392816

Great Britain and the German Trade Rivalry1875-1914 Originally published in 1933 this volume covers 3 features of British history in the 40 years prior to the First World War: the inroad made by commercial and industrial Germany on the far-flung business empire of Great Britain; the British national reaction to this German rivalry and the influence of that rivalry upon the shaping of British policy toward Germany. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245924

Great Britain and the Opening of Japan 1834-1858 Reissue in paperback (with new Introduction) of the 1951 classic analysis of the crucial years leading up to the Meiji restoration in which Britain provided Japan with its wealth and power model. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138177710

Great Britain and the War of 1914-1918 (RLE The First World War) This volume covers the essential facts about Britain’s role in the First World War not only militarily but also from a domestic point of view: the political and economic organisation of Britain for war the extension of state control the problems set by shortages of shipping and food. The book goes beyond the military defeat of Germany and her Allies to the armistice of November 11 1918 the Peace Conference and the Treaty of Versailles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975453

Great BritainDecline Or Renewal? This thoughtful introduction to British politics explores a country undergoing a painful transition as the twenty-first century approaches. Informed throughout by a comparative public policy perspective this book surveys British policy institutions and behavior since World War II. Donley Studlar analyzes challenges facing contemporary Britain an Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316044

Great BritainIdentities Institutions and the Idea of Britishness since 1500 This is a timely exploration of national identity in Great Britain over nine hundred years of history. Our attitudes to the nation state are changing - national assemblies in Scotland and Wales and growing pressures for regional assemblies. In his vigorous new survey Professor Robbins provides the background to these changing attitudes. He considers the development as well as the possible disintegration of the sense of "Britishness" among the inhabitants of Britain and investigates how - and why - they have preserved their own national and regional identities across several centuries of co-existence.Keith Robbins is Vice Chancellor of the University of Wales Lampeter. Among his many books Longman has also published his highly successful study The Eclipse of a Great Power: Modern Britain 1870-1992 (Second Edition 1994). He is also General Editor of Longman's famous series ofProfiles in Power with over 20 titles already in print and many more in preparation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150768

Great British PlansWho made them and how they worked Can the British plan? Sometimes it seems unlikely. Across the world we see grand designs and visionary projects: new airport terminals nuclear power stations high-speed railways and glittering buildings. It all seems an unattainable goal on Britain’s small and crowded island; and yet perhaps this is too pessimistic. For the British have always planned and much of what they have today is the result of past plans successfully implemented. Ranging widely from London’s squares and the new city of Milton Keynes to ‘High Speed One’ the motorways and the secret first electronic computers Ian Wray’s remarkable book puts successful infrastructure plans under the microscope. Who made these plans and what made them stick? How does this reflect the defining characteristics of British government? And what does that say about the individuals who drew them up and saw them through? In so doing the book casts refreshing new light on how big decisions have actually been made revealing the hidden sources of drive and initiative in British society as seen through the lens of ‘plans past’. And it asks some searching questions about the mechanisms we might need for successful ‘plans future’ in Britain and elsewhere.Includes foreword by the Right Honourable the Lord Heseltine CH. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711425

Great Cities of the WorldTheir government Politics and Planning The giant city of today is a unique phenomenon. Never before have such acute problems of government the provision of essential services planning social life and civilized living arisen from uncontrolled urbanization. In the West and in the East in the more developed and in the less developed countries in capitalist and communist states the great metropolis represents a problem of the first importance which challenges the statesman the official the town planner the political scientist the sociologist and above all the intelligent citizen. The editor has here assembled an authoritative series of studies describing the growth significance government politics adn planning of twenty-four great cities of the world. They show how these widely scattered cities faced essentially similar problems. Each study deals with the actual working of one city in the 1950s how its elective adn executive bodies are organized the kind of political forces which motivate their activities the scope and character of the municipal services how they are finiance. The cities dealt with include Bombay Amsterdam Moscow Montreal Stockholm Rome New York London Sydney and Tokyo. This book was first published in 1954. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860413

Great City Parks Great City Parks is a celebration of some of the finest achievements of landscape architecture in the public realm. It is a comparative study of thirty significant public parks in major cities across Western Europe and North America. Collectively they give a clear picture of why parks have been created how they have been designed how they are managed and what plans are being made for them at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Based on unique research including extensive site visits and interviews with the managing organisations this book is illustrated throughout with clear plans and photographs– with this new edition featuring full colour throughout. Tate updates his seminal 2001 work with 10 additional parks including: The High Line in NYC Golden Gate Park in San Francisco and Westergasfabriek Amsterdam. All the previous city parks have also been updated and revised to reflect current usage and management. This book reflects a belief that well planned well designed and well managed parks and park systems will continue to make major contributions to the quality of life in an increasingly urbanized world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415538053

Great Debates in Criminology This book explores the role of theory and research in criminology. Adopting a unique and refreshing approach to criminological theory it focuses on the great debates in criminology from its inception as a field to the present day. It explores the debates that have motivated criminological thought that have represented turning points in theoretical and empirical trajectories that have offered mini-paradigm shifts and that have moved the field forward. Coverage includes: Classical debates including the work of Lombroso Durkheim and Sutherland; Sociological vs. psychological debates in criminology; Control theory and cultural deviance theory; Criminal career and trait-based theory; Theory testing in criminology; Critical theories in criminology; Debates on the state of criminology and criminal justice; Policy issues in criminology. Each chapter explores several key debates summarizes key points and offers a discussion of the current empirical status. This book is novel in emphasising the role of debate in criminology and offering an enlightening synthesis of theorists and their perspectives. It is essential reading for students taking courses on criminological theory and teachers of those theories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138223738

Great Depression and the Middle ClassExperts Collegiate Youth and Business Ideology 1929-1941 Great Depression and the Middle Class: Experts Collegiate Youth and Business Ideology 1929-1941 explores how middle-class college students navigated the rocky terrain of Depression-era culture job market dating marketplace prospective marriage prospects and college campuses by using expert-penned advice and business ideology to make sense of their situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648134

Great Economic Thinkers from Antiquity to the Historical SchoolTranslations from the series Klassiker der National�konomie This book contains commentaries from the series "Klassiker der Nationalökonomie" (classics of economics) which have been translated into English for the first time. This selection focuses on neglected but notable writers in a deserted sub-discipline localising the beginning of economic science not with Adam Smith but with the moral question of usury and the good life in Antiquity. Bertram Schefold’s choice of authors for the "Klassiker" series which he has edited since 1991 and his comments on the various re-edited works are proof of his highly original and thought-provoking interpretation of the history of economic thought (HET).This volume is an important contribution to HET not only because it delivers original and fresh insights about such well-known figures as Aristotle Jevons or Wicksell but also because it deals with authors and ideas who have been forgotten or neglected in the previous literature. In this regard Schefold’s book could prove to be seminal for the field of the history of economic thought for in the age of globalisation our usual restriction to the thinkers of Western Europe and the USA might eventually be overcome. This book will give the reader a far broader view of economics compared to that of the latest research. This volume is suitable for those who are interested in and study history of economic thought as well as economic theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367864439

Great Economic Thinkers from the Classicals to the ModernsTranslations from the series Klassiker der National�konomie This is the opus magnum of one of the world’s most renowned experts on the history of economic thought Bertram Schefold. It contains commentaries from the series Klassiker der Nationalökonomie (Classics of Economics) which have been translated into English for the first time. Schefold’s choices of authors for this series which he has edited since 1991 and his comments on the various re-edited works are proof of his highly original and thought-provoking interpretation of the history of economic thought.Together with a companion volume Great Economic Thinkers from Antiquity to the Historical School: Translations from the series Klassiker der Nationalökonomie this book is a collection of English translations with introductions by Bertram Schefold. The emphasis of this volume is on the theoretical debates from the theory of value to imperfect completion; from money to the institutional framework of society; and from the history of economic thought to pioneering works in mathematical economics. This volume is an important contribution to the history of economic thought not only because it delivers original and fresh insights about well-known figures such as Marx Stackelberg Sraffa Samuelson Tooke Hilferding Schmoller and Chayanov but also because it deals with ideas and authors who have been forgotten or neglected in previous literature. This volume is of great interest to those who study the history of economic thought economic theory and philosophy as well as those who enjoyed the author’s previous volume Great Economic Thinkers from Antiquity to the Historical School. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367875534

Great ExpectationsThe Social Sciences in Great Britain The social sciences in the United Kingdom are extensive diverse and influential. At any one time more than four million students study the social sciences in schools; and about a half million students study social science in universities. Total university income from the social sciences is at the four billion dollar level. Beyond that many social scientists hold key positions in government business the media civil service and the voluntary sector. Great Expectations reviews the status of the social sciences in Great Britain at the beginning of the twenty-first century. While making clear that work opportunities for social scientists are substantial and that levels of intellectual performance equal that of graduates in physics it provides a hard hitting empirically grounded examination of a near crisis situation. The report goes far beyond what one conventionally expects in commissioned reports arguing that the academic treadmill driven by excessive accountability burdens reduces the originality and quality of much academic research. The report emphasizes the ideological and parochial nature of much British social research. As a result there is little applicability internationally even less interdisciplinary work and at times an outright bias against the market economy as such. The Commission Report is even handed tough minded and frank in discussing how it is that social science and new social and technical forces do not always mesh. The optimism exuded is measured but genuine. Great Expectations offers policy recommendations and scientific goals that can be serviceable not only in the United Kingdom but in all advanced societies in which social research is a central component of economic stability and development. It is a superb reference volume enriched by original analysis and pungent clear-headed writing. Members of the commission include: Professor David Rhind Vice Chancellor of the City University served as Chairman of the Commission. Members included Huw Beynon (Cardiff) Patricia Broadbent (Bristol) Vicki Bruce (Edinburgh) Barry Buzzan (LSE) Sue Duncan (Government Researcher) Stuart Etherington (National Council for Voluntary Organizations) Janet Lewis (Oxford) Denise Lievesley (UNESCO) Richard Portes (LBS) Marc Renaud (Research Council of Canada) Michael Tonry (Cambridge) and David Walker (The Guardian). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524569

Great ExpectationsThe Sociology of Survival and Success in Organized Team Sports In Great Expectations: The Sociology of Survival and Success in Organized Team Sports sociological analysis proves to be a powerful ally for grasping how the sports world unfolds for team players providing a range of sociological ideas and concepts that extend throughout the book. The text boxes and class discussion sections help summarize key issues linking important sociological concepts to the topics at hand. The eight chapters begin with an introduction and then detail athletes’ activities at different stages in their development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488960

Great LakesLessons in Participatory Governance This edited volume while focusing on participatory governance in the Great Lakes basin of North America also gives a comparative perspective of the African Great Lakes. The book describes the actions taken at degraded locations along the Great Lakes in North America through Remedial Action Plans (RAP) and other mechanisms with an aim to highlight the successes and failures encountered in ecosystembased regenerative approaches. The book documents these experiences including the lead taken by industry in improving environmental quality of the Great Lakes. The book concludes with lessons learnt about revitalizing the ecosystem integrity of the lakes which can be replicated in other watersheds of the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781578087693

Great Minds and How to Grow ThemHigh Performance Learning Great Minds and How to Grow Them is a handbook for parents that shows how they can grow the minds of their children and teenagers and guide them to success both at school and in life. The latest neurological and psychological research is proving that most children are capable of reaching high levels of performance that were previously associated only with the gifted and talented. Brains are malleable and IQ is not fixed yet without parental engagement in their learning many children don’t reach the levels of performance that are associated with academic success. Combining new knowledge with extensive research into how we learn this book proves that by using simple everyday techniques that are both rooted in research and accessible for parents children can learn to learn more successfully. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138284609

Great Movie Serials CbGreat Movie Serial First published in 1973 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415760232

Great Nations Still EnchainedThe Cartoonists' Vision of Empire 1848-1914 The grandeur of the great imperial powers of the nineteenth century - Britain France Germany Russia Austria-Hungary and even the burgeoning United States was constantly subverted by the cartoonists of the day. As Roy Douglas reveals cartoons are often more accurate guides to popular feelings than the newspapers in which they appeared. In this his third look at history through the eyes of the cartoonist Roy Douglas provides a clear historical narrative which explains the subtle meaning below the surface of the cartoons. Taken from the period leading to the First World War these cartoons are as fresh - and often as shocking - as the day they were drawn. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862158

Great NegotiatorsHow the Most Successful Business Negotiators Think and Behave What is it about the great negotiators? How is it they seem to manage to recover from disadvantageous positions? How do they adapt their approach to turn an unpromising start into a value creating deal? And why is it that they never seem to lose their appetite for negotiation? Some of this may be down to genes. There may genuinely be born negotiators but as far as the rest of us go it's down to preparation and knowledge; knowledge of how people think and how they behave. Tom Beasor's Great Negotiators is a collection of techniques that illustrate how the most successful negotiators think and behave. Good negotiators are always well prepared and there is a host of tips to help you prepare your strategy and your thinking before an important negotiation. There are also ideas to help you understand the philosophy behind your negotiating approach; to help you handle international negotiations; and to ensure every negotiation is a potential learning experience. Great Negotiators is a treasure trove of ideas from a highly successful international negotiator and trainer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465947

Great Ormond Street Handbook of Paediatrics The product of a world center of excellence in teaching and medical and surgical practice second edition of a bestseller combines the advantages of a colour atlas with those of a short textbook covering clinical features epidemiology investigations and differential diagnosis. Illustrations include clinical photos imaging charts graphs and histology where appropriate. The author/editor team supported by specialist contributions from clinicians at Institute of Child Health/Great Ormond Street offers an unmatched range of expertise in a compact volume. The book is of lasting reference value to pediatricians in training and practice and to professionals in many other disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482222791

Great Ormond Street Handbook of Paediatrics Second Edition The Great Ormond Street Handbook of Paediatrics draws on the extraordinary knowledge and expertise of clinicians at Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children NHS Foundation Trust the UK’s premier academic biomedical research centre in paediatrics. Since its foundation in 1852 it has been transformed into one of the great children’s hospitals of the world with an international reputation for work of the highest quality in the treatment of children with a wide range of serious conditions. This new edition of a bestseller provides an all-encompassing coverage of a wide range of paediatric conditions. It provides the clinical presentation incidence diagnosis aetiology/pathogenesis complications treatment management and prognosis for most conditions. Providing a comprehensive approach the editors are supported by contributions from specialists associated with the hospital thus offering an unmatched range of expertise in a compact volume. The book is also accompanied by more than 1000 illustrations including clinical photos imaging charts graphs and histology where appropriate. They enhance the knowledge necessary to make informed and accurate diagnosis. Its easy-to-read format as well as its comprehensive nature makes it a useful resource for those who treat children. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498781398

Great Power Diplomacy in the Hellenistic World Diplomacy is a neglected aspect of Hellenistic history despite the fact that war and peace were the major preoccupations of the rulers of the kingdoms of the time. It becomes clear that it is possible to discern a set of accepted practices which were generally followed by the kings from the time of Alexander to the approach of Rome. The republican states were less bound by such practices and this applies above all to Rome and Carthage. By concentrating on diplomatic institutions and processes therefore it is possible to gain a new insight into the relations between the kingdoms. This study investigates the making and duration of peace treaties the purpose of so-called 'marriage alliances' the absence of summit meetings and looks in detail at the relations between states from a diplomatic point of view rather than only in terms of the wars they fought. The system which had emerged as a result of the personal relationships between Alexander's successors continued in operation for at least two centuries. The intervention of Rome brought in a new great power which had no similar tradition and the Hellenistic system crumbled therefore under Roman pressure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367881900

Great Power Discord in PalestineThe Anglo-American Committee of Inquiry into the Problems of European Jewry and Palestine 1945-46 A reconstruction of the proceedings of the "Anglo-American Committee of Inquiry into the problems of European Jewry and Palestine 1945 to 1946". This study places the inquiry within the wider context of Anglo-American relations in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992047

Great Power Multilateralism and the Prevention of WarDebating a 21st Century Concert of Powers Great-power conflict and great-power war are still the most dangerous risks the international community is facing today. This edited volume investigates the feasibility of a modern day concert of powers as a way for managing the risk of great power conflicts in the 21st century. The volume takes its inspiration from history. The 19th century European Concert was not only able to ensure a period of exceptional peacefulness among the European great powers it also limited the scope and duration of the few wars that did break out. The chapter authors discuss the achievements and limits of the historical concert define the requirements that a new concert would have to meet critically evaluate obstacles and risks of the approach and indicate how a 21st century concert of powers could complement and fit into the present legal and institutional setting of global politics. This volume offers a systematic examination of the norms and tools of the historical template and scrutinizes these tools for their utility in our time. It will be of great interest to a wide range of scholars and students in areas such as International Relations History and International Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594350

Great Powers and Regional OrdersThe United States and the Persian Gulf Great Powers and Regional Orders explores the manifestations of US power in the Persian Gulf and the limits of American influence. Significantly this volume explores both the impact of US domestic politics and the role played by the region itself in terms of regional policy order and stability. Well organized and logically structured Markus Kaim and contributors have produced a new and unique contribution to the field that is applicable not only to US policy in the Persian Gulf but also to many other regional contexts. This will interest anyone working or researching within foreign policy US and Middle Eastern politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585833

Great Powers and Strategic Stability in the 21st CenturyCompeting Visions of World Order This book addresses the issue of grand strategic stability in the 21st century and examines the role of the key centres of global power - US EU Russia China and India - in managing contemporary strategic threats. This edited volume examines the cooperative and conflictual capacity of Great Powers to manage increasingly interconnected strategic threats (not least terrorism and political extremism WMD proliferation fragile states regional crises and conflict and the energy-climate nexus) in the 21st century. The contributors question whether global order will increasingly be characterised by a predictable interdependent one-world system as strategic threats create interest-based incentives and functional benefits.　 The work moves on to argue that the operational concept of world order is a Concert of Great Powers directing a new institutional order norms and regimes whose combination is strategic-threat specific regionally sensitive loosely organised and inclusive of major states (not least Brazil Turkey South Africa and Indonesia). Leadership can be singular collective or coalition-based and this will characterise the nature of strategic stability and world order in the 21st century.　 This book will be of much interest to students of international security grand strategy foreign policy and IR. Graeme P. Herd is Co-Director of the International Training Course in Security Policy at the Geneva Centre for Security Policy (GCSP). He is co-author of several books and co-editor of The Ideological War on Terror: World Wide Strategies for Counter Terrorism (2007) Soft Security Threats and European Security (2005) Security Dynamics of the former Soviet Bloc (2003) and Russia and the Regions: Strength through Weakness (2003). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415585798

Great PretendersPursuits And Careers Of Persistent Thieves In this book the author focuses on the sociological origins activities and criminal careers of persistent thieves. He uses a crime-as-choice framework and a life-course perspective to make sense of important decisions and changes in the lives of persistent thieves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319809

Great Psychologists as ParentsDoes knowing the theory make you an expert? Does it make you a better parent if you have pioneered scientific theories of child development? In a unique study David Cohen compares what great psychologists have said about raising children and the way they did it themselves. Did the experts practice what they preached? 　 Using an eclectic variety of sources from letters diaries autobiographies biographies as well as material from interviews each chapter focuses on a key figure in historical context. There are many surprises. Was Piaget the greatest child psychologist of the 20th century the only man to try to psychoanalyse his mother? How many sons of great gurus have had to rescue their father from a police station as R.D Laing's son did? And why did Melanie Klein's daughter wear red shoes they day her mother died? 　 The book covers early scientists such as Darwin psychoanalysists such as Freud and Jung to founders of developmental psychology including Piaget and Bowlby as well as Dr Spock. It gives a vivid dramatic and often entertaining insight into the family lives of these great psychologists. It highlights their ideas and theories alongside their behaviour as parents and reveals the impact of their parenting on their children. Close bonds fraught relationships and family drama are described against a backdrop of scientific development as the discipline of psychology evolves. 　 Great Psychologists as Parents will be absorbing reading for students in childhood studies education and psychology and practitioners in psychology and psychoanalysis. It will also interest general readers looking for a parenting book with a difference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899919

Great Quotes for Great Educators Over 600 insightful witty nuggets to motivate and inspire you... and everyone else at your school. Teachers--display these quotes in your classrooms!Administrators--insert them into your faculty memos and share them at staff meetings!Why is this book unique?- it includes over 100 original quotes from internationally acclaimed speaker and educator Todd Whitaker- it features real quotes from real students which echo wit and wisdom for educators- each quote has a direct connection to your life as an educatorExample quote from this book . . ."Great teachers have high expectations for their students but higher expectations for themselves." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138453005

Great Relationships and Sex Education200+ Activities for Educators Working with Young People Great Relationships and Sex Education is an innovative and accessible guide for educators who work with young people to create and deliver Relationships and Sex Education (RSE) programmes. Developed by two leading experts in the field it contains hundreds of creative activities and session ideas that can be used both by experienced RSE educators and those new to RSE.　　 Drawing on best practice and up-to-date research from around the world Great RSE provides fun challenging and critical ways to address key contemporary issues and debates in RSE. Activity ideas are organised around key areas of learning in RSE: Relationships Gender and Sexual Equality Bodies Sex and Sexual Health. There are activities on consent pleasure friendships assertiveness contraception fertility and so much more. All activities are LGBT+ inclusive and designed to encourage critical thinking and consideration of how digital technologies play out in young people’s relationships and sexual lives. This book offers: Session ideas that can be adapted to support you to be creative and innovative in your approach and that allow you to respond to the needs of the young people that you work with.　 Learning aims time needed for delivery suggested age groups to work with and instructions on how to deliver each activity as well as helpful tips and key points for educators to consider in each chapter.　 Activities to help create safe and inclusive spaces for delivering RSE and involve young people in curriculum design.　 A chapter on ‘concluding the learning’ with ideas on how to involve young people in evaluating and reflecting on the curriculum and assessing their learning.　 A list of recommended resources websites online training courses and links providing further information about RSE.　 With over 200 activities to choose from this book is an essential resource for teachers school nurses youth workers sexual health practitioners and anyone delivering RSE to young people aged 11–25. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393634

Great Writers on Organizations: The Second Omnibus Edition This title was first published in 2000:  A collection of the thoughts of many great writers on organizations. These writers are from a variety of different backgrounds. Some draw upon their expertise as practising managers some on their knowledge of rational and local government administration and some on the findings of their research work. All have attempted to draw together information and distil theories about how organizations function and how they should be managed. The volume seeks to provide a general overview of the field and does not provide critical analysis of the views provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704831

Great Writers on OrganizationsThe Third Omnibus Edition Great Writers on Organizations presents succinctly each of the contributions made by 80 of the most prominent management thinkers to the understanding of organizational behaviour and managerial thinking. Among those included are early theorists such as Henri Fayol Frederick W. Taylor and Max Weber classical writers such as Alfred D. Chandler Peter Drucker and Frederick Herzberg through to modern thinkers such as Oliver Williamson Rosabeth Moss Kanter and Charles Handy. New writers included in the Third Omnibus Edition are: Lex Donaldson Stewart Clegg Richard Whitley Michel Foucault and Kathleen Eisenhardt. The volume is an indispensable resource for academics students and managers on what the great writers have to say about the key managerial tasks of how to organize and motivate. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585840

Great ZimbabweReclaiming a ‘Confiscated’ Past Conditioned by local ways of knowing and doing Great Zimbabwe develops a new interpretation of the famous World Heritage site of Great Zimbabwe. It combines archaeological knowledge including recent material from the author’s excavations with native concepts and philosophies. Working from a large data set has made it possible for the first time to develop an archaeology of Great Zimbabwe that is informed by finds and observations from the entire site and wider landscape. In so doing the book strongly contributes towards decolonising African and world archaeology. Written in an accessible manner the book is aimed at undergraduate students graduate students and practicing archaeologists both in Africa and across the globe. The book will also make contributions to the broader field such as African Studies African History and World Archaeology through its emphasis on developing synergies between local ways of knowing and the archaeology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367409999

Great ZimbabweThe Iron Age of South Central Africa First Published in 1994.  This research guide was written as a comprehensive though by no means exhaustive survey of the literature pertinent to studying the indigenous complex societies of south central Africa. Although the paramount focus of the compilation was the archaeology of Great Zimbabwe the author has drawn from a broad geographical area and a wider period of time than that usually associated with Zimbabwean culture in order to demonstrate the cultural background for the growth of monumental trading towns in south central Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605278

Great Zoos Of The WorldTheir Origins And Significance This book illustrates how some best zoos in the world have evolved by reference to the history of a few. It contains a list of names of the present and former professional staff of the Zoological Society of London. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367172282

Greater China and JapanProspects for an Economic Partnership in East Asia Contemporary relations between Greater China and Japan have been conditioned both by differing responses to the impact of Western colonialism during the mid-nineteenth century and the legacy of the Cold War. There are mutual suspicions: the Chinese fear of a Japanese military revival and the Japanese concern over increasing Chinese economic competition and territorial ambitions.Robert Taylor recognises the mistrust in Sino-Japanese relations but also sees shared advantages in this traditionally adversarial relationship. The Chinese are currently modelling their economic strategy on Japan's developmental experience even though China's policies and institutions have distinctive features and differing agendas. The study also examines the growing momentum towards sub-regional integration; rivalry between Greater China and Japan is giving way to competition between regional economic blocks and corporate entities.Greater China and Japan explores the ambiguous relationship between the two countries and states that its development is crucial to the future of the region in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203432365

Greater ChinaPolitical Economy Inward Investment and Business Culture A critical analysis of the reasons underlying the emergence of the Asia Pacific as an economic superpower and the need for judicious evaluation of the likely shape and character of the region's future development. The aim of this collection is to illuminate key areas of debate concerning the People's Republic of China Hong Kong and Taiwan here collectively referred to as Greater China in the belief that the destiny of the Pacific Rim as a whole will be decisively influenced by economic and political developments in this particular region. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203044339

Greater ChinaPolitical Economy Inward Investment and Business Culture This book first published in 1996 focuses on the possible (but problematic) emergence of a so-called ‘Greater China’ encompassing mainland China Taiwan and Hong Kong and the economic reforms inward investment spatial disparities and changes to business culture that would ensue. The similarities differences underpinnings results and prospects for the future of Greater China are analysed in close detail in the chapters collected here. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138369863

Greece European Political Cooperation and the Macedonian Question This title was first published in 2002. An important examination of an international event from the perspective of Greek foreign policy within the wider context of foreign policy in European integration Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138737051

Greece and Spain in European Foreign PolicyThe Influence of Southern Member States in Common Foreign and Security Policy This title was first published in 2001: This in-depth analysis of the foreign policy behaviour of Greece and Spain draws conclusions on the role and influence that the two southern member states have had at different times. Dimitrios Kavakas concentrates on four aspects: the history; adaptation of domestic structures; patterns of behaviour in participation of the Common Foreign Security Policy (CFSP); and the issue of securitization. Allowing the reader to explore other aspects apart from the study of foreign policy of European Union member states this invaluable work will find an audience among research and masters students as well as undergraduates. It is also suitable for courses of European foreign policy comparative policy analysis and specialist courses on politics international relations and European studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792936

Greece and the BalkansIdentities Perceptions and Cultural Encounters since the Enlightenment Greece and the Balkans explores the cultural relationships between Greece and other Balkan countries in the domains of language literature thought translation and music and examines issues of identity and perception among the Balkan peoples themselves. The essays bring together scholars from across a range of disciplines: historians anthropologists linguists and musicologists with specialists on literature translation the history of ideas and religion. By raising issues of cultural hybridity and nationalist or pre-nationalist interpretations of culture and history it lays claim to a place in the context of studies on nationalism and post-colonialism. Greece and the Balkans also contributes to a recognition of the Balkans as a site like some postcolonial ones where identities have become fused orientalism and eurocentrism blurred and where religion and modernity clashed and co-existed. By approaching cultural encounters between Greece and the Balkans from a fresh and informed perspective it makes a substantial contribution to the study of a rather neglected aspect in the history of a region which has suffered in the past from narrow-minded nationalistic arguments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253817

Greece and the Cold WarFront Line State 1952-1967 This is the first study to present a comprehensive analysis of Greek foreign and internal policy during the Cold War covering the key period from the country’s accession to NATO in 1952 until the imposition of the colonels’ dictatorship in 1967. Clearly divided into three parts: 1952-55 1955-63 and 1963-67 this book deals with Greek foreign policy analysis; threat perception; the NATO connection (including Greek-US relations the rise of anti-Americanism in 1955-58 and in 1964-67 the economic dimension of security and the issue of US military aid); Greek policy towards the Soviet bloc; and the regional dimension mainly Greek policy towards Turkey and Yugoslavia and (for the 1964-67 years) the Cyprus crisis which greatly complicated Greek security obligations. This book will be of great interest to students of Greek politics Balkans history the Cold War and strategic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512527

Greece and Turkey in Conflict and CooperationFrom Europeanization to De-Europeanization This book offers a sober contemplative and comprehensive coverage of Greek–Turkish relations covering in depth the current political climate with due regard to the historical dimension. The book includes up-to-date accounts of the traditional areas of unresolved discord (Aegean minorities Cyprus the Patriarchate) with emphasis on why they remain contentious despite the thaw in Greek–Turkish relations from 1999 until recently. It also covers new topics and challenges that have led to cooperation as well as friction such as unprecedented economic cooperation energy resources or the refugee crisis. Furthermore the volume deals with the ‘Europeanization’ of Greek–Turkish relations and other facilitating factors as they appeared in the first decade of the 21st century (including the role of civil society) as well as the contrary ‘de-Europeanization’ from the 2010 onwards which presages a hazardous downward trend in their relations often not helped by the media in both countries which is also examined. This volume will be essential reading to scholars and students of Greek–Turkish relations more generally Greece and Turkey and more broadly to the study of South European Politics European Union politics security studies and International Relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301887

Greece in the 21st CenturyThe Politics and Economics of a Crisis For most of the first part of the 21st century Greece has been seen as a critical battlefield for the survival of the powerful and the adjustment or extinction of the weak as if all the historical contradictions of the global financial crisis and the eurozone crisis were concentrated in that tiny part of the world with a population of just 11 million people and a GDP of less than 2% of that of the European Union as a whole. While the country has been overpowered by the disciplinarian and deeply authoritarian policy mix of ordoliberal/neoliberal rules as this book attempts to show there is hope. Defeat does not end the crisis and crisis means constant opportunity. In this state of affairs all types of agencies try to take advantage of the conditions and opportunities in order to advance towards positions of power and provide the best of solutions for the class interests they represent. Thus harsh conflict is inevitable and if history provides a yardstick it is that in periods of conflict and crisis the winner usually is the one who manages to strike the right political and social alliances at the right time.　The editors have assembled in this volume a number of interdisciplinary chapters and arguments which despite their differences share the strategic aim of a critique of both neoliberalism/ordoliberalism and new authoritarianism. Chapters examine the eurozone crisis from a variety of angles with reference to Greece and Greek politics and society. With this collection of heterodox and scholarly essays the authors and editors aim to offer a progressive understanding of current historical circumstances.　Constantine Dimoulas is an Assistant Professor in social administration and evaluation of social programmes at Panteion University Greece.Vassilis K. Fouskas is Professor of international politics and economics at the University of East London UK and the founding editor of the Journal of Balkan and Near Eastern Studies (Taylor & Francis). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592059

Greece in the Twentieth Century This collective study examines the transformation (metamorphosis) that Greece has experienced over the course of the 20th century by exploring its gradual evolution into a consolidated democracy an advanced economy in the Eurozone and a balanced partner in the EU and NATO promoting a stabilizing role in southeastern Europe.The book examines the variables contributing to the profiling of contemporary Greece emphasizing the conceptual inertia bedevilling the studies of Greece in recent years by focusing on the elements that indicated the slow pace in the country's modernization. In conclusion there is a need for Greece's constant commitment to functional adjustments regarding the country's economic political and strategic priorities in order to promote effectively the role of regional stabilizer acting in concert with NATO and EU partners. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203045893

Greece since 1945Politics Economy and Society  The book draws extensively on research on modern Greece in recent decades and on the many perceptive commentaries on recent events in the Greek press. It adopts both an analytical and chronological approach and shows how Greece has both converged with western Europe and remained distinctively Balkan. David Close writes clearly and forcefully and presents a lively picture of the Greek political system economic development social changes and foreign relations.  Aimed at readers coming to the subject for the first time this is a readable and informative introduction to contemporary Greece. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138153851

Greed Self-Interest and the Shaping of Economics Since 2008 profound questions have been asked about the driving forces and self-regulating potential of the economic system political control and morality. With opinion turning against markets and self-interest economists found themselves on the wrong side of the argument. This book explores how the past of economics can contribute to today’s debates.The book considers how economics took shape as philosophers probed into the viability of commercial society and its potential to generate positive-sum outcomes. It explains how dreams of affluence morality and happiness were built upon human greed and vanity. It covers the bumpy road of the construction and reconstruction of this dream exploring the debate on the foundations conditions and limitations of the idea of the social utility of greed and vanity. Revisiting this debate provides a rich source of ideas in rethinking economics and the basic beliefs concerning our economic system today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666972

Greed to GreenSolving Climate Change and Remaking the Economy This book shows how we can solve the climate change crisis which is the greatest threat humanity has faced. Charles Derber a prominent sociologist and political economist shows that global warming is a symptom of deep pathologies in global capitalism. In conversational and passionate writing Derber shows that climate change is capitalism's time bomb certain to explode unless we rapidly transform our economy and create a new green American Dream Derber shows there is hope in the financial meltdown and Great Recession we are now suffering. The economic crisis has raised deep questions about Wall Street and the US capitalist model. Derber systematically explores the causal links between capitalism and climate change a taboo subject in the U.S and opens up new thinking to solve both the economic and climate crises. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634289

GreedDevelopmental Cultural and Clinical Realms Though references to it are scattered in the writings of Klein and Winnicott the topic of greed has drawn meagre attention from contemporary psychoanalysts. This book fills that lacuna. Noting that the inconsolable relentless and coercive dimensions of such hunger have profoundly destructive impact upon the self and its objects Greed: Developmental Cultural and Clinical Realms sheds light on the emotion's myriad manifestations as well as its camouflage by the ego's defensive operations. Issues of childhood deprivation adolescent novelty-seeking and clinging to the object-world toward the end of life are examined. The avarice that prevails in today's business world is discussed as is the deleterious impact of greed upon marital relations. More to the clinician's interest the book highlights the various ways in which greed makes its appearance during treatment taking into account the tabooed topic of the analyst's own greed for money prestige and intellectual prowess. A remarkable contribution indeed! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202554

Greek Aesthetic Theory (RLE: Plato) This book provides a clear and informed account of aesthetic and callistic concepts as they occur in the works of Plato and Aristotle. The author illustrates their ideas on art and beauty by close reference to their texts and finds a profound similarity which unites them revealing many of their differences to be complementary aspects of an essentially similar viewpoint. He also shows how Greek notions of art and beauty are not merely primitive steps in the advance to modern ideas but have a direct relevance to modern critical controversies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751605

Greek Agriculture in a Changing International Environment Published in 1998 the aim of this text is to promote awareness of the evolution of Greek agriculture as well as of the development of national strategies in conformity with the Common Agricultural Policy provision - which is important for a successful confrontation of modern and prospective international challenges. It offers a case study developing integrated policies for unemployment for prevention of diversification of rural areas and for provision of solutions to the problem of increasing competition while enhancing environmental quality and making rational use of productive resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319202

Greek AmericansStruggle and Success This is an engrossing account of Greek Americans—their history strengths conflicts aspirations and contributions. Blending sociological insight with historical detail Peter C. and Charles C. Moskos trace the Greek-American experience from the wave of mass immigration in the early 1900s to today. This is the story of immigrants most of whom worked hard to secure middle-class status. It is also the story of their children and grandchildren many of whom maintain an attachment to Greek ethnic identity even as they have become one of America's most successful ethnic groups.As the authors rightly note the true measure of Greek-Americans is the immigrants themselves who came to America without knowing the language and without education. They raised solid families in the new country and shouldered responsibilities for those in the old. They laid the basis for an enduring Greek-American community.Included in this completely revised edition is an introduction by Michael Dukakis and chapters relating to the early struggles of Greeks in America the Greek Orthodox Church success in America and the survival and expansion of Greek identity despite intermarriage. This work will be of value to scholars of ethnic studies those interested in Greek culture and communities and sociologists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412852951

Greek AmericansStruggle and Success This is an engrossing account of Greek Americans--their history strengths conflicts aspirations and contributions. This is the story of immigrants their children and grandchildren most of whom maintain an attachment to Greek ethnic identity even as they have become one of this country's most successful ethnic groups. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203790458

Greek and Latin Literature of the Roman EmpireFrom Augustus to Justinian Professor Dihle sees the Greek and Latin literature between the 1st century B.C. and the 6th century A.D. as an organic progression. He builds on Schlegel's observation that art customs and political life in classical antiquity are inextricably entwined and therefore should not be examined separately. Dihle does not simply consider narrowly defined `literature' but all works of cultural socio-historical significance including Jewish and Christian literature philosophy and science. Despite this major authors like Seneca Tacitus and Plotinus are considered individually. This work is an authoritative yet personal presentation of seven hundred years of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415862103

Greek and Roman Dress from A to Z Who dressed as a woman in an attempt to commit adultery with Julius Caesar‘s wife? How did the ancient Greeks make blusher from seaweed? Just how does one wear a toga? If as many claim the importance of clothes lies in their detail then this a book that no sartorially savvy Classicist should be without. Greek and Roman Dress from A to Z is an alphabetized compendium of styles and accessories that form the well-known classical image: a reference source of stitches drapery hairstyles colours fabrics and jewellery and an analysis of the intricate system of social meanings that they comprise. The entries range in length from a few lines to a few pages and cover individual aspects of dress alongside surveys of wider topics and illuminating socio-cultural analysis drawn from ancient art literature and archaeology. For those who want to take their reading further there are references to both primary sources and modern scholarship. This book is be fascinating for anyone delving into it with an interest in style and dress and an invaluable companion for any classicist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542807

Greek and Roman Military ManualsGenre and History This volume explores the enigmatic primary source known as the ancient military manual. In particular the volume explores the extent to which these diverse texts constitute a genre (sometimes unsatisfactorily classified as ‘technical literature’) and the degree to which they reflect the practice of warfare. With contributions from a diverse group of scholars the chapters examine military manuals from early Archaic Greece to the Byzantine period covering a wide range of topics including readership siege warfare mercenaries defeat textual history and religion. Coverage includes most of the major contemporary siege manual writers including Xenophon Frontinus Vegetius and Maurice. Close examination of these texts serves to reveals the complex ways in which ancient Greeks Romans and Byzantines sought to understand better and impose order upon the seemingly irrational phenomenon known as war. Providing insight into the multifaceted collection of texts that constituted military manuals this volume is a key resource for students and scholars of warfare and military literature in the classical and Byzantine periods. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335141

Greek and Roman Networks in the Mediterranean How useful is the concept of "network" for historical studies and the ancient world in particular? Using theoretical models of social network analysis this book illuminates aspects of the economic social religious and political history of the ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Bringing together some of the most active and prominent researchers in ancient history this book moves beyond political institutions ethnic and geographical boundaries in order to observe the ancient Mediterranean through a perspective of network interaction. It employs a wide range of approaches and to examine relationships and interactions among various social entities in the Mediterranean. Chronologically the book extends from the early Iron Age to the late Antique world covering the Mediterranean between Antioch in the east to Massalia (Marseilles) in the west. This book was published as two special issues in Mediterranean Historical Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508759

Greek and Roman Slavery Greek and Roman Slavery brings together fresh English translations of 243 texts and inscriptions on slavery from fifth and fourth century Greece and Rome. The material is arranged thematically offering the reader a comprehensive review of the idea and practice of slavery in ancient civilization. In addition a thorough bibliography for each chapter as well as an extensive index make this a valuable source for scholars and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138128217

Greek and Roman TechnologyA Sourcebook of Translated Greek and Roman Texts In this new edition of Greek and Roman Technology the authors translate and annotate key passages from ancient texts to provide a history and analysis of the origins and development of technology in the classical world. Sherwood and Nikolic with Humphrey and Oleson provide a comprehensive and accessible collection of rich and varied sources to illustrate and elucidate the beginnings of technology. Among the topics covered are energy basic mechanical devices hydraulic engineering household industry medicine and health transport and trade and military technology. This fully revised Sourcebook collects more than 1 300 passages from over 200 ancient sources and a diverse range of literary genres such as the encyclopaedic Natural History of Pliny the Elder the poetry of Homer and Hesiod the philosophies of Plato Aristotle and Lucretius the agricultural treatises of Varro Columella and Cato the military texts of Philo of Byzantium and Aeneas Tacticus as well as the medical texts of Galen Celsus and the Hippocratic Corpus. Almost 100 line drawings indexes of authors and subjects introductions outlining the general significance of the evidence notes to explain the specific details and current bibliographies are included. This new and revised edition of Greek and Roman Technology will remain an important and vital resource for students of technology in the ancient world as well as those studying the impact of technological change on classical society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138927896

Greek Art in ContextArchaeological and Art Historical Perspectives This volume gathers together selected contributions which were originally presented at the conference ‘Greek Art in Context’ at the University of Edinburgh in 2014. Its aim is to introduce the reader to the broad and multifaceted notion of context in relation to Greek art and more specifically to its relevance for the study of Greek sculpture and pottery from the Archaic to the Late Classical periods. What do we mean by ‘context’? In which ways and under what circumstances does context become relevant for the interpretation of Greek material culture? Which contexts should we look at – viewing context political social and religious discourse artistic tradition . . .? What happens when there is no context? These are some of the questions that this volume aims to answer.The chapters included cover current approaches to the study of Greek sculpture and pottery in which the notion of ‘context’ plays a prominent role offering new ways of looking at familiar issues. It gathers leading scholars and early career researchers from different backgrounds and research traditions with the aim of presenting new insights into archaeological and art historical research. Their chapters contribute to showcase the vitality of the discipline and will serve to stimulate new directions for the study of Greek art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595081

Greek Capitalism in CrisisMarxist Analyses Despite the depth of the Greek crisis the exorbitant burdens placed upon the working people and the massive popular resistance movement to capitalist policies there is a definite lack of consistently Marxist analyses of the Greek problem. International debates regarding the Greek crisis have been dominated by orthodox (Neoclassical and neo-Keynesian) approaches. The heterodox side of these debates has been occupied by Radical Political Economy approaches (usually radical post-Keynesian or Marxo-Keynesian perspectives). Moreover they are dominated by the ‘financialisation’ thesis which is quite alien to Marxism neglects the sphere of production and professes that the global crisis is simply a financial crisis that has nothing to do with ‘real’ accumulation and the profit rate. This book argues that by emphasising the sphere of production and profitability classical Marxist analysis better explains the Greek crisis than its orthodox and heterodox competitors. The contributors present critiques of the prevalent approaches and offer studies of the Greek crisis that use the methodology and the analytical and empirical tools of classical Marxist Political Economy. In particular it is shown that the Greek crisis was caused by falling profitability and the ensuing overaccumulation crisis. The ‘broad unequal exchange’ existing between the euro-center and the euro-periphery contributed to Greek capital’s falling profitability. This book enriches the debate about the Greek economic crisis by demonstrating the insights that can be drawn by considering the Marxist alternative to the dominant mainstream and heterodox approaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226852

Greek Civil War The The Greek Civil War (1943--50) was a major conflict in its own right developing out of the rivalry between communist and conservative partisans for control of Greece as the Axis forces retreated at the end of the Second World War. Spanning the transition from World War to Cold War it also had major international consequences in keeping Greece (alone of all the Balkan nations) out of the Communist bloc and stopping the Soviets reaching the Mediterranean. Yet it has received less attention than it deserves from historians. In this striking and original study David Close does justice to both the domestic context of the conflict and also to its international significance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836426

Greek Culture and the EgoA psycho-analytic survey of an aspect of Greek civilization and of art Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1958 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848077

Greek Diaspora and Migration since 1700Society Politics and Culture The Greek diaspora is one of the paradigmatic historical diasporas. Though some trace its origins to ancient Greek colonies it is really a more modern phenomenon. Diaspora exile and immigration represent three successive phases in Modern Greek history and they are useful vantage points from which to analyse changes in Greek society politics and culture over the last three centuries. Embracing a wide range of case studies this volume charts the role of territorial displacements as social and cultural agents from the eighteenth century to the present day and examines their impact on communities politics institutional attitudes and culture. By studying migratory trends the aim is to map out the transformation of Greece from a largely homogenous society with a high proportion of emigrants to a more diverse society inundated by immigrants after the end of the Cold War. The originality of this book lies in the bringing together of diaspora exile and immigration and its focus on developments both inside and outside Greece. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315585857

Greek Education (Routledge Revivals)450-350 B.C. This study first published in 1964 presents a highly readable but scholarly account of Greek education as exemplified by Athenian practise in the period 450-350 B.C. In a substantial introductory chapter the story of Greek education is traced from its origins in Mycenaean times down to the Classical period. This is followed by a lengthy chapter on the actual practice of education at Athens in which many misconceptions are reviewed. The work of each of the great educators is explored in turn. Plato is situated against the more normal ‘democratic’ tradition of Greek education as represented by the sophists and Isocrates. There are chapters on Plato’s Academy and Xenophon both of which have been curiously neglected in most writings on Greek education. The central importance of myth and poetry in the early period and their transformation into science philosophy history and rhetoric in the Classical period are recurrent themes throughout. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138778443

Greek Employment Relations in CrisisProblems Challenges and Prospects Greece’s economy and society have undergone important structural changes in recent years as a result of the financial crisis and consequent austerity policies that have been implemented. The Greek labour market and employment relations system have been subject to immense pressures leading to fundamental changes both in the structure of institutions and in the behaviour of the main employment relations actors.The present volume constitutes a first attempt to appreciate the consequences of a decade of austerity politics on the Greek labour market. Offering a multidisciplinary perspective and building on original research by leading Greek scholars in the fields of labour economics employment relations and the sociology of work it will discuss the impact of the crisis and the resulting policies on the Greek labour market and employment relations.This volume will be of interest to policy makers researchers and students interested in the past present and future of Greek employment relations and the impact of austerity on Greece. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731144

Greek Fiction First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834927

Greek History: The Basics Greek History: The Basics is a concise and compelling introduction to the study of Ancient Greece from the end of the Bronze Age to rule by Rome. With a chapter on each crucial period of Greece’s ancient history the book covers the key topics approaches and issues at the heart of Greek History including: • The invention of politics and the rise of democracy • The central role played by the Greek city • The insights from cultural political demographic and economic history • The benefits and pitfalls of working with different types of sources. Featuring maps illustrations a timeline and annotated guides to further reading this book is an engaging and authoritative introduction for students of Ancient Greek History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644648

Greek Literature and PhilosophyGreek Literature This volume is available on its own or as part of the seven volume set Greek Literature. This collection reprints in facsimile the most influential scholarship published in this field during the twentieth century. For a complete list of the volume titles in this set see the listing for Greek Literature [ISBN 0-8153-3681-0]. A full table of contents can be obtained by email: reference@routledge-ny.com. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055915

Greek Literature in Late AntiquityDynamism Didacticism Classicism Late Antiquity has attracted a significant amount of attention in recent years. As a historical period it has thus far been defined by the transformation of Roman institutions the emergence of distinct religious cultures (Jewish Christian Islamic) and the transmission of ancient knowledge to medieval and early modern Europe. Despite all this the study of late antique literary culture is still in its infancy especially for the Greek and other eastern texts examined in this volume. The contributions here presented make new inroads into a rich literature notable above all for its flexibility and unparalleled creativity in combining multiple languages and literary traditions. The authors and texts discussed include Philostratus Eusebius of Caesarea Nonnos of Panopolis the important St Polyeuktos epigram and numerous others. The volume makes use of a variety of interdisciplinary approaches in an attempt to provoke discussion on change (Dynamism) literary education (Didacticism) and reception studies (Classicism). The result is a study which highlights the erudition and literary sophistication characteristic of the period and brings questions of contextualization linguistic association and artistic imagination to bear on little-known or undervalued texts without neglecting important evidence from material culture and social practices. With contributions by both established scholars and young innovators in the field of late antique studies there is no work of comparable authority or scope currently available. This volume will stimulate further interest in a range of untapped texts from Late Antiquity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367882464

Greek Literature in the Byzantine PeriodGreek Literature First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203616901

Greek Literature in the Classical Period: The Poetics of Drama in AthensGreek Literature This volume is available on its own or as part of the seven volume set Greek Literature. This collection reprints in facsimile the most influential scholarship published in this field during the twentieth century. For a complete list of the volume titles in this set see the listing for Greek Literature [ISBN 0-8153-3681-0]. A full table of contents can be obtained by email: reference@routledge-ny.com. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055892

Greek Literature in the Classical Period: The Prose of Historiography and OratoryGreek Literature This volume is available on its own or as part of the seven volume set Greek Literature. This collection reprints in facsimile the most influential scholarship published in this field during the twentieth century. For a complete list of the volume titles in this set see the listing for Greek Literature [ISBN 0-8153-3681-0]. A full table of contents can be obtained by email: reference@routledge-ny.com. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055908

Greek Literature in the Hellenistic PeriodGreek Literature This volume is available on its own or as part of the seven volume set Greek Literature. This collection reprints in facsimile the most influential scholarship published in this field during the twentieth century. For a complete list of the volume titles in this set see the listing for Greek Literature [ISBN 0-8153-3681-0]. A full table of contents can be obtained by email: reference@routledge-ny.com. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203055922

Greek Literature in the Roman Period and in Late AntiquityGreek Literature First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203616895

Greek MagicAncient Medieval and Modern Magic has always been a widespread phenomenon in Greek Society starting from Homer’s Circe (the first ‘evil witch’ in western history) and extending to the pervasive belief in the ‘evil eye’ in the twenty-first century Greece. Indeed magic is probably the most ancient and durable among social and religious phenomena known to classical and other scholars and it can be traced over a span of some three millennia in sources in the Greek language as well as in an impressive range of visual and other media. For instance curse tablets from fourth-century B.C. Athens the medico-magical gems of late antiquity early Christian amulets and various exorcism prayers from the medieval and later periods. Organised chronologically the intriguing panorama offered by this book guides the reader through the ancient medieval modern and even contemporary periods highlighting the traditions ideologies and methods of magic in each period of Greek history. It brings together the latest insights from a range of experts from various disciplines: classicists art historians archaeologists legal historians and social anthropologists amongst others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518413

Greek Medical Literature and its ReadersFrom Hippocrates to Islam and Byzantium This volume focuses on the relationship between Greek medical texts and their audience(s) offering insights into how not only the backgrounds and skills of medical authors but also the contemporary environment affected issues of readership methodology and mode of exposition. One of the volume’s overarching aims is to add to our understanding of the role of the reader in the contextualisation of Greek medical literature in the light of interesting case-studies from various – often radically different – periods and cultures including the Classical (such as the Hippocratic corpus) and Roman Imperial period (for instance Galen) and the Islamic and Byzantine world. Promoting as it does more in-depth research into the intricacies of Greek medical writings and their diverse revival and transformation from the fifth century BC down to the fourteenth century AD this volume will be of interest to classicists medical historians and anyone concerned with the reception of the Greek medical tradition. Chapter 3 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/OA+PDFs+for+Cara/9781472487919_oachapter3.pdfChapter 6 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/OA+PDFs+for+Cara/9781472487919_oachapter6.pdfChapter 9 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 3.0 license. https://s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/tandfbis/rt-files/docs/OA+PDFs+for+Cara/9781472487919_oachapter9.pdf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593209

Greek MedicineFrom the Heroic to the Hellenistic Age A Source Book First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203824832

Greek Monasticism in Southern ItalyThe Life of Neilos in Context This volume was conceived with the double aim of providing a background and a further context for the new Dumbarton Oaks English translation of the Life of St Neilos from Rossano founder of the monastery of Grottaferrata near Rome in 1004. Reflecting this double aim the volume is divided into two parts. Part I entitled “Italo-Greek Monasticism ” builds the background to the Life of Neilos by taking several multi-disciplinary approaches to the geographical area history and literature of the region denoted as Southern Italy. Part II entitled “The Life of St Neilos ” offers close analyses of the text of Neilos’s hagiography from socio-historical textual and contextual perspectives. Together the two parts provide a solid introduction and offer in-depth studies with original outcomes and wide-ranging bibliographies. Using monasticism as a connecting thread between the various zones and St Neilos as the figure who walked over mountains and across many cultural divides the essays in this volume span all regions and localities and try to trace thematic arcs between individual testimonies. They highlight the multicultural context in which Southern Italian Christians lived and their way of negotiating differences with Arab and Jewish neighbors through a variety of sources and especially in saints’ lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472437907

Greek Myth and the Bible Since the nineteenth-century rediscovery of the Gilgamesh epic we have known that the Bible imports narratives from outside of Israelite culture refiguring them for its own audience. Only more recently however has come the realization that Greek culture is also a prominent source of biblical narratives. 　Greek Myth and the Bible argues that classical mythological literature and the biblical texts were composed in a dialogic relationship. Louden examines a variety of Greek myths from a range of sources analyzing parallels between biblical episodes and Hesiod Euripides Argonautic myth selections from Ovid’s Metamorphoses and Homeric epic. 　This fascinating volume offers a starting point for debate and discussion of these cultural and literary exchanges and adaptations in the wider Mediterranean world and will be an invaluable resource to students of the Hebrew Bible and the influence of Greek myth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664749

Greek Myths and MesopotamiaParallels and Influence in the Homeric Hymns and Hesiod The Mesopotamian influence on Greek mythology in literary works of the epic period is considerable - yet it is a largely unexplored field. In this book Charles Penglase investigates major Mesopotamian and Greek myths. His examination concentrates on journey myths. A major breakthrough is achieved in the recognition of the extent of Mesopotamian influence and in the understanding of the colourful myths involved.The results are of significant interest especially to scholars and students of ancient Greek and Near Eastern religion and mythology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150157

Greek Naval Strategy and Policy 1910-1919 A sharp analysis of Greek naval history in the 1910s a time when the importance of its geographic position and its navy increased greatly. It explains the causes of these developments and their consequences for Greek national aims the Mediterranean naval situation and the Balkan balance of power. Within this context it also examines the competition between Britain France and Germany for Greek naval procurements and influence Greek-Turkish naval tensions and the responses of the great powers. This volume also provides an in-depth analysis of the naval strategy programme education and organization of the Greek state and of the extent to which these were influenced by its own Naval Staff British naval missions and native and foreign politicians. It details the difficulties and rewards in the relationship of this rising naval power with Britain and other great naval powers of the time. This book will be of immense interest to advanced undergraduates postgraduates and researchers in naval history and strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648141

Greek Oracles (Routledge Revivals) H.W. Parke’s Greek Oracles first published in 1967 presents an illuminating introduction to a fascinating and often under-acknowledged aspect of the ancient world: its religion. The Homeric epics have sometimes been regarded as the scriptures of antiquity. But to the Greeks who sought guidance in the troubles of their world the normal method of ascertaining the will of God on some particular issue would not be to consult a book but to enquire from a prophet. From the individual with a reputation for divination to a priesthood officially recognised by the state the wide field of prophecy was dominated by its traditional oracular centres pre-eminently Delphi. Conclusions are based on a detailed examination of this latter oracle throughout the thousand years when the religious culture of the Graeco-Roman world was oriented towards prophecy – an orientation which persevered until a new religion with novel access to God superseded it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138015579

Greek Painted Pottery Greek Painted Pottery has been used by classics and classical archaeology students for some thirty years. It thoroughly examines all painted pottery styles from the Protogeometric to the Hellenistic period from all areas of Greece and from the colonies in parts of Italy. In each case it covers the development of iconography and the use of colour decorative motifs and the distinctive styles of each stage. It examines the most utilitarian pottery objects as well as some of the finest pieces produced by a flourishing civilisation. Other chapters cover the pottery industry and pottery-making techniques including firing the types of local clay which were used and inscription. This study also considers how one can date pottery and establish a chronology and the various methods by which these artefacts have been classified preserved and collected.This is the third edition of this classic text which has been extensively revised and includes a fully updated bibliography. This edition also includes coverage of new evidence and new theories which have surfaced since the book was last revised in 1972. With over 100 black and white photographs and plentiful line drawings the new edition of this comprehensive text will be invaluable to students studying classical art archaeology and art history. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714355

Greek Philosophers as TheologiansThe Divine Arche Concepts of God presented by Greek philosophers were significantly different from the image of the divine of popular religion and indicate a fairly sophisticated theological reflection from the very inception of Greek philosophy. This book presents a comprehensive history of theological thought of Greek philosophers from the Presocratics to the early Hellenistic period. Concentrating on views concerning the attributes of God and their impact on eschatological and ethical thought Drozdek explains that theology was of paramount importance for all Greek philosophers even in the absence of purely theological or religious language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138376205

Greek Philosophers in the Arabic Tradition Professor Gutas deals here with the lives sayings thought and doctrines of Greek philosophers drawn from sources preserved in medieval Arabic translations and for the most part not extant in the original. The Arabic texts some of which are edited here for the first time are translated throughout and richly annotated with the purpose of making the material accessible to classical scholars and historians of ancient and medieval philosophy. Also discussed are the modalities of transmission from Greek into Arabic the diffusion of the translated material within the Arabic tradition the nature of the Arabic sources containing the material and methodological questions relating to Graeco-Arabic textual criticism. The philosophers treated include the Presocratics and minor schools such as Cynicism Plato Aristotle and the early Peripatos and thinkers of late antiquity. A final article presents texts on the malady of love drawn from both the medical and philosophical (problemata physica) traditions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003110354

Greek Political Theory Much has been written about the interpretation of Plato in the last thirty years. Once interpreted as a revolutionary of the left and a prophet of Socialism he has lately been interpreted as a revolutionary of the Right and a forerunner of Fascism. In this book Plato appears as himself – a revolutionary indeed and even an authoritarian but a revolutionary of the pure idea of the Good and an authoritarian of the pure reason unattached either to the Right or the Left. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706084

Greek Rational MedicinePhilosophy and Medicine from Alcmaeon to the Alexandrians The ancient Greek medical thinkers were profoundly influenced by Ionian natural philosophy. This philosophy caused them to adopt a radically new attitude towards disease and healing. James Longrigg shows how their rational attitudes ultimately resulted in levels of sophistication largely unsurpassed until the Renaissance. He examines the important relationship between philosophy and medicine in ancient Greece and beyond and reveals its significance for contemporary western practice and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861977

Greek Rebetiko from a Psychocultural PerspectiveSame Songs Changing Minds Greek Rebetiko from a Psychocultural Perspective: Same Songs Changing Minds examines the ways in which audiences in present-day Greece and Turkey perceive and use the Greek popular song genre rebetiko to cultivate specific cultural habits and identities. In the past rebetiko has been associated chiefly with the lower strata of Greek society. But Daniel Koglin approaches the subject from a different perspective exploring the mythological and ritual aspects of rebetiko which intellectual elites on both sides of the Aegean Sea have adapted to their own world views in our age of globalized consumption. Combining qualitative and quantitative methods from ethnomusicology ritual studies conceptual history and music psychology Koglin casts light on the role played by national perceptions in the processes of music production and consumption. His analysis reveals that rebetiko persistently oscillates between conceptual categories: it is a music both ours and theirs marginal and mainstream joyful and grievous sacred and profane. The study culminates in the thesis that this semantic multistability is not only a key concept to understanding the ongoing popularity of rebetiko in Greece and its recent renaissance in Turkey but also a fundamental aspect of the human experience on the south-eastern borders of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597320

Greek Scholars between East and West in the Fifteenth Century Although the immense importance for the Renaissance of Greek émigrés to fifteenth-century Italy has long been recognized much basic research on the phenomenon remains to be done. This new volume by John Monfasani gathers together fourteen studies filling in some of the gaps in our knowledge. The philosophers George Gemistus Pletho and George Amiroutzes the great churchman Cardinal Bessarion and the famous humanists George of Trebizond and Theodore Gaza are the subjects of some of the articles. Other articles treat the émigrés as a group within the wider frame of contemporary issues such as humanism the theological debate between the Orthodox and Roman Catholics and the process of translating Greek texts into Latin. Furthermore some notable Latin figures also enter into several of the articles in a detailed way specifically Nicholas of Cusa Niccolò Perotti and Pietro Balbi. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597467

Greek Science of the Hellenistic EraA Sourcebook We all want to understand the world around us and the ancient Greeks were the first to try and do so in a way we can properly call scientific. Their thought and writings laid the essential foundations for the revivals of science in medieval Baghdad and renaissance Europe. Now their work is accessible to all with this invaluable introduction to c.100 scientific authors active from 320 BCE to 230 CE.The book begins with an outline of a new socio-political model for the development and decline of Greek science followed by eleven chapters that cover the main disciplines:* the science which the Greeks saw as fundamental - mathematics* astronomy* astrology and geography* mechanics* optics and pneumatics* the non-mathematical sciences of alchemy biology medicine and 'psychology'.Each chapter contains an accessible introduction on the origins and development of the topic in question and all the authors are set in context with brief biographies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203469866

Greek Society in the Making 1863–1913Realities Symbols and Visions First published in 1997 Carabott creates a volume exploring the struggle between the forces of modernity and those who resisted and denied it providing the underlying theme of this volume. Using a wide array of sources and drawing parallels with processes elsewhere in Europe the contributors focus on such topics as secularization and the church education and irredentism shifts in the language of political contention the feminist awareness in prose. Historical writing on Greece in this era has tended to concentrate on facts and on the roles of individuals and foreign powers. The papers here which derive from research presented to a conference at King’s College London in 1995 aim rather to look at the potency of social forces and groupings and offer a critical and often revisionist account of the fundamental changes in society that marked the period from the 1860s to the start of the present century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315594

Greek Thought Arabic CultureThe Graeco-Arabic Translation Movement in Baghdad and Early 'Abbasaid Society (2nd-4th/5th-10th c.) From the middle of the eighth century to the tenth century almost all non-literary and non-historical secular Greek books including such diverse topics as astrology alchemy physics botany and medicine that were not available throughout the eastern Byzantine Empire and the Near East were translated into Arabic.Greek Thought Arabic Culture explores the major social political and ideological factors that occasioned the unprecedented translation movement from Greek into Arabic in Baghdad the newly founded capital of the Arab dynasty of the 'Abbasids' during the first two centuries of their rule. Dimitri Gutas draws upon the preceding historical and philological scholarship in Greco-Arabic studies and the study of medieval translations of secular Greek works into Arabic and analyses the social and historical reasons for this phenomenon.Dimitri Gutas provides a stimulating erudite and well-documented survey of this key movement in the transmission of ancient Greek culture to the Middle Ages. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203017432

Greek Thought and the Origins of the Scientific Spirit Originally published between 1920-70 The History of Civilization was a landmark in early twentieth century publishing. It was published at a formative time within the social sciences and during a period of decisive historical discovery. The aim of the general editor C.K. Ogden was to summarize the most up-to-date findings and theories of historians anthropologists archaeologists and sociologists. This reprinted material is available as a set or in the following groupings or as individual volumes: * Prehistory and Historical Ethnography Set of 12: 0-415-15611-4: £800.00 * Greek Civilization Set of 7: 0-415-15612-2: £450.00 * Roman Civilization Set of 6: 0-415-15613-0: £400.00 * Eastern Civilizations Set of 10: 0-415-15614-9: £650.00 * Judaeo-Christian Civilization Set of 4: 0-415-15615-7: £250.00 * European Civilization Set of 11: 0-415-15616-5: £700.00 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848770

Greek Tragedy This classic work not only records developments in the form and style of Greek drama it also analyses the reasons for these changes. It provides illuminating answers to questions that have confronted generations of students such as:* why did Aeschylus introduce the second actor?* why did Sophocles develop character drawing?* why are some of Euripides' plots so bad and others so good?Greek Tragedy is neither a history nor a handbook but a penetrating work of criticism which all students of literature will find suggestive and stimulating. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180031

Greek Tragedy Why did Aeschylus characterize differently from Sophocles? Why did Sophocles introduce the third actor? Why did Euripides not make better plots? So asks H.D.F Kitto in his acclaimed study of Greek tragedy available for the first time in Routledge Classics. Kitto argues that in spite of dealing with big moral and intellectual questions the Greek dramatist is above all an artist and the key to understanding classical Greek drama is to try and understand the tragic conception of each play. In Kitto’s words ‘We shall ask what the dramatist is striving to say not what in fact he does say about this or that.’ Through a brilliant analysis of Aeschylus’s ‘Oresteia’ the plays of Sophocles including ‘Antigone’ and ‘Oedipus Tyrannus’; and Euripides’s ‘Medea’ and ‘Hecuba’ Kitto skilfully conveys the enduring artistic and literary brilliance of the Greek dramatists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415610193

Greek Tragedy and the Emotions (Routledge Revivals)An Introductory Study According to Aristotle the main purpose of tragedy is the manipulation of emotions and yet there are relatively few accessible studies of the precise dynamics of emotion in the Athenian theatre. In Greek Tragedy and the Emotions first published in 1993 W.B. Stanford reviews the evidence for ‘emotionalism’ – as the great Attic playwrights presented it as the actors and choruses expressed it and as their audiences reacted to it. Sociological aspects of the issue are considered and the whole range of emotions not just ‘pity and fear’ is discussed. The aural visual and stylistic methods of inciting emotion are analysed and Aeschylus’ Oresteia is examined exclusively in terms of the emotions that it exploits. Finally Stanford’s conclusions are contrasted with the accepted theories of tragic ‘catharsis’. Greek terms are transliterated and all quotations are in translation so Greek Tragedy and the Emotions will appeal particularly to those unfamiliar with Classical Greek. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019041

Greek Tragedy in Action Oliver Taplin's seminal study was revolutionary in drawing out the significance of stage action in Greek tragedy at a time when plays were often read purely as texts rather than understood as performances.Professor Taplin explores nine plays including Aeschylus' agamemnon and Sophocles' Oedipus the King. The details of theatrical techniques and stage directions used by playwrights to highlight key moments are drawn out and related to the meaning of each play as a whole. With extensive translated quotations the essential unity of action and speech in Greek tragedy is demonstrated.Now firmly established as a classic text Greek Tragedy in Action is even more relevant today when performances of Greek tragedies and plays inspired by them have had such an extraordinary revival around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834200

Greek Tragedy into Film If Greek tragedy is sometimes regarded as a form long dead and buried both theatre producers and film directors seem slow to accept its interment. Originally published in 1986 this book reflects the renewed interest in questions of staging the Greek plays to give a comprehensive account and critical analysis of all the important versions of Greek tragedy made on film. From the 1927 footage of the re-enactment of Aeschylus’ Prometheus in Chains at the Delphi Festival organised by Angelos Sikelianos to Pasolini’s Notes for an African Oresteia the study encompasses the version of Oedipus by Tyrone Guthrie Tzavellas’s Antigone (with Irene Papas) Michael Cacoyannis’s series which included Electra The Trojan Women and Iphigeneia Pasolini’s Oedipus and Medea (with Maria Callas) Miklos Jancso’s Elektreia Dassim’s Phaedra and others. Many interesting questions are raised by the transference of a highly stylised form such as Greek tragedy to what is often claimed to be the ‘realistic’ medium of film. What becomes clear is that the heroic myths retain with ease the power to move the audiences in very different milieux through often strikingly different means. The book may be read as an adjunct to viewing of the films but enough synopsis is given to make its arguments accessible to those familiar only with the classical texts or with neither version. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975484

Greek: A Comprehensive Grammar of the Modern Language Greek: A Comprehensive Grammar of the Modern Language has become firmly established as the leading reference guide to modern Greek grammar. With its detailed treatment of all grammatical structures its analysis of the complexities of the language and its particular attention to areas of confusion and difficulty it is the first truly comprehensive grammar of the language to be produced. It provides a study of the real patterns of use in contemporary Greek This second edition continues to focus on the Greek spoken and written by native speakers today. Taking account of recent changes to the Greek language this new edition features: Significantly expanded material on many areas including syntax and phonology A new chapter on derivational morphology and other word formation processes including compounding and acronym formation Examples drawn from everyday spoken usage as well as official journalistic and online discourse such as newspapers blogs and discussion groups A significantly expanded index of English terms and Greek words and a revised glossary of terms The Grammar will be an essential reference source for the adult learner and user of Greek. It is ideal for independent study and for use in schools colleges universities and adult classes up to an advanced level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415592024

Greek: An Essential Grammar Greek: An Essential Grammar is a concise and user-friendly reference guide to modern Greek. It presents a fresh and accessible description of the language in short readable sections. Explanations are clear and supported by examples throughout. This new edition has been revised and updated to present an accurate and accessible description of the most important aspects of modern Greek. Features include: clear and up-to-date examples special attention to those points which often cause problems to English-speaking learners Greek/English comparisons and contrasts highlighted throughout. Greek: An Essential Grammar is ideal for learners involved in independent study and for students in schools colleges universities and adult classes of all types. Levels CEFR scale A1-B2 and ACTFL level Low-Intermediate to Advanced. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138930681

Greek–Latin Philosophical InteractionCollected Essays of Sten Ebbesen Volume 1 Sten Ebbesen has contributed many works in the field of ancient and medieval philosophy over many decades of dedicated research. His style is crisp and lucid and his philosophical penetration and exposition of often difficult concepts and issues is both clear and intellectually impressive. Ashgate is proud to present this three volume set of his collected essays all of them thoroughly revised and updated. Each volume is thematically arranged. Volume One: Greek-Latin Philosophical Interaction explores issues of relevance to the history of logic and semantics and in particular connections and/or differences between Greek and Latin theory and scholarly procedures with special emphasis on late antiquity and the Middle Ages. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278271

Greeks and Barbarians Greeks and Barbarians examines ancient Greek conceptions of the "other." The attitudes of Greeks to foreigners and there religions and cultures and politics reveals as much about the Greeks as it does the world they inhabited. Despite occasional interest in particular aspects of foreign customs the Greeks were largely hostile and dismissive viewing foreigners as at best inferior but more often as candidates for conquest and enslavement. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093413

Greeks in TurkeyElite Nationalism and Minority Politics in Late Ottoman and Early Republican Istanbul This book provides a solid and critical historical examination of the endorsement development and course of Greek nationalism among the lay/clerical leadership of the Greek Orthodox minority of Istanbul during the last phase of the dissolution of the Ottoman Empire and the first years of the newly established Republic of Turkey. The focus is on the political role played by the ethnocentric communal elite who actively championed the Greek nationalist plan of the Megali Idea (Great Idea). Based on a comparative investigation and synthesis of a wide array of Greek and British archival sources the book engages with the various stages of Constantinopolitan Greek elite nationalism in Turkey and partly in Greece and examines its manifestations its level of success and its consequences on the minority during the crucial period of 1918–1930. The main argument is that the internal dynamics the policies and the responses of this powerful communal elite vis-à-vis other communal factions as well as Greek irredentism and Turkish nation-building conditioned to a significant degree the construction of specific representations and perceptions of the group’s collective identity and determined the status of the Greeks of Istanbul as a national minority in Turkey until nowadays. Providing a thorough analysis of elite politics during and in the aftermath of the Greek-Turkish War and assessing the application of the minority clauses of the Treaty of Lausanne (July 1923) the volume is a key resource for students and academics interested in nationalism and minorities modern Greek history Ottoman and Turkish history as well as for policy makers and specialists working in the diplomatic field the Greek and Turkish public service international institutions and non-governmental organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367416379

Greeks without GreeceHomelands Belonging and Memory amongst the Expatriated Greeks of Turkey Faced with discrimination in Turkey the Greeks of Istanbul and Imbros overwhelmingly left the country of their birth in the years c.1940–1980 to resettle in Greece where they received something of a lukewarm reception from the government and segments of the population. This book explores the myriad ways in which the expatriated Greeks of Turkey daily understand their contemporary difficulties through the lens of historical experience and reimagine the past according to present concerns and conceptions. It demonstrates how the Greeks of Turkey draw upon the particularities of their own local heritages in order simultaneously to establish their legitimacy as residents of Greece and maintain a sense of their distinctiveness vis-à-vis other Greeks; and how expatriate memory activists respond to their persecution in Turkey and their marginalisation in Greece by creating linkages between their experiences and both Greek national history and the histories of other persecuted communities. Greeks without Greece shows that in a broad spectrum of different domains – from commemorative ceremonies and the minutiae of citizenship to everyday expressions of national identity and stereotypes about others – the past is a realm of active and varied use capable of sustaining multiple and changeable identities memories and meanings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583651

Greek-Turkish Relations in an Era of Détente Greek-Turkish conflict-ridden relations have long occupied a problematic position in the Western alliance first in NATO then more dramatically within the context of the newly developing European Union and its defence initiatives. Following three major earthquakes on both sides of the Aegean the two countries have now experienced firstly a public empathy towards each other and secondly a significant diplomatic rapprochement. This rapprochement though has failed to resolve the Cyprus conflict and is now at risk of reverting back to a series of conflicts. This book addresses the crucial issues between Greece and Turkey from a critical perspective and provides an up-to-date assessment of the current state of the Greek-Turkish rapprochement and its future development. This book was previously published as a special issue of the journal Turkish Studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039435

Green Reliable and ViablePerspectives on India’s Shift Towards Low-Carbon Energy Resource-intensive practices of yesterday can no longer sustain the world. The future of our planet hinges on timely transitions to efficiency of resource-use across ecosystems of people products and processes. This will happen through transitions to low-carbon global energy systems. Against this it is vital to take a closer look at the ongoing transitions in India. India is a country faced with the triple challenges of raising a substantial amount of its population out of poverty shifting to a low-carbon economy and fighting climate change. It is unquestionable that India’s energy demand and consumption will only continue to rise in the decades to come; nonetheless with multiple synchronized steps in the right direction India can set the wheel in motion to achieve its development goals while containing its carbon footprint. This book brings together the valued perspectives from key stakeholders in these transitions. Experts and practitioners from the mobility clean energy agriculture and energy efficiency sectors among others have shared their outlook on challenges that lie in the way of energy transitions in India and offered solutions and next steps to move the country forward on the decarbonisation pathway. The overarching message is clear: the Indian energy sector of the future will be noticeably different from what it is today. Please note: This book is co-published with TERI Press India. Taylor & Francis does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367273088

Green Accounting This title was first published in 2003. Our cherished economic indicators of income product consumption and capital fail in taking a long-term view of social progress. They do not account for environmental deterioration which impairs the quality of life of present and future generations and hence the sustainability of development. "Greening" the conventional national (and corporate) accounts introduces environmental impacts and costs into these accounts and balances. The result is a new compass for steering the economy towards sustainability which may change not only our main measures of economic performance but also the basic tenets of environmental and resource policies. This book presents methodological advances and case studies of environmental accounting and discusses their use in environmental management and policies. In their introduction the editors provide a critical perspective of historical developments and current debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715158

Green Accounting This title was first published in 2003. Our cherished economic indicators of income product consumption and capital fail in taking a long-term view of social progress. They do not account for environmental deterioration which impairs the quality of life of present and future generations and hence the sustainability of development. "Greening" the conventional national (and corporate) accounts introduces environmental impacts and costs into these accounts and balances. The result is a new compass for steering the economy towards sustainability which may change not only our main measures of economic performance but also the basic tenets of environmental and resource policies. This book presents methodological advances and case studies of environmental accounting and discusses their use in environmental management and policies. In their introduction the editors provide a critical perspective of historical developments and current debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715141

Green Activism in Post-Socialist Europe and the Former Soviet Union Green activism played a critical role in the downfall of Soviet-style communism in Eastern Europe at the end of the 1980s. After the revolutions environmentalists were expected to exert influence within the new democracies and to form the bedrock of the new civil societies that were predicted to flourish across the region; the prospect of EU membership provided activist networks with even greater optimism about their political opportunities. Two decades later what has been the impact of political and economic liberalisation on environmental campaigners and policy advocates? Has access to elites increased with democratisation and Europeanization? To what extent does the realm of environmental politics within individual states and across the region continue to represent an optic on change and continuity? Through country case-studies and comparative analysis of national movements this edited volume addresses each of these questions and provides a different perspective of green politics in the region. This book was previously published as a special issue of Environmental Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415668545

Green Advertising and the Reluctant Consumer This edited collection presents cutting edge research into the topic of green messages and subsequent consumer responses. The research studies draw on a rich tradition of communication psychological and sociological theories that examine consumer responses in a nuanced way. At the same time the studies present important implications for advertising practitioners and academics alike. Written by communications scholars from North America Europe and Asia the studies encompass a range of research techniques including experiments surveys content analyses and depth interviews. The book provides important insights into current practice as well as directions for future research. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Advertising. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016545

Green and Smart Technologies for Smart Cities The book starts with an overview of the role of cities in climate change and environmental pollution worldwide followed by the concept description of smart cities and their expected features focusing on green technology innovation. This book explores the energy management strategies required to minimize the need for huge investments in high-capacity transmission lines from distant power plants. A new range of renewable energy technologies modified for installation in cities like small wind turbines micro-CHP and heat pumps are described. The overall objective of this book is to explore all the green and smart technologies for designing green smart cities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138318090

Green AsiaEcocultures Sustainable Lifestyles and Ethical Consumption Economic development in Asia is associated with expanding urbanism overconsumption and a steep growth in living standards. At the same time rapid urbanisation changing class consciousness and a new rural–urban divide in the region have led to fundamental shifts in the way ecological concerns are articulated politically and culturally. Moreover these changes are often viewed through a Western moralistic lens which at the same time applauds Asia’s economic growth as the welcome reviver of a floundering world economy and simultaneously condemns this growth as encouraging hyperconsumerism and a rupture with more natural ways of living. This book presents an analysis of a range of practices and activities from across Asia that demonstrate that people in Asia are alert to ecological concerns that they are taking action to implement new styles of green living and that Asia offers interesting alternatives to narrow Anglo-American models of sustainable living. Subjects explored include eco-tourism in the Philippines green co-operatives in Korea the importance of "tradition" within Asian discourses of sustainability and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588172

Green Automation for Sustainable Environment This book explores the concepts and role of green computing and its recent developments for making the environment sustainable. It focuses on green automation in disciplines such as computers nanoscience information technology and biochemistry. This book is characterized through descriptions of sustainability green computing their relevance to the environment society and its applications. 　 Presents how to make the environment sustainable through engineering aspects and green computing Explores concepts and the role of green computing with recent developments Processes green automation linked with various disciplines such as nanoscience information technology and biochemistry Explains the concepts of green computing linked with sustainable environment through information technology 　 This book will be of interest to researchers libraries students and academicians that are interested in the concepts of green computing linked with green automation through information technology and their impacts on the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367422387

Green AviationReduction of Environmental Impact Through Aircraft Technology and Alternative Fuels Aircraft emissions currently account for ~3.5% of all greenhouse gas emissions. The number of passenger miles has increased by 5% annually despite 9/11 two wars and gloomy economic conditions. Since aircraft have no viable alternative to the internal combustion engine improvements in aircraft efficiency and alternative fuel development become essential. This book comprehensively covers the relevant issues in green aviation. Environmental impacts technology advances public policy and economics are intricately linked to the pace of development that will be realized in the coming decades. Experts from NASA industry and academia review current technology development in green aviation that will carry the industry through 2025 and beyond. This includes increased efficiency through better propulsion systems reduced drag airframes advanced materials and operational changes. Clean combustion and emission control of noise exhaust gases and particulates are also addressed through combustor design and the use of alternative fuels. Economic imperatives from aircraft lifetime and maintenance logistics dictate the drive for "drop-in" fuels blending jet-grade and biofuel. New certification standards for alternative fuels are outlined. Life Cycle Assessments are used to evaluate worldwide biofuel approaches highlighting that there is no single rational approach for sustainable buildup. In fact unless local conditions are considered the use of biofuels can create a net increase in environmental impact as a result of biofuel manufacturing processes. Governmental experts evaluate current and future regulations and their impact on green aviation. Sustainable approaches to biofuel development are discussed for locations around the globe including the US EU Brazil China and India. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367573041

Green BacklashGlobal Subversion of the Environment Movement The tide is turning against environmentalism as the political right industry and governments fight back. Green Backlash is a controversial expose of the anti-environmental movement. Tracing the rise of the backlash from the Wise Use movement in the USA the author reveals its rapid spread worldwide: the anti-roads movement in the UK forestry debates in Canada and Australia marine resource issues in Europe South-East Asia and controversies such as the Brent Spar. The backlash is set to get worse as the resource wars intensify. This book offers a greater understanding of the challenges and threats facing global environmentalism concluding that the environmental movement now has a chance to re-evaluate and change for the better to beat the backlash - a chance that must not be missed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093406

Green BeltsPast; present; future? Most of us have heard of green belts – but how much do we really know about them? This book tries to separate the fact from the fiction when it comes to green belts by looking both backwards and forwards. They were introduced in the mid-twentieth century to try and stop cities merging together as they grew. There is little doubt they have been very effective at doing that but at what cost? Are green belts still the answer to today’s problems of an increasing population and ever higher demands on our natural resources? Green Belts: Past; present; future? reflects upon green belts in the United Kingdom at a time when they have perhaps never been more valued by the public or under more pressure from development. The book begins with a historical study of the development of green belt ideas policy and practice from the nineteenth century to the present. It discusses the impacts and characteristics of green belts and attempts to reconcile perceptions and reality. By observing examples of green belts and similar policies in other parts of the world the authors ask what we want green belts to achieve and suggest alternative ways in which that could be done before looking forward to consider how things might change in the coming years. This book draws together information from a range of sources to present for the first time a comprehensive study of green belts in the UK. It reflects upon the gap between perception and reality about green belts analyses their impacts on rural and urban areas and questions why they retain such popular support and whether they are still the right solution for the UK and elsewhere. It will be of interest to anyone who is concerned with planning and development and how we can provide the homes jobs and services we need while protecting our more valuable natural assets. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339392

Green Biorenewable BiocompositesFrom Knowledge to Industrial Applications Keeping in mind the advantages of bio-based materials this book focuses on the potential efficacy of different biocomposites procured from diverse natural resources and the preparation and processing of the biocomposites to be used for a variety of applications. Each chapter gives an overview on a particular biocomposite material and its processing and successful utilization for selected applications. The chapters summarize recently developed research on such topics as: • Spider silk biocomposites • Biogenic hydroxyapatite-based implant biocomposites • Liquid crystals and cellulose derivatives biocomposites • Bio-based epoxy resins • Bio-based polyphenols and lignocellulosic fibers • Wood-based biocomposites • Flame retardant biocomposites • Biocomposites for industrial noise control • Cellulose-based bionanocomposites Each individual chapter also focuses on the knowledge and understanding of the interfaces manifested in these biocomposites systems and the optimization of different parameters for novel properties. In addition to this the book also summarizes the recent developments made in the area of injection molding of biocomposites chemical functionalization of natural fibers processing of biocomposites and their applications in the automotive and biomedical industries. A number of critical issues and suggestions for future work are discussed underscoring the roles of researchers for the efficient development of biocomposite materials through value addition to enhance their use. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771880329

Green Budget ReformAn International Casebook of Leading Practices This volume explores 25 case studies of fiscal measures that have been adopted successfully by governments in North America and Europe to reduce environmental degradation. Each study lays out the implementation issues and problems faced and compares the effectiveness of the measure against its expectations. The political implications are also discussed and the text draws on common themes and lessons to be gained from the measures so far. The volume is divided into sections on energy agriculture air and water pollution and waste management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975491

Green Building Environment Energy and Civil EngineeringProceedings of the 2016 International Conference on Green Building Materials and C This proceedings volume contains select Green Building Materials and Civil Engineering related papers from the 2016 International Conference on Green Building Materials and Civil Engineering (GBMCE2016) which was held in Hong Kong P.R. China April 17-18 2016. This volume of proceedings aims to provide a platform for researchers engineers academics as well as industrial professionals from all over the world to present their research results and development activities in the fields of Energy Environment and Civil Engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138029644

Green Building Materials and Civil Engineering This book contains select green building materials and civil engineering papers from the 4th International Conference on Green Building Materials and Civil Engineering (GBMCE) which was held in Hong Kong August 21-22 2014. This volume of proceedings aims to provide a platform for researchers engineers academics and industry professionals from all over the world to present their materials energy environment and civil engineering research results and development activities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138026698

Green Building Handbook: Volume 1A Guide to Building Products and their Impact on the Environment Environmentally responsible building involves resolving many conflicting issues and requirements. Each stage in the design process from the fundamental decisions about what where and even whether to build has implications for the environment. Evolving out of the success of Green Building Digest a publication described by Building Design as well-researched authoritative and exhaustive this practical new handbook considers the environmental issues which relate to the production use and disposal of key building products and materials. It is designed to help specifiers and purchasers gain awareness of the potential environmental impact of their decisions. Chapter by chapter Green Building Handbook looks at a different sector of the trade from flooring to roofing comparing the environmental effects of commonly available products with less well known green alternatives. A Best Buy section then ranks these products from lowest to highest impact. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136779

Green Building with ConcreteSustainable Design and Construction Second Edition Illustrates the Global Relevance of Sustainability Applicable to roads bridges and other elements of the infrastructure Green Building with Concrete: Sustainable Design and Construction Second Edition provides an overview of all available information on the role of concrete in green building. A handbook offering viewpoints from worldwide experts on the global nature of the sustainability movement it highlights research on economic analysis in particular the International Organization for Standardization Environmental Management—Life Cycle Assessment—Principles and Framework application of life cycle costing to provide a full picture of the economic benefits of concrete in green building. Outlines the Variety of Ways That Concrete Is Easily and Affordably Reused With an emphasis on environmental impact and occupational and consumer health and safety the text clearly outlines how to make the most of concrete in sustainable design. It explores the benefits of thermal mass increased water supply and improving water quality; reducing urban heat island effects; reducing construction waste; and the use of supplementary cementitious materials. The authors include an in-depth evaluation of carbon dioxide (CO2) and other emissions associated with the manufacture of cement. They also highlight the attributes that concrete has to offer the green building movement and the effect that emerging life cycle analysis has on concrete’s role in this important revolution in the building industry. Readers gain a better understanding of how concrete can contribute to sustainable construction Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) and the green building movement overall. Green Building with Concrete: Sustainable Design and Construction Second Edition presents the most recent information about concrete’s role in the green building movement state-of-the-art methodologies and best practices and provides readers with diverse viewpoints on global sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498704106

Green Buildings and the Law In countries such as the UK the energy used in constructing occupying and operating buildings represents approximately fifty percent of greenhouse gas emissions. Pressure to improve the environmental performance of buildings during both construction and occupancy particularly to reduce carbon emissions from buildings has become intense.Understandably legislation and regulation are driving green development and compliance. And this is happening in a wide variety of ways. This review of the law in key jurisdictions for the research community lawyers the construction industry and government examines some of the mechanisms in place – from the more traditional building regulation controls to green leases and the law relating to buildings and their natural environment. Members of the CIB TG69 research group on ‘Green Buildings and the Law’ review aspects of the law relating to green development in a range of jurisdictions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367865498

Green Buildings PayDesign Productivity and Ecology This third edition of Green Buildings Pay presents new evidence and new arguments concerning the institutional and business case that can be made for green design. The green argument has moved a long way forward since the previous edition and this fully updated book addresses the key issues faced by architect engineer and client today. Green Buildings Pay: Design Productivity and Ecology examines through a range of detailed case studies how different approaches to green design can produce more sustainable patterns of development. These cases are examined from three main perspectives: that of the architect the client and the user. Completely revised with all new chapters cases sections and introductory material the third edition presents: over 20 new researched case studies drawn from the UK Europe and the USA written in collaboration with the architects engineers clients and user groups examples of office and educational buildings of high sustainable and high architectural quality an exploration of the architectural innovations that have been driven by environmental thinking such as the new approaches to the design of building facades roofs and atria cases which demonstrate current practice in the area of energy/eco-retrofits of existing buildings documentation of the benefit impact assessment schemes such as LEED and BREEAM have had upon client expectations and on design approaches over the past decade beautiful full color illustrations throughout. In the fast evolving arena of green building the book shows how architects are reshaping their practices to deal with ever more demanding energy standards and better informed users and corporate clients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415685344

Green Business Green Values and Sustainability Today greenness is goodness; non-greenness is not an option. It is therefore critical to advance thinking on why and how business consumers and policy makers can contribute to the goal of sustainable global wealth creation. This volume analyzes the strategic sustainability issues confronting contemporary business and explores the transformation in values strategies and practices needed by modern businesses to attain sustainable business. It is is developed from a Global Business Symposium organized by the Centre for International Business and Management (CIBAM) at Cambridge University in February 2009 which brought together leading academics scientists and engineers government leaders and business executives to consider the transformation in business values and strategies implicit in sustainability. Green Business Green Values and Sustainability offers a concise and definitive book on the green transformation of business in major sectors including government finance energy and retail. Different solutions to sustainability are explored including ethical approaches alternative environmental strategies corporate responsibility and carbon reductions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138959798

Green Carbon MaterialsAdvances and Applications Agricultural and food industry waste materials have been an important feedstock for activated carbon production for many years. In the development of cleaner energy production and utilization processes new advanced carbon materials with enhanced properties have been studied. Techniques to tailor pore structure and surface chemistry can produce better carbon materials for energy storage electrode materials and selective adsorption of pollutants. This book surveys available waste materials and processes for carbon production and then reviews the recent developments in the use of carbon materials for energy storage as catalyst supports and for environmental applications. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411134

Green Chemical EngineeringAn Introduction to Catalysis Kinetics and Chemical Processes While chemical products are useful in their own right—they address the demands and needs of the masses—they also drain our natural resources and generate unwanted pollution. Green Chemical Engineering: An Introduction to Catalysis Kinetics and Chemical Processes encourages minimized use of non-renewable natural resources and fosters maximized pollution prevention. This text stresses the importance of developing processes that are environmentally friendly and incorporate the role of green chemistry and reaction engineering in designing these processes. Focused on practical application rather than theory the book integrates chemical reaction engineering and green chemical engineering and is divided into two sections. The first half of the book covers the basic principles of chemical reaction engineering and reactor design while the second half of the book explores topics on green reactors green catalysis and green processes. The authors mix in elaborate illustrations along with important developments practical applications and recent case studies. They also include numerous exercises examples and problems covering the various concepts of reaction engineering addressed in this book and provide MATLAB® software used for developing computer codes and solving a number of reaction engineering problems. Consisting of six chapters organized into two sections this text: Covers the basic principles of chemical kinetics and catalysis Gives a brief introduction to classification and the various types of chemical reactors Discusses in detail the differential and integral methods of analysis of rate equations for different types of reactions Presents the development of rate equations for solid catalyzed reactions and enzyme catalyzed biochemical reactions Explains methods for estimation of kinetic parameters from batch reactor data Details topics on homogeneous reactors Includes graphical procedures for the design of multiple reactors Contains topics on heterogeneous reactors including catalytic and non-catalytic reactors Reviews various models for non-catalytic gas–solid and gas–liquid reactions Introduces global rate equations and explicit design equations for a variety of non-catalytic reactors Gives an overview of novel green reactors and the application of CFD technique in the modeling of green reactors Offers detailed discussions of a number of novel reactors Provides a brief introduction to CFD and the application of CFD Highlights the development of a green catalytic process and the application of a green catalyst in the treatment of industrial effluent Comprehensive and thorough in its coverage Green Chemical Engineering: An Introduction to Catalysis Kinetics and Chemical Processes explains the basic concepts of green engineering and reactor design fundamentals and provides key knowledge for students at technical universities and professionals already working in the industry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466558830

Green Chemistry and Applications Green chemistry is a work tool that can be applied in different areas such as medicine materials polymers food organic chemistry etc. since it was propounded in the early 2000s. It has become a viable alternative for care remediation and protection of the environment and has been implemented worldwide. In this book the twelve principles of green chemistry are presented in a simple way with examples of the applications of green chemistry in numerous areas showcasing it as an ideal alternative for environmental care. It also provides information on current research being implemented at the pilot plant and industrial level. The book demonstrates the importance of the use of renewable raw materials the use of catalysis and the implementation of alternative energy sources such as the use of microwaves and ultrasound in different separation and chemical processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367260330

Green Chemistry and BiodiversityPrinciples Techniques and Correlations Green Chemistry and Biodiversity: Principles Techniques and Correlations reports on new approaches to designing chemicals and chemical transformations that are beneficial for human health and the environment a continuing emerging important field of study. This volume provides a collection of innovative research on the development of alternative sustainable technologies taking a broad view of the subject and integrating a wide variety of approaches. With a focus on the interdisciplinary applications of green chemistry and biodiversity this volume will be a rich resource for scientists and researchers in many subfields of chemistry and chemical engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887946

Green Chemistry and Green EngineeringProcessing Technologies Properties and Applications This interdisciplinary and accessible new volume presents a broad range of application-based green chemistry and engineering research. The book familiarizes readers with the integration of tools and spell out the approaches for green engineering of new processes as well as improving the environmental risks of existing processes. The expert authors discuss the myriad opportunities and the challenges facing green chemistry today in both its theoretical and practical implementation. The book expands upon green chemistry concepts with the latest research and new and innovative applications providing both the breadth and depth researchers need. Topics include solar energy electrospinning of bio-based polymeric nanofibers biotransformation engineered nanomaterials in environmental protection and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771889001

Green Chemistry and Sustainable TechnologyBiological Pharmaceutical and Macromolecular Systems Taking an interdisciplinary approach this new volume brings together innovative research new concepts and novel developments in the application of new tools in green chemistry and sustainable technology. The diverse coverage includes chapters on ionic liquids as green solvents an environmentally friendly approach to the synthesis and biological evaluation of α-aminophosphonate derivatives the application of nanotechnology in biological sciences and green chemistry eco-friendly polymers the effect of global warming and greenhouse gases on environmental system and more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888622

Green Chemistry for Environmental Sustainability When the Nobel Prize Committee recognized the importance of green chemistry with its 2005 Nobel Prize for Chemistry this relatively new science came into its own. Although no concerted agreement has been reached yet about the exact content and limits of this interdisciplinary discipline there seems to be increasing interest in environmental topics that are based on the chemistry embodied in this subject. Linking green chemistry practice to environmental sustainability Green Chemistry for Environmental Sustainability illustrates the efforts being made to remediate a scathed environment into a pristine one. Links Green Chemistry Practice to Environmental Sustainability Eminent international experts present research on and the application of green chemistry and engineering in addressing current issues of an environmental and social nature. They cover sustainable development and environmental sustainability with chapters on green chemistry and engineering research the design and synthesis of environmentally benign chemical processes green approaches to minimize and/or remediate environmental pollution the development of biomaterials biofuel and bioenergy production biocatalysis and policies and ethics in green chemistry. The book also explores economics environmentally benign technologies for greener processes computational methods and modeling and green approaches to minimize air and water. Green chemistry has brought a relatively prompt and positive paradigm shift in the overall use and management of natural resources and raw materials for the development of society with a subtle promise to cause far less pronounced harm to the environment. This text provides insight into the chemical and biochemical technologies that are being studied optimized and eventually developed to promote environmental sustainability. It provides up-to-date information on selected fields where the principles of green chemistry are being embraced for safeguarding and improving the quality of the environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367262433

Green Chemistry for Sustainable Biofuel Production Renewable fuel research and process development requires interdisciplinary approaches involving chemists and physicists from both scientific and engineering backgrounds. Here is an important volume that emphasizes green chemistry and green engineering principles for sustainable process development from an interdisciplinary point of view. It creates an enriching knowledge base on green chemistry of biofuel production sustainable process development and green engineering principles for renewable fuel production. This book includes chapters contributed by both research scientists and research engineers with significant experience in biofuel chemistry and processes. The book offers an abundance of scientific experimental methods and analytical procedures and interpretation of the results that capture the state-of-the-art knowledge in this field. The wide range of topics make this book a valuable resource for academicians researchers industrial practitioners and scientists and engineers in various renewable energy fields. Key features: • Emphasizes green chemistry and green engineering principles for sustainable process development for biofuel production • Discusses a wide array of biofuels from algal biomass to waste-to-energy technologies and wastewater treatment and activated sludge processes • Presents advances and developments in biofuel green chemistry and green engineering including process intensification (microwaves/ultrasound) ionic liquids and green catalysis • Looks at environmental assessment and economic impact of biofuel production Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886390

Green Chemistry in Scientific LiteratureA Bibliometric Study and Research Trends The study covers recent statistical data of the principles of Green Chemistry a bibliometric study of research and review papers published between 1999 and 2018 and recent trends of research topics on Green Chemistry. This study collects processes and refines available information in scientific area. The authors have provided recent statistical data on the principles of Green Chemistry and a bibliometric analysis of published review and research articles as well as trends of research topics in this unique volume. Key Features: Provides a comprehensive review of recent statistical data on the principles of Green Chemistry. Presents a bibliometric analysis of published reviews and research articles as well as the trends of research topics in Green Chemistry. Surveys and critically analyzes Green Chemistry literature The subject matter is timely since tracking of research trends in the Green Chemistry field is important for directing future research Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367430863

Green Chemistry Laboratory Manual for General Chemistry Green chemistry involves designing novel ways to create and synthesize products and implement processes that will eliminate or greatly reduce negative environmental impacts. The Green Chemistry Laboratory Manual for General Chemistry provides educational laboratory materials　that challenge　students with the customary topics found in a general chemistry laboratory manual while encouraging them to investigate the practice of green chemistry. Following a consistent format each lab experiment begins with objectives and prelab questions highlighting important issues that must be understood prior to getting started. This is followed by detailed step-by-step procedures for performing the experiments. Students report specific results in sections designated for data observations and calculations. Once each experiment is completed analysis questions test students’ comprehension of the results. Additional questions encourage inquiry-based investigations and further research about how green chemistry principles compare with traditional more hazardous experimental methods. By placing the learned concepts within the larger context of green chemistry principles the lab manual enables students to see how these principles can be applied to real-world issues. Performing laboratory exercises through green experiments results in a safer learning environment limits the quantity of hazardous waste generated and reduces the cost for chemicals and waste disposal. Students using this manual will gain a greater appreciation for green chemistry principles and the possibilities for future use in their chosen careers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482230208

Green ChemistryEnvironmentally Benign Reactions Second Edition Covering a wide range of reactions including solid state photochemical enzymatic and sonication this book explains the need for and the principles of green chemistry including applications relevant to researchers and students. The author discusses the planning and detailed preparations that are required in order to convert to green laboratory techniques. The first part of this new second edition describes 58 reactions under normal and benign reactions. The second part provides experimental details for a number of green preparations. The first edition of the text won the American Library Association’s award for Outstanding Academic Title in their Choice magazine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466559981

Green ChemistryFundamentals and Applications This book highlights the potential and scope of green chemistry for clean and sustainable development. Covering the basics the book introduces readers to the need and the many applications and benefits and advantages of environmentally friendly chemical practice and application in industry. The book addresses such topics as ecologically safe products catalysts and solvents conditions needed to produce such products types of chemical processes that are conducive to green chemistry and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895437

Green ChinaSeeking Ecological Alternatives Drawing on a wide range of Chinese and western sources this book offers in-depth analysis of the complete range of environmental problems facing China today from the historical political economic and cultural root causes through the successful and unsuccessful efforts which have been made to find solutions to possible future scenarios and strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861632

Green CITYnomicsThe Urban War against Climate Change Today more than half of the world's population are living in cities that are now contributing 80% of global greenhouse gas emissions. They cover less than 3% of the earth's surface. And urbanization continues apace. With such a massive carbon footprint it is vital that cities are part of the solution. Despite this scarcely any consideration has been given to the potential impact of climate change on urban dwellers especially in the developing countries and burgeoning megacities of Africa Asia and Latin America where a wide variety of environmental and development challenges are likely to further exacerbate their vulnerability to climatic effects. Green CITYnomics presents a rich set of contributions by a highly diverse group of 45 of the world's leading urban experts on climate change. In particular it illustrates the desire some cities are already demonstrating in engaging in this war. Standing still is not an option. Budgets have to be fought for; minds have to be won over; old untenable and unsustainable ideas and solutions must be challenged; green and sustainable solutions must be given the chance to develop and to prove themselves. Each of the cities and urban centres discussed – from Hong Kong to Dresden; from Mexico City to Qatar – are in their own ways heroes and examples to us all. This book provides a compelling manifesto for the world's cities in their "Urban War against Climate Change". It is essential reading for climate scientists national and local policy-makers and scholars worldwide. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351279444

Green Coffee Bean Extract in Human Health The role of green coffee bean (GCB) in human health is of emerging interest to the nutraceutical field especially given its role in improving metabolic syndrome including weight management hypertension diabetes and neuroprotection. GCB extract contains a novel antioxidant known as chlorogenic acid (also caffeoylquinic acid) which has been shown to positively affect blood pressure brain health diabetes and weight management. This book provides information on the diverse health benefits of green coffee bean extract molecular mechanisms and signaling pathways safety of GCB dosage and recommended usage. It focuses on the chemistry biochemistry pharmacology and safety of GCB extract. GCB extract has brought a remarkable revolution in the nutraceutical marketplace. However some controversies have been demonstrated recently. This book presents the state-of-the-art research studies from eminent scientists around the world on the potential and diversified health benefits of GCB extracts with particular emphasis placed on the importance to standardize the appropriate extraction technology quality control and assurance and broad spectrum safety studies and human clinical studies to substantiate the regulatory claims and position the product in the marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498716376

Green Communications and Networking Green Communications and Networking introduces novel solutions that can bring about significant reductions in energy consumption in the information and communication technology (ICT) industry—as well as other industries including electric power. Containing the contributions of leading experts in the field it examines the latest research advances in green communications and networking for next-generation wired wireless and smart-grid networks.The book presents cutting-edge algorithms protocols and network architectures to improve energy efficiency in communication networks. It illustrates the various aspects of modeling analysis design management deployment and optimization of algorithms protocols and architectures of green communications and networking. The text examines energy-efficient hardware platforms physical layer networking and applications. Containing helpful references in each chapter it also:Proposes a mechanism for minimizing energy consumption of wireless networks without compromising QoSReviews recent development in utility communication networks including advanced metering infrastructure and SCADAStudies energy-efficient rate adaptation in long-distance wireless mesh networksConsiders the architectural design of energy-efficient wireline Internet nodesPresents graph-theoretic solutions that can be adopted in an IP network to reduce the number of links used in the network during off-peak periods Outlines a methodology for optimizing time averages in systems with variable length framesDetails a demand-based resources trading model for green communicationsThe book introduces a new solution for delivering green last-mile access: broadband wireless access with fiber-connected massively distributed antennas (BWA-FMDA). It also presents a methodology for optimizing time averages in systems with Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380540

Green CommunicationsTheoretical Fundamentals Algorithms and Applications Nowadays energy crisis and global warming problems are hanging over everyone’s head urging much research work on energy saving. In the ICT industry which is becoming a major consumer of global energy triggered by the telecommunication network operators experiencing energy cost as a significant factor in profit calculations researchers have started to investigate various approaches for power consumption reduction. Standards bodies are already developing standards for energy-efficient protocols. However research in green communications is still at an early stage and the space of potential solutions is far from being fully explored. This book provides a comprehensive discussion of academic research and relevant applications in green communications. It aims to increase understanding of relevant issues and further the development of strategies and techniques. Gathering efforts from world-leading experts on green topics with different focuses such as mobile communications wireless networks ad hoc and sensor networks cloud computing optical networking smart grids network devices even FPGA and terminal devices combined with the best practices from the largest telecommunication operator China Mobile Corporation this book covers key features such as: Not only focuses on energy saving of ICT industry but also figures out its role to help other industries reduce energy consumption Comprehensively covers almost all main aspects in green communications Includes recent advances in theoretical analysis algorithms and practical applications for green wired and wireless communications Readers do not have to be professionals in communications to understand the basic ideas in the book This book brings green wired and wireless communications as well as other general green topics in one book which will give readers a panoramic view in the relevant green fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199804

Green Community The health of our planet and ourselves depends on how we plan design and construct the world between our buildings. Our increasing dependence on fossil fuels over the last century has given us unprecedented individual mobility and comfort but the consequences are clear. Climate change sprawl and reliance on foreign oil are just a few of the ch Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330156

Green Composites from Natural Resources Global awareness of environmental issues has resulted in the emergence of economically and environmentally friendly bio-based materials free from the traditional side effects of synthetics. This book delivers an overview of the advancements made in the development of natural biorenewable resources-based materials including processing methods and potential applications in green composites. Biorenewable polymers are a special class of natural material found in nature such as natural fibers wheat straw rice husk and saw dust. In addition to offering renewable feedstocks natural biorenewable materials are compostable recyclable edible and more energy efficient to process than plastic. Green Composites from Natural Resources covers various kinds of cellulosic biofibers such as: hemp fibers jute saccaharum cilliare fibers pine needles grewia optiva fibers sisal fibers eulaliopsis binata flax fibers coconut fibers eulaliopsis binata baggase fibers rice husk saw dust wood flour straw With scopes for the utilization of natural resources-based materials as potential replacements for traditional petroleum feedstocks on the rise more scientists and researchers are exploring new composite materials based on biorenewable resources. This book provides information on more eco-friendly and sustainable alternatives to synthetic polymers and discusses the present state and growing utility of green materials from natural resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077294

Green Computing and Predictive Analytics for Healthcare Green Computing and Predictive Analytics for Healthcare excavates the rudimentary concepts of Green Computing Big Data and the Internet of Things along with the latest research development in the domain of healthcare. It also covers various applications and case studies in the field of computer science with state-of-the-art tools and technologies. The rapid growth of the population is a challenging issue in maintaining and monitoring various experiences of quality of service in healthcare. The coherent usage of these limited resources in connection with optimum energy consumption has been becoming more important. The major healthcare nodes are gradually becoming Internet of Things-enabled and sensors work data and the involvement of networking are creating smart campuses and smart houses. The book includes chapters on the Internet of Things and Big Data technologies. Features: Biomedical data monitoring under the Internet of Things Environment data sensing and analyzing Big data analytics and clustering Machine learning techniques for sudden cardiac death prediction Robust brain tissue segmentation Energy-efficient and green Internet of Things for healthcare applications Blockchain technology for the healthcare Internet of Things Advanced healthcare for domestic medical tourism system Edge computing for data analytics This book on Green Computing and Predictive Analytics for Healthcare aims to promote and facilitate the exchange of research knowledge and findings across different disciplines on the design and investigation of healthcare data analytics. It can also be used as a textbook for a master’s course in biomedical engineering. This book will also present new methods for medical data evaluation and the diagnosis of different diseases to improve quality-of-life in general and for better integration of Internet of Things into society. Dr. Sourav Banerjee is an Assistant Professor at the Department of Computer Science and Engineering of Kalyani Government Engineering College Kalyani West Bengal India. His research interests include Big Data Cloud Computing Distributed Computing and Mobile Communications. Dr. Chinmay Chakraborty is an Assistant Professor at the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering Birla Institute of Technology Mesra India. His main research interests include the Internet of Medical Things WBAN Wireless Networks Telemedicine m-Health/e-Health and Medical Imaging. Dr. Kousik Dasgupta is an Assistant Professor at the Department of Computer Science and Engineering Kalyani Government Engineering College India. His research interests include Computer Vision AI/ML Cloud Computing Big Data and Security. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367322007

Green ComputingTools and Techniques for Saving Energy Money and Resources Explaining how going green can pay for itself Green Computing: Tools and Techniques for Saving Energy Money and Resources ties the green agenda in IT to the broader corporate agenda in risk management brand management and reputation management. Written by a leading author in the IT field this authoritative reference provides easy access to quotable budget justifications that readers can use to place IT stakeholders on the same page for this new agenda that can save valuable resources and the planet.Bringing together everything IT professionals need to know about green computing the book embodies a new philosophy on how to deploy IT devices software and services in a way that makes people more effective with fewer resources. It presents helpful tips on how to maximize energy savings as well as how to present information gradually to allow peers and stakeholders to absorb it.The book’s comprehensive coverage includes various types of hardware and software including the changes currently happening underlying trends products currently on the market and what to expect—or in some cases what organizations should ask for—from suppliers in the future.On the hardware side the book considers tablet computers—examining the iPad® and Android®-based tablets. On the software side it examines the general trend toward cloud computing. It provides important examples of this rapidly emerging trend as well as guidance on how to use the cloud to make software available and to store large amounts of data.Demonstrating the savings and increased business resiliency that can result from green computing this book offers C-suite executives senior IT management project managers suppliers and market analysts with the tools required to understand why you need to act how to act what to buy when to do it and who should act. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138374669

Green Consumerism: Perspectives Sustainability and Behavior This new volume Green Consumerism: The Behavior of New Age Consumer provides a holistic understanding the importance of promoting green products and discusses consumers’ buying intentions and decisions. The chapters consider consumer behavior theory in the context of green or ecologically friendly products from both the academic and business perspectives. The chapters present the latest empirical and analytical research in the field of green marketing and provide an abundance of information about profitable and sustainable ways and strategies to deal with environmental problems. The volume considers how consumers are taking responsibility and becoming more aware driving change in the marketplace. In response companies are integrating appropriate green strategies into their operational activities product development processes and marketing activities to achieve a competitive advantage in saturated markets. This helps companies gain market share and minimize their production costs. Topics discussed in the volume include green pricing green consumer behavior various dimensions of consumer purchase intention sustainable marketing innovation techniques used to go green eco-awareness and other ongoing developments in this rapidly expanding area.   Key features: • Discusses research on the latest trends in the field of green marketing green practices green products eco-literacy environment awareness protection management etc. • Provides insight about current consumer behavior consumers’ eco-literacy levels and their desires to go green • Covers a multitude of topics including green pricing green consumer behavior sustainable marketing innovation techniques used to go green eco-awareness and more Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886949

Green ConsumptionThe Global Rise of Eco-Chic Green lifestyles and ethical consumption have become increasingly popular strategies in moving towards environmentally-friendly societies and combating global poverty. Where previously environmentalists saw excess consumption as central to the problem green consumerism now places consumption at the heart of the solution. However ethical and sustainable consumption are also important forms of central to the creation and maintenance of class distinction. Green Consumption scrutinizes the emergent phenomenon of what this book terms eco-chic: a combination of lifestyle politics environmentalism spirituality beauty and health. Eco-chic connects ethical sustainable and elite consumption. It is increasingly part of the identity kit of certain sections of society who seek to combine taste and style with care for personal wellness and the environment. This book deals with eco-chic as a set of activities an ideological framework and a popular marketing strategy offering a critical examination of its manifestations in both the global North and South. The diverse case studies presented in this book range from Basque sheep cheese production and Ghanaian Afro-chic hairstyles to Asian tropical spa culture and Dutch fair-trade jewellery initiatives. The authors assess the ways in which eco-chic with its apparent paradox of consumption and idealism can make a genuine contribution to solving some of the most pressing problems of our time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780857857149

Green Crescent Over NazarethThe Displacement of Christians by Muslims in the Holy Land This is the story of the cultural and political struggle between Christians and Muslims and of the rapid Islamicization of Nazareth - the birthplace of Christianity - ironically under the rule of the Jewish State of Israel. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315040127

Green Crimes and Dirty Money Environmental crimes are primarily driven by financial motives. The combined financial value of illicit trade in protected wildlife illegal logging and waste trafficking is estimated to come directly after counterfeiting the narcotic drugs trade and illegal gambling. Logically the proceeds of these crimes must also be laundered. Goods however are not the only money maker for environmental criminals. Corporations may also try to ‘save’ costs by not complying with environmental regulations and thus commit crimes of omission rather than commission. From an enforcement and compliance perspective focusing on the proceeds of crime may therefore be an effective strategy. This book brings together different perspectives on the financial aspects of environmental crime and harm from a green criminological viewpoint. It addresses the role of economic systems the value of environmental performance for corporations money laundering in the context of environmental crime financial investigation and questions of regulation and penalties. Discussing these topics from the view of green criminology sociology and governance this book will be of great interest to all those concerned about the financial dimensions of crime and the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367899059

Green Criminology In little more than a decade Green Criminology has become an established new perspective in the field. It embraces an exciting and wide range of topics from controversies about genetic modification through corporate offending against the environment and human communities to animal abuse. Green Criminology provides a focal point for longstanding and new areas of research as well as making important interdisciplinary connections. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093390

Green Criminology Green Criminology embraces a wide and rapidly growing network of researchers and scholars around the world who are actively engaged in the study of environmental crime and ecological justice. Transgressions against humans eco-systems and animals constitute the main focus of Green Criminology and this new four-volume collection from Routledge provides an authoritative one-stop reference work to make sense of the wide range of approaches theories and concepts that have informed its development and growth. Themes covered in the collection include: the conceptual foundations of Green Criminology; victimization and offending; criminal-justice responses to environmental crime; and emerging environmental issues such as climate change that demand urgent criminological attention. Topics range from transnational environmental crimes such as the illegal dumping of waste and illegal trade in wildlife through to prosecution and sentencing in relation to environmental crimes. Each volume provides a provocative and stimulating showcase of criminological research scholarship and commentary dealing with the nature and dynamics of environmental crime. The volumes are structured to provide users with a strong sense of the theories methodological approaches conceptual innovations and empirical research of Green Criminology. Together they constitute an essential work of reference for anyone interested in social and environmental transformations and justice from a criminological perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415812979

Green CriminologyAn Introduction to the Study of Environmental Harm Over the past ten years the study of environmental harm and ‘crimes against nature’ has become an increasingly popular area of research amongst criminologists. This book represents the first international comprehensive and introductory text for green criminology offering a concise exposition of theory and concepts and providing extensive geographical coverage diversity and depth to the many issues pertaining to environmental harm and crime.Divided into three sections the book draws on a range of international case studies and examples and looks at the conceptual and methodological foundations of green criminology before examining in detail areas of environmental crime and harm and how they are addressed including: climate change and social conflict; abuse and harm to animals; threats to bio-diversity; pollution and toxic waste; environmental victims; environmental regulation law enforcement and courts; environmental forensic studies; environmental crime prevention. Green Criminology is packed with pedagogical features including dialogue boxes case examples discussion questions and lists of further reading and is perfect for students around the world engaged with green criminology and crime against the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415632102

Green Cultural CriminologyConstructions of Environmental Harm Consumerism and Resistance to Ecocide Over the last two decades "green criminology" has emerged as a unique area of study bringing together criminologists and sociologists from a wide range of research backgrounds and varying theoretical orientations. It spans the micro to the macro—from individual-level environmental crimes and victimization to business/corporate violations and state transgressions. There have been few attempts however to explicitly or implicitly integrate cultural criminology into green criminology (or vice versa). This book moves towards articulating a green cultural criminological perspective. Brisman and South examine existing overlapping research and offer a platform to support future excursions by green criminologists into cultural criminology’s concern with media images and representations consumerism and consumption and resistance. At the same time they offer an invitation to cultural criminologists to adopt a green view of the consumption landscape and the growth (and depictions) of environmental harms. Green Cultural Criminology is aimed at students academics criminologists and sociologists with an interest in green criminology and cultural criminology: two of the most exciting new areas in criminology today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630740

Green Design Materials and Manufacturing Processes The rise of manufacturing intelligence is fuelling innovation in processes and products concerning a low environmental impact over the product’s lifecycle. Sustainable intelligent manufacturing is regarded as a manufacturing paradigm for the 21st century in the move towards the next generation of manufacturing and processing technologies. The manufacturing industry has reached a turning point in its evolution and new business opportunities are emerging. With sustainable development arises the immense challenge of combining innovative ideas regarding design materials and products with non-polluting processes and technologies conserving energy and other natural resources. On the other hand sustainability has become a key concern for government policies businesses and the general public. Model cities are embracing novel ecosystems combining environmental social and economic issues in more inclusive and integrated frameworks.Green Design Materials and Manufacturing Processes includes essential research in the field of sustainable intelligent manufacturing and related topics making a significant contribution to further development of these fields. The volume contains reviewed papers presented at the 2nd International Conference on Sustainable Intelligent Manufacturing conjointly organized by the Centre for Rapid and Sustainable Product Development Polytechnic Institute of Leiria and the Faculty of Architecture Technical University of Lisbon both in Portugal. This event was held at the facilities of the Faculty of Architecture Lisbon from June 26 to June 29 2013. A wide range of topics is covered such as Eco Design and Innovation Energy Efficiency Green and Smart Manufacturing Green Transportation Life-Cycle Engineering Renewable Energy Technologies Reuse and Recycling Techniques Smart Design Smart Materials Sustainable Business Models and Sustainable Construction.Green Design Materials and Manufacturing Processes is intended for engineers architects designers economists and manufacturers who are actively engaged in the advancement of science and technology regarding key sustainability issues leading to more suitable efficient and sustainable products materials and processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000469

Green Design and Manufacturing for Sustainability Written by an educator with close to 40 years of experience in developing and teaching design and manufacturing courses at the graduate and undergraduate levels Green Design and Manufacturing for Sustainability integrates green design and manufacturing within the framework of sustainability emphasizing cost recyclables and reuse. It includes the analytical techniques for cost minimization reduction of material waste and the reduction of energy consumption during the manufacturing process. The text introduces sustainability principles then goes on to detail all aspects of green design economics feasible material selection and relevant and efficient manufacturing processes. It highlights techniques such as life cycle cost assessment reuse and recyclables and showcases them with examples and problems solved. In addition the author defines green mechanical design as the selection of materials processes and geometry that satisfies specified and implied environmental requirements. He stresses that for sustainability social environmental and economic development must be integrated and balanced.Developed to bring environmental issues into the basics of mechanical component design and manufacture the textbook brings together principles of environmentally conscious design and sustainable manufacture in a format with examples and problems that can be adapted for undergraduate classes. The carefully selected range of examples and exercises presented makes it easier to adopt into the engineering curriculum suitable for senior-level undergraduates as well as first-year graduates. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466505261

Green DevelopmentEnvironment and Sustainability in a Developing World The concept of sustainability lies at the core of the challenge of environment and development and the way governments business and environmental groups respond to it. Green Development provides a clear and coherent analysis of sustainable development in both theory and practice. Green Development explores the origins and evolution of mainstream thinking about sustainable development and offers a critique of the ideas behind them. It draws a link between theory and practice by discussing the nature of the environmental degradation and the impacts of development. It argues that ultimately ‘green’ development has to be about political economy about the distribution of power and not about environmental quality. Its focus is strongly on the developing world. The fourth edition retains the broad structure of previous editions but has been updated to reflect advances in ideas and changes in international policy. Greater attention has been given to the political ecology of development market-based and neoliberal environmentalism and degrowth. This fully revised edition discusses: the origins of thinking about sustainability and sustainable development and its evolution to the present day; the ideas that dominate mainstream sustainable development (including natural capital the green economy market environmentalism and ecological modernisation); critiques of mainstream ideas and of neoliberal framings of sustainability and alternative ideas about sustainability that challenge ‘business as usual’ thinking such as arguments about limits to growth and calls for degrowth; the dilemmas of sustainability in the context of forests desertification food and farming biodiversity conservation and dam construction; the challenge of policy choices about sustainability particularly between reformist and radical responses to the contemporary global dilemmas. Green Development offers clear insights into the challenges of environmental sustainability and social and economic development. It is unique in offering a synthesis of theoretical ideas on sustainability and in its coverage of the extensive literature on environment and development around the world. The book has proved its value to generations of students as an authoritative thought-provoking and readable guide to the field of sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820721

Green EconomicsAn Introduction to Theory Policy and Practice The world as we know it needs a new economics. Climate change financial crisis and out-of-control globalization - all the major problems facing the world have their root in the dominant economic system. The globalised marketplace is the prevailing force in our lives undermining the real importance of our human communities and our planet. Green Economics argues that society should be embedded within the ecosystem and that markets and economies are social structures that should respond to social and environmental priorities. This highly readable text provides an introduction to green economics including views on taxation welfare money economic development and employment through the work of its inspirational figures including Schumacher Robertson and Douthwaite. It also explores the contributions and insights of schools of thought critical of the dominant neo-classical economic paradigm including ecofeminism views from the global South and the perspective of indigenous peoples. Examples of effective green policies that are already being implemented across the world are presented as well as policy prescriptions for issues including climate change localization citizens' income economic measurement ecotaxes and trade. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849771528

Green EconomicsConfronting the Ecological Crisis This book's pluralistic non-dogmatic and committed investigation of the values of ecological sustainability economic justice and human dignity provides balanced analysis of environmental problems and their potential solutions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703947

Green Electronics ManufacturingCreating Environmental Sensible Products Going "green" is becoming a major component of the mission for electronics manufacturers worldwide. While this goal seems simplistic it poses daunting dilemmas. Yet to compete effectively in the global economy manufacturers must take the initiative to drive this crucial movement. Green Electronics Manufacturing: Creating Environmental Sensible Products provides you with a complete reference to design develop build and install an electronic product with special consideration for the product’s environmental impacts during its whole life cycle. The author discusses how to integrate the state-of-the-art technologies of finite element method (FEM) modeling simulation and testing to create environmental sensible products of satisfying global environmental regulations such as Restriction of Hazardous Substances (ROHS) compliance. He covers enabling techniques such as advanced fatigue life modeling crack propagation analysis and probabilistic robust design of lead-free electronics. The book also explores how risk engineering methodology empowers practitioners with effective tools such as buckling analysis of tin whiskers.With its emphasis on reducing parts rationing materials and reusing components to make products more efficient to build green electronics intertwines today’s electronics with manufacturing strategies of global sourcing concurrent engineering and total quality. Implemented through product and process design it can help you achieve sustainability to support future generations and at the same time preserve our natural resources. Green Electronics Manufacturing: Creating Environmental Sensible Products gives you the tools to create environmental sensible products while maintaining electronics quality and reliability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074514

Green Energy and InfrastructureSecuring a Sustainable Future C. S. Lewis rightly instructed "The task of the modern educator is not to cut down jungles but to irrigate deserts." This book aims to achieve this task by pushing the frontiers of scholarship for securing a sustainable future through green energy and infrastructure. This encompasses the notion that what we create is in harmony and integration with both the spatial and temporal domains. Through numerous practical examples and illustrations this book examines a comprehensive review of the latest science on indoor environmental health energy requirements for buildings and the "greening" of infrastructure. Also it provides a discussion on the underlying properties of biomass and its influence on furthering energy conversion technologies. Energy storage is essential for driving the integration of renewable energy and different storage approaches are discussed in terms of power balancing grid stability and reliability. Features: Focuses on the importance of coupling green energy with green infrastructure Provides an unbiased update of the state-of-the-art of sustainability science Discusses utilizing sustainable building materials for simultaneous improvement in energy economic and environmental bottom lines for industry Illuminates practical steps that need to be undertaken to achieve a greener infrastructure Green Energy and Infrastructure: Securing a Sustainable Future is appropriate for researchers students and decision-makers seeking the latest practical information on environmental sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367559496

Green Energy EconomiesThe Search for Clean and Renewable Energy Green Energy Economies offers insight into the major drivers that are shaping a new future powered by clean energy sources. Assembling cutting-edge researchers as contributors the book provides a comprehensive account of the shift underway examining in detail the complexities and intricacies involved with such a transition.The book first details the promises and problems of a green energy transition. Next it explores the economic benefits that a comprehensive strategy toward a green energy economy might create. Then it investigates how communities will be affected and explores the social cultural and other changes that are likely to result. Finally it explores the shift toward new technologies in-depth. Green Energy Economies concludes with policy options that support a transition to a better energy environmental and economic future.The contributors argue that a green energy economy offers great promise but its realization will require making hard choices and soon. They argue for investments in renewable energy and economic systems that can deliver a sustainable and equitable future. This book makes a forceful case for a green future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412853750

Green Energy Materials Handbook Green Energy Materials Handbook gives a systematic review of the development of reliable low-cost and high-performance green energy materials covering mainstream computational and experimental studies as well as comprehensive literature on green energy materials computational methods experimental fabrication and characterization techniques and recent progress in the field. This work presents complete experimental measurements and computational results as well as potential applications. Among green technologies electrochemical and energy storage technologies are considered as the most practicable environmentally friendly and workable to make full use of renewable energy sources. This text includes 11 chapters on the field devoted to 4 important topical areas: computational material design energy conversion ion transport and electrode materials. This handbook is aimed at engineers researchers and those who work in the fields of materials science chemistry and physics. The systematic studies proposed in this book can greatly promote the basic and applied sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138605916

Green EnergySustainable Electricity Supply with Low Environmental Impact Green Energy: Sustainable Electricity Supply with Low Environmental Impact defines the future of the world’s electricity supply system exploring the key issues associated with global warming and which energy systems are best suited to reducing it. Electricity generation is a concentrated industry with a few sources of emissions which can be controlled or legislated against. This book explains that a green sustainable electricity system is one whose construction installation and operation minimally affect the environment and produce power reliability at an affordable price. It addresses the question of how to build such an electricity supply system to meet the demands of a growing population without accelerating global warming or damaging the environment. The green argument for conservation and renewable energies is a contradiction in terms. Although they produce no emissions because renewable systems are composed of a large number of small units a considerable amount of energy is required to produce erect and maintain them. This book is a response to that conundrum answering key questions such as: How can renewables be exploited to contribute the greatest energy input? Should coal be used for clean fuel and chemical production rather than for power generation? How quickly can we start to build the Green Energy system? 　 The author has more than forty years of experience as an international journalist reporting on power-generating technologies and on energy policies around the world. Detailing the developmental history and current state of the global nuclear industry he discusses the dire immediate need for large quantities of clean emission-free electric power for both domestic and industrial uses. This book details how current technologies—particularly nuclear combined cycle and hydro—can be applied to satisfy safely the growing energy demands in the future. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113671

Green EnergyTechnology Economics and Policy Renewable fuels such as wind solar biomass tides and geothermal are inexhaustible indigenous and often free. However capturing them and transforming them into electricity hydrogen or clean transporation fuels often is not. Green Energy: Technology Economics and Policy addresses how to approach and apply technology economics and policy to bring down the costs involved with renewables the most important challenge faced in the green era. Intended for students and professionals in resources energy and environmental engineering and in economic fields focusing on green energy.It explores the ways and means of using technology economics and policy to address R & D issues market penetration improved efficiency investment capital policy changes and more. It elucidates Green New Deal models in which the twin objectives of job generation and mitigation of climate change impacts are achieved through the harnessing of the transformative power of technology. The book links energy science and technology with energy economics markets policy and planning. It describes how this can be accomplished through public – private partnership in the prosecution of Innovation Chain (Basic Research - Applied Research & Development - Demonstration - Deployment - Commercialization). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367383695

Green EngineeringInnovation Entrepreneurship and Design This is a primary text project that combines sustainability development with engineering entrepreneurship and design to present a transdisciplinary approach to modern engineering education.　The book is distinguished by extensive descriptions of concepts in sustainability its principles and its relevance to environment economy and society.　It can be read by all engineers regardless of their disciplines as well as by engineering students as they would be future designers of products and systems. This book　presents a flexible organization of knowledge in various fields which allows to be used as a text in a number of courses including for example engineering entrepreneurship and design engineering innovation and leadership and sustainability in engineering design Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035881

Green Entrepreneur HandbookThe Guide to Building and Growing a Green and Clean Business Written by a practicing business attorney with startup experience in the environmental and technology sectors Green Entrepreneur Handbook: The Guide to Building and Growing a Green and Clean Business assists entrepreneurs in tackling the wide variety of opportunities to go green. It helps you incorporate clean technology environmental practices and green business approaches into your work environment. Part IThe first section of the book lays the groundwork for any new entrepreneur to understand the history of the environmental and clean technology movements. The author explains the motivation of greentrepreneurs the drivers of the green revolution into the future and how to find the right market for your solution. Part IIThe next section takes a new business from initial idea to sales of the product or service. The book addresses where greentrepreneurs can find ideas around which to build a business; how to form a company to execute the business concept; how to find and retain founders employees advisors and directors; how to raise money and make sales; and the importance of intellectual capital and assets. Part IIIEmphasizing aspects unique to the green business environment the third part provides a sound understanding of utilities and energy generation and distribution and explores funding through project finance. It also looks at the players and process of selling to the government; the federal state and local regulatory impacts; government incentives and tax programs designed to spur clean technology development; and grants loans and other funds as sources of capital. Part IVIn the fourth section the author covers lessons learned and emerging challenges. He offers practical suggestions for going green that businesses can implement themselves and describes current gree Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138409613

Green EuropeanEnvironmental Behaviour and Attitudes in Europe in a Historical and Cross-Cultural Comparative Perspective Green European addresses the quest for a better understanding of European type(s) of environmentalism. This monograph focuses on public attitudes and behaviours and the culturally rooted as well as country specific differences. The book addresses the wider issue that many European countries are rendered ‘green’ or as having an advanced environmental awareness but the question - ‘how green are Green Europeans really’ is yet to be answered. The book covers a variety of unique data-driven comparative studies and is divided into three parts: the first addresses perceptions of environmental and technological threats and risks the second part deals with environmental activism in Europe the third discusses environmental attitudes environmental concerns and their imminent link to personal pro-environmental behaviour. The empirical comparative nature of the contributions is enabled by data from the International Social Survey Programme (ISSP). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138390935

Green Events and Green TourismAn International Guide to Good Practice As the appetite for leisure travel and events continues to grow at an exponential rate the impact on the environment and local communities is becoming an increasing concern not least by the users of the services. Green approaches to tourism and events are growing in popularity and present an opportunity to both identify solutions to significant environmental and societal problems and new approaches to business.Green Events and Green Tourism looks at key frameworks guidelines principles and benchmarks that support the application of sustainability in practice. The five sections of the book cover themes of governance accreditation certification innovation priorities trends ambitions and consumer behaviour and the chapters include examples of best practice in the organisation of music and arts festivals special interest tourism the green management of outdoor sites and the management of sports events. Readers will benefit from insightful case studies from around the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733698

Green ExerciseLinking Nature Health and Well-being The concept of Green Exercise has now been widely adopted and implies a synergistic health benefit of being active in the presence of nature. This book provides a balanced overview and synthesis text on all aspects of Green Exercise and integrates evidence from many different disciplines including physiology ecology psychology sociology and the environmental sciences and across a wide range of countries.  It describes the impact of Green Exercise on human health and well-being through all stages of the lifecourse and covers a wide spectrum from cellular processes such as immune function through to facilitating human behavioural change. It demonstrates the value of Green Exercise for activity and education purposes in both schools and the workplace as well as its therapeutic properties. Green Exercise is an effective intervention for vulnerable groups and promoting healthy ageing with activities including wilderness therapy therapeutic horticulture and the use of forests and water. Chapters also integrate cross-cutting key themes which are relevant to all stages of the lifecourse and have significantly contributed to the Green Exercise research base such as forest bathing and blue exercise.  The book also explores the future of Green Exercise the way in which research can be used to influence green design and planning and how health social care and environmental agendas can be integrated to enable Green Exercise to be more widely used as a mechanism for improving health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138807655

Green Extraction and Valorization of By-Products from Food Processing Generating of agricultural wastes and by-products during the production processing and consumption of agricultural commodities is unavoidable and over the last decades an increased public interest has been shown in the challenge of food wastage. Apart from its significant quantities the physicochemical characteristics of the various agricultural waste and by-products denote that there is immense potential for their reuse recycle and valorisation through various different processes. Green Extraction and Valorization of By-Products from Food Processing provides an overview about the valorization or reuse of agricultural wastes and by-products during the production processing and consumption of agricultural commodities. Waste disposal and by-product management in food processing industry pose problems in the areas of environmental protection and sustainability. However they could be a great source of valuable nutraceuticals which can be used to deal with the prospects of feeding fast growing population in 21st century. Features: Gives detailed guidance and presents case-studies about valorization of food wastes and by-products Shows the main conventional and innovative extraction techniques for food waste and by-products valorization Provides an estimated idea regarding the recovery of high-added value compounds Discusses the recovery of high-added value compounds Perspectives originated from the enormous amounts of food related materials that are discharged worldwide and the existing technologies which promise the recovery recycling and sustainability of high-added value ingredients inside food chain will be discussed in this book. This book is of value to academics research institutes and food industry engineers particularly the research and development professionals who are looking for effective management and utilization of food processing wastes and byproducts. In addition it is suitable for undergraduate post- graduate students research scholars postdoctoral fellows and faculty members from universities and colleges who pursue academic careers in Food Technology Food Biotechnology Fermentation and Bioengineering Bioprocess Technology Food science and Technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138544048

Green Facilities HandbookSimple and Profitable Strategies for Managers Meeting a need in the marketplace for information on how to operate a sustainable facility and reduce carbon emissions the Green Facilities Handbook clearly explains why green business is good business and delineates practical strategies to green your operations in energy and management. The book explores issues in the greening of a facility including janitorial considerations fuel choices for fleets and recycling. Additional information is provided on carbon reduction terminology monitoring and reporting and carbon trading as well as offset strategies. Special bonus chapters include valuable information on financing and procedures for “green” marketing.  Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151456

Green Festival ReaderFresh Ideas from Agents of Change Each year Green Festivals across the nation draw over 100 000 people to theirparty with a purpose. The Green Festival Reader: Fresh Ideas from Agents of Change presents the addresses of the foremost thinkers and activists at these popular events. From a green New Deal to healthy homes and community empowerment The Green Festival Reader covers the most urgent and inspiring topics in today‘s environmental movement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467798

Green Finance Sustainable Development and the Belt and Road Initiative Can China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) promote sustainable development alongside its primary aims of increasing commercial connectivity with China’s partners? In discussions of the BRI the focus has tended to be on the implications for infrastructure construction connectivity and economic diplomacy. Rather less attention has been paid to its potential impact on sustainability. The initiative has not only set principles to prevent climate change and promote sustainable development but also pledged to align with the UN’s environmental objectives. The contributors to this volume describe and evaluate the consequent policy coordination in the areas of green finance green energy and sustainable development in the Belt and Road regions. They examine both the challenges and opportunities of these projects and the role that Hong Kong can play in supporting their assessment finance and implementation. With contributions from authors based in mainland China Hong Kong Australia Qatar the UK and the US – with experience in corporate social responsibility international finance environmental policy and international relations – this book presents a thorough and rigorous analysis of the green side of the BRI. A valuable resource for scholars of the BRI and its many implications for China its partners and the development of sustainable infrastructure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367898809

Green GentrificationUrban sustainability and the struggle for environmental justice Green Gentrification looks at the social consequences of urban "greening" from an environmental justice and sustainable development perspective. Through a comparative examination of five cases of urban greening in Brooklyn New York it demonstrates that such initiatives while positive for the environment tend to increase inequality and thus undermine the social pillar of sustainable development. Although greening is ostensibly intended to improve environmental conditions in neighborhoods it generates green gentrification that pushes out the working-class and people of color and attracts white wealthier in-migrants. Simply put urban greening "richens and whitens " remaking the city for the sustainability class. Without equity-oriented public policy intervention urban greening is negatively redistributive in global cities. This book argues that environmental injustice outcomes are not inevitable. Early public policy interventions aimed at neighborhood stabilization can create more just sustainability outcomes. It highlights the negative social consequences of green growth coalition efforts to green the global city and suggests policy choices to address them. The book applies the lessons learned from green gentrification in Brooklyn to urban greening initiatives globally. It offers comparison with other greening global cities. This is a timely and original book for all those studying environmental justice urban planning environmental sociology and sustainable development as well as urban environmental activists city planners and policy makers interested in issues of urban greening and gentrification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309135

Green Goals And Green BacksState-level Environmental Review Programs And Their Associated Costs Since the signing of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) on January 1 1970 eighteen states have initiated their own programs of compre-hensive environmental review. These State Environ-mental Policy Acts (SEPA's) or "NEPA equivalents " &re generally patterned after the policies goals and processes established by NEPA but at the same time demonstrate a great deal of variability in terms of extent as well as style of implementation. They are "equivalent " however in the sense that they all utilize a similar tool--the environmental impact statement (EIS). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367021962

Green Grabbing: A New Appropriation of Nature Across the world ecosystems are for sale. ‘Green grabbing’ – the appropriation of land and resources for environmental ends â€“ is an emerging process of deep and growing significance. A vigorous debate on ‘land grabbing’ already highlights instances where ‘green’ credentials are called upon to justify appropriations of land for food or fuel. Yet in other cases environmental green agendas are the core drivers and goals of grabs. Green grabs may be drivn by biodiversity conservation biocarbon sequestration biofuels ecosystem services or ecotourism for example. In some cases theyse agendas involve the wholesale alienation of land and in others the restructuring of rules and authority in the access use and management of resources that may have profoundly alienating effects. Green grabbing builds on well-known histories of colonial and neo-colonial resource alienation in the name of the environment. Yet it involves novel forms of valuation commodification and markets for pieces and aspects of nature and an extraordinary new range of actors and alliances. This book draws together seventeen original cases from African Asian and Latin American settings to ask: To what extent and in what ways do ‘green grabs’ constitute new forms of appropriation of nature? What political and discursive dynamics underpin ‘green grabs’? How and when do appropriations on the ground emerge out of circulations of green capital? What are the implications for ecologies landscapes and livelihoods? Who is gaining and who is losing? How are agrarian social relations rights and authority being restructured and in whose interests? This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Peasant Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138850521

Green Growth and Low Carbon Development in East Asia The concept of green growth coupled with one of green economy and low carbon development is a global concern especially in the face of the multiple crises that the world has faced in recent years - climate oil food and financial crises. In East Asia this concept is regarded as the key in transforming cheap-labour dependent export-oriented industries towards a more sustainable development. Green Growth and Low Carbon Development in East Asia examines the beginnings of low carbon green growth in practice in East Asia and how effectively it has directed East Asian nations especially Korea China and Japan to put environment and climate challenges as the core target zone for investment and growth. Special focus is paid to energy and international trade - areas in which these nations compete with pioneered nations of Europe and the United States to develop renewable energy industries and enhance their international competitiveness. On the basis of the lessons learned in East Asia together with a comparison of Russia this book discusses the applicability and limitations of this developmental approach taken by the developing nations and resource-rich emerging economies including the conditions and contexts in which nations are able to transition into sustainable development through the use of low carbon green growth strategies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067288

Green Growth and TravelismConcept Policy and Practice for Sustainable Tourism The green growth paradigm emerged from evolving global strategies that coherently promote a more socially inclusive low-carbon resource-efficient stable economy with decreasing poverty. Opportunities and challenges associated with the paradigm shift are expected to transform the travel and tourism (travelism) sector in all respects and on a global scale. This involves the transformation of the entire travelism value chain as well as the communities in tourism destinations. However there is a lack of systematic reports on wide-ranging and complex implications of the green growth paradigm for the travelism sector. This book focuses on the twin pillars – green growth and travelism – as key building blocks in exploring an essential multi-decade lifestyle change for planetary and human well-being through the lenses of concept policy and practice. It provides a conceptual discussion of the implications of the new development trend for key players in the travelism system offers case studies from both developed and developing countries that highlight key issues in the transformation towards the green economy and explores the policy settings and frameworks on both the global and national levels that underpin travelism green growth.　 This book offers tourism industry players academics students policy makers and practitioners a comprehensive discussion of the latest progress in green growth and travelism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082441

Green HouseholdsDomestic Consumers the Environment and Sustainability Households are one of the main sources of waste and of other environmental impacts. This is a study of domestic consumption. Drawing on empirical research largely from The Netherlands it takes households as consumer units and examines the entire household metabolism. This includes the way domestic demand can influence where and how goods and services are produced resource flows through households and the differential impacts of different lifestyles. It shows both what would constitute sustainable domestic consumption and how far there is to go to achieve this. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315071091

Green Human Resource Management in Chinese Enterprises Corporate social responsibility (CSR) and particularly environmental management has now become a global social norm. As the largest developing economy in the world China is currently a major environmental polluter. This book examines how Chinese enterprises including both indigenous firms and foreign-owned organizations operating in China utilize human resource management (HRM) to conduct environmental management i.e. green HRM also referred to as environmentally friendly HRM. Green HRM integrates HRM with environmental management and is implemented by firms to realize corporate green strategies by providing opportunities and motivating employees to become involved in environmental activities. This book explores how green recruitment and selection green training green performance management and green pay and rewards are managed in Chinese enterprises and how green HRM affects organizational green and non-green workplace behaviors. It enriches the current literature on green HRM practices and measures. It also advances our understanding of employee organizational behavioral consequences of green HRM which is an emerging and understudied field of research. As such this book offers practical implications on how to elicit desirable employee green and non-green workplace behaviors through green HRM policies and practices. This book will appeal to anyone interested in learning more about green HRM practices and the social and psychological processes through which green HRM influences employees promotes green workplace behaviors and improves a firm's environmental performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367252847

Green ICT & EnergyFrom Smart to Wise Strategies This book provides the connection between the growing body of literature on sustainability and the topics of energy and ICT. It aims to show how stakeholders active in this area need to play their part ensuring that the ICT-sector evolves towards a sector that can lead through “greening by IT” and also shows that it can “green its own IT” as well. This is the first book that integrates two seemingly incompatible approaches to sustainability: efficiency and effectiveness. The book builds on the efficiency initiatives already taken by industry but it is not a “how-to-do-it manual”. It offers insight in state of the art approaches to green IT and greening by IT. Attention to important stakeholders outside the sector e.g. policy makers and the field of education makes this book comprehensive. A more encompassing view on ICT and sustainability is offered to the reader and as such managers in higher education educators CIO’s policymakers and regulators are inspired to integrate their efforts and to contribute to a transition of one of the most important and prominent sectors in our global economy. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379025

Green Inc.Guide to Business and the Environment Frances Cairncross senior editor of The Economist and author of the best selling Costing the Earth shows that economic growth does not have to be at the expense of environmental protection. For the poor growth is essential to eliminate the threats to health and environmental security that poverty presents. As for the more affluent they may be unwilling to sacrifice their living standards even for a cleaner environment. The question is rather how can the environmental impact of growth be minimized? Here the role of business is crucial. New technologies and well-designed policies have to work hand in hand; and the interests of governments of companies and of the environmental movement lie in making a cleaner environment an opportunity for profitability. All three parties will find this a stimulating survey and an invaluable practical guide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138167018

Green Industrial Policy in Emerging Countries For decades governments have tried to foster industrial competitiveness and economic growth. Many instruments are known to work and many lessons have been learned. However humanity is increasingly feeling the effects of natural resource depletion. The rate of this depletion is deeply unsustainable and it is – as of yet – inextricably linked to economic growth and development. To preserve acceptable living conditions for future generations while at the same time creating these conditions for millions of poor in the first place we must achieve a de-linking of economic activity and resource depletion. This book identifies the drivers and success factors of green industrial policy which seeks to reconcile the synergies and trade-offs which exist between economic and environmental goals. Greening the economy is a goal which will require enormous investment. As markets are currently failing to provide the required incentives for environmental sustainability governments must intervene and provide ‘policy rents’ for investments in sustainability while withdrawing rents from polluting investments. In this they will face the risk of political capture by interest groups and difficult choices among technologies. Rent management is therefore the heart of green industrial policy and the focus of this book. On top of this the country examples provided in this volume focus on the emerging powers which will have an important influence the future of our planet. However the lessons learned are valuable not only for countries introducing green industrial policies for the first time but also for those under pressure to reform existing policies. This book will be of interest to students researchers and policymakers in the areas of energy policy sustainable development industrial economics and ecological economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926615

Green Information and Communication Systems for a Sustainable Future Green Information and Communication Systems for a Sustainable Future covers the fundamental concepts applications algorithms protocols new trends challenges and research results in the area of Green Information and Communication Systems. This book provides the reader with up-to-date information on core and specialized issues making it highly suitable for both the novice and the experienced researcher in the field. The book covers theoretical and practical perspectives on network design. It includes how green ICT initiatives and applications can play a major role in reducing CO2 emissions and focuses on industry and how it can promote awareness and implementation of Green ICT. The book discusses scholarship and research in green and sustainable IT for business and organizations and uses the power of IT to usher sustainability into other parts of an organization. Business and management educators management researchers doctoral scholars university teaching personnel and policy makers as well as members of higher academic research organizations will all discover this book to be an indispensable guide to Green Information and Communication Systems. It will also serve as a key resource for Industrial and Management training organizations all over the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367894658

Green Infrastructure and Public Health There is a growing body of knowledge revealing a sweeping array of connections between public health and green infrastructure – but not until now have the links between them been brought together in one comprehensive book. Green Infrastructure and Public Health provides an overview of current research and theories of the ecological relationships and mechanisms by which the environment influences human health and health behaviour. Covering a broad spectrum of contemporary understanding Coutts outlines: public health models that explicitly promote the importance of the environment to health ways in which the quality of the landscape is tied to health challenges of maintaining viable landscapes amidst a rapidly changing global environment This book presents the case for fundamental human dependence on the natural environment and creates a bridge between contemporary science on the structure and form of a healthy landscape and the myriad ways that a healthy landscape supports healthy human beings. It presents ideal reading for students and practitioners of landscape architecture urban design planning and health studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711364

Green Infrastructure for Landscape PlanningIntegrating Human and Natural Systems Green infrastructure integrates human and natural systems through a network of corridors and spaces in mixed-use and urban settings. Austin takes a broad look at green infrastructure concepts research and case studies to provide the student and professional with processes criteria and data to support planning design and implementation. Key topics of the book include: The benefits of green infrastructure as a conservation and planning tool Requirements of ecosystem health Green infrastructure ecosystem services that contribute to human physical and psychological health Planning processes leading to robust green infrastructure networks Design of green infrastructure elements for multiple uses. The concept of ecosystem services is extensively developed in this book including biological treatment of stormwater and wastewater opportunities for recreation urban agriculture and emersion in a naturalistic setting. It defines planning and design processes as well as the political and economic facets of envisioning funding and implementing green infrastructure networks. The book differs from others on the market by presenting the technical issues requirements and performance of green infrastructure elements along with the more traditional recreation and wildlife needs associated with greenway planning providing information derived from environmental engineering to guide planners and landscape architects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415843539

Green Infrastructure for Sustainable Urban Development in Africa This book shows for the first time how green infrastructure can work in an African urban context. On one level it provides a major rethinking of the role of infrastructure in urban society since the creation of networked infrastructure in the early twentieth century. On another it explores the changing paradigms of urban development through the fundamental question of how decisions are made. With a focus on Africa's fast-growing secondary towns where 70 per cent of the urban population live the book explains how urban infrastructure provides the key to the relationship between economic development and social equity through the mediation of natural resources. Adopting this view enables investment to be channelled more effectively to provide the engine for economic growth while providing equitable services for all residents. At the same time the mediation of resource flows integrates the metabolism of the city into the wider ecosystem. This vision leads to a new way of thinking about infrastructure giving clear definition to the concept of green infrastructure. On the basis of research gathered throughout an extensive career John Abbott draws in particular from his experience in Ethiopia to demonstrate the ways in which infrastructure needs to respond to the economies societies and natural environments of twenty-first century urban Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138552111

Green InfrastructureCurrent Debates for Policy Practice and Implementation Our understandings of the landscapes around us are constantly changing. How we interact with manage and value these spaces is important as it helps us to ensure we live in attractive functional and sustainable places. Green Infrastructure planning is the current ‘go-to’ approach in landscape planning that incorporates human-environmental interactions understandings of ecology and how socio-cultural factors influence our use of parks gardens and waterways. This book explores several interpretations of Green Infrastructure bringing together case studies of policy practice ecological change and community understandings of landscape. Focusing on how planning policy shapes our interactions with the landscape as individuals and communities the book discusses what works and what needs to be improved. It examines how environmental management can promote more sustainable approaches to landscape protection ensuring that water resources and ecological communities are not harmed by development. It also asks what the economic and community values of Green Infrastructure are to illustrate how different social ecological and political factors influence how our landscapes are managed. The central message of the book focusses on the promotion of multi-functional nature within urban landscapes that helps people the economy and the environment to meet the challenges of population infrastructure and economic change.  The chapters in this book were origianally published as a special issue in Landscape Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892227

Green InfrastructureIncorporating Plants and Enhancing Biodiversity in Buildings and Urban Environments With more than half of the world's population now living in urban areas it is vitally important that towns and cities are healthy places to live. The principal aim of this book is to synthesize the disparate literature on the use of vegetation in the built environment and its multifunctional benefits to humans. The author reviews issues such as: contact with wildlife and its immediate and long-term effects on psychological and physical wellbeing; the role of vegetation in removing health-damaging pollutants from the air; green roofs and green walls which provide insulation reduce energy use and decrease the carbon footprint of buildings; and structural vegetation such as street trees providing shading and air circulation whilst also helping to stop flash-floods through surface drainage. Examples are used throughout to illustrate the practical use of vegetation to improve the urban environment and deliver ecosystem services. Whilst the underlying theme is the value of biodiversity the emphasis is less on existing high-value green spaces (such as nature reserves parks and gardens) than on the sealed surfaces of urban areas (building surfaces roads car parks plazas etc.). The book shows how these and the spaces they encapsulate can be modified to meet current and future environmental challenges including climate change. The value of existing green space is also covered to provide a comprehensive textbook of international relevance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415521246

Green Innovation Sustainable Development and Circular Economy Although green innovation and technology is not new so far very limited information is available regarding the diversified approaches for green technologies and engineering. This book highlights the challenges and opportunities offering a roadmap for using various approaches in the most cost effective way. The book discusses the interrelationship between a circular economy and green technologies. It presents the dimensions of green innovations and illustrates the challenges of industrialization especially in terms of material synthesis and utilized processes. It covers the current environmental and health challenges of societies and describes the role of stakeholders in developing sustainable societies and industries. This book provides a line of approach to core and interdisciplinary students academicians research scientists and various industry personnel to present their ideas of green innovations with a common vision of sustainable development of community and industries in mind. Features Discusses the interrelationship between a circular economy and green technologies Presents the dimensions of green innovations Illustrates the challenges of industrialization especially in terms of material synthesis and utilized processes Covers the current environmental and health challenges of societies Offers the identification and role of stakeholders in the sustainable development of societies and industries Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367441746

Green IntentionsCreating a Green Value Stream to Compete and Win Developed by a plant manager who experienced first-hand the challenges to going green in a business environment Green Intentions provides organizations with a simple straightforward and practical approach to green the Green Value Stream (GVS) process that is as mindful as it is profitable. Based on the highly successful Lean philosophy the GVS process shows you how to quickly identify measure and minimize the seven green wastes to realize immediate cost savings. With the initial savings from harvesting the low-hanging fruit organizations will have the support and momentum needed to eliminate each of the green wastes leading to environmental sustainability and the substantial business benefits that follow including increased revenues new customers employee retention innovation and increased shareholder value. Part I Going Green shows how the green value stream provides a dynamic proven and successful approach to going green. It also defines each of the seven green wastes explains the overall green value stream process provides guidance on implementing it in your organization and shows how to map your green value stream. Part II The Seven Green Wastes provides a step-by-step process for minimizing and eliminating each of the seven wastes. It includes real-life examples illustrating the environmental and economic benefits associated with moving toward the elimination of each. The book also includes: A Green Dictionary that defines current terms associated with the green movement Web links and other resources to help you in your journey toward environmental sustainability An environmental primer that clears through the rhetoric to give you a clear picture of what is going on with the environment and what the end goal of environmental and overall sustainability needs to look like Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138418899

Green IT Strategies and ApplicationsUsing Environmental Intelligence Bhuvan Unhelkar takes you on an all-encompassing voyage of environmental sustainability and Green IT. Sharing invaluable insights gained during two battle-tested decades in the information and communication technologies industry he provides a comprehensive examination of the wide-ranging aspects of Green IT—from switching-off monitors virtualizing data centers and optimizing processes to bringing attitude change through training and the use of green metrics for reporting. Combining extensive research literature review experimentation and decades of practical consulting experience Green IT Strategies and Applications: Using Environmental Intelligence is your complete reference for undertaking a successful Green IT transformation. The environmentally responsible business strategies described in this book include motivators and drivers transformation phases management of risks measuring and reporting of carbon compliance with the ISO14000 family of standards and the crucial nexus between Lean and green—resulting in what can be called Environmental Intelligence. This environmentally conscious IT reference delves beyond the corporate responsibilities of organizations in a market-driven economy to demonstrate the importance of carbon management as an integral part of good business management. Increasing profits reducing costs applying innovations in business adhering to government standards process management and the socio-cultural aspects of business are all masterfully intertwined with Green IT issues. This book is equipped with case studies from different industrial sectors including hospital (service) packaging (product) and telecom (infrastructure). It provides a complete suite of strategies applications tools and techniques that will enable you to establish company-wide environmental strategies a green value system and the forward thinking required to properly position your organization for the low-carbon economy on the horizon. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439837801

Green Jobs for Sustainable Development A ‘green economy’ must be built on ‘green jobs’ - the kind of employment that is low carbon intended to reduce energy use and expected to restore environmental quality. But attempts to define exactly what a ‘green job’ is have led to varied and often contradictory answers. There are many unresolved questions including whether we consider jobs in the nuclear fuel industry to be green jobs? Or is a worker at a glass making company which supplies the glass for the solar photovoltaic industry doing a green job given that glass making is a ‘dirty’ industry? This book deals with the relationship between "green" concepts (green jobs green economy green growth) and sustainable development. It examines to which extent creation of green jobs supports overall economic development as opposed to creation of elitist jobs and greenwashing. In order to do so general conceptual frameworks for green jobs green economy green growth and green policy are presented as well as their implementation in ten countries selected among the Group of Twenty. The selection includes advanced (the European Union the United States of America Australia Canada Republic of Korea Japan) and developing countries (Mexico China Turkey and Brazil). The analysis presented in this book shows that although green concept is well-intentioned its implementation depends on local circumstances – economic political and social. Developed countries perceive green growth as a way to create new markets and demand while developing countries rely more on labor intensive growth and less expensive green jobs. Thus greening the economy does not diminish differences between rich and poor. This book is suitable for those who study and work in Ecological Economics Sustainable Development and Labor Economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138065901

Green JujitsuThe Smart Way to Embed Sustainability into Your Organization Business has recently woken up to the need to address environmental sustainability in a meaningful way. No longer is it sufficient to have an environmental policy or environmental management system – substantial changes to business practice are required. Culture change is widely regarded as the most vital and the most difficult element of this paradigm shift. The standard methods of "switch it off" stickers awareness presentations and proclamations from the top have proved incapable of delivering the shift in attitudes required. Green Jujitsu is a completely different way of looking at culture change for environmental sustainability. Instead of trying to correct your colleagues’ perceived "weaknesses" it focuses instead on playing to their strengths to get them truly interested and engaged. This principle is applied to the "elephant model" of culture change: providing clear guidance inspiring people emotionally and altering the working environment. These techniques are illustrated with case studies from the author’s own experience of facilitating culture change on the front line in some of the world’s leading organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909293069

Green JusticeThe Environment And The Courts Do trees have legal rights? What risks to the environment should we legally try to control or prevent? In this updated edition of Green Justice the authors further explore the interrelationship between the legal system and the environment using key environmental law cases (over half of which are new selections) on such topics as population and bi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319304

Green Keynesianism and the Global Financial Crisis It is widely accepted that limiting climate change to 2°C will require substantial and sustained investments in low-carbon technologies and infrastructure. However the dominance of market fundamentalism in economic thinking for the past three decades has meant that governments have generally viewed large spending programs as politically undesirable. In this context the Global Financial Crisis (GFC) represented a huge opportunity for proponents of public investment in environmental projects or "Green Keynesianism". This book examines the experience of Australia Canada Japan Korea and the United States with Green Keynesian stimulus programs in the wake of the GFC. Unfortunately on the whole the cases do not provide much optimism for proponents of Green Keynesianism. Much less funding than was originally allocated to green programs was actually spent in areas that would produce an environmental benefit. Furthermore a number of projects had negligible or even detrimental environmental outcomes. While the book also documents several success stories the research indicates overall that more careful consideration of the design of green stimulus programs is needed. In addition to concrete policy advice the book provides a broader vision for how governments could use Keynesian policies to work toward creating an "ecological state". This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of environmental politics environmental economics political economy and sustainable development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367430214

Green Landscapes in the European City 1750–2010 Green space is a fundamental concept for understanding modern and contemporary urban society shedding light not only on the ecological development of cities but also societal relations urban governance and planning processes. Closely linked to issues of environmental change changing perceptions of nature urban well-being and social integration as well as city economic competitiveness and branding it is an important element both in the internationalisation of European cities and the forging of their distinctive communal identities. Building upon recent research on the history of green landscapes in the city in Europe and North America this volume mirrors the burgeoning global attention to urban green space developments from city policy-makers and planners architects climatologists ecologists geographers and other social scientists. Taking case studies from Paris London Berlin Helsinki and other leading centres the volume examines when why and how green landscapes evolved in major cities and the extent to which they have been shaped by shared external forces as well as by distinctive and specific local needs. Quantifying green space trends in this way raises important issues of classification and categorisation of the different varieties of urban green space. While urban parks have received considerable coverage many other smaller less prestigious spaces have been largely ignored. This volume argues that green landscapes can only be properly understood when the full range of spaces from parks to recreation grounds housing areas allotments and domestic gardens is taken into account. Adopting a broader approach to urban green space helps put European developments during the 19th and 20th centuries into a global perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138330191

Green LeviathanThe Case for a Federal Role in Environmental Policy The US Switzerland and Canada are wealthy democracies that should be conducive to effective decentralized or cooperative environmental policy-making. However a closer examination of their environmental policy over many decades finds no evidence that these approaches have worked. So does it matter which level of government makes policy? Can cooperation between sub-national governments protect the environment? Building on comparative case studies on air and water pollution and making use of extensive historical material Inger Weibust questions how governance structure affects environmental policy performance in the US Switzerland Canada and the European Union. The research breaks new ground by studying formal and informal environmental cooperation. It analyzes whether federal systems with more centralized policy-making produce stricter environmental policies and debates whether devolution and the establishment of subsidiaries will lead to less environmental protection. An essential insight into the complexities of policy-making and governance structures this book is an important contribution to the growing debates surrounding comparative federalism and multi-level governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605582

Green LiberalismThe Free And The Green Society This is an agenda-setting exploration of the relationship between green politics and liberal ideology. Ecological problems provide unique challenges for liberal democracies.; This challenge is examined by the author who aims to fill the gap between short-term ecological modernization and the politically infeasible longer term utopian approaches. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315072715

Green LogicEcopreneurship Theory and Ethics Economic activity imposes increasing costs on the global environment. The lack of progress being made in environmental management is often not as much a question of economics technology or even of interest as it is of perception assumptions and how one approaches problems. Green Logic seeks to highlight the key questions regarding entrepreneurship and sustainability in terms of motivation government intervention and ethics. Written by the highly regarded author of Managing World Economic Change this important and accessible new book aims to examine how "Green Logic" works how it differs from other logics and how green thinking can be targeted in order to create environmentally responsible businesses in an era of rapid change. Key questions addressed in depth include:What are the minimal ethical principles to guide environmental living and working? What motives and obstacles characterise ecopreneurship? What principles of creativity and entrepreneurship can be used as tools? In short what does it really take to motivate entrepreneurs to design and start up green businesses? Green Logic is suitable for both business and academic audiences and significantly pushes forward the debate on environmental responsibility. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351283168

Green ManufacturingCase Studies in Lean and Sustainability No manufacturer can afford to ignore the pressing environmental issues of today. To do so puts both their profit line and their legacy at risk. As part of the Enterprise Excellence Series this book brings together articles and case studies covering environmental and energy issues that were previously published in the Association of Manufacturing Excellence‘s Target Magazine. It covers both areas of moral responsibility as well as legal and economic considerations. Chapters are organized in three areas: Protecting the Environment Using Energy Wisely and EPA Case Studies making it easy to track down the information desire. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138440548

Green March Black SeptemberThe Story of the Palestinian Arabs In March 1968 Palestinian guerrillas and Jordanian troops combined forces to respond to Israeli raids into Jordan provoking visions of new unity and future military success. Yet by September 1970 mounting friction between the Palestinian guerrillas in Jordan and King Hussein’s regime came to a head with the hijackings at Dawson’s Field and the defeat by Jordan’s forces of the Palestinians. The savagery of the fighting and the bitter consequences for the Palestinian guerrillas gave this month the name Black September: a name that was to reappear ominously in months to come. Who are the Palestinians? Many people only became aware of their existence because of terrorism particularly the Black September operation at the Munich Olympics. Yet the Palestinians are at the very heart of the Middle East problem and this book first published in 1973 tells their story. The core of the book describes the emergence of the various guerrilla groups joined by Palestinians hopeful of regaining lost land and lost dignity and the ideologies and differences of the groups. There are personal interviews with some of the main leaders and other chapters examine the relationships and interaction between the Palestinian groups and the Soviet bloc the Chinese the Third World the West and most important the Israelis themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905191

Green Marketing in a Unified Europe The physical environment--its preservation protection and conservation--has become an urgent agenda for international marketers. Many marketing professionals have acknowledged that in order to succeed it is crucial that they integrate environmental considerations into their marketing strategies. Green Marketing in a Unified Europe gives marketing professionals insight into the opportunities available to competitively position themselves in the green environment providing some companies with a much-needed strategic boost.Addressing the issue of green marketing at empirical and conceptual levels contributors to Green Marketing in a Unified Europe give readers examples of how green marketing can be effectively integrated into international marketing. Chapters reveal green marketing’s repercussions on the corporate world on governments and governmental agencies and on societies. Marketing professionals learn the specifics of: European green marketing strategies the practice of sustainable development in Europe eco-friendly companies and their practices consumer green environmentalism European public policy and the green environmentThese chapters represent a compilation of current research on green marketing and the European and/or international communities. This information provides marketing professionals and government policymakers with a good research base for developing effective green marketing policies rules and regulations in their own countries and companies. Readers learn of opportunities for businesses to competitively position themselves through an environment-friendly philosophy or through a stronger pro-environment stance.Marketing professionals academics interested in public policy and green/environmental marketing multinational companies and practitioners hoping to jump on the “green” bandwagon will find Green Marketing in a Unified Europe an invaluable guide to learning how sustainable development affects policy-making in the European Union. They can then see how green marketing consequently impacts upon their own practices in Europe and in other regions with green marketing policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992061

Green Materials and Advanced Manufacturing TechnologyConcepts and Applications This book includes recent theoretical and practical advancements in green composite materials and advanced manufacturing technology. It provides important original and theoretical experimental results which use nonroutine technologies often unfamiliar to some readers and covers novel applications of more familiar experimental techniques and analyses of composite problems. Green Materials and Advanced Manufacturing Technology: Concepts and Applications provides insight and a better understanding into the development of green composite materials and advanced manufacturing technology used in various manufacturing sectors. It highlights recent trends in the fields of green composites metal matrix composites ceramic matrix composites surface modification using laser cladding types of dust collectors in waste management and recycling in industries machinability studies of metals and composites using surface grinding drilling electrical discharge machining joining of metals using friction stir welding shielded metal arc welding and linear friction welding. This book is written for engineering students postgraduate students research scholars faculty members and industry professionals who are engaged in green composite materials and development of advanced manufacturing technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367521066

Green Materials and Environmental ChemistryNew Production Technologies Unique Properties and Applications The world faces significant challenges as the population and consumption continue to grow while nonrenewable fossil fuels and other raw materials are depleted at ever-increasing rates. Moreover environmental consciousness and a penchant for thinking in terms of material cycles have caught on with consumers: the use of environmentally compatible materials and production methods is desired. This volume Green Materials and Environmental Chemistry: New Production Technologies Unique Properties and Applications takes a technical approach to address these issues using green design and analysis. This book provides an overview of the latest developments in environmental chemistry and sustainable materials written by experts in their respective research areas. This interdisciplinary volume offers research with the aim to minimize environmental impacts across all lifecycle phases in the design and engineering of products processes and systems as just one possible approach to addressing the larger issue of sustainability that includes environmental economic and social aspects. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771888615

Green Mobile Devices and NetworksEnergy Optimization and Scavenging Techniques While battery capacity is often insufficient to keep up with the power-demanding features of the latest mobile devices powering the functional advancement of wireless devices requires a revolution in the concept of battery life and recharge capability. Future handheld devices and wireless networks should be able to recharge themselves automatically from the environment and optimize their energy consumption. Green Mobile Devices and Networks: Energy Optimization and Scavenging Techniques provides insights into the principles and technical challenges behind both automatic optimization of energy consumption and energy gathering from alternative environmental sources. It introduces the basic background motivation and principles of various technologies supplying detailed and integrated coverage of different optimization and energy scavenging techniques. In particular the book: Examines the technical challenges behind automatic optimization of the energy consumption in dynamic real-time scenarios Considers different types of energy scavenging techniques Describes the various technologies behind harvesting energy through different sources—including solar acoustics kinetic mechanical vibrations and electromagnetic waves Striking a balance between theory and implementation the book links different concepts with applications of corresponding schemes and connects them to various standards. It discusses the continuous monitoring of battery life and the automatic adjustment of different functionalities—including data reception processing and display complexity of software modules and perceived video quality—to provide you with a clear understanding of the technical challenges measurement of energy gain limitations and future opportunities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439859896

Green Nanotechnology Green nanotechnology has two goals: producing nanomaterials and products without harming the environment or human health and producing nanoproducts that provide solutions to environmental problems. It uses existing principles of green chemistry and green engineering to make nanomaterials and nanoproducts without toxic ingredients at low temperatures using less energy and renewable inputs wherever possible and using lifecycle thinking in all design and engineering stages. The production and process aspects of green nanotechnology involve both making nanomaterials in a more environmentally benign fashion and using nanomaterials to make current chemical processes more environmentally acceptable. This book contains information about advanced nanomaterials that can be produced without harming the environment or human health. This encompasses the production of nanomaterials without environmental toxicity at room temperature and with the use of renewable energy sources. The book contains the descriptions and results of theoretical and experimental researches in the field of environment friendly nanotechnology carried out over the past decade by the scientific team of company Polymate Ltd.-International Nanotechnology Center (Israel) under leadership of Prof. O. Figovsky. Developments of the Company have been used in industry and agriculture and protected by more than 25 patents of USA Germany and Russia. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774109

Green Networking and CommunicationsICT for Sustainability Although the information and communication technology (ICT) industry accounted for only 2 percent of global greenhouse gas emissions in 2007 the explosive increase in data traffic brought about by a rapidly growing user base of more than a billion wireless subscribers is expected to nearly double that number by 2020. It is clear that now is the time to rethink how we design and build our networks.Green Networking and Communications: ICT for Sustainability brings together leading academic and industrial researchers from around the world to discuss emerging developments in energy-efficient networking and communications. It covers the spectrum of research subjects including methodologies and architectures for energy efficiency energy-efficient protocols and networks energy management smart grid communications and communication technologies for green solutions.Examines foraging-inspired radio-communication energy management for green multi-radio networksConsiders a cross-layer approach to the design of energy-efficient wireless access networksInvestigates the interplay between cooperative device-to-device communications and green LTE cellular networksConsiders smart grid energy procurement for green LTE cellular networksDetails smart grid networking protocols and standardsConsidering the spectrum of energy-efficient network components and approaches for reducing power consumption the book is organized into three sections: Energy Efficiency and Management in Wireless Networks Cellular Networks and Smart Grids. It addresses many open research challenges regarding energy efficiency for IT and for wireless sensor networks including mobile and wireless access networks broadband access networks home networks vehicular networks intelligent future wireless networks and smart grids. It also examines emerging standards for energy-efficient protocols. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379254

Green Organic Chemistry and its Interdisciplinary Applications Green Organic Chemistry and Its Interdisciplinary Applications covers key developments in green chemistry and demonstrates to students that the developments were most often the result of innovative thinking. Using a set of selected experiments all of which have been performed in the laboratory with undergraduate students it demonstrates how to optimize and develop green experiments.The book dedicates each chapter to individual applications such asEngineeringThe chemical industryThe pharmaceutical industryAnalytical chemistryEnvironmental chemistryEach chapter also poses questions at the end with the answers included.By focusing on both the interdisciplinary applications of green chemistry and the innovative thinking that has produced new developments in the field this book manages to present two key messages in a manner where they reinforce each other. It provides a single and concise reference for chemists instructors and students for learning about green organic chemistry and its great and ever-expanding number of applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574826

Green Organic Chemistry in Lecture and Laboratory The last decade has seen a huge interest in green organic chemistry particularly as chemical educators look to "green" their undergraduate curricula. Detailing published laboratory experiments and proven case studies this book discusses concrete examples of green organic chemistry teaching approaches from both lecture/seminar and practical perspectives. The experienced contributors address such topics as the elimination of solvents in the organic laboratory organic reactions under aqueous conditions organic reactions in non-aqueous media greener organic reagents waste management/recycling strategies and microwave technology as a greener heating tool. This reference allows instructors to directly incorporate material presented in the text into their courses. Encouraging a stimulating organic chemistry experience the text emphasizes the need for undergraduate education to: Focus on teaching sustainability principles throughout the curriculum Be flexible in the teaching of green chemistry from modification of an existing laboratory experiment to development of a brand-new course Reflect modern green research areas such as microwave reactivity alternative reaction solvents solvent-free chemistry environmentally friendly reagents and waste disposal Train students in the "green chemistry decision-making" process Integrating recent research advances in green chemistry research and the Twelve Principles of Organic Chemistry into the lecture and laboratory environments Green Organic  Chemistry in Lecture and Laboratory highlights smaller more cost-effective experiments with minimized waste disposal and reduced reaction times. This approach develops a fascinating and relevant undergraduate organic laboratory experience while focusing on real-world applications and problem-solving. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199286

Green OrganizationsDriving Change with I-O Psychology This book is a landmark in showing how industrial-organizational psychology and related fields contribute to environmental sustainability in organizations.  Industrial-organizational psychology embraces a scientist/practitioner model: evidence-based best practice to solve real-world issues. The contributors to this book are experts in science and practice demonstrating the ways in which human-organization interactions can drive change to produce environmentally beneficial outcomes.  Overall the authors address cogent issues and provide specific examples of how industrial-organizational psychology can guide interventions that support and maintain environmentally sound practices in organizations. Green Organizations can be used as a general reference for researchers in courses on sustainable business corporate social responsibility ethical management practices and social entrepreneurship. The book will provide an excellent overview for anyone interested in sustainability in organizations and will serve as a valuable guide to industrial-organizational psychology and management professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825153

Green OsloVisions Planning and Discourse As urban regions face the demand to decrease fossil fuel dependency many cities in the developing world are undertaking initiatives designed to create a greener city by aiming for a more sustainable form of urban development and to do so they need to evaluate existing modes of transportation and patterns of land use. Focusing on Oslo an early leader in urban environmental policy making and a European 'green city' award winner it argues that this evaluation must adopt and integrate two approaches: firstly as a process of ecological modernization based on a combination of transit densification and mixed use development and secondly as an opportunity to reconsider the character and substance of the built environment as a reflection of natural values landscapes and natural resources of the wider region. Environmental debate and concern is widespread in Oslo and this is reflected in its earlier planning decisions to leave intact large forest reserves its successful ecological restoration of the Oslo fjord the importance of outdoor culture among its residents the relatively progressive political agenda of Norway This book provides an opportunity for a critical assessment of the limitations and opportunities inherent in 'green Oslo' and suggests the need for much broader integrative approaches. It concludes by highlighting lessons which other cities might learn from Oslo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246775

Green Outcomes in the Real WorldGlobal Forces Local Circumstances and Sustainable Solutions Over the last three decades the world economy has grown strongly on the back of 'globalization' supported by the policies of free-trade open markets and privatisation. Support has also grown for the concept of 'sustainability' meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. But as the Earth's systems come under increasing strain the inherent conflict between sustainability and globalization has been exposed. Green Outcomes in a Real World examines the shift in thinking required to reconcile these two important areas of policy. In this ground breaking book Peter McManners has coined the term 'Proximization' to define a new policy framework. The principles of Proximization are: 'sustainability' 'subsidiarity' 'primacy of the state' and 'market economics' and the application of these familiar concepts towards a sustainable globalised world is novel and different. The author argues that adherence to the principles of proximization will return world society to a stable natural order and will mean changes. Global commodity flows will reduce and barriers to migration will increase. National governments will demand more control over their finances leading to restrictions on capital flows. Indeed Peter believes that an element of 'selfish determination' is needed. The new world order will be sustainable by design. Global organisations such as the UN national governments and global corporations will have to understand and apply a different paradigm. The arguments in this book do not reflect the idealism or even naivety of some of the green movement. This book is about hard-edged reality presented by an author with huge experience and a deep understanding of the business perspective. It will appeal to a wide range of professionals involved in setting policy and future direction for businesses governments and non-governmental bodies as well as to those with an academic interest in business economics social and environmental issues and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367605520

Green PagesThe Business of Saving the World Originally published in 1988. Europeans want a better environment. Increasingly too they are demanding the products services legislation and policies that will provide it. Green Pages reveals what Europe’s environmentalists plan to do next and how environmental pressures will threaten major markets – and at the same time opens up new opportunities for business investment and employment. Green Pages is a fantastic reference source for green enterprise and will be of interest to students of environmental economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503250

Green Parties and Political Change in Contemporary EuropeNew Politics Old Predicaments Published in 1997 This book offers an up-to-date guide to the Green parties of Western Europe as the optimism of the 1980s confronts the ‘Green fatigue’ of the 1990s. The approach is both thematic and comparative. Green politics in Europe is located in its historical and cultural context. There is a comparative analysis of the principal ideological questions policy issues and strategic dilemmas that have confronted the European Greens. There are national profiles of Green politics throughout the European Union. The conclusion addresses the critical issue of political change in post industrial societies. It discusses the contribution of Green parties to the ‘New Politics’ and assesses their likely impact on post-modern politics Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138314535

Green Parties in Europe The emergence of green parties throughout Europe during the 1980s marked the arrival of a new form of political movement challenging established models of party politics and putting new issues on the political agenda. Since their emergence green parties in Europe have faced different destinies; in countries such as Germany Belgium Finland France and Italy they have accumulated electoral successes participated in governments implemented policies and established themselves as part of the party system. In other countries their political relevance remains very limited. After more than 30 years on the political scene green parties have proven to be more than just a temporary phenomenon. They have lost their newness faced success and failure power and opposition grassroots enthusiasm and internal conflicts. Green Parties in Europe includes individual case studies and a comparative perspective to bring together international specialists engaged in the study of green parties. It renews and expands our knowledge about the green party family in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367281403

Green Parties in National Governments By the late 1990s Green parties had entered national governments in five Western European countries - Finland Italy Germany France and Belgium. This book aims to provide an understanding of the differences and similarities of Green parties in coalition governments. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315039169

Green Parties in TransitionThe End of Grass-roots Democracy? When green parties emerged in the 1980s not only did they question established ideas about nature and economic growth they also challenged the 'iron law' of Roberto Michels that all parties inevitably follow a similar path towards informal concentration of power and oligarchy. Grass-roots democracy was both an ideological tenet and an organizational project for practically all green parties. These days the greens have lost their glamour and innocence. They have grown up and even joined governing coalitions in several countries. Did they leave grass-roots democracy by the roadside on the way to power? This book investigates to what extent green parties have remained true to their identity or have been transformed. Country specialists analyze the development of green parties in 14 countries across the world - not only Western Europe but also Australia Canada New Zealand and the United States. These analyses also offer clues on broader questions about party types and party change in contemporary democracies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253794

Green Pesticides HandbookEssential Oils for Pest Control Green pesticides also called ecological pesticides are pesticides derived from organic sources which are considered environmentally friendly and are causing less harm to human and animal health and to habitats and the ecosystem. Essential oils based insecticides started have amazing features. This book gives a full spectrum of the whole range of essential oil based pesticides that may be used in pest control. It discusses the uses and limitations including the recent advances in this area. It describes the metabolism and mode of action and provides the present status of essential oil based pesticide residues in foodstuffs soil and water. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367877026

Green Planet BluesCritical Perspectives on Global Environmental Politics Revised and updated throughout this unique anthology examines global environmental politics from a range of perspectives and captures the voices of both the powerless and the powerful. Paradigms of sustainability environmental security and ecological justice illustrate the many ways environmental challenges and their solutions are framed in contemporary international debates about climate water forests toxics energy food and biodiversity. Organized thematically the selections offer a truly global scope. Seventeen new readings explore climate justice globalization land and water grabs climate change and conflict China’s international environmental relations and the future of climate politics in the wake of the Paris Agreement. This book stresses the underlying questions of power interests authority and legitimacy that shape environmental debates and it provides readers with a global range of perspectives on the critical challenges facing the planet and its people. This new edition of Green Planet Blues connects directly with a wide-range of upper-level undergraduate and graduate-level courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813350936

Green Political Thought Andrew Dobson's highly acclaimed introduction to green political thought is now available in a new edition. It has been fully revised and updated to take into account the areas that have grown in importance since the last edition was published.The third edition includes:* a comparison of ecologism with other principal modern ideologies such as liberalism conservatism fascism socialism feminism and anarchism* an assessment of the relationship between green thinking and democracy justice and citizenship* an exploration of 'sustainable development' addressing the fundamental question of 'what to sustain?'* real environmental problems and how green thinking relates to them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203131671

Green Politics in Japan An important comparative study of Japanese politics that reveals that green issues have yet to displace the traditional urban politics of post-industrial Japan. This is unlike the rise of green parties and politics in Europe. Unlike Europe it seems that political values in Japan are still informed by the conservative values of hierarchy and deference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138863064

Green Polymer Composites TechnologyProperties and Applications This book is a comprehensive introduction to "green" or environmentally friendly polymer composites developed using renewable polymers of natural origin such as starch lignin cellulose acetate poly-lactic acid (PLA) polyhydroxylalkanoates (PHA) polyhydroxylbutyrate (PHB) etc. and the development of modern technologies for preparing green composites with various applications. The book also discusses major applications of green polymer composites in industries such as medicine biotechnology fine chemicals and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367872557

Green Polymeric Nanocomposites Covering fundamentals through applications this book discusses environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites and alternatives to traditional nanocomposites through detailed reviews of a variety of materials procured from different resources their synthesis and applications using alternative green approaches. The text: Describes green polymeric nanocomposites that show greater properties in terms of degradability biocompatibility synthesis process cost effectiveness mechanical strength high surface area nontoxicity and environmental friendliness Explains the basics of eco-friendly polymer nanocomposites from different natural resources and their chemistry Discusses practical applications that present future directions in the biomedical pharmaceutical and automotive industries This book is aimed at scientists researchers and academics working in nanotechnology biomaterials polymer science and those studying products derived from eco-friendly nanomaterials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138486577

Green Polymers and Environmental Pollution Control Green Polymers and Environment Pollution Control examines the latest developments in the important and growing field of producing conventional polymers from sustainable sources. Presenting cutting-edge research from a group of leading international researchers from academia government and industrial institutions the book explains what green polymers are why green polymers are needed which green polymers to use and how manufacturing companies can integrate them into their manufacturing operations. It goes on to provide guidelines for implementing sustainable practices for traditional petroleum-based plastics biobased plastics and recycled plastics. With recent advancements in synthesis technologies and the discovery of new functional monomers research shows that green polymers with better properties can be produced from renewable resources. The book describes these advances in synthesis processing and technology. It provides not only state-of-the-art information but also acts to stimulate research in this direction. Green Polymers and Environment Pollution Control offers an excellent resource for researchers upper-level graduate students brand owners environment and sustainability managers business development and innovation professionals chemical engineers plastics manufacturers agriculture specialists biochemists and suppliers to the industry to debate sustainable economic solutions for polymer synthesis. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881395

Green PowerPerspectives on Sustainable Electricity Generation Green Power: Perspectives on Sustainable Electricity Generation provides a systematic overview of the current state of green power and renewable electrical energy production in the world. Presenting eight in-depth case studies of green power production and dissemination it illustrates the experiences and best practices of various countries on this topic of critical importance.The book’s case studies provide readers with policy business and societal perspectives. They examine the differences in each country’s natural endowments cultural make-up technological development public-policy concerns and institutional incentive structures relative to the advancement of green and sustainable energy. Considers China’s energy profile and what is being done to reduce the country’s reliance on coal Describes the cultural foundations and institutional environment that gave birth to Germany’s energy revolution Supplies an overview of the renewable energy sector in Spain and analyzes its future prospects in light of recent economic difficulties Reports on French Polynesia’s progress in its quest to generate half of its electricity from renewable sources by 2020 Investigates the feasibility of biomass as a large-scale electricity generation option Explores the vision of power generation in space that could solve mankind’s energy needs permanently By illustrating the experiences of other nations the book outlines valuable lessons learned and best practices that can be extremely helpful to other countries as they seek a greener energy profile. Supplying a timely overview of renewable and non-renewable electric power sources it provides in-depth analysis of the key factors that affect success. It also identifies practices that have been precursors to failure so you can avoid making the same mistakes in your quest to contribute to the long-overdue advancement of green energy. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466590489

Green Process EngineeringFrom Concepts to Industrial Applications This book has been edited by Martine Poux Patrick Cognet and Christophe Gourdon from the Laboratoire de Génie Chimique/ENSIACET Toulouse. It presents an ensemble of methods and new chemical engineering routes that can be integrated in industrial processing for safer more flexible economical and ecological production processes in the context of green and sustainable engineering.Different methods for improving process performance are dealt with including:• Eco-design and process optimization by systemic approaches• New technologies for intensification• Radical change of industrial processes via the use of new media and new routes for chemicalsynthesisThese various methods are fully illustrated with examples and industrial cases making this book application oriented. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377618

Green Productivity and Cleaner ProductionA Guidebook for Sustainability Green Productivity and Cleaner Production: A Guidebook for Sustainability focuses on green production processes that could help better achieve global sustainability. It aids readers in realizing the issues with current conventional productivity initiatives and examines the newest methods. Also it presents numerous real-world applications techniques which allows users the ability to apply the most appropriate solutions for their situations. Further it explains measures to achieve green productivity and cleaner production to help maintain high quality sustainable production chains while simultaneously conserving natural resources and reducing waste. Features: Examines the core theories and techniques for green productivity waste management end-of-pipe treatment methods sustainable production technologies and cleaner production Written with a simple and easily understandable presentation applicable for both undergraduate students and practicing professionals alike Provides guidance on how to use different tools and techniques in various problem-solving scenarios Focuses on greening production processes as an initiation to achieve global environmental sustainability Includes numerous illustrations along with practical examples and tools helpful for readers to understand and apply the approaches presented throughout The subjects covered in Green Productivity and Cleaner Production: A Guidebook for Sustainability are of interest to students researchers academicians and professionals in various industries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367535094

Green ProductsPerspectives on Innovation and Adoption Sharing successful examples of sustainable products from around the world Green Products: Perspectives on Innovation and Adoption supplies an in-depth analysis of the key factors that influence the adoption of sustainable products. It examines case studies of green production and consumption from a business perspective—considering both technological and public-policy concerns. The text presents stories of success in green production and explains what made them successful. It includes coverage of: Sustainable tourism in the Galapagos Islands The revival of battery-powered electric vehicles in Japan The transition from oil dependency to sustainability in Denmark The promise of sugarcane ethanol as a cleaner fuel alternative Sustainable urban mass transport Mapping the universe of green products this book is the result of a joint effort of researchers affiliated with the Joseph H. Lauder Institute of Management & International Studies and the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Praise for the book: ... covers a wide range of topics from energy to automobiles to tourism in impressive depth. —Michael A. Cusumano author of Staying Power and SMR Distinguished Professor MIT Sloan School of Management … should be on the shelf of every manager and educator as resource and inspiration.—Andrew A. King professor Tuck School of Business and co-founder Alliance for Research on Corporate Sustainability … an excellent starting point in the analysis of production possibilities compatible with the requirements of sustainability and environmental friendliness. —Emilio Ontiveros AFI chairman and board member of Iberdrola Renovables Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439854655

Green Revolution/h As will be made clear in the pages that follow this book is based on a field research project focused on rice-growing and undertaken in parts of North Arcot District in Tamil Nadu (India) and of Hambantota and Mon-eragala Districts Sri Lanka. We use 'S.E. Sri Lanka' as shorthand for the whole of the latter study area and 'Hambantota District' for the part of it which falls in that District. Except where the context requires otherwise the present in our book refers to 1973-4; while 'Randam' and 'Paha-lagama' are fictitious names for real villages. The project was an inter-disciplinary one involving workers qualified in economics geography hydrology sociology statistics and the study of the administration of development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367021887

Green Science and Technology This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date review of recent trends of green science and technology. Worldwide deterioration of environment and global warming threaten our lifestyle and the survival of all creatures. In order to weather these problems we need to construct a multidisciplinary approach involving the fusion of various advanced researches. The book begins with an overview on fundamental research about generation and utilization of renewable energy protection of the earth's ecosystem for better coexistence with nature development of artificial intelligence-based agriculture and molecular recognitionbased welfare and covers a wide range of innovative research on green science and technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367415136

Green Skills Research in South AfricaModels Cases and Methods This book proposes transformative realist methodology for skills research and planning through an analysis of case studies of the changing world of work new learning pathways and educational system challenges. Studies of the green economy and sustainability transitions are a growing field internationally however there are few books that link this interest to the development of skills. This book draws on and showcases the experience and insights of researcher-practitioners who are at the cutting edge in this emerging field internationally and in South Africa. The context for this book is South Africa but application is worldwide. In many ways indicative of the global picture South Africa is in the grip of economic and environmental imperatives searching for safe and just transitions. The authors present a new embedded transitioning systems model for studying skills for a sustainable just future. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of sustainable development ecological economics and skills planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233402

Green Solar Cities The Green Solar Cities EU-Concerto project focuses on the practical large scale implementation of solar energy technologies in combination with new build and retrofit low energy building in the cities of Copenhagen with its city part Valby in Denmark and Salzburg in Austria. This book aims to influence decision makers in European cities towards a similar approach to the Green Solar Cities project in close cooperation with leading building component suppliers energy companies and engaged builders also working with local city officials. This book will benefit those in a situation where many cities aim at a "Smart City" development but without clear policies of how to achieve that in practice. In Denmark there are similar policies with an overall aim to be CO2 neutral by year 2025 in the city of Copenhagen. However there is still a lack of understanding concerning how solar energy as the world’s number one energy source can play a major role here and how this can be combined with energy efficiency policies use of district heating and combined heat and power. The general aim is to introduce the international "Active House" standard and work on "Active Roofs" of the future. The connection between solar energy and low energy building and energy renovation is aimed to be ensured by help of the "Active House" standard which has been developed in cooperation with a number of leading building component manufacturers in Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415731195

Green StructuresEnergy Efficient Buildings The world is beginning to feel the crunch of depleting conventional energy sources and these desperate times call for exploring newer vistas in terms of alternative sources of energy. The construction sector is expected to require a major overhaul involving strategic advancements in the utilization of green energy given the rapid urban growth. A number of policy initiatives to mainstream energy efficiency are in place in most countries that are expected to accelerate energy efficiency and sustainability in buildings. Streamlining the green building movement requires coordinated monitoring and intelligent control of a building's vital functions. This can be achieved through building management systems (BMS) involving the integration of structures systems services and management. Green building movements should examine the potential of power generation from urban municipal and industrial wastes. Equitable distribution of water resources should be carefully planned—monsoon-dominated countries should adopt efficient rain-water harvesting measures to provide clean water to thirsty nations. These overarching concepts are well woven into themed chapters in Green Structures: Energy Efficient Buildings. Easily comprehensible to undergraduates in civil structural and environmental engineering; graduate students and researchers; town planners; and architects worldwide the content of this book not only comes from courses on energy efficient buildings taught by the authors but also from new and original research. This definitive resource has an enduring appeal for all those concerned with green structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498749633

Green Supply Chain Management Today one of the top priorities of an organization’s modern corporate strategy is to portray itself as socially responsible and environmentally sustainable. As a focal point of sustainability initiatives green supply chain management has emerged as a key strategy that can provide competitive advantages with significant parallel gains for company profitability. In designing a green supply chain the intent is the adoption of comprehensive and cross-business sustainability principles from the product conception stage to the end-of-life stage. In this context green initiatives relate to tangible and intangible corporate benefits. Sustainability reports from numerous companies reveal that greening their supply chains has helped reduce operating cost thus boosting effectiveness and efficiency while increasing sustainability of the business. Green Supply Chain Management provides a strategic overview of sustainable supply chain management shedding light on the theoretical background and key principles of the topic. Specifically this book covers various thematic areas including benefits and impact of green supply chain management; enablers and barriers on supply chain operations; inbound and outbound logistics considerations; and production packaging and reverse logistics under the notion of "greening". The ultimate aim of this textbook is to highlight the challenges in the implementation of green supply chain management in modern companies and to provide a roadmap for decision-making in real-life cases. Combining chapter summaries and discussion questions this book provides an accessible and student-friendly introduction to green supply change management and will be of great interest to students scholars and practitioners in the fields of sustainable business and supply chain management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644618

Green Supply Chain ManagementA Concise Introduction This book gives students a thorough overview of the environmental issues that impact the supply chain and details strategic methods of addressing the political social technological market and economic concerns that have caused organizations to reconsider their impact. Readers will learn how to integrate the fields of operations management procurement and purchasing logistics and marketing into a successful green supply chain looking outward to form sustainable partnerships rather than focusing their efforts within the company. Each chapter describes a function or dimension of green supply chains supplemented with short vignettes to ground the theory in practice. The authors examine various industries including electronics food products and manufacturing and draw on case studies from the Americas Europe Asia and Oceania allowing students to compare and contrast domestic and international practices. Blending industry insights with the latest academic thinking they also consider hot button topics like global–local relationships the role of third parties green multitier supplier management and blockchain technology management. Conclusive chapter summaries and plenty of visual aids help readers retain the information they need to improve environmental performance within and beyond their organizations. Green Supply Chain Management is an excellent introduction to the topic for students and practitioners of supply chain management and environmental sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302815

Green Syntheses Volume 1 Many new methods directed to organic and inorganic syntheses of useful intermediates are being developed to specifically address green and sustainable chemistry principles. Highlighting the importance of green metrics the Green Syntheses series focuses on how to reliably substantiate and validate the level of "greenness" of chemical processes providing practical synthetic methodologies and metrics for a rigorous proof of "greenness." In Green Syntheses Volume 1 the first book of its kind the editors determine appropriate material efficiency green metrics and use them to compare syntheses provided by the chapter authors with those previously published.Presenting a new concept in green chemistry this book demonstrates what future publications might look like if green principles are followed and also incorporate the important ethical aspect of supplying rigorous procedures in laboratory practice and evidence of greenness of a given synthesis protocol using metrics analysis. This inaugural volume initiates the much-needed transition from stating the 12 guiding principles on the philosophy of green chemistry to the actualization and verification of it.The book addresses primarily the issue of material efficiency metrics which measure the amount of waste produced relative to desired product. In each contributed example full experimental details are given showing all quantities of materials used in the procedure. Authors discuss the green merits of their protocols in conjunction with the results of a thorough metrics analysis allowing for in-depth discussion of insights about synthesis strategy and performance characteristics of the new and prior cited plans. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367378639

Green Synthesis in Nanomedicine and Human Health Green synthesis is an emerging method for deriving nanoparticles present in natural plants for use in nanomedicine. Written by experts in the field Green Synthesis in Nanomedicine and Human Health showcases the exciting developments of this specialty and its potential for promoting human health and well-being. This book gives practical information on novel preparation methods for identifying nanoparticles present in natural plants. It discusses applications of nanoparticles in combating communicable non-communicable and vector-borne diseases. It also explores the potential for nanoparticles to combat antimicrobial resistance through improvements in treatment methods diagnostics and drug delivery systems. Features scientific evidence of opportunities for integrating indigenous flora into nanomedicine to develop cost-effective therapeutic and diagnostic solutions for diseases including cancer tuberculosis malaria and diabetes. Places green synthesis and nanomedicine in the African orthodox and traditional healthcare context. Provides policymakers with scientific evidence to inform policies for controlling or mitigating dangerous diseases. This book is essential reading for students scientists policymakers and practitioners of nanotechnology and will appeal to anyone with an interest in integrating traditional African healthcare and Western medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367710811

Green Tea PolyphenolsNutraceuticals of Modern Life There is a wealth of published research on the health-promoting effects of green tea and its various components including polyphenols. Green Tea Polyphenols: Nutraceuticals of Modern Life presents a collection of global findings on the numerous health benefits of green tea polyphenols confirming their position as healthy functional ingredients. With chapters contributed by experts in the field of green tea science and the inclusion of extensive references this book provides an authoritative volume that can be used to guide researchers scientists and regulatory bodies.Each chapter previews a specific theme and highlights recent research and development conducted in the field. The book begins with the history processing and features of green tea. It then describes the chemical composition and biochemical and physicochemical characteristics followed by a discussion of the properties of green tea polyphenols including metabolism bioavailability and safety. The subsequent chapters deal with the numerous health benefits associated with consumption of green tea polyphenols. These include benefits related to cancer risk and prevention cardiovascular disease protection of internal organs diabetes and weight management bone and muscle health allergies oral care inflammation and gut health. The book addresses the nutrigenomics and proteomics of poyphenols. It also examines food and nonfood applications of green tea polyphenols such as extracts supplements and skin and hair cosmetic products demonstrating both therapeutic and functional health benefits. This book brings together a wide array of data on green tea polyphenols providing a greater understanding of them and insight into their effects on human health and their applications and commercial potential. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138199378

Green Transportation and Energy Consumption in China This book provides insights into China’s energy consumption and pollution as well as its energy saving policies. It explores energy saving ways and argues for an energy consumption revolution which includes technologies to improve transportation resource efficiency modification of existing transportation infrastructure and structure. This book uses various analytical models to study the relationships within the transportation system. It also includes comparative analysis of China Japan the US and developing countries on traffic demand and transportation energy consumption. This book highlights the urgent need to review China’s current transportation policies in order to secure a breakthrough in energy saving and emissions reduction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367374785

Green Up!Sustainable Design Solutions for Healthier Work and Living Environments There are unique greening solutions and practices that help create a lifestyle shift improving the health of living and working spaces for its occupants from a personal business environmental and profitable perspective. Short-term and long-term considerations are important elements when moving forward towards healthy practices in lifestyles choices and site designs. This book addresses a myriad of greening practices that can be applied to structures in our urban suburban and rural cultures. From the loft to the neighborhood the office spaces to the public spaces and the schools to the communities this book outlines how business owners and residents can integrate scale appropriate green solutions into their lifestyles. Green Up!: Sustainable Design Solutions for Healthier Work and Living Environments includes detailed illustrations and photographs to help you understand design opportunities for your space. Stevie Famulari provides unique insights and inspires business owners residents and planners to develop their own green understanding and design solutions. Illustrations and photographs of applied greening are included throughout the book to help inspire your own goals and design and then transform them to reality. The author breaks down the misconceptions of the complexity of sustainability and green practices. Greening is a lifestyle change and this step-by-step instruction guide lets you know how easy it is to transition to the green side! Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367276515

Green UtopianismPerspectives Politics and Micro-Practices Utopian thought and experimental approaches to societal organization have been rare in the last decades of planning and politics. Instead there is a widespread belief in ecological modernization that sustainable societies can be created within the frame of the current global capitalist world order by taking small steps such as eco-labeling urban densification and recycling. However in the context of the current crisis in which resource depletion climate change uneven development and economic instability are seen as interlinked this belief is increasingly being questioned and alternative developmental paths sought. This collection demonstrates how utopian thought can be used in a contemporary context as critique and in exploring desired futures. The book includes theoretical perspectives on changing global socio-environmental relationships and political struggles for alternative development paths and analyzes micro-level practices in co-housing alternative energy provision use of green space transportation co-production of urban space peer-to-peer production and consumption and alternative economies. It contributes research perspectives on contemporary green utopian practices and strategies combining theoretical and empirical analyses to spark discussions of possible futures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954021

Green vs. GreenThe Political Legal and Administrative Pitfalls Facing Green Energy Production Renewable and carbon-neutral energy have been promoted as the future of energy production in the United States. Non-traditional energy sources show promise as alternatives to fossil fuels and may provide a sustainable source of energy in increasingly uncertain energy markets. However these new sources of energy face their own set of political administrative and legal challenges. Green vs. Green explores how mixed land ownership and existing law and regulation present serious challenges to the development of alternative energy sources in the United States. Analytically examining and comparing five green energy sectors; wind solar geothermal biofuel and hydro power Ryan M. Yonk Randy T. Simmons and Brian C. Steed argue that discussing alternative energy without understanding these pitfalls creates unrealistic expectations regarding the ability to substitute "green" energy for traditional sources. The micro-goals of protecting individual areas species small-scale ecosystems and other local environmental aims often limits ability to achieve macro-goals like preventing global climate change or transitioning to large-scale green energy production. Statutes and regulations designed to protect environmental and cultural integrity from degradation directly conflict with other stated environmental ends. Although there is substantial interest in adding clean energy to the grid it appears that localized environmental interests interfere with broader environmental policy goals and the application of existing environmental laws and regulations may push us closer to gridlock. Green vs. Green provides a fascinating look into how existing environmental law created or will create substantial regulatory hurdles for future energy generations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138886544

Greener Energy SystemsEnergy Production Technologies with Minimum Environmental Impact Recent years have seen acceleration in the development of cleaner energy systems. In Europe and North America many old coal-fired power plants will be shut down in the next few years and will likely be replaced by combined cycle plants with higher-efficiency gas turbines that can start up and load quickly. With the revival of nuclear energy designers are creating smaller nuclear reactors of a simpler integrated design that could expand the application of clean emission-free energy to industry. And a number of manufacturers now offer hybrid cars with an electric motor and a gasoline engine to charge the batteries on the move. This would seem to be the way forward in reducing transport emissions until countries develop stronger electricity supply systems to cope with millions of electric cars being charged daily. Greener Energy Systems: Energy Production Technologies with Minimum Environmental Impact tackles the question of how to generate enough electricity efficiently and with minimum environmental impact to meet future energy needs across the world. Supplemented with extensive figures and color photographs this book: Traces the development of electricity supply Explains energy production risks and how major accidents have influenced development Discusses the combined cycle the preferred system for power capacity expansion in much of the world Looks at combined heat and power Addresses whether coal can continue to be a fuel for power generation Examines nuclear power generation Asks why shipping has not followed some of the world's navies into nuclear propulsion Considers how to electrify more transport systems Reviews the current state of renewable systems particularly hydro and solar The book defines the key elements of greener energy systems noting that they must be highly efficient with rapid start up and loading; produce minimum emissions; and use simpler technology. The author has more than forty years of experience as an international journalist reporting on power-generation technologies and energy policies around the world. He concludes that there is no place for coal and that combined cycle hydro solar and biomass must complement nuclear energy which must serve more applications than just generating electricity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439899045

Greener Manufacturing and OperationsFrom Design to Delivery and Back This timely work examines one core corporate function that has a profound and direct impact on corporate environmental performance – manufacturing and operations. This area has been of concern in recent years to researchers and practitioners in fields ranging from the social and natural sciences to management and technical engineering. The book reflects this diversity with global contributions on topics such as design for the environment total quality environmental management green supply chains reverse logistics environmental management systems and standards industrial ecology closed-loop manufacturing life-cycle management pollution prevention (P2) environmental technologies and energy efficiency.  The aim and scope of Greener Manufacturing and Operations is to capture state-of-the-art and future practices in environmental manufacturing and operations practices and issues in one concise volume. The book is therefore a fluid mix of case studies empirical research and applied theoretical works incorporating both conceptual ideas whose time will come to practical applications which managers and practitioners can apply immediately. Comprehensive in its coverage of the key issues contributions range from a focus on the internal operations of a single function within an organization to a consideration of industrial manufacturing practices from a macro-economic level. A number of levels of decision-making are also represented: from long-term strategic issues such as supply chain design to traditional short-term operations decision-making and planning issues such as production planning. Many of the principles developed and presented here can also be extended to the more general process management of service organizations.  The book is organized into four major sections: operations strategy and policy; manufacturing and operations practice; tools for managing greener operations and manufacturing; and finally case studies.  Greener Manufacturing and Operations will be an essential aid for managers engineers students researchers and consultants wishing to understand the various issues principles and tools for managing the operations and manufacturing function in a more environmentally-benign and sustainable manner. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351282246

Greener MarketingA Global Perspective on Greening Marketing Practice Building on the strengths of the material published in the hugely successful first edition of Greener Marketing this important new title examines on a global scale the progress of environmental marketing in the 1990s and considers how social issues are increasingly becoming critical factors in how corporations meet the ever-growing demands and expectations of customers.  Despite the fact that such issues are increasingly important in marketing activities around the world it is difficult for practitioners to keep up to date with complex and rapidly changing information and ideas.  The purpose of this book is to provide practitioners and academics with best-practice examples and actionable recommendations on how to implement and appraise green marketing activities. It will provide information and ideas for those involved in marketing on how to incorporate environmental and social considerations as well as providing new perspectives on marketing for environmental managers.  To achieve a comprehensive viewpoint the book is split into three sections. The first sets out the strategic issues and rationale for green marketing the second addresses tactical issues in more detail and the third provides detailed international case studies.  Topics addressed by the global set of contributors include the growing area of products versus services environmental product development green marketing alliances environmental communications green consumers eco-tourism and environmental marketing in developing countries.  reener Marketing is not only a sequel to the successful first volume but redefines global progress towards the successful marketing of greener products and services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351283083

Greener MarketingA Responsible Approach to Business An examination of the progress of environmental marketing on a global scale. It considers how sustainability issues are increasingly becoming critical factors in how corporations meet the ever-growing demands and expectations of customers. The purpose of the book is to provide practitioners with best-practice examples and actionable recommendations on how to implement green marketing activities. It provides information and ideas for those involved in marketing on how to incorporate green considerations into the marketing mix as well as providing perspectives on marketing for environmental managers. To achieve a comprehensive viewpoint the book is split into three sections. The first sets out the strategic issues and rationale for green marketing the second addresses tactical issues in more detail and the third provides detailed international case studies. Topics addressed by the contributors include the growing debate around products versus services environmental product development and eco-innovation green marketing alliances environmental communications green consumers eco-tourism and the problems associated with green marketing in developing countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351283526

Greener ProductsThe Making and Marketing of Sustainable Brands Second Edition Written by a renowned sustainability expert Greener Products: The Making and Marketing of Sustainable Brands Second Edition makes the case for why the people and the planet need products to be made in a different more sustainable way. The growth of the global middle class with an additional 3 billion people expected to enter the consumer market by 2030 is putting an unprecedented demand on resources and straining the global supply of raw materials fossil fuels food and water. This book provides insights on how to raise the bar on product development and investigates the best practices for making and marketing sustainable brands. Over 40 case studies are analyzed in this book and summarized for the reader to easily see what it is that makes leading companies successful. Analysis on marketing campaigns and greener product development range from leading companies like Apple Nike Samsung Electronics BASF GE Johnson & Johnson Unilever and Method. New updated content in this second edition includes: New developments like the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals with concepts of biomimicry circular economy emerging issues management and eco-innovation. Novel tools and examples for bringing sustainable products to market. New chapter dedicated to natural capital. Analysis of current green marketing methods and market trends. Best practices for making and marketing sustainable brands. For more information visit the author's book website at www.greenerproducts.biz. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138746893

Greener PurchasingOpportunities and Innovations Every organization public and private no matter what its size purchases goods and services. Large organizations also have considerable influence over the practices of their suppliers. As greener purchasing practices have become more common in large organisations the implications for companies in the supply chain have similarly increased. Yet greener purchasing policies remain the exception rather than the norm in large organizations. Why is this? And how can environmental purchasing practices that have produced tangible business benefits for a number of companies worldwide receive wider take-up? Greener Purchasing: Opportunities and Innovations has been published to facilitate the development and dissemination of best practice in environmental supply chain and procurement management worldwide. Divided into four sections covering "The Public Sector" "The Private Sector" "Innovations" and "Case Studies" this book brings together international expertise from four continents including contributions from organisations such as the US EPA Environment Canada Procter & Gamble Xerox and The Body Shop as well as describing burgeoning new initiatives such as the Japanese and European Green Purchasing Networks. It provides a number of checklists and examples on how to establish and maintain successful greener purchasing and supply chain practices in order to bring not only environmental but business value to organisations of all sizes. The book is essential reading for purchasing officers environmental managers CEOs consultants academics and students interested in the topic around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351283403

GreenergizedA Business Fable on Clean Energy Renewable energy versus fossil fuels: the debate rages on worldwide. At stake is nothing less than the protection of our planet from the ravages of climate change. But the costs involved in making the switch to clean energy are daunting. How do we pay for solar and wind energy? Do we scrap all our gasoline-driven autos? How do we move forward?Although the importance of this topic is hard to overstate it nevertheless consistently fails to engage at the level that it so patently needs to. This is what has led technology expert and seasoned commentator Dennis Posadas to approach the issues in a new and intriguing way. Posadas understands that we respond best to narratives and that is why he has written what he describes as a "green thinking fable". In this fable we meet Daniel a young graduate of the fictional Oriental College who is thrust into a debate between José an oil man and Professor Ruiz an advocate of clean energy. We follow the lines of argument as Daniel's awareness increases and he experiences a paradigm shift in his thinking. We see how his short-term outlook focusing on the cost of renewable energy evolves into long-term thinking about the cost of not making the shift to renewables. Posadas's business fable puts the issues in front of the general reader in an engaging and digestible way. It covers concepts such as solar wind electric vehicles waste to energy feed-in-tariffs carbon tax intermittent sources cost of fossil fuels health impact of fossil fuel use energy efficiency and other relevant topics necessary for understanding this debate. The story and characters may be fictional but the situations and the technology discussions are based on current facts. Decide for yourself where you stand on the renewables versus fossil fuels debate and discuss this story with your friends and colleagues. Greenergized is a much-needed route into the issues surrounding the most serious debate our generation faces. And it pulls off the brilliant trick of being highly readable at the same time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093884

Greene's Tu Quoque or The Cittie Gallant Published in 1984: Greene's Tu Quoque or The Cittie Gallant is a satirical play from 1611 which was first presented at court by the Queen’s players. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182526

Greenfield's Neuropathology - Two Volume Set Greenfield's Neuropathology the world’s leading neuropathology reference provides a comprehensive account of the pathological findings in neurological disease their biological basis and their clinical manifestations. The book’s detailed advice on pathological assessment and interpretation is based on clear descriptions of molecular and cellular processes and reactions that are relevant to the development of the nervous system as well as its normal and abnormal functioning. The information is presented in an accessible way to readers working within a range of disciplines in the clinical neurosciences and neuropathological findings are placed within the context of a broader diagnostic process. New for the Ninth Edition: Features online and downloadable digital formats with rapid search functions annotation and bookmarking facilities image collections and live reference links Contains many color illustrations and high-quality clinical photographs to help with interpretation and understanding Includes more than 1000 new photographs and drawings Incorporates new design elements such as alternate colour coding of chapters for easier navigation Known for its thorough yet practical approach Greenfield's continues to provide trusted information to all neuropathologists and those in related specialties including neurologists neurosurgeons general pathologists neuroradiologists and clinical neuroscientists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498721288

Greenhouse Design and Control Agricultural production is one of the main keys to the development of healthy societies. It is anticipated that agricultural systems will increasingly have to contend with temperature humidity and water stress in the near future. This makes the need to increase the efficiency of land and water use ever more urgent. The control and design of greenhouses allows to increase dramatically the quality of crops and extend the cultivation period year-round. A properly designed autonomous greenhouse based on hydroponics can greatly reduce the amounts of nutrients and energy expended in agricultural production. This book deals with different types of greenhouses materials structures advanced control techniques and tendencies that are needed for designing and controlling an advanced greenhouse. The control system is presented as an integral system which covers the explanation of basic and advanced concepts for a real time controller. Also structural analysis is introduced whereby mechanical design is regarded as a key factor. The book incorporates simulations and experimental results and utilizes LabVIEW and ADAMS software. Finally it provides a perspective on the present state and future of greenhouses globally. Written in a highly accessible manner this book will prove useful to horticulturalists agricultural engineers greenhouse engineers and designers. Its easy-to-absorb contents are also suitable for (under)graduate students and researchers in agricultural and electronic engineering horticulture crop cultivation and soft computing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138026292

Greenhouse EconomicsValue and Ethics Examining one of the most crucial issues in the modern world: human induced climate change here Clive Spash provides a refreshing interdisciplinary perspective pulling together strands of natural science economics and ethics. Described by John Gowdy as ‘the best exposition to date on the political economy of climate policy’ this remarkable volume poses serious questions and gives intelligent answers. The issues it addresses are relevant to a range of environmental problems and it covers themes such as:How do we deal with uncertainty and ignorance?What roles do science and economics play in policy formation?To what extent should individuals take responsibility for the society in which they and their descendants live?By rigorously examining international and governmental sources and key contemporary issues Spash provides an up-to-date and informative analysis. A well-organized study (including a glossary and helpful acronym list) this book will be of strong interest to students and academics in the fields of ecological and environmental economics and is essential reading for all those to whom climate change is a professional or personal concern. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059998

Greenhouse Gas Carbon Dioxide MitigationScience and Technology Any mention of the "greenhouse effect" tends to ignite controversy. While the rising atmospheric concentrations of greenhouse gases-especially carbon dioxide- are certainly among the most pressing issues today theoretical and perceived consequences have been subject to conjecture and misinformation.That raging debate has obscured an important fact: scientists and engineers are hard at work on methods to reduce CO2 emissions and devise practical methods for their remediation.Greenhouse Gas Carbon Dioxide Mitigation: Science and Technologysheds light on the most recent advancements documented by two of the world's leading researchers on CO2.Aware of the complexity and still-unknown factors behind climatic change the authors consider the need to make CO2 mitigation viable for both environmental and economic gain. To that end Professor Halmann offers new insights into interesting chemical pathways for the conversion of CO2 to useful products. Steinberg adds real-life engineering solutions applicable to heavy CO2-producing industrial processes and improving efficiency of energy conversion.Exciting theories and pilot projects are also testing the potential for CO2 utilization conversion reduction and disposal. Greenhouse Gas Carbon Dioxide Mitigation: Science and Technology reports on the use of biomass such as ocean fertilization and "energy farms " to put CO2 to practical and safe use.Professional and academic readers involved with CO2 research will find Greenhouse Gas Carbon Dioxide Mitigation: Science and Technology an invaluable roadmap for information and inspiration-a way to move beyond argument and into action. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400231

Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Ecotechnologies for Wastewater Treatment Ecotechnologies for wastewater treatment (EWWT) have been used as a cost-effective alternative to conventional wastewater treatment methods for improving the removal of organic carbon nutrients and pathogenic microorganisms from wastewater. However due to biochemical transformations of organic matter and nutrients EWWT are net sources of CO2 CH4 and N2O greenhouse gases (GHGs) which may be transferred into the atmosphere contributing to global warming. Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Ecotechnologies for Wastewater Treatment provides scientific information about greenhouse gas such as CO2 CH4 and N2O generation and emissions from different municipal EWWT. The main EWWT considered in this book are anaerobic ponds facultative ponds duckweed-based ponds and a freshwater natural wetland perturbed by anthropogenic activities such as wastewater discharge and nutrients from agricultural run-off. The book includes a full literature review of recent publications about GHGs emissions from EWWT. It also introduces the calculation of GHGs flux using a static chamber technique. Besides the book presents information on the influence of environmental factors such as temperature pH DO and nutrients on GHG emissions produced in EWWT under tropical conditions. This book will be a useful reference for researches and students interested in the broader area of water and climate change subjects. The publication may also be of interest to policy makers concerned with climate change water sector planning and wastewater treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367673826

Greenhouse Pest Management As the sustainable agriculture movement has grown there has been a dramatic increase in the production of horticultural crops in greenhouses worldwide. Although there are numerous publications associated with pest management in greenhouses Greenhouse Pest Management is the first comprehensive book on managing greenhouse arthropod pests particularly in commercial production systems.The book contains the necessary information on major insects and mites describing their biology and life cycle. Color images are included to help with identification and also to illustrate the damage these insects and mites can cause to greenhouse-grown horticultural crops. The book also assesses strategies for managing greenhouse pests such as cultural physical and biological control as well as the use of pesticides and describes how cultural practices and sanitation affect pest population dynamics.Richly illustrated and presenting material in a concise and focused format Greenhouse Pest Management is a vital book for professional growers and pest managers researchers crop consultants and advisors hobbyists students and government agricultural extension agents. It provides a thorough source of textual and visual information for handling pests in greenhouses. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574772

Greenhouse TechnologyPrinciple and Practices This book is for people who are working on or are interested in the subject of 'Greenhouse Technology' or in dealing with subjects related to crop science. The book explains the reason to go for greenhouse technology its history and present scenario of greenhouse cultivation. Planning designing cost involved and all that is involved in setting up an efficient greenhouse system as per different climatic conditions find place in this book. Innovative technology of 'Bamboo Greenhouse Technology with information on control mechanisms required for different climatic components are also discussed in depth.This book targets researchers extension workers and individual entrepreneurs to provide a clear and handy idea about greenhouse technology.Note: T& F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. This title is co-published with New India Publishing Agency.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367462383

Greenhouse WarmingAbatement and Adaptation Originally published in 1989 Greenhouse Warming combines papers presented at a workshop held in 1987 to discuss climate change. This study identifies ways that climate impacts upon agriculture forestry and water resources in order to advise on safeguarding against drought flood and extreme cold as well as what policies can be implemented to adapt to the probable physical and socioeconomic impacts of climate change. This study will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138963191

GreenhousesAdvanced Technology for Protected Horticulture A greenhouse provides an essential means of livelihood to its owner and must be economically practical for the particular climate in which it stands. Greenhouses: Advanced Technology for Protected Horticulture addresses the major environmental factors of light temperature water nutrition and carbon dioxide and features extensive discussions of greenhouse types construction and climate control. The book highlights technology such as hydroponics computer control of environments and advanced mathematical procedures for environmental optimization. Greenhouses: Advanced Technology for Protected Horticulture is the definitive text/reference for the science of greenhouse engineering and management.The author Dr. Joe J. Hanan Professor Emeritus of Colorado State University is the recipient of the Society of American Florists' (SAF) 2000 (Millenium) Alex Laurie Award for Research and Education. The Alex Laurie Award is presented annually to an individual who has made broad-scope long-lasting contributions to the floriculture industry through research or education. The award is named for Alex Laurie a professor at The Ohio State University who pioneered work in many areas of floriculture."Joe is one of the most precise floricultural researchers I have known " said Dr. Gus De Hertogh Chairman of SAF's Research Committee. "That excellence is reflected in his latest book Greenhouses Advanced Technology for Protected Horticulture which was published in 1998 nine years after his official 'retirement.'" Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203719824

Greening Affordable HousingAn Interactive Approach Books on green building theories principles and strategies applicable to life cycles of all kinds of buildings and building types are already widely available. However those specifically on greening affordable housing that guide various housing stakeholders at different life cycles are still very limited. This book intends to fill this gap. Integrating green building enables stakeholders to address the environmental component that has not traditionally been seen as an integral part of affordable housing development. The book presents theories and principles with practical methods strategies and processes not only to make affordable housing green but also to support economic stability and social equity. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138102606

Greening Chinese BusinessBarriers Trends and Opportunities for Environmental Management Environmental regulation in China is not really different from that in the rest of the world except that environmental authorities are relatively new and less established. In order to understand why corporate environmental performance has hardly improved despite the existing regulatory framework empirical research on high-level executives' perceptions of environmental protection is essential.  This unique book analyses and interprets Chinese managers' perceptions of environmental management and regulatory enforcement practices in Chinese enterprises. Most importantly it identifies the bottlenecks to environmental protection in Chinese firms. It includes a detailed analysis of the needs for management training (for example CEO and executive development and MBA education) in China and presents a roadmap of how they can be met. Finally it presents two case studies that illustrate how Chinese corporations currently react to a wide range of different environmental challenges including hardening regulatory pressure competition and lack of capital.  Based on an innovative research project sponsored by the UNESCO/UNDP offices in Beijing and undertaken by the Institute for Management Development (IMD) Lausanne Switzerland and the Business School of the Academy of Science and Technology (USTC) Hefei China Greening Chinese Business provides the first hard empirical evidence of how Chinese managers view environmental protection. Over 300 companies-both state-owned enterprises and SMEs-took part in the research.  Key findings includeAround 70% of managers surveyed admit moderate or even heavy environmental impact (this is a subjective assessment without an external benchmark). Furthermore they indicate that the lack of environmental performance is primarily due to insufficient managerial expertise capital and employment-related protectionism. Managers hesitate to take necessary action to upgrade technical equipment because although decreasing pollution upgrading would lead to lay-offs that in turn would diminish social stability. Since the latter is first priority in China managers fear loss of their companies'-and attached to that their personal-image which plays a very important role in Chinese culture. Regulative enforcement has been strong enough to put environmental management on the "to do" lists of Chinese managers. Nevertheless managers criticise existing enforcement practices as being too lax and untransparent (due to local protectionism bribery and lack of expertise in the enforcement institutions). Managers consider environmental functionaries-the Chinese equivalent of an environmental protection agency-and the government to be the most important environmental stakeholders. This is a clear sign for their predominantly reactive attitude towards environmental protection: few Chinese companies are going beyond compliance and pioneering integrated approaches to pollution prevention. The research shows similarities between current Chinese company approaches and the "state of the art" in industrial centres of OECD countries such as Germany in the 1960s. Apart from a lack of capital managers cite a lack of expertise-managerial more than technical-as the main obstacle to "greening" their organisations. Environmental management programmes need to be developed: competence-building should start with CEOs and executives.  Greening Chinese Business will aid readers to understand how: Chinese managers perceive and react to the increasing (more external than internal) pressure to improve environmental protection; understand the regulatory public and business environment in which Chinese managers make decisions about environmental protection; understand the potential for improvement of this regulatory public and business environment either as a manager or an external stakeholder and develop strategies that lead to improved stakeholder relationships and consequently to competitive advantage; understand the urgent need to develop environmental management practices in Chinese companies in areas such as EMSs and supply chain management; and identify the resources available for management development in China. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281645

Greening Criminology in the 21st CenturyContemporary debates and future directions in the study of environmental harm In the 21st century environmental harm is an ever-present reality of our globalised world. Over the last 20 years criminologists working alongside a range of other disciplines from the social and physical sciences have made great strides in their understanding of how different institutions in society and criminal justice systems in particular – respond – or fail to respond – to the harm imposed on ecosystems and their human and non-human components. Such research has crystallised into the rapidly evolving field of green criminology. This pioneering volume with contributions from leading experts along with younger scholars represents the state of the art in criminologists’ pursuit of understanding in the environmental sphere while at the same time challenging academics lawmakers and policy developers to explore new directions in the study of environmental harm. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024055

Greening India's GrowthCosts Valuations and Trade-offs India’s sustained and rapid economic growth offers an opportunity to lift millions out of poverty. But this may come at a steep cost to its environment and natural resources. This insightful book analyses India’s growth from an economic perspective and assesses whether India can grow in a "green" and sustainable manner. Three key issues are addressed.  The first is the physical and monetary costs and losses of environmental health and natural resources driven by economic growth. The authors undertake a monetary valuation and quantification of environmental damage using techniques that have been developed to better understand and quantify preferences and values of individuals and communities in the context of environmental quality conservation of natural resources and environmental health risks. The second part estimates the value of ecosystem services from the major biomes in India using state-of-the art methods with a view to preserving them for the future. The third section provides a menu of policy instruments to explore trade-offs between economic growth and environmental sustainability using a Computable General Equilibrium approach with particular attention to air pollution.  The conclusions focus on the way forward in terms of policies measures and instruments as India has to balance the twin challenges of maintaining economic prosperity while managing its environmental resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415719353

Greening Industrialization in Sub-Saharan Africa This book explores the concept of greening industrialisation and issues and considerations surrounding it through the lens of Sub-Saharan Africa. The book critically examines the concept of greening industrialisation and describes the progress and data challenges of monitoring the Sustainable Development Goals confronting African countries. The chapters summarise the policy and programme literature focused on eight policy regimes essential for greening industrialisation and identify opportunities for greening industrial policies. The authors lay out a research agenda that would inform enable and support greening industrialisation in Sub-Saharan Africa and provide an overview of green industrial plans that include climate strategies energy efficiency strategies and green industry assessments. This book will be of great interest to students scholars policy-makers and planners in the fields of Sub-Saharan African development and African environmentalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408299

Greening Industries First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975507

Greening International Institutions First Published in 2009. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975514

Greening International Institutions Environmentally sustainable development has become one of the world's most urgent priorities. But countries cannot achieve it alone: it depends on international coordination and action. Greening International Institutions the latest in a series of highly-acclaimed publications devoted to environmental and developmental law assesses how far and how successfully intergovernmental organizations have responded to the challenge. The organizations analyzed include: the UN General Assembly the new Commission for Sustainable Development UNEP UNDP and UNCTAD WTO GATT NAFTA the Bretton Woods institutions and several regional bodies as well as treaty bodies and the mechanisms for avoiding and settling disputes. For each the contributors provide an accessible overview of the organization's mandate and structure examine substantive policy initiatives and assess the need and scope for procedural and institutional reform. Drawing together a collection of essays by lawyers and researchers from various backgrounds Greening International Institutions is stimulating reading for students and policy-makers as well as anyone concerned with the development of international institutions. Jacob Werksman is an attorney a Programme Director at FIELD and Visiting Lecturer in International Economic Law at the University of London. Greening International Institutions is the fifth volume in the International Law and Sustainable Development series co-developed with FIELD. The series aims to address and define the major legal issues associated with sustainable development and to contribute to the progressive development of international law. Other titles in the series are: Greening International Law Interpreting the Precautionary Principle Property Rights in the Defence of Nature and Improving Compliance with International Environmental Law. 'A legal parallel to the Blueprint series - welcome timely and provocative' David Pearce Originally published in 1996 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164581

Greening International Law Environmental problems do not respect international boundaries; they affect the entire globe and dealing with them is a matter for international political negotiation law and institutions. Greening International Law assesses the extent to which the international community has so far adapted to address environmental problems and examines the fundamental changes needed to the structure and organisation of the legal system and its institutions. The contributors to this volume have all played a central role in the development of international environmental law over the past decade and their essays will be of interest to all those professionally academically or individually concerned with the resolution of environmental problems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138471689

Greening PeopleHuman Resources and Environmental Management This major collection examines both the human resource dimensions of environmental management and how environmental management impacts on human resource departments. Contributions from international experts in both academia and business look at current theory and best practice in environmental TQM education training and communications. Greening People argues that if a company is to adopt an environmentally-aware approach to its activities the employees are the key to success or failure. Realistically it is only through the energy performance and personal commitment of each employee within an organization that business will move towards sustainable industrial development.  This book provides an important angle on the new complexities faced by environmental managers and human resource professionals and offers practical solutions drawn from some of the leading lights in the corporate environmental revolution. Greening People is divided into four parts. Part 1 demonstrates the relationship between human resource management and environmental management. Part 2 provides insight into the psychological make-up of contemporary staff that may foster or hinder company-wide implementation of environmental measures and Part 3 addresses the shortcomings of current management training programmes and suggests new approaches for effective implementation of environmental human resource management. Finally a selection of excellent case studies demonstrates how the concepts are being implemented in companies and local authorities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351283045

Greening Post-Industrial CitiesGrowth Equity and Environmental Governance City greening has been heralded for contributing to environmental governance and critiqued for exacerbating displacement and inequality.　 Bringing these two disparate analyses into conversation this book offers a comparative understanding of how tensions between growth environmental protection and social equity are playing out in practice. Examining Chicago USA Birmingham UK and Vancouver Canada McKendry argues that city greening efforts were closely connected to processes of post-industrial branding in the neoliberal economy. While this brought some benefits concerns about the unequal distribution of these benefits and greening’s limited environmental impact challenged its legitimacy. In response city leaders have moved toward initiatives that strive to better address environmental effectiveness and social equity while still spurring growth. Through an analysis that highlights how different varieties of liberal environmentalism are manifested in each case this book illustrates that cities though constrained by inconsistent political will and broader political and economic contexts are making contributions to more effective socially just environmental governance. Both critical and hopeful McKendry’s work will interest scholars of city greening environmental governance and comparative urban politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367372019

Greening the BoardroomCorporate Governance and Business Sustainability On a world scale the implicit deal between corporation and community is undergoing a revolution in the period 1990–2000. For the first time corporate boardrooms are having to confront the environmental challenge not as a peripheral issue around "public relations" but as a core issue of credibility with its customers. As trust in big business has declined consumer willingness to alter buying behaviour to register disapproval has accelerated. As a result boardrooms in the largest companies are having to redraw their strategic procedures regarding the environment.  This book aims to advance the general understanding of corporate environmental governance as an issue capable of separate and detailed analysis. It aims to provide not an overview but a series of test cores into the generally unexamined issues surrounding the changing ethos of corporate action and environmental investment.  To date the "business and environment" strategic conversation has reached only a minute proportion of a global audience. Over the next twenty years this dialogue will transform business into the 21st century. Moreover it will become internalised into a way of working within Corporate Culture. Greening the Boardroom explores through case studies and surveys some of the changes in this process in Europe as well as in Asia and North America.  Suitable for readers in general management business government and academia this book is an important contribution to the corporate environmental debate by the author of The Environmental Audit and Business Strategy: A Total Quality Approach. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351283489

Greening the Built Environment This work aims to provide a possible specification of the problems involved in greening the built environment and an articulation of the solutions. It begins with a discussion of sustainability as a concept and its applicability to contemporary towns and cities. The following chapters take up particular aspects of the built environment and sustainability in greater depth and include the construction industry transport health planning community and equity issues employment and the economy. The links between environmental damage poverty and the economy are all themes in this book which also focuses on interconnections and on solutions to these three problems. The final chapter explains how the achievement of sustainable development is in the authors' opinion dependent on detailed solutions to everyday problems of modern society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159297

Greening the EconomyIntegrating economics and ecology to make effective change Professor Bob Williams examines the essential elements that give ecosystems their durability. These key characteristics are: self-regulating cycles of key materials a plentiful and durable energy source an ability to adjust to changing circumstances and the capacity for resiliency in the face of unpredictable disruptions. In separate chapters each of these natural attributes are applied to our economy and 20 polices are recommended to shift our economy toward each of these objectives. The policies include marketable waste emission permits a "carbon" tax split-rate property taxation environmental assurance bonds a revamped home mortgage deduction and an inheritance tax. These policies function to implement the principle of full-cost pricing in order to ensure market incentives that encourage environmentally temperate behaviour and decisions. This book will be of interest to students of Ecology and Economics at undergraduate and postgraduate level alike as well as anyone seeking an understanding of key ecological concepts that are critical to fully appreciating the role of natural capital in our economic affairs Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415745505

Greening Trade and InvestmentEnvironmental Protection Without Protectionism A comprehensive critical analysis of the interactions between investment trade and the environment. It examines the consequences of existing multilateral investment and trade regimes including the WTO and the MAI for the environment and asks how they should be reformed to protect it. In doing so the text shows how these regimes can be greened without erecting protectionist barriers to trade that frustrate the development aspirations of poorer countries. The solution seeks to offer a way out of one of the most difficult dilemmas in international policy: how investment and trade can protect the environment without encouraging protectionism by the industrialized world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093383

Greenland and the International Politics of a Changing ArcticPostcolonial Paradiplomacy between High and Low Politics Greenland and the International Politics of a Changing Arctic examines the international politics of semi-independent Greenland in a changing and increasingly globalised Arctic. Without sovereign statehood but with increased geopolitical importance independent foreign policy ambitions and a solidified self-image as a trailblazer for Arctic indigenous peoples’ rights Greenland is making its mark on the Arctic and is in turn affected – and empowered – by Arctic developments. The chapters in this collection analyse how a distinct Greenlandic foreign policy identity shapes political ends and means how relations to its parent state of Denmark is both a burden and a resource and how Greenlandic actors use and influence regional institutional settings as well as foreign states and commercial actors to produce an increasingly independent – if not sovereign – entity with aims and ambitions for regional change in the Arctic. This is the first comprehensive and interdisciplinary examination of Greenland’s international relations and how they are connected to wider Arctic politics. It will be essential reading for students and scholars interested in Arctic governance and security international relations sovereignty geopolitics paradiplomacy indigenous affairs and anyone concerned with the political future of the Arctic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362348

Green's Function Integral Equation Methods in Nano-Optics This book gives a comprehensive introduction to Green’s function integral equation methods (GFIEMs) for scattering problems in the field of nano-optics. First a brief review is given of the most important theoretical foundations from electromagnetics optics and scattering theory including theory of waveguides Fresnel reflection and scattering extinction and absorption cross sections. This is followed by a presentation of different types of GFIEMs of increasing complexity for one- two- and three-dimensional scattering problems. In GFIEMs the electromagnetic field at any position is directly related to the field at either the inside or the surface of a scattering object placed in a reference structure. The properties of the reference structure and radiating or periodic boundary conditions are automatically taken care of via the choice of Green’s function. This book discusses in detail how to solve the integral equations using either simple or higher-order finite-element-based methods; how to calculate the relevant Green’s function for different reference structures and choices of boundary conditions; and how to calculate near-fields optical cross sections and the power emitted by a local source. Solution strategies for large structures are discussed based on either transfer-matrix-approaches or the conjugate gradient algorithm combined with the Fast Fourier Transform. Special attention is given to reducing the computational problem for three-dimensional structures with cylindrical symmetry by using cylindrical harmonic expansions. Each presented method is accompanied by examples from nano-optics including: resonant metal nano-particles placed in a homogeneous medium or on a surface or waveguide; a microstructured gradient-index-lens; the Purcell effect for an emitter in a photonic crystal; the excitation of surface plasmon polaritons by second-harmonic generation in a polymer fiber placed on a thin metal film; and anti-reflective broadband absorbing or resonant surface microstructures. Each presented method is also accompanied by guidelines for software implementation and exercises. Features Comprehensive introduction to Green’s function integral equation methods for scattering problems in the field of nano-optics Detailed explanation of how to discretize and solve integral equations using simple and higher-order finite-element approaches Solution strategies for large structures Guidelines for software implementation and exercises Broad selection of examples of scattering problems in nano-optics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815365969

Green's Functions with Applications Since publication of the first edition over a decade ago Green’s Functions with Applications has provided applied scientists and engineers with a systematic approach to the various methods available for deriving a Green’s function. This fully revised Second Edition retains the same purpose but has been meticulously updated to reflect the current state of the art. The book opens with necessary background information: a new chapter on the historical development of the Green’s function coverage of the Fourier and Laplace transforms a discussion of the classical special functions of Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials and a review of the Dirac delta function. The text then presents Green’s functions for each class of differential equation (ordinary differential wave heat and Helmholtz equations) according to the number of spatial dimensions and the geometry of the domain. Detailing step-by-step methods for finding and computing Green’s functions each chapter contains a special section devoted to topics where Green’s functions particularly are useful. For example in the case of the wave equation Green’s functions are beneficial in describing diffraction and waves. To aid readers in developing practical skills for finding Green’s functions worked examples problem sets and illustrations from acoustics applied mechanics antennas and the stability of fluids and plasmas are featured throughout the text. A new chapter on numerical methods closes the book. Included solutions and hundreds of references to the literature on the construction and use of Green's functions make Green’s Functions with Applications Second Edition a valuable sourcebook for practitioners as well as graduate students in the sciences and engineering. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138894464

Greenwashing Culture Greenwashing Culture examines the complicity of culture with our environmental crisis. Through its own carbon footprint the promotion of image-friendly environmental credentials for celebrities and the mutually beneficial engagement with big industry polluters Toby Miller argues that culture has become an enabler of environmental criminals to win over local national and international communities. Topics include: the environmental liabilities involved in digital and print technologies used by cultural institutions and their consumers; Hollywood's 'green celebrities' and the immense ecological impact of their jet-setting lifestyles and filmmaking itself; high profile sponsorship deals between museums and oil and gas companies such as BP's sponsorship of Tate Britain; radical environmental reform via citizenship and public policy illustrated by the actions of Greenpeace against Shell's sponsorship of Lego. This is a thought-provoking introduction to the harmful impact of greenwashing. It is essential reading for students of cultural studies and environmental studies and those with an interest in environmental activism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138962712

Greenwashing Sport Professional sports promote their green credentials and yet remain complicit in our global environmental crisis Sports are responsible for significant carbon footprints through stadium construction and energy use player and spectator travel and media coverage. The impact of sports on climate change is further compounded by sponsorship deals with the gas and petroleum industries—imbuing those extractive corporations with a positive image by embedding them within the everyday pleasure of sport. Toby Miller argues that such activities amount to "greenwashing". Scrutinizing motor racing association football and the Olympics  Miller weighs up their environmental policies their rhetoric of conservation and sustainability and their green credentials. The book concludes with the role of green citizenship and organic fan activism in promoting pro-environmental sports. This is a must-read for students and researchers in media communications sociology  cultural studies and environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138962750

Greeting the AngelsAn Imaginal View of the Mourning Process This book written in the genre of "Imaginal Psychology" presents the imaginal dimension of the mourning process. The "angels" it greets are the interior figures who greet the bereaved during the course of their mourning process. In memory reverie and dream images of the dead return to heal and be healed. As the bereaved enter into relationship with these images the grief in which they are sequestered is particularized and individualized into the precise nuances of significance which make mourning possible. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231600

Gregor Strasser and the Rise of Nazism (RLE Nazi Germany & Holocaust) The most influential and substantial leader after Hitler in the pre-1933 National Socialist Party was Gregor Strasser. This book (originally published in 1983) is a comprehensive and scholarly assessment of Strasser’s significant and ultimately tragic career based largely on previously unpublished German archival material. Strasser’s importance as a Nazi propagandist organiser ideologue and spokesman is examined and the analysis and interpretation which follow are fundamentally revisionist in that many of the accepted ideas about Strasser’s career are challenged and shown to be untenable. The book provides important insights into an interesting personality which in turn considerably enhances our understanding of the character of early National Socialism and the politics of the Weimar Republic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138798632

Gregorian and Old Roman Eighth-mode Tracts: A Case Study in the Transmission of Western ChantA Case Study in the Transmission of Western Chant This title was first published in 2002: This text uses detailed analysis of the eigth-mode tracts in addressing some of the still unresolved questions of chant scholarship. The first question is that of the nature of the relationship between Old Roman and Gregorian chant the second of the relationship between oral and written modes of transmission in the ecclesiastical culture of the Middle Ages. Also the Middle Ages saw a transition to a culture more dependent on writing. The book investigates the effect this transition had on the way eighth-mode tracts were understood by those who performed and notated them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138725010

Gregorian and Old Roman Eighth-mode TractsA Case Study in the Transmission of Western Chant This title was first published in 2002: This text uses detailed analysis of the eigth-mode tracts in addressing some of the still unresolved questions of chant scholarship. The first question is that of the nature of the relationship between Old Roman and Gregorian chant the second of the relationship between oral and written modes of transmission in the ecclesiastical culture of the Middle Ages. Also the Middle Ages saw a transition to a culture more dependent on writing. The book investigates the effect this transition had on the way eighth-mode tracts were understood by those who performed and notated them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724976

Gregory of Nazianzus This book brings together a new original survey of the significance of Gregory's life and work with translations of eight beautiful and profound orations. Gregory of Nazianzus portrays a vivid picture of a fascinating character of vital importance who deserves to be regarded as the first true Christian humanist. The eight orations each representing a different aspect of his writing are examined alongside a selection of his shorter poems in verse translation letters and a translation of Gregory's own will. Author Brian Daley offers extensive commentary on the works translated and an ample bibliography. With an extensive introduction to Gregory's life thought and writings and including detailed notes this study places Gregory in his correct historical context and gives students access to a deeper understanding of this fascinating figure from the past. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203021972

Gregory of Nyssa Gregory of Nyssa provides a concise and accessible introduction to the thought of this early church father with new translations of key selections of his writings. Anthony Meredith presents a diverse range of Gregory's writings: his contribution to the debates of the period about the nature of God in argument with a form of extreme Arianism his discussion of the nature and work of the Holy Ghost against the so-called 'Spirit fighters' his defence of the humanity of Christ against those who denied it (notably Apollinarius) the nature of fate and other philosophical issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203006535

Grenada And Soviet/cuban PolicyInternal Crisis And U.s./oecs Intervention The turmoil in the Caribbean and Central America does not have a single cause; it results from both indigenous factors and outside intervention. Some liberals see revolution as the result of poverty and injustice and ignore the East-West security dimensions of the problem the role of Leninist ideology and the actions of the Soviet Union and its a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156145

Grendel and His MotherHealing the Traumas of Childhood Through Dreams Imagery and Hypnosis One cause of the behavioral emotional and mental torment in a person's life is the psychological trauma that results from the actions and words of parents and others. This volume "Grendel and His Mother: Healing the Traumas of Childhood Through Dreams Imagery and Hypnosis" by Nicholas E. Brink examines the effect of such trauma on a child's development and how the resulting torment eventually brings this child as an adult to psychotherapy. This trauma may be as subtle as a parental sigh of disappointment or as direct as physical or sexual abuse. Six clients are then led on a journeying through the unconscious mind using dream work hypnosis and imagery in the course of therapy to uncover and heal these traumas to free the client of torment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415783743

Grey Funnel LinesTraditional Song & Verse of the Royal Navy 1900-1970 Originally published in 1987. In this book we find songs reflecting every aspect of life in the twentieth-century Royal Navy both upper and lower deck: war ship’s routine aviation submarines the antics of dockyard personnel not to mention the matelot’s shore-going adventures both amorous and bibulous. The compiler was well-known as a folk-singer though he began his career in the Royal Navy. Based on his personal collection of Navy songs this book proves that the sailor’s muse did not desert him with the passing of the sailing ship. It also dispels the notion that the modern Jack Tar when he produces any songs at all confines himself to the pornographic. With the songs Cyril Tawney interweaves a commentary on the Royal Navy setting providing a backdrop to the sailor’s own words. This book is of enduring appeal to all who have served as well as to students of twentieth-century oral tradition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138122291

Grey Game Theory and Its Applications in Economic Decision-Making To make the best decisions you need the best information. However because most issues in game theory are grey nearly all recent research has been carried out using a simplified method that considers grey systems as white ones. This often results in a forecasting function that is far from satisfactory when applied to many real situations. Grey Ga Media > Books > E-books Auerbach Publications 9780429133091

Grey Wolf-- Mustafa KemalAn Intimate Study of a Dictator Mustafa Kemal was known both as a vicious dictator and the iron-willed creator of modern Turkey however little was known about him and he was viewed as an enigma by many. Originally published in 1932 Armstrong delves into Kemal’s career and personal life in great detail showing how he moved between revolutionary soldier and politician whilst also discussing his love of women drinking and gambling to present a clear picture of the infamous ruler. This title will be of interest to students of History and Middle-Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138999565

Greywater Reuse Greywater Reuse examines the features and implications of greywater reuse scientifically quantitatively and thoroughly. Based on the authors’ extensive studies of treatment facilities in urban and rural environments development of greywater treatment systems and research of potential environmental and health risks posed by greywater at different treatment levels this authoritative text: Describes the chemical physical and microbial properties of greywater Covers the treatment and removal of greywater pollutants providing case studies of common methods Identifies the risks involved in greywater use and proposes regulatory measures to help reduce these risks Reviews the greywater management strategies policies and legislation of several different countries Discusses the prevailing public perception and willingness to adopt various uses of greywater Analyzes the economic impact of greywater reuse from both the consumer and national perspectives Greywater Reuse addresses all major aspects related to greywater reuse making it a valuable resource for a variety of applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482255041

Grid ComputingInfrastructure Service and Applications Identifies Recent Technological Developments Worldwide The field of grid computing has made rapid progress in the past few years evolving and developing in almost all areas including concepts philosophy methodology and usages. Grid Computing: Infrastructure Service and Applications reflects the recent advances in this field covering the research aspects that involve infrastructure middleware architecture services and applications. Grid Systems Across the Globe The first section of the book focuses on infrastructure and middleware and presents several national and international grid systems. The text highlights China Research and Development environment Over Wide-area Network (CROWN) several ongoing cyberinfrastructure efforts in New York State and Enabling Grids for E-sciencE (EGEE) which is co-funded by the European Commission and the world’s largest multidisciplinary grid infrastructure today. The second part of the book discusses recent grid service advances. The authors examine the UK National Grid Service (NGS) the concept of resource allocation in a grid environment OMIIBPEL and the possibility of treating scientific workflow issues using techniques from the data stream community. The book describes an SLA model reviews portal and workflow technologies presents an overview of PKIs and their limitations and introduces PIndex a peer-to-peer model for grid information services. New Projects and Initiatives The third section includes an analysis of innovative grid applications. Topics covered include the WISDOM initiative incorporating flow-level networking models into grid simulators system-level virtualization grid usage in the high-energy physics environment in the LHC project and the Service Oriented HLA RTI (SOHR) framework. With a comprehensive summary of past advances this text is a window into the future of this nascent technology forging a path for the next generation of cyberinfrastructure developers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112254

Grid ComputingTechniques and Applications Designed for senior undergraduate and first-year graduate students Grid Computing: Techniques and Applications shows professors how to teach this subject in a practical way. Extensively classroom-tested it covers job submission and scheduling Grid security Grid computing services and software tools graphical user interfaces workflow editors and Grid-enabling applications. The book begins with an introduction that discusses the use of a Grid computing Web-based portal. It then examines the underlying action of job submission using a command-line interface and the use of a job scheduler. After describing both general Internet security techniques and specific security mechanisms developed for Grid computing the author focuses on Web services technologies and how they are adopted for Grid computing. He also discusses the advantages of using a graphical user interface over a command-line interface and presents a graphical workflow editor that enables users to compose sequences of computational tasks visually using a simple drag-and-drop interface. The final chapter explains how to deploy applications on a Grid. The Grid computing platform offers much more than simply running an application at a remote site. It also enables multiple geographically distributed computers to collectively obtain increased speed and fault tolerance. Illustrating this kind of resource discovery this practical text encompasses the varied and interconnected aspects of Grid computing including how to design a system infrastructure and Grid portal. Supplemental Web ResourcesThe author’s Web site offers various instructional resources including slides and links to software for programming assignments. Many of these assignments do not require access to a Grid platform. Instead the author provides step-by-step instructions for installing open-source software to deploy and test Web and Grid services a Grid computing workflow editor to design and test workflows and a Grid computing portal to deploy portlets. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138116061

Grid Integration of Solar Photovoltaic Systems This book covers the various aspects of solar photovoltaic systems including measurement of solar irradiance solar photovoltaic modules arrays with MATLAB implementation recent MPPT techniques latest literature of converter design (with MATLAB Simulink models) energy storage for PV applications balance of systems grid integration of PV systems PV system protection economics of grid connected PV system and system yield performance using PV system. Challenges issues and solutions related to grid integration of solar photovoltaic systems are also be dealt with. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498798327

Grid ParityThe Art of Financing Renewable Energy Projects in the U.S. Grid Parity provides an in-depth examination of the knowledge insights and techniques that are essential to success in financing renewable energy projects. An energy project finance expert with 35 years of experience in capital asset financing the author provides a comprehensive overview of how to finance renewable energy projects in America today. He explores all components of "the deal" including tax accounting legal regulatory documentation asset management and legislative drivers to this dynamic growth sector. Filled with case studies the book provides a thorough examination of what it takes to compete in the green-energy marketplace. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781482241709

Grid/ Street/ PlaceEssential Elements of Sustainable Urban Districts Today's urban resident is seeking a more flexible sustainable environment-representing a unique diverse vibrant and responsible way of living-as an alternative to the typical development patterns of suburban and semi-urban sprawl. Can urban design help create this type of sustainable urbanism? Grid Street Place presents a uni Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330149

Grid-based Nonlinear Estimation and Its Applications Grid-based Nonlinear Estimation and its Applications presents new Bayesian nonlinear estimation techniques developed in the last two decades. Grid-based estimation techniques are based on efficient and precise numerical integration rules to improve performance of the traditional Kalman filtering based estimation for nonlinear and uncertainty dynamic systems. The unscented Kalman filter Gauss-Hermite quadrature filter cubature Kalman filter sparse-grid quadrature filter and many other numerical grid-based filtering techniques have been introduced and compared in this book.  Theoretical analysis and numerical simulations are provided to show the relationships and distinct features of different estimation techniques. To assist the exposition of the filtering concept preliminary mathematical review is provided. In addition rather than merely considering the single sensor estimation multiple sensor estimation including the centralized and decentralized estimation is included. Different decentralized estimation strategies including consensus diffusion and covariance intersection are investigated. Diverse engineering applications such as uncertainty propagation target tracking guidance navigation and control are presented to illustrate the performance of different grid-based estimation techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138723092

Grid-connected Solar Electric SystemsThe Earthscan Expert Handbook for Planning Design and Installation Solar electricity â€“ or photovoltaics (PV) â€“ is the world's fastest growing energy technology. It can be used on a wide variety of scales from single dwellings to utility-scale solar farms providing power for whole communities. It can be integrated into existing electricity grids with relative simplicity meaning that in times of low solar energy users can continue to draw power from the grid while power can be fed or sold back into the grid at a profit when their electricity generation exceeds the amount they are using. The falling price of the equipment combined with various incentive schemes around the world have made PV into a lucrative low carbon investment and as such demand has never been higher for the technology and for people with the expertise to design and install systems. This Expert handbook provides a clear introduction to solar radiation before proceeding to cover: electrical basics and PV cells and modules inverters design of grid-connected PV systems system installation and commissioning maintenance and trouble shooting health and safety economics and marketing. Highly illustrated in full colour throughout this is the ideal guide for electricians builders and architects housing and property developers home owners and DIY enthusiasts and anyone who needs a clear introduction to grid-connected solar electric technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713443

GridlockCongested Cities Contested Policies Unsustainable Mobility Cities across the world are facing unprecedented challenges in traffic management and transit congestion while coping with growing populations and mobility aspirations; existing policies that aim to tackle congestion and create more sustainable transport futures offer only weak remedies.　 In Gridlock: Congested Cities Contested Policies Unsustainable Mobility transport consultant John C. Sutton explores how two competing discourses in transport policy and planning practice　 – convivial and competitive ideologies – lead to contradictory solutions and a gridlock in policy as well as on transport systems. Gridlock examines current transport and mobility in a geographical social political-economy and technological context.　 The challenges of rising congestion are highlighted through case studies from the UK the USA and OECD countries.　 Sutton offers readers a vision of a sustainable mobility future through the concept of mobility management combining mobile communication and information technology with logistics to match travel demand to the capacity of transport systems. Essential reading for transport professionals and students of transportation planning and policy Gridlock offers a unique manifesto for sustainable mobility settlement addressing the pressing problems of growing populations and congestion while looking ahead to a more sustainable future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852013

Grief Bereavement and Meaning Making in Older PeopleViews from Rural China Spousal bereavement seems to be one of the most devastating things a person can suffer through during the course of his or her life and it can result in adverse bio-psycho-social consequences for the left behind spouse. This book offers updated views from incorporating meaning making theory and social constructionist theory to examine the mediating roles of meaning making and help readers to understand grief and bereavement experiences of the widowed elderly population in China. The volume starts with elaborating on the meaning making model followed by an overview of grief theories and traditional culture including empirical feedback of the results of applying the model to Chinese elderly widows and widowers. Pan’s book concludes with a discussion on the implications and limitations of this research as well as future directions. The volume provides valuable theoretical reflection and empirical evidence on grief and bereavement experiences of the elderly population in China. By combining meaning making theory with a social constructionist perspective this research develops a novel approach to apply Western models and theories to the Chinese context and effectively study China’s elderly population and their grief and bereavement experiences. This volume brings the readers the benefits of understanding Chinese cultural doctrines regarding death and life getting a comprehensive view on meaning making theory as well as learning the specific coping skills of Chinese elderly in widowhood. This volume merits the attention of those in the fields of mental health social work and gerontology to help further their understanding of meaning making systems in a non-western setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433376

Grief Loss and DeathThe Shadow Side of Ministry Learn to balance the professional demands of your ministry with your personal needsNo amount of research study or planning can prepare pastoral care givers for the stress placed on their personal lives by the demands of their ministries. But Grief Loss and Death: The Shadow Side of Ministry can help anyone involved in pastoral counseling close the gap between their professional and personal needs encouraging them to use the stress loss and grief that accompanies pastoral care giving as opportunities to humanize their ministries and reaffirm their faith. This unique book offers comfort and solace to those in the chaplaincy who are torn between professional obligations and the limits and boundaries of the shadow side of their ministry—the human side. The shadow side of ministry shoots a bullet through the brain that does not kill or prevent thinking or feeling. But the bullet creates a hole a long hollow empty wound that thinking and feeling must somehow bypass. The wounded minister does not recover the previous self cannot remember what the old self thought or felt. Like a veteran of a secret war there may be a new life after the shameful wound but no public way to heal. But there is a public way of speaking about it and this may help relieve some of the shame and some of the self-blaming.—Author Halbert WeidnerGrief Loss and Death: The Shadow Side of Ministry can help in your search for the answers to questions you may have already found yourself asking including: Do I prefer co-workers or friends? How did I lose focus of my original goals? How did I become isolated? How can I share authority without giving up responsibility? How do I cope when family issues arise?The book also addresses issues of illness death and suicide funerals the confrontation between joy and sorrow and how life’s stages are often like the Stations of the Cross. Grief Loss and Death: The Shadow Side of Ministry is help against despair. Newcomers to the profession can use the book as a guide to the difficulties that lie ahead and experienced pastoral care givers can employ it as a catalogue to be consulted when all hope seems lost. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785677

Grief Loss and BereavementEvidence and Practice for Health and Social Care Practitioners Dealing with the social experience of grief loss and bereavement are challenging areas for everyone including health and social care practitioners who are often well placed to offer help and support to the bereaved. This book draws together a comprehensive range of worldwide evidence for understanding and supporting the bereaved in a variety of health and social care contexts. It can be used by practitioners from a wide range of backgrounds in both health and social care to gain an appreciation of bereavement and its associated support and care. Additionally it can be used for personal and professional development by practitioners who want to enhance their own and others’ practice with the bereaved in specific contexts or organisations. The book may also be of value to those undertaking post graduate study who want to gain a wider understanding of the evidence related to bereavement and bereavement care practice in health and social care and may be seeking to add to the body of evidence in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415467513

Grief After SuicideUnderstanding the Consequences and Caring for the Survivors here are over 38 000 suicide deaths each year in the United States alone and the numbers in other countries suggest that suicide is a major public health problem around the world. A suicide leaves behind more victims than just the individual as family friends co-workers and the community can be impacted in many different and unique ways following a suicide.  And yet there are very few professional resources that provide the necessary background research and tools to effectively work with the survivors of a suicide. This edited volume addresses the need for an up-to-date professionally-oriented summary of the clinical and research literature on the impact of suicide bereavement on survivors. It is geared towards mental health professionals grief counselors clergy and others who work with survivors in a professional capacity. Topics covered include the impact of suicide on survivors interventions to provide bereavement care for survivors examples of promising support programs for survivors and developing a research clinical and programmatic agenda for survivors over the next 5 years and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871663

Grief and AddictionConsidering Loss in the Recovery Process Grief and Addiction illuminates the role of grief work in addiction counseling encouraging counselors to be more comprehensive in their treatment and to increase empathy for what the treatment process is asking of clients. Acknowledging that entering recovery includes a loss of coping skills and that it requires building a new identity this book focuses on addiction-specific grief work. Grief and Addiction integrates concepts like complicated grief nonfinite loss trauma family grief responses and treatment suggestions in one place—all with a focus on the application to addiction work. Featuring appendices with information and examples for clinicians Grief and Addiction provides treatment strategies drawn from both the addiction and grief world for professionals and counselor educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138587458

Grief and Bereavement in Contemporary SocietyBridging Research and Practice Grief and Bereavement in Contemporary Society is an authoritative guide to the study of and work with major themes in bereavement. Its chapters synthesize the best of research-based conceptualization and clinical wisdom across 30 of the most important topics in the field. The volume’s contributors come from around the world and their work reflects a level of cultural awareness of the diversity and universality of bereavement and its challenges that has rarely been approximated by other volumes. This is a readable engaging and comprehensive book that will share the most important scientific and applied work on the contemporary scene with a broad international audience and as such it will be an essential addition to anyone with a serious interest in death dying and bereavement. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415884815

Grief and Genre in American Literature 1790-1870 Focusing on the role of genre in the formation of dominant conceptions of death and dying Desirée Henderson examines literary texts and social spaces devoted to death and mourning in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century America. Henderson shows how William Hill Brown Susanna Rowson and Hannah Webster borrowed from and challenged funeral sermon conventions in their novelistic portrayals of the deaths of fallen women; contrasts the eulogies for George Washington with William Apess's "Eulogy for King Philip" to expose conflicts between national ideology and indigenous history; examines Frederick Douglass's use of the slave cemetery to represent the costs of slavery for African American families; suggests that the ideas about democracy materialized in Civil War cemeteries and monuments influenced Walt Whitman's war elegies; and offers new contexts for analyzing Elizabeth Stuart Phelps's The Gates Ajar and Emily Dickinson's poetry as works that explore the consequences of female writers claiming authority over the mourning process. Informed by extensive archival research Henderson's study eloquently speaks to the ways in which authors adopted revised or rejected the conventions of memorial literature choices that disclose their location within decisive debates about appropriate gender roles and sexual practices national identity and citizenship the consequences of slavery the nature of democratic representation and structures of authorship and literary authority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261129

Grief and Its TranscendenceMemory Identity Creativity Grief and its Transcendence: Memory Identity Creativity is a landmark contribution that provides fresh insights into the experience and process of mourning. It includes fourteen original essays by pre-eminent psychoanalysts historians classicists theologians architects art-historians and artists that take on the subject of normal rather than pathological mourning. In particular it considers the diversity of the mourning process; the bereavement of ordinary vs. extraordinary loss; the contribution of mourning to personal and creative growth; and individual social and cultural means of transcending grief. The book is divided into three parts each including two to four essays followed by one or two critical discussions. Co-editor Adele Tutter’s Prologue outlines the salient themes and tensions that emerge from the volume. Part I juxtaposes the consideration of grief in antiquity with an examination of the contemporary use of memorials to facilitate communal remembrance. Part II offers intimate first-person accounts of mourning from four renowned psychoanalysts that challenge long-held psychoanalytic formulations of mourning. Part III contains deeply personal essays that explore the use of sculpture photography and music to withstand mourn and transcend loss on individual cultural and political levels. Drawing on the humanistic wisdom that underlies psychoanalytic thought co-editor Léon Wurmser’s Epilogue closes the volume. Grief and its Transcendence will be a must for psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychiatrists and scholars within other disciplines who are interested in the topics of grief bereavement and creativity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812871

Grief and the Expressive ArtsPractices for Creating Meaning The use of the arts in psychotherapy is a burgeoning area of interest particularly in the field of bereavement where it is a staple intervention in hospice programs children’s grief camps specialized programs for trauma or combat exposure work with bereaved parents widowed elders or suicide survivors and in many other contexts. But how should clinicians differentiate between the many different approaches and techniques and what criteria should they use to decide which technique to use—and when? Grief and the Expressive Arts provides the answers using a crisp coherent structure that creates a conceptual and relational scaffold for an artistically inclined grief therapy. Each of the book’s brief chapters is accessible and clearly focused conveying concrete methods and anchoring them in brief case studies across a range of approaches featuring music creative writing visual arts dance and movement theatre and performance and multi-modal practices. Any clinician—expressive arts therapist grief counselor or something in between—looking for a professionally oriented but scientifically informed book for guidance and inspiration need look no further than Grief and the Expressive Arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415857192

Grief and the Healing ArtsCreativity as Therapy For nearly three decades Sandra Bertman has been exploring the power of the arts and belief--symbols metaphors stories--to alleviate psychological and spiritual pain not only of patients grieving family members and affected communities but also of the nurses clergy and physicians who minister to them. Her training sessions and clinical interventions are based on the premise that bringing out the creative potential inherent in each of us is just as relevant-- perhaps more so--as psychiatric theory and treatment models since grief and loss are an integral part of life. Thus this work was compiled to illuminate the many facets that link grief counseling and creativity. The multiple strategies suggested in these essays will help practitioners enlarge their repertoire of hands-on skills and foster introspection and empathy in readers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231594

Grief and Trauma in ChildrenAn Evidence-Based Treatment Manual Grief and Trauma in Children provides easy-to-implement ready-to-use therapy materials to help busy practitioners use grief and trauma interventions in real-world settings. All interventions in the book have been developed and researched with clinicians who faced challenging environments including devastating natural disasters and in communities where ongoing violence victimized children directly. Even in these stressful environments clinicians found the interventions easy to implement effective in helping children acquire coping skills and effective in decreasing traumatic symptoms in order to proceed with grieving without impaired functioning. 　 Grief and Trauma in Children blends cognitive-behavioral therapy methods and narrative practices to present an integrated grief and trauma model that can be delivered individually to a group of children or to a family. The book uses the Draw Discuss Write Witness (DDWW) method to help children explore narratives of resilience and build coping capacity engage in restorative stories about what happened and reconnect and reengage in meaningful ways that allow the child to enjoy life again and get back on-track developmentally. Grief and Trauma in Children also provides up-to-date research on childhood bereavement and trauma a brief description of the theoretical framework of the Grief and Trauma Intervention (GTI) model a description of session-by-session goals and activities case examples with ways to address common challenges and photocopiable tools for clinicians to easily implement the model such as session agendas fidelity checklists handouts for parents and activity sheets for children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708296

Grief Education for Caregivers of the Elderly Through firsthand accounts and research Grief Education for Caregivers of the Elderly focuses on the education training and support of individuals who care for the elderly. This book provides caregivers with methods to cope with grief and loss and will help educators design programs that meet the needs of their consumers: the elderly and their families friends and service providers. From Grief Education for Caregivers of the Elderly you'll learn how to cope with the stress and emotions of caregiving and improve the quality of services to your patients. With an emphasis on caregivers of the institutionalized elderly and the special services provided by clergy chaplains and pastoral counselors Grief Education for Caregivers of the Elderly offers the caregiver or educator several model workshops focusing on grief loss and bereavement care. Grief Education for Caregivers of the Elderly contains proven methods and strategies that will sharpen and enhance your caregiving skills including: focusing on the emotional responses and phases of dying including denial anger and acceptance to help patients deal with death considering physical and administrative atmosphere and your elderly population when setting goals and designing workshops to provide optimal patient/resident care discussing the themes of grief and loss stress management handling change and promoting self-care for caregivers in workshops and through self-evaluations developing workshops that open with grief history surveys and attitude checklists discuss normative development and issues of old age and have themes based on the biological psychosocial and spiritual needs of the elderly person providing caregivers with an opportunity to practice what they have learned through case studies simulated role play open discussions and care plan designing thinking about your own mortality and learning about your feelings and ideas of growing oldUtilized at a psychiatric nursing home facility of New Hampshire Hospital the workshop exercises in Grief Education for Caregivers of the Elderly have allowed caregivers to express personal feelings; talk about beliefs and experiences; learn about biological psychosocial and spiritual processes of grief and phases of bereavement; and apply these understandings and insights into typical caregiving situations. Grief Education for the Caregivers of the Elderly gives you the framework for such a program using vignettes composite case material poetry and a holistic approach to health care to emphasize the importance of your emotional health and enhanced care of the elderly. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786568

Grief Support Group CurriculumFacilitator's Handbook The Grief Support Group Curriculum provides a basis for assisting children and teenagers as they learn about mourning through facing death of a close or special friend. The aim of this curriculum is to facilitate healthy variations of mourning and positive adaptations following the death of a friend or family member. The work illustrates mourning in four stages of development and is accordingly divided into four separate texts. The texts focus on preschool-aged children children in kindergarten through grade two children in grades three through six and teenagers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203717356

GriefDifficult Times Simple Steps First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138462922

Grieving Reproductive LossThe Healing Process Grieving Reproductive Loss: The Healing Process acknowledges the devastating impact these losses can have. Written in ""plain language"" the book attempts to bring about a greater understanding of the grief associated with reproductive loss and through the Healing Process Model[copyright] offers a holistic approach for constructive healthy grieving and healing of body mind and spirit. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415784771

Grim PhantasmsFear in Poe's Short Fiction This title originally published in 1992 presents an assessment of Poe’s short stories that treat horror and more specifically how he manipulated the conventions of that horror to register subtly on the fears and phobias of his reading audiences. Short-stories examined include The Black Cat Hop-Frog and Morella. This title also explores the theories of Stephen King and Benjamin Rush on the horror genre. This title will be of great interest to students of American Literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138501898

Gringo InjusticeInsider Perspectives on Police Gangs and Law The recent mass shooting of 22 innocent people in El Paso by a lone White gunman looking to "Kill Mexicans" is not new. It is part of a long bloody history of anti-Latina/o violence in the United States. Gringo Injustice brings this history to life shedding critical light on the complex relationship between Latinas/os and the United States’ legal and judicial system. Contributors with first-hand knowledge and experience including former law enforcement officers ex-gang members attorneys and community activists share insider perspectives on the issues facing Latinas/os and initiate a critical dialogue on this neglected topic. Essays examine the unauthorized use of deadly force by police and patterned incidents of lynching hate crimes gang violence and racial profiling. The book also highlights the hyper-criminalization of barrio youth and considers wide-ranging implications from the disproportionate imprisonment of Latinas/os. Gringo Injustice provides a comprehensive and powerful look into the Latina/o community’s fraught history with law enforcement and the American judicial system. It is an essential reference for students and scholars interested in intersections between crime and communities of Color  and for use in Sociology Latino Studies Ethnic Studies Chicano Studies Criminology and Criminal Justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276065

Grit Resilience and Motivation in Early ChildhoodPractical Takeaways for Teachers Grit Resilience and Motivation in Early Childhood moves past current media buzz about grit resilience and motivation as proverbial silver bullets and provides early childhood educators with a much-needed focus on developmentally appropriate activities and expectations related to those terms. Illustrated with classroom case studies caregiver and community resources and teacher behaviors this powerful guide presents practical applications for educators to more deeply understand the research that will strengthen and support young children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085770

Grotesque Grotesque provides an invaluable and accessible guide to the use (and abuse) of this complex literary term. Justin D. Edwards and Rune Graulund explore the influence of the grotesque on cultural forms throughout history with particular focus on its representation in literature visual art and film. The book: presents a history of the literary grotesque from Classical writing to the present examines theoretical debates around the term in their historical and cultural contexts introduce readers to key writers and artists of the grotesque from Homer to Rabelais Shakespeare Carson McCullers and David Cronenberg analyses key terms such as disharmony deformed and distorted bodies misfits and freaks explores the grotesque in relation to queer theory post-colonialism and the carnivalesque. Grotesque presents readers with an original and distinctive overview of this vital genre and is an essential guide for students of literature art history and film studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415519106

Grotius and Law The essays collected for this volume represent the best scholarly literature on Hugo Grotius available in the English language. In the English speaking world Grotius is not as well known as his fellow 17th century political philosophers Thomas Hobbes or John Locke but in legal theory Grotius is at least as important. Even on central political concepts such as liberty and property Grotius has important views that should be explored by anyone working in legal and political philosophy. And Grotius’s work especially De Jure Belli ac Pacis is much more important in international law and the laws of war than anyone else’s work in the 17th or 18th centuries. This volume is therefore useful not only to Grotius scholars but also to anyone interested in historical and modern debates on key issues in political and legal philosophy more broadly and international law in particular. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409466710

Grotowski Women and Contemporary PerformanceMeetings with Remarkable Women As the first examination of women's foremost contributions to Jerzy Grotowski's cross-cultural investigation of performance this book complements and broadens existing literature by offering a more diverse and inclusive re-assessment of Grotowski's legacy thereby probing its significance for contemporary performance practice and research. Although the particularly strenuous physical training emblematic of Grotowski's approach is not gender specific it has historically been associated with a masculine conception of the performer incarnated by Ryszard Cieslak in The Constant Prince thus overlooking the work of Rena Mirecka Maja Komorowska and Elizabeth Albahaca to name only the leading women performers identified with the period of theatre productions. This book therefore redresses this imbalance by focusing on key women from different cultures and generations who share a direct connection to Grotowski's legacy while clearly asserting their artistic independence. These women actively participated in all phases of the Polish director’s practical research and continue to play a vital role in today's transnational community of artists whose work reflects Grotowski's enduring influence. Grounding her inquiry in her embodied research and on-going collaboration with these artists Magnat explores the interrelation of creativity embodiment agency and spirituality within their performing and teaching. Building on current debates in performance studies experimental ethnography Indigenous research global gender studies and ecocriticism the author maps out interconnections between these women's distinct artistic practices across the boundaries that once delineated Grotowski's theatrical and post-theatrical experiments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922143

Grotowski & Company This collection of texts by Ludwik Flaszen Grotowski's main collaborator and co-founder of the Teatr 13 Rzedow (later the Teatr Laboratorium) gathers together key texts nearly all of which have never before been published in English. These include lectures papers on issues such as actor training as well as programme and explanatory texts on all the laboratory's performances (including Cain Shakuntalā Forefathers' Eve Kordian Akropolis The Tragical History of Dr Faustus The Constant Prince and Apocalypsis cum figuris). It provides insight into the concepts behind the practice of one of the twentieth-century theatre's leading lights and will introduce the cultural literary and historical dimensions of his work. The texts will open up understanding for English-speaking students academics and practitioners of the social and political constraints affecting Grotowski's working life as well as the particular difficult and controlled circumstances in which Polish theatre artists operated even whilst their theatre was seen to represent the pinnacle of theatrical achievement in the world. The book ranges across reflective papers programme notes polemical pieces interviews as well as critical reviews. Historically it will focus mainly on the production period of Grotowski's work (1956-69) but will also include texts from other phases such as paratheatre (1969-76) as well as more recent pieces including five written especially for the book. It comprises over thirty texts as well as Allain's introduction and a short tribute by Eugenio Barba. The translations by Andrzej Wojtasik with Paul Allain have been co-funded by the Grotowski Institute the Institute of Adam Mickiewicz Warsaw under the auspices of their UK Polska! Season and the Arts and Humanities Research Council who have funded the British Grotowski project. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722995

Grotton RevisitedPlanning in Crisis? Some thirty years ago the small Metropolitan County of Grotton found itself bathed in the bright glare of publicity as The Grotton Papers lifted the lid on the inner workings of the six planning departments of this hitherto little remarked corner of England. The intervening years have seen Grotton's County Council aim at the admirable and mostly achievable target of becoming "average with moderate prospects of remaining average" in the Government rankings and the struggles of the District Councils to come to terms with planning in the late twentieth â€“ let alone twenty-first â€“ century are once again under the spotlight. The original authors of The Grotton Papers have come together once more to offer an experienced and surprisingly unjaundiced look at the way the British planning system works. Their comprehensive survey allows real lessons to be learnt from what Grotton has – and just as importantly hasn't – done since they were last in town. Grotton Revisited is without doubt the finest (and indeed the only) satirical book on this vitally important subject.  It is suitable for planners of all ages and abilities and will be essential reading for anyone who has ever had contact with the planning system or thinks they may know someone who has. First class entertainment and education for professionals and general readers alike. Published in association with the RTPI. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787329

Ground Characterization and Structural Analyses for Tunnel Design This practical and design-oriented book focuses on ground characterization and structural calculation as part of the active structural design methodology. With a focus on rock tunnelling it offers a comprehensive rather than a topic-based perspective deriving sound tunnel design criteria and methods from basic principles. Ground characterization includes excavations site investigation and in situ stress determination culminating in geotechnical classifications. The book then deals with various construction methods and their appropriate calculations which range from constitutive models for the stress-strain behaviour of an excavation and tunnel support elements to a full stress–strain analysis methodology. The heavily practical approach of the book draws on the authors’ twenty years of tunnelling experience in Spain and South America. It will help any young or established professional who wants to develop a career in the underground field across both civil engineering and geology. As it incorporates the very fundamentals of tunneling design it can be used as a support for tunneling courses or as a textbook for master’s and PhD courses. Benjamín Celada was Chief Tunnel Engineer at Hunosa and Potasas de Navarra S.A. before founding Geocontrol S.A. He has also worked for twenty years as Professor of Underground Works at the Polytechnic Mining University in Madrid Spain. Z. T. Bieniawski directed the Rock Mechanics Department of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research in Pretoria then taught at the Pennsylvania State University for twenty years. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815386629

Ground Control in Mining Covering the subject of ground control in mining this volume looks at such topics as: rock-slab theory of ground pressure in work and practice the role of in situ-stress in mine planning and the status of the art of cable bolting. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078005

Ground Freezing 2000 - Frost Action in Soils There has been increasing interest in the use of Artificial Ground Freezing (AGF) in forming efficient barriers to prevent pollution penetrating geological deposits. This volume includes papers on heat and mass transfer frost susceptibility and frost heave and mechanical properties. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078654

Ground Improvement When finding another location redesigning a structure or removing troublesome ground at a project site are not practical options prevailing ground conditions must be addressed. Improving the ground—modifying its existing physical properties to enable effective economic and safe construction—to achieve appropriate engineering performance is an increasingly successful approach. This third edition of Ground Improvement provides a comprehensive overview of the major ground improvement techniques in use worldwide today. Written by recognized experts who bring a wealth of knowledge and experience to bear on their contributions the chapters are fully updated with recent developments including advancements in equipment and methods since the last edition.The text provides an overview of the processes and the key geotechnical and design considerations as well as equipment needed for successful execution. The methods described are well illustrated with relevant case histories and include the following approaches:Densification using deep vibro techniques or dynamic compactionConsolidation employing deep fabricated drains and associated methodsInjection techniques such as permeation and jet grouting soil fracture grouting and compaction groutingNew in-situ soil mixing processes including trench-mixing TRD and panel-mixing CSM approachesThe introductory chapter touches on the historical development health and safety greenhouse gas emissions and two less common techniques: blasting and the only reversible process ground freezing. This practical and established guide provides readers with a solid basis for understanding and further study of the most widely used processes for ground improvement. It is particularly relevant for civil and geotechnical engineers as well as contractors involved in piling and ground engineering of any kind. It would also be useful for Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367865696

Ground Improvement by Deep Vibratory Methods Vibro compaction and vibro stone columns are the two dynamic methods of soil improvement most commonly used worldwide. These methods have been developed over almost eighty years and are now of unrivalled importance as modern foundation measures. Vibro compaction works on granular soils by densification and vibro stone columns are used to displace and reinforce fine-grained and cohesive soils by introducing inert material. This second edition includes also a chapter on vibro concrete columns constructed with almost identical depth vibrators. These small diameter concrete piles are increasingly used as ground improvement methods for moderately loaded large spread foundations although the original soil characteristics are only marginally improved. This practical guide for professional geotechnical engineers and graduate students systematically covers the theoretical basis and design principles behind the methods the equipment used during their execution and state of the art procedures for quality assurance and data acquisition. All the chapters are updated in line with recent developments and improvements in the methods and equipment. Fresh case studies from around the world illustrate the wide range of possible applications. The book concludes with variations to methods evaluates the economic and environmental benefits of the methods and gives contractual guidance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367139025

Ground Improvement Techniques This book provides a review of problems during design and construction on problematic soils. Design methods site investigation construction and analysis of the various improvement methods available are explained and discussed. Various regions may have different soils with geotechnical problems that differ from those faced in other regions. For example in Southeast Asia the common geotechnical problems are those associated with construction on soft clays and organic soils while in the arid region of the Middle East problems are generally associated with the desert soils. In the US the problems are associated with organic soils expansive and collapsing soils and shale. Laterite and lateritic soils are especially problematic in Mexico. Similarly in Europe for example the geotechnical problems are associated with loess (France) and organic soil (Germany). A detailed description of various methods of ground improvement has been provided in 11 chapters. Each chapter deals not only with a description of the method but also focuses on region-specific ground problems and suitable ground improvement techniques. Case studies have also been included. One general chapter is dedicated to site investigation instrumentation assessment and control. This book will be of value to students and professionals in the fields of civil and geotechnical engineering as well as to soil scientists and engineering geologists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138541030

Ground Mechanics in Hard Rock Mining This book illustrates the advantages of the application of ground mechanic concepts to hard rock mining. It examines the ground stability for various mine layouts using specific case histories. The book deals with ground support reinforcement and stabilization of mining structures. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079217

Ground Rules in Psychotherapy and Counselling Robert Langs has long been one of the most individual and controversial psychoanalytic theorists. In this book he concentrates on one of the most prominent areas of his thought: his insistence upon adherence to strict rules for boundaries (or "frames") in psychotherapy and psychoanalysis.Starting from the statement that "Throughout the history of the universe frames contexts rules and boundaries have been vital aspects of the development and very existence of both physical structures and living organisms " Langs goes on to examine the profile of the issues of boundaries in psychoanalytic thought. He discusses Freud's technique papers on the subject and goes on to elucidate his own approach rooted in his thinking on evolutionary and adaptive processes which he has discussed in his previous work. Throughout the book Langs gives both theoretical discussions and practical groundings of his ideas. As with his previous book Doing Supervision and Being Supervised (1994) Robert Langs here brings his unique energy and viewpoint to bear on an important but little-examined topic. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429475344

Ground Water Pollution Control Covers thoroughly technologies for ground water pollution control in part one and deals in depth with aquifer restoration decision-making in part two. Part three gives an extensive range of case studies and detailed references. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451714

Ground Water Quality and Agricultural Practices This outstanding reference book deals with effects of various agricultural practices on ground water quality and usage; and ground water management strategies for protection of ground water affected by agriculture. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367580292

Ground-Based Microwave Radiometry and Remote SensingMethods and Applications The ability to effectively monitor the atmosphere on a continuous basis requires remote sensing in microwave. Written for physicists and engineers working in the area of microwave sensing of the atmosphere Ground-Based Microwave Radiometry and Remote Sensing: Methods and Applications is completely devoted to ground-based remote sensing. This text covers the fundamentals of microwave remote sensing and examines microwave radiometric measurements and their applications. The book discusses the atmospheric influences on the electromagnetic spectrum addresses the measurement of incoherent electromagnetic radiation from an object obeying the laws of radiation fundamentals and explores the height limits in both the water vapor band and the oxygen band. The author describes the measurement technique of water vapor in the polar region details studies of the measurement of integrated water vapor content by deploying a microwave radiometer and presents several real-time pictures of radiometric and disdrometer measurements.  Includes integrated water vapor and cloud liquid water models  Contains measurements in adverse weather conditions  Illustrates measurement technique in the Antarctic and Arctic regions  Describes rain models in different locations including tropical temperate regions along with radiometric measurement techniques  Presents a definite model for measurement of propagation path delay The book summarizes the latest research results obtained in the area of measurements and modeling describes the atmospheric influences on electromagnetic spectrum along with different gaseous and cloud models and provides examples of radiometric retrievals from a variety of dynamic weather phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074521

Grounded EthicsThe Empirical Bases of Normative Judgements Scientific naturalism--basing beliefs on empirical evidence--has now triumphed in every field of inquiry except moral philosophy. There it is still thought appropriate to cite otherworldly standards known by divine revelation or moral intuition. In Grounded Ethics Max Hocutt argues that since there is no transcendent reality on which to base the claims of ethics normative truth must be sought in the desires of individuals and the conventions of societies.Hocutt begins with an empiricist analysis of normative judgments. Following B.F. Skinner he asserts that we call good what reinforces our desires and that we call right or just what we desire to reinforce. Consequently desire is the immediate measure of both goodness and justice. Acknowledging that goodness is relative to individual preferences and justice is relative to social norms Hocutt denies that goodness is a matter of personal opinion and that every society's institutions are as good as every other's. Instead he says the conduct of individuals and the customs of societies must ultimately be evaluated by how well they serve biologically based needs. These must be discovered empirically because they cannot be known a priori.In support of this analysis Hocutt challenges rationalist belief that normative concepts cannot be defined in empirical terms because they are rooted in divine law or ideals of pure reason. Against this view Hocutt argues that if the moral law exists only as an ideal it is not binding in the same sense as the empirically known laws and moralities of actual societies. He also points out that rationalist intuitions are best understood as expressions of animal instinct socially conditioned prejudice and personal preference. In addition he offers extensive critiques of major philosophers both ancient and modern who hold contrary views.All of this is meant to show that there is no escaping the empirical: A sensible ethics must be built on observable facts; it cannot be pulled from a vague but pious rationalist sky. Hocutt's demonstration of this thesis will interest philosophers behavioral biologists sociologists and ethicists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510494

Grounded Theory in Applied Linguistics ResearchA practical guide This volume demystifies the procedures and practical uses of Grounded Theory a well-established research methodology used around the world today by social scientists teachers and qualitative researchers. Intended for graduate students supervisors and researchers it provides readers with the tools for understanding justifying and disseminating new theoretical insights for the Applied Linguistics community and beyond. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367410650

GroundedReagan and the PATCO Crash First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880221

Grounding Education in Environmental HumanitiesExploring Place-Based Pedagogies in the South This edited volume draws together educators and scholars to engage with the difficulties and benefits of teaching place-based education in a distinctive culture-laden area in North America: the United States South. Despite problematic past visions of cultural homogeneity the South has always been a culturally diverse region with many historical layers of inhabitation and migration each with their own set of religious and secular relationships to the land. Through site-specific narratives this volume offers a blueprint for new approaches to place-based pedagogy with an emphasis on the intersection between religion and the environment. By offering broadly applicable examples of pedagogical methods and practices this book confronts the need to develop more sustainable local communities to address globally significant challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583705

Grounding MoralityFreedom Knowledge and the Plurality of Cultures Put together to honour one of the most influential philosophers in recent times Mrinal Miri this book brings together articles on philosophy politics literature and society and updates the status of enquiry in each of these fields. In his philosophical writings Miri has broken the stranglehold that early training has on academics and written on a range of themes and areas including analytical philosophy political philosophy tribal identity ethics and more recently an abiding engagement with the ideas of Gandhi. The articles in this volume mirror some of Miri’s concerns and philosophical interests but go beyond the format of a festschrift as they seek to enhance and restate themes in moral philosophy ethics questions of identity Gandhi’s philosophy and offer a fresh perspective on themes such as secularism religion and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664906

Grounding ReligionA Field Guide to the Study of Religion and Ecology Now in its second edition Grounding Religion explores relationships between the environment and religious beliefs and practices. Established scholars introduce students to the ways in which religion shapes human–earth relations surveying a series of questions about how the religious world influences and is influenced by ecological systems. Case studies discussion questions and further reading enrich students’ experience. This second edition features updated content including revisions of every chapter and new material on natural disasters gender and sexuality race and ethnicity climate change food technology and hope and despair. An excellent text for undergraduates and graduates alike it offers an expansive overview of the academic field of religion and ecology as it has emerged in the past fifty years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138194014

Grounding SecurityFamily Insurance and the State This book examines some of the mechanisms which are currently conceived as affording individual security. The idea of security includes emotional and financial components. These interconnect so that such common concepts as 'trust' in someone and 'care taking' include both ideas of emotional and financial support. State policies on security rest on perceptions of two other institutions the family and insurance both of which are subject to change. At one time the extended family was seen as a major security-providing institution but the contemporary nuclear family is more fragile. The concept of insurance originally entailed ideas of community and mutual aid; however the institution has developed in its modern private form as a profit-driven entity. This book addresses various uses of state power in providing security for individuals and outlines different ways in which this can be done. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389347

Grounding SocialityNeurons Mind and Culture This volume concerns the longstanding intellectual puzzle of how individuals overcome their biological neural and mental finitude to achieve sociality. It explores how humans take each other into account coordinate their actions and are able to share their inner states and to communicate. Sophisticated views on the bases of sociality are detailed at the level of neural mechanisms perception and memory motivation communication and dialog culture and evolution. These insights have been inspired by major strides and exciting new developments in disciplines as far afield as ethology evolutionary ecology neuroscience cognition memory developmental and social psychology psycholinguistics philosophy robotics and sociology. The volume is the first to bridge these disciplinary boundaries to lay the foundations for an integrated and general conceptualization of the bases of sociality and its implications for psychology. Each contribution presents different levels of the grounding of sociality and will further stimulate novel approaches to linking different layers of sociality from the neural to the cultural level. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138992078

Grounding the Analysis of Cognitive Processes in Music PerformanceDistributed Cognition in Musical Activity Through the systematic analysis of data from music rehearsals lessons and performances this book develops a new conceptual framework for studying cognitive processes in musical activity. Grounding the Analysis of Cognitive Processes in Music Performance draws uniquely on dominant paradigms from the fields of cognitive science ethnography anthropology psychology and psycholinguistics to develop an ecologically valid framework for the analysis of cognitive processes during musical activity. By presenting a close analysis of activities including instrumental performance on the bassoon lessons on the guitar and a group rehearsal chapters provide new insights into the person/instrument system the musician’s use of informational resources and the organization of perceptual experience during musical performance. Engaging in musical activity is shown to be a highly dynamic and collaborative process invoking tacit knowledge and coordination as musicians identify targets of focal awareness for themselves their colleagues and their students. Written by a cognitive scientist and classically trained bassoonist this specialist text builds on two decades of music performance research; and will be of interest to researchers academics and postgraduate students in the fields of cognitive psychology and music psychology as well as musicology ethnomusicology music theory and performance science. Linda T. Kaastra has taught courses in cognitive science music and discourse studies at the University of British Columbia (UBC) and Simon Fraser University. She earned a PhD from UBC’s Individual Interdisciplinary Graduate Studies Program. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367151928

Grounds and EnvelopesReshaping Architecture and the Built Environment Providing a source of vision for the revitalisation of ground and envelope as spatial elements that can inform the search for embedded locally specific architectures this book collects essays and projects that each contributes a particular element to what might constitute an integrated and richly nuanced approach to spatial organisation. Projects include: Paulo Mendes da Rocha; Brazilian Pavilion Osaka World Expo 1970 Osaka Japan RCR Arquitectes: Marquee at Les Cols Restaurant Olot Girona Spain Weiss / Manfredi; Seattle Art Museum: Olympic Sculpture Park Seattle Washington USA Peter Eisenman; City of Culture of Galicia Santiago de Compostela Spain Plasma Studio and Groundlab; Xi’an Horticultural Expo Longgang China Foreign Office Architects; Yokohama International Ferry Terminal Yokohama Japan Nekton Design; Turf City Reykjavik Iceland Alvaro Siza; Swimming Pool Leça da Palmeira Portugal Eduardo Souto de Moura; Braga Municipal Stadium Braga Portugal MVRDV; Villa VPRO Hilversum Netherlands Bernard Tschumi; Le Fresnoy Art Centre Tourcoing France OCEAN; World Centre for Human Concerns New York City USA R&Sie(n); Spidernethewood Nîmes France Toyo Ito; Serpentine Pavilion London England Enric Miralles and Carme Pinós; Olympic Archery Range Barcelona Spain Kengo Kuma; GC Prostho Museum Research Centre Aichi Prefecture Japan Cloud 9; MediaTic Barcelona Spain Diller Scofidio and Renfro; Blur Building Yverdon-les-Bains Switzerland Swiss National Expo With an abundance of built and un-built key projects available it is now possible to outline the contours of a new discourse.　This book initiates a new beginning in this direction so that architecture can partake in the creation of heterogeneous space and culturally socially and environmentally sustainable built environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639170

Grounds for CognitionHow Goal-guided Behavior Shapes the Mind Q: Why do organisms need cognition? A: To get information about their environments. Q: Why such information? A: Because organisms need to guide their behaviors to goals. Q: Why guidance? A: Because it leads to goal satisfaction. Q: Why goals? Cognition is a naturally selected response by genetic programs to the evolutionary pressure of guiding behaviors to goals. Organisms are material systems that maintain and replicate themselves by engaging their world in goal-directed ways. This is how guidance of behavior to goal grounds and explains cognition and the main forms in which it manages information. Guidance to goal also makes a difference to the understanding of human cognition. Simpler forms of cognition evolve to handle fixed informational transactions with the world whereas human cognition evolves the abilities to script flexible goal situations that fit specific contexts of behavior. This teleoevolutionary approach has important implications for cognitive science two of which are programmatic. One is that information that guides to goal is not exclusively cognitive; guidance is also affected by ecological facts and regularities as well as by design assumptions about them. The other implication is that the functional analyses dominant in cognitive science and philosophy of mind are incomplete and weak. They are incomplete in that they focus only on the explicitly encoded cognitive information and its behavioral consequences thus ignoring the larger guidance arrangements; and weak because causal and functional relations implement but underdetermine goal-directed and goal-guided procesess. A work dealing expressly with the foundations of cognitive science this book addresses basic but seldom-asked questions about the evolutionary rationale of cognition and the way this rationale has shaped the major types of cognition. It also provides a teleological answer to these basic questions in terms of goal directedness and particularly guidance of behavior to goal. In so doing the work defends the scientific respectability and the explanatory necessity of teleology by showing that goal directedness characterizes the work of genetic programs. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315806426

Grounds of ComparisonAround the Work of Benedict Anderson Benedict Anderson professor at Cornell and specialist in Southeast Asian studies is best known for his book Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism (1991). It is no understatement to say that this is one of the most influential books of the last twenty years. Widely read both by social scientists and humanists it has become an unavoidable document. For people in the humanities Anderson is particularly interesting because he explores the rise of nationalism in connection with the rise of the novel. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203954362

GroundswellGrassroots Feminist Activism in Postwar America Groundswell: Grassroots Feminist Activism in Postwar America offers an essential perspective on the post-1960 movement for women’s equality and liberation. Tracing the histories of feminist activism through the National Organization of Women (NOW) chapters in three different locations: Memphis Tennessee Columbus Ohio and San Francisco California Gilmore explores how feminist identity strategies and goals were shaped by geographic location. Departing from the usual conversation about the national icons and events of second wave feminism this book concentrates on local histories and asks the questions that must be answered on the micro level: Who joined? Who did not? What did they do? Why did they do it? Together with its analysis of feminist political history these individual case studies from the Midwest South and West coast shed light on the national women’s movement in which they played a part. In its coverage of women’s activism outside the traditional East Coast centers of New York and Boston Groundswell provides a more diverse history of feminism showing how social and political change was made from the ground up. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415801454

Groundwater 2000Proceedings of the International Conference on Groundwater Research Copenhagen Denmark 6-8 June 2000 These proceedings with cd-rom present a comprehensive overview of advances in groundwater research.  The five main topics covered are: aquifers and contaminant distribution; groundwater quality; natural attenuation; remediation technologies and groundwater protection.  Groundwater 2000 is a useful resource to both scientists and to those working in the field. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078593

Groundwater and Climate ChangeMulti-Level Law and Policy Perspectives This book undertakes a scholarly assessment of the state of the art of law and policy perspectives on groundwater and climate change at the international regional and national levels. A particular focus is given to India which is the largest user of groundwater in the world and where groundwater is the primary source of water for domestic and agricultural uses. The extremely rapid rise in groundwater use in many Indian states has led to a growing groundwater crisis that they must address. The existing regulatory framework has not adapted to the challenges and fails to address any environmental concerns. On climate change India has adopted a policy framework that makes the link with water but no legislation has followed up to make the link operational. The subject matter of this book has been widely debated with regard to each of its main two components separately. Bringing these two domains together is what makes this book unique. The link between climate change and groundwater has been acknowledged to some extent and there is growing interest in studying the impacts of climate change on (ground)water. Similarly in water and environmental law and policy increasing attention has been given to the study of climate change and groundwater legal and policy frameworks but generally separately. This book contributes to filling this knowledge gap by drawing on contributions from leading experts in the field of environmental and water law and policy who have been involved in climate change and/or groundwater research.The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of Water International. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589301

Groundwater and Ecosystems Groundwater resources are facing increasing pressure from consuming and contaminating activities. There is a growing awareness that the quantitative and qualitative preservation of groundwater resources is a global need not only to safeguard their future use for public supply and irrigation but also to protect those ecosystems that depend partially or entirely on groundwater to maintain their species composition and natural ecological processes. Known as groundwater dependent ecosystems (GDEs) they have been a fast-growing field of research during the last two decades. This book is intended to provide a diverse overview of important studies on groundwater and ecosystems including a toolbox for assessing the ecological water requirements for GDEs and relevant case studies on groundwater/surface-water interactions as well as the role of nutrients in groundwater for GDEs and ecosystem dependence (vegetation and cave fauna) on groundwater. Case studies are from Australia (nine studies) and Europe (12 studies from nine countries) as well as Argentina Canada and South Africa.This book is of interest to everybody dealing with groundwater and its relationship with ecosystems. It is highly relevant for researchers managers and decision-makers in the field of water and environment. It provides up-to-date information on crucial factors and parameters that need to be considered when studying groundwater-ecosystem relationships in different environments worldwide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367379919

Groundwater and Surface Water Pollution Groundwater and Surface Water Pollution contains almost all the technical know-how required to clean up our water supply. It provides a survey of up-to-date technologies for remediation as well as a step-by-step guide to pollution assessment for both ground and surface waters.The book defines groundwater aquifers and surface water and discusses the physical properties of soils liquids vadose zones and aquifers. It emphasizes controlling nonpoint source pollution best management practices and an integrated management approach.The editors cover not only engineering but also legal medical agricultural meteorological biological and other fields of study. They reach beyond the simplistic hydrological cycles usually addressed to the complexities encountered by rapidly-changing land-use patterns.In addition to focusing on causes effects and remedies Groundwater and Surface Water Pollution stresses reuse recycling and recovery of resources. Nature does not cause pollution. Through total recycling we can like nature make resources out of wastes.Béla G. Lipták speaks on Post-Oil Energy Technology on the AT&T Tech Channel. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367399214

Groundwater around the WorldA Geographic Synopsis This book presents a unique and up-to-date summary of what is known about groundwater on our planet from a global perspective and in terms of area-specific factual information. Unlike most textbooks on groundwater it does not deal with theoretical principles but rather with the overall picture that emerges as a result of countless observations studies and other activities related to groundwater in all parts of the world. The focus is on showing the role and geographical diversity of groundwater—a natural resource of great importance in daily life but poorly understood by the general public and even by many water sector professionals. The book starts by analysing groundwater in the context of the hydrological cycle. Subsequently groundwater systems as physical units with their boundaries mainly defined by geological conditions are reviewed. The next chapter looks at groundwater as a resource paying attention among others to its quantity and quality to the differentiation between renewable and non-renewable resources and to the techniques for withdrawing groundwater. This is followed by a systematic documentation of the quantities of groundwater withdrawn and used around the world and of the corresponding shares of groundwater in each of the main water use sectors. After that steadily growing needs for groundwater management interventions are identified resulting from local human activities and global change (including demography economic development and climate change). Finally groundwater resources management is addressed and real-life cases are described that illustrate actions taken and experiences with different issues in different parts of the world.The authors attempted to write this book in such a way that it is accessible to a wider readership than just groundwater professionals. It will also benefit non-groundwater specialists who work in groundwater-related fields (water managers land use planners environmentalists agronomists engineers economists lawyers and journalists) by broadening their understanding of groundwater and making them aware of the huge variety of groundwater settings. Groundwater specialists will use the book as a convenient reference on the geographical diversity of groundwater. Part of the contents or interpretations offered may even be new to them or enhance their knowledge of some aspects. The many maps tables and references will save much time for those who would otherwise have to search elsewhere for basic information on the globe’s groundwater. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576509

Groundwater as a Geomorphic AgentBinghamton Geomorphology Symposium 13 This book first published in 1984 has both a geomorphic and a hydrologic message. It examines and analyses the role of groundwater in landscapes in a series of articles by authors of diverse backgrounds and experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367464479

Groundwater Assessment Modeling and Management   Your Guide to Effective Groundwater ManagementGroundwater Assessment Modeling and Management discusses a variety of groundwater problems and outlines the solutions needed to sustain surface and ground water resources on a global scale. Contributors from around the world lend their expertise and provide an international perspective on groundwater management. They address the management of groundwater resources and pollution waste water treatment methods and the impact of climate change on groundwater and water availability (specifically in arid and semi-arid regions such as India and Africa). Incorporating management with science and modeling the book covers all areas of groundwater resource assessment modeling and management and combines hands-on applications with relevant theory. For Water Resource Managers and Decision MakersThe book describes techniques for the assessment of groundwater potential pollution prevention and remedial measures and includes a new approach for groundwater modeling based on connections (network theory). Approximately 30 case studies and six hypothetical studies are introduced reflecting a range of themes that include: groundwater basics and the derivation of groundwater flow equations exploration and assessment aquifer parameterization augmentation of aquifer water and environment water and agriculture the role of models and their application and water management policies and issues. The book describes remote sensing (RS) applications geographical information systems (GIS) and electrical resistivity methods to delineate groundwater potential zones.It also takes a look at:Inverse modeling (pilot-points method)Simulation optimization modelsRadionuclide migration studies through mass transport modelingModeling for mapping groundwater potentialModeling for vertical 2-D and 3-D groundwater flowGroundwater Assessment Modeling and Management explores the management of water resources and the impact of climate change on groundwater. Expert contributors provide practical information on hydrologic engineering and groundwater resources management for students researchers scientists and other practicing professionals in environmental engineering hydrogeology irrigation geophysics and environmental science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574697

Groundwater Contaminant TransportImpact of heterogenous characterization: a new view on dispersion Impacts of developed tools of heterogenous characterization on the hydrodynamics of flow and the transport mechanisms are illustrated in this text through a series of extensive numerical simulations consisting of single and multiple-realizations (Monte Carlo method). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203719763

Groundwater Contamination Volume IIManagement Containment Risk Assessment and Legal Issues Fully updated and expanded into two volumes the new edition of Groundwater Contamination explains in a comprehensive way the sources for groundwater contamination the regulations governing it and the technologies for abating it. This volume discusses aquifer management and strategies for stormwater control and groundwater restoration. A number of case histories on site analysis and remediation based on DOE and state documents are included. Among the many new features of this edition are a full discussion of risk assessment the preparation of groundwater protection plans and references linking the text to over 2 300 water-related Web sites. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398699

Groundwater Economics From the western United States to the Indian subcontinent water issues have always been economic issues. Considered ubiquitous under the continents groundwater varies considerably in depth quality accessibility and availability. A unified discussion of groundwater and its economic importance Groundwater Economics explores the application of economic evaluation and cost/benefit analysis for the use protection remediation and conservation of groundwater. The book reviews the major economic uses of and demand for groundwater provides an ecosystem context for resource withdrawals discusses the application of economics to groundwater policy and decisions and explores the economics of groundwater sustainability. It examines the legal basis for groundwater use and access then addresses drinking water irrigation and waste disposal. The author considers micro- and macro-economic factors cost-benefit tools sustainability transboundary considerations climate change and policy evaluation ease of policy implementation and societal acceptance. He synthesizes key points into practical steps for future application describing ways to evaluate the economics of groundwater use in the context of the larger ecosystem and the natural capital it provides.The comprehensive approach taken by this book addresses a full range groundwater topics building on other supporting disciplines rather than focusing solely on how to evaluate the economics of remediation of contaminated sites or of a single resource use. This multidisciplinary course is a more current way to address this complex issue compared to the single-discipline approach that addresses groundwater as a physical resource on the one hand and its economics on the other. This unified approach presents an array of tools and factors for the evaluation of the economics of proposals for future groundwater use in relation to the ecosystem and its sustainability.< Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384692

Groundwater Flow UnderstandingFrom Local to Regional Scale Any sustainable groundwater development programme requires knowledge of the prevailing flow system extending from local to regional scale. This book of selected papers discusses integral groundwater management with scale flow issues and presents methods of defining preventing controlling and mitigating negative environmental impacts related to groundwater. It highlights specific issues such as trans-boundary groundwater flow groundwater recharge groundwater mining and groundwater flow in thick aquifers and stresses the importance of the sustainable development of groundwater and its social and economic implications. The book will interest groundwater researchers and professionals students government administrators and educators providing new insights into the procedures and processes that are influenced by the scale of the groundwater flow system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138372542

Groundwater Geochemistry and Isotopes Understand the Environmental Processes That Control Groundwater Quality The integration of environmental isotopes with geochemical studies is now recognized as a routine approach to solving problems of natural and contaminated groundwater quality. Advanced sampling and analytical methods are readily accessible and affordable providing abundant geochemical and isotope data for high spatial resolution and high frequency time series. Groundwater Geochemistry and Isotopes provides the theoretical understanding and interpretive methods and contains a useful chapter presenting the basics of sampling and analysis. This text teaches the thermodynamic basis and principal reactions involving the major ions gases and isotopes during groundwater recharge weathering and redox evolution. Subsequent chapters apply these principles in hands-on training for dating young groundwaters with tritium and helium and ancient systems with radiocarbon radiohalides and noble gases and for tracing reactions of the major contaminants of concern in groundwaters. Covers the basics of solutes gases and isotopes in water and concentration-activity relationships and reactions Describes tracing the water cycle weathering and the geochemical evolution of water quality Explores dating groundwater as young as a few years to over hundreds of millions of years Uses case studies to demonstrate the application of geochemistry and isotopes for contaminated groundwaters Accessible to consultants and practitioners as well as undergraduates Groundwater Geochemistry and Isotopes presents the basics of environmental isotopes and geochemistry and provides you with a full understanding of their use in natural and contaminated groundwater. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591738

Groundwater GeochemistryFundamentals and Applications to Contamination Groundwater Geochemistry: Fundamentals and Applications to Contamination examines the integral role geochemistry play s in groundwater monitoring and remediation programs and presents it at a level understandable to a wide audience. Readers of all backgrounds can gain a better understanding of geochemical processes and how they apply to groundwater systems.The text begins with an explanation of fundamental geochemical processes followed by a description of the methods and tools used to understand and simulate them. The book then explains how geochemistry applies to contaminant mobility discusses remediation system design sampling program development and the modeling of geochemical interactions. This clearly written guide concludes with specific applications of geochemistry to contaminated sites.This is an ideal choice for readers who do not have an extensive technical background in aqueous chemistry geochemistry or geochemical modeling. The only prerequisite is a desire to better understand natural processes through groundwater geochemistry. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069942

Groundwater Geophysics in Hard Rock In hard rock terrain shallow water wells generally have a poor to moderate yield. Sinking wells deeply to tap yielding fracture zones often backfires because the borehole may miss the saturated fracture zones at depths. A wrong approach to groundwater exploration in hard rock has therefore often led to unnecessary recurring expenditures and waste of time something that could have been avoided by a systematic and proper geophysical approach. The combination of various geophysical techniques with environmental conditions is essential to constrain the interpretation and reduce uncertainties in this respect. This book presents the approach to groundwater exploration in hard rocks various geophysical techniques and combinations to be used interpretation of data with case studies and drilling results and the preparation of different utility maps. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415664639

Groundwater Governance in the Indo-Gangetic and Yellow River BasinsRealities and Challenges One of the key features of agricultural development in the last five decades has been intensive groundwater use in the Indo-Gangetic Basin (Pakistan India Nepal and Bangladesh) and in the Yellow River Basin (China). Groundwater irrigates almost 60% of the net irrigated area in South Asia and 70% in the north China plains. Groundwater use for agriculture is still increasing. Despite the growing significance of groundwater to agricultural growth food security and rural livelihoods globally and at the same time significant signs of limitations and constraints for further use knowledge of the subject has remained limited. The subject includes the wider issues of socioeconomic impacts political economy groundwater institutions access to other resources like energy and land approaches to resource governance and management and specifically integrating evidence-based science into management decisions. This book addresses these information shortfalls and provides a consolidated and cross-disciplinary source of information and documentation of realities and challenges of contemporary agricultural groundwater use and management in poverty-prone areas of Asia. It draws on primary data collected in the course of an innovative cross-coordinated and inter-disciplinary fieldwork programme covering those regions in Asia that significantly depend on groundwater for agricultural livelihoods. This work is essential reading for hydrogeologists socio-economists agro-economists and water managers working in poor countries. Donors and implementers both government and NGO will also learn from the experiences described in this book. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138113923

Groundwater HydrologyEngineering Planning and Management Increasing demand for water higher standards of living depletion of resources of acceptable quality and excessive water pollution due to urban agricultural and industrial expansions have caused intense environmental social economic and political predicaments. More frequent and severe floods and droughts have changed the resiliency and ability of water infrastructure systems to operate and provide services to the public. These concerns and issues have also changed the way we plan and manage our surface and groundwater resources.　Groundwater Hydrology: Engineering Planning and Management Second Edition　presents a compilation of the state-of-the-art subjects and techniques in the education and practice of groundwater and describes them in a systematic and integrated fashion useful for undergraduate and graduate students and practitioners. This new edition features updated materials computer codes and case studies throughout. Features: Discusses groundwater hydrology hydraulics and basic laws of groundwater movement Describes environmental water quality issues related to groundwater aquifer restoration and remediation techniques as well as the impacts of climate change \ Examines the details of groundwater modeling and simulation of conceptual models Applies systems analysis techniques in groundwater planning and management Delineates the modeling and downscaling of climate change impacts on groundwater under the latest IPCC climate scenarios Written for students as well as practicing water resource engineers the book develops a system view of groundwater fundamentals and model-making techniques through the application of science engineering planning and management principles. It discusses the classical issues in groundwater hydrology and hydraulics followed by coverage of water quality issues. It also introduces basic tools and decision-making techniques for future groundwater development activities taking into account regional sustainability issues. The combined coverage of engineering and planning tools and techniques as well as specific challenges for restoration and remediation of polluted aquifers sets this book apart. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367211479

Groundwater HydrologyEngineering Planning and Management Increasing demand for water higher standards of living depletion of resources of acceptable quality and excessive water pollution due to urban agricultural and industrial expansions have caused intense environmental social economic and political predicaments. More frequent and severe floods and droughts have changed the ability and resiliency of water infrastructure systems to operate and provide services to the public. These concerns and issues have also changed the way we plan and manage our surface and groundwater resources. Groundwater Hydrology: Engineering Planning and Management presents a compilation of the state-of-the-art subjects and techniques in the education and practice of groundwater and describes them in a systematic and integrated fashion useful for undergraduate and graduate students and practitioners.The book develops a system view of groundwater fundamentals and model-making techniques through the application of science engineering planning and management principles. It discusses the classical issues in groundwater hydrology and hydraulics followed by coverage of water quality issues. The authors delineate the process of analyzing data identification and parameter estimation; tools and model-building techniques and the conjunctive use of surface and groundwater techniques; aquifer restoration remediation and monitoring techniques; and analysis of risk. They touch on groundwater risk and disaster management and then explore the impact of climate change on groundwater and discuss the tools needed for analyzing future data realization and downscaling large-scale low-resolution data to local watershed and aquifer scales for impact studies.The combined coverage of engineering and planning tools and techniques as well as specific challenges for restoration and remediation of polluted aquifers sets this book apart. It also introduces basic tools and techniques for making decisions about and plannin Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367382988

Groundwater in Fractured RocksIAH Selected Paper Series volume 9 The hydrogeologic environment of fractured rocks represents vital natural systems examples of which occur on every continent. This book discusses key issues methodologies and techniques in the hydrogeology of fractured rocks summarizing recent progress and anticipating the outcome of future investigations. Forty-four revised and updated papers were selected from extended abstracts presented at the International Conference on Groundwater in Fractured Rocks held in Prague in 2003 and these provide a valuable benchmark reference for studies in fractured rock hydrogeology worldwide. Topics include sustainable groundwater development groundwater protection and management new and improved approaches to the investigating hydrogeology of fractured systems understanding of hydrogeologic properties both on local and regional scales and both quantitative and qualitative aspects of groundwater flow and solute/contaminant transport. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388881

Groundwater Lowering in ConstructionA Practical Guide to Dewatering Praise for the Second Edition: "This is the book that the dewatering sector really needs – it is reliably based on sound theory and profound understanding of the physical processes yet is presented in a very accessible and user-friendly manner. It draws on many many decades of experience and yet is utterly up to date. . . . It is a one-stop shop for the dewatering practitioner – who can nonetheless rest assured that the theoretical basis of the methods presented is flawless."— Professor Paul L. Younger FGS FICE C.Geol. C.Eng. FREng University of Glasgow Scotland UK "The best reference on this topic available . . . and will prove useful to a wide variety of readers ranging from junior construction engineers or dewatering contractors to theoretical hydrogeologists and environmental managers. It is rare that a book is able to bridge the gap between theoretical design guidance and practical application." — S.N. Sterling University of Waterloo Canada The extensively updated Groundwater Lowering in Construction: A Practical Guide to Dewatering 3rd Edition offers practical advice on all phases of groundwater control systems from planning and design through installation and maintenance and ultimately decommissioning. The expertise provided in this book can help you improve working conditions increase project viability save time and reduce excavation costs. Designers and managers of construction and engineering projects are given the tools necessary to effectively control groundwater. The content is divided into three sections – Principles Design and Construction. The Principles section explains the fundamentals of groundwater flow as it relates to civil engineering excavations. The Design section explores in extensive detail site investigation permeability assessment methods and groundwater control strategies. Chapters in the Construction section describe dewatering and exclusion techniques and examine the complete life cycle of a groundwater control scheme including monitoring maintenance and decommissioning. This section incorporates eleven case histories from the authors’ casebook. The 3rd edition has been greatly revised and updated and contains more than 200 new illustrations. The new content covers: Permeability of soils and rocks Groundwater problems for excavations in rock Groundwater control for tunnelling projects such as shafts and cross passages Methods for assessing permeability Decommissioning of dewatering systems Optimisation of groundwater control schemes. The new expanded content offers valuable direction that can give you a true competitive advantage in the planning and execution of temporary and permanent dewatering works for excavation and tunnelling. Written for practising engineers geologists and construction managers as well as postgraduate engineering students this revamped manual on design and practice presents numerous case studies and extensive references to enhance understanding.　 Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367504748

Groundwater Management Practices Groundwater is an indispensable resource in many parts of the world where it supports domestic water supply irrigated agriculture and industry. Its increased and often intensive use during the last half century has created problems and raised concerns regarding the potential depletion of local aquifers water quality degradation and various geologic hazards such as land subsidence and sinkholes. This volume includes contributions by experts from several countries who describe different groundwater management practices in their part of the world and discuss measures and actions in response to the challenges associated with the sustainability of groundwater use and the protection of the groundwater environment as well as the evolution of legal and institutional framework needed for their implementation. It discusses past and present practices and various aspects of the regulatory and legal framework of groundwater management in Japan China India Iran Australia the United States Spain Denmark Switzerland and the European Union and reviews recent efforts to improve the management of transboundary aquifer resources. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780415619875

Groundwater Modeling and Management under UncertaintyProceedings of the Sixth IAHR International Groundwater Symposium Kuwait 19 - 21 November 2012 Groundwater is a vital resource of water in some regions of the world the only source of fresh water. Its use for domestic use and agriculture dates back thousands of years. In recent decades the over-exploitation and unabated use of this resource has lead to severe environmental problems such as resource depletion land subsidence and groundwater contamination. To mitigate these adverse impacts and protect this valuable resource it is imperative that rational groundwater management practices and policies as well as robust modeling and analysis tools be developed. This volume and the accompanying USB memory card include the abstracts and full papers that were presented at the 6th International Groundwater Symposium that was held in Kuwait between 19 and 21 of November 2012. The Symposium was jointly organized by the Kuwait Institute for Scientific Research and the Groundwater Hydraulics and Management Committee of the International Association for Hydro-Environment Engineering and Research (IAHR). More than 100 researchers engineers geologists and water specialists from more than 20 countries attended the Symposium to exchange ideas and expertise relating to the latest developments in the fi eld. The papers presented at the Symposium were organized under the following themes: modeling and management under uncertainty sustainable groundwater management in arid and semiarid environments Aquifer Storage and Recovery (ASR) as a groundwater management tool management solutions for groundwater rise problems fl ow and transport modeling and subsurface contamination and remediation. This volume provides a state-of-the-art discussion of the latest issues relating to groundwater exploration management and protection with an emphasis on bridging the gap between research practice and policy. The volume will serve as an important reference to students researchers modelers as well as practitioners and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000124

Groundwater Models for Resources Analysis and Management Written by renowned experts in the field this book assesses the status of groundwater models and defines models and modeling needs in the 21st century. It reviews the state of the art in model development and application in regional groundwater management unsaturated flow/multiphase flow and transport island modeling biological and virus transport and fracture flow. Both deterministic and stochastic aspects of unsaturated flow and transport are covered. The book also introduces a unique assessment of models as analysis and management tools for groundwater resources. Topics covered include model vs. data uncertainty accuracy of the dispersion/convection equation protocols for model testing and validation post-audit studies and applying models to karst aquifers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203719725

Groundwater Optimization HandbookFlow Contaminant Transport and Conjunctive Management Existing and impending water shortages argue for improving water quantity and quality management. Groundwater Optimization Handbook: Flow Contaminant Transport and Conjunctive Management helps you formulate and solve groundwater optimization problems to ensure sustainable supplies of adequate quality and quantity. It shows you how to more effectively use simulation-optimization (S-O) modeling an economically valuable groundwater management tool that couples simulation models with mathematical optimization techniques. Written for readers of varying familiarity with groundwater hydrology and mathematical optimization the handbook approaches complex problems realistically. Its techniques have been applied in many legal settings with produced strategies providing up to 57% improvement over those developed without S-O modeling. These techniques supply constructible designs planning and management strategies and metrics for performance-based contracts. Learn how to: Recognize opportunities for applying S-O models Lead client agency and consultant personnel through the strategy design and adaptation process Formulate common situations as clear deterministic/stochastic and single/multiobjective mathematical optimization problems Distinguish between problem nonlinearities resulting from physical system characteristics versus management goals Create an S-O model appropriate for your specific needs or select an existing transferrable model Develop acceptable feasible solutions and compute optimal solutions Quantify tradeoffs between multiple objectives Evaluate and adapt a selected optimal strategy or use it as a metric for comparison Drawing on the author’s numerous real-world designs and more than 30 years of research consulting and teaching experience this practical handbook supplies design procedures detailed flowcharts solved problems lessons learned and diverse applications. It guides you through the maze of multiple objectives constraints and uncertainty to calculate the best strategies for managing flow contamination and conjunctive use of groundwater and surface water. Ancillary materials are available from the Downloads tab on the book page at www.crcpress.com. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439838068

Groundwater Pumping Tests This practical book 'Groundwarer Pumping Tests' details concepts techniques field work case studies and microcomputer models-information designed to improve accuracy and reliability. The reader is expected to have a working knowledge of hydrogeology or access to books on groundwater geology and hydrology.  Too frequently groundwater pumping test design and analysis ignore well storage capacity delayed gravity yield well partial penetration and aquitard storativity impacts without proving them negligible. As a result erroneous conclusions are reached concerning aquifer system hydraulic characteristics boundaries and discontinuities. Pumping test data often is filtered arbitrarily without adequate justification in attempts to match inappropriate aquifer models and field conditions. Antecedent water level trends and water level adjustments for changes in barometric pressure and surface water stages frequently are ignored in calculating drawdown and recovery. Finally manual graphic analysis supplemented with microcomputer programs is to an excessive extent being replaced by fully automatic microcomputer analysis without critical examination of interpretative methods in program algorithms and their limitations. This book will focus needed attention on the facets mentioned above. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367811198

Groundwater Quality Sustainability Sustainable groundwater development requires knowledge of the appropriate recharge and transport-processes. This is a prerequisite to understanding: (i) groundwater resources and their availability and (ii) the dependence between groundwater and the environment. Conceptual understanding of groundwater flow at both temporal and spatial scales (local and regional) is essential for management that will support engineering industry agriculture ecology and all environmentally related issues.This book has been prepared for scientists researchers students engineers water resources specialists groundwater consultants government administrators and teachers. It is of direct and applied interest to practitioners in hydrogeology and groundwater (resources quality pollution protection and clean-up) geochemistry and hydrogeochemical modelling and investigators into environmental hydrology groundwater dependent ecosystems and other practical environmental issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576738

Groundwater Recharge and WellsA Guide to Aquifer Storage Recovery Understanding the issues that have been encountered at other sites and the steps that have led to successful resolution of these issues can provide great help to those considering planning or implementing new groundwater recharge projects. Recent technical advances and operational experience have demonstrated that well recharge is a feasible and cost effective method of artificially recharging natural aquifers. This practical guide reviews the technical constraints and issues that have been addressed and resolved through research and experience at many sites. The book presents aquifer storage recovery (ASR) technology and traces its evolution over the past 25 years in the United States. Procedures for groundwater recharge are presented and selected case studies are examined. Drinking water quality standards and conversion factors are provided in the appendix for easy reference. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401894

Groundwater Recharge Processes and Groundwater Management in a Tropical Crystalline Basement AquiferPhD: UNESCO-IHE Institute Delft Hands-On Maintenance for Water/Wastewater Equipment deals with equipment maintenance as individual components not as complete machines. This allows more information about the design application and maintenance requirements of machinery to be presented. The text covers basic operating characteristics of machinery components making it a valuable reference source as well as a training and maintenance manual. Written in easy-to-understand language without complex formulas or technical theories this text provides you with basic information to help you acquire a general understanding of how components function and how to keep equipment operating properly. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138474949

Groundwater Response to Changing Climate Groundwater systems are vital to both society and the environment supporting food production and many other ecosystem services. Sustainable management of this vital resource for future generations requires a sound understanding of how groundwater might respond to the inevitable changes in future climate. In this volume recent developments within the interlinked areas of the response of groundwater systems to climate variability and climate change are highlighted using contemporary field investigations and monitoring of aquifers numerical simulations of aquifer response to climate change predictions and paleohydrogeological studies of ancient groundwater systems. The book provides an up-to-date description of the relationship between groundwater behaviour and ancient historical current and future climates for a range of diverse aquifer systems around the world. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138112599

Groundwater Vulnerability and Pollution Risk Assessment This volume offers detailed comparisons and validations of different methods of assessing groundwater vulnerability (DRASTIC GOD PI RTt AVI SINTACS COP). It contains new aspects of vulnerability assessment for the evaluation of coastal aquifer vulnerability and aquifer vulnerability to methane gas leakage from shale gas wells. The book also contains the results of studies on intrinsic and specific vulnerability assessment (migration of antibiotics and nitrate groundwatersurface water interaction) with examples of the different national approaches to groundwater vulnerability mapping in Poland Ireland Italy and elsewhere. There are 15 chapters derived from two IAH conferences held in Ustron´ Poland in 2015 and 2018. The book is valuable for those interested in groundwater vulnerability in risk assessment and in environmental issues. It is aimed at land use planners water managers the environmental industry regional and local environmental protection councils and students studying hydrogeology and environmental sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367422370

Groundwater Vulnerability Assessment and Mapping using DRASTIC Model This book shows the effectiveness of DRASTIC  model in a geographical setting for validation of vulnerable zones and presents the optimization of parameters for the development of precise maps highlighting several zones with varied contamination. Impact of vadose zone has also been assessed by considering every sub-surface layer. Exclusive title covering effectiveness of DRASTIC model for groundwater vulnerability assessment Reviews of the strengths and limitations of assessment methods Presents multi-criteria evaluation of hydro-geological and anthropogenic factors Discusses integration with geographic information system (GIS) and remote sensing (RS) Includes application of groundwater governance framework with a case study study of a geographical setting Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367254469

Groundwater Vulnerability Assessment and MappingIAH-Selected Papers volume 11 This volume presents the contemporary issues surrounding groundwater pollution risk assessment and the application of vulnerability and risk assessment maps for the effective protection and management of aquifers. Numerous new and improved approaches to intrinsic and specific vulnerability assessment (modified DRASTIC GOD VULK VURAAS) are described some coupled with geophysical and hydrological surveys and hydrodynamic and transport modelling. Widespread use is made of GIS format. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388690

Groundwork for a Transpersonal PsychoanalysisSpirituality Relationship and Participation This book explores how a deeper engagement with the theme of spirituality can challenge and stimulate contemporary psychoanalytic discourse. Bringing relational psychoanalysis into conversation with Jungian and transpersonal debates the text demonstrates the importance of questioning an implicit reliance on secular norms in the field. With reference to recognition theory and shifting conceptions of enactment Brown shows that the continued evolution of relational thinking necessitates an embrace of the transpersonal and a move away from the secular viewpoint in analytic theory and practice. With an outlook at the intersection of intrapsychic and intersubjective perspectives Groundwork for a Transpersonal Psychoanalysis will be a valuable resource to analysts looking to incorporate a more pluralistic approach to clinical work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571891

Groundwork for the Practice of the Good LifePolitics and Ethics at the Intersection of North Atlantic and African Philosophy What makes for good societies and good lives in a global world? In this landmark work of political and ethical philosophy Omedi Ochieng offers a radical reassessment of a millennia-old question. He does so by offering a stringent critique of both North Atlantic and African philosophical traditions which he argues unfold visions of the good life that are characterized by idealism moralism and parochialism. But rather than simply opposing these flawed visions of the good life with his own set of alternative prescriptions Ochieng argues that it is critically important to step back and understand the stakes of the question. Those stakes he suggests are to be found only through a social ontology – a comprehensive and in-depth account of the political economic and cultural structures that mark the boundaries and limits of life in the twenty-first century. It is only in light of this social ontology that Ochieng then proffers an alternative normative account of the good society and the good life – which he spells out as emergent from ecological embeddedness; social entanglement; embodied encounter; and aesthetic engenderment. At once sweeping and rigorous  incisive and subtle original and revisionary this book does more than just appeal to intellectuals and scholars across the humanities and social sciences – rather it opens up the academic disciplines to a whole new landscape of exploration into the biggest and most pressing questions animating the human experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877279

GROUP 24Physical and Mathematical Aspects of Symmetries: Proceedings of the 24th International Colloquium on Group Theoretical Methods in Ph One of the most enduring elements in theoretical physics has been group theory. GROUP 24: Physical and Mathematical Aspects of Symmetries provides an important selection of informative articles describing recent advances in the field. The applications of group theory presented in this book deal not only with the traditional fields of physics but also include such disciplines as chemistry and biology.Awarded the Wigner Medal and the Weyl Prize respectively H.J. Lipkin and E. Frenkel begin the volume with their contributions. Plenary session contributions are represented by 18 longer articles followed by nearly 200 shorter articles. The book also presents coherent states wavelets and applications and quantum group theory and integrable systems in two separate sections.As a record of an international meeting devoted to the physical and mathematical aspects of group theory GROUP 24: Physical and Mathematical Aspects of Symmetries constitutes an essential reference for all researchers interested in various current developments related to the important concept of symmetry. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367394783

Group Activities for Latino/a YouthStrengthening Identities and Resiliencies through Counseling Directly applicable to practice Group Activities for Latino/a Youth allows helping professionals such as human service workers social workers and school and community mental health counselors to select and apply a series of group sessions with topics relevant to today’s Latino/a youth. Each session contains detailed directions suggested discussion questions and additional readings on specific topics with topic examples including grief identity development and conflict resolution. Sessions draw on Latino/a cultural norms and strengths to build culturally-informed communication and coping skills in an effort to improve educational social and career outcomes. A developmental perspective is used and sessions are designed to be creative and interactive in order to appeal to the high energy and playfulness of youth at any age. Group Activities for Latino/a Youth helps professionals to better engage and retain Latino/a clients a group that traditionally experiences one of the largest drop-out rates in therapy often due to interventions largely informed by dominant Anglo norms and traditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806795

Group Activities for Personal Development Aimed at professionals working with groups that are developing social skills and exploring relationships this photocopiable handbook is a vital collection of workshops covering specific themes. Each theme is clearly divided into warm-ups main exercises and closures. Intended to help professionals save on preparation time the organisation and format of this book reflects its highly practical content. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315169231

Group Activities with Older Adults If you have responsibility for providing activities for older adults and you aren't sure whether what you are providing is effective or you have exhausted all your own activity ideas then this book is for you. This clear and easy-to-use resource provides the tools you require to develop and implement a range of activities that meet the needs of your group. Structured around the ten areas of activity need - cognitive creative cultural educational/employment emotional physical self-esteem sensory social and spiritual - this book is a resource of activity ideas with hints tips and suggestions for successful planning and delivery and guidance on recording and evaluating activity programmes. It explores some of the adaptations required to meet the needs of younger clients those with dementia and those with communication difficulties. It is an ideal resource for anyone working with elderly people wanting to improve on an existing activity programme or wishing to commence one. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315169217

Group Analysis in the Land of Milk and Honey Group Analysis in the Land of Milk and Honey is a collection of beautifully written clinical essays by group analysts in Israel - a society which suffers from chronic war and violence. Israeli group conductors share their experience and their special skills concerning the reflection of terror and existential anxiety in their group-analytic therapy groups. The topics range from the influence of society on the individual the nature of the "group" combined individual and group therapy groups with mentally ill and elderly patients and coping with aggressive patients and the self-destructive processes that are ubiquitous in a society threatened with extinction. These group analysts discuss breaking of boundaries "democracy in action" leadership paternalism and fanatic identifications. The special place of Shoah survivors and of Arab and Jewish conflict make this book unique. The book conveys both the trauma and the creativity of Israeli society. The editors Dr Robi Friedman and Yael Doron represent different generations within the IIGA - the Israeli Institute of Group Analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203568

Group Analysis: Working with Staff Teams and Organizations Featuring contributions from a range of organizational contexts Group Analysis: Working with Staff Teams and Organizations identifies the key features to group analytic practice as well as how different theoretical orientations such as Systemic and Tavistock Consultancy approaches can be incorporated into the process. The book addresses two essential features of group analysis: the exploration of unconscious dynamics in groups and the shifts of observational attention between the group as a whole the individual in the group and the group in the individual. Including perspectives from both organizational consultancy and reflective practice chapters feature analysis with groups and subgroups in a range of settings including a forensic psychiatric hospital a children’s hospice an Anglican religious community and the management team of a global organization. Group Analysis: Working with Staff Teams and Organizations is a major contribution to the developing literature on group analysis. It will be of great interest to psychotherapists organizational consultants facilitators of reflective practice groups coaches trainees in these disciplines and any professionals who work with staff teams and organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367112073

Group Analytic PsychotherapyMethod and Principles This book captures the flavor and spirit of the highly trained and experienced practitioner as he goes about the task of organizing and conducting a group. It also captures the warmth and humanity of a professional who is deeply devoted to his patients his profession and humanity at large. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367324698

Group Analytic PsychotherapyWorking with affective anxiety and personality disorders Group analytic theory is internationally recognised as an effective treatment for people suffering from mental distress struggles with personal development and interpersonal problems. Integrating psychoanalytic and social psychological thinking and providing a group setting for self-discovery and developing social skills long- and short-term courses in this type of therapy are increasing in popularity. This manual provides a detailed description of both long- and short-term versions of group analytic therapy with rich and vivid clinical examples to illustrate theory and techniques. Group Analytic Psychotherapy describes in detail what a participant may expect differences between short- and long-term therapy and how to behave as a group member as well as the main issues the clinician has to deal with. Topics covered include: Group Analytic Theory Methodology Clinical Examples Therapist Adherence and Competence Providing a basis for understanding the dynamics of groups at work in offering emotional support and a positive atmosphere Group Analytic Psychotherapy is ideal for clinicians students and informed patients as well as all psychodynamically oriented professionals in the field. It is an essential manual for those looking to learn the main attributes of short-term intervention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831499

Group and Team CoachingThe secret life of groups Group and Team Coaching offers a new perspective on the ‘secret life of groups’ the subconscious and non-verbal processes through which people learn and communicate in groups and teams. Updated with new research and including a wealth of vignettes and case studies it will be essential reading for coaches who work with groups and teams as well as leaders commissioning coaching; the second edition features new guidance for leaders and managers an updated introduction and new expanded practical sections on working with teams working on the phone and supervising and being supervised. The author uses key concepts from psychology group analysis and systems theory as well as her own extensive experience to give practical advice including: The invisible processes of group dynamics Pitfalls of team coaching and how to avoid them How to design coaching interventions Common dilemmas Ethics and supervision. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138923584

Group Care for Infants Toddlers and Twos This volume extends the knowledge base supporting research-informed child care for infants and toddlers while simultaneously highlighting areas of study ripe for future research. The authors demonstrate from a systems perspective that the experiences and outcomes of very young children in child care are influenced by characteristics of and interactions between the children adults and settings. Varying methodological approaches as well as the utilization of newer data collection instruments inform the field’s understanding of current practices and procedures while offering guidance for future programming and policy. In turn the chapters highlight a plethora of open questions and a need for a new generation of research to support the field of infant/toddler care. Future challenges are evident in the recognition of the inadequate nature of our current measures of child outcomes and classroom processes the field’s unmet promise to incorporate interdisciplinary perspectives and the need for newer methodological designs that blend the strengths of quantitative and qualitative approaches. These issues are important given the growing demand for infant/toddler care and the increasing recognition of the unique role of this age period in serving as the foundation for all later development. This book was originally published as a special issue of Early Education and Development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367592882

Group Care Practice with Children and Young People Revisited Find out how group care for children has changed in the last 20 yearsGroup Care Practice with Children and Young People Revisited focuses on the core issues that shape the quality of care that’s provided in institutional and residential care settings as well as day care services that rely on the group process. Leading authorities on residential group care practice from around the world examine practice concepts centered on three broad themes: working directly with children; working indirectly to support children and their families; and organizational influences on practice. This unique book offers valuable insights for dealing with the daily challenges of working with young people in responsive group care. Group Care Practice with Children and Young People Revisited builds on contemporary themes that were explored by the editors more than 20 years ago in Group Care for Children: Concept and Issues and Group Care Practice with Children both out of print. Contributors to this updated collection put a fresh spin on the original material as well as cross-cultural analysis from both sides of the Atlantic Australia and New Zealand Malaysia China and the United Arab Emirates. They revisit the key issues identified in the earlier books and provide personal and professional reflections on what has happened to their practice themes since the early 1980s. Special attention is paid to how social policy imperatives—normalization de-institutionalization mainstreaming least restrictive environment minimal intervention and diversion—have reshaped the field group care methods and skills needed for direct and indirect care and group care as an occupational.Group Care Practice with Children and Young People Revisited examines (and re-examines): the relationships between group care practice and education how group care programs can become hostile to families primary care in secondary settings the importance of shared language in a group care center group development how group composition can influence the overall functioning of the group managing occupational stresses in group care practice patterns of career development in child and youth care economic influences that impact group care challenges facing the future of group care services for children and much moreGroup Care Practice with Children and Young People Revisited is a must-read for youth case workers child and youth care educators and anyone working in child welfare including youth justice managers administrators and policymakers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203726167

Group Cognitive Therapy for Addictions This pragmatic guide – from a stellar team of authors including Cognitive Therapy originator Aaron T. Beck – describes how to implement proven cognitive and behavioral addiction treatment strategies in a group format. It provides a flexible framework for conducting ongoing therapy groups that are open to clients with any addictive behavior problem at any stage of recovery. Practical ideas are presented for optimizing group processes and helping clients build essential skills for coping and relapse prevention. Grounded in decades of research the book features rich case examples and reproducible clinical tools that can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462505494

Group Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy of AnxietyA Transdiagnostic Treatment Manual Cognitive-behavioral therapy is highly effective in the treatment of anxiety disorders regardless of the specific type of fear that is causing difficulties. This practical hands-on clinical resource presents a proven group treatment protocol for patients with any anxiety diagnosis. Step-by-step guidelines are provided for setting up transdiagnostic groups using comprehensive assessment to plan and monitor treatment and implementing carefully sequenced cognitive and behavioral techniques. Clinical examples illustrate the nuts and bolts of intervention across different anxiety disorder presentations. Special features include 19 reproducible handouts and forms that can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2"" x 11"" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462504800

Group Conflict and Co-operationTheir Social Psychology Originally published in 1966 the author challenges the accepted theories of group conflict of the time such as frustration and maladjustment. For him conflict and its accompanying aggressiveness are features of interaction between groups and he supports this theory with a detailed experimental study of controlled groups. At the time of publication Dr Otto Klineberg Director of the International Centre for Intergroup Relations at the Sorbonne wrote: ‘Social scientists everywhere owe a great debt of gratitude to Professor Sherif. The distinguished series of publications for which he and his co-workers are responsible have an honoured place in our libraries. In particular his contributions to the field of intergroup relations are outstanding; his concept of "superordinate goals" based on a combination of theoretical insight and brilliant experimentation has become a household word for those concerned with this significant problem. In his new volume Group Conflict and Co-operation he carries his analysis much further not only describing the results of several original investigations but also building a theoretical appraisal of an extensive research literature. The author has made still another significant contribution toward a better understanding of one of the most complex and disturbing phenomena of our time.’ Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138859760

Group Counseling and Psychotherapy With Children and AdolescentsTheory Research and Practice Many children and adolescents face developmental or situational difficulties in areas where they live most of their meaningful experiences-at home at school and in the community. While adults who struggle with life events and stressors may look to professional help young individuals are quite alone in coping with these situations. Perhaps unsurprisingly most children and adolescents typically do not seek such help and often resist it when offered. Author Zipora Shechtman has written this detailed text advocating group counseling and psychotherapy as a viable means of addressing these issues if we are to ensure the psychological wellness of children in society. Group Counseling and Psychotherapy With Children and Adolescents is arranged in four parts. Its chapters explore topics including:*who needs group counseling and psychotherapy;*therapeutic factors in children's groups;*activities in the group;*pre-group planning and forming a group; and*how to enhance emotional experiencing and group support. This text is a principal source of information for counseling psychology students researchers and practitioners working with young people in addition to social workers teachers and parents. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093369

Group CounselingConcepts and Procedures First published in 1979 Group Counseling has consistently been a widely used and praised text providing both novice and experienced counselors with a framework from which to expand group counseling skills and knowledge. This revised sixth edition offers a reader-friendly and engaging journey through the group process that is congruent with 2016 CACREP standards and the Association for Specialists in Group Work (ASGW) practice standards and grounded in the most cutting-edge research and theory. The authors present a thorough discussion of the rationale for using group counseling with an emphasis on the group's role as a preventive environment and as a setting for self-discovery. They examine the group facilitator's internal frame of reference and ways to overcome initial anxiety about leading groups and they also explore typical problems in the development facilitation and termination of the group process and provide suggested solutions. Individual chapters are included to explore the application of group counseling with children and adolescents. Notable additions include: an expanded chapter on diversity and social justice in group work; an expanded chapter on co-leadership a topic often ignored in other group counseling texts; a new chapter on ethics and leadership training; a reworked chapter on leader functions styles and skills; and a reworking of the chapter on group counseling with children that includes an in-depth look at Landreth's innovative and empirically validated Child-Parent-Relationship Therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068605

Group CounselingProcess and Technique The subtleties of counseling are very difficult to accurately express in written form alone. This is particularly true in the case of group work where the interpersonal dynamics expand geometrically. A good group counseling textbook such as the fifth edition of Group Counseling: Concepts and Procedures (2013) can provide a solid foundation but video demonstrations can illustrate the nuances of the group experience in ways that words alone cannot. To provide just such a video Kevin A. Fall has filmed a series of segments of a group in which he acts as leader with six participants and demonstrates the stages of a group as it moves from first session through termination. Fall offers regular sections of audio commentary analysis and processing on each segment totaling a 120-minute program. The companion workbook provides additional information to fill in what is not shown on the film and includes exercises activities and discussion questions related to each video segment. The video and workbook are designed to work seamlessly with the Berg Landreth and Fall text but they can also be used alongside any other group counseling textbook. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415644808

Group CreativityMusic Theater Collaboration Group Creativity explores the unique form of creativity that emerges from collaborating groups. Dr. Sawyer draws on his studies of jazz ensembles and improvisational theater groups to develop a model of creative group processes. He applies this model of group creativity to a wide range of collaborating groups including group learning in classrooms and innovative teams in organizations. In group creativity a group comes together to collaboratively create in real time. The creative inspiration emerges from the interaction and communication among the members and makes the result more than the sum of its parts. The dynamic moment-to-moment communication among jazz musicians and improvising actors is the primary topic of the book. Sawyer explores performers' close listening and sensitivity the submerging of the ego to the group mind and the ways that performers work together to create something better than and different from what one solitary individual could create alone. These explorations provide insight into all forms of group creativity and collaboration. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410609090

Group Dynamics in Exercise and Sport Psychology Can a better understanding of group dynamics raise individual and team athletic performance or improve the outcomes of exercise interventions? Much human behaviour in sport and exercise settings is embedded within groups where individuals’ cognitions emotions and behaviours influence and are influenced by other group members. Now in a fully revised updated and expanded second edition Group Dynamics in Exercise and Sport Psychology explores the unique psychological dynamics that emerge in sport and exercise groups. It provides a clear and thorough guide to contemporary theory research and applied practice covering core themes and cutting-edge topics as well as highlighting directions for future research.　　 The book is organised into five thematic sections: Part 1: The Self in Groups Part 2: Leadership in Groups Part 3: Group Environment Part 4: Motivation in Groups Part 5: Socio-Environmental Issues in Groups This new edition includes seven completely new chapters exploring important emerging issues such as social identity the family co-ordination and shared knowledge within sport teams the group as a vehicle for facilitating individual behavior change social support and emotion regulation peer leadership and cultural perspectives in relation to group dynamics. No other book on group dynamics in sport or exercise offers such a close examination of the evidence base and therefore Group Dynamics in Exercise and Sport Psychology is important reading for all students researchers or practitioners working in sport or exercise psychology kinesiology sport and exercise science sports coaching or physical education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835770

Group Inquiry at Science Museum ExhibitsGetting Visitors to Ask Juicy Questions This brief volume describes an innovative activity that can be used by museum professionals to foster two key inquiry skills—asking a good question and articulating discoveries. A hybrid between a research report and a how-to manual it describes the development evaluation and results of Juicy Question a collaborative activity designed to foster group inquiry among families or school field trips. The authors demonstrate how the activity changed the behavior of museum visitors and taught them important inquiry skills for use in other informal education settings. Sponsored by the Exploratorium San Francisco. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780943451633

Group Interaction in High Risk Environments What governs the way in which people work together and handle technology in high risk environments? The understanding of decision making communication and the other dimensions of team interaction within aircrews and other teams in highly stressful situations is based on a multitude of diverse factors each with its own literature and individual studies. This book is about how teams function in just such situations providing a uniquely integrated and interdisciplinary account of the dynamics and main explanatory factors of team interaction under high workload. The book stems from the interdisciplinary research project 'Group Interaction in High Risk Environments' (GIHRE) a Collegium of the Gottlieb Daimler and Karl Benz Foundation. The goals of the project and therefore the book are to investigate analyze and understand the behavior of professional groups working in high risk environments and to develop practical suggestions for enhancing performance. A central focus of this book is how groups in these professions deal with the factors that can threaten the safety and effectiveness of their task performance whether these factors are part of the environment or part of the team itself. Four representative workplaces were investigated in three broad settings: in aviation the cockpit of a commercial airliner; in medicine the operating room and the intensive care unit of a hospital; in nuclear power the control room of a nuclear power plant. The international and interdisciplinary composition of the Collegium ensures the book features a variety of different methodological and conceptual approaches which are brought to bear at both theoretical and practical levels. Readers working in all related fields will find value in the case descriptions the academic synthesis of the similarities between them and ways to approach new challenges; specialists in applied psychology human factors and technical management will gain new insights. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253787

Group Interactive Art TherapyIts use in training and treatment The first edition of Group Interactive Art Therapy presented the first theoretical formation of a model integrating the change-enhancing factors of both interactive group psychotherapy and art therapy demonstrating its use in practice through a series of illustrated case examples.　 This long-awaited second edition updates the content of the original in light of the major social cultural and political changes of the past two decades and presents new examples of the model in practice. The new edition includes a brand-new section on the use of group interactive art therapy in research with people with dementia with schizophrenia and those in rehabilitation from a stroke. The book also features two chapters on the use of the model in a broader context. The book is presented in four parts: Introducing group interactive art therapy The model in practice: case examples The wider context Group interactive art therapy used in research Each section demonstrates the flexibility and adaptability of the model in different cultural and social settings and with a variety of client groups. The development of knowledge about the skills required for conducting an interactive art therapy group and its suitability for different clients has been incorporated throughout the book as well as practical information on working in areas where there is limited access to art materials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415815765

Group Interventions in SchoolsA Guide for Practitioners Numerous group interventions have been shown to be effective for helping K-8 students who are struggling with--or at risk for--a wide range of mental health and behavior problems. This unique book gives school practitioners indispensable tools for making any evidence-based group intervention more successful. It addresses the real-world implementation challenges that many manuals overlook such as how to engage children and parents and sustain their participation manage behavior in groups and troubleshoot crisis situations. User-friendly features include case examples reflection questions role-play scenarios and 31 reproducible forms and handouts; the print book has a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials.This book is in The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series edited by T. Chris Riley-Tillman. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462529452

Group Inverses of M-Matrices and Their Applications Group inverses for singular M-matrices are useful tools not only in matrix analysis but also in the analysis of stochastic processes graph theory electrical networks and demographic models. Group Inverses of M-Matrices and Their Applications highlights the importance and utility of the group inverses of M-matrices in several application areas. After introducing sample problems associated with Leslie matrices and stochastic matrices the authors develop the basic algebraic and spectral properties of the group inverse of a general matrix. They then derive formulas for derivatives of matrix functions and apply the formulas to matrices arising in a demographic setting including the class of Leslie matrices. With a focus on Markov chains the text shows how the group inverse of an appropriate M-matrix is used in the perturbation analysis of the stationary distribution vector as well as in the derivation of a bound for the asymptotic convergence rate of the underlying Markov chain. It also illustrates how to use the group inverse to compute and analyze the mean first passage matrix for a Markov chain. The final chapters focus on the Laplacian matrix for an undirected graph and compare approaches for computing the group inverse.Collecting diverse results into a single volume this self-contained book emphasizes the connections between problems arising in Markov chains Perron eigenvalue analysis and spectral graph theory. It shows how group inverses offer valuable insight into each of these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367380489

Group Music TherapyA group analytic approach In Group Music Therapy Alison Davies Eleanor Richards and Nick Barwick bring together developments in theory and clinical practice in music therapy group work celebrating the richness of what group analytic thinking and music therapy can offer one another. The book explores the dynamic elements of the processes that take place in both group analytic therapy and group music therapy exploring both the commonalities and the distinctive characteristics of the two modalities. To music therapists psychotherapists and other arts therapists Group Music Therapy offers a body of knowledge and enquiry through which to understand the music therapy group process through some of the central proposals of group analysis; to group analysts it offers insight into the possibilities of non-verbal communication through improvised music and more widely invites thought in musical terms about the nature of events and exchanges in a therapy group. Links are made with group analytic theory as well as with other associated theoretical traditions such as attachment theory and theories of early infant development. The book explores the history of group music therapy and the history of group analysis looking both at core concepts and at more recent developments. Attention is also given to developmental issues drawing upon theories of infant development and attachment theory and clinical vignettes drawn from music therapy practice with a wide range of patient groups illustrates these ideas.　 The book concludes with a discussion of the possibilities of co-therapy and other collaborative working and of the value of experiential groups in training.　 Group Music Therapy will be a key text for clinicians and students seeking to expand their theoretical thinking and enrich their practice and offers a grounding in group analytic ideas to professionals in other disciplines considering referrals to group work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665940

Group Performance And Interaction Unlike clinical psychologists social psychologists examine the group as a vehicle for interaction and performance. They are interested in such topics as how groups make decisions how working with others influences individual performance and how conflict arises and is resolved within and between groups.Group Performance and Interaction is the fir Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367316051

Group Play TherapyA Dynamic Approach Group Play Therapy presents an updated look at an effective yet underutilized therapeutic intervention. More than just an approach to treating children group play therapy is a life-span approach undergirded by solid theory and in this volume taking wings through exciting techniques. Drawing on their experiences as clinicians and educators the authors weave theory and technique together to create a valuable resource for both mental health practitioners and advanced students. Therapists and ultimately their clients will benefit from enhancing their understanding of group play therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415657853

Group Problems in Crime and Punishment First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863889

Group Process and Structure in Psychosocial Occupational Therapy Effective group leadership techniques are the focus of this practical sound volume. Dedicated to assisting occupational therapy practitioners and students in understanding current theory and state-of-the-art techniques in group treatment this functional book fills the gap left by existing literature and educational programs that focus mainly on diagnoses and task analysis. Highly skilled professionals examine the important concepts of group therapy--structural elements such as goals norms group size physical environment and instructions that can be varied depending on the purpose needs and functional level of the client; the ability to guide and control process elements such as spontaneous feedback; and the ability to support clients and help build a cohesive safe group. Fascinating examples of innovative new group techniques--social skills game mime group and the use of robots--demonstrate how creative content can effectively combine structure and process in group treatment. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804095

Group Process Made VisibleThe Use of Art in Group Therapy This book introduces the reader to the approach and general philosophy of the use of art as an additional language in group therapy. It demonstrates the usefulness of the language of art in enabling group therapists and their clients to understand group members' perceptions of constructs and realities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011892

Group Processes It is impossible to understand human behavior without understanding the critical role that groups play in people’s lives. Most of us belong to a range of formal and informal groups including families work teams and friendship cliques. These groups absorb a great deal of our time and energy and are instrumental in satisfying our most fundamental needs. In addition they connect us to larger social aggregates (e.g. political parties business organizations religious denominations) that influence our lives in important ways. This volume provides a comprehensive overview of classic and contemporary issues in the field of group processes. Chapters are written by internationally known experts who have made major theoretical and empirical contributions to the study of groups. The broad and up-to-date coverage of the book makes it an essential resource for advanced undergraduates graduate students researchers and practitioners. The volume will be of interest to scholars in various disciplines including social and organizational psychology sociology communication economics and political science. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138109094

Group ProtocolsA Psychosocial Compendium Here is a valuable book intended to help those occupational therapists working in mental health settings to refine their critical thinking about the group activities they select and the protocols they design. Experts focus on practicing sound clinical reasoning and clinical decision making to ensure careful assessment of which activities structured in what fashion are appropriate for particular populations. They also address the topic of providing services that are relevant practical have already delineated goals and objectives produce outcome data and can be replicated across settings. Group Protocols: A Psychosocial Compendium offers readers a systematic approach to the assessment and design of group protocols plus a wide variety of sample protocols from which treatment strategies may be drawn. Because this volume represents a style of thinking rather than a singular theoretical frame of reference it will be useful to any occupational therapist for whom groups are an essential aspect of professional practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138881822

Group Psychology Of The Japanese First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975521

Group Psychotherapy And Managed Mental Health CareA Clinical Guide For Providers First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203765890

Group Psychotherapy and Recovery from AddictionCarrying the Message Learn what it’s like to be a member of an addiction recovery group! Group Psychotherapy and Recovery from Addiction: Carrying the Message is NOT a self-help book. Instead it’s a rare opportunity to sit in on a virtual therapy group and take part in a virtual Twelve Step meeting. The book’s unique perspective lets you compare and contrast the experience of participating in a psychotherapy group and a Twelve Step group including an examination of the Twelve Steps and The Twelve Traditions. The book demystifies the process of recovery demonstrating all the important elements of the group process including free association resistance transference re-enactment boundary management interpretation and confrontation. Rather than relate shared stories of addicts in recovery or present abstract formulations on the group experience Group Psychotherapy and Recovery from Addiction takes you inside the experiential process of recovery that can’t be achieved in isolation. Your experience as a group “member” will help solve the mystery of the group process and provide you with insight into the scientific elements of recovery as the book builds a bridge between the Twelve Step programs and a psychoanalytic model of group functioning. Group Psychotherapy and Recovery from Addiction examines: how the group carries the message of recovery the higher power of the group as a symbol of authority the development of prayer and meditation as group analytic functions addiction as a family disease making amends as an export process powerlessness and free association unmanageability and resistance surrender and transference inventory and re-enactments humility and working through The Twelve Steps and The Twelve Traditions of Alcoholics Anonymous and much more! Group Psychotherapy and Recovery from Addiction: Carrying the Message is a unique resource for group therapists addiction treatment professionals and anyone else interested in group therapy—especially those who have personal experience with Twelve Step recovery. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809007

Group Psychotherapy for Students and TeachersSelected Bibliography 1946-1979 Originally published in 1981 this is a carefully selected bibliography of Group Psychotherapy for both students and teachers. The book is divided into 3 useful parts containing relevant journal articles and book chapters on a variety of topics. The first part includes topics that would be useful for a seminar in basic analytic group psychotherapy. Topics in the second part include group therapy with special patient populations group therapy in special settings special types of group therapy and research and outcome studies in group therapy. The third part covers group therapy with children. All the articles can be used to develop specialized and specific literature seminars or to elucidate issues that arise in the clinical supervision of group psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138801882

Group Psychotherapy from the Southwest Originally published in 1974 the Southwest in the title refers to that region of the USA where a community of therapists grew out of the Southwestern Group Psychotherapy Society founded in Texas 1956 a regional arm of the American Group Psychotherapy Association (AGPA). The chapters cover a range of issues from therapists working in this region and were presented as a tribute to the memory of Dr William Sterling Bell who took an active interest in group psychotherapy from its early beginnings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812604

Group Psychotherapy with Addicted PopulationsAn Integration of Twelve-Step and Psychodynamic Theory Second Edition In this newly revised edition Philip J. Flores a highly regarded expert in the treatment of alcoholism and in group psychotherapy provides you with proven strategies for defeating alcohol and drug addiction through group psychotherapy. For the first time practical applications of 12-step programs and (ital) psychodynamic groups are jointly explored jointly explained and jointly brought into therapeutic use. You'll examine the constructive benefits of group therapy to chemically dependent individuals--opportunities to share and identify with others who are going through similar problems to understand their own attitudes about addiction by confronting similar attitudes in others and to learn to communicate their needs and feelings more directly.Group Psychotherapy with Addicted Populations covers the key areas of group psychotherapy for chemically dependent persons including:alcoholism addiction and psychodynamic theories of addictionalcoholics anonymous and group psychotherapyuse of confrontational techniques in the groupinpatient group psychotherapycharacteristics of the leadertransference in the groupresistance in groupspreparing the chemically dependent person for groupthe curative process in group therapy Along with his powerful chapters that emphasize the positive and constructive opportunities group psychotherapy brings to the chemically dependent individual Flores has added these new sections:integrating a modern analytic approacha discussion of object relations theorygroup psychotherapy AA and twelve-step programsdiagnosis and addiction treatmenttreatment issues at early middle and late stages of treatmenta discussion of guidelines and priorities for group leaderscountertransferencespecial considerations of resistance to addictiontermination of treatmentThose working in group therapy will find this expanded second edition a valuable resource for better recognizing and serving their group members’needs and they will feel a sense of fulfillment as Flores reaffirms the positive effects of group psychotherapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203052099

Group PsychotherapyThe Psychoanalytic Approach This classic work attempts to present a comprehensive account for the lay reader of the principles and methods of group psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367099480

Group Relations ConferencesReviewing and Exploring Theory Design Role-Taking and Application This book reflects the culture of the Belgirate Conference namely combining traditional and experiential modes of developing new ideas and knowledge; and in order to further the field of Group Relations. It contains the collection of papers presented at the conference plus two additional papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367324711

Group Relations ConferencesTradition Creativity and Succession in the Global Group Relations Network This book the third in a series based on the Belgirate conferences deals with the personal as well as the organisational journeys of Group Relations practitioners and examines these through the lens of tradition succession and creative application. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490014

Group Relations WorkExploring the Impact and Relevance Within and Beyond its Network This book presents a sort of angsty identity crisis and offers many clear illustrations of the multiple useful and relevant applications of group relations in different parts of the world reflecting on the theory of group relations and its relevance to contemporary phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201977

Group Representation Feminist Theory and the Promise of Justice There has been much important work done in the past two decades in America on issues of under representation based on social differences such as race ethnicity class gender sexuality and age. While this scholarship has examined the ways in which women and racial ethnic and sexual minorities suffer disproportionately on measures of full citizenship social class and culture have received relatively little attention. This new study addresses various manifestations of social class and cultural difference as well as their implications for political representation. The analysis demonstrates how three of the most influential feminist theorists who write about political representation conceive of group representation identify the problems that group representation claims to remedy and assess the strengths and weaknesses associated with these models. Using theoretical argument the volume suggests practical electoral reform in order to encourage new and emancipating forms of political engagement. It will be of value to those interested in public policy and governance political theory gender studies and law and society in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278813

Group Selection Living things are constantly engaged in a struggle for existence and ingenious devices for the purpose of self-preservation can be seen in all types of animal and plant life. However nature also displays phenomena that are not related to survival or that seem clearly to violate the principle of self-preservation - particularly when organisms interact with one another. Darwin investigated these apparent contradictions and proposed that both mechanisms of self preservation and those of reproduction are explained by a more basic principle of "natural selection" - the reproductive survival of the fittest. George C. Williams in "Group Selection" challenges the adequacy of this process of selection at the individual level.Williams has here collected the work of the chief partisans with opposed viewpoints on the theory of selection at the group level to state their arguments and rebuttals. A minority of modern biologists offer evidence to show that groups of living things are organized to assure their collective survival; they are not merely collections of individuals designed for their own survival and reproduction. In opposition defenders of the traditional point of view charge that mechanisms of group survival are based on illusion and misinterpretation.Because of the wide range of opinion expressed in "Group Selection" the reader is exposed to all sides of the dispute and encouraged to form his or her own views. In addition as a source book on current evolutionary issues or for research or reference material "Group Selection" remains a valuable addition to every personal and institutional library in the biological sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524583

Group Study for Teachers Original blurb (1967): We are coming nowadays to think of education increasingly in terms of a prolonged transaction between the generations. The psychology of this transaction is largely concerned with learning as it is mediated by the relations between teachers and pupils. Thus the social psychology of the classroom and the school is a growing study which brings into focus the relations of adults and young persons in groups. There are a variety of approaches to the study of behaviour and experience in groups and to attempt to survey these would be a formidable task. Miss Richardson herself a pioneer in this field has attempted a more modest and practicable and in many ways a more useful task. She has set out to describe and illustrate a particular approach to the study of experience in groups. Based on her own work with groups of students in training as teachers her book is a valuable introduction to one of the main streams of development in this field. The wealth of the illustrative material she provides should give students and experienced teachers deeper insight into many familiar situations in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028299

Group Techniques for Aging AdultsPutting Geriatric Skills Enhancement into Practice Elders can struggle with issues of social isolation and self-esteem and benefit from having positive coping skills at their disposal. The practical ideas Kathie Erwin imparts in this second edition help mental health professionals working with elderly populations to create an interactive multi-modal program that addresses the issues and needs elders have. The group modalities are defined in holistic contexts of mind body society and spirituality. Among the group modalities are reminiscence bibliotherapy remotivation humor expressive art and therapeutic writing and sacred spaces which are new to this edition. Mental health professionals appreciate the practical and detailed guidelines for how to design implement and monitor progress for various types of group modalities that allow them to put theory into practice easily. Their elder clients will benefit from the methods they develop in group to deal with problems such as isolation and reduced social networks.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897822

Group Technology And Cellular ManufacturingMethodologies and Applications This book provides the latest up-to-date documentation on the scope of research in Group Technology (GT) and Cellular Manufacturing (CM). It is a comprehensive listing of the methodologies techniques algorithms and tools used for practical implementation of the concepts of GT and CM. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003078333

Group Theoretic Cryptography Group theoretic problems have propelled scientific achievements across a wide range of fields including mathematics physics chemistry and the life sciences. Many cryptographic constructions exploit the computational hardness of group theoretical problems and the area is viewed as a potential source of quantum-resilient cryptographic primitives for the future. Group Theoretic Cryptography supplies an ideal introduction to cryptography for those who are interested in group theory and want to learn about the possible interplays between the two fields. Assuming an undergraduate-level understanding of linear algebra and discrete mathematics it details the specifics of using non-Abelian groups in the field of cryptography. Moreover the book evidences how group theoretic techniques help us gain new insight into well known seemingly unrelated cryptographic constructions such as DES. The book starts with brief overviews of the fundamentals of group theory complexity theory and cryptography. Part two is devoted to public-key encryption including provable security guarantees public-key encryption in the standard model and public-key encryption using infinite groups. The third part of the book covers secret-key encryption. It examines block ciphers like the Advanced Encryption Standard and cryptographic hash functions and message authentication codes. The last part delves into a number of cryptographic applications which are nowadays as relevant as encryption—identification protocols key establishment and signature schemes are covered.The book supplies formal security analyses and highlights potential vulnerabilities for cryptographic constructions involving group theory. Summaries and references for further reading as well as exercises are included at the end of each chapter. Selected solutions for exercises are provided in the back of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781584888369

Group Theory for High Energy Physicists Although group theory has played a significant role in the development of various disciplines of physics there are few recent books that start from the beginning and then build on to consider applications of group theory from the point of view of high energy physicists. Group Theory for High Energy Physicists fills that role. It presents groups especially Lie groups and their characteristics in a way that is easily comprehensible to physicists.The book first introduces the concept of a group and the characteristics that are imperative for developing group theory as applied to high energy physics. It then describes group representations since matrix representations of a group are often more convenient to deal with than the abstract group itself. With a focus on continuous groups the text analyzes the root structure of important groups and obtains the weights of various representations of these groups. It also explains how symmetry principles associated with group theoretical techniques can be used to interpret experimental results and make predictions.This concise gentle introduction is accessible to undergraduate and graduate students in physics and mathematics as well as researchers in high energy physics. It shows how to apply group theory to solve high energy physics problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380892

Group Theory in Particle Nuclear and Hadron Physics This user-friendly book on group theory introduces topics in as simple a manner as possible and then gradually develops those topics into more advanced ones eventually building up to the current state-of-the-art. By using simple examples from physics and mathematics the advanced topics become logical extensions of ideas already introduced. In addition to being used as a textbook this book would also be useful as a reference guide for graduates and researchers in particle nuclear and hadron physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498704663

Group Therapy for Adults with Severe Mental IllnessAdapting the Tavistock method Mental illness is prevalent in society with a quarter of individuals having a diagnosable mental illness. A growing percentage of these individuals develop severe disorders which incapacitate them and may leave them unemployed lonely isolated and untreated. In recent years there has been a movement away from therapy and a heightened emphasis on medicalization. This book argues that medication alone does not take away the deep emotional pain of feeling isolated and lonely and considers the modification of the client’s social relationships as a critical ingredient in any treatment. Group Therapy for Adults with Severe Mental Illness explores a non-traditional application of treatment known as the group-as-a-whole model. This approach to group work derives from the Tavistock tradition in which emphasis on the whole group versus any specific member makes the group a safe place to risk sharing and confronting painful issues. This text highlights the efficacy of utilizing this model in the treatment of severely mentally ill consumers in various settings including jails nursing homes and group homes. Included in the book: -case studies using the Tavistock method-the power of group-as-a-whole work in educating mental health professionals and graduate students-the use of the model to enhance creative expression in the arts-the use of the model to understand larger social systems This text will be of value to mental health professionals researchers and educators interested in the treatment of severely mentally ill populations in institutional settings and individuals with a specific interest in group psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631847

Group Therapy for Psychoses Group therapy for patients with psychotic experiences is one of the least known of the group therapies; it is also one of the most diverse. This collection presents a range of methods models and settings for group therapy for psychoses as well as exploring the context for this type of treatment. Group Therapy for Psychoses offers an international perspective on the current range of practice in the field in multiple care situations contexts and institutions; from acute units to therapeutic communities rehabilitation groups self-help and groups of those who hear voices. Presented in two parts the first covers the history evaluation and research methodologies of group therapy while the second explores specific examples of groups and settings. The book tackles misconceptions about the treatment of psychoses and emphasises the healing effects of group therapy. It underscores the importance of training for selecting and conducting groups of patients suffering from psychoses and suggests possible formats approaches and perspectives. The book’s wide reflexive and practical collection of chapters together demonstrate how group therapies can effectively help patients with psychotic experiences to overcome their difficulties on their way to recovery. The book will be of great use to clinicians working with people suffering from psychosis including psychiatrists psychotherapists psychoanalysts psychologists physicians and social workers. It will also appeal to group analysts family therapists and CBT practitioners as well as to all researchers in these fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138697102

Group Therapy for Voice HearersInsights and Perspectives Based on extensive interviews with expert facilitators from around the world and grounded in empirical evidence Group Therapy for Voice Hearers includes numerous tips strategies case examples and reflection questions to bring the material to life in a practical way. Chapters address the need for practical accessible training in how to facilitate sessions and identify six key factors that lead to a successful session: safety flexibility empowerment the integration of lived experience self-awareness and attention to the needs of the group process. This book is an important resource for mental health professionals working with clients who hear voices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138500648

Group Therapy In Independent Practice Learn effective techniques that will enhance your group therapy practice or educational program!Group Therapy in Independent Practice written by seasoned clinicians presents discussion on a wide spectrum of related issues that will help therapists to effectively handle group situations. Within its pages you will find proven and effective strategies that also examine group therapy as a whole group therapy practices in Israel and how you can use the Internet to enhance your professional practice. In addition to being an invaluable guide for practicing therapists Group Therapy in Independent Practice is of particular interest for classroom use. The topics explored in relation to group therapy are diverse covering the age range from adolescence to geriatrics. There is a focus on issues of intimacy and anger which are often two of the more difficult experiences for novice clinicians to effectively deal with in the beginning of their careers. There is also a very interesting chapter which explains the practice of group therapy in another country lending a cross-cultural perspective to the work.Some of the areas that Group Therapy in Independent Practice will increase your expertise in are: personality disorders intimacy issues bereavement issues identity development in ADHD adolescents anger issues group dynamics internet resources for therapistsGroup Therapy in Independent Practice brings to light the profound influence that this continuing and rapidly growing force in psychotherapy has on personality change in America and around the world. It is a vital tool to make you more effective as a group leader. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725153

Group TherapyA group analytic approach Group Therapy: A Group-Analytic Approach is a comprehensive introduction to contemporary group analytic theory and practice - the prevailing form of group therapy in Europe. Highly accessible yet meticulously referenced theoretically rich yet clinically vivid it is an invaluable resource for all interested in group therapy providing access to the very heart of working therapeutically with(in) groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138889712

Group Trauma Treatment in Early RecoveryPromoting Safety and Self-Care Infused with clinical wisdom this book describes a supportive group treatment approach for survivors just beginning to come to terms with the impact of interpersonal trauma. Focusing on establishing safety stability and self-care the Trauma Information Group (TIG) is a Stage 1 approach within Judith Herman's influential stage model of treatment. Vivid sample transcripts illustrate ways to help group participants deepen their understanding of trauma build new coping skills and develop increased compassion for themselves and for one another. In a large-size format for easy photocopying the volume provides everything needed to implement the TIG including session-by-session guidelines and extensive reproducible handouts and worksheets. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print the reproducible materials from the book as well as an online-only set of handouts and worksheets in Spanish. See also The Trauma Recovery Group by Michaela Mendelsohn Judith Lewis Herman et al. which presents a Stage 2 treatment approach for clients who are ready to work on processing and integrating traumatic memories. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462537440

Group Treatment for Post Traumatic Stress DisorderConceptualization Themes and Processes Group Treatment for Post Traumatic Stress Disorders is a collection written by renowned PTSD experts who provide group treatment to trauma survivors. The book reviews the state-of-the-art applications of group therapy for survivors of trauma such as: rape victims combat veterans adult survivors of childhood abuse motor vehicle accident survivors trauma survivors with co-morbid substance abuse survivors of disaster families of trauma survivors homicide witnesses and survivors and disaster relief workers.This book a unique contribution to the field. Each chapter provides a detailed and comprehensive description of state-of-the-art group treatment and artfully combines scholarly review with a step-by-step summary of treatment rationale and methods. Furthermore the book covers a wide scope typically found only in large multi-volume compendia.Group Treatment for Post Traumatic Stress Disorders is ideal for clinicians aspiring clinicians researchers and educators. It provides a unique and eminently readable summary of group therapy applied to increasingly recognized clinical populations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005198

Group Treatment for Substance AbuseA Stages-of-Change Therapy Manual The leading manual on group-based treatment of substance use disorders this highly practical book is grounded in the transtheoretical model and emphasizes the experiential and behavioral processes of change. The program helps clients move through the stages of change by building skills for acknowledging a problem deciding to act developing and executing a plan and accomplishing other critical tasks. The expert authors provide step-by-step guidelines for implementing the 35 structured sessions along with strategies for enhancing motivation. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying the volume includes 58 reproducible handouts. Purchasers get access to a Web page where they can download and print the reproducible materials. New to This Edition *Reflects significant developments in research and clinical practice. *Eight new sessions focusing on the brain and substance use gratitude self-control mindfulness acceptance and more. *Updated discussions of motivational interviewing and the use of cognitive-behavioral techniques with groups. *41 of the 58 handouts are new or revised; all are now downloadable. See also Substance Abuse Treatment and the Stages of Change Second Edition by Gerard J. Connors et al. which explores how the transtheoretical model can inform treatment planning and intervention in diverse clinical contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462523405

Group Treatment Manual for Persistent DepressionCognitive Behavioral Analysis System of Psychotherapy (CBASP) Therapist’s Guide This Cognitive Behavioral Analysis System of Psychotherapy (CBASP) Group Manual is a treatment guide for mental health professionals working with persistently depressed individuals. The manual provides a clear step-by-step application of CBASP as a group treatment modality the research findings supporting the effectiveness of this treatment and suggested methods of assessing outcome as well as possible applications or adaptations of the treatment to different settings and disorders. This manual is accompanied by a separate workbook for patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926011

Group Work and AgingIssues in Practice Research and Education Get a wealth of information about the theory and practice of social work with older adults their families and their caregivers!Although there is a considerable amount of writing on both group work and social work with the elderly there is surprisingly little about applying this practice method to this specific age group. Group Work and Aging: Issues in Practice Research and Education fills this gap by presenting penetrating articles about a mutual aid approach to working with diverse groups of older adults with varied needs. Respected experts and gifted researchers provide case studies practice examples and explanation of theory to illustrate this practice method with aging adults their families and their caregivers.Group Work and Aging: Issues in Practice Research and Education discusses in-depth information on group work with gay and lesbian elders caregivers elders with Alzheimer’s disease service providers special populations such as Vietnamese and Latino/a elders and provides information on the use of expressive therapies like art drama and dance. Each well-referenced chapter presents high quality up-to-date social group work practice strategies to prepare practitioners for the needs of the growing population of elderly in the near future.Group Work and Aging: Issues in Practice Research and Education discusses: the adaptation of group work practice approaches when working with older group members the use of a Record of Service as an analytical tool in group work with aging lesbians a chronicle of a student’s field placement at a drop-in center for homeless senior citizens the sociocultural reality of the Asian immigrant elderly residential substance abuse treatment for older adults mutual aid groups for older persons with mental illness the relationship between caregiver support groups and the marker framework of family caregiving telephone caregiver support groups group work interventions with elderly parents of adults with severe mental illness a program for the development and implementation of an intergenerational singing group support groups as an effective therapy at end-of-life the use of a mutual aid group with home attendants and much more!Group Work and Aging: Issues in Practice Research and Education reveals the latest examples of good group work practice with aging adults and their support systems perfect for practitioners educators and anyone interested in and/or work with older adults. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044217

Group Work in Education and Training Supplies the educational or vocational teacher with advice on the effective and successful running of a training group. The author uses a number of anecdotes from his own experience as a trainer to illustrate group work sessions and structured group activities of various kinds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421455

Group Work in Schools School counselors are often the only employees in school settings with any formal education in group work and yet their training is typically a general course on how to run groups. Group Work in Schools provides an alternative training model; one that presents exactly what counselors need to know in order to successfully implement task-driven psychoeducational and counseling/psychotherapy groups in any educational setting. Additions to this newly updated second edition include: discussion topics activities case examples integrated CACREP standards and learning outcomes as well as an overall update to reflect the most recent research and knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853836

Group Work in the Primary Classroom Drawing on the work of Vygotsky the authors look at the social and emotional advantages children can gain from working together. They use case studies derived from the ORACLE II group work project at Leicester and also take into account the advances made in collaborative group work in other countries. The result is a set of guidelines from which teachers can plan policies suitable for their own schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138178564

Group Work Practice in a Troubled SocietyProblems and Opportunities This book presents the wide range and diversity of effective group work practice in today’s troubled society. Representing the best in current practice chapters discuss modern group work and contain rich examples of practice and theory. Group Work Practice in a Troubled Society examines the social realities in which group work is now practiced and addresses present-day social issues and problems.Contributing authors to Group Work Practice in a Troubled Society discuss innovations in practice programs and theory and a wide variety of work with clients in many different settings. There is a breadth and strength and diversity in contemporary group work practice and the authors--practitioners and educators from the United States Canada and Hong Kong--represent the vitality of current practice and theory. Among the many topics they discuss are: contextual group work practice latent content in work with groups group work in administration cultural sensitivity and diversity in small-group practice  group work in other cultures and with immigrant populations feminist group work and unique considerations in work with women’s groups group work with sexually abused children with incest survivors and with sexual offenders group work in community centers  group work with mentally ill chemical abusers group work use in an innovative 12-step modalityGroup Work Practice in a Troubled Society provides a wealth of information and ideas for social workers and students of social work who are interested or involved in group work and who wish to learn more about current practice and developments in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975538

Group Work Stories Celebrating Diversity Group Work Stories Celebrating Diversity is a most timely book about group work practice and education that highlights the theme of diversity which encompasses acceptance and respect for various dimensions of difference. Dimensions of diversity include race ethnicity gender sexual orientation socio-economic status age physical or intellectual abilities linguistic difference religious beliefs international or regional origin lifestyle political beliefs or other ideologies as well as the varying and complex intersection of these various dimensions. The thirty-one meaningful stories in this book explore these differences leading to understanding and to moving beyond simple tolerance to mutual empathy genuine and open encounter and the celebration of the rich dimensions of diversity. Readers will enjoy this wonderfully intimate and intriguing collection and will be moved to share them with others to help to spread the word about the importance of embracing understanding and celebrating diversity. This book with an international cast of authors – practitioners educators and students – is a welcome antidote to the divisiveness and suspicion that swirl around difference and have become a sad hallmark of current times. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Social Work with Groups journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891497

Group Work that WorksStudent Collaboration for 21st Century Success Promote cooperative learning more effectively by transforming your classroom into a learning community. Experienced K–12 educators Paul J. Vermette and Cynthia L. Kline offer their Dual Objective Model as a tool for improving your students’ academic achievement and problem-solving skills while encouraging their social and emotional development. You’ll discover how to: assign meaningful tasks that require students to rely on one another; build efficient teams purposefully monitor group dynamics and assess group projects effectively; engage students in schoolwork while developing crucial career and life skills; motivate students to see the importance of personal and group responsibility; maximize the benefits of student diversity in your classroom. Emphasizing teamwork persistence communication self-regulation and empathy in a complex diverse and technological setting these strategies can be easily incorporated into any curriculum. The book is filled with vignettes and sample exercises to help you apply the ideas to your own classroom. Each chapter includes a list of "Big Ideas " which invites you to consider how these strategies can evolve over time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138668966

Group Work with Adolescents After Violent DeathA Manual for Practitioners This manual for facilitators of teen grief groups and other mental health professionals addresses the unique needs of adolescents experiencing traumatic reactions in the aftermath of violent death. Including information on all types of violent death this practical guide addresses issues of violence trauma and loss including sections on logistics screening evaluation consent facilitators and parents. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138372320

Group Work with AdolescentsPrinciples and Practice A trusted course text and professional resource this comprehensive book delves into all aspects of planning and conducting strengths-based group work with adolescents. In an accessible down-to-earth style Andrew Malekoff spells out the principles of effective group practice. Extensive clinical illustrations show how successful group leaders engage teens in addressing tough issues--including violence sexuality prejudice social isolation and substance abuse--in a wide range of settings. Normative issues that adolescents face in the multiple contexts of their lives are lucidly explained. Packed with creative ideas and activities the book helps readers develop their skills as confident reflective practitioners. New to This Edition *Significantly revised chapters on group work essentials school-based practice and trauma. *Additional topics: social media and cyberbullying expressive and animal-assisted therapies mindfulness adolescent brain development and more. *Updated practice principles information and references. *Numerous new practice illustrations. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462525805

Group Work with Suburbia's ChildrenDifference Acceptance and Belonging This collection of articles first published in 1991 attempts to describe life in the suburbs from diverse vantage points to evoke a feeling of what life is like for some of the children and their families living in these communities and to demonstrate the practice and value of group work within this context. This title will be of interest to students of social work sociology and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138051348

Group Work With the Emotionally Disabled Here is an exciting and informative volume on the use of social group work in psychiatric settings. As it affirms the significance of social group work’s clinical potential Group Work With the Emotionally Disabled fosters further development in this highly specialized area of human service.Baruch Levine a prestigious social group worker and clinical theorist has edited this exceptional volume that emphasizes the coexistence of mental illness and mental health in effective group experiences for treating mental disability. Readers are treated to a comprehensive history of the development of the use of social group work practice with the emotionally disabled in psychiatric settings. Other authoritative chapters focus on the practice aspect and explore the problems and issues in group work with the emotionally disabled the settings for group treatment of the chronically ill and psychiatrically at-risk and the development of comprehensive approaches to the treatment and rehabilitation of persons with severe mental illness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873193

Group Workbook for Treatment of Persistent DepressionCognitive Behavioral Analysis System of Psychotherapy-(CBASP) Patient’s Guide The Group Workbook for Treatment of Persistent Depression is a guide for patients suffering from persistent depression who participate in group therapy. The workbook provides handouts and skills training that require the help of a trained professional to teach and animate in a group format. Patients will be able to maximize their acquisition of emotion coping skills by using this book in conjunction with Group-CBASP sessions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926028

Group WorkProcesses and Applications 2nd Edition The overriding theme of Group Work: Processes and Applications is a focus on the specialized group work that counselors perform from a systemic perspective in a multicultural context. This text briefly covers traditional theoretical approaches focusing more on the techniques and applications of the approaches but the core of the text involves the systemic approach to group work: preparing group leaders to facilitate the systemic group process from planning the group through the four stages of group work: forming and orienting transition working and termination. The content is aligned with 2016 CACREP standards. Numerous other techniques covered are linked with specific theoretical orientations. PowerPoints and Instructor’s manual are on the way and should be available in the next 2-3 months. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815363033

Group WorkSkills and Strategies for Effective Interventions The new edition of Group Work adds a focus on diversity and the use of self in group work an area too often neglected in professional training but essential to meeting current competence standards set by the Council on Social Work Education. As in previous editions students and professors will find thoughtful analyses of complicated value dilemmas and specific techniques for use in a diverse range of settings including confrontations and situations where humor is appropriate. Complete with more games and exercises an updated discussion of values and ethics and an expanded skills section Group Work also contains excerpts and discussions of case studies that can be applied to students’ own experiences and will serve as a valuable references for years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790582

Group WorkStrategies for Strengthening Resiliency Explore the latest research and practice information in group work!Group Work: Strategies for Strengthening Resiliency is a collection of research and information presented at the Twentieth Annual International Symposium on Social Work with Groups. Resiliency issues are explored in relation to children couples managers survivors of torture poor women HIV/AIDS affected youth and other population groups. The contributors were keynote speakers and paper presenters at the symposium. They represent a wide range of fields of practice and experience.For social workers students educators and practitioners this volume examines how group work can improve resiliency in your community. Here's a sample of what you'll find inside: Keynote Speaker Jeremy Woodcock's experiences in his groundbreaking resiliency work with victims of torture Alex Gitterman's brilliant exposition of the notions of resiliency and vulnerability--he outlines the current thinking and puts it into a group work context case examples that illustrate resiliency in children a discussion of how residential settings can function like a 24-hour group and how to use that group effectively to strengthen the resiliency of the residents a way to use groups to help develop social and economic capital for poor women through investment clubs group themes and practice strategies for group work with couples who have differing HIV statusGroup Work: Strategies for Strengthening Resiliency also contains chapters reflecting the personal experiences of the authors. One shares her transformation from a worker who did case work in a group into a social group worker. Another shares a reminiscence of a personal journey during her formative years as a budding group worker.From its description of how the use of group work principles and skills can benefit managers and programs to its challenge to group workers to incorporate some community work skills into their repertoire Group Work: Strategies for Strengthening Resiliency is more than a fascinating read--it is a tool to help you keep abreast of the latest theory and practice in this ever-changing field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048665

Groupers of the WorldA Field and Market Guide This is the sixteenth issue in the FAO series of worldwide annotated and illustrated catalogues of major groups of organisms that enter marine fisheries. It contains the 159 species in 15 genera known from the serranid subfamily Epinephelinae including one species new to science. There is an introductory section with general remarks on habitat and fisheries of the family a glossary of technical terms an illustrated key to each genus and all species and a detailed account for all species. Species accounts include an illustration of each species scientific and vernacular names and information on habitat biology fisheries size relevant literature and distribution. Following the species accounts are a list of nominal species in the subfamily a table of species by major marine fishing areas and colour plates. A list of all nominal species and their present allocations is given. The work is fully indexed and there is a comprehensive list of references to pertinent literature. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466506022

Groups Representations and Physics Illustrating the fascinating interplay between physics and mathematics Groups Representations and Physics Second Edition provides a solid foundation in the theory of groups particularly group representations. For this new fully revised edition the author has enhanced the book's usefulness and widened its appeal by adding a chapter on the Cartan-Dynkin treatment of Lie algebras. This treatment a generalization of the method of raising and lowering operators used for the rotation group leads to a systematic classification of Lie algebras and enables one to enumerate and construct their irreducible representations. Taking an approach that allows physics students to recognize the power and elegance of the abstract axiomatic method the book focuses on chapters that develop the formalism followed by chapters that deal with the physical applications. It also illustrates formal mathematical definitions and proofs with numerous concrete examples. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367805791

Groups Rings and Group Rings This book is a collection of research papers and surveys on algebra that were presented at the Conference on Groups Rings and Group Rings held in Ubatuba Brazil. This text familiarizes researchers with the latest topics techniques and methodologies in several branches of contemporary algebra. With extensive coverage it examines broad themes from group theory and ring theory exploring their relationship with other branches of algebra including actions of Hopf algebras groups of units of group rings combinatorics of Young diagrams polynomial identities growth of algebras and more. Featuring international contributions this book is ideal for mathematicians specializing in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138402034

Groups and Characters Group representation theory is both elegant and practical with important applications to quantum mechanics spectroscopy crystallography and other fields in the physical sciences. Until now however there have been virtually no accessible treatments of group theory that include representations and characters. The classic works in the field require a high level of mathematical sophistication and other texts omit representations and characters.Groups and Characters offers an easy-to-follow introduction to the theory of groups and of group characters. Designed as a rapid survey of the subject this unique text emphasizes examples and applications of the theorems and avoids many of the longer and more difficult proofs. The author presents group theory through the Sylow Theorems and includes the full subgroup structure of A5. Representations and characters are worked out with numerous character tables along with real and induced characters that lead to the table for S5. The text includes specific sections that provide the mathematical basis for some of the important applications of group theory in spectroscopy and molecular structure. It also offers numerous exercises-some stressing computation of concrete examples others stressing development of the mathematical theory. Groups and Characters provides the ideal grounding for more advanced studies with the classic texts and for more broad-based work in abstract algebra. Furthermore physical scientists-whose experience with groups and characters may not be rigorous-will find Groups and Characters the ideal means for gaining a sense of the mathematics lying behind the techniques used in applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138401969

Groups at WorkTheory and Research This book has two purposes. First it is fundamentally about groups at work both as they attempt to accomplish their goals and as they operate in organizational settings. Second it draws together group researchers from social psychological and organizational studies. Each chapter focuses on a central issue regarding groups as they work and examines that issue by drawing from both social psychological and organizational research. Thus this book centers on the convergence and divergence of these two fields. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315805986

Groups in PracticeA School Counselor's Collection This practical user-friendly manual will provide school counselors with the information they need to set up and run twelve different counseling groups. Though the author has test-driven the groups with middle school students the content is easily adaptable for upper elementary and high school students. Each chapter is devoted to a specific group and includes a rationale for the group step-by-step breakdowns of each session reproducible worksheets and activities group-specific evaluation form. Special sections within each chapter provide tips to make implementation easier and address potential problems. Also included are the American School Counselor Association standards that are addressed during the course of the group. Traditional group topics such as Divorce Grief and Study Skills join unique groups tailored for students dealing with Asperger Syndrome Attention Deficit Disorder Juvenile Diabetes and Relational Aggression. The author has used her extensive experience to create this invaluable guide which school counselors at all levels of experience will find an essential tool in their group work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415503723

Groups in Transactional Analysis Object Relations and Family SystemsStudying Ourselves in Collective Life Groups are arguably an essential and unavoidable part of our human lives—whether we are part of families work teams therapy groups organizational systems social clubs or larger communities. In Groups in Transactional Analysis Object Relations and Family Systems: Studying Ourselves in Collective Life N. Michel Landaiche III addresses the intense feelings and unexamined beliefs that exist in relation to groups and explores how to enhance learning development and growth within them. Landaiche’s multidisciplinary perspective is grounded in the traditions of Eric Berne’s transactional analysis Wilfred Bion’s group-as-a-whole model and Murray Bowen’s family systems theory. The book presents a practice of studying ourselves in collective life that utilizes a naturalistic method of observation analysis of experiential data and hypothesis formation all of which are subject to further revision as we gather more data from our lived experiences. Drawing from his extensive professional experience of group work in a range of contexts Landaiche deftly explores topics including group culture social pain learning and language and presents key principles which enhance and facilitate learning in groups. With a style that is both deeply personal and theoretically grounded in a diverse range of studies Groups in Transactional Analysis Object Relations and Family Systems presents a contemporary assessment of how we operate collectively and how modern life has changed our outlook. It will be essential reading for transactional analysts in practice and in training as well as other professionals working with groups. It will also be of value to academics and students of psychology psychotherapy and group dynamics and anyone seeking to understand their role within a group. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367369217

GroupsA Guide to Small Group Work in Healthcare Management Education and Research In this introductory text the author presents the law relating to child care and the reforms introduced by the Children Act 1989 assessing its impact on child care practice and procedures. Focusing on a practical interpretation of the law by the use of hypothetical examples practice notes and recommendations the book illustrates its relevance to those working in the caring and health professions and incorporates details of various sets of Guidance and Regualtions issued by the Department of Health. In addition it provides an outline of adoption law the principles of consent to treatment and the effect of surrogacy and "assisted reproduction" on the legal definition of parenthood. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384375

Group-Theoretic Methods in Mechanics and Applied Mathematics Group analysis of differential equations has applications to various problems in nonlinear mechanics and physics. For the first time this book gives the systematic group analysis of main postulates of classical and relativistic mechanics. The consistent presentation of Lie group theory is illustrated by plentiful examples. Symmetries and conservation laws of differential equations are studied. Specific equations and problems of mechanics and physics are considered and exact solutions are given for the following equations: dynamics of rigid body heat transfer wave hydrodynamics Thomas-Fermi and more. The author pays particular attention to the application of group analysis to developing asymptotic methods of applied mathematics in problems with small parameter. The methods are used to solve basic equations (Van Der Pol's equation Duffing equation etc.) encountered in the theory of nonlinear oscillations. This book is intended for a wide range of scientists engineers and students in the fields of applied mathematics mechanics and physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446987

Groupwork This highly successful book on groupwork practice first published in 1979 has become a standard introductory text on most social work training courses. It is very popular with social workers whatever their agency setting and is also used by health visitors youth workers and the voluntary sector. This new enlarged and revised third edition includes two new additional chapters. The first of these addresses the issue of groupwork in day and residential centres where special kinds of group skills are required in addition to those already well established for fieldwork groups. The second new chapter attempts to understand the significance of race and gender in groupwork and to begin to develop a framework for anti-discriminatory practice. All key sections from previous editions have been retained and updated while those on group composition open groups co-working and consultation have been extended and revised to give more comprehensive coverage. The bibliography has also been developed to include the most recent additions to the groupwork literature including many articles from the journal Groupwork for which Allan Brown is co-editor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138467552

Groupwork for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder Ages 11-16An Integrated Approach This book includes a short easy-to-read theoretical background to ASD focusing on the underlying impairments and their impact on sensory processing motor development play language and communication skills social skills emotional development and behaviour for the relevant age group. Each developmental area is intrinsically linked and progress in one aspect of development is dependent on progress in another so a multi-disciplinary approach is essential. All the books examine the role of various individual professionals while emphasising the need to develop a multi-disciplinary approach combining their areas of expertise. The book also describes a multi-disciplinary approach to groupwork providing practical advice and photocopiable resources to enable readers to: assess individual needs; organise groups (including group members venue and transport); set individual group targets; plan group sessions (examples of activities for each developmental area are provided); and evaluate progress. It offers ideas for developing good teamwork including peer review and working towards a trans-disciplinary approach where professionals can step into each others' roles where appropriate. This title features 256pp A4 and it is wire-o-bound. It is suitable for children of ages 11-16. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315169187

Groupwork with Children Aged 3-5 with Autistic Spectrum DisorderAn Integrated Approach "Groupwork for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder: Ages 3-5" is the first of three books promoting a multidisciplinary approach to working with children on the autism spectrum. The author team of speech & language therapists and occupational therapists have used their experience of working together in this way to create a practical resource for professionals working with children with ASD in small groups. The book aims to develop the children's skills in seven key areas of development: Communication & language; Socialisation; Play; Sensory; Motor; Behaviour; and Emotional. Case studies working examples photocopiable checklists assessment forms and session sheets are provided for group facilitators to: assess individual needs; set individual targets; create personalised programmes; plan & run group sessions; evaluate progress; and carry out peer reviews. Forty photocopiable activities differentiated according to the developmental area being targeted as well as the developmental level of the child are also included. "Groupwork for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder: Ages 3-5" provides an invaluable resource for speech & language therapists occupational therapists physiotherapists play therapists family therapists teachers support staff and all those working to develop the children's skills in small groups. Parents and carers are actively encouraged to participate in groupwork with their child. 'I enjoyed joining in the group and being part of my child's therapy'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315169163

Groupwork With Children and Adolescents This state-of-the-art information on social groupwork with children and youth provides theoretical guidelines and suggestions for practice. Each authoritative chapter represents a blending of old and new practice models and syntheses of various knowledge perspectives and emphasizes the subtlety and unpredictability of groupwork. Experts addresses the issues of getting groups started adapting group programs to the needs of younger school-age children and using group therapy with young abused and neglected girls. They also include specific observations about the psychic and social developmental characteristics of the age groupings as a guiding factor in choosing group models and intervention techniques. Topics discussed include aspects of group dynamics group techniques resistance stages in group development and developmental issues of group members. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315791371

Groupwork With Women/Groupwork With MenAn Overview of Gender Issues in Social Groupwork Practice This important book focuses on the subject of gender as a factor to be considered in forming and managing groups in social work practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059181

Grouting of Rock and Soil Deals with the design and execution of grouting works in all kinds of rock and soil including jet grouting. Design principles are discussed whereby different approaches exercised in different parts of the world are compared to each other and evaluated. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077893

Grow Your Factory Grow Your ProfitsLean for Small and Medium-Sized Manufacturing Enterprises When I was first given the job of managing a small plastics factory back in 1989 I quickly realized that most of the books and teaching on Lean Manufacturing were designed for big companies and were not relevant to my factory.—Tim McleanThe last 25 years has seen Tim lead and assist over 100 small to medium-sized enterprise (SME) manufacturing operations. This experience has now been condensed in to Grow Your Factory Grow your Profits: Lean for Small and Medium-Sized Manufacturing Enterprises a start-to-finish guide on how to run a successful small and medium-sized manufacturing operation.The book presents case studies practical examples illustrations charts and pictures from real SME manufacturers to provide straightforward solutions to the issues facing every growing manufacturing business. In the book Tim McLean explains: How to recruit the right people and design the right organization How to empower those people to take accountability and free yourself up from day to day "fire fighting" How to develop a Lean Plant Layout that will maximize productivity and optimize the use of space How to manage materials in order to slash inventory and shortages How to schedule production in order to cut lead times cut inventory and delight customers How to get started on a Lean transformation when you lack the resources of a big company The book details how SMEs differ from large organizations and why the approach to improvement must also be different. Covering the complete life cycle of small and medium-sized manufacturers the book addresses a different SME manufacturing issue in each chapter. This enables readers to tackle issues at their own pace and in their own order of priority.Grow Your Factory Grow Your Profits is essential reading for owners managers and operational leaders in the 90 percent of manufacturing enterprises that are small or medium sized. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781482255850

Growing a Japanese Science CityCommunication in Scientific Research Tsukuba Science City is the world's most ambitious attempt to `turbocharge' scientific collaboration. James W. Dearing looks at the political and economic context within which the plans for Tsukuba were laid how those plans changed during the process of implementation and at the functioning of Tsukuba today. Tsukuba is vitally important to Japan's basic scientific research . Its history its failures and successes need to be understood by governments and businesses planning for scientific research and economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975545

Growing and Managing Foreign Purchasing This book compares the basic skillset of domestic purchasing to that of global purchasing. It provides a very detailed blueprint and best practices guide for avoiding costly mistakes and improving purchasing effectiveness. It also details supply chain globalization impacts on freight logistics customs issues managing foreign suppliers risk mitigation and profit potential improvement. It differentiates itself from other books as being more comprehensive detailed and broad reaching into every aspect of purchasing on an international scale. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482226256

Growing CompactUrban Form Density and Sustainability Growing Compact: Urban Form Density and Sustainability explores and unravels the phenomena links and benefits between density compactness and the sustainability of cities. It looks at the socio-climatic implications of density and takes a more holistic approach to sustainable urbanism by understanding the correlations between the social economic and environmental dimensions of the city and the challenges and opportunities with density. The book presents contributions from internationally well-known scholars thinkers and practitioners whose theoretical and practical works address city planning urban and architectural design for density and sustainability at various levels including challenges in building resilience against climate change and natural disasters capacity and integration for growth and adaptability ageing community and security vegetation food production compact resource systems and regeneration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680401

Growing FreeA Manual for Survivors of Domestic Violence Break the pattern of abuse--safely!Battered women often become so frightened isolated and self-doubting that they don't recognize they are being victimized. They may minimize the seriousness of the abuse and make excuses for the abuser. The checklists questionnaires and personal stories in Growing Free can provide the shock of recognition they need to be able to say “This is wrong. It has to end.” Combining psychological insight with practical safety information Growing Free helps the reader to understand--and end--the vicious cycle of wooing tension violence and remorse that characterizes all levels of domestic violence. It outlines a series of steps abused women can take to ensure their emotional and physical safety. Growing Free offers both practical and psychological resources including: lists of abusive behaviors from ridiculing family members to physical violence common rationalizations for abuse used by both victims and perpetrator detailed discussions of protection orders and other legal matters detailed preparations and safety precautions that may make leaving less dangerous advice on what to take with you when you leave guidelines for establishing safe relationships in the futureGrowing Free provides readers with a straightforward action-oriented approach to the problem of domestic violence. A companion volume available separately A Therapist's Guide to Growing Free offers therapists a comprehensive outline of the issues tasks and goals involved in treatment with victims and survivors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315799834

Growing Graphene on Semiconductors Graphene the wonder material of the 21st century is expected to play an important role in future nanoelectronic applications but the only way to achieve this goal is to grow graphene directly on a semiconductor integrating it in the chain for the production of electronic circuits and devices. This book summarizes the latest achievements in this field with particular attention to the graphitization of SiC. Through high-temperature annealing in a controlled environment it is possible to decompose the topmost SiC layers obtaining quasi-ideal graphene by Si sublimation with record electronic mobilities while selective growth on patterned structures makes possible the opening of a gap by quantum confinement. The book starts with a review chapter on the significance and challenges of graphene growth on semiconductors followed by three chapters dedicated to an up-to-date analysis of the synthesis of graphene in ultrahigh vacuum and concludes with two chapters discussing possible ways of tailoring the electronic band structure of epitaxial graphene by atomic intercalation and of creating a gap by the growth of templated graphene nanostructures. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774215

Growing HeritageThe Politics of Heritage Vegetables Fruit and Seeds in Britain This book is the first comprehensive critical analysis of the cultural politics of a new kind of British heritage discourse. Based on texts ranging from tweets to restaurant menus that tell the story of heritage vegetables this book explores what it means to think about our food systems and their future through the lens of ‘heritage’. From town hall seed swaps to restaurant menus and coffee table books it has become hard in recent years for consumers to avoid the idea of ‘heritage’ fruit and vegetables. The British counterpart of North American heirlooms their varied colours strange shapes and endearing names are charming. Yet their proponents claim far more for them arguing it is vital that we safeguard our crop heritage for global food security social justice and consumer choice. This book examines how heritage fruits and vegetables are adopted to subvert corporate food production and take food back into our own hands while supermarkets are eagerly adding them to their luxury ranges. The book also discusses the practice of heritage seeds being stored in secure facilities where most of the world’s growers cannot reach them. Written in an accessible style this book will appeal to those studying and those interested in food studies and food politics; heritage studies; geography and environmental studies; the sociology of consumption and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138300835

Growing LivelihoodsLocal Food Systems and Community Development Community planning is starting to include a broader food systems focus spanning topics such as nutrition and health outcomes sustainable farming practices economic and social implications of local food production distribution and consumption. Together these issues are a driving force for the passions of those seeking positive change in their communities through healthy food. The purpose of this book is to explore how and where local food and farms as part of a local or regional food system can positively impact both economic development and overall well-being of communities. Across North America there are good examples of the ways in which innovative local food systems provide opportunities for: increasing job growth and entrepreneurship; retaining local farmers on their land while nourishing their community; and providing communities places to congregate bond and become closer-knit. Six such examples are highlighted each illustrating a novel model offering unique contributions to community economic health and well-being. These important cases offer practitioners advocates academics and students insight into how applications can be built or studied in their own communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415727068

Growing Mathematical MindsConversations Between Developmental Psychologists and Early Childhood Teachers Growing Mathematical Minds is the documentation of an innovative bi-directional process of connecting research and practice in early childhood mathematics. The book translates research on early mathematics from　developmental psychology into terms that are meaningful to teachers and readily applicable in early childhood classrooms. It documents teacher responses and conveys their thoughts and questions back to representative researchers who reply in turn. In so doing this highly useful book creates a conversation in which researchers and teachers each bring their expertise to bear; their communication about these topics—informed by the thinking commitment and experience of both groups—helps us better understand how developmental psychology can improve math teaching and how math teaching can in turn inform developmental science. The book bridges the gap between research and practice helping teachers to adopt evidence-based practices and apply cutting-edge research findings and prompting developmental researchers to consider their work within the framework of practice. Growing Mathematical Minds identifies and elucidates research with profound implications for teaching children from three to eight years so they develop foundational math knowledge and skills positive attitudes toward math and basic abilities to think mathematically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182370

Growing MindsA Developmental Theory of Intelligence Brain and Education Interest in the human mind is a centuries-old fascination dating back to Plato Aristotle and Descartes. While the theories proposed about the human mind have since advanced and evolved the fascination remains. Growing Minds is a unique and interdisciplinary work that guides the reader through an examination of the human mind's nature performance lifespan and variations. The book sets out to answer a variety of questions: What are the cognitive processes underlying intelligence? What is general and what is specific in intelligence? What is stable and what is changing in intelligence as children grow older? Why do individuals differ in intelligence and are differences genetically determined? How is intelligence and intellectual development related to the genome and the brain? How is intelligence related to personality? Can intelligence be enhanced by specific interventions? The text is organised into three parts: the first provides a summary and evaluation of research conducted on the human mind by experimental cognitive psychology differential psychology and developmental psychology. The second presents an overarching theory of the growing mind showing how mind and intelligence are at the crossroads of nature and nurture; and the third assesses the relationship between education and intelligence. This book is the result of decades of extensive research and culminates in the proposal of a new overarching and integrated theory of the developing mind. For the first time research is gathered and combined to form a comprehensive concept and fulfil the need for a fresh integrative paradigm which both asks and answers questions about the human mind from a multi-faceted perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689848

Growing Old in AmericaNew Perspectives on Old Age Modern industrial societies are characterized by long-term declines in fertility and steady increases in life expectancy. Together these trends result in an aging population. The United States is no exception; since 1969 the median age has risen from 29.4 to a projected 36.4 in the year 2000. This fourth edition of the standard reader on the sociology of aging has been completely revised with 90 percent new material to reflect new information and new issues in this rapidly developing field. Students and practicing professionals will find it a lively accessible overview. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524590

Growing Old in Early Modern EuropeCultural Representations The goal of the twelve essays in this volume contributed by scholars in the fields of history literature art history and medicine is to enrich our understanding of cultural discourses on ageing in early modern Europe. While a number of books examine old age in other eras and a few touch on the early modern period this is the first to focus explicitly on representations of ageing in Europe from 1350-1700. These studies invite the reader to take a closer look at images of ageing; they show that representations are embedded in specific communities life situations and structures of power. As well the book explores how representations of old age function in various and often surprising ways: as repositories of socio-cultural anxieties as strategies of self-fashioning and as instruments of ideology capable of disciplining the body and the body politic. Since this book is about how old age as a cultural category was produced and maintained through representation the essays in this volume are organised thematically across geographic disciplinary and media boundaries to foreground the politics and poetics of representational strategies. The contributors to this collection show that our understanding not only of ageing but also of power subjectivity gender sexuality and the body is enriched by the study of cultural representations of old age. Through sensitive and sophisticated readings of a wide range of sources these papers collectively demonstrate the formative influence and generative force of images of old age within early modern European culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273511

Growing Old in the Early RepublicSpiritual Social and Economic Issues 1790-1830 The focus for this study is Connecticut and the city of Hartford. The text explores different themes and experiences of the elderly in Connecticut in the years between 1790 and 1830 The purpose of the book is to record and to illuminate the spiritual and emotional aspects of being elderly the economic consequences of growing old and the ways social experience changed with advancing years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315790077

Growing Old in the Twentieth Century Growing Old in the Twentieth Century investigates many aspects of the current debates raging regarding care and provision for the elderly and the very elderly. It will be invaluable to gerontologists social policy makers official and unofficial carers and anyone involved in health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138155046

Growing OldA Journey of Self-Discovery People react very differently to the process of ageing. Some people shy away from old age for as long as they can and eventually spend it reflecting on times when they were physically and mentally stronger and more independent. For others old age is embraced as a new adventure and something to look forward to. In this book psychoanalyst Danielle Quinodoz highlights the value of old age and the fact that although many elderly people have suffered losses either of their own good health or through bereavement most have managed to retain the most important thing – their sense of self. Quinodoz argues that growing old provides us with the opportunity to learn more about ourselves and instead of facing it with dread it should be celebrated. Divided into accessible chapters this book covers topics including: the internal life-history remembering phases of life anxiety about death being a psychoanalyst and growing old. Throughout Growing Old the author draws on both her clinical experience of working with the elderly and her own personal experience of growing old. This makes it an interesting read for both practising psychoanalysts and those who wish to gain a greater insight of the natural progression into later life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787336

Growing OlderPerspectives on LGBT Aging LGBT older adults experience issues and challenges that are unique including institutional heteronormativity heterosexism in organizations and homophobia among caregivers and social service providers. This book presents a diverse group of scholars activists social service providers and researchers from around the globe examining current research practices and policies on aging among LGBT individuals. This revealing source lays out the significant challenges faced not only by this aging sexual minority population but also for their social service providers—and those who train them. The chapters explore the Greater London area Polari Project the adjustments made in the long-running HIV support group at St. Paul’s Hospital in Vancouver and the Liberation Psychology workshops in Ireland for lesbian and transgendered persons. This volume can serve as an excellent teacher resource for engaging undergraduate and graduate students in various professions who will be working with older LGBT adults. This text is extensively referenced and includes tables to clearly present research. This book is a valuable source for program administrators and supervisors human behavior researchers psychologists and psychotherapists social planners and policy specialists community developers and organizers case managers direct service practitioners involved with LGBT communities educators and students. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Gay & Lesbian Social Services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876924

Growing PainsA Study of Teenage Distress First Published in 1978. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992085

Growing PainsEnvironmental Management in Developing Countries Environmental management is a global phenomenon embracing all businesses in all countries whether or not there already exists an organised response to managing environmental impacts.  Today there are gross inequalities between the world's richest and poorest nations in terms of income distribution consumption patterns access to resources and environmental impact. Yet both the developed north and the developing south are committed at least in words to achieving sustainable development.  Public awareness of environmental issues in the North has been rising in recent years and further degradation is now largely minimized through more stringent regulatory regimes voluntary agreements and growing consumer and stakeholder pressure on corporations. Still the north is continuing to lead an environmentally unsustainable lifestyle as environmental improvements are nullified by overall increases in consumption levels.  In the south a billion people still do not have access to the most basic needs. Poor countries need to accelerate their consumption growth if they are to ensure that the lives of their people are enriched. However with rapid economic growth and corresponding increases in consumption now under way their environmental impact is soon to become substantially greater. In a world that strives towards stemming global crises such as climate change the path already taken by the rich and high-growth economies over the past century cannot be repeated by the south if the desired objective is to create a future that is truly sustainable.  Growing Pains examines environmental management in the south from a number of perspectives. It is designed to stimulate the discussion about the role that corporations and national and international organizations play in sustainable development. It does not offer panaceas as each country has its own problems and opportunities; and after almost 50 years of failed panacea-oriented economic development policy transfer from the north to the south it is time to abandon hope for universal solutions and instead look to individual approaches that work.  The book is divided into five themes: globalization; the role of business; a focus on national strategies; trade and the environment; and the organizational and structural challenges of sustainable development.  With contributions from an outstanding collection of authors in both the developed and developing worlds including UNIDO; the Thailand Environment Institute Arthur D. Little Inc. Shell Peru; IUCN the Russian Academy of Sciences and IIED this important and unique new book presents a body of work that will provide essential reading for businesses working in developing countries environmental and developmental NGOs and researchers engaged in the debate and sharing of best practice in this increasingly critical subject area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351283120

Growing Points in Developmental ScienceAn Introduction Growing Points in Developmental Science is an ISSBD publication based on the millennium symposia papers published in the International Journal of Behavioral Development in 2000. This collection of overview chapters summarises the state of the art and the way forward for this discipline.Experienced researchers as well as younger cutting-edge scientists have contributed to this international collection. The topics range from early experience to old age and include issues in both social and cognitive development. Particular interests are investigated such as the biological substrates of behavioural development early experiences in terms of both basic and applied science and cross-cultural contexts of development. Personality knowledge and the acquisition of memory are also considered. In each case the authors survey the history and traditions that have marked their research areas as well as the current status and outlook.Growing Points in Developmental Science represents expert wisdom rooted in a bird's eye view of the trends and controversies that have helped to shape the discipline its contributions to science and its application. It is intended as a resource for scientists of different generations interested in developmental science and will appeal to advanced students and young investigators as well as seasoned researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877467

Growing Smart Legislative GuidebookModel Statutes for Planning and the Management of Change States and their local governments have practical tools to help combat urban sprawl protect farmland promote affordable housing and encourage redevelopment. They appear in the American Planning Association's Growing Smart Legislative Guidebook: Model Statutes for Planning and the Management of Change. The Guidebook and its accompanying User Manual are the culmination of APA's seven-year Growing Smart project an effort to draft the next generation of model planning and zoning legislation for the United States. The Guidebook is also pertinent to those who are affected by planning decisions and who have an interest in how the statutes are revised including: Local planners Builders Developers Real estate and design professionals Smart growth and affordable housing advocates Environmentalists Highway and transit specialists Citizens. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351179171

Growing South African Indigenous Orchids Providing a guide to the cultivation of both the terrestrial and epihytic orchid species growing in South Africa this volume includes numerous hints illustrations and photographs to help simplify the process. Detailed growing notes are given for over 60 terrestrial and over 40 epiphytic species. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077923

Growing Up Before StonewallLife Stories Of Some Gay Men This book tells the stories of 11 American gay men who tried to make sense of their identities in the years before the modern gay movement began. In their own words these men recollect fascinating accounts of what it was like negotiate their desires within a social and psychological context in which homosexuality was marginalized. The editors carefully situate the lifestories in US culture before Stonewall and skillfully raises the issues and problems in presenting such stories. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315003672

Growing Up Egyptn Vill Ils 61 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863285

Growing Up FastRe-Visioning Adolescent Mothers' Transitions to Young Adulthood The first edition of Growing Up Fast attempted to counter the stereotype of poor minority adolescent mothers and describe the diversity of their educational work parenting and relationship experiences. The volume followed a strengths-based approach to understanding why some mothers appeared resilient to the stresses of early parenting compared to their peers and what obstacles undermine resiliency for some of these young women. We hear their stories in their own words. We also see how many disadvantaged mothers go on to succeed in school work and parenting while avoiding many of the risk associated with teen parenting . The research is based on a six-year study of 120 young disadvantaged mothers and their children from New York City. It uniquely combines the analysis of longitudinal questionnaire data with qualitative analysis of extensive interviews conducted with these women focusing on the first six years after their child was born. A past winner of the Society for Research on Adolescence best book award Growing Up Fast is a fascinating study of human resilience that will continue to be recognized for its contribution to individuals involved in program development and policymaking with teenage parenting. A new introductory chapter to the book suggests that we can look at the previous findings through a new lens that emphasizes not only the diversity of outcomes for young mothers and the sources of their strengths but also asks what we can learn from these women about supporting their educational and work goals as they transition to adulthood. New attention to emerging adulthood shows that this is a critical stage of life when the foundations for health and healthy life styles are laid down. Developmental tasks of this phase include building the capacity for financial and residential independence through post-secondary education and job training and establishing stable sources of support from parents romantic partners and peers for all youth. Leadbeater addresses the societal changes that make these tasks particularly salient for young women and focuses attention on how we can support youth who make this transition with children. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848725720

Growing Up FastTransitions To Early Adulthood of Inner-city Adolescent Mothers In this book the authors examine in depth the lives of inner-city adolescent mothers going beyond stereotypes to illuminate the diverse pathways to young adulthood taken by these young women. The different ways they respond to becoming a parent reflect a range of abilities aspirations and supports. Their often-creative solutions to living in poverty the intensity of their desires to make their children's lives better the height of their youthful ambition when they succeed and the depth of their pain when they fail all show a surprising range. The authors argue that adolescent mothers who enter young adulthood with the skills and desires to care for themselves and their children are not the resilient few and present a lengthy analysis of the multidimensional processes that lead to and characterize this resilience. In making constructive suggestions for social welfare policies and reforms this book serves as an ideal model of the important uses of qualitative research for understanding the adolescent experience. More than that the book stands out among others by this social policy perspective and its focus on encouraging adolescent mothers to reach their potentials. This volume aims to attract those who wish to learn more about the adolescent experience without getting lost in the detail of the methods and analyses. To this end the main body of the text presents general methods and results. Scholarly details of the work are placed in appendices to which the interested reader can refer. A second highlight is the inclusion of impressionistic material such as quotes from the adolescent mothers who were participants in this research. Such material brings to life the real issues of very real adolescents--their triumphs and struggles their riches and poverty their strengths and weaknesses. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415648158

Growing up Female in Multi-Ethnic Malaysia This book provides a rich detailed analysis of the experiences of young women growing up in post-colonial rapidly modernizing Malaysia. It considers the impact of ethnicity socio-economic status and school experiences and achievement. It discusses the effects of Malaysia’s ethnic affirmative action programmes and of the country’s Islamisation. It sets out and compares the life trajectories of Malay Indian and Chinese young women making use of interview and questionnaire data gathered over a long period. It thereby depicts individuals’ transformations as they experience maturing into adulthood against a background of social and economic changes and varying levels of inter-racial tension. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573802

Growing Up Gay in the SouthRace Gender and Journeys of the Spirit This groundbreaking new book weaves personal portraits of lesbian and gay Southerners with interdisciplinary commentary about the impact of culture race and gender on the development of sexual identity. Growing Up Gay in the South is an important book that focuses on the distinct features of Southern life. It will enrich your understanding of the unique pressures faced by gay men and lesbians in this region--the pervasiveness of fundamental religious beliefs; the acceptance of racial gender and class community boundaries; the importance of family name and family honor; the unbending view of appropriate childhood behaviors; and the intensity of adolescent culture.You will learn what it is like to grow up gay in the South as these Southern lesbians and gay men candidly share their attitudes and feelings about themselves their families their schooling and their search for a sexual identity. These insightful biographies illustrate the diversity of persons who identify themselves as gay or lesbian and depict the range of prejudice and problems they have encountered as sexual rebels. Not just a simple compilation of “coming out” stories this landmark volume is a human testament to the process of social questioning in the search for psychological wholeness examining the personal and social significance of acquiring a lesbian or gay identity within the Southern culture. Growing Up Gay in the South combines intriguing personal biographies with the extensive use of scholarship from lesbian and gay studies Southern history and literature and educational thought and practice. These features together with an extensive bibliography and appendices of data make this essential reading for educators and other professionals working with gay and lesbian youth. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804019

Growing Up in a Changing Society First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138417403

Growing Up in an Urbanizing World Half the world's children live in cities and the proportion is growing. Their environment critically determines their futures and the world they will make as adults. This text by an interdisciplinary team of international child-environment authorities explores how crucial the relationship of the young and their surroundings is. Covering eight countries it shows the enormous benefits - for them for the wider society and for the future - of involving children especially from underprivileged communities in planning and implementing urban improvements. It continues and updates Kevin Leech's pioneering 1970s MIT project Growing Up in Cities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315541365

Growing up in the Knowledge SocietyLiving the IT Dream in Bangalore This work is an ethnographic investigation into the everyday lives of young people growing up and living in contemporary Bangalore. Moving beyond the hype of the Indian ‘knowledge society’ it examines how new forms of technology and outsourced labour become integral to their lives changing the experience of Indian modernity and globalisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138384231

Growing Up in the North CaucasusSociety Family Religion and Education Investigating changes in upbringing in the North Caucasus a region notorious for violent conflict this book explores the lives of the generation born after the dissolution of the USSR who grew up under conditions of turmoil and rapid social change. It avoids the ‘traditional’ presentation of the North Caucasus as a locus of violence and instead presents the life of people in the region through the lens of the young generation growing up there. Using focus groups with teachers and students of different ethnic groups as well as surveys and essays written by children the book suggests that while the legacy of conflict plays a role in many children’s lives it is by no means the only factor in their upbringing. It explores how conflict has influenced upbringing and goes on to consider factors such as the revival of religion the impact of social and economic upheaval and the shifting balance between school and parents. As well as revealing the dynamic influences on children’s upbringing in the region the book presents recommendations on how to address some of the challenges that arise. The role of government in education is also evaluated and prospects for the future are considered. The book is useful for students and scholars of Education Sociology and Central Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369158

Growing up in the PlaygroundThe Social Development of Children First published in 1981 this work is based on the author’s research in the playgrounds of two Oxford schools. It describes the order amongst the apparent chaos by relating the playtime activities – the games rhymes and taunts of five-to-ten-year-olds in first and middle schools – to children’s goals problems and solutions. It shows how children learn and display in the playground a remarkably complex set of social skills and the study clearly demonstrates the importance of playtime for preparing a child to cope in the adult world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138629363

Growing Up Muslim in Europe and the United States This volume brings together scholarship from two different and until now largely separate literatures—the study of the children of immigrants and the study of Muslim minority communities—in order to explore the changing nature of ethnic identity religious practice and citizenship in the contemporary western world. With attention to the similarities and differences between the European and American experiences of growing up Muslim the contributing authors ask what it means for young people to be both Muslim and American or European how they reconcile these at times conflicting identities how they reconcile the religious and gendered cultural norms of their immigrant families with the more liberal ideals of the western societies that they live in and how they deal with these issues through mobilization and political incorporation. A transatlantic research effort that brings together work from the tradition in diaspora studies with research on the second generation to examine social cultural and political dimensions of the second-generation Muslim experience in Europe and the United States this book will appeal to scholars across the social sciences with interests in migration diaspora race and ethnicity religion and integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367897338

Growing Up ObservedTales From Analysts' Children This fascinating book features the writings from therapists’children--ranging in age from seven to over eighty--as they explore how they feel about their parents and themselves. Observe the emotional health of analysts’children whether they are more mature than children whose parents are in other professions what their unique difficulties and strengths are and how they relate to the people around them. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315804224

Growing Up with Two LanguagesA Practical Guide for Multilingual Families and Those Who Support Them Growing Up with Two Languages provides a highly accessible account of the stages of language development describes and evaluates the various systems and strategies that can be adopted and looks at the problems that can occur when a child is exposed to two languages and cultures. Combining research-informed advice and the experience of parents raising children as speakers of a wide range of languages in every populated continent in the world this book and its associated web material will answer questions offer tried and tested strategies to keep children speaking a minority language and provide material to enlist the support of the extended family teachers and others. The perspective of adults who were themselves raised speaking more than one language is included. New to this edition is a chapter focusing on families raising children as speakers of indigenous and threatened languages as well as chapters for teachers and health professionals who want to know more about multilingual child language development and how they can support parents to continue speaking their language with their children. With new and updated first-hand advice Internet resources and examples throughout this book also includes a chapter that introduces important recent research into multilingual children and further reading guides for those who want to know more. This book is for parents who are raising or plan to raise children as speakers of more than one language and for the teachers and healthcare workers who meet and can support them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380566

Growing UpPastoral Nurture for the Later Years Growing Up: Pastoral Nurture for the Later Years is a sensitive volume devoted to helping older adults retain their status as meaningful members of their congregations and communities. In an honest approach based on the foundations that old age is supposed to happen the future belongs to the old and vocation for people of faith is lifelong Thomas Robb provides personal and Biblical perspectives as well as research from over 20 years as a pastor on the life process and the feelings worries and expectations accompanying growing up and growing old. He then molds these concerns into a challenge for congregations and their spiritual leaders to actively assist the aged in coping with and overcoming fears and barriers limiting the fullest expression of faith in God. This insightful book describes the tasks and suggests programs for pastors and congregations everywhere in meeting the challenge making life for the aged more than shuffleboard and bingo pot-luck dinners and day trips. Dimensions of pastoral ministries that nurture women and men who at midlife and beyond seek to find their way through the unexpected and unplanned through the third of life following parenthood and careers are described in detail. Pastors church leaders congregations professors of courses in ministry and aging aging church members and seminary students will benefit immensely from the wealth of information presented in Growing Up: Pastoral Nurture for the Later Years. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057810

Growing your Property PartnershipPlans Promotion and People Being the best agent or surveyor does not always mean that you will be the best manager or leader. But being an agent surveyor or other property professional probably means that you are averse to taking time out to learn about management. This book is a pragmatic introduction to alternative growth strategies and management solutions in planning leadership human resources strategic marketing promotion selling "clientology" (relationship management) and achieving change. It is packed with ideas and checklists to spur you along with guidance on: analysis motivation networking branding service development persuasion project management rapport tendering and an A-Z of promotional tools. The book tackles many of the key issues faced by those who manage and direct their professional firms from preparation of business plans to leadership strategies and client relationship management. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138461307

Growing-Up ModernThe Western State Builds Third-World Schools The modern state – First and Third Worlds alike – pushes tirelessly to expand mass education and to deepen the schools’ effect upon children. First published in 1991 Growing-Up Modern explores why how and with what actual effects state actors so vehemently pursue this dual political agenda. Bruce Fuller first delves into the motivations held by politicians education bureaucrats and civic elites as they earnestly seek to spread schooling to younger children older adults and previously disenfranchised groups. Fuller argues that the school provides an institutional stage on which political actors signal their ideals and the coming of greater modernity; broadening membership in the polity promising mass opportunity in the wage sector intensifying modern (bureaucratic) forms of school management and deepening a presumed commitment to the child’s individual development. Fuller advances a theory of the ‘fragile state’ where Western political expectations and organisations are placed within pluralistic Third World settings using southern Africa as an example of the dilemmas faced by the central state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865662

Growth Crisis DemocracyThe Political Economy of Social Coalitions and Policy Regime Change Since the global financial crisis of 2008 advanced economies have been making various efforts to overcome the economic impasse. While the contrast between the countries that have escaped from the crisis relatively quickly and those still suffering from serious problems is becoming clearer a new economic crisis stemming from newly emerging economies has again impacted advanced economies. In retrospect both leftist and rightist governments in advanced economies pursued expansive macroeconomic and welfare policies from the post-WWII period to the oil shocks of the 1970s. While we recognise that the particular policy regime in this ‘Golden Decades’ during which the left and the right implemented similar policies cross-nationally were characterised by outstanding economic growth in each country the specific growth patterns varied across countries. Different social coalitions underpinned different growth models. This book is premised on tentative conclusions that Magara and her research collaborators have reached as a result of three years of study related to our previous project on economic crises and policy regimes. Recognising the need to analyse fluid and unstable situations we have set up a new research design in which we emphasise political variables—whether political leaders and citizens can overcome the various weaknesses inherent in democracy and escape from an economic crisis by establishing an effective social coalition. A new policy regime can be stable only if it is supported by a sufficiently large coalition of social groups whose most important policy demands are satisfied within the new policy regime. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141905

Growth Crisis and the Korean Economy Since the 2008 global financial crisis policymakers as well as academicians have been seeking to fathom why subsequent recoveries remain tenuous. Other outstanding issues that they have been trying to understand include: why do some economies grow faster than others? How should the exchange rate volatility be understood and what factors make an economy more likely to fall into an exchange rate crisis? What policies need to be taken during tranquil periods and how should they be changed once the crisis is triggered? As a partial effort to meet such interests this book provides insights into these issues. This book examines growth and convergence (Part I) exchange rate volatility and the Asian crisis (Part II) and the global crisis (Part III). In addition the book also draws lessons from South Korea's experiences - a country which has undergone three different crises and brisk recoveries (Part IV). The book also includes some practical and policy-oriented analysis. This is a truly comprehensive book bringing together varied topics and diversity under one common theme - economic growth and crisis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815350699

Growth Debt and PoliticsEconomic Adjustment and the Political Performance of Developing Countries This book addresses the question of how political capacity of the government of a developing country affects its ability to implement structural adjustments in its economy in response to external pressures. It builds on the inductive foundation of comparative case studies and speculative insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367013721

Growth Decline and Regeneration in Large CitiesA Case Study Approach Growth Decline and Regeneration in Large Cities sheds light on why some cities prosper others implode and still others are able to reverse their downward trajectories. The book focuses on four major case studies of American metropolitan areas: Detroit Boston  Minneapolis and Austin. It explores how distinctive political and cultural forces in these cities affected economic growth or decline. Theoretical frameworks to explain economic development in urban areas are identified. The book addresses important subjects such as response to deindustrialization disruption caused by gentrification globalization and the importance of human capital for economic development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703810

Growth Distribution and Effective DemandAlternatives to Economic Orthodoxy Growth Distribution and Effective Demand presents original essays on a variety of topics in theoretical and applied economics. The book honors the work of Edward J. Nell and develops interconnected themes that run through the modern Post-Keynesian tradition. The first part deals with the fundamental idea that economic growth is demand-driven with special attention to policy ramifications. The second theme concerns the connection between economic growth and the structural characteristics of a market economy. These issues are closely linked to a critical tradition that calls into question key elements in orthodox economics. The final part of the book aims to buttress non-orthodox approaches to growth and distribution by critiquing particular aspects of the conventional theory by elaborating neglected themes in non-orthodox theory or by exploring some overlooked methodological ideas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703930

Growth Distribution and InnovationsUnderstanding their Interrelations Idea for those studying advanced macroeconomic and written by a widely published author this book outlines a new and more fruitful way of understanding analyzing and formally modelling economic growth. In his series of lectures collected here in one concise and engaging book Amit Bhaduri draws on contemporary issues such as the role of competition policy labour market flexibility and intellectual property rights regime in influencing the rate of economic growth to sketch an alternative approach to mainstream growth theory. He explores: the role of division of labour innovation and market structure according to Smith Marx and Schumpter the role of class distribution of income according to Ricardo the principles of effective demand according to Keynes and Kalecki. It is an invaluable tool for anyone engaged with growth and distribution theory and technical innovation as well as taking advanced macroeconomics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138806771

Growth Equity And Self-reliancePrivate Enterprise And African Economic Development This book explores what is a new and controversial policy of relying on private actors rather than on government organizations to foster economic growth and development. It analyzes the historical social cultural and economic obstacles to the development of private enterprise in Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367156701

Growth Physical Activity and Motor Development in Prepubertal Children The tender period between childhood and adolescence is full of changes for young children. They are approaching the onset of sexual maturation and because they are beginning their school careers the possibilities for voluntary play and movement rapidly decrease while mental stress rapidly increases. It is very important that young children have a basic knowledge about correct running jumping throwing and swimming as well as knowledge of how to play different sports and games. However there are no criteria for acceptable levels of motor skills or how to correctly measure those motor skills.Focusing on a traditionally less studied age group Growth Physical Activity and Motor Development in Prepubertal Children presents concentrated and selected information about the relationships among health and anthropometry physical activity motor ability and motor development in children between the ages of eight and twelve. Extensively referenced this book features the results of comprehensive studies of development during the prepubertal years as they relate to environmental conditions. It devotes special attention to body composition and health-related physical fitness.The book discusses recommended testing methods including their validity objectivity and reliability. The health of children depends on their levels of physical activity their motor abilities and their motor skills. With the tools and guidelines provided in Growth Physical Activity and Motor Development in Prepubertal Children you will be able to easily evaluate physical activity then confidently guide children toward optimum growth and development. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397302

Growth Structural Change and Regional Inequality in Malaysia Economic development in the long run is seen as a process of structural change that is affected by economic growth. Malaysia is one of the middle-income economies that are going through rapid structural change. Since the mid 1980s it has changed to an industrially based economy with large-scale export of electrical and electronic components. However thirty years after Malaysia's re-distributive policies have been exercised regional inequality still exists. This book examines the nature and impact of regional policies in relation to the patterns of demographic and economic structural change and in relation to growth distribution and income disparities across regions in Peninsular Malaysia. The book also explores the degree to which differences in regional manufacturing distribution and concentration have contributed to regional inequality. It concludes with a number of recommendations for regional policies that will reduce this inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389378

Growth and Crisis in the Spanish Economy: 1940-1993 Appraises the turbulent development of the Spanish economy over the last fifty years and places current economic problems in their historical context. The author examines the economic political and social problems inherited from the Franco era and their evolution into the present. The book includes: * a detailed discussion of economic development under Franco including the boom years of the 1960s followed by the decline of the early 1970s; *an analysis of the decade of economic crisis which only ended in 1985; *an evaluation of the economic successes achieved by the Gonzalez government during the second half of the 1980s; *an analysis of why despite serious attempts to revitalize the industrial sector Spain still has one of the highest levels of unemployment in the OECD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138006850

Growth and Decline in the Anglican Communion1980 to the Present The Anglican Communion is one of the largest Christian denominations in the world. Growth and Decline in the Anglican Communion is the first study of its dramatic growth and decline in the years since 1980. An international team of leading researchers based across five continents provides a global overview of Anglicanism alongside twelve detailed case studies. The case studies stretch from Singapore to England Nigeria to the USA and mostly focus on non-western Anglicanism. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars seeking an understanding of the past present and future of the Anglican Church. More broadly the study offers insight into debates surrounding secularisation in the contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472433640

Growth and Decline of American IndustryCase studies in the Industrial History of the USA This shortform book presents key peer-reviewed research selected by expert series editors and contextualised by new analysis from each author on how the specific field addressed has evolved. The book features contributions on the history of government-business relations regional and local business relationships the development and formation of Silicon Valley and the rise and fall of the US machine tool industry after the Second World. Of interest to business and economic historians this shortform book also provides analysis that will be valuable reading across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024093

Growth and Development Through Group Work Examine group work's roots and fundamental beliefs to get a glimpse of the future For more than 80 years social group work has survived difficult times—a testament to the persistence of its practitioners as well as the strength of its methods. Growth and Development Through Group Work chronicles the evolution of this groundbreaking practice through a collection of peer-reviewed papers presented at the 23rd Annual International Symposium on Social Work with Groups. The book examines practice policy and education issues in specific settings and populations from both theoretical and historical perspectives. Presented in the wake of the September 11 terrorist attacks in New York City and Washington DC the papers that comprise Growth and Development Through Group Work reflect a heightened awareness of the importance of social action group work—now and in the future. The book represents the best of social work’s tradition of social reform and concern for oppressed people never straying far from the concept of the group with its multiple helping relationships as the primary source of change. A comprehensive overview of the field in international intercultural and cross-gender contexts Growth and Development Through Group Work is equally effective for coursework or independent reading. Topics addressed in Growth and Development Through Group Work include: contributions of the late Ruby B. Pernell to the development of social group work research in support of group work education and practice group work in Germany-its development from American roots and its current advances social justice as a major objective of group work practice teaching group work mutual aid in support groups for particularly sensitive health problems psychoeducational group work contributions from Hull House as guides for the future of social group workGrowth and Development Through Group Work is an invaluable resource for clinicians neighborhood and community activists educators and students researchers therapists administrators and anyone working in policy and/or program development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315044163

Growth And Inflation In The Soviet Economy While growth figures are high for Soviet industry in general they are especially impressive for the MBMW sector which has far outperformed other sectors of the economy. The question widely debated in the U.S.S.R. now is whether these impressive figures actually reflect the growth of physical output. To put it differently did the Soviet economy receive more machines and equipment as a result of this growth and if so was the rate of real growth the same as the growth in value terms? But why would one raise such a question in the first place? To answer this and similar questions the procedures of Soviet measurement of output productivity costs and prices have been analyzed in this study. Special attention is given to the processes of planning quality improvements and pricing new technological items. An analysis of procedures and methodological instructions used in planning and pricing MBMW products may be helpful in revealing possible discrepancies between prices of new goods and their quality characteristics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429042584

Growth and Institutions in African Development Recent years have seen a sustained research effort exploring the African development experience. The extant literature has offered a large set of explanations as to why the African development record has lagged behind that of other regions of the developing world. This new volume brings international contributors together to focus on the role of growth and institutions. First it provides brief evidence on the growth and institutional records as well as on development outcomes during the post-independence period. Second it targets certain growth determinants including industrial embeddedness innovation exchange rate regimes and environmental quality. Third it sheds light on the dynamics and distribution of growth and on growth-enhancing sectors of the economy. Finally it investigates several issues of institutional development as well as institutions generating development outcomes. Though focused on these two key areas the coverage strives to achieve a comprehensive analysis of how Africa’s development may have been enhanced or undermined and to offer lessons for the future. This volume is essential reading for all scholars of development economics and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109721

Growth and Intimacy for Gay MenA Workbook Growth and Intimacy for Gay Men: A Workbook is an educational workbook for gay men that covers a variety of topics including family of origin addiction self-image dating and relationships AIDS and multiple loss and spirituality. Each chapter provides an overview of the mental health concerns of gay men as well as exercises the reader can do to facilitate his personal understanding of the issues covered. While the book is written in nontechnical language making it useful to the general public its wide selection of workbook exercises makes it useful for psychotherapists and counselors working with gay men. Growth and Intimacy for Gay Men is written to the reader--with brief examples from the author’s work as a clinical psychologist helping gay men. A central goal of the book is to normalize the feelings and experiences the reader has as many gay men feel like they’re the only ones with their feelings or experiences. The book’s problem-solving approach addresses: family of origin--provides exercises to identify and examine gay men’s role in the family examine their childhood perceptions of being different and help them map out family patterns and dynamics self-image--includes self-image assessment questionnaires and written exercises that challenge the reader to look at how they’re affected by societal perceptions addiction--explores why gay men are vulnerable to addictive behavior and offers strategies for change and self-assessment exercises dating and relationships--covers the unique challenges faced by gay men with exercises for single as well as coupled men AIDS and mental health--provides exercises to help the reader examine the impact of AIDS on his own life and to assess the impact of multiple loss and prolonged grief Readers can do the workbook exercises on their own or therapists can assign chapters and exercises as homework with clients bringing the completed assignment to therapy for more in-depth exploration and discussion. By providing informative chapters and useful exercises Growth and Intimacy for Gay Men becomes an avenue through which gay men can understand their identity experiences and goals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809953

Growth and Turbulence in the Container/Contained: Bion's Continuing Legacy Wilfred Bion remains the most cited author in psychoanalytic literature after Sigmund Freud. His formulation of alpha function waking dream thoughts his theory of thinking and of the container/contained have proven seminal for the elaboration of psychoanalytic theory and practice as well as the exploration of psychic functioning and the primordial mind. Growth and Turbulence in the Container/Contained　 is　based on papers presented at the 2009 International Bion Conference held in Boston Massachusetts. It represents the state of the art thinking of an outstanding international group of Bion scholars and experts. This book includes the most current trends in Bion scholarship covering topics that range from the historical/biographical to the clinical the theoretical the developmental to the cultural and aesthetic.　 Proving a vital　stimulus to further creative explorations in the field 　Growth and Turbulence in the Container/Contained　will be of particular interest to psychoanalytic practitioners graduate psychoanalysts analytic candidates psychoanalytic therapists advanced therapy trainees and scholars of all schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415617413

Growth Control During Cell Aging The purpose of this book is to provide information on senescent cells and why they are prevented from multiplying via cell division. It includes main sections on the nature of Go/1 transition factors promoting the cell cycle traverse and avoiding the Go/1 arrest and negative factors arresting the cell cycle traverse and promoting the stay in the Go/1 stage. Filled with illustrations and explanations it collectively presents the mechanisms that control the cellular aging process. This reference is a must for anyone with special interests in the biological community and specifically the field of gerontology. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068150

Growth CulturesThe Global Bioeconomy and its Bioregions This groundbreaking book is the first comparative analysis of the relative strengths of global bioregions. Growth Cultures investigates the rapidly growing phenomena of biotechnology and sets this study within a knowledge economy context. Philip Cooke proposes a new knowledge-focused theoretical framework ‘the New Global Bioeconomy’ against which to test empirical characteristics of biotechnology. In this timely volume Cooke unifies concepts from the sociology of science economic sociology and evolutionary economic geography to focus on the problems and prospects for policy agencies worldwide trying to build ‘biotechnology clusters’. He develops a superior policy approach of thinking in terms of platforms that integrate proximities and pipelines which will be of significant interest for the scientific and technological communities as well as economic development policy communities. Growth Cultures will make fascinating reading for students policy makers and researchers across management and business studies innovation and knowledge studies sociology science and technology policy applied economics development studies and regional science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860192

Growth Curve Analysis and Visualization Using R Learn How to Use Growth Curve Analysis with Your Time Course Data An increasingly prominent statistical tool in the behavioral sciences multilevel regression offers a statistical framework for analyzing longitudinal or time course data. It also provides a way to quantify and analyze individual differences such as developmental and neuropsychological in the context of a model of the overall group effects. To harness the practical aspects of this useful tool behavioral science researchers need a concise accessible resource that explains how to implement these analysis methods. Growth Curve Analysis and Visualization Using R provides a practical easy-to-understand guide to carrying out multilevel regression/growth curve analysis (GCA) of time course or longitudinal data in the behavioral sciences particularly cognitive science cognitive neuroscience and psychology. With a minimum of statistical theory and technical jargon the author focuses on the concrete issue of applying GCA to behavioral science data and individual differences. The book begins with discussing problems encountered when analyzing time course data how to visualize time course data using the ggplot2 package and how to format data for GCA and plotting. It then presents a conceptual overview of GCA and the core analysis syntax using the lme4 package and demonstrates how to plot model fits. The book describes how to deal with change over time that is not linear how to structure random effects how GCA and regression use categorical predictors and how to conduct multiple simultaneous comparisons among different levels of a factor. It also compares the advantages and disadvantages of approaches to implementing logistic and quasi-logistic GCA and discusses how to use GCA to analyze individual differences as both fixed and random effects. The final chapter presents the code for all of the key examples along with samples demonstrating how to report GCA results. Throughout the book R code illustrates how to implement the analyses and generate the graphs. Each chapter ends with exercises to test your understanding. The example datasets code for solutions to the exercises and supplemental code and examples are available on the author’s website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466584327

Growth Following Adversity in SportA Mechanism to Positive Change Growth Following Adversity in Sport: A Mechanism to Positive Change is the first text to carefully consider the positive changes that may follow adverse experiences in sport at micro (e.g. individual) meso (e.g. dyadic team) and macro levels (e.g. organizational cultural). While remaining respectful of the despair and distress that can follow adversity this comprehensive text aims to provide a narrative of hope to those who have experienced adversity in sport by showcasing the latestadvances in research on growth following adversity. This book covers topics as diverse as: conceptual theoretical and methodological considerations; cultural organizational and relational perspectives; population-specific insights (e.g. gender disability youth); and applied implications (e.g. evidence-based practice-based). Written and edited by a team of international experts and emerging talents from around the world each chapter considers the nature and meaning of growth contains a comprehensive review of empirical research or reflections from professional practice and offers exciting novel and rigorous suggestions for future programs of research that aim to promote positive change in sport to support the safety wellbeing and welfare of the people who take part (e.g. athletes coaches paid employees volunteers). Cutting-edge timely and comprehensive Growth Following Adversity in Sport: A Mechanism to Positive Change is essential reading for postgraduate students and scholars in the fields of sport psychology injury and rehabilitation sport theory and other related sport science disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223816

Growth Hormone Secretagogues in Clinical Practice Recognizing the urgent need for an up-to-date review of new and innovative research on growth hormone (GH) secretagogues this exclusive work furnishes the state of the art on the mechanisms of action design synthesis evaluation and clinical applications of GH secretagogues including orally active and xenobiotic GH-releasing compounds. Beginning with a thorough historical perspective on the discovery and evolution of GH-releasing peptides (GHRPs) as therapeutic agents Growth Hormone Secretagogues in Clinical Practiceanalyzes structural requirements for GH secretagogue efficacy demonstrates the use of mathematical models to predict differential values of individual stimuli for GH secretion from the pituitary reports on the development of a simple screening system based on polyclonal antibodies discusses laboratory synthesis of agonistic analogs intended for human and veterinary use proposes applications in managing conditions such as Turner's syndrome acromegaly diabetic retinopathy glomerulosclerosis tumors and cancer provides physiological evidence for the effects of GHRP on behavior with a series of trials involving voluntary and forced exercise describes a new diagnostic test for evaluating pituitary function in slowly growing children and aging adults explores the interactions of GH secretagogues with other hormones and endogenous substances from sex steroids to interferons and much more! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400484

Growth in English Education1946-1952 First Published in 2007. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138010659

Growth in GhanaA Macroeconometric Model Simulation Integrating Agriculture Published in 1997 this text is set in a context where Ghana has experienced improvements in aggregate output performance over the past decade (1986-1996) yet agriculture's performance remains sub-optimal. The author focuses on agriculture's fragmentation as attributable to space (storage transportation and marketing) form (rudimentary production methods in general) and content (stagnent productivity and poor organization of production) and notes that whilst current policies have impinged on the space fragmentation issues on form and content seem to have been left to the dictates of the market. The author calls for a strategy of government plan in promoting modern technology in agriculture to enhance its linkage to industry for rapid and sustainable economic growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320383

Growth in Transition Stimulating growth through adjusting macroeconomic conditions remains the principal policy responses to pressing problems of unemployment poverty and environmental degradation. However are the current policy approaches capable of tackling these problems by generating win-win solutions or are they the root causes of these problems? The current growth trajectory has neither lead to a reduction of our overall resource use â€“ as we use resources and energy more efficiently we consume more â€“ nor create the conditions for employment and well-being. Increasingly there is the realization that it is necessary to make substantial interventions into our national economies and create better framework conditions and incentive systems in order to more widely and rapidly develop and disseminate workable innovative solutions for realizing sustainable development. This is the task of politics and the concrete design of the measures must be built upon a broad public debate and shared long-term visions. The authors of this book intend to trigger a dialogue among stakeholders about how we can shape this transformation process towards sustainability. Following a detailed presentation of the key arguments for reconsidering the necessary conditions for sustainable economies an international cast of commentators from politics administration civil society business and science engage with the central question: is there an alternative trajectory for Western economies that sustains wellbeing whilst confronting ecological and social breakdown? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713962

Growth Management Thoroughly discusses the experiences of traditional approaches to growth management including public acquisition of open space zoning interim development controls and division techniques. The author then offers more sophisticated second-generation techniques for controlling suburban growth without stifling it. Included are discussions of urban service areas cap rates annual permit limitations adequate public facilities programming and legal considerations. The book concludes with a conceptual model for success in the future. Ideal for undergraduate or graduate survey text.There are specific topics which in microcosm bring together many of the strands of a whole society. The pressures at work in responding to the problems involved in these topics both in implementing and retarding their resolution provide a unique insight into the strains of our time. In many ways the subject of growth controls is a prime exemplar of this species. Grouped under this rubric are all the environmental concerns which are increasingly prominent: the natural limits of land-holding capacity the trade-offs between intensive land use and the physical limitations of earth and space. But these elements while far from being defined are much more finite than the particulars at the other end of the spectrum that of the character and individual substance and way of life which revolve around the level of intensity of land use. For example as we near the end of the twentieth century an increasing demand is heard for a return to the simpler more bucolic environment. Just as the suburb replaced the city as the prime location so the suburb in turn finds it very difficult to compete against the lures of the countryside. The drive towards exurbia and with is greater levels of decentralization and with it greater levels of decentralization becomes a dominant theme at least for the affluent. All these and many other elements are at work within the simple title of Growth Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524613

Growth Management and Public Land AcquisitionBalancing Conservation and Development Bringing together a team of national experts this volume offers a detailed look at the links between public land acquisition programs and efforts to yield smart growth outcomes in the USA. Both public land acquisition programs and state and local growth management efforts have been examined in detail but while there is growing recognition that land acquisition can play an important role in smart growth outcomes there has so far been little research into the nexus of these areas of public policy. This book investigates various aspects of the land acquisition-smart growth linkage and describes model programs and makes recommendations for the adoption of land acquisition efforts nationally and internationally. It will appeal to practising planners policy makers public officials and citizen groups as well as academics of urban planning environmental studies geography and other disciplines which examine issues of urban sprawl. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754679417

Growth Management in FloridaPlanning for Paradise Despite its historical significance and its state-mandated comprehensive planning approach the Florida growth management experiment has received only piecemeal attention from researchers. Drawing together contributions from national experts on land use planning and growth management this volume assesses the outcomes of Florida‘s approach for managing growth. As Florida‘s approach is the most detailed system for managing growth in the United States this book will be of great value to planners. The strengths and weaknesses of the state‘s approach are identified providing insights into how to manage land use change in a state continuously inundated by growth. In evaluating the successes and failures of the Florida approach planners and policy makers will gain insights into how to successfully implement growth management policies at both the state and local level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389354

Growth Management in the USBetween Theory and Practice Urban sprawl is one of the key planning issues facing many US cities leading to the creation and adoption of a variety of approaches to control growth. However many growth management ideas do not align well with the growth-promoting planning traditions of the US which historically have been dominated by the concerns of the market the landowner and the developer. Illustrated by a study of the San Francisco Bay Area this book puts forward an innovative theoretical approach to growth management analyzing it as a tool for controlling land use expansion in the US. This region makes a particularly useful study as it has encountered long term growth pressures complex land use demands and the application of a wide variety of growth management approaches over the past few decades. Using empirical qualitative analysis the book examines which growth management activities have actually been put into practice and which have proved successful and questions how such a planning approach functions in today‘s complex and multi-faceted planning paradigms. It concludes by stressing the different notions of interdependence in growth management: regional interdependence interdependence between stakeholders and interdependence in planning theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389361

Growth Management Principles and Practices Growth Management Principles and Practices shows how to integrate diverse growth management practices into a comprehensive system that balances potentially competing planning goals.Authors Nelson and Duncan argue that growth planning must be coordinated among different levels of government and across regions i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330262

Growth of Fighter Command 1936-1940Air Defence of Great Britain Volume 1 The first of two volumes of the classified Air Historical Branch study of Fighter Command and the Air Defence of the United Kingdom. It covers pre-war expansion of the Command the creation of the first integrated air defence system and an account of Dunkirk and the Battle of Britain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415761277

Growth of Government First Published in 1978.  This is an historical study of the growth of government in Britain. It was begun in 1970 and that is the point down to which the study is really taken. The most recent developments in government necessarily receive only limited attention and the author hopes to publish separately a fuller study of administrative change in Britain since the 1950s. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315034850

Growth of the International Economy 1820-2015 Kenwood and Lougheed’s classic book has been the benchmark introduction to the development of the global economy for decades. For this fifth edition Michael Graff has brought the story up to date to include events from the early part of the twenty first century – continued globalization the emergence of Asia as an economic power and the greater role played by business on the international scene. Beginning with the industrial revolution the book charts the long nineteenth century the impact of colonialism the fast pace of technology growth and the impact of global wars. New features to this edition include: a prologue explaining the initial conditions faced by the world economy in 1820 detailing the beginnings of international trade and the influence of slavery greater coverage of developing countries increased coverage of World Wars I and II and of the twentieth century a number of appendices outlining the economic concepts and theories underlying the text This new edition of Growth of the International Economy provides the reader with a clear understanding of the factors which have been instrumental in creating the economic environment we face two hundred years after the industrial revolution. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415476102

Growth or Stagnation?South Africa Heading for the Year 2000 First published in 1999 the essays collected in the present volume derive from an interest in South Africa and its economy which goes back to the early 1970s and were written between 1994 and 1999. The intention is to follow how the debate on the South African economy has evolved since the fall of the apartheid regime. Issues discussed include the South African economy after apartheid and whether the new South African economy is ultimately experienced growth or stagnation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367024918

Growth Policy in the Age of High Technology Originally published in 1990 this book provides an authoritative and detailed account of the initiatives of US state governments with science and technology programs designed to foster economic growth. Two key questions are posed: Do state governments have policy instruments that are sufficiently powerful to affect thelevels and growth rates of their regional economies? and Are national and global economic forces so powerful that they render state action ineffective? Several subsidiary themes are discusses in this context namely: the most commonly used policy instruments the impacts on federalism and on governance and how well the universities and other educational institutions serve the economic activities imposed on them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359005

Growth Poster The poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363706

Growth Regulation and CarcinogenesisVolume 2 Growth Regulation and Carcinogenesis discusses topics such as growth factors including stimulators and inhibitors of proliferation; networks in proliferation regulation; differentiation-inducing factors; origins of neoplasia and their relationship to growth control; genetic alterations in cellular regulatory machinery; extrachromosomal phenomena; non-genotoxic carcinogens; immortalization and transformation of cells; and the role of cell production cell function and cell elimination in physiological growth control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315893211

Growth Regulation and CarcinogenesisVolume I Growth Regulation and Carcinogenesis discusses topics such as growth factors including stimulators and inhibitors of proliferation; networks in proliferation regulation; differentiation-inducing factors; origins of neoplasia and their relationship to growth control; genetic alterations in cellular regulatory machinery; extrachromosomal phenomena; non-genotoxic carcinogens; immortalization and transformation of cells; and the role of cell production cell function and cell elimination in physiological growth control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315893228

Growth Theory and Growth Policy This collection examines the phenomenon of economic growth with admirable economic vigour and includes contributions from leading academic figures. Theoretical approaches underpinned by original empirical work will make this a book welcomed by students and academics of macroeconomics and growth theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810723

Growth to FreedomThe Psychosocial Treatment of Delinquent Youth Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1964 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848084

Growth Without InequalityReinventing Capitalism Many years on after the 2007–8 financial crisis most developed nations still find themselves in a state of weak recovery high debt pile-up and distributive disparity. The intriguing question that we face is whether the golden days of modern capitalism are over or if capitalism is just undergoing another period of adjustment characteristic of its past. What is disheartening is that the twin economic goals of sustainable growth and equality which the world has now come to recognise as of paramount importance but mutually conflicting remain more now than ever illusive and unattainable.Growth Without Inequality attempts to address this issue and to provide a pragmatic solution especially for nations in the current policy gridlock. By offering a unified framework of factors that drive growth it shows how growth also gives rise to an array of "anomalous market forms" (defined by different degrees of value and risk visibility) that subvert distributive equity between labour and capital. It debunks both the pure free market solution and the mixed economy approach on the ground that they fail to arrest the growth propelling yet subversive power inherent in the "corporate forms" under the present capitalistic regime.Having shown that effective reform can hardly take place within the system itself this book proposes to build a separate sector (Economy II) and partition it from the existing system (Economy I). The solution is easy to implement and quick to take effect. By one single stroke this "Non-Marxist" solution can happily achieve the ideals of both "competitive capitalism" and "egalitarian socialism". Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886967

Grub Street (Routledge Revivals)Studies in a Subculture First published in 1972 this is the first detailed study of the milieu of the eighteenth-century literary hack and its significance in Augustan literature. Although the modern term ‘Grub Street’ has declined into vague metaphor for the Augustan satirists it embodied not only an actual place but an emphatic lifestyle. Pat Rogers shows that the major satirists – Pope Swift and Fielding – built a potent fiction surrounding the real circumstances in which the scribblers lived and the importance of this aspect of their writing. The author first locates the original Grub Street in what is now the Barbican and then presents a detailed topographical tour of the surrounding area. With detailed studies of a number of key authors as well as the modern and metaphorical development of the term ‘Grub Street’ this book offers comprehensive insight into the nature of Augustan literature and the social conditions and concerns that inspired it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138024816

Grunge: Music and Memory Grunge has been perceived as the music that defined 'Generation X'. Twenty years after the height of the movement there is still considerable interest in its rise and fall and its main figures such as Kurt Cobain and Courtney Love. As a form of 'retro' music it is even experiencing a resurgence and Cobain remains an icon to many young music fans today. But what was grunge and what has it become? This book explores how grunge has been remembered by the fans that grew up with it and asks how memory is both formed by and forms popular culture. It looks at the relationship between media memory and music fans and demonstrates how different groups can use and shape memory as part of an ongoing struggle for power in society. Grunge was the site of such a struggle as popular music so often is with the young people of the time asking questions about their place in the world and the way society is organized. This book examines what these questions were and what has happened to them over time. It shows that although grunge challenged many social structures the way it and youth itself are remembered often work to reinforce the status quo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268579

GruntsThe American Combat Soldier in Vietnam Now in its second edition Grunts: The American Combat Soldier in Vietnam provides a fresh approach to understanding the American combat soldier’s experience in Vietnam by focusing on the day-to-day experiences of front-line troops. The book delves into the Vietnam combat soldier’s experience from the decision to join the army life in training and combat and readjusting to civilian life with memories of war. By utilizing letters oral histories and memoirs of actual veterans Kyle Longley and Jacqueline Whitt offer a powerful insight into the minds and lives of the 870 000 "grunts" who endured the controversial war. Important topics such as class race and gender are examined enabling students to better analyze the social dynamics during this divisive period of American history. In addition to an updated introduction and epilogue the new edition includes expanded sections on military chaplains medics and the moral injury of war. A new timeline provides details of major events leading up to during and after the war. A truly comprehensive picture of the Vietnam experience for soldiers this volume is a valuable and unique addition to military history courses and classes on the Vietnam War and 1960s America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632752

Grupo PrisaMedia Power in Contemporary Spain In one of the first English-language studies of Grupo Prisa this book delivers a comprehensive and concise approach to the political economic and social-cultural profile of one of the leading cross-media conglomerates in Europe tracing its development from a single newspaper publisher in 1972. Prisa is now the world’s leading Spanish and Portuguese-language media group in the creation and distribution of content in the fields of culture education and information producing content for more than twenty countries with global brands like El País (newspaper) Los 40 (radio) or Santillana (education). Using a critical political economy approach the authors track Prisa’s journey to becoming a cross-media conglomerate and examine how it mirrors the recent history of the economic and political developments in Spain. This concise and highly contemporary volume is ideal for students scholars and researchers looking to further their understanding of a growing Spanish-language media power or more generally interested in international communication and media industries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367277536

Grwth Hyperplasia Card Muscle First Published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315076652

Guía práctica de pragmática del español Guía práctica de pragmática del español es un texto introductorio en español. Ofrece introducciones accesibles a una importante variedad de teorías y conceptos imprescindibles en el campo de la pragmática del español. El libro contiene 22 capítulos divididos en seis secciones que cubren: actos de habla formas de tratamiento cortesía y descortesía comunicación y persuasión discurso digital metodología en pragmática. Los diferentes capítulos incluyen ejemplos tomados de la comunicación cara a cara y en línea lecturas (recomendadas y complementarias) y preguntas y actividades que toman como punto de partida diferentes variedades del español y diferentes contextos sociales culturales y/o políticos en el mundo hispanohablante. Constituye un recurso valioso para estudiantes de pragmática y lingüística hispánica tanto hablantes nativos como estudiantes de español avanzado. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357728

Guangdong and Chinese DiasporaThe Changing Landscape of Qiaoxiang China’s rapid economic growth has drawn attention to the Chinese diasporic communities and the multiple networks that link Chinese individuals and organizations throughout the world. Ethnic Chinese have done very well economically and the role of the Chinese Diaspora in China’s economic success has created a myth that their relations with China is natural and primordial and that regardless of their base outside China and generation of migration the Chinese Diaspora are inclined to participate enthusiastically in China’s social and economic agendas. This book seeks to dispel such a myth. By focusing on Guangdong the largest ancestral and native homeland it argues that not all Chinese diasporic communities are the same in terms of mentality and orientation and that their connections to the ancestral homeland vary from one community to another. Taking the two Cantonese-speaking localities of Panyu and Xinyi Yow Cheun Hoe examines the hierarchy of power and politics of these two localities in terms of their diasporic kinsfolk in Singapore and Malaysia in comparison with their counterparts in North America and Hong Kong. The book reveals that particularly in China’s reform era since 1978 the arguably primordial sentiment and kinship are less than crucial in determining the content and magnitude of linkages between China and the overseas Chinese. Rather it suggests that since 1978 business calculation and economic rationale are some of the key motivating factors in determining the destination and degree of diasporic engagement. Examining various forms of Chinese diasporic engagement with China this book will appeal to students and scholars of Chinese Diaspora Chinese culture and society Southeast Asian culture and society and ethnicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138851887

Guanxi and Local Green Development in ChinaThe Role of Entrepreneurs and Local Leaders This book examines the factors which contribute to local green development in China and employs political ecology to analyze the relationship between power and the environment. Specifically it looks at which actors control access to resources and are therefore able to promote environmental progress. Following the reform and opening-up of China in the 1970s entrepreneurs and local officials profited economically and politically and formed close relationships known as guanxi in China. As a result they have also been criticized as those responsible for the associated ecological damage. This book does not contest this association but instead argues that the current literature places too much emphasis on their negative influence and the positive influence of their environmental work has been neglected. Building on three case studies where local green development is being pursued Shanghai Pudong New Area Baoding and Wuning this book shows how local officials and entrepreneurs can also be the crusaders of a greener environment at the local level in China. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of Chinese studies with a particular interest in environmental policy and politics business and society as well as those interested in sustainable development more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367001971

Guanxi in Contemporary Chinese BusinessThe Persistent Power of Social Networking Does guanxi still matter in 21st century Chinese business and management? Is it really still a culturally distinct form of social interaction impenetrable by outsiders? Or does it simply resemble the countless other elite networks embedded in business and political spheres across the globe? This book answers these questions through a combination of new empirical insight and nuanced conceptual development. Research examples include investigations of multinational enterprise corporate performance governance structures in Chinese private firms organisational justice in Chinese banks entrepreneurial learning and knowledge acquisition and the gendered and sexualized nature of guanxi in the workplace. In terms of firm performance there is still much to be gained by MNE and Chinese firms through cultivating guanxi in different domains including the political sphere at both the local and national level. However in terms of employee performance there is evidence that some younger employees have a strong desire to move towards more merit-based systems and resent being judged on guanxi connections. Similarly some women may find themselves shut out when attempting to navigate conventional guanxi relationships based on Confucian paternalism. In brief these practices may also exclude a large pool of emerging talent. This book clearly shows that guanxi is a complex concept that holds a persistent power in Chinese societies. To understand it fully we must acknowledge the dynamic nature of both its dark and light sides. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of the Asia Pacific Business Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367645045

GuanxiRelationship Marketing in a Chinese Context Develop a network of successful business relationships in China!This systematic study of the Chinese concept of guanxi--broadly translated ”personal relationship” or ”connections”--offers a comprehensive social and professional model for doing business in China. In addition to a clear analysis of the origins and meanings of this vital concept Guanxi: Relationship Marketing in a Chinese Context empowers you with practical tools for establishing guanxi in order to facilitate successful business relationships. Guanxi is based on an original research study as well as the authors’twenty years of experience of doing business in China. Their understanding of the implications of face favor reciprocity honor and interconnectedness--all vital parts of guanxi--will enable you to understand the unstated assumptions of Chinese business culture. Moreover the book discusses the legal implications of guanxi as well as cultural expectations.This valuable handbook offers a wealth of information on guanxi: case studies of guanxi in action managerial implications of saving face and reciprocity measuring guanxi quality and performance indicators step-by-step instructions for building guanxi detailed strategies for penetrating the Chinese marketGuanxi is an indispensable tool for anyone wanting to do business in China for students of international business or Chinese culture and for scholars interested in international business culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203863183

Guardians of the Brazilian Amazon Rainforest: Environmental Organizations and Development The Amazon region is the focus of intense conflict between conservationists concerned with deforestation and advocates of agro-industrial development. This book focuses on the contributions of environmental organizations to the preservation of Brazilian Amazonia. It reveals how environmental organizations such as Greenpeace Friends of the Earth WWF and others have fought fiercely to stop deforestation in the region.  It documents how the history of frontier expansion and environmental struggle in the region is linked to Brazil’s position in an evolving capitalist world-economy. It is shown how Brazil’s effort to become a developed country has led successive Brazilian governments to devise development projects for Amazonia. The author analyses how globalization has led to the expansion of international commodity chains in the region particularly for mineral ores soybeans and beef. He shows how environmental organizations have politicized these commodity chains as weapons of conservation through boycotting certain products while other pro-development groups within Brazil claim that such organizations threaten Brazil's sovereignty over its own resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815378938

Guardianship Gender and the Nobility in Early Modern Spain Contrary to early modern patriarchal assumptions this study argues that rather trying to impose obedience or enclosure on women of their own rank and status noblemen in early modern Spain depended on the active collaboration of noblewomen to maintain and expand their authority wealth and influence. While the image of virtuous secluded silent and chaste women did bolster male authority in general and help to assure individual noblemen that their children were their own the presence of active vocal and political women helped these same men move up the social ladder guard their property and wealth gain political influence win legal battles and protect their minor heirs. Drawing on a variety of documents-guardianships wills dowry and marriage contracts lawsuits genealogies and a few letters-from the family archives of the nine noble families housed in the Osuna and Frías collections in Toledo Guardianship Gender and the Nobility in Early Modern Spain explores the lives and roles of female guardians. Grace Coolidge examines in detail the legal status of these women their role within their families and their responsibilities for the children and property in their care. To Spanish noblemen Coolidge argues the preservation of family power and lineage was more important than the prescriptive gender roles of their time and faced with the emergency generated by the premature death of the male title holder they consistently turned to the adult women in their families for help. Their need for support and for allies against their own mortality meant in turn that they expected and trained their female relatives to take an active part in the economic and political affairs of the family. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253756

Guarding Against CrimeMeasuring Guardianship within Routine Activity Theory This ground-breaking book examines the critical role that citizens play in guarding against crime. By focusing on the ways in which residents are able to capably guard their residential environments from crime Reynald shows how local residents function (or fail to function) as effective crime controllers. The studies contained herein are aimed at developing our theoretical empirical and practical understanding of the function of the capable guardian as a critical yet elusive actor in the crime event model. In lieu of utilizing secondary data sources for proxy measures this book argues in favour of new more direct measures of guardianship employing direct methods of primary data collection in order to capture the action dimensions of capable guardianship as well as various other environmental and contextual factors that affect it. It features observations of guardianship in action and interviews with guardians to elucidate the factors that empower guardians to make them capable of crime control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409411765

Guarding the GuardiansCivil-Military Relations and Democratic Governance in Africa The relationship between civil society and the armed forces is an essential part of any polity democratic or otherwise because a military force is after all a universal feature of social systems. Despite significant progress moving towards democracy among some African countries in the past decade all too many African militaries have yet to accept core democratic principles regulating civilian authority over the military. This book explores the theory of civil-military relations and moves on to review the intrusion of the armed forces in African politics by looking first into the organization and role of the army in pre-colonial and colonial eras before examining contemporary armies and their impact on society. Furthermore it revisits the various explanations of military takeovers in Africa and disentangles the notion of the military as the modernizing force. Whether as a revolutionary force as a stabilizing force or as a modernizing force the military has often been perceived as the only organized and disciplined group with the necessary skills to uplift newly independent nations. The performance of Africa's military governments since independence however has soundly disproven this thesis. As such this study conveys the necessity of new civil-military relations in Africa and calls not just for civilian control of the military but rather a democratic oversight of the security forces in Africa. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315586014

Guatemala the Question of Genocide In Guatemala it was called the "trial of the century": the 2013 prosecution of former de facto head of state (1982-1983) General José Efraín Ríos Montt and his intelligence chief General José Mauricio Rodríguez Sánchez on charges of genocide and crimes against humanity against the Maya-Ixil people. Ríos Montt's seventeen-month reign was one of the bloodiest periods in Guatemala's history with "scorched earth" massacres the destruction of hundreds of Maya communities and militarized resettlement of Mayas into "model villages." 　Ríos Montt was convicted on all charges. Ten days later a higher court vacated the verdict on dubious procedural grounds. Nevertheless Guatemala's genocide trial held in the domestic courts in the country where the crimes were committed was precedent-setting. In this volume Guatemalan and international scholars rigorously explore the complexities of the Guatemala experience and reflect upon the case's implications for understanding and prosecuting the category of genocide more broadly. Topics include: the nexus of racism and counterinsurgency in explaining Guatemala's genocide; the politics of Maya collective memory; the intersections of gender sexuality and ethnicity in genocide; the decades-long interconnections of national and transnational justice processes that brought the case to trial; and the limits and contributions of tribunal justice. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Genocide Research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891459

GuatemalaA Nation in Turmoil Guatemala has long been a field for struggle between other powers and today racked by civil war it avoids the full glare of international attention only because most of the Central American region is beset by similar problems. Despite a continued belief in the reconstitution of a unified Central American state arid a long-running claim to Belize Guatemala has played a passive rather than an active role in international politics. The influence of international economic interests explains to a large degree why Guatemala has not been more active in the international arena. In this book Professor Calvert examines Guatemala's history and the principal aspects of the country's faction-tom society and seeks to explain the problems—and their consistently violent manifestations—that have attended the course of the country's social economic and political development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367019792

Guatemalan Vigilantism and the Global (Re)Production of Collective ViolenceA Tale of Two Lynchings This book grounds an understanding of lynching as an increasingly globalised phenomenon through an examination of two cases in Guatemala. The chapters cover issues of migration tourism gangs inter-generational conflict media gossip and rumour to understand national and global patterns of mob-based vigilantism and how diverse factors are funnelled into singular acts of violence. Gavin Weston critically engages with the discussion of Guatemalan lynchings as a form of post-conflict violence alongside other less direct chains of causation. Lynchings have complex tiered causations based in contestations regarding ideas and provision of justice. Underlying social problems and similarities in the way lynchings spread through talk and media make them relatively anticipatable in certain contexts and suggest possible spaces for mitigation against their viral spread. This volume will be relevant to Latin Americanists and those interested in the anthropology and sociology of violence post-conflict violence and peace studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191252

Guerrilla Film MarketingThe Ultimate Guide to the Branding Marketing and Promotion of Independent Films & Filmmakers Create an irresistible brand image and build an audience of loyal and engaged fans… Guerrilla Film Marketing takes readers through each step of the film branding marketing and promotional process. Tailored specifically to low-budget independent films and filmmakers Guerrilla Film Marketing offers practical and immediately implementable advice for marketing considerations across every stage of the film production process. Written by leading film industry professional Robert G. Barnwell Guerrilla Film Marketing teaches readers how to: Master the fundamentals of guerrilla branding marketing and promotion; Create an integrated marketing plan and calendar based on realistic budgets and expectations; Develop internet and social media marketing campaigns including engaging studio and film websites and powerful marketing-centric IMDb listings; Assemble behind-the-scenes pictures videos and documentaries; Produce marketing materials such as key art posters film teasers trailers and electronic press kits (aka "EPKs"); and Maximize the marketing impact of events such as test screenings premiers film festivals and industry award ceremonies. Guerrilla Film Marketing is filled with dozens of step-by-step instructions checklists tools a glossary templates and other resources. A downloadable eResource also includes a sample marketing plan and audit a test screening questionnaire and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916456

Guerrilla TVLow budget programme making The world of digital television means hundreds of channels all trying to be different all looking for product. But the overall international production spend has scarcely increased. Guerrilla TV shows how to make high quality programs at budget levels which were previously thought impossible and how to make a living doing it.This book is about empowerment; about making things happen. It is packed full of ideas inspiration and help. The author an experienced director/producer/writer provides an insight into the 'real world' of television program making today. He uses many examples of how different low budget programs have been handled successfully with very professional results.Guerrilla TV assumes that you are starting with little more than a desk and a telephone in a world where everything has to be paid for. The mantra running throughout this book is: 'think before you spend'. Do not use money (of which you have very little) as a substitute for thought (which is free). And the other mantra: 'in the end you don't save money by scrimping!'Read this book - take the advice offered and watch your career take off! Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138460492

Guerrilla WarfareA Historical and Critical Study As the author makes clear every book has a history; Guerrilla Warfare is no exception. Together with its sequel Terrorism (and two companion readers) it was part of a wider study: to give a critical interpretation of guerrilla and terrorism theory and practice throughout history. It did not aim at providing a general theory of political violence nor did it give instructions on how to conduct guerrilla warfare and terrorist operations. Its aim remains to bring about greater semantic and analytic clarity and to do so at psychological as well as political levels.While the word guerrilla has been very popular much less attention has been given to guerrilla warfare than to terrorism - even though the former has been politically more successful. The reasons for the lack of detailed attention are obvious: guerrilla operations take place far from big cities in the countryside in remote regions of a nation. In such areas there are no film cameras or recorders.In his probing new introduction Laqueur points out that a review of strategies and the fate of guerrilla movements during the last two decades show certain common features. Both mainly concerned nationalists fighting for independence either against foreign occupants or against other ethnic groups within their own country. But despite the many attempts only in two placesAfghanistan and Chechnya were the guerrillas successful.According to Laqueur historical experience demonstrates that guerrilla movements have prevailed over incumbents only in specific conditions. Due to a constellation of factors ranging from modern means of observation to increase in firepower. The author suggests that we may witness a combination of political warfare propaganda guerrilla operations and terrorism. In such cases this could be a potent strategy for unsponsored revolutionary change. But either as social history or military strategy this work remains a crucial work of our times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524637

GuerrillaA Historical And Critical Study This book presents a critical interpretation of guerrilla and terrorist theory and practice throughout history to the present age. It deals with the facts of guerrilla warfare and intends to demythologize guerrilla warfare without belittling its importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367166908

Guest Editor'S Introduction Es V40#1J.KOZOL'S SAVAGE INEQUALAIT. First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203063248

Guest Workers or Colonized Labor? While a few commentators have recognized the parallels of the guest worker programs for Mexican immigrants to the United States to the bracero policies early in the 20th century fewer still connect those policies to traditional forms of colonial labor exploitation such as that practiced respectively by the British and French colonial regimes in In Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093338

Guest Workers or Colonized Labor?Mexican Labor Migration to the United States A decade of political infighting over comprehensive immigration reform appears at an end after the 2012 election motivated the Republican Party to work with the Democratic Party's immigration reform agendas. However a guest worker program within current reform proposals is generally overlooked by the public and by activist organizations. Also overlooked is significant corporate lobbying that affects legislation. This updated edition critically examines the new guest worker program included in the White House and Congressional bipartisan committee s immigration reform blueprints and puts the debate into historical and contemporary contexts. It describes how the influential U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the AFL-CIO agreed on guidelines for a new guest worker program to be included in the plan. Gonzalez shows how guest worker programs stand within a history of utilizing controlled cheap disposable labor with lofty projections rarely upheld. For courses in a wide variety of disciplines this timely text taps into trends toward teaching immigration politics and policy.Features of the New Edition" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612054483

Guests Come To StayThe Effects Of European Labor Migration On Sending And Receiving Countries This book analyzes the impact of thirty years of labor migration from the Mediterranean region and from Finland to western and northern continental Europe. It also analyzes the effects of migration on the host countries and the home countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367158163

Guibert of NogentPortrait of a Medieval Mind This is a well written and valuable study of the life of a familiar but still somehow shadowy figure and an important contribution to medieval intellectual history with insights into the meaning of the twelfth-century renaissance the monastic mindset the invention of psychological thought the birth of the university and the historiography of the Crusades. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203770504

Guidance and the Changing Curriculum Originally published in 1987. This book examines the growth of pastoral care and the pastoral curriculum and innovations in vocational education in schools. These two major developments are considered in relation to the guidance and counselling movement whose impact on education over the preceding twenty-five years was considerable. The concept of person-centred learning grew out of this movement and with it many of the liberalising changes in education. This is a fascinating look at this area from a time when the whole nature and direction of schooling in the UK was about to change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138321656

Guidance for Librarians Transitioning to a New Environment Guidance for Librarians Transitioning to a New Environment offers practical advice for those hoping to transition into a different type or size of institution. Written by librarians who have successfully navigated such changes the book encourages consideration of unexplored opportunities. Drawing on the authors’ own experiences as well as surveys and interviews conducted with those working in different types of libraries the book will provide librarians with a fi eld guide for surviving and thriving in their new environment. It will do so by making suggestions for how librarians can orient themselves to their new library add context to their CV or résumé get started with presenting and publishing and manage culture shock and emotions. Each chapter will also provide the opportunity for the librarian to refl ect on relevant aspects of their own situation and move forward with the help of action items. Guidance for Librarians Transitioning to a New Environment is essential reading for librarians who are considering or in the process of making a career move as well as those working on career planning. The book will also be helpful for library science school faculty and career counselors who are advising current students and library managers who want to help their new hires transition in the most effective way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199067

Guidance of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles Written by an expert with more than 30 years of experience Guidance of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles contains new analytical results taken from the author’s research which can be used for analysis and design of unmanned aerial vehicles guidance and control systems. This book progresses from a clear elucidation of guidance laws and unmanned aerial vehicle dynamics to the modeling of their guidance and control systems. Special attention is paid to guidance of autonomous UAVs which differs from traditional missile guidance. The author explains UAV applications contrasting them to a missile’s limited ability (or inability) to control axial acceleration. The discussion of guidance laws for UAVs presents a generalization of missile guidance laws developed by the author. The computational algorithms behind these laws are tested in three applications—for the surveillance problem the refueling problem and for the motion control of a swarm of UAVs. The procedure of choosing and testing the guidance laws is also considered in an example of future generation of airborne interceptors launched from UAVs. The author provides an innovative presentation of the theoretical aspects of unmanned aerial vehicles’ guidance that cannot be found in any other book. It presents new ideas that once crystallized can be implemented in the new generation of unmanned aerial systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138074545

Guide to African Political and Economic Development First Published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063522

Guide to Asian Studies in Europe This Guide is produced on behalf of the European Science Foundation Asia Committee. The Guide provides a comprehensive survey of researchers institutes university departments museums organisations and newsletters in the field of Asian Studies in Europe. The 352 page Guide is published by the International Institute for Asian Studies in co-operation with Curzon. This is the first such guide ever published and contains highly detailed current information including specialisation by subject and region for each entry. The Guide contains an alphabetical list of 5 000 European Asianists; 1 200 institutes and university departments; 300 museums organisations and newsletters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315027357

Guide to BREEAM BREEAM is the leading environmental assessment method for buildings setting the standard for best practice in sustainable design. Yet many professionals find BREEAM difficult to understand and often miss out on opportunities to optimise the credits that can be scored from a scheme. This practical accessible guide comes to the rescue – providing a much-needed explanation of BREEAM for all building professionals whether architects clients contractors or engineers. Focusing on those key areas to the assessment that can frequently cause confusion it explains who needs to do what and when – and also includes useful tips for 'quick wins' in relation to the 2011 BREEAM update. This guide provides a clear introduction to how to make the most of BREEAM. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859464250

Guide to Business Info on Russia the NIS and the Baltic States First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063560

Guide to Business Information on Russia the NIS and the Baltic States This guide is an introduction to English language sources in electronic and print form dealing with business issues in Russia the NIS and the Baltic States. It gives evaluative descriptions and costs of all listed sources concentrating on recent sources. Sources of information on some of these countries can be difficult to locate and the author gives guidance on how to go about finding them. Contents: Under each country information sources are grouped in broad categories: Overview (sources designed to answer general exploratory country and regional questions e.g. population politics how to do business etc); Current developments (e.g. recent changes in tax and other laws trends in foreign direct investment latest project tenders); Companies and contacts; Industries and services; Legislation; Organisations (a listing of agencies and bodies able to provide assistance information and data to business people). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138439290

Guide to Chronic Pain Syndromes Headache and Facial Pain This set provides clinicians with key information on all types of pain: pain syndromes that result from specific conditions; chronic pain from the neck down; and chronic headache and facial pain. Why every practicing clinician needs a copy of this comprehensive set: EVIDENCE-BASED AND CLINICALLY ORIENTED - provide pertinent useful data you need to make accurate diagnoses and develop the best treatment plans for your patients COMPREHENSIVE CONTENT - with 48 chapters on pain syndromes from head-to-toe and detailed treatment strategies you'll have all the information you need to improve patient outcomes USER-FRIENDLY FORMAT - with data organized by pain type you can easily reference critical information on-the-go AUTHORITATIVE CLINICAL GUIDANCE - over 25 experts in pain management give you the advice you trust to implement in your daily practice. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429151934

Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology ManagersFrom Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers: From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications unravels the mystery of cloud computing and explains how it can transform the operating contexts of business enterprises. It provides a clear understanding of what cloud computing really means what it can do and when it is practical to use. Addressing the primary management and operation concerns of cloudware including performance measurement monitoring and security this pragmatic book:Introduces the enterprise applications integration (EAI) solutions that were a first step toward enabling an integrated enterpriseDetails service-oriented architecture (SOA) and related technologies that paved the road for cloudware applicationsCovers delivery models like IaaS PaaS and SaaS and deployment models like public private and hybrid cloudsDescribes Amazon Google and Microsoft cloudware solutions and services as well as those of several other playersDemonstrates how cloud computing can reduce costs achieve business flexibility and sharpen strategic focusUnlike customary discussions of cloud computing Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers: From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications emphasizes the key differentiator—that cloud computing is able to treat enterprise-level services not merely as discrete stand-alone services but as Internet-locatable composable and repackageable building blocks for generating dynamic real-world enterprise business processes. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367377946

Guide to Cytochromes P450Structure and Function Second Edition This book focuses on human Cytochrome P450s and drug metabolism in Man. It describes the structures of the P450s and reviews the methodology available to determine their nature including molecular modelling X-ray crystallography spectroscopy and molecular biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367447205

Guide to Dyspraxia and Developmental Coordination Disorders Built upon the good practice for which the Dyscovery Centre has become so well known this book takes a broader view of the difficulties that those with additional needs face. It considers whether this is a health educational or social difficulty and what the wider implications are for the individual and how they manage at home and in the community. The authors look at what happens what can be done to help and what changes occur as the child becomes an adolescent and eventually an adult. Teachers SENCOs teaching assistants occupational therapists physiotherapists speech and language therapists and parents of children with dyspraxia or developmental co-ordination disorders should find this book stimulates their thinking and helps them in their work. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138150317

Guide to Economic Indicators Now revised and expanded this widely-used desk reference provides quick and easy access to current and reliable data on the major statistical measures of the U.S. economy. Equally useful for students general readers economists analysts journalists and investors the guide provides concise jargon-free explanations of the meaning use and availability of more than 70 macroeconomic indicators including websites recent trends and current data. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703916

Guide to Electric Power Generation Third Edition This fully illustrated reference brings you detailed coverage of the full spectrum of equipment and processes used in the production of electricity from the basics of energy conversion to prime movers generators and boilers. The reader will find much useful information on the characteristics of fuels including coal oil natural gas nuclear and others along with proper methods for handling them and their residues. Also extensively covered are internal combustion engines steam turbines and reciprocating steam engines. Feedwater treatment ash removal reliability operation and maintenance considerations are all examined in detail. The second edition expands coverage of gasification of coal gas turbines and effective use of generation in place of efficiency measures. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151272

Guide to Electrical Power Distribution Systems Sixth Edition Written by a highly regarded power industry expert this comprehensive manual covers in full detail all aspects of electric power distribution systems both as they exist today and as they are evolving toward the future. A new chapter examines the impact of the emergence of cogeneration and distributed generation on the power distribution network. Topics include an overview of the process of electricity transmission and distribution a thorough discussion of each component of the system - conductor supports insulators and conductors line equipment substations distribution circuits and more - as well as both overhead and underground construction considerations. Improvements in both materials and methods of power distribution are also explored including the trend toward gradual replacement of heavier porcelain insulators with lighter polymer ones. The complex aspects of electric power distribution are explained in easy-to-understand non-technical language. Media > Books > E-books Fairmont Press 9781003151166

Guide to Energy Management Eighth Edition The new edition of a bestseller this book is one of the leading educational resources for energy manager or energy professional as well as new people enter the field of energy management and energy engineering. It is the most widely used college and university textbook as well as one of the most widely used books for professional development training. New topics include energy auditing energy bills life cycle costing electrical distribution systems boilers steam distribution systems control systems and computers energy systems maintenance insulation compressed air renewable energy sources and water management distributed generation and creating green buildings. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781498759335

Guide to Energy Management Eighth Edition - International Version This new International Version includes all material covered in the standard eighth edition but numerical data and calculations are expressed in Systeme International (SI) units. Completely revised this latest edition includes new chapters on electrical systems; motors and drives; commissioning; and human behavior and facility energy management. Also updated are chapters on lighting HVAC systems web-based building automation control systems green buildings and greenhouse gas management. Written by respected professionals this book examines objectives of energy management and illustrates techniques proven effective for achieving results. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781498779883

Guide to Environment Safety and Health ManagementDeveloping Implementing and Maintaining a Continuous Improvement Program Although an integral part of the corporate world the development and execution of a successful Environmental Safety and Health (ES&H) program in today’s profit-driven business climate is challenging and complex. Add to that the scarcity of resources available to assist managers in successfully designing and implementing these programs and you’ve got a perfect storm of regulatory and contractual agreements imposed on businesses. Guide to Environment Safety and Health Management: Developing Implementing and Maintaining a Continuous Improvement Program guides you through the challenges of developing and maintaining an effective ES&H program for any organization. A strategic ES&H program that follows project management concepts can add to the bottom line in many ways; however the exact financial gain cannot oftentimes be quantified in the near term and in hard dollars. Written by two experts with more than 50 years of combined experience this book covers the primary areas of ES&H and key elements that should be considered in developing managing and implementing an effective compliant and cost-effective program. Presenting information from a practical experience view the book covers: Organizational structure and succession planning Fundamental understanding of EH&S functional areas Training Approach and measurement of continuous organizational improvement Project management of EH&S Application of technology Culture and trust in the workplace Regulatory applicability depends on the type of business product produced and potential impacts to employees the public and the environment. Additionally the perception exists with some business owners and executives that the "rules and regulations" imposed or enforced do not directly add to the bottom line. Giving you practical from-the-trenches knowledge the book outlines techniques and provides guidance for addressing the challenges involved in setting up EH&S programs. It shows you how your ES&H program can ensure regulatory compliance and contribute to the success of your company both monetarily as well as in shaping public perception. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482259407

Guide to Establishing a Regional Health Information Organization Written by the HIMSS RHIO Guidebook Task Force this book is a comprehensive resource to support and guide those who are exploring or actively involved in community initiatives to establish a RHIO to support the interoperable exchange of health information. This guide:*Explores the role of stakeholders and the concept of collab Media > Books > E-books HIMSS Publishing 9780429272080

Guide to Ethical Decisions and Actions for Social Service AdministratorsA Handbook for Managerial Personnel A compelling look at the ethics of social work administration and the inherent integration of ethics in social organizations. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315059143

Guide To Family-Centered Circle Drawings F-C-C-D With Symb First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004757

Guide to Forensic Pathology Guide to Forensic Pathology provides a concise overview of forensic pathology to those who wish to know the basics but lack formal forensic training. Both fascinating and practical this book explains everything from who the experts are in death investigation and what their roles are to how effective testimonies are presented in court. The importance of forensic DNA testing is emphasized with a separate section in this timely reference guide. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138427037

Guide to Genital HPV Diseases and Prevention Custom-designed for clinicians on the frontline of treatment and prevention of the human papillomavirus (HPV) this stand-alone handbook provides the scientific background needed to understand and administer the new HPV vaccines. Written by some of the discoverers of these vaccines this accessible text explores the biology and epidemiology of HPV Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429133596

Guide to Government MinistersThe British Empire and Successor States 1900-1972 First published in 1974. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company.   This book is divided into seven sections: Europe and the Arab World are both geographical units in addition to' having political ties and  therefore these are grouped the Ministers together by office: the Prime Ministers of all the countries are followed by the Foreign Ministers of all the countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315810348

Guide to Government MinistersThe Major Powers and Western Europe 1900-1071 First Published in 1973. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975569

Guide to Health Informatics This essential text provides a readable yet sophisticated overview of the basic concepts of information technologies as they apply in healthcare. Spanning areas as diverse as the electronic medical record searching protocols and communications as well as the Internet Enrico Coiera has succeeded in making this vast and complex area accessible and understandable to the non-specialist while providing everything that students of medical informatics need to know to accompany their course. Fully revised the third edition of Guide to Health Informatics remains essential reading for all health science undergraduates clinical health professionals and health service managers who need to appreciate and understand the role of informatics and its associated technologies for optimal practice and service delivery. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444170498

Guide to Highway Law for Architects Engineers Surveyors and Contractors First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367580070

Guide to Home Improvement Costs Extending your home? New kitchen or bathroom? Planning to decorate? If you're taking on a job like this you need to know three things - can you do it on your own; how long is going to take; and most important of all how much is it going to cost.This book tells you the answers. With simple-to-follow guidance on all your home improvement projects it tells you: the time the job will take the costs of the materials how difficult it's going to be and what a professional is going to charge to do it for you Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138464612

Guide to JCT Design and Build Contract 2016 Guide to JCT Design and Build Contract 2016 the new edition of the author's ever popular Guide to DB11 is a practical guide to the operation and administration of the JCT Design & Build Building Contract suite 2016. All of the contract's provisions procedures and conditions are organised and explained by subject clearly distinguishing the different obligations due to various parties and the contractual issues arising during the course of a job - all backed up by the latest legislation and case law. Not only is this an indispensable reference for the hard-pressed practitioner but assuming no prior knowledge of JCT contracts or the law it is also ideal for architecture and other construction students on the threshold of undertaking their professional exams. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466414

Guide to JCT Intermediate Building Contract 2016 Guide to JCT Intermediate Building Contract 2016 is a practical guide to the operation and administration of JCTs IC16 suite of building contracts including both IC and ICD. All of the contracts provisions procedures and conditions are organised and explained by subject clearly distinguishing the different obligations due to various parties and the contractual issues arising during the course of a job - all backed up by the latest legislation and case law. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466391

Guide to JCT Minor Works Building Contract 2016 Guide to JCT Minor Works is a practical guide to the operation and administration of the JCT Minor Works Building Contract suite 2016. All of the contracts’ provisions procedures and conditions are organised and explained by subject clearly distinguishing the different obligations due to various parties and the contractual issues arising during the course of a job - all backed up by the latest legislation and case law. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466384

Guide to JCT Standard Building Contract 2016 Guide to JCT Standard Building Contract 2016 is a practical guide to the operation and administration of JCT’s SBC 2016 suite of building contracts (SBC/Q SBC/AQ and SBC/XQ). All of the contracts’ provisions procedures and conditions are organised and explained by subject clearly distinguishing the different obligations due to various parties and the contractual issues arising during the course of a job - all backed up by the latest legislation and case law. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466407

Guide To Magic Sorcery & Witchcraft First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138992092

Guide to Manual Materials Handling Manual Materials Handling MMH creates special problems for many different workers worldwide. Labourers engaged in jobs which require extensive lifting/lowering carrying and pushing/pulling of heavy materials have suffered increasing rates of musculo-skeletal injury especially to the back.; This guide is intended to include all activities involved in MMH lifting pushing pulling carrying and holding. Recommendations are provided in the form of design data that can be used to design different MMH work activities.The guide is divided into two parts. Part I outlines the scope of the problem discusses the factors that influence a person's capacity to perform MMH activities and / or should be modified to reduce the risk of injuries and reviews the various design approaches to solving the MMH problem. Part II provides specific design data in six distinct chapters. The seventh chapter of Part II of the guide describes various mechanical devices that are available to aid MMH activities.; The guide is aimed at all concerned with the health impact of MMH activities; occupational health and safety workers; senior human resource managers; ergonomists; workers' compensation lawyers; union representatives. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203719633

Guide to Methodology in ErgonomicsDesigning for Human Use Second Edition Packed with illustrations and practical examples Guide to Methodology in Ergonomics: Designing for Human Use Second Edition provides a concise introduction to ergonomics methods in a straightforward manner that helps you conduct an ergonomics analysis of a product in development. It details the execution of 12 ergonomics methods that can be applied to the design of any type of product or interface. The authors stress the role of ergonomics in reducing device interaction time and user error while improving user satisfaction and device usability. See What’s in the New Edition: Four case studies Addition of another co-author Examples that reflect current technology Information on Critical Path Analysis (CPA) 　 The authors highlight where ergonomics methods fit in the design process and how to select a method appropriate for your purpose. They describe each method supplying an overview instructions on how to carry out an analysis a mini bibliography pros and cons one or more examples and a flow chart. They then rate each method for reliability/validity resources usability and efficacy. The book then examines data from studies on training reliability and validity and presents an equation that enables you to calculate approximately the financial benefits of using each method. Based on research and expertise the book gives you the freedom to be adventurous when choosing methods and the foundation to choose the method that fits the task at hand. Written by experts it also helps you hone your skills and put the craft of ergonomics into practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466591851

Guide to Microturbines First published in 2004. Featuring the latest information on the new technology involved in on-site power generation this book incorporates an overview and further detailed investigations into the issues inherent in the development use and future of microturbines. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9788770223546

Guide To Natural Ventilation in High Rise Office Buildings Tall buildings are not the only solution for achieving sustainability through increased density in cities but given the scale of current population shifts the vertical city is increasingly being seen as the most viable solution for many urban centers. However the full implications of concentrating more people on smaller plots of land by building vertically - whether for work residential or leisure functions - needs to be better researched and understood. It is generally accepted that we need to reduce the energy equation – in both operating and embodied terms – of every component and system in the building as an essential element in making it more sustainable. Mechanical HVAC systems (Heating Ventilation and Air-Conditioning) in tall office buildings typically account for 30-40 percent of overall building energy consumption. The increased efficiency (or possibly even elimination) of these mechanical systems – through the provision of natural ventilation – could thus be argued to be the most important single step we could make in making tall buildings more sustainable. This guide sets out recommendations for every phase of the planning construction and operation of natural ventilation systems in these buildings including local climatic factors that need to be taken into account how to plan for seasonal variations in weather and the risks in adopting different implementation strategies. All of the recommendations are based on analysis of the research findings from richly-illustrated international case studies. Tried and tested solutions to real-life problems make this an essential guide for anyone working on the design and operation of tall buildings anywhere in the world. This is the first technical guide from the Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat’s Tall Buildings & Sustainability Working Group looking in depth at a key element in the creation of tall buildings with a much-reduced environmental impact while taking the industry closer to an appreciation of what constitutes a sustainable tall building and what factors affect the sustainability threshold for tall. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415509589

Guide to NEC3 Use of the NEC (New Engineering and Construction) contract has grown steadily in all sectors of the construction industry over its 20-year lifetime and a working knowledge of it is becoming essential for all architects allied professionals their clients and contractors involved in building projects. This clear accessible guide explains and demystifies the NEC3 contract on a practical work-based level and overturns the misconception that NEC is not a contract aimed at architectural projects. Explaining what it really means for an architect to make the leap to NEC3 it candidly acknowledges and answers the concerns and issues they are likely to face and explores how to best adopt the collaborative working and contractual partnering work practices required by NEC and the advantages of doing so. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859463512

Guide to Non-Traditional Careers in ScienceA Resource Guide for Pursuing a Non-Traditional Path Offering practical advice and stories from scientists and professionals this guidebook aids the reader in evaluating and finding career opportunities in non-academic research fields. It demonstrates that choices are available providing many examples of fields (for example publishing law public policy and business) in which people can use their scientific training to nurture a satisfying professional life. Yet it also acknowledges that there are trade-offs involved with any veer from the traditional path. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173125

Guide to Optimal Operational Risk and BASEL II Guide to Optimal Operational Risk and Basel II presents the key aspects of operational risk management that are also aligned with the Basel II requirements. This volume provides detailed guidance for the design and implementation of an efficient operational risk management system. It contains all elements of assessment including operational risk identification measurement modeling and monitoring analysis along with evaluation analysis and the estimation of capital requirements.The authors also address the managing and controlling of operational risks including operational risk profiling risk optimization cost & optimal resource allocation decision-making and design of optimal risk policies.Divided into four parts this book begins by introducing the idea of operational risks and how they affect financial organizations. This section also focuses on the main aspects of managing operational risks. The second part focuses on the requirements of an operational risk management framework according to the Basel II Accord. The third part focuses on all stages of operational risk assessment and the fourth part focuses on the control and management stages. All of these stages combine to implement efficient and optimal operational risk management systems. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367391881

Guide to Pairing-Based Cryptography This book is devoted to efficient pairing computations and implementations useful tools for cryptographers working on topics like identity-based cryptography and the simplification of existing protocols like signature schemes.As well as exploring the basic mathematical background of finite fields and elliptic curves Guide to Pairing-Based Cryptography offers an overview of the most recent developments in optimizations for pairing implementation. Each chapter includes a presentation of the problem it discusses the mathematical formulation a discussion of implementation issues solutions accompanied by code or pseudocode several numerical results and references to further reading and notes. Intended as a self-contained handbook this book is an invaluable resource for computer scientists applied mathematicians and security professionals interested in cryptography. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367658229

Guide to Preparing the Corporate Quality Manual Utilizes advanced concepts guidelines and requirements from the latest ISO 9000 and 10000 series of standards as well as other models including TQM (Total Quality Managment). The text shows how to define a policy and explain it clearly. It offers procedures for developing a quality manual to be used by personnel performing quality-related functions and for external auditors and customers. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400996

Guide to Psychoactive Drugs Invaluable clinical and treatment information on the most powerful mind-altering drugs in use today. Compiled by two leading professionals from the renowned Haight Ashbury Clinic the information is based on national and international studies undertaken at the clinic as well as from 600 000 patient visits a thorough review of practice and background as reported in the literature and from their own private practices. An up-to-date reference source this important guide includes information on the trademark generic and popular names of drugs; the use and abuse of drugs; and their acute and chronic effects. An innovative index and cross reference system provide quick easy access for the physician who must act quickly in an emergency. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727195

Guide to Publishing Opportunities for Librarians This helpful guidebook makes it easy for librarians to select the most appropriate periodical or serial for their proposed articles. A subject index with cross references ensures quick access to the alphabetically listed titles. The Guide to Publishing Opportunities for Librarians provides the following comprehensive information for each publication listed: bibliographic entry name and address of editor to whom manuscripts should besubmitted names of indexing and abstracting services which include the publication editorial aim/policy scope and content intended audience manuscript style requirements acceptance rate review procedures for submitted articles Both novice and experienced authors will be able to quickly select the most appropriate periodical or serial for proposed articles from a wide variety of publications. In addition to the more familiar organs of national library associations societies and library schools the guide also includes regional publications newsletters bulletins scholarly journals interdisciplinary and general periodicals subject-specific publications and electronic journals. Public academic special and school librarians as well as other information specialists seeking to publish in the library science field will find the Guide to Publishing Opportunities for Librarians a valuable tool for promoting professional development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057971

Guide to Re-building Trust with Traumatised ChildrenEmotional Wellbeing in School and at Home At times children are unable or unwilling to access or engage with emotional and mental health support services. Often members of a child’s support network are therefore required to provide this emotional guidance and support to them. This resource book is intended to be used as a guide by families and friends school staff and any other adults supporting children who have experienced trauma to help the adults to provide the emotional guidance these children need. Guide to Re-building Trust with Traumatised Children aims to educate the reader about trauma and the impact of an insecure attachment – how it may impact a child how to support a child – as well as helping the reader to understand different behaviours. The guide suggests many practical ideas and activities designed to help children to build more positive relationships to feel safe within their world and to express and explore their emotions. There is a section on self-care for adults and advice about when a referral to a specialist service may be required. This guide was designed to be used by any person supporting a child who has experienced trauma or an insecure attachment no matter what their previous understanding of these issues might be. It is specifically written to be as accessible and as user friendly as possible to help rather than hinder the user. It can be used alone or together with the storybook The House That Wouldn’t Fall Down. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360471

Guide to Research Projects for Engineering StudentsPlanning Writing and Presenting Presents an Integrated Approach Providing Clear and Practical Guidelines Are you a student facing your first serious research project? If you are it is likely that you’ll be firstly overwhelmed by the magnitude of the task and secondly lost as to how to go about it. What you really need is a guide to walk you through all aspects of the research project from planning and conducting your research project to writing and presenting it. Guide to Research Projects for Engineering Students: Planning Writing and Presenting is the guide you need to do the job efficiently. Specifically Designed with Engineering and Technical Science Students in Mind The book is organized into three sections broken down into concise chapters that focus on a specific topic and the skills required. The section on planning shows you how to choose a project research a topic write a project proposal plan the project select methods and methodologies and keep records. The section on writing provides help on writing the different sections of a research report as well as introduces you to the strategies and language conventions required for writing an effective research report. Finally the section on presenting covers creating effective figures and layout preparing for a project presentation and the dos and don’ts in delivering a presentation. Advice on how to use IT tools effectively is given throughout the book. Contains highly practical content—includes tips on how to conduct research write it up effectively and avoid common errors and pitfalls in grammar and style Offers guidance on using IT tools (which are indispensable in research) Includes pertinent examples of best practices on conducting research and research writing The authors have drawn on their many years of experience teaching engineering students either in supervising engineering students in their research projects or teaching technical communication skills. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482238778

Guide to RIBA Agreements 2010 (2012 Revision) The 2012 edition of this guide explains how to use the brand new and comprehensively reviewed suite of contracts for professional services known as the RIBA Agreements 2010 (2012 revision). With worked examples and guidance about matters affecting professional contracts it is designed to be read in conjunction with the Notes and Model Letters accompanying each of the contracts in the suite. Clients will also find that it helps them understand the professionals' role and the responsibilities of each party to the Agreement. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859464595

Guide to RIBA Domestic and Concise Building Contracts 2018 This latest title from the author provides comprehensive guidance to RIBA's two updated building contracts: the RIBA Domestic Building Contract 2018 and the RIBA Concise Building Contract 2018. Introducing the contracts' features and benefits and covering all aspects of their use from choosing and forming the right one for your project to guiding the parties through all its various stages the Guide has been expanded with increased assistance on choice of form tendering and contract formation. Additional detail on role and liabilities of contract administrator has been added along with a new section on practical completion and completion including certification. Assuming no current knowledge of the law or contract administration this acts as a standalone guide for new users of the RIBA contracts as well as a valuable update for previous users. It is an ideal companion for anybody using the latest building contracts. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468630

Guide to RIBA Professional Services Contracts 2018 The 2018 edition of this guide explains how to use understand and get the most out of the RIBA Professional Services Contracts which have been updated from the RIBA Agreements 2010 (and 2012 revision). With guidance on how to choose prepare and complete the right contract it is an essential companion for anyone using these industry-standard forms. The guide is written for architects and consultants to help practitioners develop a greater understanding of the role and responsibility of each party to the agreement. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859468548

Guide To Social Impact AssessmentA Framework For Assessing Social Change This book based on a sociological perspective that highlights the importance of community social organization in analyzing social change focuses on the development of user skills in social assessment design research analysis and presentation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367165413

Guide To Software Export: A Handbook For International Software Sales An ideal reference source for CEOs marketing and sales managers sales consultants and students of international marketing Guide to Software Export provides a step-by-step approach to initiating or expanding international software sales. It teaches you how to examine critically your candidate product for exportability; how to find distributors agents and resellers abroad; how to identify the best distribution structure for export; and much much more!Not content with providing just the guidelines for setting up expanding and managing your international sales channels Guide to Software Export advises you on pitfalls to avoid important legal and financial considerations associated with software export and essential market and distribution information. In an effort to cover all the bases this comprehensive text also discusses: negotiating partnerships electronic marketing evaluating the competition cultural assumptions and biases adapting software for use in Asian markets information sources on the Internet distribution channel strategiesIf you’re not satisfied with your company’s international sales performance or you want to get into the global market Guide to Software Export can help you guide your company through the transition. With the book’s easy-to-follow advice and checkpoints you are sure to bring new levels of success to your company so act now and get out in the forefront of software exporting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203824795

Guide to Spectroscopic Identification of Organic Compounds Guide to Spectroscopic Identification of Organic Compounds is a practical "how-to" book with a general problem-solving algorithm for determining the structure of a molecule from complementary spectra or spectral data obtained from MS IR NMR or UV spectrophotometers. Representative compounds are analyzed and examples are solved. Solutions are eclectic ranging from simple and straightforward to complex. A picture of the relationship of structure to physical properties as well as to spectral features is provided. Compounds and their derivatives structural isomers straight-chain molecules and aromatics illustrate predominant features exhibited by different functional groups. Practice problems are also included. Guide to Spectroscopic Identification of Organic Compounds is a helpful and convenient tool for the analyst in interpreting organic spectra. It may serve as a companion to any organic textbook or as a spectroscopy reference; its size allows practitioners to carry it along when other tools might be cumbersome or expensive. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138455993

Guide to Successful Brickwork The BDA Guide to Successful Brickwork is the definitive practical guide to obtaining successful results in brickwork construction. Written by a team of experts from the Brick Development Association the representative group in industry for brickwork construction this best-selling text has now been brought fully in line with the latest site practice innovations British and European Standards to ensure readers are receiving the most up-to-date and accurate information available in the field. Based on actual teaching practice the book is highly illustrated throughout to increase accessibility of the text for the reader in their exploration of the practical aspects of brickwork. It also includes an extensive glossary of brickwork terms for ease of reference. This edition contains new material detailing recent innovations in brickwork in the areas of components and façade performance requirements. Students in full-time education and following apprenticeship routes will find this book to be an invaluable source of information which will accompany them throughout their studies. Building professionals concerned with the design detailing and specification of brickwork will also find the BDA Guide to be an essential reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367486617

Guide to Supporting Children through Bereavement and LossEmotional Wellbeing in School and at Home Currently many children are unable to access emotional support services and other members of a child’s support network are required to provide this emotional guidance and support. This resource book has been written to support children when they have experienced a loss or bereavement. It is intended to be used as a guide by families and friends school staff and all other adults supporting children through their grief to help them to provide this emotional guidance. Guide to Supporting Children through Bereavement and Loss offers information education and guidance about how to understand grief ways to support the process and emotions of grief and to help children to express themselves and make sense of their changed world. It covers the ‘stages of grief’ and holds many practical ideas and activities designed to help children to process and understand their grief as well as to express and explore their emotions. There is a section on undertaking group work for bereaved children as well as information on both selfcare and what to do when a referral to a specialist service may be required. This guide was designed to be used by any person supporting a child through loss or bereavement no matter what their previous understanding of these issues. It is specifically written to be as accessible and as user-friendly as possible to help rather than hinder the user. It can be used alone or alongside the storybook When the Sun Fell Out of the Sky. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360419

Guide to Teaching Information Literacy101 Tips This easy-to-use book is an invaluable source of inspiration for any librarian involved in teaching information literacy providing practical guidance on tried and tested ideas and techniques for sessions. The role of the librarian increasingly involves delivering information literacy using a range of teaching methods from delivering induction sessions to informal one-to-one support on a day-to-day basis. Although this is increasingly recognized many practitioners do not have teaching qualifications and are often left to fulfil a role for which they feel ill-equipped. Even when they do have teaching qualifications these are often gained from mainstream courses that do not always adequately address the delivery of information literacy. This book is a much-needed sourcebook to support library staff in the delivery of information literacy teaching whether they are new to teaching or experienced but in search of fresh ideas. Full of hints and tips grounded in learning theory it is a practical reference tool designed to be dipped into as needed when planning teaching and training. Where applicable the activities are mapped to models of information literacy with guidance on adapting ideas for different levels and contexts. Advice is given on activities in the following areas: designing sessions preparing sessions delivering sessions different types of sessions teaching by topic creating teaching / support materials assessing learning evaluating teaching sessions e-learning. Readership: Any librarian involved with teaching information literacy and LIS students. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781856046596

Guide to the Archive of Art and DesignVictoria and Albert Museum London The Archive of Art and Design at the Victoria & Albert Museum contains Britain's foremost collection of primary source material relating to art and design particularly of the twentieth century. Established in 1978 the Archive holds over 200 archives created by individual artists craftspeople and designers and businesses and societies involved in the manufacture and promotion of art and design products. The Guide describes each archive in detail offering information about its creator its contents and related sources held both inside and outside the V&A Museum. It is an invaluable reference text for everyone with an interest in studying British art and design. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315063539

Guide to the Building Regulations All new buildings extensions and refurbishment work must comply with Building Regulations in order to protect the health and safety of building occupants. In recent years the regulations have become increasingly complex making the process of demonstrating compliance more arduous. This well-established guide provides the construction industry with concise clear guidance on the essentials of the Building Regulations setting out the key compliance requirements to help designers and other construction professionals produce safe attractive buildings. The third edition has been fully revised and updated to incorporate the 2015 amendments to the Building Regulations including:• An optional higher standard of water efficiency for Requirement G2 (Water efficiency) which may be required as a planning condition.• A new fittings approach to water efficiency as an alternative to the Water Efficiency Calculator.• Amendment to guidance on solid waste storage in Part H (Drainage and waste disposal) which now requires consideration of local amenity when designing bin storage.• Division of Approved Document M into two volumes addressing dwellings and non-dwellings respectively.• Expansion of Requirement M4 (Access to and use of dwellings) to include three different accessibility categories for dwellings. Categories 2 and 3 are optional standards which may be required as a planning condition.• The introduction of brand new Part Q (Security) with new provisions for domestic doors and windows in order to prevent unauthorised access.• Updating of references to standards and other documents.Fully updated and written to save time for hard-pressed users the 3rd edition of Guide to the Building Regulations is the essential companion for architects construction professionals and building control officers alike. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859466179

Guide to the De-Identification of Personal Health Information Offering compelling practical and legal reasons why de-identification should be one of the main approaches to protecting patients’ privacy the Guide to the De-Identification of Personal Health Information outlines a proven risk-based methodology for the de-identification of sensitive health information. It situates and contextualizes this risk-based methodology and provides a general overview of its steps.The book supplies a detailed case for why de-identification is important as well as best practices to help you pin point when it is necessary to apply de-identification in the disclosure of personal health information. It also:Outlines practical methods for de-identificationDescribes how to measure re-identification riskExplains how to reduce the risk of re-identificationIncludes proofs and supporting reference materialFocuses only on transformations proven to work on health information—rather than covering all possible approaches whether they work in practice or notRated the top systems and software engineering scholar worldwide by The Journal of Systems and Software Dr. El Emam is one of only a handful of individuals worldwide qualified to de-identify personal health information for secondary use under the HIPAA Privacy Rule Statistical Standard. In this book Dr. El Emam explains how we can make health data more accessible—while protecting patients’ privacy and complying with current regulations. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367659189

Guide to the JCT Intermediate Building Contract Sarah Lupton's best-selling Guide comes fully revised for JCT 2011 to provide the most up-to-date authoritative working aids to the operation and administration of the main JCT Intermediate Building Contract 2011. It provides a comprehensive analysis of the respective form in light of today's legal and practice landscape pointing out all the recent developments an changes to each contract and providing illuminating and up-to-date cases as valuable lessons to the unwary. The contract's provisions procedures and supplementary conditions are organised into the key practical topics - such as 'documents' 'programme' 'payment' and 'insurance' - providing the hard-pressed practitioner with a comprehensive and concise reference guide for specific guidance during the course of the job. The guide assumes only general knowledge of Contracts and so can be used by both the architect and construction students on the threshold of undertaking their professional examinations. It also serves as an invaluable desktop reference guide for the busy contract administrator. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859463901

Guide to the JCT Minor Works Contract Sarah Lupton's best-selling Guide comes fully revised for JCT 2011 to provide the most up-to-date authoritative working aids to the operation and administration of the main JCT Minor Works Contract 2011. It provides a comprehensive analysis of the respective form in light of today's legal and practice landscape pointing out all the recent developments an changes to each contract and providing illuminating and up-to-date cases as valuable lessons to the unwary. The contract's provisions procedures and supplementary conditions are organised into the key practical topics - such as 'documents' 'programme' 'payment' and 'insurance' - providing the hard-pressed practitioner with a comprehensive and concise reference guide for specific guidance during the course of the job. The guide assumes only general knowledge of Contracts and so can be used by both the architect and construction students on the threshold of undertaking their professional examinations. It also serves as an invaluable desktop reference guide for the busy contract administrator. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859463895

Guide to the JCT Standard Building Contract Sarah Lupton's best-selling Guide to is fully revised for JCT 2011 to provide the most up-to-date authoritative working aids to the operation and administration of the main JCT Standard Building Contract 2011. It provides a comprehensive analysis of the respective form in light of today's legal and practice landscape pointing out all the recent developments and changes to each contract and providing illuminating and up-to-date cases as valuable lessons to the unwary. The contract's provisions procedures and supplementary conditions are organised into the key practical topics - such as 'documents' 'programme' 'payment' and 'insurance' - providing the hard-pressed practitioner with a comprehensive and concise reference guide for specific guidance during the course of the job. The guide assumes only general knowledge of contracts and so can be used by both the architect and construction students on the threshold of undertaking their professional examinations. It also serves as an invaluable desktop reference guide for the busy contract administrator.| Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859463871

Guide to the Presidency The Guide to the Presidency is an extensive study of the most important office of the U.S. political system. Its two volumes describe the history workings and people involved in this office from Washington to Clinton.The thirty-seven chapters of the Guide arranged into seven distinct subject areas (ranging from the origins of the office to the powers of the presidency to selection and removal) cover every aspect of the presidency. Initially dealing with the constitutional evolution of the presidency and its development the book goes on to expand on the history of the office how the presidency operates alongside the numerous departments and agents of the federal bureaucracy and how the selection procedure works in ordinary and special cicumstances.Of special interest to the reader will be the illustrated biographies of every president from Washington to the present day and the detailed overview of the vice-presidents and first ladies of each particular office. Also included are two special appendices one of which gathers together important addresses and speeches from the Declaration of Independence to Clinton's Inaugural Address and another which provides results from elections and polls and statistics from each office. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315061528

Guide to the RIBA Domestic and Concise Building Contracts 2014 This latest title from Sarah Lupton best-selling author of construction contract guides provides comprehensive guidance to the RIBA’s two new building contracts: the RIBA Domestic Building Contract 2014 and the RIBA Concise Building Contract 2014.Introducing the contracts’ features and benefits and covering all aspects of their use from choosing and forming the right one for your project to guiding the parties through all its various stages the Guide serves as the definitive introduction and an invaluable desktop reference for the busy contract administrator. Written in plain English to complement the RIBA Building Contracts themselves the Guide assumes no prior knowledge of construction law or contracts; it is therefore also the ideal reference book for construction students on the threshold of undertaking their professional examinations. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465455

Guide to the YIVO Archives YIVO founded in 1925 in Wilno (Vilnius) is a center for scholarship on East European Jewish history language and culture. During the 1920s and early 1930s a network of YIVO affiliates was established across Europe and the Americas including one in New York which became the institute's new home when YIVO was reestablished in 1940 by members of its board who had escaped from Nazi-occupied Europe.This is the first repository-level finding aid to the archives (over 1 400 collections) of the YIVO Institute for Jewish Research in New York. It includes a brief history of the institute and archives descriptive entries on each collection a detailed index of key words and subject headings and information on the archive's basic services. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315503219

Guide to Using the RIBA Plan of Work 2013 The RIBA Plan of Work 2013 is the definitive framework for the contemporary building design and construction process. It provides a stage-by-stage model to assist all members of the project team to manage the process from inception to completion and beyond. This practical guide explains how the RIBA Plan of Work 2013 can be applied for optimal results in construction projects revealing the Plan of Work as much more than just a project framework.　 It can be used as a tool to ensure best outcomes and guide thinking across a range of key themes including whole life costs procurement routes BIM and social and environmental sustainability. With useful explanations of the various stages and technical terms this book is packed with guidance and tips for using the Plan of Work to ensure genuinely integrated projects. Intended as complementary to the RIBA Plan of Work 2013 Online the RIBA Job Book and Assembling the Project Team it is for construction professionals industry-wide from architectural practices to clients and contractors as well as students studying for their professional examinations. Media > Books > Print Books RIBA Publishing 9781859465042

Guide to Writing Empirical Papers Theses and Dissertations "Describes the quantitative research process--framing analytical questions developing a comprehensive outline providing a roadmap for the reader and accessing indispensable computer and program tools. Supplies end-of-chapter checklists extensive examples and biobliographies." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396688

Guidebook for Managing Silicon Chip Reliability Achieving cost-effective performance over time requires an organized disciplined and time-phased approach to product design development qualification manufacture and in-service management. Guidebook for Managing Silicon Chip Reliability examines the principal failure mechanisms associated with modern integrated circuits and describes common practices used to resolve them.This quick reference on semiconductor reliability addresses the key question: How will the understanding of failure mechanisms affect the future?Chapters discuss:failure sites operational loads and failure mechanismintrinsic device sensitivitieselectromigrationhot carrier agingtime dependent dielectric breakdownmechanical stress induced migrationalpha particle sensitivityelectrostatic discharge (ESD) and electrical overstresslatch-upqualificationscreeningguidelines for designing reliabilityGuidebook for Managing Silicon Chip Reliability focuses on device failure and causes throughout - providing a thorough framework on how to model the mechanism test for defects and avoid and manage damage. It will serve as an exceptional resource for electrical engineers as well as mechanical engineers working in the field of electronic packaging. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400064

Guidebook on Helping Persons with Mental Retardation Mourn The book contributes to an awareness of the significance of loss in the life experience of persons with mental retardation. Experiencing loss may be a very powerful vulnerability in their mental or psychological life and dealing with this loss is a basic element in psychological health. There has been an enormous hole in the death and dying literature and in the mental retardation literature on the mourning behavior and needs of persons with mental retardation. This book fills that hole and lays a foundation for grief support services establishes standards of practice and care and is an educational primer about the loss and mourning needs of persons with mental retardation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231587

GuidebookToxic Substances Control Act First Published in 1977 this set offers a comprehensive guide into the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for environmental health professionals toxicologists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367263027

GuidebookToxic Substances Control Act First Published in 1977 this set offers a comprehensive guide into the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for environmental health professionals toxicologists and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367263300

Guided by the SpiritsThe Meanings of Life Death and Youth Suicide in an Ojibwa Community Guided by the Spirits is a case study of youth suicide in the Sault Sainte Marie Tribe of Chippewa Indians. Written by a member of the tribal community this study focuses on qualitative methods indigenous experience and collaborative approaches to explore the social and historical significance of youth suicide in an Ojibwa community. Guided by the Spirits combines traditional methods of analysis extracts of interviews and field notes and creative ethnographic writing to present the relationships between culture history identity agency and youth suicide. This book is a must read for lay readers policy makers and researchers who seek a window into contemporary Native American life as well as a critical interpretation of youth suicide in indigenous societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257385

Guided Math in ActionBuilding Each Student's Mathematical Proficiency with Small-Group Instruction Teachers coaches and supervisors will learn how to help elementary school students build mathematical proficiency with standards-based differentiated small-group instruction with the strategies in this book. Both novice and veteran educators will gain in-depth knowledge for conducting effective guided math lessons scaffolding learning in small groups and assessing student learning. Lots of actual templates graphic organizers black-line masters detailed lesson plans and student work samples are included as well as vignettes of mini-lessons center time small guided math groups and share time. This practical hands-on guide will help you... Understand the framework of Guided Math lessons Gain an in-depth look at the role of assessment throughout the Guided Math process Develop an action plan to get started immediately This is a must-have resource for all educators looking for a structure to teach small groups in math that meet the Common Core State Standards for Mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596672352

Guided Wave Optics and Photonic Devices Guided Wave Optics and Photonic Devices introduces readers to a broad cross-section of topics in this area from the basics of guided wave optics and nonlinear optics to biophotonics. The book is inspired by and expands on lectures delivered by distinguished speakers at a three-week school on guided wave optics and devices organized at the CSIR-Central Glass and Ceramic Research Institute in Kolkata in 2011. An Introduction to Guided Wave Optics and Photonic Devices: Principles Applications and Future Directions The book discusses the concept of modes in a guided medium from first principles emphasizing the importance of dispersion properties in optical fibers. It describes fabrication and characterization techniques of rare-earth-doped optical fibers for amplifiers and lasers with an eye to future applications. Avoiding complex mathematical formalism it also presents the basic theory and operational principles of fiber amplifiers and lasers. The book examines techniques for writing fiber Bragg gratings which are of particular interest for smart sensing applications. A chapter focuses on the fundamental principles of Fourier optics and its implementation in guided wave optics. In addition the book explains the critical phenomena of soliton dynamics and supercontinuum generation in photonic crystal fiber including its fabrication process and characteristics. It also looks at plasmonics in guided media and nonlinearity in stratified media—both key areas for future research. The last chapter explores the importance of lasers in biophotonic applications. Written by experts engaged in teaching research and development in optics and photonics this reference brings together fundamentals and recent advances in one volume. It offers a valuable overview of the field for students and researchers alike and identifies directions for future research in guided wave and photonic device technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077317

Guided Wave PhotonicsFundamentals and Applications with MATLAB� A comprehensive presentation of the theory and simulation of optical waveguides and wave propagations in a guided environment Guided Wave Photonics: Fundamentals and Applications with MATLAB® supplies fundamental and advanced understanding of integrated optical devices that are currently employed in modern optical fiber communications systems and photonic signal processing systems. While there are many texts available in this area none provide the breadth and depth of coverage and computational rigor found in this one. The author has distilled the information into a very practical usable format. In a logical progression of theory and application he starts with Maxwell's equations and progresses directly to optical waveguides (integrated optic and fiber optic) couplers modulators nonlinear effects and interactions and system applications. With up-to-date coverage of applicable algorithms design guides material systems and the latest device and system applications the book addresses:Fundamentals of guiding optical waves including theoretical and simplified techniquesLinear and nonlinear aspects of optical waveguidingManipulating lightwaves by coupling and splittingInteractions of lightwaves and ultra-fast electrical travelling waves in modern optical modulators Applications of guided wave devices in optical communication systems and optical signal processingProviding fundamental understanding of lightwave guiding and manipulating techniques the text covers the field of integrated photonics by giving the principles theoretical and applications. It explains how to solve the optical modes and their coupling as well as how to manipulate lightwaves for applications in communications and signal processing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452230

Guidelines for Design of Low-Rise Buildings Subjected to Lateral Forces Guidelines for Design of Low-Rise Buildings Subjected to Lateral Forces is a concise guide that identifies performance issues concerns and research needs associated with low-rise buildings. The book begins with an introduction that discusses special problems with low-rise buildings subjected to wind and earthquakes. Chapter 2 examines probabilistic methods and their use in evaluating risks from natural hazards. It also addresses the characteristics of wind and seismic forces and levels of risk implied by building codes. Wind forces are covered in more detail in Chapter 3 with discussions of wind force concepts and wind-structure interactions. Chapter 4 is devoted to earthquake forces and traces the development of building codes for earthquake resistant design. Chapter 5 describes the main framing systems used to resist lateral forces and discusses the code requirements for drift control. The designs and requirements for connections between building elements are addressed in Chapter 6. It includes examples along with several illustrations of suitable connections. The performance of non-structural elements during wind and earthquake forces is also examined in detail. This book serves as an important reference for civil engineers construction engineers architects and anyone concerned with structural codes and standards. It is an excellent guide that can be used to supplement design recommendations and provide a design basis where there are no current requirements. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069218

Guidelines for Developing Instructions Confusing inadequate instructions for setting up and using consumer products are not only unhelpful but potentially dangerous. They may contain wrong information poor warnings and no pictures or illustrations. Standards are either non-existent or little known even though the U.S. government has developed and tested standards for the past thirty years. This book presents a set of guidelines written by The Human Factors and Ergonomics Society that have been tested by human factor specialists. This expert advice is applicable to writing assembly procedures operational procedures and user shop and repair manuals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138424753

Guidelines for Evaluating Water in Pit Slope Stability Guidelines for Evaluating Water in Pit Slope Stability is a comprehensive account of the hydrogeological procedures that should be followed when performing open pit slope stability design studies. Created as an outcome of the Large Open Pit (LOP) project an international research and technology transfer project on the stability of rock slopes in open pit mines this book expands on the hydrogeological model chapter in the LOP project’s previous book Guidelines for Open Pit Slope Design (Read & Stacey 2009; CSIRO Publishing/CRC Press). The book comprises six sections which outline the latest technology and best practice procedures for hydrogeological investigations. The sections cover: the framework used to assess the effect of water in slope stability; how water pressures are measured and tested in the field; how a conceptual hydrogeological model is prepared; how water pressures are modelled numerically; how slope depressurisation systems are implemented; and how the performance of a slope depressurisation program is monitored and reconciled with the design. Guidelines for Evaluating Water in Pit Slope Stability offers slope design practitioners with a road map that that will help them decide how to investigate and treat water pressures in pit slopes. It provides guidance and essential information for mining and civil engineers geotechnical engineers engineering geologists and hydrogeologists involved in the investigation design and construction of stable rock slopes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576219

Guidelines for Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for Medical Devices Challenged by stringent regulations vigorous competition and liability lawsuits medical device manufactures must develop safe reliable and cost-effective products and managing and reducing risk is a vital element of reaching that goal. A practical guide to achieving corporate consistency while dramatically cutting the time required for studies Guidelines for Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for Medical Devices focuses on Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) and its application throughout the life cycle of a medical device. It outlines the major U.S. and E.U. standards and regulations and provides a detailed yet easy-to-read overview of risk management and risk analysis methodologies common FMEA pitfalls and FMECA-Failure Mode Effects and Criticality Analysis.Discover how the FMEA methodology can help your company achieve a more cost-effective manufacturing process by improving the quality and reliability of your products. This new FMEA manual from the experts at Dyadem is the ultimate resource for you and your colleagues to learn more about Failure Modes and Effects Analysis and then teach others at your facility. This comprehensive manual is sure to become a standard reference for engineering professionals. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138464100

Guidelines for Investigating Officer-Involved Shootings Arrest-Related Deaths and Deaths in Custody As unrest over officer-involved shootings and deaths in custody takes center stage in conversations about policing and the criminal justice system Guidelines for Investigating Officer-Involved Shootings Arrest-Related Deaths and Deaths in Custody addresses critical investigation components from an expert witness perspective providing the insights necessary to ensure a complete investigation. Investigating a custodial death or an officer involved in a shooting presents unique and complex issues: estate community judicial agency involved officer and public policy interests are all at stake. These types of deaths present various emerging medical psychological legal and liability technical and investigatory issues that must be addressed through a comprehensive investigation. This book is ideal for students in criminal investigation death investigation crime scene investigation and special topic courses in custodial deaths and officer-involved shootings as well as for death investigators law enforcement officers police administrators and attorneys. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780323296236

Guidelines for Laboratory Quality Auditing This single-source reference provides practical guidance for the quality auditing of a chemical or biological testing laboratory-helping to develop or improve quality control and quality assurance programs in order to meet certification standards or pass external-source audits. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429068034

Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA) can be key to planning decisions by identifying the effects of new developments on views and on the landscape itself. This fully revised edition of the industry standard work on LVIA presents an authoritative statement of the principles of assessment. Offering detailed advice on the process of assessing the landscape and visual effects of developments and their significance it also includes a new expanded chapter on cumulative effects and updated guidance on presentation. Written by professionals for professionals the third edition of this widely respected text provides an essential tool for landscape practitioners developers legal advisors and decision-makers.　　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415680042

Guidelines for Mine Waste Dump and Stockpile Design Guidelines for Mine Waste Dump and Stockpile Design is a comprehensive practical guide to the investigation design operation and monitoring of mine waste dumps dragline spoils and major stockpiles associated with large open pit mines. These facilities are some of the largest man-made structures on Earth and while most have performed very well there are cases where instabilities have occurred with severe consequences including loss of life and extensive environmental and economic damage. Developed and written by industry experts with extensive knowledge and experience this book is an initiative of the Large Open Pit (LOP) Project. It comprises 16 chapters that follow the life cycle of a mine waste dump dragline spoil or stockpile from site selection to closure and reclamation. It describes the investigation and design process introduces a comprehensive stability rating and hazard classification system provides guidance on acceptability criteria and sets out the key elements of stability and runout analysis. Chapters on site and material characterisation surface water and groundwater characterisation and management risk assessment operations and monitoring management of ARD emerging technologies and closure are included. A chapter is also dedicated to the analysis and design of dragline spoils. Guidelines for Mine Waste Dump and Stockpile Design summarises the current state of practice and provides insight and guidance to mine operators geotechnical engineers mining engineers hydrogeologists geologists and other individuals that are responsible at the mine site level for ensuring the stability and performance of these structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197312

Guidelines for Open Pit Slope Design in Weak Rocks Weak rocks encountered in open pit mines cover a wide variety of materials with properties ranging between soil and rock. As such they can provide a significant challenge for the slope designer. For these materials the mass strength can be the primary control in the design of the pit slopes although structures can also play an important role. Because of the typically weak nature of the materials groundwater and surface water can also have a controlling influence on stability. Guidelines for Open Pit Slope Design in Weak Rocks is a companion to Guidelines for Open Pit Slope Design which was published in 2009 and dealt primarily with strong rocks. Both books were commissioned under the Large Open Pit (LOP) project which is sponsored by major mining companies. These books provide summaries of the current state of practice for the design implementation and assessment of slopes in open pits with a view to meeting the requirements of safety as well as the recovery of anticipated ore reserves. This book which follows the general cycle of the slope design process for open pits contains 12 chapters. These chapters were compiled and written by industry experts and contain a large number of case histories. The initial chapters address field data collection the critical aspects of determining the strength of weak rocks the role of groundwater in weak rock slope stability and slope design considerations which can differ somewhat from those applied to strong rock. The subsequent chapters address the principal weak rock types that are encountered in open pit mines including cemented colluvial sediments weak sedimentary mudstone rocks soft coals and chalk weak limestone saprolite soft iron ores and other leached rocks and hydrothermally altered rocks. A final chapter deals with design implementation aspects including mine planning design implementation monitoring surface water control and closure of weak rock slopes. Key Features: Illustration of the best practice in modern open pit mines State of the art approaches for challenging designs Use of numerous case histories written by large-open pit operators to illustrate state of practice Individual chapters/sections written by leaders in the industry As with the other books in this series Guidelines for Open Pit Slope Design in Weak Rocks provides guidance to practitioners involved in the design and implementation of open pit slopes particularly geotechnical engineers mining engineers geologists and other personnel working at operating mines. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138298095

Guidelines for Preparing Urban Plans While many authors have written about what urban plans should contain and how they should be used this comprehensive book leads you step by step through the entire plan preparation process.Citing examples from across the country Larz Anderson shows how to prepare review adopt and implement urban plans. He explains how to id Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330095

Guidelines for Process Hazards Analysis (PHA HAZOP) Hazards Identification and Risk Analysis This unique manual is a comprehensive easy-to-read overview of hazards analysis as it applies to the process and allied industries. The book begins by building a background in the technical definition of risk past industrial incidents and their impacts ensuing legislation and the language and terms of the risk field. It addresses the different types of structured analytical techniques for conducting Process Hazards Analyses (PHA) provides a "What If" checklist and shows how to organize and set up PHA sessions. Other topics include layout and siting considerations Failure Modes and Effect Analysis (FMEA) human factors loss of containment and PHA team leadership issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138464216

Guidelines for Slope Performance Monitoring Although most mining companies utilise systems for slope monitoring experience indicates that mining operations continue to be surprised by the occurrence of adverse geotechnical events. A comprehensive and robust performance monitoring system is an essential component of slope management in an open pit mining operation. The development of such a system requires considerable expertise to ensure the monitoring system is effective and reliable. Written by instrumentation experts and geotechnical practitioners Guidelines for Slope Performance Monitoring is an initiative of the Large Open Pit (LOP) Project and the fifth book in the Guidelines for Open Pit Slope Design series. Its 10 chapters present the process of establishing and operating a slope monitoring system; the fundamentals of pit slope monitoring instrumentation and methods; monitoring system operation; data acquisition management and analysis; and utilising and communicating monitoring results. The implications of increased automation of mining operations are also discussed including the future requirements of performance monitoring. Guidelines for Slope Performance Monitoring summarises leading mine industry practice in monitoring system design implementation system management data management and reporting and provides guidance for engineers geologists technicians and others responsible for geotechnical risk management. This book is an initiative of the Large Open Pit (LOP) Project and the fifth book in the Guidelines for Open Pit Slope Design series. It summarises leading mine industry practice in monitoring system design implementation system management data management and reporting and provides guidance for engineers geologists technicians and others responsible for geotechnical risk management. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367509194

Guidelines on Materials Requirements for Carbon and Low Alloy SteelsFor H2S-Containing Environments in Oil and Gas Production This document defines the types of cracking and the conditions under which each can occur in carbon and low alloy steels in wet H2S-containing environments specifies materials requirements necessary to prevent such cracking and presents test methods for evaluating materials performance. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429273858

Guiding Global OrderG8 Governance in the Twenty-First Century This title was first published in 2001. John Kirton Joseph Daniels and Andreas Freytag present an indispensable and authoritative collection of papers in this volume in the G8 and Global Governance series. This is an essential tool for those interested in keeping abreast of the ongoing and rapidly expanding work of the G7/G8 system. Containing the first treatment of China’s relationship with the G7/G8 and comprehensive analysis of the new G20 forum this volume in the G8 and Global Governance series also looks at the possibilities for the G8 system. It places the work of the G7 within a broader context of global governance and the new challenges facing the international community in the new century. A balanced selection of distinguished experts from the G7 countries and from emerging markets outside provide an essential addition to the bookshelves of academics government officials and business and media communities interested in keeping abreast of the ongoing and rapidly expanding work of the G7/G8 system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138634893

Guiding the American UniversityContemporary Challenges and Choices American higher education is under unprecedented pressure beginning with the public funding and student debt crises and extending to inadequate performance in student retention and growing global competition. Respected educator and scholar Peter N. Stearns breaks down the underlying problems exploring the most contentious issues for university leaders and administrators today. Guiding the American University covers the major facets of university operation—administration faculty and students—and discusses what should be changed and what should be preserved. Covering major topics for debate and real problems facing American higher education today—including the tenure system online learning administrative bloat and campus culture—this book is a critical resource for aspiring and current higher education administrators. Research-based and stemming from a range of case studies this book’s insightful and fresh recommendations serve as an important contribution to the conversation on the future of American higher education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138889279

Guiding the ChildOn the Principles of Individual Psychology First published in 1930 this book was written under the leadership and inspiration of Alfred Adler. He and a group of physicians and educators organized 28 child guidance clinics in Vienna Berlin and Munich in the years prior to publication. Conducted according to the tenets of Individual Psychology these clinics revealed many new and stimulating problems that they felt were as applicable to conditions in America and England at the time as in the experimental countries. The book was designed as an organized and connected account of the problems accomplishments and failures encountered in the daily work reported from actual experience by the experts in charge. Adler edited the volume and assigned each subject to the specialist in that field. The result was designed to be of value to the welfare worker the physician and the forward-looking parent of the time. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820622

Guiding The FamilyPractical Counseling Techniques First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172913

Guido CavalcantiPoet of the Rational Animal Guido Cavalcanti Dante’s intellectual mentor is widely considered among the greatest Italian lyric poets; his famous and notoriously difficult philosophical canzone Donna me prega is often characterized as the most studied lyric poem in Italian literature. This book situates Cavalcanti’s poetry in the context of the Arabic Aristotelian rationalism that entered the Latin West in the 12th century—a tradition marked by questions concerning whether humans can ever transcend their animality. Cavalcanti’s poetry is a focal point where one can view circa 1300 AD Arabo-Islamic philosophy in the process of being assimilated and naturalized in Western Europe eventually leading to values (associated with the Renaissance and the Enlightenment) that we now call modern and secular—in particular to a notion of human reason as bound up with imagination and with ethical praxis rather than as a means for the attainment of knowledge concerning God and the cosmos. The book features a radically unprecedented interpretation of Donna me prega starkly opposed to all previous accounts: far from treating love as a threat to reason that would best be eliminated the canzone praises loving as the essential operation of rational human flourishing. This study of Cavalcanti serves as a prelude to the formulation of a new paradigm for understanding Dante’s Comedy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367210717

Guila NaquitzArchaic Foraging and Early Agriculture in Oaxaca Mexico Updated Edition This volume reports on the excavation of Guil�aquitz cave in Oaxaca a site that provides important evidence for the earliest plant domestication in the New World. Stratigraphic studies examinations of artifactual and botanical remains simulations and an imaginative reconstruction make this a model project of processual archaeology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138404472

Guild and StateEuropean Political Thought from the Twelfth Century to the Present Guild and State examines the values of social solidarity and fraternity that emerged from medieval guilds and city-communes and the effect of traditional corporate organization of labor on socioeconomic attitudes and theories of the state. What ordinary guildsmen and townsmen thought about these issues can be gleaned from chronicles charters and reported slogans. But in tracing attitudes toward the guilds of early Germanic times to today's equivalent-trade unions-a distinction must be made between popular "ethos" and learned "philosophy." In Europe from the twelfth to the seventeenth centuries the corporate organization of labor and of town-market communities developed side-by-side with the ideals of personal liberty market freedom and legal equality. Both affected the ideology of the European commune and city-state in specific and discernible ways. Self-governing labor organizations and civil freedom developed together as coherent practices. The values of mutual aid and craft honor on the one hand and of personal freedom and legal equality on the other formed the moral infrastructure of our civilization. Alternate ideals balanced harmonized and even cross-fertilized one another-as in the principle of freedom of association.Contrary to preconceptions however corporate values were seldom expressed philosophically in the Middle Ages. Political theory and the world of learning from the start emphasized liberal values. It was only after the Reformation that guild and communal values found expression in political theory. Even then only a few philosophers acknowledged that solidarity and exchange-the poles around which the values of guild and civil society respectively rotate-are not opposites but complementary and attempted to weave these together into a texture as tough and complex as that of urban society itself. The Enlightenment and industrialization led to an apotheosis of liberal values. Guilds disappeared and were only in part replaced by labor unions; the values of market exchange have since been in the ascendant-though Hegel Durkheim and more recently advocates of liberal corporatism maintain the possibility of a symbiosis between corporate and liberal values. In Guild and State there emerges an alternative history of political thought which will be fascinating to the general as well as the specialist reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524644

Guild Socialism Restated Guild Socialism Restated is G D H Cole’s fullest and most systematic account of his vision of industrial and political reorganization. The introductory chapters of the volume develop the theme of democratic citizenship in relation to industrial society. Cole contends that neither capitalism nor state socialism can adequately meet the fundamental requirements of democracy because neither provides institutions through which active citizenship can be achieved. He insists that the latter can only be realized in the realm of industrial relations. The central chapters of the book develop a view of socialist organization in which citizenship is a vital ingredient in every arena – from that of the workplace to national policymaking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369721

Guilds Labour and the Urban Body PoliticFabricating Community in the Southern Netherlands 1300-1800 This book presents a new view on the relation between labour and community through a focus on craft guilds. In the Southern Netherlands occupational guilds were both powerful and governed by manufacturing masters enabling the latter to imprint their mark upon urban society in an economic socio-cultural and political way. While the urban community was deeply indebted to a corporative spirit and guild ethic originating in medieval Germanic and Christian traditions guild-based artisans succeeded in being accepted as genuine political (and hence rational) actors – their political identity and agency being based upon their skills and trustworthiness.In the long run this corporative spirit and power inexorably waned. Yet this book shows that an adequate understanding of the development of European modernity – i.e. proletarianisation and the emergence of a modern economy and modern economic and political thinking – requires taking seriously the ruins upon which it is build. These histories can actually be recounted as purifications of sorts in which the economic was separated from the political the individual from the social and the transcendent from the material. While the religiously inspired corporative nature of the urban body politic waned the urban artisans lost their credibility as political (and rational) actors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892777

Guilds Markets and Work Regulations in Italy 16th–19th Centuries The purpose of this volume is to provide a conspectus of current research on the history of guilds and corporations in Italy in the period from the Renaissance to the end of the 19th century. Particular aims are to examine the relationship between guilds manufacturing entrepreneurship and economic development and their impact on urban society and social welfare. The work derives from a major project set up in 1994; the results were discussed at a conference in Rome in September 1997 and formed the basis for a further presentation by Professor Carlo Poni at the 12th International Economic History Conference in Seville. The papers are grouped into three sections dealing with the guild system in urban areas case studies of individual guilds and conflicts and their role in mutual aid and assistance. Specially translated for this volume they trace for the English-speaking world a rich picture of the history of the Italian guild system in the modern era and its movement from magnificence to decline. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253749

Guilhermina Suggia: Cellist Born in 1885 in Porto Portugal to a middle-class musical family Guilhermina Suggia began playing cello at the age of five. A child prodigy she was already a seasoned performer when she won a scholarship to study with Julius Klengel in Leipzig at the age of sixteen. Suggia lived in Paris with fellow cellist Pablo Casals for several years before World War I in a professional and personal partnership that was as stormy as it was unconventional. When they separated Suggia moved to London where she built a spectacularly successful solo career. Suggia's virtuosity and musicianship along with the magnificent style and stage presence famously captured in Augustus John's portrait made her one of the most sought-after concert artists of her day. In 1927 she married Dr José Casimiro Carteado Mena and settled down to a comfortable life divided between Portugal and England. Throughout the 1930s Suggia remained one of the most respected musicians in Europe. She partnered on stage with many famous instrumentalists and conductors and completed numerous BBC broadcasts. The war years kept her at home in Portugal where she focused on teaching but she returned to England directly after the war and resumed performing. When Suggia died in 1950 her will provided for the establishment of several scholarship funds for young cellists including England's prestigious Suggia Gift. Mercier's study of Suggia's letters and other writings reveal an intelligent warm and generous character; an artist who was enormously dedicated knowledgeable and self-disciplined. Suggia was one of the first women to make a career of playing the cello at a time when prejudice against women playing this traditionally 'masculine' instrument was still strong. A role model for many other musicians she was herself a fearless pioneer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259775

Guillaume De Machaut Le Livre Dou Voir Dit(The Book of the True Poem) This is the first complete edition and English translation of Mauchaut's fascinating medieval poem which tells "the true story" of his romance with a young admirer and offers unique insigths into the making of poetry music and manuscripts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415929011

Guillaume de MachautA Guide to Research First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203824771

Guillaume de MauchautLa Prise d'Alixandre This is the first edition in more than a century and the first modern English translation of the crowning masterwork of Machaut's literary career. Based on his extensive discussion with returning crusaders the poet recounts King Peter I of Cyprus's successful attack and capture of the Egyptian city of Alexandria in 1365. This volume features a full discussion of Machaut's life and career historical commentary extensive annotation and a select bibliography. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203775271

GuiltIts Meaning and Significance It is acknowledged by most students of human behaviour that the idea of guilt is closely connected with that of man’s freedom and responsibility. It is a theme of law-court and pulpit a concern of psychoanalysis and probation officers a growing pre-occupation of the novelist. Our era has even been described as a ‘guilt-consciousness age’. It comes as a surprise therefore to discover that there are so few modern books in which the meaning of guilt is thoroughly explored. In the present volume originally published in 1962 Dr J.G. McKenzie makes an admirable attempt to fill the gap. He begins by describing and analysing the various senses in which the word ‘guilt’ is used and by making a number of important distinctions. There follows a close psychological study of the origin and development of guilty feelings which is illumined by Dr McKenzie’s interpretation of ‘negative’ and ‘positive’ conscience. The author then turns to the legal ethical and religious concepts of guilt and examines each with care and insight always raising and facing the deepest issues for both theory and practice. In the concluding section of the book he deals with the question ‘How can the sense of guilt be dissipated?’ Against the backdrop of depth-psychology and theology he offers a penetrating and provocative understanding of divine forgiveness which plumbs the deeps both of man’s sin and of God’s love. Dr McKenzie writes out of a long lifetime of teaching and of clinical work in psychotherapy. The range of his reading and interests is extraordinarily wide. Through all his writing there shines not only his profound concern for people but his lively and indeed infectious conviction that man is still in the making and that his one true Maker is God. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138677203

GuiltRevenge Remorse and Responsibility After Freud Guilt is an original closely argued examination of the opposition between guilty man and tragic man. Starting from the scientific and speculative writings of Freud and the major pioneers of psychoanalysis to whom we owe the first studies of this complex question Roberto Speziale-Bagliacca goes on to focus on the debate between Klein and Winnicott in an enlightened attempt to remove blame and the sense of guilt from religion morality and law. Drawing on an impressive range of sources - literary historical and philosophical - and illustrated by studies of composers thinkers and writers as diverse as Mozart and Chuang Tzu Shakespeare and Woody Allen Guilt covers a range of topics including the concept of guilt used within the law and the analyst's contribution to the client's sense of guilt. Previously unavailable in English this book deserves to be read not only by psychoanalysts philosophers. scholars and forensic psychiatrists interested in the theory of justice but also be the ordinary educated reader. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203490174

Guilty MoneyThe City of London in Victorian and Edwardian Culture 1815-1914 This is an engaging study of the place occupied by the City of London within British cultural life during the Victorian and Edwardian periods. Michie uses both literary and popular novels to examine socio-economic representations during this period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138665231

Guinea BissauFrom Liberation Struggle To Independent Statehood This book addresses whether Guinea-Bissau is a nation or a nation in formation; what the political and ideological foundations of the national liberation movement are; and how one should characterize the historical transition from a national liberation movement to a state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367155384

Guinea PigsFood Symbol and Conflict of Knowledge in Ecuador Guinea pigs have been reared and eaten by indigenous people in the Andes since ancient times and it seemed rational to development planners to ‘modernize' their production. When these development projects ran into trouble a team of anthropologists was invited to study the reasons for this lack of success. This intriguing book is the product of that study.What the author shows is that guinea pigs have a meaning in the social and ritual life of Ecuadorian peasants which is far from mundane. Rejecting the attempts of some anthropologists to reduce the production of guinea pigs and the festive life of the Andean community to a quest for protein he explores the full complex of social and cultural practices which centre on this animal and uses his study of its role within Andean culture to provide telling insights into how that culture itself is constituted -- its values beliefs and attitudes. By working in a variety of communities with different ecological and ethnographic characteristics the author has made a major contribution to ethnographic accounts of Ecuador and to the more general study of ritual consumption and indigenous knowledge. He points us in particular towards the importance of the knowledge of women who are those principally responsible for the care of an animal which is prized for its role in healing and central to Andean sociality. The book not only presents us with a colourful description of the range of cultural practices surrounding the guinea pig ranging from the way the animals are reared through a rich and complex cuisine to their role in ritual life but also highlights the way the gender dimension is central to understanding resistances to ‘modernization' and the power of ‘experts'. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135715

Guitar Cultures The guitar is one of the most evocative instruments in the world. It features in music as diverse as heavy metal blues indie and flamenco as well as Indian classical music village music making in Papua New Guinea and carnival in Brazil. This cross-cultural popularity makes it a unique starting point for understanding social interaction and cultural identity. Guitar music can be sexy soothing melancholy or manic but it nearly always brings people together and creates a common ground even if this common ground is often the site of intense social cultural economic and political negotiation and contest.This book explores how people use guitars and guitar music in various nations across the world as a musical and symbolic basis for creating identities. In a world where place and space are challenged by the pace of globalization the guitar provides images sounds and styles that help define new cultural territories. Guitars play a crucial part in shaping the commercial music industry educational music programmes and local community atmosphere. Live or recorded guitar music and performance collecting and manufacture sustains a network of varied social exchanges that constitute a distinct cultural milieu.Representing the first sustained analysis of what the guitar means to artists and audiences world-wide this book demonstrates that this seemingly simple material artefact resonates with meaning as well as music. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085522

Guitar TuningsA Comprehensive Guide First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138157644

Gujarat Beyond GandhiIdentity Society and Conflict The birthplace of Mahatma Gandhi and the land that produced Mohammad Ali Jinnah the founder of Pakistan Gujarat has been at the centre-stage of South Asia’s political iconography for more than a century. As Gujarat created as a separate state in 1960 celebrates its golden jubilee this collection of essays critically explores the many paradoxes and complexities of modernity and politics in the state. The contributors provide much-needed insights into the dominant impulses of identity formation cultural change political mobilisation religious movements and modes of communication that define modern Gujarat. This book touches upon a fascinating range of topics – the identity debates at the heart of the idea of modern Gujarat; the trajectory of Gujarati politics from the 1950s to the present day; bootlegging the practice of corruption and public power; vegetarianism and violence; urban planning and the enabling infrastructure of antagonism; global diasporas and provincial politics – providing new insights into understanding the enigma of Gujarat. Going well beyond the boundaries of Gujarat and engaging with larger questions about democracy and diversity in India this book will appeal to those interested in South Asian Studies politics sociology history as well as the general reader. This book was published as a special issue of South Asian History and Culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828246

Gulf Arabic First published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415513166

Gulf Crisis First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975590

Gulliver in the Land of GiantsA Critical Biography and the Memoirs of the Celebrated Dwarf Joseph Boruwlaski Józef Boruwlaski was the most famous dwarf of the Enlightenment age. Polish-born he travelled extensively throughout Europe appearing and performing at royal courts and salons before settling in Durham in his later life until his death at the age of 97. He was described in Diderot's Encyclopédie and the press of his day - both on the continent and in the UK - sustained an interest in him and kept tabs on his life and experiences. His memoirs published in a bilingual (French and English) version in 1788 show him to have been an intelligent and sharp observer of the world he inhabited. The life story of this miniature gentleman is not only highly interesting in its own right but also offers a new perspective on the culture of the Enlightenment. Through a meticulous survey of source materials in Poland France and the United Kingdom the author has managed to unearth and reconstruct many heretofore unknown details about Boruwlaski's life and adventures about his travels first on the continent and then in the United Kingdom. It is not typical biography but rather an attempt at identifying certain social roles that were imposed upon Boruwlaski: a plaything of the salons a source of entertainment for the masses an adventurist against his own wishes. At the same time his story is that of a man who spent his whole life trying to escape from such roles imposed upon him. Boruwlaski's memoirs are included in full containing many of the letters he sent to his wife with critical annotation. The author also investigates for the first time the sizeable differences between the many different versions of the memoirs published during his own lifetime. This monograph offers not only an opportunity to rediscover the fascinating life story of an intriguing man but also gives a unique point of view on Europe's uppermost elite in the Enlightenment age - as people who remained deeply fascinated with deformities and oddities despite their own self-professed 'refined' tastes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107762

Gum PrintingA Step-by-Step Manual Highlighting Artists and Their Creative Practice Gum Printing: A Step-by-Step Manual Highlighting Artists and Their Creative Practice is a two-part book on gum bichromate written by the medium’s leading expert Christina Z. Anderson. Section One provides a step-by-step description of the gum printing process. From setting up the "dimroom" (no darkroom required!) to evaluating finished prints it walks the reader through everything that is needed to establish a firm gum practice with the simplest of setups at home. Section Two showcases contemporary artists’ works illustrating the myriad ways gum is conceptualized and practiced today. The works in these pages range from monochrome to colorful and from subtle to bold representing a variety of genres including still lifes portraits nudes landscapes urbanscapes and more. Featuring over 80 artists and 400 full-color images Gum Printing is the most complete overview of this dynamic and expressive medium that has yet appeared in print. Key topics covered include: The history of gum Simple digital negatives for gum platinum and cyanotype Preparing supplies Making monochrome duotone tricolor and quadcolor gum prints Printing gum over cyanotype Printing gum over platinum Troubleshooting gum Advice on developing a creative practice Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101500

Gumoil Photographic Printing Revised Edition There is renewed interest among art photographers in a number of historic printing techniques because of the remarkable effects they produce. The reader will discover how to create beautifully tinted mono- and polychromatic gum and oil images using the author's version of this 19th century technique. Step-by-step illustrated instructions with directions for further experimentation provide a perfect source for learning this new yet old printing technique.Gumoil printing involves contact-printing a positive transparency onto gum-coated paper. Oil paint is then applied and rubbed into nongummed areas of the print. With bleach etching mono- and polychromatic variations are possible. A chapter on digital printing combines the new and the historic making this technique even more accessible for the art photographer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457980

Gun Barrel PoliticsParty-army Relations In Mao's China This book tests the model of civil-military dualism to explain People's Liberation Army's (PLA) political engagement and its loyalty to the party in Maoist China. It explores how the party maintained its control— through penetration of the armed forces or non-intervention and civilian control. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160333

Gun Crime in Global Contexts Every year around three-quarters of a million people die (directly or indirectly) as a result of gun violence with most deaths occurring in the poorest yet also most highly weaponized parts of the world. Firearm proliferation -- 875 million global firearms -- is a direct contributor to both regional conflicts and to crime. This book attempts to understand the inter-related dynamics of supply and demand which are weaponizing the world. Now over ten years after Peter Squires’s Gun Culture or Gun Control? the issues pertaining to gun violence and gun control have developed dramatically. With Gun Crime in Global Contexts Peter Squires offers a cutting-edge account of contemporary developments in the politics of gun crime and the social and theoretical issues that surround the problem. This book contains: an innovative political analysis of neo-liberal globalization and weapon proliferation; an overview of recent gun control debates and gang strategies in the UK; an updated analysis of US gun politics: self-defence race and the ‘culture war’; a critical analysis of US school and rampage shootings how they have impacted the gun debate and how different societies have responded to mass shootings; an examination of the UN's development of an Arms Trade Treaty (2001--13); a discussion of weapon trafficking; discussions about youth gangs around the world including those in Brazil Kenya West Africa Mexico and South Africa. With its interdisciplinary perspective and global reach this book will be important reading for academics and students interested in youth and gang crime violent crime and comparative criminal justice as well as peace and security studies and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937390

Gun Culture or Gun Control?Firearms and Violence: Safety and Society n 1996 the shooting and killing of 16 young children in a Dunblane primary school provoked wide reaching parliamentary reform to British gun laws. Within months virtually all privately owned handguns had been outlawed. Gun Culture or Gun Control? presents the first substantial analysis of the social and political reactions to events in Dunblane and also examines many of the wider issues relating to gun control in the United Kingdom.Rigorously comparative throughout Peter Squires provides a non-partisan exploration of the differences between attitudes to firearms and their control in Britain and in the United States. Amongst the topics the author considers are:* the social history of firearms on both sides of the atlantic* the differing policy directions adopted in Britain and the USA* media coverage of the gun question* firearms and policing* the future of the gun in society. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203187753

Gun StudiesInterdisciplinary Approaches to Politics Policy and Practice As cultural social political and historical objects guns are rich with complex and contested significance. What guns mean why they matter and what policies should be undertaken to regulate guns remain issues of vigorous scholarly and public debate.Gun Studies offers fresh research and original perspectives on the contentious issue of firearms in public life. Comprising global interdisciplinary contributions this insightful volume examines difficult and timely questions through the lens of:Social practiceMarketing and commerceCritical theory Political conflict Public policy CriminologyQuestions explored include the evolution of American gun culture from recreation to self-protection; the changing dynamics of the pro-gun and pro-regulation movements; the deeply personal role of guns as sources of both injury and security; and the relationship between gun-wielding individuals the state and social order in the United States and abroad. In addition to introducing new research Gun Studies presents reflections by senior scholars on what has been learned over the decades and how gun-related research has influenced public policy and everyday conversations.Offering provocative and often intimate perspectives on how guns influence individuals social structures and the state in both dramatic and nuanced ways Gun Studies will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as sociology political science legal history criminology criminal justice social policy armaments industries and violent crime. It will also appeal to policy makers and all others interested in and concerned about the use of guns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582708

Gun Violence and Public Life Schools theatres and malls used to be safe havens. Marathons were triumphal not tragic. Today public life is risky. Citizens are on edge either calling for gun control or purchasing personal weapons of self-defense. In this timely book prominent US and international authors examine gun violence in public life. They offer the latest data and analysis on topics such as comparative gun homicide rates the efficacy of gun control risks associated with gun ownership concealed-carry data and policy media and gaming violence gender and guns and school shootings. New insights are developed from a comparative case study of Canada a country in which gun ownership is common but with a much lower rate of gun violence. Neither demonising nor mythologising guns the contributors provide evidence-based analyses that shed light on policy directions and personal conduct. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612056661

Gunpowder Explosives and the StateA Technological History Gunpowder studies are still in their infancy despite the long-standing civil and military importance of this explosive since its discovery in China in the mid-ninth century AD. In this second volume by contributors who meet regularly at symposia of the International Committee for the History of Technology (ICOHTEC) the research is again rooted in the investigation of the technology of explosives manufacture but the fact that the chapters range in scope from the Old World to the New from sources of raw materials in south-east Asia to the complications of manufacture in the West shows that the story is more than the simple one of how an intriguing product was made. This volume is the first to develop the implications of the subject not just in the sense of relating it to changing military technologies but in that of seeing the securing of gunpowder supplies as fundamental to the power of the state and imperial pretensions.The search for saltpetre for example an essential ingredient of gunpowder became a powerful engine of sea-going European trade from the early seventeenth century. Smaller states like Venice were unable to form these distant connections and so to sustain a gunpowder army. Stronger states like France and Britain were able to do so and became even more powerful as the demand for improved explosives fostered national strengths - leading to a development of the sciences especially chemistry in the former case and of manufacturing techniques in the latter. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253725

Gunpowder and Firearms in the Mamluk KingdomA Challenge to Medieval Society (1956) This study of firearms analyzes the employment of such weaponry dated more than 40 years after use in Europe towards the close of the 1360s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975606

Gunpowder and IncenseThe Catholic Church and the Spanish Civil War Now available in English for the first time Gunpowder and Incense (translated from the Spanish La Pólvora y el Incienso) chronicles the role of the Church in Spanish politics looking in particular at the Spanish Civil War. Unlike most books on the subject Hilari Raguer looks beyond the traditional explanation that the war was primarily a religious struggle. His writing presents an exemplary "insider's" perspective and is notable for its balance and perception on the role of the Catholic Church before during and after the War. The material is presented in a lucid elegant manner - which makes this book as readable as it is historiographically important. It will be vital reading for students and scholars of European religious and modern history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415648165

Guns Culture and MoorsRacial Perceptions Cultural Impact and the Moroccan Participation in the Spanish Civil War (1936-1939) The history of the Moroccan troops in the Spanish Civil War (1936–1939) is the story of an encounter between two culturally and ethnically different people and the attempts by both sides Moroccan and Spanish to take control of this contact. This book shows to what extent colonials could participate in negotiating limits and taboos rather than being only on the receiving end of them. The examination of this encounter in its military religious as well as sexual aspects sheds new light on colonial relations and on how unique or typical the Spanish colonial case is in comparison to other European ones. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367591663

Guns and CrimeThe Data Don't Lie Guns and Crime: The Data Don’t Lie investigates the ways in which the current data on guns and crime are inadequate and inaccurate. Although the majority of murders in the United States are committed with guns research on gun ownership the supply of guns and the relationship between guns and crime is less thorough than studies done for many other aspects of public safety policy. This book explores the weaknesses in current findings and extrapolates the implications of policymaking based on these faulty foundations.As the gun debate continues to rage in North America this text offers a cautionary voice to the discourse—before practitioners and policy makers can create a solution to gun violence they must first improve the quality of the facts they use to make their case. Intended for criminology statistics sociology and economics students Guns and Crime is also suitable for interested laypersons and practitioners hoping to better understand the mythos surrounding guns in America. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595906

Guns on the InternetOnline Gun Communities First Amendment Protections and the Search for Common Ground on Gun Control Gun rights and control are well-trodden subjects with prior work supporting the right of citizens to own firearms discussing the failure of gun control efforts or warning about or exhorting citizen gun ownership among other things. Although social media in their many forms have only come to dominate modern U.S. life during the past decade there has been little academic exploration of gun owner communities on the Internet and social media. How do gun owners use social media? How do they meet other gun owners online? What do they talk about as relates to guns? With a massive and well-organized collection of support material Guns on the Internet faces these questions with an unbiased approach that seeks a foundation for mutual understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138598034

Gunshot WoundsPractical Aspects of Firearms Ballistics and Forensic Techniques Third Edition Written by the nation's foremost authority on gunshot wounds and forensic techniques as they relate to firearm injuries this third edition of a bestseller provides critical updates to information on gunshot wounds and the weapons and ammunition used to inflict them. The book describes practical aspects of ballistics wound ballistics and the classification of various wounds caused by handguns rifles and shotguns. It also explains autopsy techniques and procedures and laboratory analyses relating to weapons and gunshot evidence. A much-needed update after nearly 20 years the third edition of Gunshot Wounds provides the latest and most thorough information on firearms and best practices for examining firearm-related wounds. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498725699

Gurdjieff: The Key Concepts This unique book offers clear definitions of Gurdjieff's teaching terms placing him within the political geographic and cultural context of his time. Entries look at diverse aspects of his Work including:* possible sources in religious Theosophical occult esoteric and literary traditions* the integral relationships between different aspects of the teaching* its internal contradictions and subversive aspects* the derivation of Gurdjieff's cosmological laws and Ennegram* the passive form of "New Work" teaching introduced by Jeanne de Salzmann. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203389850

Gus the Gulping GoatTargeting the g Sound Gus loves to gulp yoghurt but he is not the only one. Has he met his match? This picture book targets the /g/ sound and is part of Speech Bubbles 1 a series of picture books that target specific speech sounds within the story. The series can be used for children receiving speech therapy for children who have a speech sound delay/disorder or simply as an activity for children’s speech sound development and/or phonological awareness. They are ideal for use by parents teachers or caregivers. Bright pictures and a fun story create an engaging activity perfect for sound awareness. Please see other titles in the series for stories targeting other speech sounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185282

Gustav and Alma MahlerA Research and Information Guide This revised edition of Garland's 1989 publication updates the core bibliography on Gustave Mahler (as well as his spouse and fellow composer Alma Mahler) by incorporating new research gathered over the past dozen years on his life and professional works. Gustave Mahler renowned conductor and composer of symphonies and song cycles is one of the foremost musical figures of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. His symphonies continue to be widely performed and studied through the twenty-first century. Organized in sections according to subject matter references are arranged alphabetically by the names of authors or editors. Filler’s research has produced sources for musicologists and students in nineteen languages offering a resource that expands traditional English-language music scholarship. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975613

Gustav HolstA Research and Information Guide First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415995252

Gustav MahlerNew Insights into His Life Times and Work Alfred Mathis-Rosenzweig (1897-1948) was a Viennese musicologist and critic who studied at the universities of Budapest and Vienna. From 1933 he embarked on producing a large-scale study of Mahler but at the time of his death the manuscript was left unfinished. Although it was presumed lost until 1997 the unfinished typescript written in German had been deposited in the library of the Guildhall School of Music & Drama. In 2003 the School‘s Research Centre commissioned Jeremy Barham to prepare the first published edition of this important work and his annotations and commentary add invaluable material to his translation of this historic document. Biographical material is used as a loose framework and platform for Mathis-Rosenzweig‘s profound examination of the environment within which Mahler‘s earlier music was embedded. This is an environment in which Wagner Bruckner and Wolf feature prominently and in which Mahler‘s music is viewed from the wider perspective of nineteenth-century German cultural domination and the subsequent rise of political extremism in the form of Hitlerite fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138465831

Gustavas Adolphus Gustavus Adolphus (1594--1632) dominated his age: he made Sweden the leading power of Northern Europe was the principal upholder of the Protestant cause in the Thirty Years War and was a great administrator as well as a brilliant soldier. His toleration and reforms helped define the development of the modern state. This concise study of his career by the doyen of modern historians of the North appeared in 1973. Long unavailable but now revised expanded updated and reset it makes a welcome return in Profiles in Power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138150126

GustoEssential Writings in Nineteenth-Century Gastronomy First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203626283

Guta Lag and Guta Saga: The Law and History of the Gotlanders Guta Lag the law of the independent island of Gotland is one of the earliest laws of Scandinavia. The historical appendix to the law Guta Saga was written in the thirteenth or fourteenth century. Together Guta Lag and its accompanying Saga provide an invaluable insight into the lives of the people living on Gotland the largest of Sweden’s Baltic islands in 1000-1400. Guta Lag and Guta Saga: The Law and History of the Gotlanders is the first time that these two important texts have been translated into English and combined in one edition accompanied by an extensive commentary and historical contextualisation by Christine Peel. In the Viking Age the island of Gotland maintained its own law and administrative system. It was distinctive among Swedish provinces retaining its own laws until 1645 while mainland provincial laws were all superseded by national law in the mid-fourteenth century. Preserved in eight manuscripts it illustrates the everyday life and administrative system of the people of Gotland. Guta Saga tells the story of the island from its discovery by the legendary Þieluar who removed the enchantment upon it which led to its inhabitation. Read together the texts provide a complete picture of an island unique among Scandinavian provinces offering a rare view of everyday people in medieval Scandinavia.This innovative and timely translation will be fascinating and essential reading for scholars of Scandinavian studies and legal history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870928

Gutenberg and the Impact of Printing From typefounding through typesetting to the printing process itself this narrative offers a fresh look at the unprecedented success story of the spread of the 'black art' right across Europe in a mere 40 years. Stephan Füssel here analyses the first early printings placing them in the context of the history of communication and the intellectual climate of a Europe-wide educated elite by about 1500. He foregrounds the tremendous rise in European culture and the history of education experienced as a direct result of this media revolution. In separate chapters Füssel depicts the fast spreading of the art of printing to Italy France and England at the same time highlighting the importance of the art of printing for the Roman Catholic Church the Reformation the University and the economy. From herbals to a guide for midwives the present book shows popular instruction at work in the vernacular as well as the consolidation of knowledge into encyclopedias in the early modern period and the emergence of new forms of the prose novel and the beginnings of newspapers and periodicals. Finally Stephan Füssel traces the modern resonances of Gutenberg's invention which persisted in virtually unchanged form for a further 350 years. It underwent decisive technological change through industrialisation and mechanisation in the nineteenth century and again through digitalisation at the close of the twentieth century. However as Füssel shows the mass diffusion of information and the related communications revolution which began with Gutenberg continue unabated. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315253718

Guyana DiariesWomen's Lives Across Difference Guyana Diaries narrates the life histories of members of the Red Thread Development Corporation a group of women activists in the Caribbean. Kimberly Nettles an African American researcher explores the impact of their work on these women’s lives and in the process discovers differences of class and nation that overshadow the gender and race she shares with her subjects. Blending feminist ethnography critical autobiography and literary narratives Nettles examines both the collective and her own experiences in studying its members producing an illuminating evocative work of self and other. It should be of interest to those in race and ethnic studies gender studies Caribbean studies development studies and qualitative research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315427898

GuyanaMicrocosm of Sustainable Development Challenges First published in 1998 this volume uses Guyana as an excellent comprehensive case study to examine various sectors’ operations effects upon the environment and the ways in which the sector can impact upon the vitality and development potential of other sectors. The authors attempt to demonstrate how it is possible to adjust current sectoral activities for improved resource utilisation. They begin in the interior looking at mining and forest resource exploitation. Attention then moves towards the coast looking at agriculture fishing human settlement and service provision. A review of industry transport and energy follows before examining biodiversity tourism and the Amerindian community. Finally a detailed analysis is presented of the challenges to be faced in devising a sustainable development national strategy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138385184

Guys and Guns AmokDomestic Terrorism and School Shootings from the Oklahoma City Bombing to the Virginia Tech Massacre From the recent shootings at Virginia Tech University to the tragedies at Columbine and Oklahoma City certain common traits can be traced through all of these events. In Guys and Guns Amok media and cultural critic Douglas Kellner provides a fascinating diagnostic reading of these acts of domestic terrorism. Skillfully connecting each case with the current environment for male socialization and the search for identity in an American culture obsessed with guns and militarism Kellner's work is a sobering reflection on these tragedies and the pervasive power of media and popular culture as well as a wake-up call for the future. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315634258

Gwen Ffrangcon-Davies Twentieth-Century Actress Gwen Ffrangcon-Davies is a paradox; a famous actress whose career spanned most of the twentieth century she is now largely forgotten. Drawing on material held in Ffrangcon-Davies's personal archive Grime argues that the representation of the actress on and off the stage can be read in terms of its constructions of normative female behaviours. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661981

György Ligeti's Cultural Identities Since György Ligeti’s death in 2006 there has been a growing acknowledgement of how central he was to the late twentieth-century cultural landscape. This collection is the first book devoted to exploring the composer’s life and music within the context of his East European roots revealing his dual identities as both Hungarian national and cosmopolitan modernist. Contributors explore the artistic and socio-cultural contexts of Ligeti’s early works including composition and music theory the influence of East European folk music notions of home and identity his ambivalent attitude to his Hungarian past and his references to his homeland in his later music. Many of the valuable insights offered profit from new research undertaken at the Paul Sacher Foundation Basel while also drawing on the knowledge of long-time associates such as the composer’s assistant Louise Duchesneau. The contributions as a whole reveal Ligeti’s thoroughly cosmopolitan milieu and values and illuminate why his music continues to inspire new generations of performers composers and listeners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367232054

György Ligeti's Le Grand Macabre: Postmodernism Musico-Dramatic Form and the Grotesque György Ligeti’s Le Grand Macabre (1974–77 revised 1996) has consolidated its position as one of the major operatic works of the twentieth century. Few operas composed since the 1970s have received such numerous productions bringing the eclectic score to a global audience. Famously dubbed by Ligeti as an ‘anti-anti-opera’ the piece is a highly ambiguous apocalyptic fable about the human condition fear of death and the final judgement. As the first book in English solely dedicated to discussion of this work György Ligeti’s Le Grand Macabre: Postmodernism Musico-Dramatic Form and the Grotesque offers new perspectives on the opera’s musico-dramatic identity in the context of musical postmodernism. Peter Edwards draws on a range of modernist and postmodernist theories to explore the collision of past styles and genre models in the opera its expressive states and its engagement with the grotesque. This is ably supported by musical analysis and extensive study of Ligeti’s sketch materials held at the Paul Sacher Foundation in Basel. Edwards’s analyses culminate in a new approach to examining the opera’s rich multiplicities the composition of the musical material and the nature of Ligeti’s relationship with the musical past. This is a key reference work in the fields of musical modernism and postmodernism opera studies and the music of Ligeti. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367229498

GyeongjuThe Capital of Golden Silla Gyeongju the capital of the Kingdom of Silla grew from a loose confederation of villages called Saro to become the capital of most of the Korean peninsula. Its relationships with Japan the Eurasian Steppes and countries along the Silk Road leading to Europe helped to make the city one of the most prosperous and significant in ancient East Asia. In this seminal new volume Sarah Milledge Nelson draws on over 30 years’ experience to offer the first complete history of this fascinating city. 　Gyeongju　explores culture class and rank industry international relations rulers and socio-cultural issues such as gender and examines in detail the complex systems of class and rank Gyeongju’s position as the royal seat of Silla and the influence and legacy of the ancient city.　Excavations in Gyeongju have provided evidence not only of the wealth and power of the monarchy but also of production and agriculture and the reach of Gyeongju’s trade routes making this city a fascinating case study for the region. Augmented with extensive maps and images which illustrate the city’s rich history this volume is crucial reading for anyone interested in the city the kingdom of Silla the history and archaeology of Korea and early urbanism and state formation in East Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367869793

Gym BodiesExploring Fitness Cultures Drawing on empirical research this fascinating new book explores the embodied experiences of ‘gym goers’ and the fitness cultures that are constructed within gyms and fitness spaces. Gym Bodies offers a personal interactive ethnographic account of the multiplicity of contemporary gym practices spaces and cultures including bodybuilding CrossFit and Spinning. It argues that gym bodies are historically constructed social sensual emotional and political; that experience intersects with multiple embodied identities; and that fitness cultures are profoundly important in shaping the body in wider contemporary culture. This is important reading for students tutors and researchers working in sport and exercise studies sociology of the body health studies leisure cultural studies gender and education. It is also a valuable resource for policy makers and practitioners within the fields of sport leisure health and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666269

Gym Culture Identity and Performance-Enhancing DrugsTracing a Typology of Steroid Use This book is about gym culture the pursuit of fit muscular bodies and the use of drugs as a means to get there.  Building on the international research literature and in-depth interviews with men who have experience of image and performance enhancing drugs (IPEDs) the book explores the fascination with muscles motivations for using drugs to enhance them assessments of risks and experience of side effects. The book examines what the altered body does to the men’s identity self-image and relationships with peers and partners. Taking an evolutionary psychological approach it also investigates the biological and psychological foundations of the fascination with the muscular body and discusses the notion of precarious manhood. Building on these analyses the book considers the political and regulatory initiatives in place to prevent the use of IPEDs and assesses those strategies’ potential to reach their aims.  This is essential reading for anybody with an interest in the issue of drugs in sport the ethics of sport sociology of sport sociology of the body masculinity or public health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367863302

Gymnastics a Transatlantic MovementFrom Europe to America This book explores analyses and explains divergent ideologies and practices of gymnastics in selected European nations. It reconstructs the ex- and import processes from Europe to America and determines the processes interrelationships and transformations of these "transatlantic movements" in their new home country. The book offers a more complete understanding of the role of gymnastics and expressive movements in cultural and ideological transmission over time and identifies the impact of these concepts on American physical education sports systems and sports cultures. The main focus of the book lies in the two decades before and after World War I. This concentration on a specific historical epoch allows us to identify parallel but also different developments of the various forms of gymnastics and of the transfer and implementation processes. The volume covers the transfer and impact of German Turnen Czech Sokol and the Delsarte system in North America. In addition it traces the influences of French gymnastics in South America and describes the tours of the world-renowned Danish gymnastic reformer Nils Bukh in both Americas. A focus will be the "import" of gymnastics but also on the adaption processes of these different concepts and their integration into the American culture. This book was previously published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880597

GymtherapyDeveloping emotional wellbeing and resilience in children through the medium of movement This highly practical resource introduces the concept of ‘Gymtherapy’; a pioneering approach to working with children that uses movement as a means of promoting emotional wellbeing. Gymtherapy brings together the physical and emotional benefits of activity alongside the importance of safeguarding and supporting children particularly those who are socio-economically deprived or emotionally vulnerable. Written in an accessible and vibrant style Gymtherapy provides a full programme of lesson plans structured across five key areas: Identity and Self Esteem Mindfulness Anger Expression Protective Behaviour and Gender Stereotypes. Each lesson plan is based on accessible tried and tested strategies and outlines learning objectives equipment needed and step-by-step instructions for facilitating practical activities. The chapters are illustrated with engaging real-life examples case studies survivor stories and tips while at the same time linking practice to the underpinning social theory. Gymtherapy is an invaluable guide for teachers social workers school leaders and anyone with an interest in providing for the welfare and wellbeing of the children they work with. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504820

Gynaecologic CancerA Handbook for Students and Practitioners Gynaecologic oncology is one of the most important subjects in gynaecology and a very challenging field. The management of patients with gynaecological cancers is complex as the impact of the outcome of such cancers can be critical. This handbook covers the basics of carcinogenesis and the advances in the prevention and management of all gynaecologic cancers including breast cancer. Gynaecologic oncology has always been perceived as the most difficult subject in obstetrics and gynaecology but this handbook proves it otherwise. The text is presented in a systematic and easy-to-understand manner and is supplemented by plenty of images and illustrations and up-to-date references from established sources. The book also introduces readers to the new FIGO 2009 staging system and will be a very useful reference for researchers and clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463065

Gynaecological Cancer CareA Guide to Practice Gynaecological cancers represent the second most common group of cancers and the most common cause of cancer death in woman but the needs of women with gynaecological cancer are frequently unrecognised and often neglected. A diagnosis of gynaecological cancer can threaten a woman's body image fertility sexuality femininity relationships and various roles in life. Nurses and other health professionals who care for women with gynaecological cancer require a resource that covers a range of issues in depth and breadth if they are to provide comprehensive care. This book offers a rich resource of material - presented in a stimulating style. It provides expert practical person-centred evidence-based advice for nurses and other health professionals who care for women with gynaecological cancer. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378749

Gynaecology by Ten Teachers First published in 1919 as 'Diseases of Women' Gynaecology by Ten Teachers is well established as a concise yet comprehensive guide. The twentieth edition has been thoroughly updated by a new team of 'teachers' integrating clinical material with the latest scientific developments that underpin patient care. Each chapter is highly structured with learning objectives definitions aetiology clinical features investigations treatments case histories and key point summaries and additional reading where appropriate. New themes for this edition include 'professionalism' and 'global health' and information specific to both areas is threaded throughout the text.   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498744287

Gynaecology by Ten Teachers 20th Edition and Obstetrics by Ten Teachers 20th Edition Value Pak First published in 1919 as 'Diseases of Women' Gynaecology by Ten Teachers is well established as a concise yet comprehensive guide within its field. The twentieth edition has been thoroughly updated by a new team of 'teachers' integrating clinical material with the latest scientific developments that underpin patient care. Each chapter is highly structured with learning objectives definitions aetiology clinical features investigations treatments case histories and key point summaries and additional reading where appropriate. New themes for this edition include 'professionalism' and 'global health' and information specific to both areas is threaded throughout the text. Along with its companion Obstetrics by Ten Teachers the books will continue to provide an accessible 'one stop shop' in obstetrics and gynaecology for a new generation of doctors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498744249

Gynaecology in Primary CareA Practical Guide Gynaecology in Primary Care comes at a time of great change in health service delivery. General practice is facing the challenges of developing Clinical Commissioning Groups providing an ever greater range of primary care services and implementing NICE guidelines whilst CCGs through their members will be under a legal duty to innovate. From a provider perspective the book equips general practitioners with up-to-date knowledge of common gynaecological conditions suggestions of best practice with regard to management and investigations to be undertaken within primary care and guidelines for onward referral where this is appropriate and necessary. From a commissioning perspective it provides an invaluable resource to CCGs to inform their future pathways for gynaecology care. This highly practical book delivers the main aim of the RCP report - to ensure best care for female patients in the setting of their choice and where possible to develop streamlined one-stop services in primary care so that women do not have to take time off from their work and family commitments. It is ideal for general practitioners needing to be inspired and informed and is also highly recommended for other healthcare professionals and medical students with an interest in women's health. 'Optimal patient care requires many connected features to synchronise effectively. This book describes how this could be achieved by focusing attention on well-crafted evidencebased clinical pathways. This book advances our thinking on how we connect clinical system and patient level perspectives on optimal care management.' Denis Gizzi in his Foreword 'Written by a highly regarded experienced and practicing GP who has taken on the role as Clinical Director on behalf of the CCG for this programme area this book is a valuable asset for both practicing GPs and developing CCGs to ensure that gynaecology services effectively commission maximise the health of the population improve the experience of the patient and improve value for money.' Kath Wynne-Jones in her Foreword 'An excellent guide to the management of gynaecological problems in primary care for not only clinicians in training but for more experienced clinicians who look for straightforward and easily accessible advice to support their clinical management decisions. Look no further than this textbook. Dr Sharma's textbook will be a boon to developing organisations in delivering world-class services.' Dr Ian Wilkinson in his Foreword Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195747

Gynecologic Dermatology NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Jaypee UK 9781909836013

Gynecological Drug Therapy The most comprehensive and current review available on the wide spectrum of pharmaceuticals used in gynecology and reproductive medicine this manual provides all-encompassing chapters on specific drugs used in the management of gynecologic oncology and infection pregnancy menstrual dysfunction menopause and infertility-listing the licensed and Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429163876

Gypsies and Orientalism in German Literature and Anthropology of the Long Nineteenth Century Gypsies and Orientalism in German Literature and Anthropology of the Long Nineteenth Century Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604059

Gypsies in MadridSex Gender and the Performance of Identity Throughout the twentieth century Spanish people have deployed conflicting sexual moralities in their struggle for political supremacy within the state. The Spanish Gypsies or Gitanos who live at the very bottom of the Spanish socio-economic scale have appropriated this concern with gender morality and in the process have reinvented themselves as the only honourable Spaniards. Although the Gitano gender ideology has a distinctively Spanish flavour it revolves around a conceptualization of the female body that is radically different from that of other Spaniards. The subtle exploration of these acts of cultural invention is one of the original features of this important new ethnography. Another even more striking aspect of the work is the author's vision of the 'impermanent' nature of the Gitano social order and the absence of any representation of 'community' or 'society'. Unlike their non-Gypsy neighbours Gitanos do not use concepts of tradition territory or social harmony as bases for their singularity. Instead they focus on the evaluation of personal moral performances in the present. In a cultural universe where all activities are markers of shared identity and where personhood is always sexed men and women continually enact the superiority of Gypsies over non-Gypsies. Through dress manner and the management of emations or at wedding rituals where the virginity of young brides is put to the test the body works as the site of these processes. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003085539

GypsiesAn Interdisciplinary Reader First Published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975620

Gypsy and Traveller EthnicityThe Social Generation of an Ethnic Phenomenon The book explores the notion of Gypsy and Traveller ethnicity and provides a critique of the conceptual basis of racial and ethnic categorisation. An analysis of the post-war housing situation is given in order to illustrate a connection between social and economic conditions legislation affecting gypsies and travellers and the visibility and general consciousness of the gypsy and traveller population. The originality of the book lies in its argument that the position of gypsies and travellers largely arises out of social conditions and interaction rather than political biological or ideological determinants. It puts forward the notion of an ethnic narrative of traveller identity and illustrates how variations of this have been defensively deployed by some travellers and elaborated on by theorists. Belton focuses on the social generation of travellers as a cultural ethnic and racial categorization offering a rational explanation of the development of an itinerant population that is less ambiguous and more informative in terms of the social nature of the gypsy and traveller position than interpretations based on 'blood' 'breed' 'stock' ethnicity or race that dominate the literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874497

Gypsy FeminismIntersectional Politics Alliances Gender and Queer Activism Clumsy stereotypes of the Romani and Travellers communities abound not only culturally in programmes such as Big Fat Gypsy Weddings but also amongst educators social workers administrators and the medical profession. Gypsy cultures are invariably presented as ruled by tradition and machismo. Women are presented as helpless victims especially when it comes to gendered forms of violence. The reality however is much more complicated. In Gypsy Feminism Laura Corradi demonstrates how Romaphobia – racist and anti-Gypsy rhetoric and prejudice pervading every level of society – has led to a situation where Romani communities face multiple discrimination. In this context the empowerment of women and girls becomes still more difficult: until recently for example women have largely remained silent about domestic violence in order to protect their communities which are already under attack. Examining feminist research and action within Romani communities Corradi demonstrates the importance of an intersectional approach in order to make visible the combination of racism and sexism that Gypsy women face every day. This concise and authoritative book will appeal to scholars and students in the areas of Sociology Cultural Studies Women’s and Gender Studies and Anthropology as well as Politics Media Studies Social Policy and Social Work. It is also an invaluable resource for activists community and social service workers and policymakers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367233891

Gyula SzekfüA Study in the Political Basis of Hungarian Historiography This study explores the connection between politics and historical scholarship in the case of the Hungarian historian Gyula Szekfü whose career spanned one of the most significant and eventful periods of Hungarian history. His writing is particularly suited for an inquiry into the relationship between politics and historiography becasue the changes in Szefkü’s political and historical points of view parallelled the drastic changes which occurred in Hungary. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138642799

H.G. Wells This set comprises 40 volumes covering 19th and 20th century European and American authors. These volumes will be available as a complete set mini boxed sets (by theme) or as individual volumes. This second set complements the first 68 volume set of Critical Heritage published by Routledge in October 1995. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415852050

Ha Ha And AhaThe Role Of Humour In Psychotherapy First published in 1987. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801766

Hélène Cixous RootprintsMemory and Life Writing Helene Cixous is undoubtedly one of the most brilliant and innovative contemporary thinkers. Published here in English for the first time Helene Cixous Rootprints is an ideal introduction to Cixous's theory and her fiction tracing her development as a writer and intellectual whose remarkable prespicacity and electrifying poetic force are known world-wide.Unprecedented in its form and content this collection breaks new ground in the theory and practice of auto/biography. Cixous's creative reflections on the past provide occasion for scintillating forays into the future.The text includes:* an extended interview between Cixous and Calle-Gruber exploring Cixous's creative and intellectual processes* a revealing collection of photographs taken from Cixous's family album set against a poetic reflection by the author * selections from Cixous's private notebooks* a contribution by Jacques Derrida* original 'thing-pieces' by Calle-Gruber. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203443590

Hélène Metzger Historian and Historiographer of the Sciences Is there something important to learn from the history of science about knowledge and the mind? Do habits and emotions play a significant role in science? To what extent do present concerns and knowledge distort our understanding of past texts and practices? These are crucial questions in current debates but they are not new. This monograph evaluates the answers to these and other questions that Hélène Metzger (1889-1944) provided. Metzger who was the leading historian of chemistry of her generation left us unparalleled reflections on the theory practice and aims of history writing. Despite her influence on subsequent generations of thinkers including Thomas Kuhn this is the first full-length monograph on her. Beginning with an overview of her life and the challenges faced by a Jewish woman working within academia the book goes on to discuss the most important themes of her historiography and her engagement with other disciplines notably general history philosophy ethnology and religious studies. The book also explores both Metzger’s immediate legacy and the relevance of her ideas for a host of current debates in science studies. The Appendices include four of her historiographical papers translated into English for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138210394

Habermas Jürgen Habermas is one of the most important German philosophers and social theorists of the late twentieth and early twenty-first century. His work has been compared in scope with Max Weber’s and in philosophical breadth to that of Kant and Hegel. In this much-needed introduction Kenneth Baynes engages with the full range of Habermas’s philosophical work addressing his early arguments concerning the emergence of the public sphere and his initial attempt to reconstruct a critical theory of society in Knowledge and Human Interests. He then examines one of Habermas’s most influential works The Theory of Communicative Action including his controversial account of the rational interpretation of social action. Also covered is Habermas’s work on discourse ethics political and legal theory including his views on the relation between democracy and constitutionalism and his arguments concerning human rights and cosmopolitanism. The final chapter assesses Habermas’s role as a polemical and prominent public intellectual and his criticism of postmodernism in The Philosophical Discourse of Modernity in addition to his more recent writings on the relationship between religion and democracy. Habermas is an invaluable guide to this key figure in contemporary philosophy and suitable for anyone coming to his work for the first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415773256

Habermas Critical Theory and Education The sociologist and philosopher Jürgen Habermas has had a wide-ranging and significant impact on understandings of social change and social conflict. However there has been no concerted and focused attempt to introduce his ideas to the field of education broadly. This book rectifies this omission and delivers a definitive contribution to the understanding of Habermas's oeuvre as it applies to the field. The authors examine the contribution Habermas's theory has and can make to: pedagogy learning and classroom interaction; the relation between education civil society and the state; forms of democracy reason and critical thinking; and performativity audit cultures and accountability. Additionally the book answers a range of more specific questions including: what are the implications for pedagogy of a shift from a philosophy of consciousness to a philosophy of language?; What contribution can Habermas's re-shaping of speech act theory and communicative rationality make to theories of classroom interaction?; and how can his theories of reason and colonization be used to explore questions of governance and accountability in education? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415536592

Habermas Critical Theory and Health The contribution of the German sociologist and philosopher Jurgen Habermas has proved seminal for attempts to understand the nature of social change in the context of global capitalism. This book provides an accessible introduction to his work and shows how his theories can be fruitfully applied to a wide range of topics in the sociology of health and illness including: * lay health knowledge * doctor-patient interaction* health care decision-making * health inequalities * new social movements in health * health care rationing * the Foucault perspective. Habermas Critical Theory and Health will open up both new issues and new lines of empirical enquiry which will be of special interest to teachers and students of social theory and the sociology of health and illness and offers healthcare professionals new perspectives on their practice. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315008547

Habermas and Law Habermas and Law makes accessible the most important essays in English that deal with the application to law of the work of major philosophers for whom law was not a main concern. It encompasses not only what these philosophers had to say about law but also brings together essays which consider those aspects of the work of major philosophers which bear on our interpretation and assessment of current law and legal theory. The essays are based on scholarly study of particular philosophers and deal with both the nature and role of law and the application of philosophy to specific areas of law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472428639

Habermas and Literary Rationality Literary scholarship has paid little serious attention to Habermas' philosophy and on the other hand the reception of Habermas has given little attention to the role that literary practice can play in a broader theory of communicative action. David Colclasure's argument sets out to demonstrate that a specific literary form of rationality inheres in literary practice and the public reception of literary works which provides a unique contribution to the political public sphere.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415848107

Habermas and Pragmatism There are few living thinkers who have enjoyed the eminence and reown of Jürgen Hamermas. His work has been highly influential not only in philosopy but also in the fields of politics sociology and law. This is the first collection dedicated to exploring the connections between his body of work ahd America's most significant philosophical movement pragmatism. Habermas and Pragmatism considers the influence of pragmatism on Habermas's thought and the tensions between Habermasian social theory and pragmatism. Essays by distinguished pragmatists legal and critical theorists and Habermas cover a range of subjects including the philosophy of language the nature of rationality democracy objectivity transcendentalism aesthetics and law. The collection also addresses the relationship to Habermas of Kant Peirce Mead Dewey Piaget Apel Brandom and Rorty. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203714713

Habermas and RawlsDisputing the Political Habermas and Rawls are two heavyweights of social and political philosophy and they are undoubtedly the two most written about (and widely read) authors in this field. However there has not been much informed and interesting work on the points of intersection between their projects partly because their work comes from different traditions—roughly the European tradition of social and political theory and the Anglo-American analytic tradition of political philosophy. In this volume contributors re-examine the Habermas-Rawls dispute with an eye toward the ways in which the dispute can cast light on current controversies about political philosophy more broadly. Moreover the volume will cover a number of other salient issues on which Habermas and Rawls have interesting and divergent views such as the political role of religion and international justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415836555

Habermas and Social ResearchBetween Theory and Method One of the greatest contributors to the field of Sociology Jürgen Habermas has had a wide-ranging and significant impact on understandings of social change and social conflict. He has inspired researchers in a range of disciplines with his multidimensional social theory however an overview of his theory in applied settings is long overdue. This collection brings together in one convenient volume a set of researchers who place Jürgen Habermas’ key concepts such as colonisation deliberation and communication at the centre of their research methodologies. Full of insight and innovation this book is an essential read for those who want to harness the potential of Habermas’ core concepts in their own work thereby helping to bridge the gap between theory and method in social research. Structured around three core themes Habermas and Social Research provides a range of research case studies looking at system colonization the politics of deliberation and communicative interactions. Issues as diverse as social movements the digital public sphere patient involvement migration and preschool education are all covered in the book intertwined with a set of innovative approaches to theory application in social research.Designed to help researchers harness the potential of Habermas’ core concepts as methodological tools this timely volume will prove highly useful for graduate and upper level undergraduates within the fields of theory and method research design public policy education policy urban and environmental planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874971

Habitat Economy and Society in the Central Africa Rain Forest Over 50 years ago the renowned anthropologist Daryll Forde strongly advocated comparative anthropological studies. Professor Vansina argues that 50 years later Forde's criticisms still apply despite both Forde's considerable intellectual legacy and an exponential increase in available information. Using the example of Central African peoples Professor Vansina challenges the current scholarship of sociologists and anthropologists and makes a compelling case for broad historical comparative studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135104

Habitat Economy and SocietyA Geographical Introduction to Ethnology An introduction to the ethnography and human geography of non-European peoples this book deals with the economic and social life of a number of groups at diverse levels of cultural achievement and in different regions of the world. International in its scope the book covers: Malaysia Africa North America Canada Siberia the Amazon Eastern Solomon Islands India Central Asia and the Middle East. Originally published in 1934. This re-issues the seventh edition of 1949. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315017440

Habitat Population Dynamics and Metal Levels in Colonial WaterbirdsA Food Chain Approach This book is a result of the authors’ more than 40 years of study on the behavior populations and heavy metals in the colonial waterbirds nesting in Barnegat Bay and the nearby estuaries and bays in the Northeastern United States. From Boston Harbor to the Chesapeake based on longitudinal studies of colonial waterbirds it provides a clear picture of the toxic trends and effects of heavy metals in the aquatic environment. The authors take a food web ecosystem approach to contaminants using population dynamics habitat selection and inputs to the bay to examine metal levels. They also look at the human dimension discuss what metals in birds tell us about human exposure and describe stakeholder involvement in these issues.The book covers numbers and dynamics colony sites and locations and prey contaminant levels and compares them to other comparable coastal estuaries. It uses colonial waterbirds as the focal point for an ecosystem approach to metals that begins with prey fish and goes through invertebrates to humans. Additionally it provides information based on long-term integrative studies the authors have done on metal levels and bird species and compares the findings with data from the Harbor Estuaries Program other Northeast bays the Great Lakes and the Wadden Sea. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574765

Habitats for ChildrenThe Impacts of Density First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203781616

Habits of MindFostering Access and Excellence in Higher Education Habits of Mind maintains that the fact that almost everyone now goes to college need not be seen as an obstacle to excellence in education. Some critics have insisted that college is not for everyone but William B. Allen and Carol Allen assert that the college diploma has rightly become as much the norm in this century as the high school diploma was during the twentieth century. Accordingly it is essential that higher education remains true to its deepest purpose: the cultivation of proficient humanity. The authors see the key to this goal as the development of judgment or "habits of mind." Habits of mind are far and away the most influential determinants of human conduct and nowhere are they more profoundly shaped than in institutions of higher education. Furthermore liberal education has proven most effective in this undertaking.The authors elaborate on the purpose of higher education and identify the chief obstacles to achieving its aim. They demonstrate the critical role of academic leaders in achieving the aim of higher education and posit that excellence in judgment is the primary characteristic of the academic leaders who fulfill this role. They examine three aspects of access to higher education: academic readiness the cost and funding of higher education and the capacity of the physical plant. Finally they use policies developed in Virginia to demonstrate realistic approaches to achieving the aims of access and quality discussed throughout the book.The authors draw on their years of experience as practitioners in both private and public institutions liberal arts colleges and research universities to develop their material. This volume will be of interest to faculty and students in higher education programs nation and state public policymakers legislative and academic leaders and a general public concerned about the cost and value of a college education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138510500

HabituationPerspectives from Child Development Animal Behavior and Neurophysiology Originally published in 1976 this volume is based on a conference held in 1974. The purpose of the conference was to foster communication between those researchers studying habituation or closely related processes in children and those studying habituation at the level of neurophysiology and animal behaviour. Within each of these groups there was burgeoning interest in habituation yet there had been little if any interaction between them. Overall this volume provides a medium for cross-fertilization between animal-neurophysiological and developmental research on habituation highlighting some of the current empirical and theoretical concerns within each area at the time. While other volumes may have provided more comprehensive and detailed reviews of aspects of habituation the juxtaposition of developmental and animal neuro-physiological research provided in this text was unique in the literature at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138640313

Habitus and Drug Using EnvironmentsHealth Place and Lived-Experience Informed by the thought of Pierre Bourdieu and framed by the philosophy of harm reduction Habitus and Drug Using Environments provides a sociological analysis of public environments affected by injecting drug use. Drawing on ethnographic research across several locations this book offers a qualitative and phenomenological account of the social organisation of public settings used for the preparation and administration of illicit drugs informed by interviews with both injecting drug users and those whose employment is directly affected by public injecting drug use. With attention to current policy-related questions concerning the lived experience of ’place’ upon the health of injecting drug users how wider social structures contribute to participation in public injecting and the manner in which participation in public injecting amplifies drug-related harm Habitus and Drug Using Environments sheds light on the ways in which health and place interact to produce and reproduce already established hazards associated with injecting drug use. As such it will be of interest to sociologists geographers criminologists and policy makers working in fields such as drug use risk behaviours and their relation to place and health studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409464921

Habitus: A Sense of Place Habitus is a concept developed by the late French sociologist Pierre Bourdieu as a 'sense of one's place...a sense of the other's place'. It relates to our perceptions of the positions (or 'place') of ourselves and other people in the world in which we live and how these perceptions affect our actions and interactions with places and people. Habitus implies that a web of complex processes links the physical the social and the mental. Inspired by this concept this compelling book brings together leading scholars from interdisciplinary fields to examine ways in which spaces and places are constructed interpreted and used by different people. This second edition contains updated chapter material together with an entirely new introduction and revised conclusions which recognise the importance of Bourdieu's work. This publication is a tribute to Pierre Bourdieu's remarkable contribution to the fields of sociology anthropology geography political philosophy and urban planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380615

Hack AudioAn Introduction to Computer Programming and Digital Signal Processing in MATLAB Computers are at the center of almost everything related to audio. Whether for synthesis in music production recording in the studio or mixing in live sound the computer plays an essential part. Audio effects plug-ins and virtual instruments are implemented as software computer code. Music apps are computer programs run on a mobile device. All these tools are created by programming a computer. Hack Audio: An Introduction to Computer Programming and Digital Signal Processing in MATLAB provides an introduction for musicians and audio engineers interested in computer programming. It is intended for a range of readers including those with years of programming experience and those ready to write their first line of code. In the book computer programming is used to create audio effects using digital signal processing. By the end of the book readers implement the following effects: signal gain change digital summing tremolo auto-pan mid/side processing stereo widening distortion echo filtering equalization multi-band processing vibrato chorus flanger phaser pitch shifter auto-wah convolution and algorithmic reverb vocoder transient designer compressor expander and de-esser. Throughout the book  several types of test signals are synthesized including: sine wave square wave sawtooth wave triangle wave impulse train white noise and pink noise. Common visualizations for signals and audio effects are created including: waveform characteristic curve goniometer impulse response step response frequency spectrum and spectrogram. In total over 200 examples are provided with completed code demonstrations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497559

Hacker Culture and the New Rules of Innovation Fifteen years ago a company was considered innovative if the CEO and board mandated a steady flow of new product ideas through the company’s innovation pipeline. Innovation was a carefully planned process driven from above and tied to key strategic goals. Nowadays innovation means entrepreneurship self-organizing teams fast ideas and cheap customer experiments. Innovation is driven by hacking and the world’s most innovative companies proudly display their hacker credentials. Hacker culture grew up on the margins of the computer industry. It entered the business world in the twenty-first century through agile software development design thinking and lean startup method the pillars of the contemporary startup industry. Startup incubators today are filled with hacker entrepreneurs running fast cheap experiments to push against the limits of the unknown. As corporations not-for-profits and government departments pick up on these practices seeking to replicate the creative energy of the startup industry hacker culture is changing how we think about leadership work and innovation. This book is for business leaders entrepreneurs and academics interested in how digital culture is reformatting our economies and societies. Shifting between a big picture view on how hacker culture is changing the digital economy and a detailed discussion of how to create and lead in-house teams of hacker entrepreneurs it offers an essential introduction to the new rules of innovation and a practical guide to building the organizations of the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102118

Hacker's Guide to Project Management Managing a software development project is a complex process. There are lots of deliverables to produce standards and procedures to observe plans and budgets to meet and different people to manage. Project management doesn't just start and end with designing and building the system. Once you've specified designed and built (or bought) the system it still needs to be properly tested documented and settled into the live environment. This can seem like a maze to the inexperienced project manager or even to the experienced project manager unused to a particular environment.A Hacker's Guide to Project Management acts as a guide through this maze. It's aimed specifically at those managing a project or leading a team for the first time but it will also help more experienced managers who are either new to software development or dealing with a new part of the software life-cycle. This book:describes the process of software development how projects can fail and how to avoid those failuresoutlines the key skills of a good project manager and provides practical advice on how to gain and deploy those skillstakes the reader step-by-step through the main stages of the project explaining what must be done and what must be avoided at each stagesuggests what to do if things start to go wrong!The book will also be useful to designers and architects describing important design techniques and discussing the important discipline of Software Architecture.This new edition:has been fully revised and updated to reflect current best practices in software developmentincludes a range of different life-cycle models and new design techniquesnow uses the Unified Modelling Language throughout Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138461123

HackersCrime and the Digital Sublime The practice of computer hacking is increasingly being viewed as a major security dilemma in Western societies by governments and security experts alike.Using a wealth of material taken from interviews with a wide range of interested parties such as computer scientists security experts and hackers themselves Paul Taylor provides a uniquely revealing and richly sourced account of the debates that surround this controversial practice. By doing so he reveals the dangers inherent in the extremes of conciliation and antagonism with which society reacts to hacking and argues that a new middle way must be found if we are to make the most of society's high-tech meddlers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203201503

Hacking Binary Programs and Exploit Analysis This book provides the reader a dynamic educational experience focused on stack based binary exploits. It provides a guide for educators in developing course syllabi and coursework for students. The goal of this book can further the education of important security topics of binary exploits focused on the execution stack of a program. The book will feature rich text descriptions paired with end-of-chapter exercises and comprehensive live examples with a ready-made Virtual Machine image that can be used directly for instruction. Readers will also develop new skills in how to analyze programs for such vulnerabilities and how to exploit programs to executie arbitrary code. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138197596

Hacking CapitalismThe Free and Open Source Software Movement The Free and Open Source Software (FOSS) movement demonstrates how labour can self-organise production and as is shown by the free operating system GNU/Linux even compete with some of the worlds largest firms. The book examines the hopes of such thinkers as Friedrich Schiller Karl Marx Herbert Marcuse and Antonio Negri in the light of the recent achievements of the hacker movement. This book is the first to examine a different kind of political activism that consists in the development of technology from below. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541374

Hacking Cyberspace In Hacking Cyberspace David J. Gunkel examines the metaphors applied to new technologies and how those metaphors inform shape and drive the implementation of the technology in question. The author explores the metaphorical tropes that have been employed to describe and evaluate recent advances in computer technology telecommunications systems and interactive media. Taking the stance that no speech is value-neutral Gunkel examines such metaphors as "the information superhighway" and "the electronic frontier" for their political and social content and he develops a critical investigation that not only traces the metaphors' conceptual history but explicates their implications and consequences for technological development. Through Hacking Cyberspace David J. Gunkel develops a sophisticated understanding of new technology that takes into account the effect of technoculture's own discursive techniques and maneuvers on the actual form of technological development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367096403

Hacking Gender and Technology in Journalism Hacking Gender and Technology in Journalism addresses the question of whether journalism’s new digital spaces suffer from the same gendered structures as traditional media organisations or whether they go beyond such bias. This book offers insights into the challenges that women journalists face in relation to technological innovation as well as the potential for developing strategies for empowerment that it offers. More specifically there is a focus on the gendering of digital skills the construction of gender in new digital spheres of journalism and how these changes can lead to the disruption of gender inequalities in journalism. This book will be of interest to scholars in multimedia journalism media ethics and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205287

Hacking the HumanSocial Engineering Techniques and Security Countermeasures Information security is about people yet in most organizations protection remains focused on technical countermeasures. The human element is crucial in the majority of successful attacks on systems and attackers are rarely required to find technical vulnerabilities hacking the human is usually sufficient. Ian Mann turns the black art of social engineering into an information security risk that can be understood measured and managed effectively. The text highlights the main sources of risk from social engineering and draws on psychological models to explain the basis for human vulnerabilities. Chapters on vulnerability mapping developing a range of protection systems and awareness training provide a practical and authoritative guide to the risks and countermeasures that are available. There is a singular lack of useful information for security and IT professionals regarding the human vulnerabilities that social engineering attacks tend to exploit. Ian Mann provides a rich mix of examples applied research and practical solutions that will enable you to assess the level of risk in your organization; measure the strength of your current security and enhance your training and systemic countermeasures accordingly. If you are responsible for physical or information security or the protection of your business and employees from significant risk then Hacking the Human is a must-read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815389385

HadithOrigins and Developments Hadith is understood here in its broader meaning as the bulk of the texts which contain information on the prophet Muhammad and his Companions having the form of transmissions from them. The reliability of this material as a source for early Islam is still a highly debated issue. This selection of articles presents the different points of view in this debate and the varying methodological approaches with which scholars trained in modern secular sciences have tried to find a solution to the problem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247796

Hadrami Arabs in Present-day IndonesiaAn Indonesia-oriented group with an Arab signature This book focuses on social and cultural trends in present-day Hadrami Arab societies in Eastern and Central Indonesia and the history of the Hadrami Arab people which demonstrates an early form of globalization. For centuries migration has played a vital part in Hadrami adaptation. External forces such as the expanding powers of the Portugese in the Indian Ocean and the Turkish conquering Yemen and internal forces like poverty droughts and political unrest as well as trading opportunities and missionary work instigated migration movements. While some Hadrami Arabs sought work in North America and Europe other waves of Hadrami migration have followed the monsoon winds of the Indian Ocean to the Zanzibar coast India Malaysia and Indonesia. The story of Hadramis in Indonesia has largely been a story of success in terms of trade politics education and religious activities. Despite continual debate regarding what constitutes Indonesian Hadrami identity the author argues that they are still "an Indonesia-oriented group with an Arab signature". This book will be of interest to Southeast Asian and Middle East specialists and scholars in Anthropology and Migration Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975637

Hadrian's Wall and the End of EmpireThe Roman Frontier in the 4th and 5th Centuries There is no synthetic or comprehensive treatment of any late Roman frontier in the English language to date despite the political and economic significance of the frontiers in the late antique period. Examining Hadrian’s Wall and the Roman frontier of northern England from the fourth century into the Early Medieval period this book investigates a late frontier in transition from an imperial border zone to incorporation into Anglo-Saxon kingdoms using both archaeological and documentary evidence. With an emphasis on the late Roman occupation and Roman military it places the frontier in the broader imperial context. In contrast to other works Hadrian’s Wall and the End of Empire challenges existing ideas of decline collapse and transformation in the Roman period as well as its impact on local frontier communities. Author Rob Collins analyzes in detail the limitanei the frontier soldiers of the late empire essential for the successful maintenance of the frontiers and the relationship between imperial authorities and local frontier dynamics. Finally the impact of the end of the Roman period in Britain is assessed as well as the influence that the frontier had on the development of the Anglian kingdom of Northumbria. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138792463

HadrianThe Restless Emperor Hadrian's reign (AD 117-138) was a watershed in the history of the Roman Empire. Hadrian abandoned his predecessor Trajan's eastern conquests - Mesopotamia and Armenia - trimmed down the lands beyond the lower Danube and constructed new demarcation lines in Germany North Africa and most famously Hadrian's Wall in Britain to delimit the empire.The emperor Hadrian a strange and baffling figure to his contemporaries had a many-sided personality. Insatiably ambitious and a passionate Philhellene he promoted the 'Greek Renaissance' extravagantly. But his attempt to Hellenize the Jews including the outlawing of circumcision had disastrous consequences and his 'Greek' love of the beautiful Bithynian boy Antinous ended in tragedy.No comprehensive account of Hadrian's life and reign has been attempted for over seventy years. In Hadrian: The Restless Emperor Anthony Birley brings together the new evidence from inscriptions and papyri and up-to-date and in-depth examination of the work of other scholars on aspects of Hadrian's reign and policies such as the Jewish war the coinage Hadrian's building programme in Rome Athens and Tivoli and his relationship with his favourite Antinous to provide a thorough and fascinating account of the private and public life of a man who though hated when he died left an indelible mark on the Roman Empire. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203407240

Hadron Form FactorsFrom Basic Phenomenology to QCD Sum Rules This book introduces the phenomenology and theory of hadron form factors in a consistent manner deriving step-by-step the key equations defining the form factors from the matrix elements of hadronic transitions and deriving their symmetry relations. Explained are several general concepts of particle theory and phenomenology exemplified by hadron form factors. The main emphasis here is on learning the analytical methods in particle phenomenology. Many examples of hadronic processes involving form factors are considered from the pion electromagnetic scattering to heavy B-meson decays. In the second part of the book modern techniques of the form factor calculation based on the method of sum rules in the theory of strong interactions quantum chromodynamics are introduced in an accessible manner. This book will be a useful guide for graduate students and early-career researchers working in the field of particle phenomenology and experiments. Features: • The first book to address the phenomenology of hadron form factors at a pedagogical level in one coherent volume • Contains up-to-date descriptions of the most important form factors of the electroweak transitions investigated in particle physics experiments Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138306752

Hadron Physics Straddling the traditional disciplines of nuclear and particle physics hadron physics is a vital and extremely active research area as evidenced by a 2004 Nobel prize and new research facilities such as that scheduled to open at CERN. Scientifically it is of vital importance in extrapolating our knowledge of quark-gluon physics at the sub-nucleon level to provide a wider perspective of strongly interacting hadrons which make up the vast bulk of known matter in the Universe.Through detailed pedagogical chapters contributed by key international experts Hadron Physics maps out our contemporary knowledge of the subject. It covers both the theoretical and experimental aspects of hadron structure and properties along with a wide range of specific research topics results and applications. Providing a full picture of activity in the field the book highlights three particular areas of current research: computational lattice hadron physics the structure and dynamics of hadrons and generalized parton distributions. It provides a solid introduction includes background theory and presents the current state of understanding of the subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390624

Haemophilia in Aotearoa New ZealandMore Than A Bleeding Nuisance Haemophilia in Aotearoa New Zealand provides a richly detailed analysis of the experience of the bleeding disorder of haemophilia based on longterm ethnographic research. The chapters consider experiences of diagnosis; how parents children and adults care and integrate medical routines into family life; the creation of a gendered haemophilia; the use and ethical dilemmas of new technologies for treatment testing and reproduction; and how individuals and the haemophilia community experienced the infected blood tragedy and its aftermath which included extended and ultimately successful political struggles with the neoliberalising state. The authors reveal a complex interplay of cultural values and present a close-up view of the effects of health system reforms on lives and communities. While the book focuses on the local biology of haemophilia in Aotearoa New Zealand the analysis allows for comparison with haemophilia elsewhere and with other chronic and genetic conditions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662349

Hagfish Biology With over 70 species still populating the world’s oceans after approximately 500 million years hagfishes are essential benthic organisms that play a vital role in understanding the evolutionary origins of vertebrate life and the maintenance of the oceanic ecosystem. Hagfish Biology is a long overdue book for communicating and furthering study on these unique animals. It provides an avenue of synergy among scientists interested in hagfish physiology molecular and evolutionary biology morphology and protection.New high throughput sequencing technologies advanced microscopy techniques descriptions of hagfish embryology and developments of techniques to understand ancient evolutionary relationships have led to a resurgence of interest in the hagfish as a key species in understanding the evolution of vertebrates. Inspired by these new research perspectives this book compiles scientific information on hagfishes that is of interest to a range of fields such as ecology and evolution comparative physiology and conservation biology.A much-needed contribution Hagfish Biology builds on previous knowledge while encouraging further expansion of scientific interest and learning about this fascinating yet understudied key evolutionary species. It introduces you to developing areas of research and provides beginning points for a larger conversation on hagfishes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575519

Hagi - A Feudal Capital in Tokugawa Japan The western Japanese city of Hagi is the town in Japan which has preserved the greatest level of Tokugawa period (1600-1868) urban and architectural fabric. As such it is a major tourist destination for both Japanese and non-Japanese visitors. The city is also very important historically in that it was the capital of the feudal daimyo domain – Chōshū – which spearheaded the reform movement from the 1850s onwards which led to the overthrow of the Tokugawa shogunate and the foundation of Japan in its modern form. This book rich in detail and very well illustrated is both an urban and social history of this important town. It outlines the development of the layout of the city and its castle relates this to the history of its lords the Mōri family and their place in Japanese history; and sets Hagi in the context of the wider Chōshū domain. The book includes a discussion of contemporary arrangements aimed at preserving Hagi’s historical heritage. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728342

Hagia Sophia and the Byzantine Aesthetic Experience Paramount in the shaping of early Byzantine identity was the construction of the church of Hagia Sophia in Constantinople (532-537 CE). This book examines the edifice from the perspective of aesthetics to define the concept of beauty and the meaning of art in early Byzantium. Byzantine aesthetic thought is re-evaluated against late antique Neoplatonism and the writings of Pseudo-Dionysius that offer fundamental paradigms for the late antique attitude towards art and beauty. These metaphysical concepts of aesthetics are ultimately grounded in experiences of sensation and perception and reflect the ways in which the world and reality were perceived and grasped signifying the cultural identity of early Byzantium. There are different types of aesthetic data those present in the aesthetic object and those found in aesthetic responses to the object. This study looks at the aesthetic data embodied in the sixth-century architectural structure and interior decoration of Hagia Sophia as well as in literary responses (ekphrasis) to the building. The purpose of the Byzantine ekphrasis was to convey by verbal means the same effects that the artefact itself would have caused. A literary analysis of these rhetorical descriptions recaptures the Byzantine perception and expectations and at the same time reveals the cognitive processes triggered by the Great Church. The central aesthetic feature that emerges from sixth-century ekphraseis of Hagia Sophia is that of light. Light is described as the decisive element in the experience of the sacred space and light is simultaneously associated with the notion of wisdom. It is argued that the concepts of light and wisdom are interwoven programmatic elements that underlie the unique architecture and non-figurative decoration of Hagia Sophia. A similar concern for the phenomenon of light and its epistemological dimension is reflected in other contemporary monuments testifying to the pervasiveness of these aesthetic values in early Byzantium. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600358

Hagiography in Byzantium: Literature Social History and Cult Involving a vast number of texts saintly heroes and authors Byzantine hagiography stands out as a field of scholarly research highly rewarding for both the philologist and the historian. The studies reproduced in this volume cover a chronological range from late antiquity to the Paleologan era. They bring together annotated editions of specific texts and discussions of their contexts complemented by comprehensive surveys of saintly and monastic cult. Having appeared over the last twenty years they also illustrate and reflect upon the significant development and re-orientation which has marked the study of hagiography in recent decades. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409430162

Hahalis and the Labour of LoveA Social Movement on Buka Island This book studies the Hahalis Welfare Society a Bougainville movement which worked for many years to maintain and reform traditional practices and to retain a degree of autonomy in a world of rapid political change and economic dependency. The first extended ethnography of Buka published in nearly sixty years this book will be of particular interest to Melanesian specialists. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003135036

Hahn and Economic Methodology Hahn on Methodology: The Quest for Understanding addresses two fundamental questions: (i) what is distinctive about economic theorising?; (ii) what is the cognitive value of the outcome of this activity of economic theorising i.e. economic theory. We will argue that for Hahn economic theorising is distinctive with respect to four dimensions. Firstly the aim of economic theory is neither to describe nor explain the real economic world as in the physical sciences. Rather the aim is to achieve objective but non-scientific understanding. Secondly the central question for economic theory remains for Hahn how to understand but not to predict as in physics for instance how decentralised choices interact and perhaps get co-ordinated. Thirdly Hahn identifies ‘three commitments’ without which he argues economic theorising for him is not possible. Finally economic theorising has a distinctive approach which Hahn calls its ‘grammar of argumentation’. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810655

Haig and Kitchener in Twentieth-Century BritainRemembrance Representation and Appropriation Lord Kitchener and Lord Haig are two monumental figures of the First World War. Their reputations both in their lifetimes and after their deaths have been attacked and defended scrutinized and contested. They have been depicted in film print and public memorials in Britain and the wider world and new biographies of both men appear to this day. The material representations of Haig and Kitchener were shaped used and manipulated for official and popular ends by a variety of groups at different times during the twentieth century. The purpose of this study is not to discover the real individual nor to attack or defend their reputations rather it is an exploration of how both men have been depicted since their deaths and to consider what this tells us about the nature and meaning of First World War commemoration. While Haig's representation was more contested before the Second World War than was Kitchener's with several constituencies trying to fashion and use Haig's memory - the Government the British Legion ex-servicemen themselves and bereaved families - it was probably less contested but overwhelmingly more negative than Kitchener's after the Second World War. The book sheds light on the notion of 'heroic' masculinity - questioning in particular the degree to which the image of the common soldier replaced that of the high commander in the popular imagination - and explores how the military heritage in the twentieth century came into collision with the culture of modernity. It also contributes to ongoing debates in British historiography and to the larger debates over the social construction of memory the problematic relation between what is considered 'heritage' and 'history' and the need for historians to be sensitive and attentive to the interconnections between heritage and history and their contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754669654

Hail Mary?The Struggle for Ultimate Womanhood in Hail Mary? examines the sexist and misogynist themes that underlie the socially constructed religious imagery of Mary the mother of Jesus. Maurice Hamington explores the sources for three prominent Marian images: Mary as the "the blessed Virgin " Mary the "Mediatrix"; and Mary "the second Eve." Hamington critiques these images for the valorization of sexist forces with the Catholic Church that serve to maintain systems of oppression against women. In challenging dominant religious representations of Mary Hamington surveys a variety of emerging reinterpretations of Mary. He then provides a framework for further study of "non-alienating" images of Mary. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315022031

HailstormsPrediction Control and Damage Assessment Second Edition Each year hailstorm damage to human life property livestock and agriculture is appalling in nature. Broadly there are two problems related with hailstorms i.e. cloud physics problem of the growth of hailstones and the synoptic problem which relates to the thermodynamic investigation of the conditions that produce hailstorms. Thus present book discusses climatology physical properties of hail measurements prediction control and damage assessment. Separate chapter discusses the typical features of hailstorm formation. Forecasters in any part of the world could find fair order of similarity in the synoptic models discussed amongst the four regions of India with their regions too. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138047778

Hainan - State Society and Business in a Chinese Province This book examines the complex relationship between the state society and business in China focusing on the experience of the island province of Hainan. This island for many years a provincial backwater was given provincial rank in 1988 and became the testing ground for experiments of an economic political and social nature that have received great attention from Beijing in particular the "small government big society" project. This book provides a full account of this transition showing how Hainan casts important light on a number of highly topical issues in contemporary China studies: central-local relations institutional reform state-society relations and economic development strategies. It provides detailed evidence of how relations between party cadres state bureaucrats businesses foreign investors and civil society play out in practice in China today. It argues that despite the liberalization of recent years especially in the economic sphere the party state remains the most powerful actor in Chinese society and that path-breaking reform experiments such as in Hainan remain highly vulnerable due to the central government’s hesitation to commit the resources and unequivocal political support needed for the experiments to be successfully realized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415541381

Hair and Fibers This introductory text on labour economics covers topics such as: the shift in America from a manufacturing-based economy to a service economy; the changes in the economic conditions in the US; the implications of NAFTA and GATT; and the labour markets. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703909

Hair and Hair Care Reviews the chemical and physical properties care and treatment of hair including product development. The book discusses ethnic hair its appropriate management measures and products; emphasizes manufacturing and sales strategies for domestic and international product viability; surveys instrumental methods for product performance evaluation; presents sensory and market research techniques for optimum consumer satisfaction; and more. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203719565

Hair and Scalp DisordersMedical Surgical and Cosmetic Treatments Second Edition A succinct and comprehensive guide examining the treatment of hair and scalp disorders with a special emphasis on how hair type morphology and ethnicity can impact on hair disease and treatment. This updated and revised second edition builds on a successful first edition with additional chapters on dermoscopy on how technology can best be integrated into clinical practice and on aging hair. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781842145920

Hair Loss and Restoration Treatment of hair disorders has progressed considerably over time. More patients are now interested in hair care and some are bombarded by promising advertisements. In reality hair disorders may be complex and require accurate diagnosis for suitable treatment. Hair Loss and Restoration provides an extensive look at the practical management both medical and surgical of all forms of hair loss. Proper examination of the patient with hair loss is discussed in depth as is androgenetic alopecia the most common cause of hair loss. The autoimmune disease alopecia areata is examined comprehensively including its pathogenesis clinical features differential diagnosis and treatment. This edition also covers new developments on the diagnosis and treatment of the disease. Hair loss from drugs and radiation is reviewed along with other topics such as telogen effluvium and frontal fibrosing alopecia—an increasing concern in scarring hair loss. Hair restoration surgery is described in detail and an excellent review of what is available from a nonmedical approach to hair loss is provided. Extensively referenced and illustrated with more than 300 clinical color photographs this compact and easy-to-read book is a valuable resource for both doctors and patients. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482231977

Hair Sheep Of Western Africa And The AmericasA Genetic Resource For The Tropics This book provides a general description of hair sheep and production systems in Western Africa and the Americas summarizes performance statistics and makes suggestions for improved breeding management and research. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367169121

Hairdressing: Level 1The Interactive Textbook For Level 1 Hairdressing students on NVQ SVQ and VRQ courses. A genuinely new and innovative way for students to study hairdressing this new textbook is supported with extensive multimedia material and activities at no extra cost. Some books include a few videos and basic materials but this title comes with over 100 free online resources and activity screens with which to improve learning. Online questions are also included as well as links to other resources such as images animations and videos. The elearning resources are included in every chapter to complement the textbook content and will help students from the start of their qualification until they pass their final exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415528665

Hairdressing: Level 2The Interactive Textbook For Level 2 Hairdressing students on NVQ SVQ and VRQ courses A genuinely new and innovative way for students to study hairdressing this new textbook is supported with extensive multimedia material and activities at no extra cost. Some books include a few videos and basic materials but this book comes with over 250 free activities to improve learning. Online multimedia and multiple-choice questions for on-going assessment are also included as well as links to other resources such as images and videos. The elearning resources are included in every chapter and complement the textbook content and will help students from the start of their qualification until they pass. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415528672

Hairdressing: Level 3The Interactive Textbook For Level 3 Hairdressing students on NVQ SVQ and VRQ courses.A genuinely new and innovative way for students to study hairdressing this new textbook is supported with extensive multimedia material and activities at no extra cost. Some books include a few videos and basic materials but this title comes with over 150 free online resources and activity screens with which to improve learning. Online questions are also included as well as links to other resources such as images animations and videos. The elearning resources are included in every chapter to complement the textbook content and will help students from the start of their qualification until they pass their final exams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415528689

Hairy Roots Hairy roots are plant roots that have been genetically transformed and can be cultured on a large scale. They can replace the whole plant in many research projects and offer a range of technical advantages over plant cell cultures. Hairy roots are now used in studies of plant secondary metabolism and its genetic manipulation as hosts for the production of foreign proteins for plant propagation in agriculture in environmental research and for the development of new engineering technology for large-scale production of plant chemicals. Hairy root culture is an interdisciplinary science with important and expansive applications. This volume is the first to be dedicated solely to the many facets of hairy root culture. The number of papers dedicated to hairy roots is rising exponentially and with the increasing amount of research already underway this forms a timely publication. It is written and edited by acknowledged experts in the areas of hairy root culture and product synthesis plant propagation bio-processing and environmental aspects of hairyroots. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367810610

Haiti In The New World OrderThe Limits Of The Democratic Revolution This book a critical study of Haiti's place in the "New World Order " examines the limits of its "democratic revolution". It analyzes the emergence composition and objectives of the democratic movement that challenged the military and led to the electoral victory of Jean-Bertrand Aristide. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367159450

Haiti In The World EconomyClass Race And Underdevelopment Since 1700 This book explains the causes of Haiti's underdevelopment caused by the contradictory dynamic or dialectical interaction of external and internal social relations and forces including class race and color relations and forces and the conflicts they generate among them since 1700. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367163792

Haiti: Best Nightmare on Earth Five decades ago award-winning author Herbert Gold traveled to Haiti on a Caribbean version of the Fulbright Scholarship. The journey proved to be a turning point in his life. Fifty years later his attachment to the tiny Caribbean nation-his second home-remains as passionate and powerful as ever. Now in Best Nightmare on Earth he explores the secret life of this vibrant volatile violent land. "Beautiful...bizarre...dangerous...exotic a Garden of Eden fallen into despair a tiny nation of unimaginable misery and unpredictable grace an island where life is a kind of literature a world of "unlimited impossibility." This is Herbert Gold's Haiti a country of extraordinary paradox and remarkable extremes-of gingerbread dream houses and wretched slums of brutal repression and explosive creative energy. Where else he asks can you run into evil spirits on the back roads or find the goddess of fertility and orgasm represented by a photo of a tap-dancing Shirley Temple? Where else is there such generosity amid such corruption such humor in the midst of such desperation?In his many Haitian travels Gold has dined with Graham Greene and chatted with the hated Duvalier oppressors. He has traded stories with CIA saboteurs former Nazis rum-soaked diplomats and voodoo priests. He has taken in the cockfights and hunted for pirate treasure. He has nearly died of malaria; he has faced machete-wielding gangs of Ton-Ton Macoutes. He followed the traffic in Haitian blood to American hospitals and watched the AIDS epidemic take its toll. He listened to the steady beat of drums rolling down mist-shrouded mountains and shared in the flirting drinking and laughter of the streets. He has captured the essence of this land where tragedy is the music the people dance to. Herbert Gold reflects on the country's history and politics culture and folklore but sees much more. He sees Haiti through the eyes of a lover: impassioned jealous probing ever alert and alive. This book will be of interest to travelers to and people interested in the problems of Haiti and the Caribbean; and collectors of Haitian art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138524675

Haiti: From Revolutionary Slaves to Powerless CitizensEssays on the Politics and Economics of Underdevelopment 1804-2013 This title focuses on Haiti from an international perspective. Haiti has endured undue influence from successive French and US governments; its fragile 'democracy' has been founded on subordination to and dominance of foreign powers. This book examines Haiti's position within the global economic and political order and how the more dominant members of the international community have in varying ways exploited the country over the last 200 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781857438093

Haitian And Dominican Sugarcane Workers In Dominican BateyesPatterns And Effects Of Prejudice Stereotypes And Discrimination NO_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABLE_FOR_THIS_PRODUCT Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9783825821968

Haitian HistoryNew Perspectives Despite Haiti's proximity to the United States and its considerable importance to our own history Haiti barely registered in the historic consciousness of most Americans until recently. Those who struggled to understand Haiti's suffering in the earthquake of 2010 often spoke of it as the poorest country in the Western hemisphere but could not explain how it came to be so. In recent years the amount of scholarship about the island has increased dramatically. Whereas once this scholarship was focused on Haiti’s political or military leaders now the historiography of Haiti features lively debates and different schools of thought. Even as this body of knowledge has developed it has been hard for students to grasp its various strands. Haitian History presents the best of the recent articles on Haitian history by both Haitian and foreign scholars moving from colonial Saint Domingue to the aftermath of the 2010 earthquake. It will be the go-to one-volume introduction to the field of Haitian history helping to explain how the promise of the Haitian Revolution dissipated and presenting the major debates and questions in the field today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808682

HaitiansMigration And Diaspora This book is about the movement of Haitians from rural Haiti to the urbanized U.S. Atlantic seaboard. It is an attempt to bring cohesion to a particular human migration important in the process of education about the diversity and the commonalities of all U.S. immigrants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367160425

Haiti-HaitiiPhilosophical Reflections for Mental Decolonization In Haiti - Haitii Jean-Bertrand Aristide combines the artistry of Swahili with the poetic incisiveness of his native Kreyol to produce an eloquent critique of colonialism and an affirmation of humanist principles. Aristide uses poetry prose and proverbs to tell the epic story of Haiti the world's first independent Black republic. He chronicles the brutality of the colonisers and the ways in which they attempted to dehumanise Haitians. Aristide illustrates how Haitians' 300-year journey to freedom has been guided by the African philosophy of Ubuntu a world view that emphasises human solidarity. Today Aristide writes it is this same philosophy that can empower a new generation of Africans to resist neo-colonialism. This book is the inspiring inside story of the country which has both suffered in unimaginable ways and dared to dream of freedom. It will be essential reading for all those interested in the past present and future of Haiti and the prospects for national liberation across the world in the 21st century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612050546

HaitiThe God of Tough Places the Lord of Burnt Men As a priest and a physician Richard Frechette has known the body heart and soul of people in the most anguishing of circumstances. He has carried out his double ministry over the past twenty-five years in settings of extreme poverty violence social upheaval and natural disasters. This personal experience of tough realities has been at once a descent into chaos and an ascent into compassion never more so than in his work in Haiti.The reflections in this volume are less about Haiti than they are about real-life incidents that happened there during a particular time in history. In a fuller sense these reflections shed light on what happens in any place at any time to people of any race or class who live out an assault on their human dignity. Whenever the dignity of human beings is marred the human spirit finds itself in threatened conditions and seeks desperately to preserve what is human about it. This is the unfailing light of God's grace ever present and faithful fiercely persistent in trying to renew the face of the earth and the pilgrim human heart.Grounded in space and time and yet speaking of universal concerns this very personal volume shows how the ancient human scourges of poverty ignorance illness and violence desecrate humanity and weaken the spirit. Yet as Frechette shows from these ashes many people with the help of God valiantly rise. This is a stunning work that crosses conventional barriers between the personal and the political between degradation by others and elevation by selves."I will lead you by the way.... that you may become the brother of God and learn to know the Christ of the burnt men." –Thomas Merton Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412847636

Hakka Chinese Confront Protestant Christianity 1850-1900With the Autobiographies of Eight Hakka Christians and Commentary This work focuses on the 19th-century mission conducted by Chinese evangelists among the Hakka an ethnic minority in south China. The principal part of the text comprises the autobiographies of eight pioneer missionaries who offer insight into village life and customs of the Hakka people. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315703893

Halal Business ManagementA Guide to Achieving Halal Excellence The halal industry is a fast-growing industry due to demographics and industry expansion. Halal certification of products outlets and services is essential for doing business in Muslim-majority countries. This book shares the building blocks of professional halal business management covering halal certification halal supply chain management branding and marketing and halal risk and reputation management. Drawing on years of academic research and advisory experience the book provides practical advice and guidance on how best to organise and upscale your halal business operations. Successful companies in the halal industry are those that embrace halal excellence by design. Halal excellence is a process – a pursuit of excellence. Halal business management is beyond halal certification and needs to address supply chain management branding and marketing and risk and reputation management. Halal excellence needs measurement through adopting the right key performance indicators to protecting your halal reputation and licence to operate in Muslim markets. This book gives proven practical strategies to guide you in the halal industry. The book is for all organisations involved in serving Muslim markets and also serves as a coursebook for graduate and postgraduate education in halal business management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367625917

Halal Logistics and Supply Chain Management in Southeast Asia The concept of Halal defines what adheres to Islamic law and is so comprehensive that it goes beyond food to include processes. The Halal industry has allowed many business firms a competitive advantage and is integral in its support for industries from food tourism banking and hospitality to medical. This book gives an overview of what Halal is in logistics and supply chain management and discusses related issues and challenges in Southeast Asia. The book also examines Halal logistics and supply chain in reference to global trends and practices. It attempts to integrate theoretical and methodological aspects of Halal logistics and supply chain study in different geographical areas across industries. This will be a useful reference for those who wish to understand the Halal ecosystem and Halal logistics supply chain development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349974

Halal MattersIslam Politics and Markets in Global Perspective In today’s globalized world halal (meaning ‘permissible’ or ‘lawful’) is about more than food. Politics power and ethics all play a role in the halal industry in setting new standards for production trade consumption and regulation. The question of how modern halal markets are constituted is increasingly important and complex. Written from a unique interdisciplinary global perspective this book demonstrates that as the market for halal products and services is expanding and standardizing it is also fraught with political social and economic contestation and difference. The discussion is illustrated by rich ethnographic case studies from a range of contexts and consideration is given to both Muslim majority and minority societies. Halal Matters will be of interest to students and scholars working across the humanities and social sciences including anthropology sociology and religious studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138812765

HalcyonGabriel d'Annunzio First published in 2003. GABRIELE D'ANNUNZIO was born in 1863 in Pescara on the Adriatic coast of Italy the son of a wealthy landowner. His first volume of poetry was published in 1879 when he was sixteen. After graduating from the University of Rome d'Annunzio married and began to write short stories to support his wife and family. In 1919 d'Annunzio led a small force to seize the town of Fiume ruling it as a dictator until 1921. D'Annunzio spent the later part of his life at his home on Lake Garda. In 1937 he was made President of the Italian Royal Academy. He died in 1938 and was given a state funeral by Mussolini. When Halcyon was first published at the end of 1903 its author was already forty and famous: J/ placere which ranks with A rebours and The Picture of Dorian Gray as a novel of the Decadence had appeared in 1889 and d'Annunzio had published other novels short stories plays and many volumes of poetry since his first great success at the age of sixteen. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059004

Half a Century of Municipal Decline1935-1985 Local government passed unscathed through the political and economic upheavals which followed the Great Depression. Contemporary commentators had every reason to look forward to continued growth and expansion in the role of local government which was seen as the main vehicle for the social programmes of the comeing Welfare State. That optimism was misplaced. Many of the trends of the early twentieth century have been reveresed. From the vantage point of 1985 local government was in crisis so severe that its continued existence was called into question. In this unique book eleven authors explain what happened and how the local government system weakened. Political financial economic and legal issues are explored as are factors such as housing planning and social welfare. This book was first published in 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415860352

Half a CitizenLife on welfare in Australia 'This important and illuminating book provides a powerful and harrowing depiction of the inadequacies of the Australian welfare system. Its findings challenge the foundations and direction of the welfare reform agenda.' - Professor Peter Saunders University of New South Wales'This major new study challenges many myths about life on welfare and in low paid work. It should be read by anyone concerned with welfare reform.' - Jane Millar Professor of Social Policy University of BathWhat is it really like to be unemployed and on welfare? How do you make ends meet? Does the welfare system actually help people get back into jobs?Half a Citizen draws on in-depth interviews with 150 welfare recipients to reveal people struggling to get by on a low income the anxieties of balancing paid work with income support and how unstable housing makes it difficult to get ahead.By investigating the lives beyond the statistics Half a Citizen also explodes powerful myths and assumptions on which welfare policy is based. The majority of welfare recipients interviewed are very active in paid work caring for children or for other family members and they see themselves as contributing and participating citizens even if they sometimes feel they are being treated as 'half a citizen'. These stories of resilience and passion bear no resemblance to the clich d images of dependence laziness and social isolation which underpin social policy and media debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781742376059

Half in Love With DeathManaging the Chronically Suicidal Patient Half in Love With Death presents a new way for therapists to manage chronically suicidal patients an incredibly challenging task for clinicians and one where an insufficient amount of literature exists to guide professionals. Author Joel Paris suggests an approach that defies conventional wisdoms about whether suicide can be predicted or prevented. He asserts that managing chronically suicidal patients begins with tolerating suicidality understanding the inner world of patients avoiding repeated hospitalizations and focusing on life situations that maintain suicidal ideas and behaviors.  Each chapter in the book develops a theoretical perspective based on empirical data and many are illustrated by clinical examples. Topics addressed throughout the text include:*distinctions among various types of suicidality;*the inner world of the chronically suicidal patient with a particular focus on pain emptiness and hopelessness;*the relationship between chronic suicidality and personality disorders especially the category of borderline personality;*the effectiveness of psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy for chronically suicidal patients; and*the risks of litigation in managing this patient population. This volume is a crucially important resource for clinicians who treat chronically suicidal patients as it fills a gap in existing literature and provides enlightened guidelines that stem from a large body of research in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315093307

Halliday's Introduction to Functional Grammar Fully updated and revised this fourth edition of Halliday's Introduction to Functional Grammar explains the principles of systemic functional grammar enabling the reader to understand and apply them in any context. Halliday's innovative approach of engaging with grammar through discourse has become a worldwide phenomenon in linguistics. Updates to the new edition include:  Recent uses of systemic functional linguistics to provide further guidance for students scholars and researchers More on the ecology of grammar illustrating how each major system serves to realise a semantic system A systematic indexing and classification of examples More from corpora thus allowing for easy access to data Halliday's Introduction to Functional Grammar Fourth Edition is the standard reference text for systemic functional linguistics and an ideal introduction for students and scholars interested in the relation between grammar meaning and discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444146608

Hallmarks: The Cultural Politics and Public Pedagogies of Stuart Hall This provocative interdisciplinary and transnational collection delves deeply into the educational and public intellectual hallmarks of Stuart M. Hall a core figure in the development of the postwar British New Left Cultural Studies at the Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies and later the Open University. It opens new vistas on both critical educational studies and cultural studies through interviews with and essays by leading writers shedding light on the under-appreciated public pedagogical and cultural politics of the New Left Thatcherism and Rightist neocolonial diasporic and neoliberal formations in Jamaica the UK Australia North America and Brazil. Cogently argued and beautifully written the book looks to spark dialog about Hall's under-appreciated educational contributions and illuminate important aspects of his work for students and scholars in many fields. Intimate and moving the contributors' accounts describe Hall’s diasporic formation as a courageous ‘artist’ and educator of cultural politics and social movements. The book shows both the reach and the relevance of his public pedagogies in the construction of alternatives to essentialist racial politics and the despairing cynicism of neoliberalism. With contributors and interviewees including Leslie G. Roman Michael W. Apple Avtar Brah John Clarke Annette Henry Lawrence Grossberg Luis Gandin and Fazal Rizvi Hallmarks: The Cultural Politics and Public Pedagogies of Stuart Hall reveals that neither cultural politics nor public pedagogies are stable or self-evident constructs. Each legitimates and requires the other as part of a longer radical democratic project for social justice. This book was originally published as a special issue of Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391796

HalloweenYouth Cinema and the Horrors of Growing Up This book argues that Halloween need not be the first nor the most influential youth slasher film for it to hold a special place in the history of youth cinema. John Carpenter’s 1978 horror hit was once considered the be-all end-all of teen slasher cinema and was regarded as the first the best and the most influential American slasher film. Recent revisions in film history however have challenged Halloween’s comfortable place in the canon of youth horror cinema. However this book argues that the film like no other draws from the themes imagery and obsessions that fueled youth horror cinema since the 1950s—Gothic atmosphere atomic dread twisted psychology and alienated teenage monsters—and ties them together in the deceptively simple story of a masked killer on Halloween night. Along the way the film delivers a savage critique of social institutions and their failure to protect young people. Halloween also depicts a cadre of compelling and complicated youth characters: teenage babysitters watching over preadolescents as a killer who is viciously avoiding the responsibilities of young adulthood stalks them through the shadows. This book explores all these aspects of Halloween including the franchise it spawned providing an invaluable insight into this iconic film for students and researchers alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732407

Hallucination-focused Integrative TherapyA Specific Treatment that Hits Auditory Verbal Hallucinations Hallucination-focused Integrative Treatment (HIT) is a specific treatment for auditory verbal hallucinations which integrates techniques from CBT systems therapy psychoeducation coping training rehabilitation and medication. It emphasises active family involvement crisis intervention when required and specialised motivational strategies. In clinical trials HIT has been proven to have longer lasting and wider ranging effects than other therapies high patient satisfaction scores and a low drop-out rate. In Hallucination-focused Integrative Therapy Jack Jenner presents a full manual for using HIT with patients. Divided into five parts the book offers a clear and straightforward explanation of each aspect of the treatment. Part One introduces auditory verbal hallucinations in their social and historical context. Part Two explains the need for an integrative approach to treating them and sets out the eleven-step diagnostic procedure. Part Three describes the treatment in full including motivational strategies the constituent modules and how to integrate them flexible implementation of a tailor-made procedure and its overall effectiveness. It also demonstrates the use of HIT with specific patient groups including those suffering from trauma children and adolescents those who are suicidal and those with learning difficulties. Part Four examines other hallucination-focused therapies. Finally Part Five covers insight-oriented psychotherapies. The book also includes several appendices of supplementary material which enhance the content. Illustrated throughout with case studies and clinical material Hallucination-focused Integrative Therapy will be of interest to psychiatrists psychologists psychiatric nurses and social workers working with patients who experience auditory verbal hallucinations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138932319

Hallunications In Clinical PsychiatryA Guide For Mental Health Professionals First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869134

Halogenated HydrocarbonsSolubility-Miscibility with Water This book promotes a basic understanding of the concept of solubility and miscibility between halogenated hydrocarbons and water. It points out the regularities existing between solubility and physical properties of solute and solvent. The book is valuable to chemists and chemical engineers. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003064770

Halophytic and Salt-Tolerant FeedstuffsImpacts on Nutrition Physiology and Reproduction of Livestock Naturally occurring salt tolerant and halophytic plants (trees shrubs grasses and forbs) have always been utilized by livestock as a supplement or drought reserve. Salt tolerant forage and fodder crops are now being planted over wide areas. Increasingly large-scale production of fodder on formerly abandoned irrigated cropland has allowed salt tolerant and halophytic feedstuffs to be mainstreamed into the supply chain for feedlots. Feeding salty feeds to livestock has been evaluated in many countries with good outcomes especially as a way to improve livestock nutrition and productivity. Better ways have been devised to use these potentially valuable feed resources. These feedstuffs are best fed in mixed rations. Substituting conventional fodder with up to 30 percent of the diets comprising halophytic feedstuffs have proved most successful for ruminant livestock but special formulations have been devised for poultry and rabbits. There are big savings on the import of costly feedstuffs and benefits to livelihoods of those dependent on scattered sparse and unreliable forage/fodder in the world’s drylands that cover about 40 percent of the world’s land surface.This book is written by leading authorities from many different countries. It reviews past and current work on the animal-oriented aspects of the utilization of feedstuffs derived from salt tolerant and halophytic plants. It brings to the reader (scientist researcher academics and their students policy makers and livestock operators) an up-to-date analysis of the important issues related to salt-rich feedstuffs (nutrition productivity and reproduction). Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367377083

Hamas Jihad and Popular LegitimacyReinterpreting Resistance in Palestine This book investigates the many faces of Hamas and examines its ongoing evolution as a resistance organisation in the context of the Israel/Palestine conflict. Specifically the work interrogates Hamas’ interpretation reinterpretation and application of the twin concepts of muqawama (resistance) and jihad (striving in the name of God). The text frames the movement’s capacity to accrue popular legitimacy through its evolving resistance discourses centred on the notion of jihad and the practical applications thereof. Moving beyond the dominant security-orientated approaches to Hamas the book investigates the malleable nature of both resistance and jihad including their social symbolic political and ideational applications. The diverse interpretations of these concepts allow Hamas to function as a comprehensive social movement. Where possible this volume attempts to privilege first-order or experiential knowledge emanating from the movement itself its political representatives and the Palestinian population in general. Many of these accounts were collected by the author during fieldwork in the Middle East. Not only does this work present new primary data but it also investigates a variety of contemporary empirical events related to Palestine and the Middle East. This book offers an alternative way of viewing the movement’s popular legitimacy grounded in theoretical empirical and ethnographic terms. This book will be of much interest to students of Hamas political violence critical terrorism studies Middle Eastern politics security studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138308985

Hamas Popular Support and War in the Middle EastInsurgency in the Holy Land This book offers a new understanding of the nature of power-seeking insurgent groups by empirically examining the use of violence by Hamas in the Palestinian-Israeli Conflict. Though Hamas has learned to ride the tides of popular support it remains suspended between its quest to achieve the values of its ardent supporters (reclamation of land through force) and the desire to grow popular support. This tension is reflected in how and when the group exercises violent resistance. The theoretical framework applied in this volume provides a simple construct to understand the dynamics that result in use and non-use of violence under changing environmental conditions by Hamas but could be applied more broadly to other power-seeking insurgent groups including ISIL. The book weaves together the dynamics between violent actions and internal and external influences on Hamas including: expressed values of the group Palestinian popular support measures leaders’ personalities and innovation (weapons and tactics) Israeli influence and targeted killings peace processes and conflicts in Gaza Syria Iraq and Egypt. With newly assembled datasets on Hamas’ violent acts and public statements Israeli Targeted Killings historical measures of popular support and extensive field interviews the book offers a fresh perspective on insurgent group violence by demonstrating under what conditions the group exercises violence or refrains from doing so. This book will be of much interest to both policy makers and students of the Arab-Israeli conflict political violence Middle Eastern politics security studies and international relations in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309005

Hamas and IdeologySheikh Yusuf al-Qara?awi on the Jews Zionism and Israel Sheikh Yusūf al- Qaraḍāwī is regarded as the most influential contemporary Muslim religious figure. His best-selling book Al-Ḥalal wal-Ḥaram fi al-Islam ("The Forbidden and the Permitted in Islam") is perhaps one of the most widely read Islamic works after the Qur’ān. The subject of jihad in Palestine is a salient feature of Qaraḍāwī’s thought and is addressed frequently in his books. His views on Israel and on the Jews shape those of many Muslims throughout the world. This book paints al- Qaraḍāwī’s portrait within the context of the subject of the struggle for Palestine and assesses why he is committed so fervently to the Palestinian course. It also sheds light on another important aspect of al-Qaradawi’s thought namely the marked contrast between his ideas regarding the Muslim world and his views on relations with other religions and countries. Whereas al- Qaraḍāwī is considered to be a moderate in Islamic matters his attitude toward the Jews and to Israel is one of abiding hatred and uncompromising struggle. The book aims to classify Qaraḍāwī’s thought along the axis of moderation and extremism by drawing comparisons between Qaraḍāwī’s teachings and those of other Muslim jurists. Furthermore it compares the features of antisemitic writing with that of Qaraḍāwī in order to answer the question as to whether Qaraḍāwī’s teachings actually constitute an expression of anti-semitism.Despite the subject of jihad in Palestine being so central to Qaraḍāwī’s thought there has not been a comprehensive and systematic academic study of this to date. The book therefore represents a major contribution to the field and will appeal to anyone studying the Israel-Palestine conflict Islamic Studies Jewish Studies Terrorism and Political Violence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890728

Hamas and PalestineThe Contested Road to Statehood Hamas and Palestine: The Contested Road to Statehood analyses the Palestinian Islamist movement Hamas between 2005 and 2017.　 The book expounds how Hamas has employed a dual resistance strategy consisting of political and armed resistance as a mechanism to achieve maintain and defend its continued political viability.　 Hamas entered politics to transform the role of the Palestinian Authority from an administrative institution into one driving the Palestinian quest for independence. 　To achieve this the analysis explains how Hamas implemented a process of soft-Islamisation in Gaza.　 This was intended to build the institutional capacity of the Authority based on the bureaucratisation and professionalisation of key institutions while selectively increasing the role of Islam in society.The book provides a detailed explanation of key shifts in Hamas’s political behaviour as it adapts to the vagaries and vicissitudes of governing Gaza despite the imposition of Israel’s political and economic siege. Employing the Inclusion-Moderation theoretical framework the book traces Hamas’s transformation from a non-state armed group into a legitimate actor in Palestinian politics. The book’s analysis also highlights the key role that Hamas’s national liberation agenda has on shifting its behaviour towards adopting more moderate and inclusive policy stances. Specifically the analysis demonstrates how Hamas has made measurable shifts in it political behaviour towards accepting the primacy of the two-state solution and its dealings with Israel and the Peace Process. The book provides a comprehensive assessment of Hamas’s time in government and its capacity to deal with the vicissitudes of governing. It is a valuable resource for students and researchers interested in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and Middle East Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584450

Hamas and Suicide TerrorismMulti-causal and Multi-level Approaches This book analyses the root causes of suicide terrorism at both the elite and rank-and- file levels of the Hamas and also explains why this tactic has disappeared in the post-2006 period. This volume adopts a multi-causal multi-level approach to analyse the use of suicide bombings by Hamas and its individual operatives in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. It uses extensive fieldwork and on-the-ground interviews in order to delve beneath the surface and understand why and how suicide operations were adopted as a sustained mechanism of engagement within the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Three core factors fuelled Hamas’s suicide bombing campaigns. First Palestinian suicide operations are a complex combination of instrumental and expressive violence adopted by both organisations and individuals to achieve political and/or societal survival retaliation and competition. In other words suicide bombings not only serve distinct political and strategic goals for both Hamas and its operatives but they also serve to convey a symbolic message to various audiences within Israel the Palestinian territories and around the world. Second suicide operations perform a crucial role in the formation and consolidation of Palestinian national identity and are also the latest manifestation of the historically entrenched cultural norm of militant heroic martyrdom. Finally Hamas’s use of political Islam also facilitates the articulation justification and legitimisation of suicide operations as a modern-day jihad against Israel through the means of modern interpretations and fatwas. This approach not only facilitates a much needed multifaceted holistic understanding of suicide bombings in this particular region but also yields policy-relevant lessons to address extreme political violence in other parts of the world. This book will be of much interest to students of Hamas terrorism Middle East politics and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415832281

Hamas and the MediaPolitics and Strategy The Islamic resistance movement ‘Hamas’ is arguably one of the most important Palestinian organizations in recent decades. Since Hamas' establishment it has extensively utilized media as a means of mobilization for its political and ideological agendas and its tactics have undergone a remarkable evolution from graffiti art to satellite broadcasting. This book presents the first systematic and historical contextualization of the development of Hamas' media strategy. It determines three key phases in Hamas’ development and explores the complex and important relationship at work between its politics and use of media. Assessing four elements of the Hamas media strategy; the media message (discourse) the media objectives the infrastructure and the target audience this book tracks how Hamas grew its media infrastructure and looks at how the idea of resistance has permeated the media discourse. Determining both tactical and strategic objectives and detailing the various layers to the target audience it offers the first in-depth academic study of the Hamas media strategy. This book’s exploration of the key role the media plays in the Palestinian issue makes it a timely and relevant contribution to the study of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict and a valuable resource for students scholars and policymakers working in Middle Eastern studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178246

Hamilton Bailey's Physical SignsDemonstrations of Physical Signs in Clinical Surgery 19th Edition It is approaching a century since the first edition of Demonstrations of Physical Signs in Clinical Surgery was first published authored by the pioneering surgical teacher Hamilton Bailey. That it has survived is testimony to the continuing need for those learning surgery to be able to elicit physical signs in the patient and to understanding their meaning and significance.The fully-revised nineteenth edition has been brought completely up to date reflecting current surgical practice in both the developed and developing nations while preserving Hamilton Bailey's original message regarding the importance of physical signs in clinical surgery. It will continue to provide medical students and postgraduates embarking upon a surgical career with an invaluable and immediate source of distilled wisdom and knowledge set in the context of current surgical practice around the world. Winner of Special category: The BMA Student Textbook Award Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444169188

Hamiltonian Dynamical SystemsA REPRINT SELECTION Classical mechanics is a subject that is teeming with life. However most of the interesting results are scattered around in the specialist literature which means that potential readers may be somewhat discouraged by the effort required to obtain them. Addressing this situation Hamiltonian Dynamical Systems includes some of the most significant papers in Hamiltonian dynamics published during the last 60 years. The book covers bifurcation of periodic orbits the break-up of invariant tori chaotic behavior in hyperbolic systems and the intricacies of real systems that contain coexisting order and chaos. It begins with an introductory survey of the subjects to help readers appreciate the underlying themes that unite an apparently diverse collection of articles. The book concludes with a selection of papers on applications including in celestial mechanics plasma physics chemistry accelerator physics fluid mechanics and solid state mechanics and contains an extensive bibliography. The book provides a worthy introduction to the subject for anyone with an undergraduate background in physics or mathematics and an indispensable reference work for researchers and graduate students interested in any aspect of classical mechanics. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003069515

Hamish MacCunn (1868-1916): A Musical Life Hamish MacCunn’s career unfolded amidst the restructuring of British musical culture and the rewriting of the Western European political landscape. Having risen to fame in the late 1880s with a string of Scottish works MacCunn further highlighted his Caledonian background by cultivating a Scottish artistic persona that defined him throughout his life. His attempts to broaden his appeal ultimately failed. This along with his difficult personality and a series of poor professional choices led to the slow demise of what began as a promising career. As the first comprehensive study of MacCunn’s life the book illustrates how social and cultural situations as well as his personal relationships influenced his career. While his fierce loyalty to his friends endeared him to influential people who helped him throughout his career his refusal of his Royal College of Music degree and his failure to complete early commissions assured him a difficult path. Drawing upon primary resources Oates traces the development of MacCunn’s music chronologically juxtaposing his Scottish and more cosmopolitan compositions within a discussion of his life and other professional activities. This picture of MacCunn and his music reveals on the one hand a talented composer who played a role in establishing national identity in British music and on the other a man who unwittingly sabotaged his own career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278370

Hamlet Protestantism and the Mourning of ContingencyNot to Be Building on current scholarly interest in the religious dimensions of the play this study shows how Shakespeare uses Hamlet to comment on the Calvinistic Protestantism predominant around 1600. By considering the play's inner workings against the religious ideas of its time John Curran explores how Shakespeare portrays in this work a completely deterministic universe in the Calvinist mode and Curran argues exposes the disturbing aspects of Calvinism. By rendering a Catholic Prince Hamlet caught in a Protestant world which consistently denies him his aspirations for a noble life Shakespeare is able in this play his most theologically engaged to delineate the differences between the two belief systems but also to demonstrate the consequences of replacing the old religion so completely with the new. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315586106

Hamlet - The First Quarto (Sos) The first in a series on Shakespeare's original texts including facsimile pages this version of "Hamlet" is claimed to be in some ways the most authentic version of the play that we have. Included are an introduction notes and a theoretical historical and contextual critique. This text has been rejected by scholars as a "bad Quarto" - corrupt and pirated text printed without the permission of the playwright or his company. Nonetheless it was the first version of the play to be published and it has been produced in the modern theatre with success. This new edition of that Quarto seeks to acknowledge the play's distinctive poetic and dramatic qualities instead of comparing them unfavourably to one of the other versions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466951

Hamlet and the Baker's SonMy Life in Theatre and Politics Hamlet and the Baker's Son is the autobiography of Augusto Boal inventor of the internationally renowned Forum Theatre system and 'Theatre of the Oppressed' and author of Games for Actors and Non-Actors and Legislative Theatre. Continuing to travel the world giving workshops and inspiration to teachers prisoners actors and care-workers Augusto Boal is a visionary as well as a product of his times - the Brazil of military dictatorship and artistic and social repression and was once imprisoned for his subversive activities. From his early days in Brazil's political theatre movement to his recent experiments with theatre as a democratic political process Boal's story is a moving and memorable one. He has devised a unique way of using the stage to empower the disempowered and taken his methods everywhere from the favelas of Rio to the rehearsal studios of the Royal Shakespeare Company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203350058

Hamlet on the CouchWhat Shakespeare Taught Freud Hamlet on the Couch weaves a close reading of Shakespeare’s Hamlet with a large variety of contemporary psychoanalytic and psychological theory looking at the interplay of ideas between the two. Hamlet can be read almost as a psychoanalytic case study and be used to understand and illustrate a range of core psychoanalytic concepts. Covering such basic psychoanalytic concepts as identity transference and countertransference the ‘good-enough’ mother the compulsion to repeat and the death instinct James E. Groves shows how Hamlet can shed new light on understanding psychoanalytic theory and how psychoanalysis can in turn enrich our understanding of Shakespeare’s work. Perhaps the most radical feature of psychoanalysis is its tradition of self-examination. Mirroring it the book throughout uses an eclectic subjective critical approach to study how the poetry of Hamlet creates its realistically flawed and believably complex characters. Combining deep insightful knowledge of Shakespeare and of psychoanalysis Hamlet on the Couch will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as literary scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138556294

Hamlet: Critical Essays A comprehensive collection of the best writing about this Shakespearian play both as dramatic literature and theatrical performance this book is an excellent resource companion to the text. This collected wisdom was originally published in 1986. It contains pieces of commentary from as far back as the late 18th Century but also highly acclaimed critical pieces from more recent years organised into six general themes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975644

HamletCritical Essays Using a variety of approaches from postcolonialism and New Historicism to psychoanalysis and gender studies the international contributors to Hamlet: New Critical Essays contribute major new interpretations on the conception and writing editing and cultural productions of Hamlet. This book is the most up-to-date and comprehensive critical analysis available of one of Shakespeare's best-known and most engaging plays. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203060520

Hamlet's Fictions "But in a fiction in a dream of passion..." In an extended commentary on this passage this book offers a rationale for the excellence and primacy of this play among the tragedies. Throughout emphasis is placed on Hamlet's fantasies and imaginations rather than on ethical criteria and on the depiction of Hamlet as a revenge play through an exploration of its dark and mysterious aspects. The book stresses the importance of Passion and Its Fictions in the play and attempts to explore the very Pirandellian topic of Hamlet's passion and dream of passion. It goes on to examine the organization of dramatic energies in the play - the use Shakespeare makes of analogy and infinite regress and of scene rows broken scenes and impacted scenes and the significance of the exact middle of Hamlet. The final section is devoted to conventions of style imagery and genre in the play - what is the stage situation of asides soliloguies and offstage speech? How is the imagery of skin disease and sealing distinctive? In what sense is Hamlet a comedy or does it use comedy significantly? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138975651

Hamlet's HeirsShakespeare and The Politics of a New Millennium Speaking to readers in a voice that is adventurous rather than authoritative innovative rather than institutional and speculative rather than orthodox Linda Charnes’ provocative study of Shakespeare’s legacy in contemporary American and British politics explores the following themes: namesake princes and presidents stolen thrones and elections plutocrats and insurgents campaign trails and war-mongering waning monarchy and imperilled democracy revengers early modern and postmodern. Linked by focused readings of Hamlet and the Henriad the essays follow Shakespeare’s two most famous royal sons the Princes Hamlet and Hal as they haunt contemporary political psychology in the early years of a new millennium and especially in the aftermath of September 11 2001. Between devolution in Britain and the new ‘doctrine’ of pre-emptive strike in the United States our contemporary Hamlets and Hals epitomize a debate – as fraught now as in Shakespeare’ day – about the cost of spin-doctoring legacies. In exploring how current political culture inherits Shakespeare Hamlet’s Heirs challenges scholarly assumptions about historical periodicity modernity and the uses of Shakespeare in present day contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834880

Hammer's German Grammar and Usage Long trusted as the most comprehensive up-to-date and user-friendly grammar available Hammer’s German Grammar provides you with a complete guide to German as it is written and spoken today. In a new layout to enable better referencing this new edition includes: concise descriptions of the main grammatical phenomena of German and their use examples of grammar taken from contemporary German helping you to understand the underlying grammatical principles more quickly invaluable guidance on pronunciation and the German accent discussion of new words from English roots helping you to communicate in German as Germans do today clarification on the spelling reform and current spellings of German thus increasing your confidence while writing and reading in German. Praised for its lucid explanations this new edition distinguishes the most common forms of usage both formal and informal. Hammer’s German Grammar also offers you a combination of reference grammar and manual of current usage that you will find invaluable whether a student or a teacher at intermediate or advanced level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853713

Hammer's German Grammar and Usage 6e + Practising German Grammar 4e Long trusted as the most comprehensive up-to-date and user-friendly grammar available Hammer’s German Grammar provides you with a complete guide to German as it is written and spoken today. In a new layout to enable better referencing this new edition includes: concise descriptions of the main grammatical phenomena of German and their use examples of grammar taken from contemporary German helping you to understand the underlying grammatical principles more quickly invaluable guidance on pronunciation and the German accent discussion of new words from English roots helping you to communicate in German as Germans do today clarification on the spelling reform and current spellings of German thus increasing your confidence while writing and reading in German. Praised for its lucid explanations this new edition distinguishes the most common forms of usage both formal and informal. Hammer’s German Grammar also offers you a combination of reference grammar and manual of current usage that you will find invaluable whether a student or a teacher at intermediate or advanced level. This Grammar is accompanied by the workbook  Practising German Grammar which features related exercises and activities. Created especially for the new edition a companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/durrell offers a wide range of exercises and quizzes on all the main areas of German suitable for self-study and to accompany instructed grammar courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815393948

Hand Rehabilitation in Occupational Therapy This practical book presents the latest and most effective occupational therapy methods and theories designed for treating patients with decreased hand function. The growing incidence of hand injuries in recent years has challenged occupational therapists to develop innovations in hand care. Now with this authoritative resource you can greatly enhance your practice skills and ability to plan effective treatment programs. The contributors provide clear examinations of such topics as wound and scar tissue management the treatment of Colles fracture and pre- and post-operative approaches to therapy among many other pertinent areas. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056455

Handbook - Soil mix wallsDesign and execution Handbook - Soil mix walls For several decades now the deep mixing method has been used for ground improvement works. A more recent application is the use of soil mix as structural elements for the construction of earth-water retaining structures and cut-off walls. Since 2000 due to the economic and environmental advantages of the method these particular applications have shown an amazing growth. Nevertheless in practice no pragmatic standards or guidelines were available for the design the execution the quality control and the maintenance of this kind of applications. This is the reason why the present publication was initiated. The Handbook - Soil mix walls is based on existing literature and the knowledge and experiences of committee members and includes an extensive description of the design and execution processes. It also establishes the link between the conditions of use (functional requirements) the design and the quality control of the final soil mix structure that is especially important in the construction of soil mix walls. Based on a large test campaign a methodology is proposed for the design of the soil mix walls for which the interaction between steel and soil mix can possibly be taken into account dependent upon the application. Each potential function of the soil mix wall is described (e.g. earth retaining wall cut-off wall bearing capacity etc.) and the temporary or permanent character of the application (its lifetime) is always considered. Furthermore the design methodology presented in this handbook is in agreement with the Eurocodes. The Handbook - Soil mix walls also includes aspects such as the hydromechanical characterisation and the durability of the soil mix material the interaction between steel and soil mix and the monitoring and quality control of soil mix structures. The purpose of this publication is to contribute to the realisation of soil mix walls of high quality and to minimise the risk of calamities or damage. This manual has been drawn up under the responsibility of a joint committee of SBRCURnet (the Netherlands) and the Belgian Building Research Institute (BBRI Belgium). There is a certain difference in the design approach between Belgium and the Netherlands. These differences are also discussed in this handbook. Features: First reference handbook dedicated to the use of soil mix as structural elements for the construction of earth-water retaining structures and cut-off walls. Establishes the link between the functional requirements the design and the quality control of the final soil mix structure. The design methodology presented in this handbook is in agreement with the Eurocodes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9789053676417

Handbook and Atlas of Curves The Handbook and Atlas of Curves describes available analytic and visual properties of plane and spatial curves. Information is presented in a unique format with one half of the book detailing investigation tools and the other devoted to the Atlas of Plane Curves. Main definitions formulas and facts from curve theory (plane and spatial) are disc Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429156762

Handbook for Achieving Gender Equity Through Education First published in 1985 the Handbook for Achieving Gender Equity Through Education quickly established itself as the essential reference work concerning gender equity in education. This new expanded edition provides a 20-year retrospective of the field one that has the great advantage of documenting U.S. national data on the gains and losses in the efforts to advance gender equality through policies such as Title IX the landmark federal law prohibiting sex discrimination in education equity programs and research. Key features include: Expertise – Like its predecessor over 200 expert authors and reviewers provide accurate consensus research-based information on the nature of gender equity challenges and what is needed to meet them at all levels of education. Content Area Focus – The analysis of gender equity within specific curriculum areas has been expanded from 6 to 10 chapters including mathematics science and engineering. Global/Diversity Focus – Global gender equity is addressed in a separate chapter as well as in numerous other chapters. The expanded section on gender equity strategies for diverse populations contains seven chapters on African Americans Latina/os Asian and Pacific Island Americans American Indians gifted students students with disabilities and lesbian gay bisexual and transgender students.  Action Oriented – All chapters contain practical recommendations for making education activities and outcomes more gender equitable. A final chapter consolidates individual chapter recommendations for educators policymakers and researchers to achieve gender equity in and through education. New Material – Expanded from 25 to 31 chapters this new edition includes: *more emphasis on male gender equity and on sexuality issues;*special within population gender equity challenges (race ability and disability etc);*coeducation and single sex education;*increased use of rigorous research strategies such as meta-analysis showing more sex similarities and fewer sex differences and of evaluations of implementation programs;*technology and gender equity is now treated in three chapters;*women’s and gender studies;*communication skills relating to English bilingual and foreign language learning; and*history and implementation of Title IX and other federal and state policies. Since there is so much misleading information about gender equity and education this Handbook will be essential for anyone who wants accurate research-based information on controversial gender equity issues—journalists policy makers teachers Title IX coordinators equity trainers women’s and gender study faculty students and parents. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315759586

Handbook for Arabic Language Teaching Professionals in the 21st Century This landmark volume offers an introduction to the field of teaching Arabic as a foreign or second language. Recent growth in student numbers and the demand for new and more diverse Arabic language programs of instruction have created a need that has outpaced the ability of teacher preparation programs to provide sufficient numbers of well-qualified professional teachers at the level of skill required. Arabic language program administrators anticipate that the increases in enrollment will continue into the next decades. More resources and more varied materials are seriously needed in Arabic teacher education and training. The goal of this Handbook is to address that need.The most significant feature of this volume is its pioneer role in approaching the field of Arabic language teaching from many different perspectives. It offers readers the opportunity to consider the role status and content of Arabic language teaching in the world today. The Handbook is intended as a resource to be used in building Arabic language and teacher education programs and in guiding future academic research. Thirty-four chapters authored by leaders in the field are organized around nine themes: Background of Arabic Language Teaching; Contexts of Arabic Language Teaching; Communicative Competence in Arabic; The Learners; Assessment; Technology Applications; Curriculum Development Design and Models; Arabic Language Program Administration and Management; and Planning for the Future of Arabic Language Learning and Teaching. The Handbook for Arabic Language Teaching Professionals in the 21st Century will benefit and be welcomed by Arabic language teacher educators and trainers administrators graduate students and scholars around the world. It is intended to create dialogue among scholars and professionals in the field and in related fields--dialogue that will contribute to creating new models for curriculum and course design materials and assessment tools and ultimately better instructional effectiveness for all Arabic learners everywhere in both Arabic-speaking and non-Arabic speaking countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132627

Handbook for Arabic Language Teaching Professionals in the 21st Century This landmark volume offers an introduction to the field of teaching Arabic as a foreign or second language. Recent growth in student numbers and the demand for new and more diverse Arabic language programs of instruction have created a need that has outpaced the ability of teacher preparation programs to provide sufficient numbers of well-qualified professional teachers at the level of skill required. Arabic language program administrators anticipate that the increases in enrollment will continue into the next decades. More resources and more varied materials are seriously needed in Arabic teacher education and training. The goal of this Handbook is to address that need.The most significant feature of this volume is its pioneer role in approaching the field of Arabic language teaching from many different perspectives. It offers readers the opportunity to consider the role status and content of Arabic language teaching in the world today. The Handbook is intended as a resource to be used in building Arabic language and teacher education programs and in guiding future academic research. Thirty-four chapters authored by leaders in the field are organized around nine themes:*Background of Arabic Language Teaching;*Contexts of Arabic Language Teaching;*Communicative Competence in Arabic;*The Learners;*Assessment;*Technology Applications;*Curriculum Development Design and Models;*Arabic Language Program Administration and Management; and*Planning for the Future of Arabic Language Learning and Teaching.The Handbook for Arabic Language Teaching Professionals in the 21st Century will benefit and be welcomed by Arabic language teacher educators and trainers administrators graduate students and scholars around the world. It is intended to create dialogue among scholars and professionals in the field and in related fields--dialogue that will contribute to creating new models for curriculum and course design materials and assessment tools and ultimately better instructional effectiveness for all Arabic learners everywhere in both Arabic-speaking and non-Arabic speaking countries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203824757